Skip to main content

Full text of "Proceedings of the Linnean Society of London"

See other formats


THE  UNIVERSITY 

OF  ILLINOIS 

LIBRARY 

580.6 
LP 


, 


The  person  charging  this  material  is  re- 
sponsible for  its  return  to  the  library  from 
which  it  was  withdrawn  on  or  before  the 
Latest  Date  stamped  below. 

Theft,    mutilation,    and    underlining    of    books    are    reasons 
for    disciplinary    action    and    may    result    in    dismissal    from 
the   University. 
To  renew  call  Telephone  Center,  333-8400 

UNIVERSITY    OF    ILLINOIS    LIBRARY    AT    URBANA-CHAMPAIGN 


'iri 


m  ii '' 


1,161  — O-1006 


PROCEEDINGS 


OF  THE 


LINNEAN  SOCIETY  OF   LONDON. 


,-\J'J 


122xND   SESSION, 


YiioM  November  1909  to  June  1010. 


LONDON: 

P  R  J  >'  T  E  D    for   the    L  I  >^  N  E  A  N    S  O  C  1  E  T  Y  , 
iJURLiXGio;*  Housr,  Piccadilly,  \\\, 
1910.     , 


I'KI  NIKK    liV    T.Vil-OR     VXD    F  U  A  X  ( '  I  S, 

i;f.ii  i.ihn  coriJT.  ilket  sTrir.F.r. 


'    7 


CONTENTS. 


I'age 

List  of  Publications  issued      '^' 

Proceedings  oF  the  122nd  Session      ' 

Presidential  Address ^^' 

Obituaries     '^3 

Additions  to  the  Library    •  •  i°9 

Donations ^35 

Benefactions,  17i,tO-l  910    , 1 3'^ 

index 144 


680895 


Publications  of  the  Societv  issuerl  during  the  period,  Hist  .Uilj, 
ii>U!i,  to  31st  July,  1910:— 

Journal  (Botany),  No.  270,    4th  Aug.,  19»>!). 

„     271,  28th  Oct.,  1909. 

(Zoology),  Xo.  2U0,  loth  Dec,  1909. 

„     201,  22nd  June,  1910. 

„     20(5,  ;{Oth  Nov.,  1909. 


Transactions  (2nd  Ser.)  Botany,  Vol.  Yll.  Bart  xiii.,  Sept.  1909. 

„      \iv.,  Nov.  19U9. 
„  (2nd  Ser.)  Zoology,  A'ol.  X.     Bart      ix.,  Xov.  1909. 

,,    Xlll.  ,,  I.,  Oct.   1UU9. 

II.,  Feb.   1910. 

„      111.,  Juiic  191(». 


I'l-oceediuj^s,  l:U.st  Session,  from  November  190S  to  June  iyu9 
October  J9U9. 


List  of  [Fellows,  Associates,  and  Foreign  Members],  1909-1910. 


PROCEEDINGS 


OF    THE 


LINJ^EAN   SOCIETY  OF   LONDON. 


(OXE  HUNDRED  AND  TWENTY-SECOND  SESSION, 
1909-1910.) 


November  4th,  1909. 

Dr.  D.  H.  Scott,  F.R.S.,  President,  in  the  Chair. 

The  Minutes  of  the  Cleneral  Meeting  of  the  17th  June,  1909, 
were  read  and  confirmed. 

Miss  JiUia  Liudley,  Mr.  Martin  Hubert  Foquet  Sutton,  and 
Mr.  Cecil  Hallworth  Treadgold,  M.A.  (Cantab.),  were  admitted 
Fellows. 

Captain  John  Humphrey  Barbour,  M.B.,  Mr.  Frederick  James 
Bridgman,  Mr.  Linnaeus  Greening,  Mr.  Heni'y  John  Jeffery, 
A.R.C.S.,Mr.  Frank  Armitage  Potts,  M.A.  (Cantab.),  Mr.  Walter 
Theodore  Saxton,  M.A.  (Cantab.),  Mr.  Hugh  Scott,  B.A.  (Cantab.), 
Mr.  Cbarles  Sillem,  and  Mr.  Charles  VV^orster-Drought,  B.A. 
(Cantab.),  were  proposed  as  Fellows,  and  Mr.  Oswald  Arthur 
Sayce  as  an  Associate. 

Mr.  Richard  Siddoway  Bagnall  was  elected  a  Fellow. 

Mr.  Cecil  C.irus-Wilson,  F.E.S.E.,  F.Gr.S.,  exhibited  specimens 
and  lantern-slides  of  the  Natural  Inclusion  of  Stones  in  Woody 
Tissue.  He  said  ; — About  twenty-three  years  ago  a  gravel-pit  was 
started  in  the  valley-gravels  occux-ring  between  Syndale  and 
Newnham,  some  three  miles  from  Faversham  in  Kent.  Part  of  a 
wood,  chiefly  oak  trees,  covered  the  deposit ;  as  the  work  pro- 
gressed these  were  felled,  and  the  stumps  and  roots  dislodged. 

LINK.  SOC.  PKOCEEDOGS. — SESSION    1909-1910.  b 


2  PUOCKEDINGS    OF    THE 

The  gnivel  consists  of  subatignlar,  water-worn  flints,  large 
noJiiles  less  worn,  and  occasional  blocks  of  Narsen-stone ;  the 
whole  brtin<jj  mixed  with  flint  grit  and  quartzose  sand,  and  forming 
a  compact  and  soraewliat  coherent  mass.  Several  Palaiolitiiic 
implements  aud  part  of  a  skull  of  Bos  lowjifrons  have  been  found 
in  the  deposit. 

Tlio  roots  and  stumps  referred  to  were  distributed  promiscuously 
over  the  surface  of  the  ground  as  the  gravel  in  which  they  were 
embedded  was  removed.  The  work  of  excavating  ceased  in  this 
particular  part  of  the  valley  about  ten  years  ago,  so  the  roots  still 
remaining  have  been  exposed  for  that  length  of  time,  the  others 
having  been  cut  up  for  fuel  by  the  cottagers  in  the  neighbourhood. 

Most  of  those  now  found  there  were  left  intact  because  of  the 
large  number  of  stones  enclosed  in  the  wood.  Not  only  did  these 
resist  the  work  of  saw  and  axe,  but  when  burnt  they  burst 
asunder  with  considerable  force,  becoming  a  source  of  danger  to 
those  within  range  of  the  flying  fragments. 

The  stones  are  actually  embedded  in  the  solid  oak,  and  not 
merely  included  within  forked  portions  which  may  have  grown 
together  subsequently.  The  tissue  of  the  wood  appears  to  have 
growu  around  the  stones  and  enveloped  tlieni,  indicating  that  the 
process  was  carried  on  under  conditions  of  considerable  pressure. 
There  are  dozens  of  stones  embedded  in  some  of  these  roots,  or 
snags,  so  that  the  substance  might  be  described  as  "  a  con- 
glomerate formed  of  flints  enclosed  in  a  woody  matrix." 

In  the  specimen  of  which  I  now  show  a  photograph  (Plate  1) 
I  counted  no  less  than  sixty-seven  flints,  the  largest  being  several, 
pounds  in  weight,  and  there  are  innumerable  empty  cavities 
showing  where  others  existed  before  the  shrinkage  of  the  wood 
after  exposure.  Piles  of  these  dislodged  flints  are  to  be  seen  on 
the  ground  under  and  around  each  root. 

The  picture  now  thrown  upon  the  screen  shows  the  same  root 
with  one  of  the  limbs  cut  off  to  facilitate  its  removal  to  the 
Museum  at  Kew  last  July.  Only  three  of  the  sixty-seven  stones 
were  sliaken  out  before  the  specimen  reached  Kew — this  being 
due  to  the  sawing,  and  the  shaking  of  the  cart  in  which  they  were 
conveyed  to  Faversham. 

In  regard  to  the  forked  part  now  seen  : — Each  limb  measures 
about  3  feet  in  length,  with  girths  averaging  about  25  inches. 
This  part  contains  50  stones.  The  single  piece  was  sawn  off  the 
forked  one ;  its  length  is  33  inches,  and  the  girth  measurement 
averages  25  inches ;  it  contains  14  stones. 

I  have  occasionally  seen  odd  stones  thus  embedded  in  the  trunks 
of  trees.  In  Norton  Churchyard,  a  few  miles  from  Faversham, 
are  three  very  old  yew  trees,  and  in  two  of  them  I  saw  flints  and 
fragments  of  tiles  embedded  in  the  wood  of  the  trunk  seven  feet 
above  the  ground. 

In  Molash  Churchyard,  six  or  seven  miles  south  of  Faversham, 
there  are  six  very  old  and  large  yews.     Some  of  these  have  flints 


Proc.  Linn.  Soc,  1909-1910. 


Plate  I.  {to  face  p.  2). 


FLINTS    IN    WOOD. 


LINNEAIS"    SOCIETY    OV    LONDON.  3 

embedded  in  their  trunks  sevea  or  eiglit  feet  above  the  ground, 
and  in  one,  on  the  north  side  of  the  churchyard,  I  saw  Hints  at 
least  twelve  feet  above  ground. 

The  circumstances  led  me  to  suppose  that  the  stones  and 
fragments  of  tile  had  been  originally  pressed  into  the  roots  when 
these  were  in  a  soft  and  spongy  state  below  ground,  and  that  they 
subsequently  emerged  with  the  growth  of  the  tree. 

The  examples  at  Syndale  are,  however,  as  far  as  I  know, 
unique,  and  if  trees  can  enclose  stones  in  such  quantities,  and 
retain  them  within  their  substance  so  tenaciously,  we  have  trans- 
porting agents  capable,  under  certain  conditions,  of  distributing 
terrigenous  material  over  sea- beds  to  an  extent  not  hitherto 
appreciated. 

JVIy  thanks  are  due  to  Mr.  C.  Gordon  Neame,  of  Copton  Manor, 
for  his  valuable  assistance  in  enabling  me  to  secure  the  specimens 
referred  to. 

The  President  contributed  some  remarks  upon  the  interest  of 
this  exhibition. 

Dr.  A.  B.  Eendle,  F.R.S.,  showed  a  specimen  of  heather 
(Erica  cinerea)  found  near  Axminster  in  which  the  flowers  were 
replaced  by  dark  red  leaf-buds  of  about  the  same  size  as  the 
flowers.  One  side,  or  about  half  of  a  clump  of  heather  was 
affected ;  the  other  side  bore  normal  flowers  and  the  two  sorts 
were  not  mixed.  The  red  leaf-buds,  which  occupy  the  position 
of  flowers,  consist  each  of  a  number  of  short,  strongly  ascending 
leaves  closely  arranged  in  superposed  whorls  of  four  ;  the  four 
lines  have  often  a  strong  spiral  twist  in  the  upper  part  of  the  bud. 
The  leat'-arrangement  therefore  resembles  that  of  the  flower,  not 
of  the  foliage  leaves  which  are  in  whorls  of  three.  The  leaves 
of  these  special  buds  also  differ  in  form  from  the  foliage  letives 
in  that  they  are  upwardly  concave  with  a  bluntly  keeled  back 
recalling  the  sepals  of  a  typical  flower.  They  are  32  or  more  in 
number,  and  thus  considerably  out-nuiuber  the  parts  of  a  typical 
flower  (24  including  bracteoles).  The  tip  of  the  bud  was  always 
damaged,  but  in  many  of  those  examined  a  shrivelled  or  more  or 
less  misshapen  pistil  or  its  parts  were  present,  and  sometimes 
below  this  semifoliaceous  stamens  were  found.  The  appearance 
suggested  insect  injury,  but  Mr.  C.  0.  Waterhouse  was  unable  to 
find  any  animal  organism  ;  he  pointed  out,  however,  that  the 
appearance  suggested  the  work  of  a  Phytoptus,  which  in  the 
normal  course  of  events  would  have  already  deserted  the  buds. 
Dr.  Rendle  has,  however,  been  able  to  find  no  record  of  Phytoptus 
in  connection  with  our  heather.  The  specimen  is  of  interest  as 
resembling  a  teratological  form  of  Erica  cinerea  described  by 
Maxime  Cornu  in  1879,  where  the  flowers  were  replaced  by 
vegetative  buds  apparently  very  similar  in  appearance  to  those  on 
our  specimens,  but  in  which  the  arrangement  of  the  foliage  leaves 
was  maintained  (the  leaves  being  in  rows  of  six),  while  the  bud 

62 


4  PROCEKDINGS   OF    THE 

contained  no  trace  of   floral   organs  or  of   daiimge   by  any  animal 
organisms. 

A  discussion  followed  in  which  the  following  engaged  : — Mr.  E. 
M.  Holmes,  Dr.  O.  Stapf,  and  the  President;  Dr.  Rendle 
replying. 

Prof.  II.  H.  W.  Pearsox,  Sc.D.,  F.L.S.,  then  gave  a  lecture 
illustratf'd  by  a  long  series  of  lantern-slides,  entitled — "  Types  of 
the  Yegi'lation  of  Biishmanland,  Namaqualand,  Damaraland,  and 
South  Angola  (A  Preliminary  Keport  of  the  Percy  Sladen 
Memorial  Expedition  in  South-West  Africa,  1908-1909),"  of 
which  the  following  is  an  abstract : — 

The  floras  of  the  regions  named  in  the  title  are  very  distinctly 
related,  if  the  remarkable  vegetation  found  on  the  Huilla  plateau 
in  South  Angola  be  excluded.  Otherwise  the  differences  that  are 
observed  ar*^  probably  to  be  accounted  for  mainlv  as  a  result  of 
variation  of  (1)  elevation;  (2)  atmospheric  humidity;  (3)  depth 
at  which  permanent  supplies  of  underground  water  are  available; 
(4)  geographical  position,  especially  with  regard  to  the  composition 
of  the  floras  of  contiguous  regions.  In  all,  the  rainfall  is  normally 
scanty  and  inconstant,  and  there  is  a  prolonged  drought  in  the 
winter  season.  Near  the  coast,  in  some  places  up  to  elevations  as 
great  as  2,700  feet,  the  total  annual  rainfall  is  never  more  than  a 
few  millimetres  and  frequently  fails  altogether. 

The  afllnities  of  these  floras  (again  excepting  that  of  the  Huilla 
plateau)  are  primarily  with  those  of  the  South  Central  African 
highlands.  In  South  Angola  many  species  are  undoubtedly 
derived  from  the  Coast  and  Montane  regions  of  West  Tropical 
Africa.  Throughout,  the  vegetation  is  more  or  less  extremely 
xerophytic  in  character,  and  is  marked  either  by  a  very  short 
period  of  duration  or  by  the  possession  of  those  structural  pecu- 
liarities which  are  commonly  found  in  dry  climate  perennials. 
Of  these,  hairiness  is,  in  general,  not  a  conspicuous  feature : 
exce|)t  in  Lower  Namaqualand,  succulence  is  not  especially 
common.  A  round  bushy  habit  is  very  marked  throughout.  The 
root  system  is  usually  very  deep  ;  the  leaves  are  commonly  simple 
and  of  small  size  and  with  a  strongly  developed  cuticle. 

The  formations  and  associations  indicated  are  predominant  by 
reason  either  of  their  great  extent  or  of  striking  peculiarities  of 
the  plants  composing  them.  They  are  arranged  in  the  main 
geographically  from  South  to  North. 

The  President  having  opened  the  discussion,  it  was  continued 
by  Prof.  Herdman,  Dr.  Henry  Woodward  (visitor),  Dr.  A.  B. 
Eendle,  Mr.  Bailey  Saunders  (visitor),  and  Dr.  Stapf;  Prof. 
Pearson  replying. 


LINNEAK    SOCIETY   OF    LOXDOX.  5 

November  18th,  1909. 

Dr.  D.  H.  Scott,  r.E..S.,  President,  in  the  Chair. 

The  Minutes  of  the  General  Meeting  of  the  4th  November, 
1909,  were  read  and  continued. 

Prof.  William  Bateson,  M.A.  (Cantab.),  F.R.S.,  and  Mr.  Donald 
Hex'bert  Edmuud  Sunder,  were  proposed  as  Fellows. 

Mr.  Thomas  Parkin,  M.A.,  was  elected  a  Fellow. 

Mr.  F.  Enock,  F.L.S.,  exhibited  on  the  screen  a  series  of  photo- 
graphs of  the  movements  of  animals,  and  contributed  the  following 
summary  of  his  remarks  : — 

Among  tlie  recent  discoveries  and  improvements  in  scientific 
appliances  connected  with  photography,  the  kineinatograph  stands 
out  before  all  others,  but  it  is  a  fact  inucli  to  be  regretted  that 
ninety  per  cent,  of  the  films  made  are  for  the  simple  amusement 
of  the  multitude.  No  doubt,  as  time  goes  on,  naturalists  will 
realize  the  immense  value  of  the  kinematograph  in  permanently 
registering  movements  of  every  kind  of  living  creature,  which  can 
be  shown  time  after  time  upon  the  screen.  Every  stage  in  the 
life-liistory  of  an  insect  can  (with  a  good  deal  of  trouble  and 
patience)  be  photographed  with  all  the  detail  of  living  movements. 

During  the  past  two  years  I  have,  with  the  invaluable  assist- 
ance of  Mr.  A.  Newman,  taken  a  number  of  films  showing  the 
movements  peculiar  to  certain  larvae  of  Lepidoptera,  together 
with  other  insects,  as  well  as  those  swimming  in  their  native 
element.  Our  first  film  shows  a  beetle  crawling  along  a  stem, 
using  its  antennae  to  feel  its  way  along;  a  woodlouse  also  uses 
these  organs  for  the  same  purpose  ;  and  a  garden  spider  runs 
across  so  rapidly  that  the  order  in  which  its  legs  are  used  is  quite 
lost  in  this  instance. 

Caterpillars  of  various  species  each  show  some  peculiarity  in 
their  progression  along  a  stem.  That  of  an  Ermine  Moth,  one  of 
the  familiar  Woolly-bear  type,  moves  very  hurriedly,  so  that  the 
undulatory  movement  is  most  noticeable.  Others,  such  as  the 
larva  of  tlie  Puss  Moth,  show  greater  caution  in  their  movements; 
and  that  of  the  Elephant  Hawk-Moth  gives  a  good  idea  of 
dignified  motion,  the  bringing  up  and  settins  down  of  the  anal 
segment  much  resembling  the  action  of  the  ponderous  foot  of  the 
Elephant. 

The  strange  appendages  with  which  the  larva  of  Staitropus  fagi, 
the  Lobster  Moth,  moves  are  all  shown  to  advantage,  especially 
the  frying-pan  appendage  at  the  tail. 

As  might  be  imagined,  the  undulatory  movement  of  the 
"  Looper  "caterpillars  is  noticeable  by  its  absence,  owing  to  the  fact 
that  these  larvae  have  no  intermediate  claspers,  so  necessitating 


6  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE 

the  rapid  drawing  uj)  of  the  anal  claspers  to  the  prolegs,  and  so 
niakinj^  the  body  into  a  loop. 

Films  taken  of  aquatic  insects  such  as  tlie  Common  Water- 
Beetle  (Di/tiscus),  AV'^aler-Sforpion  [Nepa  cinerea),  and  the  AVater- 
Bojitmau  (Notonecta),  all  show  the  characteristic  movement  of  the 
limbs. 

Perhaps  the  most  interesting  film  is  that  showing  a  Butterfly 
emerging  from  its  chrysalis,  as  it  first  bursts  opeu,  gradually 
withdraws  its  legs,  antennae,  tongue,  and  body,  followed  by  tlie 
\\  iiigs,  catches  hold  with  its  claws  as  the  wings  fall  into  position, 
and  then,  swayed  to  and  fro  by  the  \\  ind,  mysteriously  develops 
until  the  wings  attain  their  full  8i7,e. 

Passing  from  insects,  an  interesting  fdin  of  two  Lizards  engaged 
in  a  fierce  struggle  for  the  possession  of  a  meal-worm,  shows  how 
they  can  plant  their  claws  and  throw  each  other  over  in  the  most 
approved  fashion  of  wrestling. 

The  film  of  swimming  Sticklebacks  was  produced  by  Mr.  New- 
luan  ;  and  the  last  film  showed  a  tongueless  Frog  from  the  Cape, 
catching  and  sw^allovving  a  worm,  during  which  operation  it  makes 
a  most  comical  use  oL"  its  front  legs  and  claws  for  pushing  the 
worm  into  its  mouth. 

I  feel  that  attention  ought  to  be  called  to  Mr.  Newman's  inven- 
tion of  a  safety  trough,  which  is  inserted  between  the  illuminant 
and  film,  which,  being  filled  M'ith  water,  prevents  the  film  from 
becoming  dangerously  heated,  so  that  it  is  possible  to  stop  the 
apparatus  at  any  point,  when  it  is  necessary  to  explain  any  special 
feature. 

Further  remarks  Avere  made  by  Mr.  John  Hopkinson,  Mr,  E.  M. 
Holmes,  and  Mr.  Enock. 

The  following  papers  were  read  : — 

1.  "A  New  Tipulid  Subfamily."     By  W.  AV^esche,  F.K.M.S. 

(Communicated  by  J.  Hopkinson,  F.L.S.) 

2.  "  Freshwater  Ehizopods  from  the  Lake  District."     By  J.  M. 

Brown,    B.Sc.       (Communicated    bv    Prof.    A.    JJennt, 
F.L.S.) 


December  2nd,  1909. 

Dr.  D.  H.  Scott,  F.R.S.,  President,  in  the  Chair. 

The  Minutes  of  the  General  Meeting  of  the  18th  November, 
1909,  were  read  and  confirmed. 

Captain  John  Humphrey  Barbour,  M.B.,  Mr.  Frederick  James 
Bridgman,  Mr.  Linnaeus  Greening,  Mr.  Henry  John  Jeffery, 
A.R.C.S.,  Mr.  Frank  Arraitage  Potts,  M.A.  (Cantab.),  Mr.  Walter 
Theodore  Saxton,  M.A.  (Cantab.),  Mr.  ]Ligh  Scott,  B.A.  (Cantab.), 


LIXNEAN    SOCIETY    OF    LOFDOX.  7 

Mr.  Charles  Sillem,  and  Mr.  Charles  Worster-Drougbt,  B.A. 
(Cantab.),  were  elected  Fellows,  and  Mr.  Oswald  Arthur  Sayce  an 
Associate. 

On  behalf  of  Dr.  11.  Dki>'Kwater,  F.R.S.E.,  there  were  ex- 
hibited 25  drawings  in  body-colour  on  dark  backgrounds,  of  wild 
flowers,  chiefly  from  Wrexham. 

Mr.  Clement  Reid,  F.R.S.,  F.L.S.,  exhibited  photographs  on 
the  screen  of  fruits  and  seeds  of  some  of  the  plants  introduced  by 
the  Romans  into  Britain.  The  remains  have  been  collected  princi- 
pally from  disused  Roman  wells,  employed  subsequently  as  rubbish 
pits,  and  often  sealed  up  under  Roman  pavements  of  later  date. 
The  principal  sources  have  been  Roman  Silchester,  Caerwent, 
London,  and  Pevensey  ;  and  to  a  large  extent  the  collections  have 
been  made  by  Mr.  A.  H.  Lyell,  who  has  been  most  careful  to 
reject  any  deposit  of  doubtful  or  later  date. 

The  fruits  and  seeds  exhibited  belong  to  pea,  bean,  fig,  grape, 
mulberry,  medlar  (a  very  small  variety),  apple,  cherries  (probably 
both  black  and  red),  sloe,  bullace  (wild  and  cultivated),  damson,  a 
larger  plum  like  the  '•  black  plum"  of  Cornwall,  Portugal  laurel, 
black  and  white  mustard,  turnip?  fennel,  dill,  coriander,  aleianders, 
ChcerophyUum  aureum  (a  casual,  perhaps  introduced  with  packing- 
case  rubbish  from  France,  and  not  grown  in  Britain),  belladonna, 
henbane,  field  poppies  {Fajxtver  lihceas,  P.  Argemone),  the  opium 
poppy  (seeds  of  this  were  probably  used,  as  in  Rome,  scattered  on 
loaves  of  bread),  greater  celandine,  corn-cockle,  white  campion, 
bladder  campion,  penny  cress,  sow-thistle,  ox-eye  daisy,  Cheno- 
podium  urbicum  and  C.  murale,  and  leaves  of  box.  Box-leaves 
have  been  found  in  three  different  rubbish-pits  in  Roman  Sil- 
chester ;  the  branches  may  have  been  used  for  wreaths,  as  the 
nearest  native  substitute  for  the  Italian  myrtle. 

The  plants  thus  far  found  do  not  suggest  any  direct  shipping 
trade  with  the  Mediterranean.  The  peach,  apricot,  almond,  and 
other  fruits  that  will  only  ripen  south  of  Britain  are  missing. 
The  fruits  and  spices  found  are  only  such  as  can  be  grown  com- 
mercially in  Britain  at  the  present  day,  and  this  makes  it  probable 
that  the  abundant  fig  and  grape  seeds  belong  to  fruit  grown  in 
this  country  and  not  imported  in  a  dried  state.  Mulberries  do 
not  travel  well  and  are  scarcely  ever  dried;  they  must  have  been 
grown  at  Silchester. 

Mr.  Lvell  (visitor),  Lt.-Col.  Prain,  Mr.  G^.  C.  Druce,  Mr.  L.  A. 
Boodle,  the  Rev.  J.  Gerard,  Mr.  E.  M.  Holmes,  Mr.  E.  G.  Baker, 
and  the  President  took  part  in  the  discussion  which  followed,  and 
Mr.  Reid  briefly  replied. 

Mr.  G.  Clakidge  Druce,  F.L.S.,  exhibited  specimens  of  (a) 
Zannichellia  gibberosa,  Reichb.,  new  to  Britain,  from  Eye  Green, 
Northants;  and  (6)  Orchis  maculata  var.  O'Kellyi,  Druce,  from 
Ballyvaughan,  Co.  Clare,  recently  described  in  '  The  Irish  Natu- 
ralist.' 


8  PEOCEEDiyCS   OF   THE 

Mr.  Clement  Keid  rxhibited  in  connection  with  this,  three 
photographs  of  ZannicJiellia  fruits  obtained  by  him  from  the 
Cromer  Forest  Bed  (pre-glacial),  and  also  contributed  some 
remarks  ;  Mr.  Hohncs  brought  specimens  of  another  variety  of 
Orchis  macvlata  and  commented  on  the  same,  and  Mr.  Druce 
replied. 

The  following  papers  were  read  : — 

].  "Nudibranchs   from   the   Indian    Ocean.*'      By   Sir   Ciias. 

Eliot,  K.C.M.G.     (Communicated  by  Prof.  J.   Stanley 

Gardiner,  M.A.,  F.R.iS.,  F.L.S.) 
L'.  "  Trichoptera    von    Mr.    Hugh    Scott    auf    den    Seychellen 

gesammellt."     By  Dr.  Georg  Ulmer.     (Communicated  by 

the  same.) 

3.  "  Report    on    the    Brachiopoda    obtained    from    the   Indian 

Ocean."     By  Dr.  W.  H.  Dall.     (Communicated  by  the 
same.) 

4.  "Narrative   of   the  'Sealark'  Expedition.     Part  III."    By 

Prof.  J.  Stanley  Gardiner,  M.A.,  F.R.S.,  F.L.S.,  and 
others. 

December  lOtb,  1909. 

Prof.  E.  B.  Poulton,  E.E.S.,  Vice-President,  in  the  Chair. 

The  Minutes  of  the  General  Meeting  of  the  2nd  December, 
1909,  were  read  and  confirmed. 

Dr.  William  Henry  Lang,  and  Mr.  Charles  Sillem,  were 
admitted  Fellows. 

Mr,  Cyril  Crossland,  and  Dr.  Harry  Drinkwater,  M.D.  (Edin.), 
were  proposed  as  Fellows. 

Prof.  William  Bateson,  M.A.(Cantab.),  F.R.S.,  and  Mr.  Donald 
Herbert  Edmund  Sunder,  were  balloted  for  and  elected  Fellows. 

The  following  papers  were  read  : — 

1.  "Report  on  the  Crustacea  Isopoda  and  Tanaidacea  collected 

by  Mr.  Cvril    Crossland  in  the  Sudanese  Red  Sea."     By 
the  Rev.  T.  R.  R.  Stedbing,  M.A.,  F.R.S.,  F.L.S. 

2.  "  Isopoda  from  the  Indian  Ocean  and  British  East  Africa." 

By  the  same. 
'3.  "  Pycnogonida  from  the  Red  Sea  and  Indian  Ocean,  collected 

by  Mr.  Cvril  Crossland."     By  G.  H.  Carpenter.     (Com- 

niunicated  by  Prof.  W.  A.  Herdman,  F.R.S.,  F.L.S.) 
4.  "  On  a  Collection  of   Blattidre  preserved  in  Amber,  from 

Prussia."     By  R.  Shelford,  F.L.S. 


LINNEAN    SOCIETY   OF    LOJiTDOX.  9 

5.  "  The  Bi'vozoa  from  collections  made  by  Mr.  Cyril  Cross- 
land,  Part  II.— Cyclostomata,  Ctenostomata,  and  Endo- 
procta."     By  A.  W.  Watees,  F.L.S. 

The  Vice-President  in  the  Chair  announced  the  subject  for  the 
following  meeting  on  the  20th  January,  1910. 


January  20th,  1910. 
Dr.  D.  H.  Scott,  M.A.,  F.R.S.,  President,  in  the  Chair. 

The  Minutes  of  tbe  General  Meeting  of  the  16th  December, 
1909,  were  read  and  confirmed. 

Mr.  Frederick  James  Bridgmau  was  admitted  a  Fellow. 

In  accordance  with  the  announcement  from  the  Chair  at  the 
previous  Meeting,  the  Meeting  was  devoted  to  a  discussion  upon 
the 

OEIGIN  OF  THE  VERTEBRATES. 

Dr.  W.  H.  Gaskell,  F.R.S.  (Visitor),  who  opened  the  Discussion 
on  the  "  Origin  of  Vertebrates,"  said  : — I  take  it  for  granted  that 
we  all  believe  in  Evolution  and  that  an  upward  progress  can  be 
traced  from  the  Protozoa  to  3Ian.  Now  the  formation  of  the 
Metazoa  from  the  Protozoa  and  the  progress  of  the  Metazoa 
upwards  signifies  that  the  separate  units  composing  the  individual 
have  been  coordinated  for  the  well-being  of  that  individual.  Such 
coordination  has  taken  place  in  two  ways  :  (1)  a  chemical  method, 
by  the  formation  of  hormones ;  (2)  a  nervous  method,  by  the 
formation  of  a  central  nervous  system,  and  it  is  self-evident  that 
as  soon  as  a  central  nervous  system  is  formed,  such  nervous 
coordination,  especially  in  connection  with  the  formation  of  the 
special  senses  of  sight  and  smell,  must  become  the  important 
factor  in  the  life  of  the  individual,  and  its  further  and  further 
development  must  constitute  the  most  important  factor  for  the 
upward  progress  of  the  animal  race.  The  first  point  I  want  to 
impress  upon  you  is  that  for  all  questions  of  Evolution,  the  central 
nervous  system  rather  than  the  alimentary  canal  is  the  most 
important  factor. 

Throughout  the  whole  history  of  the  attempts  to  find  out  the 
origin  of  Vertebrates  one  point  stands  out  clearly  :  whatever  other 
views  have  been  put  forward  there  have  alwa3^s  been  strong 
supporters  of  the  view  that  the  Vertebrates  have  arisen  from  that 
great  group  of  segmented  Invertebrates,  the  Appendiculata,  and 
such  supporters  have  not  been  outsiders  of  no  account,  but  largely 
the  main  authorities  in  the  zoological  teaching  of  the  time,  e.  g., 
Geoffroy  St.  Hilaire,  Leydig,  Newport,  Treviranus,  Owen,  Dohrn, 
and  numerous  others,  all  of  whom  based  their  views  on  the 
presence  of  the  infundibulum   in  the  Vertebrate  in  exactly  the 


10  PJUJCEKDIXCiS   OF    THE 

siiine  position  in  the  brain  as  the  cesophaj^us  in  the  Invertebrate 
group.  Supra-infundibular  nerve-mass  was  then  tlie  same  as  the 
supra-oesophageal,  infra-infundibular  as  infra-oesophaKeal,  and  it 
was  seen  that  the  function  corresponded  marvellously-  So 
powerful  was  the  fetish  of  the  inviolability  of  the  aliinentary 
canal,  tliat  no  one  of  these  observers  ever  noticed  that  if  the 
infuiidibuluin  is  the  old  oesojthagus,  it  leads  directiv  into  the  great 
cavity  of  the  ventricles  of  the  brain,  which  again  lead  into  the 
straight  narrow  caual  of  the  spinal  cord  and  so  through  the 
)ieurentoric  canal  to  the  anus;  that  in  fact  if  the  infundibulum  is 
the  (esophagus,  the  rest  of  the  liuiiig-walls  of  the  cavitv  of  the 
central  nervous  system  corresponds  «ord  for  word  with  the  rest 
of  the  Iinvrtebrate  alimentary  canal.  On  the  contrary,  they 
considered  the  homology  could  only  hold  good  by  turning  the 
animal  topsy-turvy  and  making  the  back  of  the  Invertebrate 
correspond  to  the  ventral  surface  of  the  Vertebrate.  Such  a 
method  was  doomed  to  failure  and  is  now  universally  discredited. 
As  to  the  alternative  hypothesis  of  an  origin  from  some  non- 
segmented  Invertebrate,  please  think  what  it  implies  and  consider 
seriously  whether  it  is  possible  to  accept  it.  I  imagine  we  may 
take  it  lor  granted  that  we  know  the  nature  of  all  the  main  group's 
of  animals  alive  on  the  earth  at  the  present  time,  and  as  far  as 
1  know  the  geological  record  has  not  brought  to  light  any  foi-ms 
which  are  not  capable  of  being  classified  either  among  or  in  con- 
nection with  our  present  main  groups;  yet  the  assumption  of  this 
hypothesis  is  that  from  some  unsegmented  animal  low  down  in 
the  scale  a  group  of  segmented  animals  has  arisen,  in  which  the 
alimentary  canal  was  always  ventral  to  the  central  nervous  system 
and  that  this  group  gave  origin  to  the  Vertebrate.  The  absence  of 
any  evidence  of  such  chain  among  living  animals  at  all  comparable 
to  the  well-marked  evidence  in  the  case  of  the  Appendiculata, 
makes  this  hypothesis  an  improbable  one  ;  and  when  the  hypo- 
thesis further  necessitates  that  not  only  the  central  nervous  system 
of  such  segmented  animals  has  been  built  up  on  exactly  the 
same  lines  as  the  central  nervous  system  of  the  Appendiculata, 
hut,  contrary  to  all  other  nervous  systems,  has  been  formed  hollow, 
and  that  that  hollow  tube  has  been  formed  in  such  a  shape 
and  in  such  a  position  with  respect  to  the  true  nervous  elements 
as  exactly  to  mimic  the  alimentary  caual  of  the  Appendiculata 
with  respect  to  its  central  nervous  system, — I  ask  you  plainlv, 
does  not  the  improbability  amount  to  an  absurdity?  This  I 
claim  to  be  the  great  characteristic  of  the  Vertebrate  which 
differentiates  it  from  all  other  animals — the  presence  and  nature 
of  this  tube  around  which  the  central  nervous  system  is  grouped : 
and  I  beg  that  those  speakers  who  follow  after  me  and  disagree 
with  my  conclusions,  will  give  some  explanation  of  the  presence 
and  peculiarities  of  this  tube.  To  me  and  to  all  my  friends  who 
are  accustomed  to  deal  with  the  Vertebrate  central  nervous  system, 
the  explanation  I  have  given  is  so  self-evident  and  natural,  that  it 
is  impossible  tc  look  at  the  matter  in  anv  other  wav. 


XINKEAN    SOCIETY    OF    LONDOK.  II 

The  paramount  importance  of  the  development  of  the  central 
nervous  system  for  the  upward  progress  ot  the  members  of  the 
Animal  Kingdom  leads  to  the  conclusion  that  each  higher  group  of 
animals  has  arisen  in  succession  from  the  highest  race  developed 
up  to  that  time,  by  highest  meaning  the  group  possessing  the  best 
developed  central  nervous  system.  This  law  is  proved  to  us  most 
clearly  by  the  evidence  of  the  rocks  in  the  case  of  the  Vertebrate 
group. 

Thus  we  see  that  Man  came  from  the  Mammals,  tlie  highest 
race  in  the  Tertiary  times.  They  arose  from  the  Keptiles,  the 
highest  race  in  Mesozoie  times,  who  in  their  turn  arose  from  the 
-Amphibians,  the  lords  of  the  Carboniferous  epoch.  Further  back 
we  leave  the  land  and  find  that  the  Amphibians  arose  from  the 
Fishes,  the  earliest  of  the  Vertebrate  race  which  swarmed  in 
Devoniau  times.  This  steady  sequence  in  upward  progress  from 
Fishes  to  ]\Ian,  revealed  by  Geology  in  the  long  series  of  ages 
from  the  Devonian  to  recent  days,  is  in  absolute  conformity  with 
the  upward  development  of  brain-power  through  the  Vertebrate 
series  from  Fishes  to  Man,  as  shown  by  the  investigations  of 
Comparative  Anatomists,  especially  Edinger  and  Elliot  Smith. 

If  thus  it  can  be  proved  that  such  a  law  of  Evolution  has  held 
good  through  the  enormous  spaces  of  time  between  the  beginning 
of  the  Devonian  and  the  present  day,  surely  it  is  highly  probable 
that  the  same  law  has  held  thz'oughout,  and  that  therefore  the 
Fishes  themselves  arose  from  the  race  that  was  the  most  highly 
developed  at  the  tune  when  they  first  appeared;  a  race  therefore 
which  possessed  a  central  nervous  system  most  closely  resembling 
that  of  the  fish. 

The  evidence  of  the  rocks  points  to  the  Silurian  age  as  the  time 
when  the  Vertebrate  first  arose,  and  to  the  great  and  striking  group 
of  Arthropods  which  swarmed  in  the  seas  at  that  time,  to  which 
the  name  Palceostraca  has  been  given.  These  were  the  highest 
developed  race  at  that  time  and  from  them,  according  to  this  law 
of  Evolution,  the  Vertebrate  ought  to  have  sprung. 

The  great  problem  then  for  the  study  of  the  origin  of  Vertebrates 
resolves  itself  into  this  :  What  was  the  nature  of  the  earliest  fish 
aud  of  the  Palaeostraca  in  Silurian  times  ? 

That  was  the  problem  I  set  myself,  and  it  is  that  comparison 
which  I  have  attempted  organ  by  organ  in  my  recent  book.  Such 
an  attempt  Avas  rendered  possible  by  the  fortunate  occurrence  of 
one  of  the  Palaeostracau  Group — Linmlus  or  the  King  Crab — being 
still  living  in  the  present  day,  and  what  is  still  more  important, 
the  remarkable  resemblance  of  Ammocoetes — the  larval  form  of  the 
Lamprey — to  the  fishes  belonging  to  the  Osteostraci,  especially  the 
close  resemblance  in  position  and  structure  of  that  remarkable 
muco-cartilaginous  head-shield  of  Anvnoccetes  to  the  head-shield 
of  such  a  fish  as  Cephalasjns. 

My  object  throughout  has  been  by  the  study  of  Ammocoetes  to 
find  out  a  clue  to  the  past  history  of  these  extraordinary  early 
forms  of  fish.     The  results  are  published  in  my  book,  and  give  a 


12  rUOCEEUr.NGS    OF   THE 

striking  evidence  of  the  way  in  wliich  these  euriy  fishes  may  Lave 
arisen  from  their  conti^inporary  Palajostracan  rivals.  It  must 
always  he  reineinberccl  that  these  latter  animals  were  not  Crusta- 
ceans or  Arachnids,  but  tlie  precursors  ot"  both  of  these  groups, 
and  much  nearer  to  their  origin  from  the  Annelids  than  the 
])resent  day  Arthropoda.  To  this  circumstance  must  be  attributed 
the  annelid  characteristics  so  markedly  found  in  the  Vertebrate, 
especially  in  the  excretory  organs. 

It  seems  lo  me  highly  probable  that  this  same  law  of  upward 
progress,  viz.,  that  each  successive  group  has  arisen  from  some 
member  of  tlie  highest  group  existing  at  the  time,  holds  good 
also  for  the  vegetable  kingdom,  especially  in  view  of  the  statement 
recently  made  that  Phanerogams  arose  from  Cycads,  I  hope  that 
the  President  may  see  his  way  to  offer  a  few  remarks  on  that 
aspect  of  the  question. 

The  great  stumbling  block  lo  the  acceptance  of  my  theory  ia 
the  minds  of  many,  ia  the  necessity  of  making  a  new  digestive 
tube  in  a  highly  organised  animal,  aud  yet  the  same  zoologists 
accept  without  the  slightest  dilliculty,  as  a  commonplace,  the 
manufacture  of  a  new  respiratory  organ  for  breathing  air  instead 
of  water  in  the  transition  from  the  fish  to  the  amphibian.  The 
previous  factor  in  that  case  was  the  swim-bladder  which  provided 
the  new  organ,  in  tlie  other  a  respiratory  chamber  formed  by  the 
internal  gills  ;  for  one  of  the  great  characteristics  of  many  members 
of  the  Palaeostracan  group  is  the  absence  of  external  gills  and 
the  indication  of  internally  situated  gills,  and  it  does  seem  to  me 
that  the  evidence  is  stronger  in  favour  of  the  Vertebrate  alimentary 
canal  being  formed  from  a  {)reexisiing  respiratory  chamber,  than 
that  an  alimentary  canal  should  have  taken  on  a  respiratory 
function  in  its  anterior  end. 

The  way  in  which  the  alimentary  canal  is  innervated  by  the 
downgrowth  of  the  great  respiratory  nerve,  the  vagus,  which  is  so 
clearly  a  segmental  nerve  for  the  respiratory  part  but  not  for  the 
small  intestine,  points  to  this  conclusion.  The  fact  that  in  the 
Avell-marked  segmental  respiratory  chamber  of  Ammocoetes  a  new 
unseginented  alimentary  tube  should  be  formed  at  transformation, 
again  indicates  that  a  segmented  respiratory  chamber  was  the  pre- 
cursor of  an  alimentary  canal.  Finally,  the  position  of  the  anus 
in  such  a  form  as  Drepanaspis  and  Bothriolej)is  immediately 
following  upon  the  region  of  the  head-shield,  suggests  strongly 
that  in  these  most  ancient  and  extraordinarily  formed  fishes  the 
anus  followed  close  upon  the  mesosoraatic  or  respiratory  region 
just  as  it  does  in  such  an  animal  as  Limulus. 

Finally  in  this  sketch,  not  of  details  but  of  general  principles, 
I  come  to  the  argument  that  this  theory  is  untenable  because  it 
contravenes  the  fundamental  principles  of  ontogeny. 

Against  tliis  slatement  I  most  strongly  protest,  for  the  strength, 
I  might  almost  say  the  main  strength,  of  my  position  is  based  on 
the  facts  of  Vertebrate  development. 

The  one  great  principle  of  ontogeny  is  the  L.iwof  Recapitulation, 


LIKXr.AX    SOCTETT    OF    LONUOX.  1 3 

<he  law  which  lays  down  that  the  past  phylogeuetic  stages  which 
have  led  to  the  evolution  of  any  individual  are  indicated  to  some 
extent  in  the  ontogeny  of  that  individual. 

This  law  is  contirmed  and  indicated  in  a  most  amazing  way  by 
my  theory.  The  theory  asserts  that  the  clue  to  the  origin  of 
Vertebrates  is  to  be  found  in  the  tubular  nature  of  the  central 
nervous  system  of  the  Vertebrate  in  that  the  central  nervous 
system  is  in  reality  formed  of  two  things  :  (1 )  a  central  nervous 
system  of  the  Arthropod  type,  and  (2)  an  epithelial  tube  in  the 
position  of  the  alimentary  canal  of  the  Arthropod. 

Is  it  possible  for  embryology  to  recapitulate  such  a  phylogenetic 
history  more  clearly  than  is  here  the  case?  In  order  to  avoid  all 
possibility  of  our  mistaking  the  clues,  the  nerve-tube  in  the  embryo 
always  opens  into  the  anus  at  its  posterior  end,  while  in  the  larval 
Amphioxus  it  is  actually  still  open  to  the  exterior  at  its  anterior 
end.  Consider  the  shape  of  the  nerve-tube  when  first  formed  in 
the  A^ertebrate.  At  the  cephalic  end  a  simple  bulged-out  tube  with 
two  simple  anterior  diverticula,  which  passes  into  a  narrow  straight 
spinal  tube;  from  this  large  cephalic  bulging  a  narrow  diverticulum, 
the  infundibulum,  passes  to  the  ventral  surface  of  the  forming 
brain.  This  tube  is  the  embryological  expression  of  the  simple 
dilated  cephalic  stomach,  with  its  ventral  oesophagus  and  two 
anterior  diverticula,  which  opens  into  the  straight  iutestine  of  the 
arthropod.  Nay  more,  by  its  very  shape  and  the  invariable 
presence  of  two  anterior  diverticula,  it  points  not  only  to  an 
Arthropod  ancestry  but  to  a  descent  from  a  particular  group  of 
primitive  Arthropods.  Then  comes  the  formation  of  the  cerebral 
vesicles  and  the  formation  of  the  optic  cup,  telling  us,  as  plainly 
as  can  be,  how  the  invasion  of  nervous  material  over  this  simple 
cephalic  stomach  and  its  diverticula  has  altered  the  shape  of  the 
original  tube  and  more  and  more  enclosed  it  with  nervous 
elements. 

So,  too,  in  the  spinal  cord  region.  When  the  tube  is  first 
formed,  it  is  a  large  tube,  the  latero-ventral  part  of  which  presents 
two  marked  bulgings ;  connecting  these  two  bulgings  is  the 
anterior  commissure.  These  two  lateral  bulgings,  with  their  trans- 
verse commissure,  represent  with  marked  fidelity  the  ventral 
ganglion  masses  of  the  Arthi-opod  with  their  transverse  commissure, 
and  occupy  the  same  position  with  respect  to  the  spinal  tube,  as 
the  gangliou-masses  do  with  respect  to  the  intestine  in  the 
Arthropod.  Then  the  further  development  shows  how,  by  the 
subsequent  growth  of  the  nervous  material,  the  calibre  of  the  tube 
is  diminished  in  size  and  the  spinal  cord  is  formed. 

Again,  I  say,  is  it  possible  to  conceive  that  embryology  should 
indicate  the  nature  of  the  origin  of  the  Vertebrate  nervous  system 
more  clearly  than  it  does  ? 

It  is  the  same  with  all  the  other  organs.  Take  for  example  the 
skeletal  tissues.  The  study  of  the  Vertebrate  embryo  asserts  that 
the  cartilaginous  skeleton  arose  as  simple  branchial  bars  and  a 
simple  cranio-facial  skeleton,  and  also  that  the  parenchymatous 


14  PUOCEEDINGS   OF    THE 

variety  of  cartilage  represents  the  embryonic  form.  Word  for 
word,  the  early  embryonic  stage  of  the  Vertebrate  skeleton  closely 
resembles  the  stage  reached  in  the  Arthropod,  as  shown  by 
Limuhts,  and  again  records  unmistakably  the  past  history  of  the 
Vertebrate. 

80,  too,  with  the  whole  of  the  prosomatic  region  ;  the  situation 
of  the  old  mouth,  the  manner  in  which  the  nose  of  the 
Ceplialaspidian  fishes  arose  from  the  Pala30stracan,  are  all  shown 
with  vivid  clearness  by  KiiplTer's  investigations  of  the  early  stage 
of  Ammocates,  while  at  the  same  time  the  closure  of  the  oral 
cavity  by  the  septum  shows  how  the  oral  chamber  was  originally 
bounded  by  the  operculum.  Nay,  further,  the  very  formation  of 
this  chamber  embryologically  was  brought  about  by  the  forward 
growth  of  the  lower  lip,  just  as  it  must  have  been  if  the  chihiria 
grew  forward  to  form  the  metastoma.  So,  too,  the  study  of  the 
embryo  teaches  that  the  branchia)  arise  as  ingrowths,  that  the 
heart  arises  as  two  longitudinal  veins,  just  as  the  theory  supposes 
from  the  facts  provided  by  Lhmdus  and  the  Scorpions. 

No  indication  of  the  origin  of  the  thyroid  gland  is  given  by  the 
studv  of  its  structure  in  anj  adult  Vertebrate,  but  in  the  larval 
form  of  the  Lamprey  there  is  still  preserved  for  us  a  most  graphic 
record  of  its  past  history. 

The  close  comparison  which  it  is  possible  to  make  between  the 
eye-muscles  of  the  Vertebrate  and  the  recti  muscles  of  the  Scorpion 
group  on  the  one  hand,  and  between  the  pituitary  and  coxal  glands 
on  the  other,  are  based  upon,  or  at  all  events  are  strikingly  con- 
firmed by,  the  study  of  the  cojloinic  cavities  and  tlie  origin  of 
these  muscles  in  the  two  groups.  In  fact  the  embryological 
evidence  of  the  double  segmentation  in  the  head  and  the  whole 
nature  of  the  cranial  segments,  is  one  of  the  main  foundation 
stones  on  which  the  whole  of  my  theory  rests. 

So  it  is  throughout.  Turn  to  tlie  excretory  organs  :  it  is  not 
the  kidney  of  the  adult  animal  which  leads  direct  to  the  excretorj'- 
organs  of  the  primitive  Arthropod,  but  the  early  embryonic  origin 
of  that  kidney. 

So  far  from  having  put  forward  a  theory  which  runs  counter  to 
the  principles  of  embryology,  I  claim  to  have  vindicated  the  great 
Law  of  Kecai)itulation  which  is  the  foundation  stone  of  embryo- 
logical  principles.  My  theory  is  largely  based  upon  embryological 
facts,  and  its  strength  consists  in  the  manner  in  which  it  links 
together  into  one  harmonious  whole  the  facts  of  Embryology, 
PaliEontology,  Anatomy,  and  Physiology. 

It  cannot  then  be  said  that  my  theory  contravenes  this  great 
law  of  development,  the  Law  of  Ilecapitulation.  "What,  then,  is 
the  objection  ?  It  is  that  it  disregards  the  germ-layer  theory,  a 
theory  which  assumes  that  the  origin  of  the  Metazoa  from  the 
Protozoa  took  place  by  the  formation  of  a  gastrula-form — Haeckel's 
hypothetical  Gastrsea — which  gave  a  fixed  and  definite  morpho- 
logical origin  to  hypoblast,  and  that  from  that  time  up  to  the 
latest   animal   development   that   hypoblastic   layer    has    always 


TilNNEAN    &OCIETY    OF   LONDON.  1 5 

remaineJ  the  same.  Such  a  positive  assertion,  if  true,  immediately 
puts  out  of  court  any  theory  which  forms  an  ahmentary  canal  out 
of  something  which  is  not  hypoblast.  It  makes  the  alimentary 
canal  the  keystone  of  the  whole  fabric  of  Evolution,  not  the  central 
nervous  system. 

As  I  have  pointed  out  in  my  book,  the  evidence  of  Brehm  and 
others  is  to  the  effect  that  there  is  no  such  morphological  criterion 
of  hypoblast,  but,  on  the  contrary,  the  hypoblast  is  a  physiological 
conception  rather  than  a  morphological  one,  being  the  term  given 
to  that  layer  which  is  found  by  its  development  to  form  the 
digestive  tube  of  the  animal,  and  that  in  the  earliest  members  of 
the  Metazoa,  where  we  ought  to  expect  the  gastrula  formation  to 
be  most  conspicuous,  there  it  is  most  conspicuously  absent,  while 
it  is  most  clearly  evident  in  those  free-living  pelagic  blastula-forms 
in  which,  owing  to  the  absence  of  yolk,  the  necessity  exists  of 
obtaining  food  from  the  outside  even  from  the  early  blastula  stage. 

According  to  the  Law  of  Eecapitulation  we  may  expect  to  find 
in  the  developmental  history  of  the  Metazoa  some  indication  of 
the  nature  of  the  Protozoan  ancestor  which  gave  origin  to  the 
Metazoa.  Such  indication  is  given  with  absolute  uniformity  in  all 
the  Metazoa  by  the  blastula  stage,  not  by  the  so-called  gastrula 
stage.  The  blastula  represents  one  of  the  highest  Protozoan  forms, 
such,  for  example,  as  VoIvoa\  as  I  have  suggested  in  my  book,  and 
the  blastula  stage  aifords  yet  another  indication  of  the  great  law, 
that  the  upward  progress  of  the  Animal  Eace  has  always  been 
brought  about  by  the  genesis  of  the  next  highest  form  from  a 
member  of  the  highest  existing  group  of  animals. 

Prof.  E.  W.  MacBbidb,  F.E.S.  (Visitor),  remarked  :— 
Dr.  Gaskell  has  given  us  a  brilliant  exposition  of  his  famous 
theory  of  the  "  Origin  of  Vertebrates  "  to  which  it  is  impossible 
to  reply  at  all  adequately  in  a  quarter  of  an  hour.  Fourteen 
years  ago  this  theory  was  presented  to  the  Cambridge  Philo- 
sophical Society  and  I  then  gave  expression  to  many  objections 
which  I  felt  to  it ;  and  I  confess  that  those  objections  remain  in 
unaltered  force  to-day.  Not  one  of  them  has  been  removed  by 
Dr.  Gaskell's  speech,  nor  has  a  perusal  of  the  latest  edition  of  his 
book  weakened  one  of  them  in  the  slightest  degree. 

The  first  and  most  fundamental  objection  is  to  the  whole 
nature  of  Dr.  Gaskell's  morphological  reasoning.  Unless  this 
kind  of  reasoning  is  to  be  guided  by  definite  rules  it  becomes  a 
mere  arena  for  the  display  of  the  imaginative  faculties.  The 
change  which  one  man  regards  as  inconceivable  another  thinks  the 
most  natural  in  the  world.  I,  for  instance,  cannot  contemplate 
in  cold  blood  a  free-living  animal  giving  up  its  alimentary  canal 
and  beginning  to  digest  with  its  skin,  whilst  to  Dr.  Gaskell  this 
seems  the  most  natural  transition  in  the  world.  But  what  rules 
for  morphological  reasoning  are  suggested  ?  Tacitly  or  avowedly, 
all  zoologists  agree  on  this — morphological  reasoning  must  conform 
to  precedent.     But  what   constitutes  precedent   in   this   case  ? 


l6  PII<X.'EED1NGS   OK    THK 

Those  changes  about  the  uature  of  which  all  zoologists  are  agreed, 
such  as  the  rt'hitionship  of  an  abei-raut  genus  to  the  typical  form 
of  the  family  or  ordi-r  to  wliich  it  belongs.  Thus  no  one  doubts 
that  the  Ili'riiiit  Crab  is  defscended  from  a  normal  Lobster  or 
Chiftojiterus  from  a  normal  Annelid.  The  changes  involved  in  the 
descent  of  such  forms  from  the  more  normal  types  give  us  the 
only  rules  we  can  have  to  guide  us  vvlien  we  attempt  the  more 
dithcidt  task  of  passing  from  one  phylum  to  another. 

Now  Dr.  Gaskell,  in  assuming  that  Vertebrates  are  descended 
from  some  Pala^ostracan  type  of  Arthropod  of  which  the  only 
survivor  is  Limulus,  is  obliged  to  reconstruct  the  entire  animal, 
leaving  only  the  central  nervous  system  standing.  We  are  asked 
to  believe  that  the  original  alimentary  canal  has  become  the  neural 
canal,  and  that  a  new  alimentary  canal  has  developed  from  the 
skin  of  the  ventral  surface  of  the  body.  No  precedent  for  such  a 
change  can  be  gathered  from  any  of  the  data  I  have  mentioned  above. 

Again,  the  skin  of  the  lower  Vertebrates  is  ciliated,  and  this  is 
most  undoubtedly  a  primitive  condition  seeing  how  widely  it  is 
spread  amongst  the  lower  groups  in  the  Animal  Kingdom.  No 
Arthropod*  is  ciliated  at  any  time  of  its  existence:  its  whole 
organisation  is  dominated  by  the  tendency  to  form  thick  chitinous 
cuticle.  AVe  have  to  suppose  that  this  tejidency,  which  is  spread 
throughout  Arthropoda  from  the  highest  to  the  lowest,  has  been 
overcome  and  that  a  reversion  to  a  primitive  soft  ciliated  ectoderm 
has  been  accomplished.  No  precedent  for  such  a  change  can  be 
gathered  from  the  entire  Animal  Kingdom.  It  is  no  answer  to  this 
to  show  that  in  Ainmoccptes  and  one  or  two  other  cases  a  thin 
exterior  cuticle  is  developed  on  certain  parts  of  the  skin— for  it 
is  the  normal  sequence  of  things  that  a  cuticle  should  succeed  to 
a  ciliated  skin  as  a  secondary  change,  but  the  change  in  the  reverse 
direction  is  absolutely  without  precedent. 

The  eyes  of  Vertebrates,  or,  to  speak  more  correctly,  their 
retina?,  are  lateral  pockets  of  the  walls  of  the  neural  canal — which 
we  are  told  to  regard  as  the  old  alimentary  canal.  The  eyes  of 
Arthropoda  are,  without  exception,  modifications  of  the  external 
skin.  Are  the  lateral  eyes  ot  the  two  groujjs  homologous  or  are 
they  not  ?  If  they  are  homologous,  how  is  their  different  origin 
explained  ?  Dr.  Gaskell  figures  a  section  of  Artemia  in  which 
one  of  tiie  liver  saccules  is  in  close  contact  with  the  lower  layer 
of  the  eye.  He  hints  that  perhaps  part  of  the  eye  is  developed 
from  the  epithelium  of  the  liver  saccule,  but  this  is  in  flat  con- 
tradiction to  the  work  of  eveiy  zoologist  who  has  examined  their 
development.  If  the  eyes  in  the  two  cases  are  not  homologous, 
why  did  the  Arachnid  ancestor  of  Vertebrates  give  up  its  external 
eyes  and  develop  a  new  pair  from  its  old  alimentary  canal  ?  To 
say  that  there  is  no  precedent  for  such  a  change  is  to  put  it  mildly. 

*  I  hardly  think  it  necepsary  to  refer  to  the  cihation  of  the  genital  ducts  of 
Ptiripaiua,  the  only  exception  to  this  rule,  since  Peripafus  is  hardly  as  3'et  an 
Arthropod. 


LINNEAN    SOCIETY    OF    LONDON.  1 7 

Dr.  Gaskell  indulges  in  a  polemic  against  the  germ-layer  theory, 
whilst  maintaining  strongly  the  theory  that  tlie  development  of 
the  embryo  recapitulates  the  history  of  the  race.  He  seems  to  be 
unaware  that  the  germ-layer  theory  is  only  a  special  instance  of  the 
recapitulation  theory.  It  asserts  that  the  egg  in  its  progress  to  a 
hollow  blastula  recapitulates  the  change  from  a  unicellular  to  a 
multicellular  Protozoon.  This  part  of  it  Dr.  Gaskell  accepts,  and 
with  justice,  for  in  the  development  of  simple  and  primitive  types 
the  blastula  crops  up  throughout  the  entire  Animal  Kingdom.  But 
in  every  case  which  is  free  from  the  complication  of  yolk,  the  blastula 
is  transformed  into  a  hollow  gastrula  by  a  process  of  invngination, 
so  that  we  find  that  in  the  Arthropod  Lucifer  and  the  Vertebrate 
AmpJdoxus  the  process  is  very  similar.  And  yet  Dr.  Gaskell  asks 
us  to  believe  that  in  the  one  case  the  cavity  is  homologous  with 
the  neural  canal  of  Vertebrata  and  in  the  other  with  the  gut ! 
Such  reasoning  seems  to  me  to  be  very  difficult  to  accept. 
Dr.  Gaskell  assumes  that  Lucifer  developed  the  hollow  gastrula 
stage  because  its  egg  is  a  small  one  floating  in  water  and  has  to 
absorb  nourishment  early  through  the  blastopore,  but  the  fact 
is  that  in  this  stage  of  its  development  the  egg  of  Lucifer  is  in  a 
tough  shell  and  that  before  it  begins  to  absorb  nourishment  the 
blastopore  closes,  and  this  is  the  case  with  AmpJiio.vus  also.  The 
doubts  as  to  the  validity  of  the  germ-layer  theory  have  concerned 
themselves  chiefly  with  the  nature  of  the  third  layer,  the  mesoderm. 
If  everything  which  is  found  between  ectoderm  and  endoderm  be 
called  mesoderm  no  doubt  confusion  will  arise,  for  heterogeneous 
structures  are  confounded  under  this  name.  But  the  more  careful 
investigation  of  doubtful  cases  in  recent  years,  for  which  we  are 
specially  indebted  to  the  Americans,  have  shown  that  if  by  meso- 
derm we  mean  the  wall  of  the  coelom,  theu  this  is  homologous  in 
all  cases  and  always  arises  from  the  gut-wall. 

I  pass  over  minor  difficulties  of  Dr.  GaskelTs  theory,  such  as 
the  degeneration  of  the  ancient  genital  gland  into  packing  tissue 
surrounding  the  brain,  and  the  transformation  of  the  womb  into 
a  gland  which  in  Ammocoetes,  as  in  Amphioxus,  produces  a  string 
of  mucus  to  entangle  food  ;  for  the  mind  which  accepts  the  main 
ideas  of  the  theory  will  be  capable  of  digesting  such  trifles  also. 
We  come  then  to  the  only  points  in  Dr.  Gaskell's  theory  which 
in  the  mind  of  any  zoologist  would  constitute  even  prima  facie 
evidence  in  its  favour,  viz.  the  external  resemblance  between  some 
of  the  armoured  flsh  of  the  Devonian  and  the  contemporary  Eury- 
pterids,  coupled  with  the  assertion  that  when  Vertebrates  appeared 
Arthropods  were  dominant  in  the  water,  and  that  only  creatures 
with  strong  armour  and  well-developed  nervous  systems  could  have 
overcome  them.  Dr.  Gaskell  infers  that  if  the  primitive  Verte- 
brates had  been  \\ke  Amphioxus  they  never  could  have  won  the  day. 
Now  to  this,  two  answers  may  be  made,  first,  that  the  resem- 
blance is  purely  superficial,  in  fact  far  less  than  exists  between  a 
Whale  and  a  Fish  :  we  should  in  fact  have  far  more  reason  for 
classing  Whales  as  Fish  than  for  regarding  Ceplialaspis  as  allied 

LINN.  SOC.  PROCEEDINGS. — SESSION  1909-1910.  C 


iS 


PJIOC£ED1NOS    OK    THE 


to  LnnuJus.  This  point  I  shall  leave  for  elaboraHon  to  the 
pal^outologists  ;;ho  lollovv  n.e.  Secondly,  Dr.  G.iskell  has  no 
right  to  assume  that  Cephalas^ns-hke  forms  Mere  the  first  Verte- 
brates Jt  IS  entirely  to  ignore  all  that  Darwin  tanght  on  the 
nnperfec  ,on  of  the  geological  record,  and  alreadv  the  discoverv 
ot  toruis  like  Thehdus  with  a  skeleton  of  isolated  denticles  and  clf 
tusitorm  ish  like  Bn-ken>a  and  Lasamas,  in  which  the  skeleton  if 
any,  was  formed  of  small  isolated  plates,  has  given  the  lie  to  suVh 
assumptions  If  early  Vertebrates  were  like  A.yMoa;us  they  may 
have  existed  from  Pre-Cambnan  times  and  we  should  have  found 
uo  trace  ot  hem  Moreover,  the  form  of  Cephalaspis  and  its 
allies  IS  otally  unlike  the  typical  fish  form.  This  is  fusiform  and 
flattened  in  the  vertical  plane,  while  Lirmdus,  like  all  l'ala;ostraca 
and  the  overwhelming  majority  of  Arthropoda,  is  flattened  in  the 
horizontal  plane  Cej.hah,sjns  in  outer  form  resembles  such 
modern  hsh  as  LopJuus  {ihe  Anghr)  and  the  Gurnards,  which 
habitually  squat  on  the  bottom  and  some  of  which  bury  them 
selves  in  the  mud  ;  and  some  of  these  forms  actually  develop  their 
scales  into  plates  and  have  their  eyes  shifted  dorsallv.  I  have  no 
doubt  at  all  that  whilst  Cephalaspis,  Plerichthys,  and  their  con 
geners  were  practising  this  sluggish  mode  of  life,  the  real  ancestors 
of  the  dominant  Veitebrates  of  the  sea  were  ranging  like  flashes 
of  living  light  through  the  waters  above.  It  is  customary  to 
speak  ot  Amphou'vs ^^  a  degraded  creature,  but  no  one  who  has 
ever  seen  i  swi.n  will  fad  to  realize  the  immeasurable  superiority 
of  the  Vertebra  e  motor  system  over  that  of  the  Arachnid  The 
comparison  ot  the  one  to  the  screw  of  a  steamer  and  of  th^  other 
to  an  eigh  -oared  boat  gives  some  idea  of  the  difference.  We  may 
add  that  the  whole  course  of  evolution  in  fish  and  other  Vertebrates 
has  tended  in  the  direction  of  getting  rid  of  external  armour 
and  there  is  no  foundation  for  Dr.  Ga.keirs  assumption  that  th^ 
possession  of  heavy  external  armour  indicates  a  "  dominant " 
iorm.  It  really  indicates  a  sluggish  form.  But  Dr.  Gaskell 
continues,  there  is  the  unique  feature  that  the  Vertebrate 
nervous  system  is  tubular  and  that  the  ganglion  cells  bear 
A   .1  A  f  ^^t^^'i^^^P    to    tJ"s    tube    as    do  the  ganglia  of    an 

Arthropod  to  its  alimentary  canal,  and  the  central  nervous  svstem 
IS  the  n.ost  important  organ  in  the  body  :  whilst  all  else  n.ay  chance 
It  endures  Here  again  every  single  item  of  this  statement 
may  be  met  with  a  denial.  A  tubular  nervous  system  is  not  con- 
fa.ied  o  the  \  ertebrata.  It  is  found  amongst  the  Echinodermata 
in  Ophiuroiaea,  Echinoidea,  and  llolothuroidea,  and  in  all  cases  it 
18  formed  precisely  as  in  Amphioa-m.  An  exposed  plate  of  nervous 
ectoderm  such  as  is  found  throughout  life  in  Asteroidea  is 
covered  by  the  meeting  of  two  thin  non-nervous  flaps.  Then 
again  the  ganghonated  character  of  the  nervous  system  of  an 
Arthropod  IS  appealed  to  as  a  sign  of  high  differentiation-but 
th.8  IS  entirely  to  misread  it.  This  character  depend,  on  the 
nature  of  the  locomotor  system,  which  consists  of  discrete  groups 
of  muscles  confined  to  appendages,  which  leads  to  a  local  grouping 


LONEAN    SOCIETY    OF    LONDON.  1 9 

of  motor  nerve-cells.  What  intelligence  Limulus  has  is  confined 
to  its  minute  archicerebrum,  and  this  is  probably  small  in  amount. 
Amphioxus  has  no  particular  reason  to  fear  Lhmdus  on  the  ground 
of  brains.  lu  the  Vertebrate  the  swellings  of  the  nervous  system 
are  associated  with  the  development  of  large  sense  organs,  but  its 
locomotor  organs  are  the  almost  continuous  bands  of  muscle 
known  as  myotomes,  and  hence  the  motor  nerve-cells  form  a  practi- 
cally continuous  plate.  Moreover,  the  whole  study  of  the  Animal 
Kingdom  is  dead  against  the  assumption  that  all  else  may  change 
but  the  nervous  system  must  endure.  If  we  start  with  the  most 
highly  developed  Arthropoda,  or  with  the  most  highly  developed 
MoUusca,  we  find  as  we  pass  back  to  more  primitive  forms  that  the 
nervous  system  evaporates  into  a  mist  of  general  ciliated  nervous 
ectoderm.  Out  of  this,  as  required  by  the  exigencies  of  motor 
and  sensory  organs,  accumulations  of  nerve-cells  develop,  and 
disappear  with  the  disappearance  of  these  organs.  Of  course, 
like  every  other  organ,  when  they  have  persisted  for  a  long  time 
in  a  phylum  they  become  stable,  but  why  we  should  trace  the 
highly  developed  brain  of  a  Cuttlefish  back  to  primitive  ectoderm 
and  pass  from  the  developed  nervous  system  of  a  typical  Arthropod 
to  the  typical  nervous  system  of  a  developed  Vertebrate — ignoring 
all  the  really  primitive  forms  belonging  to  the  Vertebrates,  is 
conceivable  to  no  one  who  really  knows  zoology. 

The  alternative  theory  to  his,  as  Dr.  Gaskell  admits,  is  that 
Vertebrates  arose  from  some  simple  form  with  undiiferentiated 
organs.  Amphioxus  gives  us  an  idea  of  the  Vertebrate  structure 
in  its  most  undifferentiated  form,  but  showing  the  characteristic 
Vertebrate  organs  of  notochord,  gill-slits  and  tubular  nerve -cord. 
The  worm-like  Balanoglossus  and  its  allies  show  the  same 
structures,  but  without  the  segmentation  characteristic  of  the 
muscles  of  Amphioxus  and  other  Vertebrates.  But  in  its  develop- 
ment, which  shows  far  more  primitive  features  than  that  of  any 
known  Arthropod,  Amphioxus  resembles  Balanoglossus.  The  larva 
of  Balanoglossus  resembles  that  of  Eehinoderms,  and  here  we 
have  a  hint  of  a  wide  ranging  free-swimming  group  of  pelagic 
animals,  the  direct  descendants  of  whom  are  Vertebrata,  but  the 
degenerate  off-shoof  s  of  whicli  at  various  levels  are  Echinodermata, 
Enteropneusta,  Amphioxus,  and  Ascidians. 

Dr.  Gaskell  heaps  scorn  on  the  idea  that  Vertebrates,  the  domi- 
nant class,  arose  from  a  degenerate  like  Balanoglossus,  and  asks 
how  such  worms  could  have  competed  with  the  big  Arthropods. 
No  one  supposes  that  Vertebrates  are  descended  from  Balano- 
glossus, but  at  the  immensely  remote  period  of  time  when  the 
ancestors  of  Balanoglossus,  leaving  their  closely  allied  compeers  the 
ancestors  of  Vertebrata,  deserted  the  surface  to  seek  the  mud, 
the  ancestors  of  the  Gaskellian  Arthropods  were  probably  in  the 
condition  of  the  Trochophore  larva. 

Dr.  Gaskell  alludes  to  Spengel's  work  on  Balanoglossus  a? 
destroying  the  supposed  Vertebrate  character.  Nothing  coula 
be    more    mistaken.      Every    argument    o£    Spengel    has   been 

c2 


20  PROCEEDINGS    OF    TBE 

pulverized,  and  every  statement  of  Bateson  confirmed  in  the 
sixteen  years  that  have  succeeded  the  publication  of  Spengel's 
work. 

Dr.  Gaskell  calls  the  theory  of  "  parallel  development,"  by  which 
he  means  the  theory  of  the  independent  origin  of  the  great  phyla 
Arthropod.!,  Mollusca,  Vertebrata,  &c.  from  simple  forms,  an 
"  unscientific  and  inconceivable  suggestion."'  Surely  he  has  for- 
gotten the  '  Origin  of  Species.' 

Does  he  forget  that  Darwin  felt  the  differences  between  these 
phyla  so  strongly  that  he  doubted  their  common  origin,  and  seems 
to  have  imagined  that  they  might  have  originated  independently 
from  primordial  protoplasm.  Does  not  Dr.  Gaskell  know  that 
those  who  give  their  lives  to  the  study  of  Zoology  have  "  parallel 
development "  or  fan-like  development  forced  on  them  at  every 
turn,  in  every  section  and  sub-section  of  the  Animal  Kingdom. 
That  the  air-breathing  type  of  gastropod  Mollusc,  for  instance, 
must  have  originated  at  least  half  a  dozen  times  and  the  snake- 
like Vertebrate  at  least  a  dozen  times  each  time  in  entire  inde- 
pendence of  every  other.  And  why  unscientific  ?  If  protoplasm 
be  fundamentally  the  same  sort  of  thing  at  bottom,  and  if  varia- 
tions be  due  to  definite  changes  in  its  chemical  composition 
produced  directly  or  indirectly  by  changes  in  the  environment, 
should  not  like  causes  have  like  results  ? 

Dr.  Gaskell  states  that  his  theory  strikes  at  the  root  of  the 
conception  of  parallel  development.  In  this  case  I  venture  to 
predict  ttiat  the  root  will  prove  to  be  more  resistant  than  the  axe 
with  which  it  is  struck. 

Prof,  E.  H.  SxAELiNG,  F.R.S.  (Visitor),  followed  and  remarked : 
I  do  not  know  how  far  an  apology  may  be  considered  necessary 
for  the  intervention  of  a  physiologist  in  the  discussion  of  a  topic 
which  has  hitherto  been  regarded  as  the  special  preserve  of  the 
zoologist  and  comparative  anatomist.  I  understand,  however,  that 
the  chief  criticism  of  the  theory,  which  has  been  so  ably  put  before 
us  this  evening,  has  had  reference  to  the  method  by  which  the 
problem  is  attacked,  rather  than  to  the  facts  in  comparative 
anatomy  which  have  been  discovered  or  collated  by  Dr.  Gaskell. 
On  this  point,  namely,  the  principles  which  must  guide  any 
research  into  the  phylogeny  of  our  race,  a  physiologist  has  as  good 
a  right  to  be  heard  as  has  a  comparative  anatomist.  In  fact,  it 
was  the  author  of  the  '  Origin  of  Species '  himself  who  introduced 
physiological  considerations  into  the  theory  of  descent.  Darwin 
showed  that  the  grouping  of  living  beings  made  by  zoologists  had  a 
far  deeper  significance  than  mere  resemblance  of  form,  and  were 
really  expressions  of  blood  relationships  among  the  members  of 
any  group  or  between  allied  groups.  He  thus  replaced  a  purely 
conceptual  anatomical  grouping  by  an  actual  physiological  kinship. 
Since  the  varying  degrees  of  divergence  among  different  forms  are 
to  be  referred  to  the  survival  only  of  such  individuals  as  are  most 


LINNEAN   SOCIETY   OF   LONDON.  21 

fitly  adapted  to  their  environment,  the  problems  of  relationship, 
of  descent  and,  in  short,  of  the  origin  of  species  become  part  of 
that  great  study  of  adaptation  which  is  the  proper  occupation  of 
the  physiologist.  These  problems  are  bound  up,  not  with  the 
outward  seeming  of  an  organ  or  organs,  but  with  their  %ise  to  the 
animal  in  the  struggle  for  existence,  and  are  therefore  in  the  first 
place  problems  of  function. 

In  a  search  for  the  ancestry  of  Man  and  of  Vertebrates  generally 
we  must  therefore  remember  that  we  are  dealing,  not  with  museum 
specimens,  but  with  living  organisms,  and  must  endeavour  to  learn 
what  are  the  essential  factors  in  the  life  of  the  animal  that  give 
it  an  advantage  over  its  fellows  and  tend  to  the  perpetuation  of  its 
stock. 

We  have  really  two  questions  to  deal  with,  namely : — 

(1)  What  determines  survival  of  type  ?  and, 

(2)  What  determines  dominance  of  type  ? 

Sui'vival  is  merely  a  question  of  perfection  of  adaptation  and 
does  not  necessarily  imply  that  the  type  which  survives  becomes 
dominant.  There  are  many  holes  and  corners  on  the  surface  of 
the  globe  where  the  environment  is  of  a  very  special  character,  and 
in  each  of  these  we  shall  find  some  group  of  organisms  adapted 
for  this  environment  and  for  none  other.  In  many  cases  such  an 
environment  is  furnished  by  the  svirface  or  interior  of  some  other 
type  leading  a  more  active  existence.  It  is  in  this  parasitic  con- 
dition that  we  get  the  most  extreme  degree  of  specialized  adapta- 
tion associated  with  degeneration  of  all  parts  rendered  unnecessary 
by  the  restricted  range  of  environmental  events  to  which  the 
organism  is  liable. 

Dominance  of  a  type,  on  the  other  hand,  involves  wide  distri- 
bution and,  in  most  cases,  the  existence  of  numerous  species  of 
the  same  general  characteristics  under  widely  different  conditions 
of  environment.  To  such  a  dominant  type  belongs  the  Vertebrate 
with  its  highest  representative,  Man.  There  can  be  no  doubt 
that  the  evolution  of  such  a  type  must  have  been  continuous  and 
progressive.  It  has  often  been  imagined  that  the  evolution  of  the 
dominant  forms  of  life  was  simultaneous  and  not  successive,  and 
was  to  be  compared  rather  to  the  spokes  of  a  fan  than  to  a  tree 
with  its  branches  diverging  from  a  common  stem.  Such  a  fan- 
like evolution  could  only  occur  with  a  complete  separation  of 
environments.  It  is  as  difficult  to  conceive  that  the  Vertebrate 
was  evolved  from  a  primitive  worm-like  organism  which  shot  up 
past  the  more  highly  developed  Arthropoda,  as  it  is  to  believe  that 
mankind  is  destined  to  be  replaced  by  some  beast  that  is  now 
being  evolved  from  lower  groups  in  the  depths  of  the  sea.  But 
what  do  we  mean  by  speaking  of  lower  and  higher  groups  ?  The 
idea  involved  in  this  antithesis  is  the  same  as  that  included  in  the 
term  "  dominance."  The  positioo  of  any  type  in  the  animal  scale, 
the  question  whether  it  is  to  win  in  life's  struggle,  is  determined 


PROCEEDINQS  OF  THE 


hy  rnnfje  of  adaplalion  or  of  reaction.     The  organ  or  system  on 
which  the  range  of  adaptation  depends  is  the  one  on  uhich  we 
must  concentrate  our  attention  in  tracing  back  the  evolution  of 
the  Vertebrate.    This  organ  is  the  central  nervous  svetem.    There 
has  been  no  continuous  rise  in  type  of  the  muscular,  digestive  or 
respiratory  systems.      It   is    the   central  nervous   svstem  which 
determines  dominance  of  any  type,  and   the  nervous  svstem   is 
the  only  part  of  the  body  which  undergoes  continuous  evolution 
irom   the  lowest    to  the  highest   forms.      The  reactions    of   the 
highest   animals   are  determined    by  the  nerve-cells   and   tracts 
laid  down    in   the  embryo   and  inherited  from  the   parents    no 
new  formation  or  repair  being  possible  after  the  earliest  stages 
ot  loetal  life,  if  indeed  at  any  time.     In  no  case,  so  far  as  I  am 
aware,  do  we  find  the  central  nervous  system  cleared  away  and 
laid  down  afresh  in  the  metamorphosis  of"  an  animal.     At  various 
times  an  animal  may  breathe  by  its  skin,  by  gills  or  by  lungs.     It 
may  digest  its  food  by  means  of  glands  derived  from'the  epiblast 
or  hypoblast,  and  indeed  digestive  ferments  may  be  produced  hy 
almost  any  cell  in  the  body.     It  mav  excrete  waste  products  by 
kidneys,   intestines,   or    skin  ;    but  the   central   nervous    system 
remains  the  one  unchangeable  organ,  whose  function,  namely   the 
determination   of  adapted    reactions   and  therefore  of    survival 
cannot  be  replaced  by  the  vicarious  activity  of  anv  other  part  of 
the  body.  ■  ^ 

Looking  back  as  physiologists  we  mav  indeed  see  that  all  the 
main  epochs  m  the  evolution  of  higher  forms  of  life  are  charac- 
terized by  changes  in  the  nervous  system.     The  first  step  was 
taken  when  the  individuals  of  a  cell  colony  remained  in  structural 
connection,  so  that  the  consensus  partiwn  could  be  maintained  by 
the  propagation   of   molecular  changes   along   the    protoplasmic 
strands  between  the  different  cells  and  no  longer  depended  solely 
on  the  diffusion  into  the  surrounding  medium  of  chemical  sub- 
stances which  might  affect  friend  or  foe  alike.    By  a  differentiation 
among  these  connecting  strands   a  diffuse  nervous  system  was 
formed  with    immensely    enhanced    rapidity  of   reaction   of   the 
w'hole  organism  to  environmental  changes  at  anv  part  of  its  surface. 
The  location  of  the  mouth  at  the  front  end  of  the  body,  i.  e.  the 
one  which  in  the  actively  moving  animal  was  first  exposed  to 
changes  in  the  environment,  was  attended  hy  the  concentration  at 
this  end  of  the  specialized  projicient  organs  of  sense,  i.  e.  those 
whose  activity  was  aroused  by  changes  occurring  at  some  distance 
from  the  animal,  in  a  region  with  which  a  continuation   of  the 
forward  progression  of  the  animal  would  bring  it  in  more  intimate 
relations.     The  presence  of  these  foreseeinr/  organs  at  the  anterior 
end  necessarily  brought  in  its  train  a  subjection  of  all  other  parts 
of  the  nervous  system  to  that  part,  the  supra-cesophageal  ganglion, 
which  was  the  first  recipient  of  the  afferent  impressions  from  these 
organs.     The  rise  in  type,  which  has  culminated  in  the  production 
of  Man  himself,  has  been   determined  simply   hy  a  continuous 


LINNEAN    SOCIETY    OF    LONDON.  2$ 

advance  in  the  complexity  of  adaptations,  and  by  an  increase  in 
the  powers  of  control  and  foresight  exercised  by  the  foremost 
part  of  the  central  nervous  system.  On  these  t^A'o  factors,  fore- 
sight and  control,  depends  a  man's  position  among  his  fellows, 
and  a  continuous  growth  in  the  same  factors  marks  the  pro- 
gression of  living  forms  from  the  Worm  to  the  highest  Vertebrate. 
Since  the  functions  which  determine  survival  are  those  bound 
up  almost  exclusively  with  the  central  nervous  system,  this  system 
is  taken  by  Gaskell  as  his  guide  in  tracing  the  genealoijy  of  the 
Vertebrate.  1  am  not  sufficiently  equipped  to  bear  testimony  in 
favour  or  otherwise  of  the  facts  adduced  by  Graskell  in  support  of 
his  theory.  I  am  convinced,  however,  that  the  principles  on  which 
he  has  proceeded  are  the  only  ones  which  Mill  lend  to  a  solution 
of  the  problem,  and  that  researches  along  these  lines  will  throw 
light  on  the  meaning  and  physiological  significance  of  many  organs 
whose  part  in  the  economy  of  the  body  is  still  a  mystery.  It  is 
difficult  to  understand  the  attitude  which  has  been  taken  up  by 
the  majority  of  zoologists  towards  this  theory  of  the  origin  of 
Vertebrates.  We  find  zoologists  themselves  putting  forward 
theories  of  the  descent  of  Vertebrates  based  on  a  more  or  less 
profound  study  of  all  sorts  of  organs  and  structures  which  really 
have  little  or  no  importance  in  the  life  of  the  animal,  or  can  be 
replaced  vicariously  or  structurally  with  the  utmost  ease.  Thus 
they  concentrate  their  attention  on  or{j;ans  such  as  the  alimentary 
canal,  blood  vessels,  foetal  membranes,  excretory  organs,  the 
notochord,  but  p:iy  little  or  no  regard  to  the  one  system  of  the 
body  which  is  all-important  in  determining  the  continuous  series 
of  adaptations  which  make  up  the  life  of  the  animal.  And  what 
is  strange  is  that  in  most  cases  no  palaeontological  evidence  seems 
to  be  brought  forward  in  favour  of  these  hypotheses.  I  do  not 
know  whether  succeeding  speakers  will  be  able  to  adduce  any  facts 
from  the  geological  record  in  favour  of  the  existence  of  the  strange 
slug-like  animals,  with  or  without  holes  punched  in  them,  which 
have  been  evolved  out  of  the  inner  consciences  of  our  most  dis- 
tinguished zoologists  and  assigned  to  us  as  our  remote  ancestors. 
To  an  onlooker  like  myself  the  striking  resemblance  between  the 
earliest  fishes  and  the  Arthropoda  which  were  the  dominant  type 
just  before  the  appearance  of  these  Vertebrates,  is  striking  evidence 
in  favour  of  Gaskell's  theory.  I  would  ask  the  morphologists 
present  here  to-night  to  explain  how  they  account  for  this  striking 
similarity.  If  the  gastrula  theory  had  been  mentioned  in  the 
first  chapter  of  Genesis,  it  is  possible  that  the  presence  of  those 
earliest  fishes  in  the  earth's  crust  might  be  regarded  as  a  divinely 
appointed  trial  of  faith  for  the  orthodox  among  zoologists.  It 
seems  to  me  that  the  morphologist,  while  professing  a  lip  service 
to  the  doctrine  of  Evolution,  has  really  forsaken  the  teachings  of 
Darwin  and  gone  back  to  the  worship  of  his  old  idol,  the  study  of 
form  for  itself.  For  him,  as  for  the  anatomists  before  Darwin, 
similarity  of  form  is  everything  and  function  is  of  no  account. 


24  PE0CBEDING8   OF   THE 

The  special  message  of  Darwin  to  biology  was  the  vindication  of 
function,  and  the  demonstration  that  it  was  the  use  of  parts  and 
not  their  shape  which  determined  their  significance, — that  rela- 
tionship between  different  types  was  a  question  of  descent  and  of 
survival,  and  therefore  depended  not  on  form  but  on  fitness,  that 
is  to  say,  on  physiological  function.  It  is  curious  to  note,  with  this 
relapse  into  scholiasticism,  the  old  tendency  to  intolerance  of  new 
ideas  and  of  any  light  on  the  problems  at  issue  other  than  that 
shed  by  some  enshrined  man-made  theory  at  the  end  of  a  dark 
passage.  In  fact  some  members  of  the  zoological  hierarchy 
apparently  regard  the  attempt  to  throw  light  from  any  other 
direction  a?  impious,  and  associate  it,  like  many  worthy  divines 
did  the  work  of  Darwin,  with  the  Author  of  all  evil.  I  would 
not  however  like  to  suggest  that  Proiessor  MacBride  entertained 
any  such  comminatory  feelings  or  was  conscious  of  any  spirit  of 
religious  intolerance  when  he  speaks  of  the  "  diabolical  ingenuity  " 
of  Gaskell's  theory.  But  surely  the  odium  ihcologicum  is  out  of 
place  in  dealing  with  biological  problems.  A  sacerdotal  attitude 
of  mind  will  never  advance  our  knowledge  of  natural  phenomena 
or  of  the  origin  of  Vertebrates.  It  is  a  happy  augury  for  the 
revival  of  freedom  of  thousfht  in  English  biology  that  the  Linnean 
Society  should,  in  this  jubilee  year  of  Darwin,  have  devoted  an 
evening  to  the  discussion  of  a  theory,  which,  I  believe,  will  prove 
to  be  the  most  important  contribution  to  the  history  of  our  race 
since  the  publication  of  the  '  Descent  of  Man.' 

Mr.  E.  S.  GooDEicn,  F.E.S.,  F.L.S.,  stated  that  before  em- 
barking on  a  theory  as  to  the  origin  of  the  Vertebrates,  we  may 
attempt  to  determine  what  must  have  been  the  structure  of  the 
primitive  early  Vertebrate  from  which  the  Cephalochorda,  Cyclo- 
stomata,  and  Gnathostomata  (Fish  and  higher  Vertebrates)  have 
been  derived.  That  all  these  forms  are  bilaterally  symmetrical 
ccelomate  animals,  provided  with  gill-slits,  notochord,  and  dorsal 
central  nervous  system,  will  be  granted  to  start  with  ;  but  we 
must  further  try  to  fiud  out  what  has  been  the  general  course  of 
differentiation  and  specialization,  to  distiuguish  the  higher  from 
the  lower  forms,  and  to  point  out  what  other  characters  must 
have  been  absent  or  present  from  the  undifferentiated  ancestral 
stage  common  to  them  all. 

With  considerable  certainty  Gnathostomes  can  be  traced  back 
to  an  aquatic  fish-like  ancestor,  in  general  structure  not  unlike 
the  modern  Selachian.  It  possessed  biting  jaws  with  true  teeth, 
a  general  covering  of  denticles,  open  branchial  slits,  paired  and 
median  fins,  a  cartilaginous  endoskeleton,  and  well-developed 
sense-organs. 

The  Cyclostomes  belong  to  an  altogether  lower  grade  of  organi- 
sation, the  primitive  characters  of  which  cannot  be  merely  due  to 
degeneration.  The  segmentation  of  the  body  is  more  complete, 
and  the  segments  are  more  uniform.     This  is  especially  the  case 


LINNEAN   SOCIETY   OF    LONDON.  25 

in  the  head.  The  formation  of  a  distinct  head-region  with  a  large 
diiferentiated  brain,  a  skull,  and  cranial  nerves,  is  one  of  the  most 
important  and  characteristic  features  of  the  structure  of  the 
Craniata  (Cyclostomes  and  Gnathostomes).  It  takes  place  by 
the  gradual  modification  of  more  and  more  of  the  segments  at  the 
anterior  region  of  the  body  where  are  situated  the  mouth,  gill- 
slits,  and  paired  organs  of  sense.  But  this  process  of  cephali- 
zation  has  gone  much  further  in  the  Grnathostomes,  where  the  9th 
and  10th  cranial  nerves  become  included  in  the  skull,  and  the 
corresponding  muscle  segments  are  suppressed,  than  in  the 
Cyclostomes,  where  these  nerves  emerge  behind  tlie  rudimentary 
skull  and  the  muscle  segments  still  in  the  adult  form  an  un- 
interrupted series  from  in  front  of  the  mouth  to  the  tip  of  the 
tail.  Moreover  in  the  Cyclostomes  there  are  no  paired  limbs,  no 
true  teeth,  in  fact  no  trace  whatever  of  dermal  skeleton,  and  the 
testis  has  not  yet  acquired  any  direct  connection  with  the  kidney 
tubules. 

The  next  point  to  be  studied  is  the  structure  of  the  common 
ancestor  of  the  Cephalochorda  and  the  Craniata.  Now,  although 
Amphioxus  is  doubtless  in  some  respects  a  very  specialized 
animal — as  for  instance  in  the  possession  of  an  atrial  cavity — yet 
it  preserves  many  primitive  characters.  Judging  from  its  struc- 
ture, we  must  conclude  that  the  ancestral  Vertebrate  was  still 
more  uniformly  segmented  than  the  primitive  Craniate,  The 
head-region  was  scarcely  differentiated  at  all,  there  was  no  skull 
(probably  no  cartilaginous  axial  skeleton  at  all),  a  quite  rudi- 
mentary brain,  no  specialized  cranial  nerves,  no  eephalization  due 
to  the  presence  of  large  paired  organs  of  sense.  It  is  possible 
that  Amphioxus  is  somewhat  degenerate ;  but  it  cannot  seriously 
be  urged  that  it  once  possessed  in  well-developed  condition  those 
paired  sense-organs  which  have  so  pi'ofoundly  modified  the 
structure  of  the  head-region  in  the  Craniata.  For  it  would 
be  ridiculous  to  suppose  that  the  modified  segments  could  be 
I'estored  to  their  original  condition  of  uniformity  with  the  trunk 
segments  ;  no  trace  of  the  disturbance  appearing  in  either  adult 
or  embryo. 

Further,  in  Amphioxus,  there  is  no  dermal  or  epidermal  armour, 
and  primitiveness  is  shown  in  the  structure  of  the  endostyle, 
which  becomes  modified  into  the  thyroid  gland  in  higher  forms. 
Lastly  the  presence  of  true  uephridia,  a  type  of  excretory  organ 
which  has  been  lost  in  other  Vertebrates,  links  Amphioxus  to  the 
lower  Invertebrate  Coelomata. 

Thus  can  be  traced  an  irreversible  series  of  stages  in  the  differ- 
entiation of  Vertebrate  structure,  at  the  bottom  of  which  we  find 
a  much  simpler,  but  still  essentially  Vertebrate  ancestor,  probably 
already  extinct  in  Silurian  times. 

Amoug  the  various  Classes  of  modern  Invertebrates  we  do  not, 
and  indeed  cannot  expect  to  find  any  close  allies.  But  the  some- 
what  distantly   related   Enteropneusta   (Balanoglossus)   seem   to 


26 


PP.OCEEUINOS   OF   THE 


point  to  a  remote  common  ancestor  in  which  the  supportino 
notochord  was  not  yet  formed,  the  nervous  system  was  superficial 
and  more  diffuse,  and  the  segmental  ion  less  perfect. 

We  have  seen  that  the  study  of  the  Vertebrates  leads  us  back 
step  by  step  to  a  simple  undifferentiated  ancestor,  in  which  the 
complex  sense-organs,  the  highly  developed  brain,  tlie  chambered 
heart,  and  other  structures  so  characteristic  of  this  phvhira  had 
not  yet  appeared.  Now,  the  same  conclusion  is  reached  on 
studym-  such  other  groups  as  the  Mollusca  and  Arthropoda. 
Here  also  we  are  led  back  along  an  irreversible  series  of  forms  to 
a  simpler  generalized  ancestor.  Tlie  Vertebrates,  Molluscs  and 
Arthropods,  have  diverged  along  fundamentally  different  lines  of 
aifferentiation. 

Just  as  the  organisation  of  the  Vertebrata  is  governed  by 
the  appearance  of  a  dorsal  nervous  system,  a  notochord  gUl-slits 
a  mesoblastic  skeleton,  etc.,  so  the  whole  organisation  of  the 
Arthropoda  is  dominated  by  the  secretion  of  a  complete  superficial 
chitmous  skeleton,  and  the  accompanying  development  of  jointed 
appendages  serving  for  feeding  and  progression.  Similarlv,  the 
Molluscan  organisation  has  been  throughout  influenced  by  the 
secretion  of  a  calcareous  dorsal  shell,  and  the  development  of  a 
soft  body  capable  of  distention  by  the  blood-vascular  system.  Of 
all  the  systems  of  organs  the  nervous  system  mav  be  considered 
as  the  most  important,  and  it  is  just  in  the  study  "of  this  system 
that  we  can  most  easily  trace  the  divergence  in  structure  of  the 
three  groups. 

Owing  to  adaptation  to  similar  environment  or  function  certain 
striking  resemblances  may  occur  between  animals  of  widely 
separated  origin;  this  is  especially  the  case  with  sense-orf-ans 
adapted  to  receive  definite  stimuli.  Thus,  a  Cepha]o[)od  Moliusc 
ha^  a  large  brain  enclosed  in  a  cartilaginous  skull,  with  paired 
orbits  containing  large  eyes  remarkably  hke  those  of  the  Craniate 
Vertebrate.  But  the  resemblance  is  due  to  convergence;  these 
complex  organs  were  not  present  in  more  primitive  Mollusca.  and 
have  been  acquired  within  the  Molluscan  phylum.  Examined 
carefully  they  are  found  to  differ  as  fundamentally  in  every  detail 
from  those  of  the  Vertebrate  as  does  the  whole  organisation  of 
the  Mollusc  differ  from  that  of  the  Vertebrate  in  general. 

Eesemblances  between  the  Arthropod  and  the  Vertebrate  are 
not  so  striking;  when  they  do  occur  they  can  be  shown  to  be  of 
the  same  nature.  Here  also  the  various  organs  which  acquire 
some  likeness  to  each  other  in  the  two  groups  are  found  to  differ 
as  fundamentally  in  detail  as  they  do  in  origin.  What  the  two 
groups  really  have  in  common  is  only  that  which  they  have  both 
inherited  from  a  ^ery  early  undifferentiated  ancestral  stock. 


LINNEAN    SOCIETY   OF   LONDON.  27 

Dr.  H.  Gadow,  F.R.S.  (Visitor),  followed,  and  said  : — When 
Dr.  Graskell  explained  his  hypothesis  at  a  meeting  of  the  Cambridge 
Philosophical  Societ_y,  fourteen  years  ago,  I  was  the  only  one  who 
had  the  courage  of  pleading  for  its  being  given  a  chance.  It  has 
survived  pitiful  contempt  and  ridicule. 

If  we  want  to  join  the  ends  of  a  broken  chain,  we  must  be 
clear  about  the  links.  I  propose  pointing  out  the  last  Vertebrate 
link,  by  reconstructing  an  early  Vertebrate  analytically. 

Ever  since  (jegenbaur  based  his  investigations  into  the  compo- 
sition of  the  cranium  upon  Elasmobranchs,  and  as  since,  after  him, 
Balfour  discovered  so  many  important  features  in  their  embryonic 
development,  the  Elasmobranchs  have  come  to  be  looked  upon  as 
the  ideally  lowest  typical  Vertebrates.  Dohrn  even  went  so  far 
as  to  explain  the  Cyclostomes  out  of  the  way  of  direct  ancestry  as 
degenerated  Elasmobranchs. 

This  Elasmobranch  worship  is  wrong.  They  are  a  side-branch 
which  leads  to  nothing.  The  main  stem  of  the  Vertebrate 
descent  passes  through  what  we  may  call  Gano-Dipnoi,  and  their 
ancestors,  Proto-Gano-Dipnoi,  presumably  were  still  devoid  of 
paired  limbs,  and  still  lower  down  were  not  yet  Gnathostomes. 
We  can  reconstruct  further:  With  a  mouth  not  terminal  but 
ventral :  their  bulk  consisting  of  a  large  anterior  complex  and  a 
short,  tapering  tail,  both  segmented  and  metameric.  Condensation 
and  fusion  produced  a  head  which  was  so  large  because  it  con- 
tained all  the  principal  organic  systems,  as  nervous,  digestive, 
respiratory,  vascular,  and  possibly  excretory  and  generative. 

Metamerism  in  this  anterior  complex,  the  incipient  head,  was 
doomed,  but  in  the  posterior  portion  it  underwent  renewed 
activity.  Not  only  were  more  segments  formed  by  interstitial 
budding,  but  metamerism  ran  wild,  culminating,  besides  other 
features,  in  vertebralization. 

The  latter  proceeded  from  the  tail  end  forwards,  and  it  is  idle 
to  seek  for  vertebrae  in  the  primitive  bead,  excepting  in  the  part 
from  the  vagus  backwards,  which  in  the  early  creature  we  are 
dealing  with,  was  a  very  I'ecent  formation. 

Meanwhile,  the  posterior  or  tail  portion  becoming  larger,  part 
of  it,  from  before  backwards,  was  converted  into  a  trunk,  as  this 
was  receiving  most  of  those  organs  which  were  crowded  out  from 
the  consolidating  head,  and  also  no  doubt  owing  to  the  repetitional 
budding  backwards  of  some  of  these  organs.  Thus  we  have 
arrived  at  a  Tadpole-shaped  A^ertebrate  of  which  some  Ostraco- 
dermi  with  their  vertebralized  tails  are  not  a  bad  sample. 

Gegenbaur  had  taught  us  to  consider  the  spinal  cord  as  an 
outgrowth  from  the  older  brain.  The  greater  part  of  the  chorda 
is  likewise  due  to  a  secondary  growth  backwards,  this  organ  not 
being  laid  down  in  its  totality,  certainly  not  in  the  tail  where  it 
ought  to  have  arisen  if  originally  intended  for  an  axial  stiffening 
organ.     It  arises,  however,  in  the  trunk,  and  since  this  is  a  later 


28  PB0CBEDINQ8    Or   TUB 

addition  (due  to  interstitial  postcephalic  budding)  the  chorda  must 
be  of  a  comparatively  late  stage. 

Both  these  features,  chorda  and  spinal  cord,  fit  into  the  sketch 
I  have  just  outlined,  but  if  we  consider  the  spinal  cord  as  an 
outgrowth  from,  and  therefore  a  thing  later  than,  the  brain,  this 
seems  to  go  strongly  against  Dr.  Gaskell's  theory,  and  this  would 
not  be  reconcilable  with  my  early  Vertebrate.  But  Gregenbaur's 
explanation,  development  from  the  supra-ojsophageal  ganglia  of  the 
Invertebrates,  is  one  of  those  captivating  notions  which  is  really 
nothing  but  a  working  hypothesis  to  account  for  the  dorsal 
position  of  the  spinal  cord.  And  yet  this  hypothesis,  absolutely 
wrong  in  detail,  led  and  became  wrapped  up  in  the  much  more 
important  principle  of  the  foundation  of  a  trunk  by  backward 
interstitial  budding.  As  this  became  dimly  recognised  as  reason- 
able, the  spinal  cord  explanation  benefited  by  it,  although 
wrongly. 

A  few  words  about  the  skeletal  material,  the  cartilage.  I 
remember  Gegeubaur  saying  in  his  lectures,  "  AUer  Knorpel  kommt 
urspriinglich  von  Aussen."  We  are  only  now  beginning  fully  to 
understand  the  meaning  of  that  oracular  sentence.  The  cartilage 
of  the  Vertebrata  is  originally  an  ectodermal,  basal  membrane 
product,  which  then  migrates  inwards.  It  does  not  arise,  as  the 
old  master  himself  had  taught,  and  as  everybody  teaches,  in  the 
immediate  vicinity  of  the  chorda,  there  to  form  arcuaUa  or  basal 
blocks,  these  to  form  neural  and  ventral  processes,  whence 
ultimately  arise  the  median  fin-supporting  rays.  The  process  is 
just  the  reverse.  First  rays,  lastly  basal  blocks,  culminating  in 
the  formation  of  an  axial  skeleton  with  centra.  As  an  aside, 
I  need  scarcely  mention  that  this  reversed  process  considerably 
assists  the  derivation  of  the  paired  fins  from  a  hypothetical 
lateral  fin. 

Another  point :  since  Gegenbaur  has  stated  it  positively,  there 
have  been  persistent  attempts  to  prove  that  cartilage  appears 
endogenous  in  the  chorda.  Personally  I  think  that  this  belief 
rests  upon  faulty,  or  misinterpreted  observations,  but  if  there 
should,  after  all,  exist  such  endogenous  chordal  cartilage,  such  an 
endodermal  origin  would  appear  quite  irreconcilable  with  the  new 
doctrine  of  its  ectodermal  origin.  And  yet,  if  Gaskell's  explana- 
tion of  the  chorda  as  an  early  folded-off  portion  of  his  new  gut  is 
right,  then  it  becomes  quite  comprehensible  how  this  new  gut-wall 
may  still  retain  some  lingering  scleroblastic  cells,  since,  according 
to  Gaskell,  this  gut  is  partly  made  out  of  ventral  ectoderm. 

The  early  Vertebrate  I  have  just  reconstructed  approaches  the 
Silurian  limbless  Ostracoderms.  PtericJitht/s  may  be  a  belated 
offshoot,  still  retaining  a  pair  of  Invertebrate  limblike  appendages. 
Ostracoderms  I  hold  to  be  the  lowest  known  Vertebrates,  not  yet 
Gnathostomes,  whether  we  call  them  Hypostomes  or  Agnatha,  or 
even  Cyclostomes  in  a  wider  sense. 

It  is  one  of  Dr.  Gaskell's  happiest  feats  to  have  shown  that 


LINNBAN   SOCIETY    OP    LONDON.  29 

Cyclostoraes  closely  resemble  such  Ostracoderms,  not,  however, 
as  their  descendants,  but  rather  as  their  ancestors,  although 
modified  and  even  somewhat  degenerated.  To  appreciate  this, 
however,  we  must  cease  gazing  at  the  Lamprey.  The  Ammoccetes 
larva  is  the  key.  Of  course,  even  this  is  not  primitive  enough  for 
the  earliest  Vertebrate,  To  reconstruct  this  we  have  to  take 
away  its  trunk,  and  such  a  creature  may  well  be  expected  to  have 
lived  in  early  ISilurian  timeR.  Although  there  is  not  yet  known  a 
single  fossil  Cyclostome  from  the  Silurian  slates  to  recent  river- 
mud,  such  creatures  may  come  to  light  and  they  would  not  be 
more  puzzling  than  Palteosponch/lns. 

Thus  far  it  is  plain  sailing.  The  Vertebrate  end  of  the  broken 
chain  is  clear  enough.  The  attempts  to  bring  Amphioxus  into  line 
have  not  been  successful,  and  the  claims  of  the  other  "  Chordata  " 
restrict  themselves  to  a  few  features  of  doubtful  value.  JVowhere 
could  these  comparisons  be  driven  home,  and  what  do  these 
attempts  amount  to  against  Dr.  Gaskell's  detailed,  almost  too 
minute  comparisons  of  a  dozen  of  the  most  important  organs  ? 
If  his  results  were,  every  one,  nothing  but  coincidences,  analogies, 
such  a  state  of  things  would  be  much  more  astonishing  and  un- 
likely than  his  whole  hypothesis.  His  explanations  of  the  huge 
cavities  in  the  brain,  the  peculiar  structure  of  its  roof,  the  ventral 
and  the  neurenteric  canal,  are  the  only  plausible  ones  ever  offered. 
It  is  a  somewhat  forgotten  fact  that  in  some  Birds  there  is  no 
proper  neurenteric  canal,  while  in  other  species  there  are,  not  one, 
but  two  and  even  three  successively  formed  communications  of 
the  central  canal  with  the  gut  and  passing  right  through  the  chorda. 
An  organ  which,  like  the  chorda  of  a  bird,  has  passed  its  prime,  is 
liable  in  its  degeneration  to  revert  to  primitive  features,  some\A  hat 
muddled.  Here  we  have  three  neurenteric  connections,  their 
respective  funnels  behaving  as  if  the  chorda  were  a  negligible 
quantity,  or  rather  part  of  the  gut. 

Gaskell's  explanation  of  the  chorda  is  by  far  the  best  we  have. 
If  considered  as  a  product  of  an  endodermal  gut,  the  chorda 
cannot  well  have  started  as  a  supporting  organ.  It  must  have 
started  with  gut-like  function,  but  having  lost  this  with  its  lumen, 
its  walls  shrinking  to  rod-shape,  may  then  well  have  formed  a 
useful  axial  support.  Can  it  be  upheld,  that  the  chordoids  of 
Balanoglossus  and  Hhabdopleura  ever  had  a  gut  function  ?  This 
would  mean  that  a  glandular,  secretive  organ  has  lost  its  function 
and  yet  waxed  large.  A  proper  chorda  is  not  a  glandular  thing, 
and  even  when  it  is  a  rod  ten  feet  long  and  more  than  one  inch 
thick,  it  possesses  neither  nerves  nor  blood-vessels. 

Zoologists  have  allowed  histology  to  slip  out  of  their  hands  into 
those  of  the  physiologists,  and  it  has  done  well  there.  Embryoloo-y 
would  likewise  have  fared  better  if  the  function  of  the  aggregating 
and  growing  masses  of  cells  had  been  taken  as  the  leading 
principle,  instead  of  the  structures  which  they  ultimately  give 
rise  to.      It  is  function  which  determines  the  organ,  and  the 


$0  FROCEKDINCS    OF    THK 

possible  function  often  depends  upon  mere  poaition,  sometimes 
almost  acfidental,  with  regard  to  the  surrounding  medium. 
Kature  does  not  care  where  the  material  comes  from,  provided 
it  be  suitable.  There  are,  for  instance,  endodermal  and  ecto- 
dermal gills  ;  nor  does  it  matter  whether  a  creature  digests  and 
absorbs  food  by  its  inner  or  by  its  outer  surface.  Whilst  an 
armour-clad  animal  caiuiot  do  it,  a  naked  Amphibian  drinks 
through  its  whole  skin  ;  and  most  species  of  Sjjelerpes,  sometimes 
six  and  more  inches  long,  never  possess  gills,  have  lost  their  lungs, 
and  breathe  almost  entirely  through  their  outer  surface. 

The  Germ-laver  theory  has  crystallized  into  a  dogma  and  has 
led  into  a  cul-de-sac.  How  else  could  it  happen  that  people,  who 
have  spent  a  lifetime  at  embryology,  throw  it  up  in  disappoint- 
ment and  denounce  the  theory  of  Eecapitulation,  which  is  about 
tlie  only  valuable,  really  priceless  generalization  of  this  direct 
means  of  studying  evolution. 

Because  Dr.  Gaskell  is  a  good  physiologist,  he  saw  that  the 
central  canal  and  the  brain  ventricles  could  not  possibly  have 
anything  to  do,  primarily,  with  the  central  nervous  system,  that, 
in  fact,  they  are  the  remnants  of  a  gut.  This  has  of  course  been 
suggested  long  ago,  from  the  general  look  of  the  thing,  but  there 
were  no  proofs,  and  there  was  the  seemingly  hopeless  task  of 
having  to  account  for  a  new  gut.  Gaskell  had  the  courage  and 
insight  to  show  how  such  a  gut  may  have  been  evolved,  and  this 
is  one  of  the  best,  simplest  and  most  convincing  chapters.  It  is  a 
false  dogma  that  the  gut  must  be  the  organ  which  is  homologous 
in  all  gut-possessing  animals. 

Dr.  Gaskell  may  be  mistaken  in  some  of  his  interpretations, 
but  his  hypothesis  is  not  only  at  least  as  good  as  others,  but  it  is 
the  only  one  which  endeavours  to  carry  through  a  great  number 
of  comparisons.  His  hypothesis  is  logically  conceived  ;  it  is  built 
up  of  items,  none  of  which  are  impossible,  therefore  the  total  is 
possible. 

The  discussion  was  then  adjourned  to  the  next  General  Meeting, 
Thursday,  3rd  February,  1910,  at  8.0  P.M. 


February  3rd,  1910. 
Dr.  D.  H.  ScoTi',  M.A.,  F.E.S.,  President,  in  the  Chair. 

The  Minutes  of  the  General  Meeting  of  the  20th  January,  1910, 
were  read  and  contirmed. 

Dr.  Henry  Drinkwater,  M.D.  (Edin.),  and  Mr.  Cyril  Crossland, 
M.A.  (Cantab.;,  B.Sc.  (Loud.),  were  elected  Fellows. 


LINNEAN   SOCIETY    OF    LONDOX,  3! 

The  discussion  upon  the  Origin  oE  the  Vertebrates,  begun  at 
the  previous  Meeting,  was  resumed. 

The  discussion  was  continued  by  Dr.  A.  Smith  Woodward, 
r.E.S.,  F.L.S.,  who  remarked  that  Paheontology  affords  no  clue 
to  the  ancestry  of  the  Vertebrates,  because  they  seem  to  have 
originated  as  animals  with  no  hard  parts  caj)able  of  fossilization. 
When  they  first  acquired  a  calcified  skeleton  in  the  Upper 
Silurian  period,  they  were  represeiited  not  only  by  very  primitive 
types  like  the  Ostracoderms,  but  by  true  fishes  of  at  least  as  high 
a  grade  as  the  Elasmobranchs  (Acanthodians). 

It  is  perhaps  a  significant  fact  that  the  Arthropods  were  the 
dominant  type  of  life  at  the  time  when  the  Vertebrates  began  to 
be  conspicuous.  It  is  known  that  during  the  subsequent  course 
of  evolution  of  the  Vertebrates  themselves,  each  successively 
higher  great  group  became  the  dominant  type  for  the  time  being ; 
and  that  each  advance  was  due  to  evolution  from  the  immediately 
precednig  dominant  type.  In  every  case,  however,  the  higher 
group  seems  to  have  been  directly  derived  from  the  earliest  and 
most  generalized  members  of  the  preceding  group,  not  from  the 
specialized  members  that  flourished  at  the  time  of  its  dominance. 
If,  therefore,  the  Vertebrates  originated  from  Arthropods,  their 
direct  ancestors  must  have  been  early  generahzed  forms  which 
there  is  little  hope  of  discovering  among  fossils. 

Although  so  little  is  known  of  their  organisation,  it  seems 
proliable  that  the  Ostracoderms  are  lower  in  rank  than  the  true 
fishes,  and  most  nearly  related,  among  surviving  animals,  to  the 
Marsipobranchs.  Dr.  Gaskell  has  added  to  this  probability  by  his 
researches  on  the  Ammocoete.  His  comparison  of  tlie  structure 
of  the  dermal  head-shield  in  the  Upper  Silurian  Aachenasjns  with 
that  of  the  more  deeply  seated  plate  of  muco-cartilage  in  the 
Ammocoete,  is  particularly  striking  and  interesting. 

Most  of  the  Ostracoderms  have  a  remarkable  superficial  resem- 
blance to  the  contemporaneous  Arthropods  of  the  Eurypterid 
group,  being  adapted  for  a  similar  mode  of  life  on  the  sea-bottom. 
A  few,  however,  are  laterally  compressed  and  as  gracefully  fusi- 
form as  swiftly-swimming  fishes  (e.  g.,  Birl-enia) ;  and  that  these 
had  a  wide  geographical  distribution  in  Upper  Silurian  times  is 
shown  by  the  recent  discovery  of  a  fragment  (named  Ctenopleuron 
nerepisense  by  G.  E.  Matthew)  in  New  Brunswick. 

The  supposed  discoveries  in  Ostracoderms  of  appendages  com- 
parable with  those  of  Arthropods,  are  due  entirely  to  faulty 
observation  or  misinterpretation.  There  is  nothing  more  than  a 
normal  branchial  chamber  on  each  side  of  the  cranial  region  in 
genera  such  as  Cqyhalasins,  Pteraspis,  Cyathaspis,  and  Tremataspis, 
where  the  skeleton  can  be  well  observed.  The  so-called  paii-ed 
appendages  ascribed  to  the  trunk  of  Cephalaspis  by  Prof.  W. 
Patten,  are  merely  the  scales  which  project  along  its  sharp 
angulation  on  each  side. 


32  PKOCEEDINOS   OP   THE 

Prof.  Authur  Dbndy,  F.R.S.,  Sec.L.S.,  contributed  the  follow- 
ing  remarks  : — 

Any  theory  of  the  orii^in  of  Vertebrates  must  stand  or  fall  by 
the  results  of  detailed  criticism  of  the  evidence  upon  which  it 
rests,  and  owing  to  the  large  amount  of  evidence  which  Dr.  Gaskell 
has  brought  forward,  this  must  necessarily  be  a  verv  laborious 
undertaking.  The  portion  of  this  evidence  to  which  I  wish  to 
call  special  attention  on  this  occasion  is  that  which  concerns  the 
eyes,  upon  which  very  great  stress  has  been  laid.  This  applies 
especially  to  the  median  eyes,  concerning  which  Dr.  Gaskell 
himself  states  *  that  "  undoubtedly,  in  recent  times,  the  most 
important  clue  to  the  ancestry  of  Vertebrates  has  been  given  by 
the  discovery  that  the  so-called  pineal  gland  in  the  Vertebrate 
brain  is  all  that  remains  of  a  pair  of  median  or  pineal  eves,  the 
existence  of  which  is  manifest  in  the  earliest  Vertebrates."  This 
being  so,  it  seems  especially  desirable  to  examine  criticallv  the 
evidence  brought  forward  in  this  case.  Dr.  Gaskell  has  studied 
these  organs  in  the  Ammocoete  larva  of  Petromyzon.  I  myself 
have  studied  them  in  the  Velasia  stage  of  the  New  Zealand 
Lamprey,  Geotria,  which  is  very  closely  related  to  Petromyzon,  and 
also  in  Sphenodon,  where  they  are  exceptionally  well  developed. 
I  may  say  at  once  that  my  interpretation  of  their  structure  does 
not  agree  with  that  of  Dr.  Gaskell. 

Dr.  Gaskell  reminds  us  that  Crustaceans  and  Arachnids,  as  well 
as  A^ertebrates,  have  lateral  and  median  eyes  and  that  in  these 
Arthropods,  "  the  median  eyes  are  in  all  cases  eves  with  a  simple 
upright  retina  and  a  simple  cuticular  lens,  while  the  retina  of  the 
lateral  eyes  is  compound  or  may  be  inverted,  according  as  the 
animal  in  question  possesses  crustacean  or  arachnid  aTfinities " 
Again  he  says,  "  The  lateral  eye  of  the  vertebrate,  possessing,  as 
it  does,  an  inverted  compound  retina,  indicates  that  the  verte- 
brate arose  from  a  stock  which  was  neither  arachnid  nor  crusta- 
cean, but  gave  rise  to  both  groups— in  fact,  was  a  member  of  the 
great  palaeostracan  group."'  He  then  proceeds  to  examine  the 
evidence  with  regard  to  the  median  eyes  of  Ammoccetes,  with  a 
view  to  discovering  whether  they  belong  to  the  same  type  as 
those  of  Arachnids  and  Crustacea.  He  compares  an  extremely 
diagrainmatic  figure  of  the  pineal  eye  of  Ammoccetes,  which  in 
my  opinion  is  far  from  being  correct,  with  an  apparentlv  equally 
diagrammatic  figure  of  an  Acilius  larva,  which,  to  judge  "from  the 
drawing  of  this  eye  copied  from  Patten  on  a  later  page,  is  also 
far  from  accurate.  By  this  procrustean  method  of  treatment 
the  two  eyes  are  certainly  made  to  look  very  like  one  another 
although  it  has  been  impossible  to  eliminate  the  cuticular  lens  of 
Acilius,  which  is  entirely  wanting  in  Ammoccetes. 

The  manner  in  which  it  has  been  necessary  to  treat  the  evidence 
in  order  to  arrive  at  this  comparison  is  clearly  illustrated  by 

*  '  The  Origin  of  Vertebrates ' :  Longmans,  Green,  &  Co.,  1908,  p.  74. 


LINNEAN    SOCIETY    OF    LOXDOX, 


33 


Dr.  GiiskeH's  discussion  of  the  miiaule  structure  of  the  retiua. 
If  the  comparison  is  to  be  valid  the  retina  of  the  pineal  eye  must 
be  a  simple  retina,  that  is  to  sa}^  it  must  not  contain  an  optic 
ganglion.  Dr.  Gaskell  savs  "  neither  I  myself  nor  Studnicka 
have  been  able  to  see  any  detinite  groups  of  cells  between  the 
nerve  end-cells  and  the  optic  nerve  sucli  as  a  compound  retina 
necessitates."  It  is  difficult  to  reconcile  this  statement  with 
wliat  Studnicka  himself  says.  According  to  this  author,*  the 
retina  of  a  developed  Ammoccete  consists  of  the  following  cell- 
layers  : — 

(1)  At  the  bottom,   a   layer   of  nerve-fibres,   \Ahich   are  in 

direct  connection  with  those  of  the  pineal  nerve. 

(2)  A  layer  of  basal  cells  ;  large,  very  clear  cells  with  lightly 
staining  protoplasm  and  large  nuclei,  with  a  number  of 
nei've-libres  running  between  them. 

(3)  A  laj^er  of  nuclei  belonging  to  small  cells. 

(4)  A  layer  of  cylindrical  cells  which  correspond  to  the  rods 

of  older  authors  and  which  consist  of  sense-cells  and 
supporting  cells. 

This  does  not  sound  very  much  like  a  simple  retina.  Dr.  Gaskell 
quotes  Studnicka  as  saying  that  the  nerve  end-cells  pass  directly 
into  the  nerve,  which,  Dr.  Gaskell  observes,  "points  dii'ectly  to 
the  conclusion  that  this  retina  is  a  simple,  not  a  compound  retina, 
and  that  it  therefore  in  this  respect  agrees  Avith  the  retina  of  all 
median  eyes."  I  do  not  know  where  Studnicka  makes  the  state- 
ment upon  which  Dr.  Gaskell  bases  this  conclusion.  What  I  do 
find  hiui  saying  (oji.  clt.  p.  25)  is  that  tlie  lower  extremity  of  the 
sense-cell  is  produced  into  a  nerve-fibre  which  loses  itself  in  the 
nerve-fibre  layer  of  the  retina  (1).  He  further  expressly  states 
thxat  in  the  adult  Petromyzon  there  are  amongst  the  round  basal 
ce  Is  many  which  undoubtedly  have  the  character  of  ganglion  cells, 
and  that  the  processes  of  these  cells  may  be  followed  into  the 
layer  of  nerve-fibres,  while  they  also  send  processes  into  the  layer 
of  cylindrical  cells. 

In  short  the  retina  of  the  pineal  eye  of  Ammocceies  is  iin- 
doubtedly  a  compound  retina  and  not,  as  Dr.  Gaskell  would  have 
it,  a  simple  one.  My  own  observations  on  the  pineal  eye  of 
Geotria  fully  confirm  this  view.  In  this  animal  also  a  well- 
developed  retinal  ganglion  is  pi'esent.  Dr.  Gaskell  endeavoui's  to 
harmonize  my  observations  with  his  theory  by  supposing  that  the 
cells  of  which  this  retinal  ganglion  is  composed  "do  not  represent 
the  original  optic  ganglion  of  a  compound  retina,  but  rather  the 
subsequent  invasion,  by  way  of  the  pineal  nerve,  of  ganglion  cells 
belonging  to  a  portion  of  the  brain."  When  undoubted  facts 
have  to  be  ignored  or  explained  away  in  this  manner  in  order  to 

*  "Die  Parietalorgaiie  "  (in  Oppel's  '  Lelirbuch  der  vergleiclieiuleii  uiikro- 
skopischen  Anatomie  der  Wirbelthiere ')>  P-  24. 

LINX.  SOC.  PROCEEUINGS. — SESSION  1909-1910.  d 


34  PltOCKEDlNCS   OK   Tin: 

support  a  llifory  it   looks  as   il'  th.-n   theory  must  slaiul  upon  a 
soniinvliat  shaky  fouiuhition. 

Dr.  GaskpU,  then,  coiiclutk's  that  iu  the  pineal  t-ve  of  Ammocmtes 
"there  is  certainly  no  api)earance  in  the  least  resembling  a  compound 
retina  such  as  is  seen  in  the  vertebrate  or  crustacean  lateral  eye.'' 
It  is  true  that  in  the  Lampreys  tlie  retinal  ganglion  of  the  pineal 
eye  is  not  spread  out  to  form  a  layer  of  such  unilonn  thickness 
as  in  the  lateral  eye,  but  the  pineal  eyes  of  Sphenodon  and  of  the 
Lacertilia  make  a  much  closer  approach  to  the  lateral  eyes  in  this 
respect. 

By  far  the  most  important  evidence  afforded  by  both  the  pineal 
and  lateral  eyes  of  A'ertebrates,  however,  is,  in  mv  opinion,  that 
derived  from  their  development.  Both  differ  essentiallv  from 
any  Invertebrate  eye  in  being  formed  as  diverticula  of  a  hollow 
brain.  The  eyes  of  Arthropods  are  formed  by  thickening  and 
differentiation  of  the  superlicial  epiblast.  How  is  it  possible  to 
reconcile  this  discrepancy  ?  Dr.  Gaskell  himself  {op.  cit.  p.  101) 
states  the  problem  quite  clearly  in  the  case  of  the  lateral  eyes. 
Having  arrived  at  the  conclusion  tliat  the  retina  is  in  this  case  a 
compound  retina,  composed  of  a  retina  and  retinal  ganglion  of  the 
type  found  in  Arthropods,  he  gops  on  to  say  :  "From  this  it  follows 
that  the  development  of  the  vertebrate  retina  ought  to  show  the 
formation  of  (1)  an  optic  plate  formed  from  the  peripheral  epi- 
dermis and  not  from  the' brain ;  (2)  a  part  of  the  brain  closely 
attached  to  this  optic  plate  forming  the  retinal  ganghon,  which 
remains  at  the  surface  when  the  rest  of  the  optic  ganglion  with- 
draws :  (3)  an  optic  nerve  formed  in  consequence  of  "this  with- 
drawal, as  the  connection  between  the  retinal  and  cerebral  parts 
of  the  optic  ganglion."  Of  course,  the  same  must  apply  to  the 
pineal  eyes  *. 

Itelyiiig  upon  Gotte's  observation  "  that  the  retina  arises  from 
an  optic  plate,  being  the  optical  portion  of  his  '  Sinnesplafte,' " 
Gaskell  concludes  that  the  retina  (of  the  lateral  eve)  is  to  'be 
regarded  as  a  portion  of  the  superficial  epiblast  together  with 
a  retinal  ganglion  with  which  it  has  become  fused,  while  the 
optic  vesicles  are  explained  as  outgrowths  of  the  primitive 
Arthropod  stomach  which  supply  only  the  epithelial  and  supporting 
framework  of  the  retina,  with  which  the  nervous  and  sensory 
elements  become  interwoven.  The  development  of  the  lateral 
Vertebrate  eye  is,  however,  a  very  complex  process,  and  as  I  have 
not  made  a  special  study  of  it  myself,  I  leave  it  on  one  side, 
though  I  may  say  that  Dr.  Gaskell's  idea  of  the  double  origin  of 
the  retina  and  its  supporting  structures  seems  to  me  to  be  too  far- 
fetched to  be  of  much  value  as  a  support  for  his  theory,  and  that 
any  attempt  to  institute  a  close  comparison  between  the  lateral 
eye  of  a  Vertebrate  and  the  highly  specialized  compound  eye  of  an 
Arthropod  is  foredoomed  to  failure. 

*  At  any  rate  so  far  as  no.  (1)  is  concprned,  whatever  view  we  may  take  as 
to  the  presence  or  absence  of  a  retinal  ganglion  in  the  pineal  ej  e. 


laXXEAX    SOCIETV    OF    LOXDOX.  35 

Ui*.  Gaskell  unroi'tiiiiate!)'  does  not  deal  with  the  development 
of  the  ])iiieal  eye,  wliich  is  far  simpler.  This  has  been  carefully 
studied  is  various  types,  all  of  which  agree  in  essential  features. 
J  myself  have  studied  it  chiefly  in  Sphenodon,  upon  which  animal 
the  following  statements  are  based.  The  pineal  eye  originates  as 
a  simple  evagiuatiou  of  the  brain-roof.  This  completely  separates 
from  the  brain  and  closes  up.  The  optic  vesicle  thus  formed  does 
not  invaginate  to  form  an  optic  cup,  as  in  the  case  of  the  paired 
eye,  but  the  retina,  with  its  sense-cells,  ganglion-cells  and  nerve- 
fibres,  is  formed  directly  and  in  situ  by  differentiation  of  its 
posterior  wall,  while  the  lens  is  formed  from  its  anterior  wall. 
There  is  not  the  slightest  indication  of  the  origin  of  any  part  of 
the  retina  directly  from  the  superficial  epiblast.  It  is  true,  of 
course,  that  the  whole  of  the  central  nervous  system  is  derived,  in 
the  first  instance,  from  superficial  e])ibiast,  and  so  also  is  the 
central  nervous  system  of  an  Arthropod.  Ko  one  denies  that  the 
retina  is  epiblastic  in  orgiu  ;  the  question  is,  what  part  of  the  epi- 
blast is  it  derived  from  ?  In  the  Vertebrate  it  is  derived  from 
the  part  which  becomes  iuvaginaled  to  form  the  central  nervous 
system.     In  the  Arthropod  and  in  other  Invertebrates,  it  is  not. 

I  cannot,  therefore,  avoid  expressing  the  opinion  that  the 
evidence  which  Dr.  Gaskell  derives  from  the  study  of  the  lateral 
and  pineal  eyes  in  favour  of  his  theory  does  not  stand  the  test  of 
critical  examination.  It  appears  to  me,  if  I  may  venture  to  say 
so,  that  he  has  failed  to  distinguish  between  analogy  and  homology. 
Animals  which  h;i,ve  to  live  under  similar  conditions  must  be 
expected  to  become  adapted  along  similar  lines,  and  it  is  no  moi-e 
necessarv  to  invoke  a  common  ancestry  to  explain  the  resemblance 
between  the  visual  organs  of  Vertebrates  and  Arthropods  than  it 
is  to  give  the  same  explanation  of  the  superficial  resemblance 
between  their  organs  of  locomotion.  Again,  the  resemblance 
between  the  lateral  eyes  of  Vertebrates  and  the  highly  charac- 
teristic compound  eyes  of  any  Arthropod  is  not  nearly  so  striking 
as  is  that  betw'een  the  former  and  the  higher  Cephalopod  eye, 
and  yet  no  one,  so  far  as  I  am  aware,  has  yet  ventured  to 
include  the  Octopus  in  the  ancestral  portrait  gallery  of  the 
A'ertebraia. 

Looking  at  the  problem  for  a  moment  from  a  wider  point  of 
view,  I  should  like  to  express  my  agreement  with  those  who 
see  in  Amphioxns  a  close  approximation  to  the  starting-point  of 
the  great  Vertebrate  phylum.  The  evidence  in  favour  of  the 
essentially  primitive  character  of  Antpldoxus  is,  to  my  mind, 
overwhelming,  but  the  acceptance  of  this  evidence  is  fatal  to 
Dr.  Gaskell's  views,  for  in  Amphioxint^  of  course,  a  very  large 
proportion  of  the  Vertebrate  characters  upon  which  he  lays  so  much 
stress  as  indicating  Arthropod  atlitiities,  have  not  yet  put  in  an 
appearance.  Thus,  for  example,  there  is  no  trace  of  either  lateral 
or   pineal  eyes,  and  we  therefore  conclude  with  confidence  that 

d2 


36  PROCEKUINGS    OI     Till 

these  structures  liuve  not  bneii  inheritotl  Iroiii  any  Invertebrate 
ancestor  at  all,  but  have  arisen  cjuite  independently  within  the 
A'ertebrate  group. 

In  connection  with  Dr.  Gaskell's  theory,  the  question  is  some- 
times asked: — If  the  cavity  of  the  central  nervous  system  of  the 
Vertebrate,  with  its  lining  epithelium,  has  not  been  derived  from 
the    alimentary   canal   of   an  Arthropod    ancestor,    how   do   you 
account  for  its  existence,  and  how  do  you  account  for  the  existence 
of   the    choroid   plexuses  ?      To   the    zoologist,    of    course,   this 
question  presents  no  difficulty.     One  of  the  commonest  ])heno- 
mena  of  development  throughout  the  Animal  Kingdom   is  the 
incrense  of  surface  by  the  forniation  of  folds.     We  are  familiar 
with  it  in  glandular  tissues  and  in  respiratory  tissues,  and  we  are 
familiar  with   it  also  in  the   formation    of   the  central   nervous 
system    of    various   Invertebrates,    as    Professor   MacBride   has 
already  pointed  out.     jN'o  one  doubts,  moreover,  that  this  is  the 
explanation  of  the  convolutions  of  the  brain  in  higher  A^ertebrates. 
Why  then  object  to  apply  the  same  principle  in  expltmation  of 
the  origin  of  the  Vertebrate  nervous  system  by  invagination  of  the 
superficial  epiblast  ?     The  Vertebrates  inherited  from   their  In- 
vertebrate,   worm-like    ancestors,    this    characteristic    mode    of 
forming  the  central  nervous  system,  which  naturally  resulted  in 
the  development  of  a  hollow^  tube  ■with  at  first  a  narrow  lumen. 
Eurther    evolution    of   the   nervous    system    was    brought   about 
primarily  by  the  increase  in  number  of  the  nerve-cells  and  the 
consequent  thickening  of  the  wall  of  the  neural  tube.     Ic  will,  of 
course,  be  asked  by  the  supporters  of  Dr.  Gaskell's  theory,  why 
has   the   cavity  of   the  original  neural   tube   increased  to   such 
enormous  dimensions  in  the  case  of  the  ventricles  of  the  brain  ? 
Here  again  I  do  not  see  any  difficulty.     The  great  mass  of  nerve 
tissue  formed  in  the  brain  requires  some  very  well  developed 
system  for  nutrition  and  respiration.     This  is  primarily  effected 
of  course  by  the  cerebral  blood-vessels  ;  but  we  have  also  the 
cerebro-spinal  fluid,  with  whieh  the  ventricles  of  the  brain  and  the 
canalis  centralis  of  the  spinal  cord  are  filled,  and  which  probably 
exercises    an    important    respiratory    and    possibly    also    other 
functions.     I  suppose  Dr.  Gaskell  will  hardly  ask  us  to  look  upon 
the  cerebro-spinal  fluid  as  representing  the  digestive  juices  which 
were  poured  into  the  stomach  of  the  ancestral  Arthropod. 

What  about  the  choroid  plexuses,  then  ?  Here,  again,  we  have 
a  beautiful  illustration  of  the  principle  of  folding  in  order  to 
increase  surface,  a  folding  which  is  quite  inexplicable  except  on 
the  assumption  that  the  choroid  j)lexuses  fulfil  some  very  im- 
portant function  in  connection  with  the  cerebro-spinal  fluid  into 
which  they  dip.  They  are,  as  everyone  knows,  extraordinarily 
vascular  (which  the  wall  of  the  Arthropod  stomach  is  not),  and 
they  probably  constitute  a  kind  of  intra-cerebral  gills  concerned  in 
the  respiration  of  the  cerebro-spinal  fluid  ;  they  may  also  have 
other  functions  in  connection  with  this  important  fluid. 


LIXXEAN    SOCIETY    OF    LO^fDOX.  37 

It  appears  from  Dr.  Gaskell's  opening  speech  that  he  assumes 
that  the  anterior  opening  of  the  neural  tube  in  the  larval  Amphi- 
oxiis  represents  the  old  Arthropod  mouth,  but  in  the  higher 
A'^ertebrates  he  locates  this  ancestral  mouth  in  the  region  of  the 
infundibulum.  This  necessitates  the  supposition  that  the  anterior 
neuropore  is  identical  in  position  with  the  infundibulum,  a 
supposition  wliiuh  would,  I  imagine,  strike  modern  embryologists 
with  amazement. 

Then  again,  what  is  the  value  of  the  evidence  afforded  by  the 
so-called  neurenteric  canal?  This  structure,  if  structure  it  can 
be  called,  simply  results  from  the  fortuitous  enclosure  of  the 
blastopore  by  the  uprising  neural  folds,  and  to  my  mind  it 
has  no  phvlogenetic  significance  of  the  kind  attributed  to  it  by 
Dr.  Gaskeil. 

It  was  urged,  I  think  by  Professor  Starling,  that  the  immense 
physiological  importance  of  the  central  nervous  system  gives  it  a 
special  claim  to  consideration  as  evidence  in  the  discussion  of  the- 
origin  of  Vertebrates.  This  is  entirely  contrary  to  the  usually 
accepted  views  of  systematic  zoologists,  who  find  in  structures 
which  are  apparently  of  the  least  use  to  their  possessors  *  the 
best  guides  to  genetic  affinity.  Organs  which  are  of  great  use 
must  be  subject  to  adaptive  modification  in  accordance  with  the 
changing  needs  of  the  organism.  Modern  schemes  of  classification 
are  indeed  largely  based  upon  this  principle,  and  certain  modi- 
fications in  the  nervous  system  of  tape-worms  have  been  explicitly 
ruled  out  as  guides  to  classification  in  accordance  therewith. 

[The  central  nervous  system  of  a  Vertebrate  of  course  agrees 
with  that  of  an  Arthropod  in  exhibiting  traces  of  a  fundamental 
metamerism,  because  both  Vertebrates  and  Arthropods  are  meta- 
merically  segmented  animals,  and  both  have  very  probably  been 
derived  from  some  metamerically  segmented  common  ancestor. 

It  is  the  later  modifications,  coenogenetic  rather  than  palingenetic 
features,  readily  explicable  as  adaptations  to  the  special  needs 
of  the  Vertebrate  organisation  (which  are  of  course  in  many 
respects  similar  to  those  of  the  Arthropod  organisation),  that  I 
consider  to  be  inadmissible  as  evidence  in  considering  the  phylo- 
genetic  relationships  of  the  Vertebrates.  The  fact  that  highly 
specialized  characters  of  the  brain  may  afford  a  useful  clue  to 
relationship  within  the  limits  of  the  Vertebrate  phylum  does  not,  in 
my  opinion,  affect  the  question  at  issue.  In  dealing  with  closely 
related  groups  comparatively  recent  modifications  are  oi:'  undoubted 
taxonomic  value;  but  in  comparing  such  widely  divergent  groups 
as  Vertebrates  and  Arthropods,  resemblances  due  to  such  characters, 
when  they  can  be  explained  quite  reasonably  as  the  result  of  con- 
vergent evolution,  must  be  eliminated  from  the  discussion.] 

*  I  may  cite  in  illustration  the  microsoleres  or  so-called  flesh-spicules  of 
siliceous  sponges,  wiiii  their  cxtraDi-diuarily  diverse  and  rtp|)arently  specifically 
constant  niodilications. 


38  PROCEEDINGS  OF  TUE 

Sir  Eay  Lankester,  F.R.S.,  F.L.S.,  said  lie  was  not  preparer! 
there  and  then  to  discuss  points  of  detail,  hut  the  subject  was  so 
interesting  that  he  should  wish  to  offer  some  remarks.  Moreover 
he  gathered  from  Dr.  Gaskell's  book,  and  from  more  direct  in- 
formation, that  he  himself  was  to  some  extent  connected  with  the 
genesis  of  Dr.  Gaskell's  vie^s,  since  certain  observations  and 
arguments  of  his  own  on  Limulus  and  the  Scorpion  had  germinated 
in  Dr.  Gaskell's  mind  and  led  him  to  the  vpry  careful  and  elaborate 
studies  which  he  had  made  and  the  extraordinary  theory  which  he 
advanced.  AVhilst  calling  it  an  "  extraordinary  "  theory,  he  did 
not  wish  it  to  be  supposed  that  on  that  account  he  wished  to 
reject  it  or  not  to  give  it  full  attention.  This  was  a  matter  not  to 
be  treated  as  a  priori  impossible  or  improbable,  but  the  question 
simply  was,  "  Are  the  facts  brought  forward  by  Dr.  Gaskell  such 
as  to  make  it  appear  probable  that  the  Vertebrates  have  developed 
from  Arthropods  resembling  Limulus  by  the  conversion  of  the 
old  alimentary  canal  into  the  neural  tube  and  the  simultaneous 
formation  of  a  totally  new  digestive  tract  ?  ' 

The  relations  of  animal  forms  to  one  another  is  the  great 
pi'oblem  of  morphology.  A  hundred  and  twenty  years  ago  morpho- 
logists  still  believed  in  the  "  scala  naturae  "  and  a  linear  progressive 
series  of  animal  groups.  The  great  step  was  taken  by  Cuvier  in 
opposition  to  the  conception  of  Lamarck  of  arranging  animal 
forms  in  four  branches — "  embranchemens  "  he  termed  them,  the 
Eadiata,  Mollusca,  Articulata,  and  Vertebrata.  lie  thereby 
anticipated  the  modern  conception  of  a  branching  pedigree,  which 
became  the  generally  accepted  form  of  classification  when  once 
Darwin  had  established  the  tlieory  of  Descent. 

The  earlier  attempts  at  a  branching  pedigree  made  by  Haeckel 
differed  from  the  later  ones  by  the  same  naturalist,  and  there  had 
been  considerable  development  and  improvement  in  the  theoretical 
pedigree,  which  aimed  at  exhibiting  the  genetic  affinities  of  ail 
animal  forms.  The  question  of  the  position  of  the  Tunicata  had 
been  one  of  the  most  interesting.  Allman,  foi'ty  or  more  years 
ago,  considered  the  Tunicata  as  related  together  with  the  Polyzoa 
to  the  Lamellibranchs  and  other  Mollusca.  He  regarded  the 
perforated  pharynx  of  the  Ascidian  as  formed  by  the  fusion  of 
the  gill-plates  of  a  Lamellibranch  along  their  free  edges  to  form 
a  closed  sac,  and  this  was  perhaps  the  largest  call  upon  the 
imagination  which  had  been  made  by  a  modern  morphologist  until 
Dr.  Gaskell  suggested  the  conversion  of  the  Arthropod's  digestive 
tract  into  the  spinal  cord  and  the  formation  of  a  new  gut  in 
Vertebrata  by  the  closing  in  of  an  open  ventral  groove.  The  facts 
brought  forward  by  Kowalevvsky  had  determined  the  position  of 
Ascidians  in  the  Vertebrate  stem.  There  were  four  "  coinci- 
dences "  of  structure  which  by  the  law  of  probability  led  to  the 
conclusion  that  Ascidians  were  genetically  closely  related  to 
Vertebrata.  They  were  the  existence  in  the  Ascidian  tadpole  as 
well  as  in  Vertebrata  (l)of  the  notochord  developed  from  eudoderm. 


LINNEA^-    SOCIETY    OF    LONDON.  39 

(2)  of  the  pharyngeal  gill-slits,  (;5)  of  the  tubular  dorsally  placed 
nerve-cord,  and  (4)  of  the  cerebral  eye.  The  evidence  was 
cumulative,  and  its  value  depended  on  the  exact  and  indisputable 
nature  of  the  agreements  and  on  the  fact  that  they  were  found  in 
the  two  cases  compared  and  in  no  other  animals,  so  that  a  common 
inheritance  of  these  structures  by  Ascidians  and  certain  Yertebrata, 
not  shared  by  other  forms,  was  the  only  rational  explanation  of 
the  facts.  Was  tliis  the  case  with  the  coincidences  of  structure 
between  the  Lamprej'  and  the  Arthropods  brought  forward  by 
Dr.  Gaskell  ?  Sir  Kay  Lankester  held  that  the  coincidences  cited 
by  Dr.  Gaskell  were  not  of  a  sulliciently  exact  and  special  nature, 
nor  peculiar  to  the  Vertebrates  aud  Arthropods,  so  as  to  render  it 
necessary  to  suppose  that  Vertebrates  had  been  derived  from 
Arthropods,  and  certainly  not  of  such  a  nature  as  to  render  it 
reasonable  to  suppose  that  the  extraordinary  conversion  of  the 
Artlu'opud's  digestive  tract  into  the  nerve-tube  liad  taken  place  as 
insisted  upon  by  Dr.  Gaskell. 

The  view  which  w"as  almost  universally  accepted  at  present  by 
zoologists  was  that  when  once  we  pass  from  the  Coelenterate  or 
Entero-coclous  grade  of  animal  structure  to  the  Ccelomata  or 
Coelomo-cielous  grade,  a  number  of  diverging  great  lines  of  descent 
or  phyla  must  be  recognised — such  as  the  Echinoderma,  the  Ap- 
pendiculata  (including  Arthropods,  Rotifers,  and  Annelids),  the 
jNIoUusca,  the  Vertebrata,  the  Nemertina,  and  other  worm-phyla. 
As  to  the  beginnings  of  any  of  these  lines  of  descent,  we  had  (as  was 
natural  enough)  very  scant  indications,  nor  could  we  say  anything 
as  to  the  early  connection  of  any  one  of  these  great  phyla  with 
another.  What  appeared  highly  probable,  if  not  certain,  was  that 
they  all  converged  to  simpler  ancestral  forms,  and  that  they  all 
inherited  the  same  fundamental  tissues,  digestive  tract  aud  glands, 
nephridia,  coelom  and  coolomic  ducts,  reproductive  gonads,  blood- 
vascular  system,  and  nervous  cords  (many  or  few),  and  essentially 
the  same  types  of  sense-organs — ophthalmic,  auditory,  gustatory, 
olfactive,  and  tactile.  That  the  optic  vesicles  of  Arthropoda 
should  agree,  not  absolutely  but  in  many  important  respects,  with 
those  of  Vertebrata,  could  not  be  held  to  indicate  special  afHnitiea 
since  Annelids,  Molluscs,  and  even  Echinoderms  had  organs  of 
the  same  kind.  Tliat  some  of  the  tissues  should  agree  minutely 
in  two  of  the  phyla  was  not  suggestive  of  special  affinity,  since 
many  of  the  tissues  agreed  in  most  of  the  larger  phyla.  Sir  Eay 
Lankester  held  and  he  desired  to  state  it  without  any  offence, 
that  in  searching  by  long  and  strenuous  enquiry  for  evidence  in 
favour  of  such  a  hypothesis  as  that  adopted  by  Dr.  Gaskell,  the 
mind  is  liable  to  a  kind  of  "  suggestion,"  and  that  the  psycho- 
logical condition  may  become  similar  to  that  of  those  wdio  too 
readily  admit  all  sorts  of  coincidences  as  evidence  that  Bacon 
wrote  the  plays  of  Shakespeare.  The  heroic  nature  of  the  task 
which  it  is  sought  to  accomplish  undoubtedly  in  many  enterprising 
and   devoted    investigators    has    re-acted    unfavourably    on    the 


40  pROCEr-mNGs  of  thk 

judgment.  All  are  liable  to  it  and  it  may  be  that  something  of 
till'  kind  is  here  at  work.  Though  he  could  not  follow  Dr.  Graskell 
in  the  theory  put  forward  by  him  as  to  the  origin  of  Vertebrates,  he 
recognised  very  gratefully  the  value  of  the  observations  on  many 
details  of  structure  to  which  it  had  led  that  distinguished  physio- 
logist, and  also  the  new  observations  which  it  had  called  forth  on 
tlie  ])art  of  other  naturalists,  such  as  the  interesting  additions  to 
our  knowledge  of  tlie  head-shield  and  the  body-scales  of  Gcplial- 
a^pis  which  had  just  been  placed  before  the  meeting  by  Dr.  Smith 
Woodward.  Jle  thought  the  Society  was  to  be  congratulated  on 
n  very  interesting  debate.  (In  the  further  course  of  the  discussion 
Sir  Kay  Lankester  stated  that  whilst  he  considered  Amphioxus 
and  the  Ascidian  tadpole  to  present  in  many  points  of  structure 
a  very  much  more  primitive  phase  of  the  Vertebrate  group  than 
do  either  Lampreys  or  Pishes,  he  held  that  they  were  also  specially 
modified  and  degenerate  each  in  its  own  way,  and  were  not  closely 
representative  of  tbe  main  line  of  descent,  lie  considered  that 
the  remains  of  the  earliest  known  fossil  fishes,  on  account  of  their 
necessardy  incomplete  condition.  Avere  not  capable  of  throwing 
much  light  on  the  question  of  Vertebrate  ancestry.  He  was  led 
to  the  conclusion  that  Balanoglosms  threw  some  light  on  the 
subject,  and  he  drew  attention  to  the  remarkably  complex  brain 
and  cerebral  respiratory  pits  of  the  Nemertine  worms  and  the 
dorsal  median  as  well  as  lateral  nerve-cords  of  those  creatures, 
which  had  led  Hubrecht  long  ago  to  suggest  their  close  connection 
with  the  remote  ancestors  of  A^ertebrates.  A  large  survey  of  the 
facts  of  animal  structure,  even  including  that  of  unfamiliar  marine 
worms,  was  necessary  in  order  to  form  a  reasonable  judgment  on 
the  question  of  Vertebrate  ancestry.) 

Dr.  P.  Chalmers  Mitchell,  F.E.S.,  T.L.S.,  remarked  that  con- 
sideration of  the  general  morphology  of  the  nervous  system  enables 
us  to  place  the  Vertebrates  in  their  true  perspective  amongst 
the  various  Invertebrate  groups.  In  the  Ca?lentera,  as  shown  by 
the  Hertwigs,  the  nervous  system  frequently  appears  as  a  diffuse 
layer  of  cells  and  fibres  underlying,  and  in  close  connection 
with,  the  epidermis,  whilst  there  is  much  evidence  that  a 
similar  primitive  condition  underlies  the  various  presentations 
of  the  nervous  system  in  higher  groups.  Even  amongst  the 
Ccelentera,  two  processes  coincideutly  or  independently  result 
in  modification  of  the  primitive  simplicity.  The  original  diffuse 
layer  may  become  thickened  in  definite  regions,  forming,  for 
instance,  rings  round  apertures  or  radial  bands,  whilst  in  tlie 
intervening  areas  it  may  be  obliterated.  The  thickened  bands  or 
rings  may  migrate  inwards  and  lose  their  intimate  connection 
with  the  epidermis.  Similar  processes  varying  in  position  and 
extent  of  their  incidence  have  led  to  many  different  arrangements 
of  tlie  nervous  system  in  the  higher  groups. 

In  tlu!  Turbellaria,  inward  migration  has  taken  place,  and  two 
ventro-lateral  cords  have  been  formed. 


LIXNEAiSr   SOCfETT   OP   LOXDOIf.  4 1 

In  tlie  Trematodes,  inward  migration  baa  taken  place,  and  there 
are  six  cords,  two  dorsal,  two  ventral,  and  two  lateral,  with  a 
network  of  connecting  cords,  some  of  which  form  a  series  of 
hoop-like  rings. 

In  the  Cestodes  there  is  less  inward  migration,  whilst  there  are 
two  lateral  cords  with  occasional  transverse  connections. 

In  the  Nemertines,  sometimes  there  is  no  inward  migration,  so 
that  the  nerve-strands  remain  strictly  snb-epidernial ;  sometimes 
the  strands  have  completely  separated.  Tlie  primitive  continuons 
sheath  is  frequently  retained  with  two  lateral  and  sometimes  one 
dorsal  thickening. 

In  the  Nematodes  also  the  extent  to  which  inward  migration 
has  taken  place  varies  very  much,  in  some  cases  the  sub-epidermal 
position  being  retained.  Six  strands  occur  in  many  forms,  one 
dorsal,  one  ventral,  and  two  at  each  side ;  these  are  connected  by 
traces  of  the  primitive  continuous  sheath  in  tlie  form  of  a  very 
broad  anterior  hoop,  and  narrow  posterior  strands.  A  different 
arrangement  of  these  antero-posterior  strands  occurs  in  front  of 
the  nerve-collar. 

In  Gordius,  inward  migration  has  occurred  and  there  are  three 
ventral  strands. 

In  Arthropods,  the  inward  migration  and  separation  from  the 
epidermis  are  complete,  and  there  are  two  ventral  bands  with  an 
anteriorly  placed  collar. 

In  Balanoyloss^is,  there  is  a  continuous  sub-epidermal  sheath 
which  has  not  migrated  inwards,  and  special  dorsal  and  ventral 
thickenings,  and  also  in  the  collar  region  the  very  interesting 
short  neural  tube  with  anterior  and  posi;erior  neuropore  formed 
by  invagination. 

In  Chordates,  there  is  a  single  dorsal  band  which  migrates  in- 
wards, whilst  the  outgrowing  segmental  nerves  may  be  taken  as 
specialized  representatives  of  the  continuous  sheath. 

Erom  the  point  of  view  of  the  general  morphology  of  the 
nervous  system,  therefore,  the  Chordate  or  Vertebrate  group 
exhibits  simply  one  of  a  large  series  of  different  modes  of  spe- 
cialization of  the  primitive  diffuse,  sub-epidermal  sheath. 

In  quite  a  number  of  these  different  experiments,  the  processes 
of  segmentation  and  of  cephalization  with  the  formation  of  a  brain 
have  occurred  independently,  and  have  produced  analogical  or 
homoplastic  structures.  The  elaborate  comparison  of  the  results 
of  the  processes  of  cephalization  and  segmentation  in  Ammocoetes 
and  higher  Vertebrates  with  those  of  the  Arthropods  are  meaning- 
less unless  we  suppose  that  Ampliioxus  has  passed  through  such  a 
stage  and  has  lost  all  traces  of  it ;  it  is  a  simpler  supposition  that 
the  higher  Vertebrates  have  independently  acquired  the  results  of 
cephalization  after  having  passed  through  a  stage  of  which  Amphi- 
oxus  is  the  nearest  living  although  specialized  and  degenerate 
representative. 

As  Prof.  Gaskell  has  laid  so  much  stress  on  comparison  between 


42  rnoCKEDlNGS   OF   THE 

the  brain  and  central  nervous  system  of  Artliropods  and  Verte- 
brates, It  IS  interesting  to  notice  that  C.  Judson  Jlenick,  another 
distinguished  physiologist  and  psychologist,  has  recently  compared 
the  two  sets  of  organs  (Address  cf  the  Chairman  of  the  Section 
/oology  ;  American  Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Science, 
190S),  prnitnj  in  'Science,'  1910,  p.  7).  Professor  Herrick, 
reviewing  tiie  subject  without  reference  to  any  theory  of  ori^rin, 
comes  to  the  conclusions  that  the  psychological  procf'sses"  of 
Arthwpods  and  Vertebrates  differ  totallv  ;  that  the  difference  of 
Junction  IS  correlated  with  a  fundamental  difference  of  type  under- 
lying all  superlicial  resemblances,  and  which  was  "  foreshadowed 
lar  back  among  the  ancestral  crawling  things  in  which  no  truly 
vertebrate  character  was  manifest,  foreshadowed  merely  bv  a 
structural  type  with  different  latent  potencies." 

Professor  Stanley  Gabdixer,  F.E.S.,  F.L.S.,  said  :— Of  the 
many  speakers  only  Dr.  Gaskell  has  put  forward  a  connected  theory 
which  the  rest  have  merely  attempted  to  destroy.  Their  alter- 
native plan  IS  by  a  line  of  evolution  through  JmpMoxus,  but  they 
do  not  attempt  to  show  us  how  this  beast  may  have  been  produced. 
Lnlortunately  in  the  whole  question  of  the  Origin  of  Vertebrates 
we  have  very  few  real  facts  upon  which  to  base  our  views.  Such 
facts,  so  far  as  I  can  see,  will  be  obtained  from  the  study  of 
extinct  forms,  and  it  is  a  most  curious  fact  that  nowhere 'hns 
Palaeontology  yet  shown  a  series  of  transitional  tvpes  between 
distant  groups.  We  have  to  content  ourselves  with  conclusions 
from  analogies  and  proofs  by  j^^'ohahilities.  We  largely  study 
existing  forms.  The  danger  of  this  is  \yell  exemplified  when 
we  consider  the  relations  of  Keptiles  to  Mammals.  Both  groups 
as  existing  now  must  largely  be  traced  to  Theromorphs,  of  Avhich, 
following  Cope,  minute  and  relatively  punv  forms  probably  br.incbed 
off  into  each  of  the  two  ph  via.  Applying  the  ordinary  terminology 
ot  Cope,  it  may  be  said  that  existing  Reptiles  have  regressed  and 
that  existing  Mammals  have  progressed.  AVe  may  now  consider 
this  line  as  fairly  weW  established  by  analogies  and  p^rohahilities, 
and  it  appears  to  me  that  it  is  a  line  almost  of  facts  to  which  we 
can  appeal  with  considerable  certainty  for  zoological  canons.  If 
there  is  one  point  more  than  another  which  it  shows  it  is  surely 
the  paramount  importance  of  considering  the  condition  of  the 
central  nervoi;s  system  a  test  of  progression,  as  Dr.  Gaskell 
maintains.  It  demonstrates  with  certainty  that  his  deductions 
from  the  brains  of  living  Vertebrates,  as  such  a  test,  are  absolutely 
justified.  In  opposition  to  Professor  Dendy  I  should  claim  that 
the  central  nervous  system  is  the  best  organ  on  which  to  trace 
the  changes  of  evolution.  It  governs  every  organ  in  the  body, 
and  it  must  reflect  in  its  own  structure  every  change  which  those 
organs  undergo,  every  act  of  progression. 

Turning  to   Amphibia,  we   have    no    indications    of   their  real 
origin,  and  we  have  still  less  when  we  come  to  the  Fishes.     The 


LINNEAN    SOCIETY    OF    LONJJOX.  43 

Leptocardia  and  the  Marsipobrancbia  are  M'itb  no  certainty  repre- 
sented in  the  fossil  state.  The}^  are  derived  from  an  ancestor  far 
more  ancient  than  the  Theromorplis,  and  any  comparison  of 
existing  forms,  supposed  to  have  been  derived  from  this  ancestor, 
might  well  show  vastly  greater  differences  than  between  say 
Primates  and  Lacertilia,  or  even  Primates  and  Pisces. 

The  weakest  part  of  the  MacBride-Goodrich  argument  the  other 
night  lies  in  their  consideration  of  Amphiodus  as  a  simple  primi- 
tive A'^ertebrate.  Whatever  Amphioxxis  may  be,  it  is  surely  not  in 
the  main  stem  of  the  Vertebral e  descent,  and  it  is  certainly  a  verv 
specialized  form.  To  argue,  as  Goodrich  did,  that  the  presence  of 
priuiitive  excretory  cells  (soleuocytes)  in  Amphioxus  proves  it  to 
be  primitive,  and  related  to  the  Annelids,  comes  to  the  same 
thing  as  claiming  that  Phoronis  is  also  an  Annelid,  because  its 
larva  has  similar  cells. 

Examining  both  the  above  groups,  and  applying  "  every  canon  of 
Biology,"  we  must,  I  conceive,  regard  Ampjliioxus  as  equally  typical 
of  regression  as  is  any  beast  that  exists  in  the  Animal  Kingdom, 
while  the  Marsipobrancbia  as  typically  show  progression. 
Looking  at  the  groups  from  this  point  of  view  the  Leptocardia 
may  be  cast  aside  from  our  discussion  as  unprofitable,  and  we  can 
turn  with  certainty  to  considering  tlie  morphology  of  Marsipo- 
brancbs  for  some  guide  to  the  evolution  of  Vertebrates. 

It  is  not  my  desire  to  draw  your  attention  to  the  series  of  facts, 
both  physiological  and  morphological,  discovered  by  Dr.  Gaskell 
in  his  extensive  comparison  of  the  higher  Invertebrates  with  the 
lower  Vertebrates.  They  present  an  extraordinary  series  of 
analogies  and  probabilities  which  cannot  be  lightly  passed 
over,  and,  even  if  his  views  be  ultimately  rejected  by  palaeonto- 
logical  discoveries,  will  for  ever  make  Zoologists  indebted  to 
him  for  drawing  their  attention  to  a  fresh  and  broader  aspect 
in  which  to  consider  their  science.  Of  his  comparisons  I  would 
particularly  draw  attention  to  that  between  the  internal  cartila- 
ginous skeleton  of  Limulus  and  that  of  Animocoetcs,  the  skeleton 
being  a  part  which,  judging  from  fossil  and  living  Vertebrates, 
seems  to  retain  for  the  longest  period  traces  of  all  its  developments, 
"earmarks,"  as  Osborne  terms  them.  I  might  refer  also  to  the 
infundibulum,  the  commissures  of  the  brain,  the  thyroid,  the 
auditory  apparatus,  and  the  existence  of  giant  fibres  and  cells  in 
the  nervous  system.  By  far  the  simplest  way  to  explain  this 
extraordinary  series  of  coincidences  between  the  organs  of  different 
forms  is  to  suppose  that  they  are  due  to  a  common  inheritance, 

I  would  turn  now  rather  to  the  difHculties  which  beset  the  view, 
and  by  far  the  chief  of  these  must  be  deemed  to  be  that  relating 
to  the  alimentary  canal.  To  get  that  of  Petromyzon  from  that  of 
Ammocoetes  we  have  an  entirely  new  formation  of  quite  startling 
character.  This  is  a  fact,  and  accepting  it  as  such  we  can  proceed 
with  our  minds  moi'e  open,  I  think,  to  consider  how  a  gut  in 
Vertebrates  came  into  existence.      Professor  MacBride  is  quite 


44  PUOCEEDIWGS   OF   THE 

llaeckelian  in  his  vieu  s  of  the  gastrula-or  at  least  of  the  gerin- 
layer  theory,  which  he  cLii.n.s  to  he  stron-er  than  ever.  If  there 
IS  a  real  hiiuhiiiMMitiilly  important  separation  such  as  he  claims 
betvveen  the  germ  hiyers,  it  la  quite  incouceivabJe  that  there  could 
be  torm(Hl  cells  of  one  layer  from  those  of  another  layer.  In 
regeneration  of  tissues  we  have  clear  evidence  that  ectoderm  can 
lorm  me.stKlerm  and  endoderm,  that  endoderm  can  form  ectoderm 
and  mesot  erm.  Mesoderm  is  not  very  happy  in  its  formation  of 
the  other  layers,  but  Dendy  has  shown  that  in  Anledon  the  endo- 
derm can  come  from  ectoderm  and  from  mesod<;rm. 

I  would  altogether  dissent  from  .Sir  Eay  Lankester's  line  of 
evolution  from  the  gastrnla.  I  am  inclined  myself  at  present  to 
regiml  the  Annelids  as  coming  from  some  Actinian-like  ancestor. 
In  this,  as  in  a  1  Actinia,  the  secreting  digestive  epithelium,  that 
ot  the  stomodtcum  and  mesenterial  filaments,  is  derived  from 
(grows  down  from)  the  ectoderm  after  the  whole  of  the  gastro- 
vascular  cavity  is  lined  by  an  epithelium  which  is  capable  of 
ingestion  but  not  of  extracellular  digestion.  My  own  work  is 
not  suihciently  advanced  perhaps  for  me  to  make  this  statement 
but  such  were  the  indications  I  obtained.  The  lining  epithelium 
ot  the  cavity  would  be  equivalent  to  and  homologous  with  the 
endoderm  ot  I/i/dra,  and  it  would  form  the  mesoderm  of  three- 
layered  animals,  the  endoderm  being  an  entirely  new  formation 
1  am  aware  that  there  are  great,  even  insurmountable,  difficulties 
in  respect  to  this  view,  but  the  ectoderm  and  endoderm  of  higher 
forms  appear  to  me  to  be  far  more  intimately  related  in  their 
functions  than  are  either  of  them  to  the  mesoderm. 

In  the  experimental  work  of  Driesch,  Wilson,  and  others,  we 
get  into  a  maze  of  difficulties  in  regard  to  the  preformationist 
hvpothesis.  Blastomeres,  it  is  clear,  are  to  a  large  degree  inter- 
changeable. Incidentally,  a  fourth  blastomere  gives  a  gastrnla  in 
Am2)hio,vus.  Again,  in  budding  there  are  difficulties  with  this 
theory,  the  gut  of  some  budded-olf  Polyzoa  being  formed  from 
mesoderm,  while  of  Tunicates,  supposed  relations  of  the  Verte- 
brates, GlaveUma  buds  from  the  endoderm  and  Botryllus  from  the 
ectoderm,  giving  ectoderm  and  endoderm  respectively ;  and  do  not 
some  Sponges  turn  inside  out  to  give  the  adult  ? 

I  need  scarcely  go  further  into  the  question  of  the  germ-layer 
theory.  The  confusion  when  it  is  applied  to  Vertebrates  is 
obvious,  and  we  get  everywhere  involved  in  difficulties  in  Inverte- 
brates. If  the  gastrnla  be  a  general  stage  on  which  great  stress 
IS  to  be  laid,  it  necessarily  might  be  supposed  that  the  stages  up 
to  It  should  be  the  same,  while  actually  in  the  segmenting  e^gs  we 
get  the  most  diverse  fates  for  the  individual  cells.  " 

On  the  whole  it  is  abundantly  clear,  it  appears  to  me,  that  it  is 
the  nurture  as  well  as  the  nature  of  the  individual  organs  which  is 
to  be  discussed.  The  law  of  recapitulation  in  embrvology  has  only 
a  limited  applicability.  Surely  the  transitory  characters  are  at 
best    only   a   very    partial   reminiscence   of  the  structural  types 


LIXXEAX    SOCIETY    OF    LOXDOX. 


45 


tlu'ough  which  the  adult  may  be  supposed  to  liave  passed  during 
the  geological  ages.  In  all  these  stages  the  embryo  has  itself  been 
subject  to  specialisation.  1  think  that  where  Dr.  Gaskell  errs  is 
in  laying  too  much  stress  on  many  details  of  the  recapitulation 
hypothesis.  Some  of  his  resemblances  I  can  conceive  might  be 
due  to  convergent  or  adaptive  evolution,  acting  upon  lines  almost 
infinitely  long  before  the  common  ancestor  is  reached.  Yet  there 
remains  such  a  mass  of  hard  analogy,  borne  out  too  by  the  most 
careful  physiological  and  morphological  investigation,  a  mass 
which  cannot  be  put  forward — or  even  a  tithe  of  it  put  forward — 
by  the  exponents  of  any  other  view,  that  one  is  inclined  to  doubt 
the  presence  of  adaptive  evolution  at  all  in  this  cose.  Although  I 
should  feel  it  to  be  "non-proven,"  I  cannot  but  regard  it  as  by  far 
the  most  striking  view  of  the  origin  of  Vertebrates  that  has  yet 
been  expounded. 

Morphologists  must  carefully  consider  whether  they  may  7iot  be 
holding  on  to  shibboleths,  and  wilfully  blinding  their  eyes  to  the 
great  mass  of  facts,  many  largely  physiological,  which  has  in 
recent  years  been  accumulated.  Is  it  not  just  as  necessarv  for 
the  zoologist,  who  wishes  to  consider  these  great  questions,  to  be 
a  physiologist  as  it  is  for  the  latter  to  be  a  morphologist  ?  If  it  is 
desired  to  prove  Dr.  Gaskell's  hypothesis  wrong,  his  points  must 
be  taken  fact  by  fact  to  see  where  they  lead — as  indeed  barristers 
do  with  evidence  in  our  courts.  If  it  is  desired  to  prove  some 
other  theory  right,  it  must  likewise  be  taken  fact  by  fact,  and  no 
one  can,  as  some  try  to  do  at  present,  consider  the  natui'e  of  any 
beast  without  any  examination  nito  its  nurture. 

The  Eev.  T.  E.  E.  Stebbixg,  F.E.S.,  F.L.S.,  said  :  Mr.  President, 
may  I  be  allowed  for  a  few  moments  to  intervene  on  behalf  of 
those  among  us  who  may  describe  themselves  as  the  know-nothino- 
section  of  the  audience,  persons  not  a  few  who  are  committed  to 
neither  side  in  ihe  controversy?  When  we  return  home  and  our 
friends  gleefully  enquire,  "  What  then  has  been  decided  as  to  the 
Origin  of  Vez'tebrates  ?,"  so  far  we  seem  to  have  no  reply  readv 
except  that  the  disputants  agreed  on  one  single  point,  namely, 
that  their  opponents  were  all  in  the  wrong.  It  occurs  to  me  to 
illustrate  the  position  by  propounding  another  enigma.  What  is 
the  origin  ot  arguments  ?  Take  an  example.  Suppose  a  company 
in  which  some  pedantic  ai'ithmetician  asserts  that  two  and  three 
invariably  make  five.  To  those  who  like  myself  easily  fall  in 
with,  the  views  of  the  last  speaker,  the  statement  appears  incon- 
trovertible. But  in  some  brains  any  positive  declaration  at  once 
sets  up  what  may  be  called  an  intellectual  wriggle.  This  process 
soon  enables  the  contradictory  person  to  point  out  that  two  and 
three  sometimes  make  six  and  sometimes  minus  one  or  plus  one 
as  well  as  two-thirds  of  one  or  one  and  a  half.  Since  one  opera- 
tion in  arithmetic  is  as  good  as  another,  if  not  a  great  deal  better 
it  follows  that  two  and  three  do  not  invariably  make  five  ;  far  from 
it.     Thus  the  wriggling  of  the  brain  originates  argument. 


4^  PKOCEKDINGS    OF    THE 

I  iicidoutally  I  may  refer  to  two  points  raised  by  those  w  ho  object 
to  connecting  the  origin  of  Vertebrates  with  the  Arthropoda.  It 
was  represented  that  the  cliitinous  envelope  of  the  latter' was 
prohibitive  of  cilia.  The  delicate  auditory  cilia  of  Crustaceans  are 
well  known  to  carcinologists,  but  I  am  warned  by  intelligible 
signals  that  the  term  cilia  is  variously  applied  in  dilf.^rent  branches 
01  Natural  History.  Another  objection  was  founded  on  the  diffi- 
culty of  believing  in  the  transfer  of  function  f.om  one  or^^an  to 
anoth'-r,  as  required  by  Dr.  Gaskell's  hypothesis.  Jiut  on  this 
head  the  ingenuity  of  A'ature  seems  to  have  been  signally 
vindicated  by  the  lato  Professor  Gegenbaur,  who  showed  how  one 
part  of  an  animal  organism,  in  proportion  as  it  went  out  of  servic3 
for  one  function,  could  be  appropriated  for  another. 

Now,  on  the  general  question  we  have  admired  Dr.  Smith 
AV'oodward's  interesting  account  of  the  earliest  fossil  fishes.  But 
these  are  accepted  Vertebrates.  For  the  origin  of  Vertebrates  we 
must  go  back  to  something  that  is  not  a  Vertebrate,  such  as  may 
have  existed  perhaps  far  back  in  the  Laurentian  period.  Imagine 
some  soft,  more  or  less  elongated,  animal  organism  wriggling  about 
in  the  primeval  sea.  Then,  as  now,  tlie  hard  conditions°of  the 
AVorld  demanded  some  sort  of  hardening  on  the  part  of  living 
creatures.  Some  would  find  advantage  in  a  stron^^er  external 
coating,  others  in  a  strengthened  central  axis.  ]iut  in  either  ease 
the  necessity  of  wriggling  would  often  be  paramount,  giving  rise 
on  the  one  liand  to  a  segmented  exoskeleton,  on  the  other  to  a 
jointed  backbone.  In  these  wrigglers,  Mr.  President,  you  have 
the  origin  of  the  Vertebrates,— a  theory  which  it  will  be  difficult 
to  refute,  as  the  supposed  animals  have  liitherto  revealed  absolutely 
no  relics. 

The  President  having  called  upon  Dr.  Gaskell  to  replv,  that 
gentleman  said :  — 

It  is  impossible  for  me  in  the  short  time  at  my  disposal  to  deal 
thoroughly  with  all  the  speakers  in  the  two  days'  discussion.  I  will, 
however,  do  what  I  can. 

Prof.  MacBride  in  his  latest  paper  prefers,  as  he  said  many  years 
ago,  to  attribute  my  explanation  to  my  diabolical  ingenuity."  As 
I  have  stated  in  my  book,  there  is  absolutely  no  ingenuity  on  my 
part;  given  the  one  fixed  point  that  the  infundibulum  represents 
the  old  oesophagus  and  the  animal  remains  upright,  all  the  resem- 
blances between  the  two  groups  of  animals  to  which  I  have  drawn 
attention,  naturally  follow.  The  devil  is  not  in  mv  ingenuity  but 
in  Nature's  facts.  I  can  symuathize  with  MacBride,  for  surely 
there  could  not  be  a  more  diabolical  trick  than  to  create  from  a 
lowly  organised  unsegmented  animal  whole  groups  of  animal's 
becoming  more  and  more  segmented,  all  characterised  by  the 
presence  of  an  alimentary  canal  ventral  to  the  nervous  system,  and 
then  wipe  them  off  the  face  of  the  earth,  so  that  no  trace  of  this 
setjuence  of  forms  is  left  among  li\  ing  animals.     Not  content 


LIXNEAN    SOCIETY    OF    LOXUOX.  47 

witli  tliis,  this  diabolic  agency  lias  left  as  the  end  result  a 
segmented  animal — the  Vertebrate — in  which  with  the  greatest 
cunning  he  has  not  only  made  the  supra-int'iindibiilar  brain  the 
exact  counterpart  of  the  supra-oesophageal  and  ths  infra-infun- 
dibular of  the  infra-oesoi)hageal,  but  lias  grouped  that  nervous 
system  round  a  large  epithelial  bag,  which  has  nothing  to  do  with 
a  nervous  system,  but  most  ingeniously  has  been  put  in  the  exact 
position  of  the  cephalic  stomach  and  oesophagus  of  the  Arthropod 
animal.  To  complete  the  story  and  give  it  an  artistic  finish,  this 
ingenious  devil  plants  above  the  brain  of  the  A^ertebrate  impostor 
two  median  eyes  exactly  in  the  position  of  the  two  median  eyes 
of  the  Palaeostracan.  He  does  not  put  them  therefor  the  purposes 
of  sight,  for  they  are  fuuctionless  and  degenerate  in  all  Vertebrates, 
but  just  for  sheer  mischief,  and  how  he  must  have  chuckled  over 
the  happy  thought  of  making  them  partly  degenerate  in  the  lowest 
Vertebrates,  for  he  well  knew  that  in  the  Limulus  and  his  con- 
temporaries they  were  already  markedl)''  degenerate  and  that  they 
were  no  longer  the  chief  eyes  but  their  place  had  been  taken  by 
the  large  lateral  eyes. 

Prof.  MacBride  has  asserted  again,  witliout  giving  instances, 
the  statement  so  often  made  before,  that  1  assume  violent  changes 
of  function.  Again  and  again  1  have  denied  it,  and  shown  that  I 
do  not  assume  any  such  thing.  Yet  again  1  will  go  through  tlie 
list  of  resemblances  and  ask  where  this  statement  of  MacBride's  is 
justified.  The  function  and  structure  of  the  supra-infundibular 
brain  is  the  same  as  that  of  the  supra-oesophageal  ganglia ;  the 
two  lateral  eyes  and  the  two  median  eyes  are  the  same  in  the  two 
groups ;  the  median  nose  has  the  same  structure,  the  same  nerves, 
and  the  same  olfactory  glomeruli  in  the  two  groups  and  even  the 
slight  difference,  that  the  nasal  tube  in  Ammoccetes  opens  dorsally 
and  the  olfactory  passage  in  the  Scorpion  ventrally,  vanishes  after 
von  Kupffer's  demonstration  that  this  Ammoccetes  nasal  tube 
originates  as  the  tube  of  the  hypophysis,  which  opens  ventrally, 
and  the  dorsal  position  is  due  simply  to  the  growth  of  the  upper 
lip.  Passing  to  the  infra-oesophageal  region,  in  both  animals  the 
anterior  part  is  devoted  to  the  organs  of  mastication  and  the 
posterior  part  to  the  organs  of  respiration  ;  there  is  no  change  of 
function  here,  and  1  have  given  the  evidence  to  show  how  the 
actual  masticating  and  respiratory  organs  of  the  one  group  have 
insensibly  shifted  into  those  of  the  other  group.  Where  are  the 
violent  changes  of  function  so  far  ?  Then,  if  we  pass  into  the 
spinal  cord  region,  are  we  to  look  for  them  in  the  muscles  or  in 
the  excretory  oi'gans  or  in  the  coclomic  cavities  ?  Why,  the  whole 
evidence  is  that  they  are  the  same  in  the  two  groups  ;  no  sign  of 
change  violent  or  otherwise.  1  wonder  what  Prof.  Macliride 
means.  Surely  this  scathing  indictment  is  not  bused  on  the 
thyroid  gland  which,  I  must  repeat  yet  again,  is  not  a  mucin 
secreting  gland  but  is  a  gland  of  great  importance  to  the  well 
being  ot  the  Vertebrate,  apparently  having  something  lo  do  with 


4S  PnOCEEDlXGS   OI-    THE 

llio  manipulntioii  ol'  iodine.  Is  anything  known  of  the  funclion 
of  the  corrfs])ondiiig  gland  in  the  Scorpion  ?  It  may  have  the 
same  function  for  aught  I  know.  No!  The  oulv  part  of  my 
theory  which  causes  this  assertion  is  that  I  have  had  the  audacity 
to  make  a  new  gut  and  so  go  contrary  to  the  laws  of  the  germ- 
layer  theory  ;  1  am  content  to  leave  it  at  that:  time  will  show,  I 
lirmly  believe,  that  the  germ-layer  theory  is  absolutely  dead. 

1  come  now  to  the  observations  of  Goodrich  ;  he  as  well  as 
MacBride  seemed,  to  my  astonishment,  to  hold  the  view  that 
Amphinxus  was  on  the  direct  line  of  ascent  to  the  Cyclostomes, 
that  between  Amjihioxus  and  the  Cyclostomes  a  brain  had  been 
developed  with  organs  of  sense,  the  eyes  and  nose.  Surely  this  is 
a  unique  position  !  All  other  morphologists  look  upon  Amplnoxus 
as  a  degenerate  animal,  and  degenerate  in  this  precise  direction. 
AV'hat  conception  has  Goodrich  of  the  evolutionary  process,  of  the 
struggle  for  existenc(?,  of  the  survival  of  the  fittest  ?  Just  consider 
it :  here  is  a  wretched  animal  without  brains,  without  eyes,  without 
a  nose,  victorious  in  the  struggle  for  existence  over  the  whole  of 
the  Invertebrate  world.  What  is  the  di'iving  force  ;  how  could  it 
have  taken  ])lace?  Only,  it  seems  to  me,  by  some  beneficent 
])ower  taking  special  charge  of  him  and  assisting  him  iu  the  growth 
of  brain  and  ot  eyes  and  nose. 

If  there  is  one  thing  certain,  surely  it  is  Gegenbaur's  dictum 
that  the  brain  part  is  older  than  the  spinal  part,  and  further,  the 
study  of  neurology  shows  clearly  that  in  all  animals,  w'hether 
vertebrate  or  invertebrate,  the  brain  is  built  up  in  connection  with 
the  optic  and  olfactory  senses.  No,  the  Amphioxxis  is  not  the 
ancestor  of  the  Cyclostomes  but,  in  my  opinion,  is  closely  related 
to  the  Cyclostomes  as  seen  by  its  myomeres  and  the  whole  of  the 
spinal  region.  After  the  Vertebrates  had  been  well  established 
the  Amphioxus,  in  my  opinion,  arose  by  a  process  of  degeneration 
from  some  ancestor  of  the  Cyclostomes.  Goodrich  asserts  that 
such  a  view  is  impossible,  as  no  trace  is  seen  in  the  development 
of  the  missing  organs.  Surely  that  argument  is  not  good  enough, 
for  in  the  Tunicates,  where  a  relationship  with  the  Vertebrates  is 
inferred  from  their  development,  such  development  is  only  found 
in  certain  members  of  the  group  and  not  in  all. 

Smith  Woodward  gave  us  an  interesting  discourse  on  certain 
early  fishes,  but  I  did  not  gather  whether  he  thought  the  evidence 
I  had  brought  forward  pointed  to  the  Osteostraci  being  Cyclo- 
stomes, though  I  think  he  favours  that  view.  He  called  Blrlenia, 
Lasthenla,  and  Thelochis  Ostracoderms,  and  seemed  to  imply 
they  were  of  the  nature  of  Elasmobranchs.  I  cannot  see  why  he 
called  these  scanty  remains  Ostracoderms,  and  would  like  to  know 
whether,  in  his  opinion,  they  were  gnathostomatous,  for  the 
evidence  is  strongly  in  favour  of  the  true  Ostracoderms  being 
clyclostomatous.  In  any  case  I  see  no  difhculty  in  the  presence 
of  these  forms,  for  surely  it  was  likely  enough  that  in  the  Upper 
Silurian  seas  some  fish-like  forms  should  have  already  progressed 


L1>'NEAN    SOCIETY    OF    LONDON.  49 

onwards  in  the  Elasmobranch  direction  with  shagreen  scales  and 
possibly  jaws  from  the  primitive  agnathous  condition.  The 
question  of  the  interpretation  of  the  lateral  markings  on  some  of 
the  head  shields  of  these  mailed  lishes  is  a  comparatively  small 
matter.  Smith  Wood\^•ard  agrees  with  me  that  they  show  the 
presence  of  segmentation  in  this  region,  but  thinks  they  were 
branchial  segments  ;  in  my  opinion,  judging  from  Ammoccetes, 
they  extend  too  far  forward  for  branchiae,  and  I  think  they  are 
more  likely  to  have  been  due  to  the  presence  of  muscles  supplied 
by  the  trigeminal  nerve. 

Coming  to  Lankester's  speech  I  have  a  difficulty  in  finding  any- 
thing to  answer  in  it ;  he  spoke  of  cryptograms  and  of  Bacon  and 
Shakespeare  :  another  suggestion  akin  to  the  diabolic  ingenuity  of 
MacBride  which  hardly  requires  any  further  answer  than  I  have 
given.  He  said  there  was  no  resemblance  between  the  lateral 
eyes  of  Vertebrates  and  Arthropods,  but  that  is  not  the  point ;  it 
is  not  the  dioptric  apparatus  upon  which  I  was  laying  stress,  but 
the  retinal  arrangements.  It  was  the  resemblance  between  this 
latter  apparatus  in  the  two  groups  upon  which  every  observer 
from  Berger  to  Parker  has  laid  stress. 

Finally,  I  come  to  the  remarks  of  Dendy.  He  referred  to  the 
drawing  of  the  right  pineal  eye  of  Ammocoetes  as  drawn  in  my 
book  as  a  diagram.  That  is  not  so:  the  left  half  of  the  drawing  is 
from  the  actual  specimen,  the  right  half  is  ray  interpretation  of 
the  meaning  of  the  appeai'ance  seen.  In  my  paper  in  the  Q.  J. 
Micr.  Science  all  the  drawings  are  carefully  drawn  by  Wilson  from 
the  actual  specimens  and  are  not  in  any  way  diagrams.  He 
referred  to  the  finding  by  Studnicka  in  the  pineal  eye  of  Amnio- 
ccetes  of  certain  cells  which  he  called  ganglion  cells.  They  are 
not  arranged  like  an  optic  ganglion  and  are  much  more  like  the 
cells  described  in  the  median  eye  of  Limulus  by  Lankester  and 
Bourne,  and  called  by  them  intrusive  connective  tissue  cells. 
What  these  cells  are  I  do  not  venture  to  assert ;  in  any  case  they 
are  present  both  in  the  median  eye  of  Limulus  and  of  Ammocoetes. 
As  to  Geotria,  I  have  explained  in  my  book  that  the  cells  grouped 
round  the  atrium  may  be  nerve-cells  as  asserted  by  Dendy,  but 
they  are  found  along  the  nerve  from  the  ganf/Uon  hahenulce  to  the 
eye.  In  the  left  eye  of  Ammocoetes  the  nerve  has  vanished  and 
cells  of  the  gcDic/lion  habenulce  run  right  into  the  eye.  It  is 
perfectly  possible  that  Geotria  represents  an  intermediate  stage 
of  degeneration  between  that  of  the  right  and  left  eyes  of  Ammo- 
coetes, especially  seeing  that  a  portion  of  the  original  cavity  is  cut 
off  to  form  the  atrium  by  the  massing  of  the  cells  in  question. 
As  to  the  tube  of  the  nervous  system,  Dendy,  as  well  as  all  the 
other  speakers  on  that  side,  find  it  very  convenient  to  leave  out 
the  infundibular  prolongation  in  their  picture  of  the  formation  of 
an  epithelial  tube,  an  unfortunate  omission  as  it  happens  to  be 
the  main  point  of  my  argument.      Dendy's  vie«-  that  the  choroid 

LINN.  SOC.  PBOCEEDINGS. — SESSION  1909-1910.  6 


50  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE 

plexuses  form  a  respiratory  organ  for  the  brain  is  novel :  I  wonder 
what  Dendy's  conception  of  a  respiratory  organ  is. 

In  conclusion,  I  am  grateful  to  the  Linnean  iSociety  for  allowing 
me  to  put  my  views  before  them,  and  only  hope  that  all  those 
who  dissent  from  them  will  study  for  themselves  organ  by  organ 
the  resemblances  between  the  two  groups  of  animals  and  make 
up  their  minds  whether  they  are  accidental  or,  as  I  believe, 
tsignificant  of  a  real  relationship. 

The  President  said  that  at  that  hour  of  the  evening,  and  after 
so  brilliant  a  discussion,  no  one  would  expect  a  speech  from  a 
botanical  Chairman,  though  much  had  been  said  of  great  general 
interest  to  all  biologists.  On  the  first  evening  Dr.  Gaskell  had 
directly  appealed  to  the  Chair  with  reference  to  his  belief  that 
•'  each  higher  group  of  animals  has  arisen  in  succession  from  the 
highest  race  developed  up  to  that  time."  At  present  he  would 
only  say  that  the  evidence  on  the  botanical  side  appeared  not 
unfavourable  to  such  a  view  ;  perhaps  he  might  have  an  oppor- 
tunity of  returning  to  this  question  on  the  24th  of  May. 

The  President  felt  that  any  criticisms  of  his  on  the  course  of 
the  discussion  might  well  be  dispensed  with,  for  he  had  been 
anticipated  by  Prof.  Stanley  Gardiner,  whose  remarks  appeared  to 
him  to  agree,  point  for  point,  with  those  which  would  occur  to  the 
mind  of  any  present-day  botanist  in  listening  to  the  discussion. 

It  only  remained  for  him  to  ask  the  Fellows  to  return  their 
hearty  thanks  to  Dr.  Gaskell  and  all  who  had  taken  part  in  the 
discussion,  for  the  intellectual  entertainment  they  had  provided. 


February  17th,  1910. 

Dr.  D.  H.  Scott,  M.A.,  F.R.S.,  President,  in  the  Chair, 
succeeded  by  Mr.  H.  \V.  Monckton,  Treasurer  &  Vice-President. 

The  Minutes  of  the  General  Meeting  of  the  3rd  February,  1910, 
were  read  and  confirmed. 

Mr.  Henry  John  JefFery,  A.E.C.S.,  was  admitted  a  Fellow. 

Dr.  Leonard  Cockayne,  Mr.  Walter  Ambrose  Heath  Harding, 
M.A.  (Cantab.),  and  Miss  Ida  Margaret  Hayward,  were  proposed 
as  Fellows. 

Mr.  W.  T.  Saxton,  F.L.S.,  then  gave  an  account  of  his 
recent  investigations  upon  the  anatomy  of  the  genera  Widdring- 
tonia,  Endl.,  and  Callitris,  Vent.,  of  which  the  following  is  an 
abstract. 


LIXNEAX    SOCIETY    OF    LONDON.  5 1 

Evidence  is  broup;ht  forward  in  this  cominanicatioii  to  show 
(i)  that  WiddriiKjtonia  and  CaUitris  do  not  conform  to  the 
"  Cupressineae  "  type  ;  (ii)  that  Widdringtonia  cannot  be  merged  in 
the  genus  ddlitris,  but  must  rank  as  a  distinct  genus. 

(i)  The  chief  points  in  which  these  two  genera  differ  from  the 
Cu|)ressinece  are  as  follows  : — 

(a)  The  position  of  the  Archegonia.     In  Cupressineae  these 
are  found  at  the  apex  of  the  prothallus,  in  Widdringtonia 
and  CaUitris  never  at  the  apex. 
(h)  The  multinucleate  prothallus  cells. 

(c)  The  development  of  the  proembryo.     Eight  free  nuclei 
are  not  formed  in  these  genera  and  the  proembryo  fills 
the  archegonium. 
('/)  At  least,  three  embryos    may  be  formed  from  a  single 
proembryo. 
Callitrine.e  is  suggested  as  a  tribal  name  to  include  these  two 
genera  (possibly  also  Actinostrobus  and  Tetraclinis). 

(ii)  Both  morphological  and  anatomical  differences  are  pointed 
out  between  CaUitris  and  Widdringtonia,  which  seem  more  than 
sufficient  to  warrant  the  retention  of  Widdringtonia  as  a  separate 
genus. 

Of  the  morphological  differences  the  more  important  of  those 
brought  forward  for  the  first  time  are : — 

{a)  In  Widdringtonia  about  64  potential  megaspore  mother- 
cells  are  formed  at  the  base  of  the  nucellus.     In  CaUitris 
about  two  such  cells  are  found,  half  way  up  the  nucellus. 
(6)  The   number  and  arrangement  of  the  Archegonia  differ 

materially  in  the  two  genera. 
(<?)  The  microsporophyll  normally  bears  4  sporangia  in  Wid- 
dringtonia, 3  in  CaUitris. 
Of  the  anatomical  differences  the  most  important  is  the  occur- 
I'ence  of  thickenings   of   the  cell-wall   in   connection   with   the 
bordered  pits  in  both  the  wood  and  the  transfusion  tracheids  of 
CaUitris  ;  these  are  not  found  in  Widdringtonia. 

A  discussion  followed  in  which  Prof.  Farmer,  Dr.  Stapf,  and 
the  President  engaged. 

Mr.  George  Maseee,  F.L.S.,  followed  with  a  lantern  demon- 
stration of  his  researches  entitled  : — 

Eyoltjtion  op  Parasitism  in  Fungi. 

To  understand  clearly  the  evolution  of  parasitism  it  is  important 
to  grasp  a  fundamental  point  in  the  evolution  of  fungi  generally. 
The  most  primitive  forms  were  aquatic,  and  reproduced  by  zoo- 
spores which  necessitated  the  presence  of  water  to  secure  their 
dispersion.  As  the  fungi  gradually  took  possession  of  dry  land, 
a  second  asexual  or  conidia  form  of  reproduction,  suitable  for  dis- 
persion by  wind,  &c.,  was  gradually  evolved.  This  supplementary 
conidial  condition  is  always  the  form  that  has  assumed  a  parasitic 

e2 


52  PllOCEEDINGS    OF    THE 

condition,  the  older  sexual  phase  remaininf^  as  a  sapropliyte  and 
developing  when  tho  host  is  exhausted.  Parasitism  is  mainly  the 
outcome  of  opportunity  :  and  the  fact  that  fungi  present  all  stages 
of  parasitism,  and  that  a  saprophytic  fungus  can  be  educated  to 
hecome  a  parasite,  proves  that  parasitism  is  an  acquired  habit. 
Incipient  or  imperfectly  evolved  parasites  promptly  kill  the  host, 
and  consequently  curtail  the  ])eriod  of  their  own  existence,  as 
Ft/thhcm  De  Baryanian.  A  higlier  stage  of  parasitism  is  reached 
by  many  of  the  rusts  and  smuts,  Ustilar/o  aveyxp,  &c.,  where  the 
host  is  attacked  as  a  seedling,  and  is  stimulated  to  an  unusual 
condition  of  growth  throughout  its  normal  period  of  growth. 
]\f ore  advanced  parasites  show  a  tendency  to  arrest  the  production 
of  spores  and  conidia,  and  to  perpetuate  tliemselves  by  perennial 
mycelium  located  in  some  perennial  vegetati\e  portion  of  the  host 
(root,  tubers,  &:c.)  or  in  the  seed.  In  the  most  highly  evolved 
parasites  reproductive  bodies  are  entirely  arrested,  and  the  parasite 
is  perpi^tiiated  by  hybernating  mycelium  only. 

In  the  discussion  which  followed  the  speakers  were  Mr.  H.  W. 
Monckton,  V.-P.,  Miss  A.  L.  Smith,  Dr.  Helen  Fraser,  and  Prof. 
Dendy,  Mr.  Massee  replying. 

The  following  papers  (communicated  by  Prof.  J.  Stanley 
G.^RL)iNKn,  ]\[.A.,  iMi.S.,  F.L.S.)  were  read  : — 

1.  "  The  Orneodidte  and  Pteroplioridae  of  the  Seychelles  Expe- 

dition."    By  T.  B.  Fletcher,  E.N.,  F.E.S.  ' 

2.  "  Die  von  Herrn  Hugh  Scott  auf  den  Seychellen  gesammelten 

Embiidinen,    Coniopterygiden,    uud    Hemerobiideu."     By 

Dr.  GxJKTHER  EXDERLEIX. 

3.  "  Die  Termiten  der  Seychellen-Kegion."     By  Dr.  Nils  F. 

HOLMGREX. 

4.  "  On  the  Land  and  Amphibious  Decapoda  of  Aldabra."     By 

L.  A.  BORRADAILE,  M.A. 


March  3rd,  1910. 

Mr.  H.  W.  Monckton,  Treasurer  and  Vice-President, 
in  the  Chair. 

The  Minutes  of  the  General  Meeting  of  the  17th  February, 
1910,  were  read  and  confirmed. 

Mr.  Hugh  Scott  was  admitted  a  Fellow. 

Miss  Winifred  Elsie  Brenchley  B.Sc.  (Lond.),  Mr.  James 
Meikle  Brown,  B.Sc.  (Lond.  &  Sheff.),  and  Mr.  Hayward  Eadcliffe 
Darlington,  M.A.,  LL.M.  (Cantab.),  were  proposed  as  Fellows. 

Mr,  W.  BiCKERTON,  F.Z.S.,  M.B.O.U.,  gave  a  lantern  lecture 


LIXJfEAX    SOCIETY    OF    LONDON.  53 

on  "  Our  British  Nesting  Terns,"  illustrated  by  about  110  photo- 
graphs taken  by  him  direct  from  nature,  of  all  the  British  species. 
At  the  conclusion  of  the  lecture,  the  Chairman,  after  remarking 
upon  the  interest  of  the  subject,  and  the  excellence  of  the  slides, 
moved  a  vote  of  thanks  to  the  Lecturer,  which  Avas  carried  by 
acclamation. 


March  17th,  1910. 

Dr.  I).  H.  Scott,  M.A.,  F.R.S.,  President,  in  the  Chair. 

The  Minutes  of  the  General  Meeting  of  the  3rd  March,  1910, 
were  read  and  confirmed. 

Dr.  Harry  Drinkwater,  Mr.  Frederick  Hamilton  Davey,  and 
Lady  Isabel  Browne  were  admitted  Fellows. 

Miss  Nellie  Bancroft,  Mr.  Sidney  Guest,  and  Mr.  John  Charles 
Wilson  were  proposed  as  Fellows. 

Dr.  Leonard  Cockayne,  Mr.  Walter  Ambrose  Heath  Harding, 
M.A.,  and  Miss  Ida  Margaret  Hayward  were  elected  Fellows. 

Dr.  Harry  Drinkwater,  F.L.S.,  showed  specimens  of  drawings 
in  distemper  on  coloured  paper,  of  wild-flowers  growing  at  Wrex- 
ham ;  his  object  was  to  draw  every  plant  in  the  local  flora  natural 
size,  and  he  had  completed  300,  leaving  about  500  still  to  be 
drawn. 

Dr.  Otto  Stapf,  F.R.S.,  Sec.L.S.,  on  behalf  of  the  Director, 
Royal  Botanic  Gardens,  Kew,  exhibited  specimens  of  Eysenhardtia 
amorplioides,  H.  B.  &  K.,  and  demonstrated  the  exquisite  fluor- 
escence of  the  infusion  of  the  wood  of  the  plant  (as  described  by 
him  in  the  Kew  '  Bulletin,'  1907,  no.  7,  pp.  293-305)  by  the  aid 
of  the  electric  arc-light  of  the  optical  lantern. 

The  Rev.  T.  R.  R.  Stebbing,  F.L.S.,Prof.  Dendy,  and  Mr.  Shen- 
stone  contributed  additional  observations. 

Mr.  J.  H.  Holland,  F.L.S.,  also  on  behalf  of  the  Director  of  Kew, 
showed  samples  of  Soy  Beau,  Ghjciae  Soja,  Sieb.  &  Zucc.  (G.  Ms- 
pida,  Maxim.),  with  herbarium  specimens  of  the  plant  producing 
this  seed. 

He  stated  that  the  seeds  of  "  Soy,"  of  which  there  are  many 
varieties,  maybe  black,  brown,  green  or  greenish-yellow,  yellow,  or 
mottled  ;  sometimes  seeds  are  described  as  white,  but  there  appears 
to  be  no  Soy  bean  true  white  in  colour. 

The  plant  is  variously  known  as  "  Soy,''  "  Soja,"'  "  Soya," 
"  White  Gram,"  "American  Coffee  Berry,"  and  "  China  Bean." 

In  China  and  Japan,  wliere  the  plant  has  been  cultivated  for 
many  years — perhaps  centuries — the  beans  are  an  important  food, 


54  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE 

and  they  are  also  said  to  be  used  as  a  substitute  for  coffee.  Bean 
Cake  and  the  sauce  known  comniercially  as  "Soy"  is  also  made 
from  them.  It  is  stated  that  in  the  nianufacture  of  the  Soy  of 
Commerce,  in  addition  to  the  beans,  the  requirements  are  simply 
a  large  amount  of  salt  and  flour,  and  an  unlimited  supply  of  fresh 
water.  Wenchow  is  an  imj)ortant  centre  of  the  manufacture, and 
here  the  bean  used  for  the  purpose  is  said  to  be  chiefly  the  white 
form  from  Chinkiang. 

The  cultivation  has  been  extended  to  India,  Africa,  and  other 
warm  countries,  and  in  America  the  plant  has  been  grown  for  a 
number  of  years  (25  at  least)  as  a  forage  crop.  Like  many  other 
leguminous  plants,  it  has  a  s|)ecial  value  as  a  green  manure. 

The  principal  use  of  the  beans  in  this  country  is  for  the  extrac- 
tion of  the  oil,  of  which  they  contain  about  18  per  cent,  suitable 
for  soap-making,  and  in  general  as  a  substitute  for  cotton-seed  oil. 
The  residue,  after  the  extraction  of  oil,  is  suitable  for  feeding 
cattle,  and  for  this  purpose  appears  likely  to  become  a  serious 
competitor  of  cotton-seed  cakes,  sunflower-seed  cakes,  linseed  cakes, 
&c.  The  beans  can  be  bought  in  London  at  about  £5  to  £0  per 
ton  ;  the  oil  realises  about  £21  to  £22  per  ton,  aiid  the  cake  about 
£Q  to  =£7  per  ton. 

Beans  and  bean-cake  exported  from  China  have  gone  chiefly  to 
Japan,  and  certain  ])arts  of  Asia,  but  recently,  beginning  about 
November  1908,  an  important  trade  has  been  developed  in  them, 
more  especially  with  the  beaiis,  betw  een  Manchuria  and  Europe, 
Dairen  (Dalny)  being  the  chief  place  of  export. 

The  cause  of  this  sudden  development  may,  perhaps,  be  attri- 
buted to  the  facts  that  a  great  increase  in  the  cultivation  took 
place  in  Manchuria  during  the  Eusso-Japanese  war,  to  meet  the 
demands  for  food  of  the  Eussian  Army  ;  then,  when  the  troops 
were  withdrawn,  the  production  being  found  profitable,  and  the 
home  demand  reduced,  other  markets  were  sought.  The  trade 
extended  to  Japan,  and  afterwards,  assisted  perhaps  by  a  period 
of  depression  in  that  country,  it  extended  to  Europe,  where  the 
industry  has  created  interest  in  many  quarters. 

The  amount  of  the  l!t08  crop  sent  to  Europe  through  Vladi- 
vostok up  to  J  uly  1909,  was  1 80,000  tons,  the  greater  part  destined 
for  the  English  market  (Hull  and  Liverpool),  and  the  i-emainder 
going  to  fterman  (Hamburg)  and  Scandinavian  ports. 

T7p  to  1907  the  export  of  Soy  beans  from  Manchuria  did  not 
exceed  120,000  tons  annually.  During  1908  the  export  rose  to 
330,000  tons  (one  half  shipped  from  Dairen  ;  100,000  tons  from 
Newchang,  and  65,000  tons  by  rail  via  Suifenho  to  Vladivostok), 
the  increase  it  is  said  being  due  entirel}-  to  the  demand  from 
Europe.  The  total  of  the  1909  crop  exported  has  been  estimated 
at  about  700,000  to  800,000  tons.  It  is  anticipated  that  at 
present  prices  Europe  may  eventually  take  at  least  1,000,000  tons 
annually. 

Mr.  Craib  (Visitor),  'Mr.  Bunzo  Hayata  (from  Tokyo),  and 
Dr.  Stapf  gave  further  details,  and  Mr.  Holland  rephed.      He 


LIXNEAN    SOCIETY    OF    LONDON.  55 

also  brought  for  exhibition  a  series  of  17  photographs  showing  the 
methods  now  used  to  bring  Teak,  Tectona  grandis,  Linn,  f.,  from 
the  Burma  forests  to  the  shipping  ports. 

Mr.  E.  P.  Stebbiug,  Mr.  J.  S.  Gamble,  Mr.  John  Hopkinaon, 
the  Eev.  T.  E.  R.  Stebbing,  and  Dr.  A.  P.  Young,  joined  in  the 
discussion,  and  Mr.  Holland  briefly  replied. 

The  following  papers  were  read  : — 

1.  "  On  the  Life-history  of  Cliermes  himalaijeiisis  on  the  Spruce 

(Picea  Morinda)   and  Silver  Fir   (Abies  Wehhiana)   of  the 
N.W.  Himalaya."     By  E.  P.  Stebbing,  F.L.S. 

2.  "  A  Contribution  Towards  our  Knowledge  of  the  Neotropical 

Thysanoptera."     By  E.  S.  Bagnall,  F.L.S. 


April  7th,  1910. 

Dr.  D.  H.  Scott,  M.A.,  F.R.S.,  President,  in  the  Chair, 
succeeded  by  Mr.  H.  W.  Monokton,  Treasurer  &  Vice-President. 

The  Minutes  of  the  General  Meeting  of  the  17th  March,  1910, 
were  read  and  confirmed. 

Miss  Winifred  Elsie  Brenchlev,  B.Sc.  (Lond.),  Mr.  James 
Meikle  Brown,  B.Sc.  (Loud.  <fe  Shelif.),  and  Mr.  Hay  ward  Eadcliffe 
Darlington,  M.A.,  LL.M.  (Cantab.),  were  elected  Fellows. 

The  President  announced  that  the  Linnean  Medal  would  be 
presented  at  the  forthcoming  Anniversary  Meeting  to  Prof.  G-eoeg 
OssiAN  Saes,  of  Cliristiania,  and  the  first  presentation  of  the  newly 
founded  Trail  Award  for  research  on  protoplasm,  would  be  made 
on  the  same  occasion  to  Prof.  Edward  Alfred  Minchin,  Professor 
of  Protozoology  in  the  L'^niversity  of  London. 

The  following  were  recommended  by  the  Council  to  serve  as 
Auditors  for  the  Treasurer's  Accounts,  and  by  show  of  hands 
duly  elected  : — 

For  the  Council :  Prof.  J.  P.  Hill  and  Mr.  John  Hopkiicson. 
For  the  Fellows  :  Mr.  Herbert  Druce  and  Mr.  James  (3-botes. 

The  Genex'al  Secretary  exhibited  a  fruit  recently  bought  by 
Mr.  William  P.  D.  Stebbing  at  a  fruiterers  in  Jermyn  Street,  of 
unassigned  origin,  with  tlie  native  name  of  "  Cupu-assu.'"'  This 
name  appears  in  the  '  Flora  brasiliensis  '  as  applied  to  Theohroma 
grandijlora.  Sebum.,  a  congener  of  tlie  plant  yielding  chocolate, 
T.  Cacao,  Linn.  Prof.  J.  W.  H.  Trail  remarked  that  "  Cupua  " 
was  the  native  Brazilian  name  f<ir  plants  of  that  genus,  and  that 
"  assu  "  meant  large.  Mr.  T.  A.  Sprague  exhibited  two  specimens 
from  the  Museum  of  the  Eoyal  Botanic  Gardens,  Kew,  which 


5^  PaoCEEDlAGS   OF   THE 

were  strikingly  diverse  in  form,  but  he  yet  believed  them  to  be  the 
same  species. 

The  following  papers  w  ere  read  : — 

1.  "  Elm  Seedlings  showing  Mendelian  Besults."   By  Auqustinb 

Henry,  M.A.,  F.L.S. 

2,  "  Foraminifera  and  Ostracoda  from  Funafuti."  ByFREDEEiCK 

Chapman,  A.L.S. 


April  21st,  1910. 
Dr.  D.  H.  Scott,  M.A.,  F.R.S.,  President,  in  the  Chair. 

The  Minutes  of  the  General  Meeting  of  the  7th  April,  1910, 
were  read  and  confirmed. 

Miss  Winifred  Elsie  Brenchley,  B.Sc.  (Lond.),  was  admitted  a 
Fellow. 

Mr.  Henry  Smith  Holden,  B.Sc,  Mr.  Charles  William  Mally, 
M.Sc.  (Iowa),  Mr.  Sydney  Gross  Paine,  and  Mr.  Percv  Alfred 
Talbot,  B.A.  (Oxon.),  F.R.A.S.,  were  proposed  as  Fellows. 

Miss  Nellie  Bancroft,  Mr.  Sidney  Guest,  and  Mr.  John  Charles 
Wilson,  were  severally  balloted  for  and  elected  Fellows. 

The  President  having  explained  that  Mr.  JoHX  Hopkixson,  who 
had  been  elected  an  Auditor  at  the  last  Meeting,  could  not  take 
part  in  the  Audit,  Mr.  Leonabd  Alfred  Boodle  was  proposed  in 
his  stead,  and,  by  show  of  hands,  unanimously  elected. 

Mr.  John  Hopkinsox,  F.L.S.,  exhibited  eight  coloured  plates, 
in  quarto,  of  British  Nudibranchs,  which  will  be  shortly  issued  by 
the  Ray  Society,  and  explained  that  they  were  from  drawings  by 
Messrs.  Alder  and  Hancock. 

Prof.  Dendy  and  the  Rev.  T.  R.  R.  Stebbing  commented  on 
these  illustrations. 

The  Rev.  T.  R.  R,  Stebbing  drew  attention  toa  "  AVitch-knot" 
or  "  Witch-broom "  on  a  Spruce  Fir,  Picm  c.ccelsa.  Link,  from 
Walton-on-the-Hill.  Surrey,  where  it  had  been  detected  by  his 
nephew,  Mr.  William  P.  D.  Stebbing. 

A  discussion  followed  in  which  Mr.  A.  D.  Cotton,  Mr.  H.  W. 
Mouckton,  Treasurer  and  Vice-President,  Prof.  F.  W.  Oliver, 
Mr.  John  Hopkinson,  and  the  President  took  part. 

The  following  papers  were  read  :  — 

1.  "  The  Anatomv  of  Welwitschia  mirahilis,  in  the  Seedling  and 
Adult  states."  B7  Miss  M.  G.  Sykes.  (Communicated  by 
Prof.  H.  H.  W.  Pearson,  M.A.,  Sc.D.,  F.L.S.) 


LINNBAN    SOCIBTT    OF    LONDON.  57 

L\  "  Die  von  Herrn  Hugh  Scott  iin  Juli  1908-Marz  1909  auf 
den  Seychellen  gesammelten  Anthom^'idae,  mit  den  Gatt- 
ungeu  lihinia  uiid  Idiella.'"  By  Prof.  P.  Stein.  (Com- 
municated by  Prof.  J.  Stanley  G-ardinee,  M.A.,  F.R.S., 
F.L.S.) 

3.  "The  Dermaptera  of  the  Seychelles."     By  Dr.  M.  Burr, 

F.L.S.,  F.E.S. 

4.  '•  The  Pteropoda   aud   Heteropoda  collected    by   the    Percy 

Sladen  Trust  Expedition  in  the  Indian  Ocean."  By  Dr.  J 
J.  Tescii.  (Communicated  by  Prof.  J.  Stanley  Gardiner, 
M.A.,  F.R.S.,  F.L.S.) 

5.  "Die  Pilzmiieken  Fauna  der  Seychellen.''     By  Dr.  G.  En- 

DERLEiN.     (Comuuinicated  by  the  same.) 

May  5th,  1910. 
Prof.  E.  B.  PouLTON,  D.Sc,  F.E.S. ,  Vice-President,  in  the  Chair. 

The  Minutes  of  the  General  Meeting  of  the  21st  April,  1910, 
were  read  and  confirmed. 

Mr.  John  Charles  Wilson,  Mr.  Thomas  Parkin,  Mr.  Walter 
Ambrose  Heath  Hai'ding,  Mr.  Robert  Lawrence  Heinig,  and 
Mr.  llltyd  Buller  Pole  Evans  were  admitted  Fellows. 

Mr.  Cecil  Hanbury  was  proposed  as  a  Fellow. 

Mr.  E.  M.  Holmes  exhibited  specimens  of  a  rare  British  lichen, 
Pannelia  rugosa,  var.  concentrica,  Cromb.,  from  the  chalk  hills 
between  Eastbourne  and  Seaford,  which  had  previously  only  been 
recorded  from  Melbury  Hill  near  Shaftesbury  in  Dorset,  where  it 
was  noticed  in  1856  by  Sir  W.  C.  Trevelyan.  This  lichen  grows 
in  a  concentric  manner  forming  rounded  nodules  1-2  inches  in 
diameter,  and  is  apparently  formed  at  first  on  pebbles,  but  be- 
coming detached  and  blown  about  by  strong  winds,  ultimately 
forms  more  or  less  spherical  growths. 

He  also  exhibited  specimens  of  the  preserved  fruits  of  a  large 
variety  of  the  Jujube,  Zizi/phas  Jajuha,  which  is  cultivated  in  China 
as  a  dessert  sweetmeat,  aud  is  known  by  the  name  of  "  Mei-tsao," 
or  honey-date.  The  fruits  are  preserved  by  boiling  in  honey,  and 
are  then  pressed  flat  and  dried  and  by  mechanical  means  are  given 
a  striated  appearance,  having  longitudinal  lines  from  base  to  apex. 
The  fruit  has  not  as  yet  been  imported  into  this  country.  It  was 
received  from  Mr.  McDougall  of  Swatow. 

Mr.  Holmes  also  directed  attention  to  a  volume  of  water-colour 
and  pencil  drawings,  from  which  the  plates  of  the  very  scarce 
work  Postel  and  liuprecht's  '  lllustrationesAlgarum' had  evidently 
been  prepared,  the  majority  representing  the  plates  being  reversed, 
but  also  included  some  algaj  which  had  not  been  utilised.  The 
work   consisted   of   only   200   copies,   and    the   plates    had    been 


58  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THB 

destroyed  by  fire.  Very  few  of  these  copies  were  held  by  private 
individuals,  and  the  work,  which  was  issued  in  1840  at  the  price 
of  £40,  >vas  hardly  ever  purchasable.  The  drawings  shown  were 
formerly  in  the  possession  of  J\lr.  E.  Meinsliausen,  of  the  Imperial 
Botanical  Garden  at  Nt.  Petersburg,  and  are  now  the  property  of 
the  University  of  Birmingham. 

Dr.  OiTO  Staff,  F.li.S.,  Sec.L.S.,  exhibited  specimens  of  Utri- 
cularia  rifjida,  Benj.,  from  West  Africa,  and  C.  neottioides,  St.  Hil., 
from  Brazil,  the  only  known  representatives  of  Kamienski's  section 
Avesicaria,  whicli  is  characterised  by  the  absence  of  bladders. 
This  condition  seems  to  be  correlated  with  the  habitat  of  the  plants, 
that  is,  rocks  and  stones  submerged  in  running  watfT.  The  plants 
are  attached  to  the  rocks  or  pebbles  by  modified  clawlike  rhizoids, 
very  like  the  '  haptera  '  of  Podostemonacea;.  The  fertile  stems  are 
erect,  bearing  the  flowers  and  fruits  above  the  water.  The 
assimilation-apparatus  is  submerged  and  consists  of  much-divided, 
in  their  ultimate  divisions,  capillary  branches  which  resemble  the 
'  leaves  '  of  our  native  Utricularias.  In  U.  riyida  they  seem 
always  to  spring  from  the  base  of  the  fertile  stems  and  often 
attain  a  considerable  length.  Here  and  there  they  give  rise  to 
young  fertile  shoots  which  attach  themselves  by  tlirowing  out 
'haptera'  from  their  bases.  In  r.  neottioides,  however,  they  also 
spring  from  the  axils  of  the  lower  3-5  scale-leaves  of  the  flowering 
stems,  and  remain  rather  short.  Xowhere  is  any  trace  of  bladders 
to  be  found.  The  flowers  are  those  of  typical  Utricularias.  The 
capsules  are  small  and  open,  in  U.  rigida  at  least,  by  lateral  slits, 
the  valves  remaining  united  at  the  top  for  some  time.  The  seeds 
of  both  species  are  rather  peculiar  in  the  genus  in  as  fai-  as  they 
exude  mucilage  when  wetted.  The  coat  of  mucilage  thus  formed 
helps  them  in  becoming  fixed  in  positions  suitable  for  the  growing 
plant.  U.  rifjida  is  known  from  the  Sierra  Leone  coast  to  the 
head-\\aters  of  the  Niger ;  U.  neottioides  from  the  mountains  of 
Brazil  (Bahia,  Goyaz.  Minaes  Geraes).  Thus  they  form  another 
link  connecting  the  floras  of  AV'est  Africa  and  Brazil.  In  habit 
these  Utricularias  resemble  two  other  aquatic  plants  of  tropical 
Africa  also  found  in  running  water,  namely  Quartinia,  a  Lythracea, 
and  Anr/olii'a,  a  Podostemonacea,  of  whicli  specimens  were  shown. 

An  animated  discussion  followed  in  which  the  following  took 
part:— Mr.  E.  M.  Holmes,  the  Eev.  T.  E.  E.  Stebbing,  Prof. 
Dendy,  Prof.  Poulton,  and  Mr.  Henry  Groves,  Dr.  Stapf  replying. 

Mr.  E.  N.  AN'iLLiAMS  brought  up  for  exhibition  fresh  specimens 
of  a  straw-coloured  variety  of  Lathrira  S(/iia)naria,  Linn.,  from 
Harefield,  Middlesex,  growing  upon  elm-roots  ;  the  normal  form 
grew  also  with  it,  but  was  earlier  in  its  develo])ment  than  the 
variety  now  show  n,  and  besides  had  the  property  of  quickly  turning 
black  after  being  gathered,  whilst  the  new  variety  retained  its  hue 
for  more  than  24  hours  without  much  change  ;  it  was  distinct 
from  the  pure  white  variety  nivea,  known  on  the  Continent. 


LINNEAI^    SOCIETY    OF    LONDOX.  59 

The  General  Secretary  exhibited  the  Linaean  MS.  '  Spolia 
botanica '  dated  1729,  to  show  that  the  name  Linncea  had  been 
scratched  out,  and  Htulbeckia  substituted,  in  compliment  to  Prof. 
Oluf  Eudbeck  the  Younger,  in  whose  house  he  was  then  living  as 
tutor.  This  shows  that  Linnaeus  had  early  selected  the  plant 
which  now  bears  his  name,  for  he  mentions  two  localities  in 
Stenbrohult  parish  where  it  occurs,  and  that  the  choice  of  this 
plant  to  bear  his  name  was  not  made  when  gathering  specimens 
at  Tugganforsen  in  Lyksele  Lappmark. 

After  this  conclusion  had  been  arrived  at,  and  the  erasure  and 
substituted  name  shown  to  several  Fellows  on  the  10th  March, 
1910,  the  discovery  was  made  that  Dr.  E.  Ahrling  had  recorded  the 
same,  which  had  been  overlooked  as  being  in  a  note  in  his  '  Carl 
von  Linnes  Uiigdomsskrifter,'  i.  pp.  92-93,  of  which  the  following 
is  a  translation  : — '•  As  regards  the  name  or  word  Eudbechia  just 
employed,  there  is  this  peculiarity,  that  in  the  original  manuscript 
the  word  was  evidently  written  there  after  erasure,  and  of  the 
first  writing  there  remains  a  perfectly  plain  L  such  as  Linnaeus 
usually  wrote,  altered  to  E.  Perhaps  this  suggestion  may  be  ven- 
tured, that  Linna3us  first  wrote  Linna'a,  when  he  meant  to  keep 
these  records  to  himself,  but  afterwards,  when  he  dedicated  them 
to  Prof.  L.  Eoberg  (into  whose  hands  however  the  manuscript 
perhaps  never  came),  he  considered  himself  bound  to  protect 
himself  against  people's  ridicule." 

Mr.  H.  W.  Monckton  and  the  Eev.  T.  E.  E.  Stebbing  raised 
questions,  which  were  replied  to  by  the  exhibitor. 

The  following  papers  were  read : — 

1.  Eight  months'  Entomological  collecting  in  the  Seychelles." 

By  H.  Scott,  E.L.S. 

2.  "  Some   points    in   the    Anatomy   of    the   Larva   of   TijmJa 

maxiraa  ;  a  contribution  to  our  knowledge  of  the  respira- 
tion and  circulation  in  Insects."     Bj'  J.  M.  Bkown,  F.L.S. 


May  24th,  1910. 
Anniversary  Meeting. 

Dr.  D.  H.  Scott,  M.A.,  F.E.S.,  President,  in  the  Chair. 

The  Minutes  of  the  General  Meeting  of  the  5tli  May,  1910, 
were  read  and  confirmed. 

Before  opening  tlie  business  of  the  Meeting,  the  President  spoke 
of  the  incalculable  loss  which  the  Society,  in  common  with  the 
whole  Empire,  had  suffered  by  the  death  of  His  late  Majesty 
King  Edward,  Patron  of  the  Society.  The  grief  universally  felt 
had  found  expression  in  every  quarter ;  there  was  one  remark 
however,  which  he,  as  President  of  the  Society,  would  like  to  add. 


^O  PKOCBED1NG8   OF   THE 

His  late  ^Majesty's  great  work,  in  maintaining  the  peace  of  the 
world,  claimed  in  a  special  manner  the  gratitude  of  scientific  men, 
for  Peace  was  the  greatest  scientific  interest.  .Science,  like  genius, 
was  of  no  country,  and  the  maintenance  of  harmonious  and 
friendly  relations  between  all  those  nations  among  whom  science 
was  cultivated,  was  an  essential  condition  for  the  advancement  of 
knowledge. 

The  President  then  read  from  the  Chair  the  following  Loyal 
Addresses,  which  had  been  prepared  by  the  Officers,  and  approved 
by  the  Council ;  these  were  unanimously  adopted,  all  present 
risiuii  from  their  seats  : — 


Co  ti)t  icing's  iBost  ercellent  iBaiestp. 

THE    HUMBLE    ADDRESS   OF    THE    PRESIDENT,  COUNCIL, 
AND  FELLOWS  OF  THE  LINNEAN  SOCIETY  OF  LONDON. 

fKo£it  ©rafiou^  Sobtrcign, 

We,  Your  Majesty's  most  dutiful  and  loyal  subjects,  the 
President,  Council,  and  Fellows  of  the  Linnean  Society  of  London 
in  Anniversary  Meeting  assembled,  humbly  beg  leave  to  offer  our 
deepest  and  most  heartfelt  sympathy  with  Your  Majesty  in  the 
great  sorrow  which  has  befallen  You  in  the  death  of  Your  beloved 
Father,  our  late  Sovereign  Lord,  King  P]dwabd  VII.  Your 
Majesty's  loss  is  our  loss  also,  and  is  felt  not  only  throughout  the 
Empire  over  which  His  late  Majesty  ruled,  but  by  the  world 
at  large. 

While  thus  expi'essing  our  sorrow,  we  ask  leave,  Sire,  at  the 
same  time  to  tender  to  Your  Majesty  our  unfeigned  and  heartfelt 
congratulations  upon  Your  Majesty's  accession  to  the  Throne  of 
Your  Ancestors. 

The  sympathetic  interest,  which  Your  Majesty  has  constantly 
manifested  in  all  that  concerns  the  progress  of  Science,  encourages 
us  to  hope  that  Y'our  Majesty  will  be  graciously  pleased  to  con- 
tinue to  our  Corporate  Body,  that  beneficent  Patronage  which  it 
has  uninterruptedly  enjoyed  at  the  Hands  of  Your  Majesty's 
lioyal  Predecessors  since  the  granting  of  our  Cliarter  in  1802. 

That  Your  Majesty's  Eeign  over  a  loyal,  grateful,  and  loving 
people  may  be  long  and  glorious,  is  our  earnest  wish  and  ardent 
prayer. 

Given  under  the  Common  Seal  of  the  Society,  this  twentv-fourth 
day  of  May,  in  the  year  one  thousand  nine  hundred  and  ten. 

DUKINFIELD  H.  SCOTT,  President. 
L.  S.  AKTHUK  DEXDY,  ]  .    ^ 

B.  UAYDON  JACKSOX,  /  '^'^''^^'"''^^   ■ 

*  (Dr.  Stapk  being  abroad  co.iUl  not  sign  tlie  addresses.) 


LINNEAN    SOCIETY    OF    LOXDOX.  6 1 

Co  ^n  iBost  Cjccellent  iWajestp 
(aueeu  9lleji:anlira. 

THE    HUMBLE    ADDRESS    OF    THE    PRESIDENT,  COUNCIL, 
AND  FELLOWS  OF  THE  LINNEAN  SOCIETY  OF  LONDON. 

ifMalrani, 

We,  the  President,  Council,  and  Fellows  of  the  Linnean 
Society  ot  London,  in  Anniversary  Meeting  assembled,  remember- 
ing with  heartfelt  pride  the  high  distinction  which  Your  Majesty 
has  conferred  upon  our  Society  in  graciously  consenting  to  become 
one  of  our  Honorary  Members,  beg  leave  humbly  to  express  our 
profound  sorrow  at  the  great  and  irreparable  loss  which  has 
befallen  Tour  Majesty,  the  Royal  House,  and  the  Nation,  in  the 
death  of  our  Beloved  and  Venerated  Sovereign  Lord,  King  Edwaiid 
the  Seventh,  our  Patron,  Whose  Memory  will  ever  be  faithfully 
cherished  by  a  grateful  people. 

Given  under  the  Common  Seal  of  the  Society,  this  twenty-fourth 
day  of  May,  in  the  year  one  thousand  nine  hundred  and  ten. 

DUKINPIELD  H.  SCOTT,  President. 
L.  S.  ARTHUR  DENDY,  i  ^  . 

B.  DAYHON  JACKSON,  J  ^^^''^^«'''^*' 

Mr.  Frank  Armitage  Potts  was  admitted  a  Fellow. 

Dr.  Wilfred  Fade  Agar,  M.A.  (Cantab.),  was  proposed  as  a 
Fellow. 

The  Treasurer  then  brought  forward  the  Annual  Cash  State- 
ment to  the  30th  April  last,  duly  audited,  and  explained  the 
various  items.  The  statement  was  thereupon  received  and  adopted 
(see  pp.  62,  6^). 

The  General  Secretary  laid  his  Annual  Report  before  the 
Meeting  : — 

Since  the  last  Anniversary  Meeting  18  Fellows  had  died,  or 
their  deaths  been  ascertained  : — 

William  Hadden  Beeby.  Robert  Morton  Middleton. 

Thomas  William  Bridge.  The  Marquess  of  Ripon. 

Woodyer  Merricks  Buckton.  Edward  Saunders. 

Edward  Clapton.  George  Sharpe  Saunders. 

Emmeline  Crocker.  James  Ebenezer  Saunders. 

William  Henry  Dallinger.  Richard  Bowdler  Sharpe. 

William  Hillhouse.  ArthurErnestBousfield  Steains. 

Walter  Bessemer  Longsdon.  Sir  Charles  Strickland,  Bt. 

Peter  MacOwau.  Edward  Perceval  Wrieht. 


62 


PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE 


•o"  2  "^  S ;:: 

jj  o  ec  m  C5 

^  ^  lO  -^ti  CD 


CC  —  —  CO  —  CO 

1 1  C-l  C  OC  (M  i-H 

1—1  —  I— I  l-H 

r-  ©  t^  OS  t^eo 

CC  CT  OQOCi 


O 
CO 


At 

n 

B 
E-i 

O 

H 

Jz; 
o 


PS 


bJD 


O 

t-H 
Oi 


o 

CO 


W      i-i       ^ 


I 


^ 


!■ 


£ 


5-  ci  -* 


OCi 
OC3 


CC  c;  X 

OX'  CC 


be 

/  ®  c 


O   es 

OS  rz 

^'5 


U-;  —  o 


SH 


o 


■ «  ^ 

-   a-  O 


0>  -p 


pm  2 


~  5  c 


00 


5f^ 

a,  ."S 


CD  iC 

o  -^ 
(M  —I 


oooo 


t^  ^  CO  *^ 

eo  o  ic  r- 

(N  Ot  k^  -^ 


cq 


eoa> 

OS 


OCTfi  o 

OC5VO 

oocOrt 

CI 


c^5 


lO;^ 


_    >    I.   ^ 

H  c  s  "S^ 


"^COCC 
CI"  -f 


I  =^ 


C-f^ 


.^    -A^      CD    .^ 
^     Ci  -^  r— 

S    aa    C    « 
fe  "S    c  -C    cS    3    O 

.2  "3  °_  o 
S  S  2  * 
<5  -»;OciQ 


•-  o 


UXJJEAN    SOCIETY    OF    LONDON. 


63 


o  eo  o  o  i^  o  o  o  t~  o 


0^00 

S^    05    'f    O    <M 

o  00  -p  C5 


-t<   :d  O  ^3 

O    1~    CO    CO 

X    O    --'    '^ 


1  5^ 


o  oi  o 


CI    •>! -V.    i- 

O   X>   O   —    ?C   CO   0 


^-  CO  O  o  o  o  o   o  o  o   o 


Ci    OT    O    O    O 

1:+^      t^     TJH     IC.      O     t- 


O    O   CI    o 

o  o  CO  o 


-T    O   Ci    — '    O    ?1    CI    — I 


o 


o 

CO 


^ 


<a 


III 

-     a 

QD 


in 


£1 


o   ^ 

'  -^  M  'S 


M 


s  ^ 


^  CO  -« 
"    S    " 

t.     o     ^ 


5    5    "' 


,^  « 


.*j     r:     ■**     tn   uc    -*-3 

o  _  fe  'C  o 
£!<  CO  ?  ?*  a  & 
g    08    5  -g  ^    £ 

3 1 J  ,t  II 


'^1 

c8     ^ 


.t=   r-    .-    ._     aj    C2     S   "^   •  -   73 


'Has 
i5  w  o 


o 

o 
o 


•g  a 


o 


p 


64 


PROCEEDINGS    OF    THK 


The  deaths  of  four  Foreign  Meniber:^  liave  also  been  recorded 


Alexander  Agassiz. 
Anton  Dohm. 


Emil  Christian  Hansen. 
Kakichi  Mitsukuri. 


The  followitig  13  Fellows  have  withdrawn  :- 


Arthur  James  Dicks. 
John  Basil  Feildiug. 
Samuel  Jennings. 
Samuel  Lithgow. 
George  Edward  Lodge. 
Philip  Walker  Mackinnon. 
Frederick  Gymer  Parsons. 


Albert  Henry  Pawson. 
Henry  Power. 
Selmar  Schonland. 
George  Swainson. 
Henry  Sullivan  Thomas. 
Lt.-Col.  John  William  Yerbury. 


Mr.  Alfred  Woodward  has  been  removed  from  the  List  by  order 
of  the  Council. 

31  Fellows  (of  \\  hom  29  have  qualified)  and  1  Associate  have 
been  elected. 

The  Librarian's  report  was  then  read,  showing  that  during  the 
past  year  there  have  been  received  an  Donations  from  Private 
Individuals  75  volumes  and  189  pamphlets. 

From  the  various  Universities,  Academies,  and  Scientific 
Societies,  there  have  been  received  in  exchange  and  otherwise 
336  volumes  and  86  detached  parts,  besides  68  volumes  and  15 
parts  obtained  by  exchange  and  as  donations  from  the  Editors  and 
Proprietors  of  independent  periodicals. 

The  Council  at  the  recommendation  of  the  Library  Committee 
have  sanctioned  the  purchase  of  184  volumes  and  91  parts  of 
important  works. 

The  total  additions  to  the  Library  are  therefore  663  volumes 
and  381  separate  parts. 

The  number  of  books  bound  during  the  year  is  as  follows  : — 
In  full  morocco  8  volumes,  in  half  morocco  217  volumes,  in  half 
calf  3  volumes,  in  full  cloth  338  volumes,  in  Aellum  40  volumes, 
in  buckram  15  volumes,  in  boards  or  half  cloth  9  volumes. 
Relabelled  (half  morocco  and  cloth  backs),  42  volumes.  Total 
672  volumes. 


The  General  Secretary  having  read  the  Bye-Laws  governing  the 
elections,  the  President  opened  the  business  of  the  day,  and  the 
Fellows  present  proceeded  to  vote  for  the  Council  for  the  ensuing 
year. 

The  Ballot  having  been  closed,  the  President  appointed  the 
Eev.  T.  E.  R.  Stebbing,  F.R.S.,  Prof.  M.  C  Potter,  and  Mr.  W. 
Fawcett,  Scrutineers,  who,  having  cast  up  the  votes  and  reported 
to  the  President,  he  declared  the  Council  to  be  elected  as 
follows : — 


LINNEAN    SOCIETY    OF    LONDON.  65 

E.  A.  Newell  Auber,  M.A.  :  Henry  Bury,  M.A.  ;  Sir  Frank 
Crisp;  Prof.  Arthur  Dendy,  D.Sc,  1\E..S.  ;  Prof.  J.  B.  Farmer, 
F.R.S. ;  Dr.  G.  Herbert  Fowler  ;  Prof.  J.  Stanley  Gardiner, 
F.R.S. ;  Arthur  W.  Hill,  M.A.  ;  Prof.  J.  P.  Hill,  M.A.,  D.Sc. ; 
John  Hopkinson,  F.G.S.  ;  Dr.  B.  Daydon  Jackson  ;  Horace  W. 
MoNCKTON,  F.G.S.;  Prof.  Francis  W.  Oliter,  F.E.S.;  Prof.  E.  B. 
Poulton,  F.R.S, ;  Dr.  A.  B.  Rendle,  F.R.S. ;  Dr.  Walter  George 
RiDEWooD ;  Miss  Edith  R.  Saunders  ;  Dr.  Dukinfield  H.  Scott, 
F.R.S. ;  Dr.  Otto  Stapf,  F.R.S. ;  Miss  Ethel  N".  Thomas,  B.Sc. 

The  Ballot  for  the  Officers  having  also  been  closed,  the  President 
appointed  the  same  Scrutineers,  who,  having  cast  up  the  votes, 
reported  to  the  President,  who  declared  the  result  as  follows : — 

President :  Dr.  Dukinfield  H.  Scott,  M.A.,  F.R.S. 
Treasurer  :  Horace  W.  Monckton,  F.G.S. 
Secretaries  :  Dr.  B.  Daydon  Jackson, 

Prof.  A.  Dendy,  D.Sc,  F.R.S., 

Dr.  Otto  Staff,  F.R.S. 

The  President  then  referred  in  a  few  words  to  the  losses  the 
Society  had  sustained  by  death  during  the  past  year.  He  also 
announced  to  the  Fellows  the  generous  gift  to  the  Society  of  =£200 
by  Sir  Frank  Crisp,  for  the  encouragement  of  Microscopical 
Research.  The  regulations  adopted  enjoin  the  award  to  be  made 
by  the  Council  at  intervals  of  five  years,  for  the  best  paper  in  our 
publications  during  the  previous  five  years,  contributed  by  our 
own  Fellows,  the  first  award  to  be  made  in  May  1'J12,  and  its 
title  to  be  the  "  Crisp  Award  for  Microscopical  Research." 

The  Constitution  of  the  Crisp  Award  for  Microscopical  Research 
is  as  follows  :  — 

1.  The  Award  to  be  made  at  intervals  of  not  less  than  five 
years. 

2.  The  Award  to  be  given  by  the  Council  for  the  best  paper 
dealing  with  Microscopical  Research. 

3.  The  Award  to  be  confined  to  Fellows  and  to  work  published 
by  the  Linnean  Society  since  the  previous  award,  and  in  the  first 
case  during  the  five  years  previous. 

4.  The  first  Award  to  be  given  in  May  1912. 

5.  The  Award  to  be  paid  out  of  the  accrued  interest  on  the 
■£200,  and  to  be  accompanied  by  a  bronze  medal  similar  to  the 
Trail  Medal,  but  bearing  the  words  "  Crisp  Award  for  Micro- 
scopical Research." 

6.  The  fund  to  be  invested  in  Metropolitan  Water  Board  B 
Stock. 

7.  With  regard  to  the  procedure  in  the  event  of  the  Award 
being  withheld,  the  provisions  of  the  Trail  Awai'd  to  be  followed  . 

The  President  then  delivered  his  Annual  Address  as  follows  : — 
LINN.  see.  proceedings. — SESSION  1909-1910.  f 


()6  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE 


PKESIDENTIAL  ADDRESS,  1910. 

I  PROPOSE  to  take  as  the  subject  of  my  Address  this  year  "  Some 
Modern  Ideas  on  the  Course  of  Evolution  of  Plants  " — an  extensive 
field,  no  doubt,  whicl)  it  will  only  be  possible  to  sketch  in  the 
merest  outline  on  an  occasion  like  this.  The  bearing  of  recent 
investigations  in  Fossil  Botauy  on  the  problem  will  come  in  for  a 
good  deal  of  attention,  but  obviously  it  is  impossible  to  limit  oneself 
to  this  point  of  view. 

I  do  not  intend,  however,  to  enter  with  any  freedom  upon  the 
regions  of  pure  theory,  in  which  we  must  include  the  great  question 
of  the  origin  of  the  Alternation  of  Generations,  characteristic  of 
the  higher  plants. 

Dr.  Lang,  it  is  true,  in  the  remarkable  paper  which  we  discussed 
in  February  1909,  held  out  hopes  of  putting  this  question  on  an 
experimental  basis  ;  it  will  be  extremely  interesting  to  see  what 
comes  of  this  suggestion  when  practically  tested,  but  I  think  that 
much  will  always  remain  hypothetical.  As  Dr.  Lang  himself 
recognized,  we  can  hardly  hope  to  reconstruct  the  conditions  under 
which  the  sexual  and  asexual  phases  first  became  differentiated,  a 
process  which  must  have  taken  place  ages  before  the  date  of  our 
earliest  fossil  records. 

I  may  venture,  however,  to  state  my  conviction  that  the  position 
of  this  question,  so  clearly  put  before  us  on  the  occasion  referred 
to,  IS  now  far  more  hopeful  and  stimulating  to  research  than  it 
was  a  few  years  back.  Dr.  Lang  said  : — "  If  this  ontogenetic 
view  is  correct,  we  should  be  justified  in  seeking  for  correspondence 
in  the  vegetative  organs,  and  possibly  also  in  the  reproductive 
organs,  between  two  individuals  of  the  same  life-cycle.  These 
correspondences — though  between  haploid  and  diploid  individuals 
— I  should  term  homologies,  since  they  may  amount  to  practical 
identity  when  the  conditions  of  development  are  exactly  the 
same  "  *. 

It  is  not  very  long  since  the  idea  of  any  homology  between  the 
sexual  and  asexual  generations  would  have  been  scouted  by  our 
more  orthodox  morphologists ;  even  the  heterodox  would  have 
hesitated  to  back  their  opinions  so  far  as  to  seek  for  detailed 
correspondence.  The  old  antithetic  theory  not  only  set  up  an 
impassable  barrier  between  the  two  generations,  it  also  shut  off 
the  vascular  plants  absolutely  from  everything  below  them.  The 
sporophyte,  i.  e.  the  plant  itself,  was  assumed  to  be  a  new  inter- 
i-alation  in  the  life-history,  and  could  therefore  never  be  compared 
with  the  plant  in  Thallophytes,  which  was  supposed  to  belouo- 
to  the  other  generation.  jVow  all  this  is  changed — the  Alga 
Dictyota  has  given  the  clue,  for  it  shows  us  how  the  two 
alternating  generations,  the  sexual  and  asexual,  may  be  exactly 

*  Discussion  on  "Alternation  of  G-enerations,"  '  New  Phytoloeist,"  vol  viii 
1909,  p.  106.  ■       ' 


LIXNEAN    SOCIETY    OF    LONDON.  67 

alike,  aud  homologous  one  with  the  otlier  in  all  their  parts,  iu  cases 
where  they  are  exposed  to  like  conditions. 

Tims  the  idea  has  once  more  gained  ground  that  the  vascular 
plant — the  sporophvte — like  the  gametophyte  or  prothallus,  may 
itself  be  a  modified  thallus :  iu  this  way  the  whole  field  of 
comparison  between  the  higher  plants  and  the  Thallopliyta  is 
once  more  opened  up.  This  conception  adds  enormously  to  the 
interest  of  the  older  types  of  v^ascular  plants,  for  there  is  now 
always  the  possibility  that  among  them  we  may  succeed  in  tracing 
their  organs — leaf,  stem,  and  root — a  step  or  two  nearer  to  their 
origin.  There  was  never  the  remotest  chance  of  this  so  long  as 
the  plant  was  supposed  to  be  derived  from  a  sporogonium,  for  it 
was  obvious  that  the  farther  back  we  went  in  geological  history, 
the  less  like  a  sporogonium  did  plants  prove  to  be. 

As  we  shall  presently  see,  the  new  views  of  alternation, 
involving  the  tlialloid  origin  of  the  vascular  plant,  have  already 
proved  fertile  in  evolutionary  ideas  ;  the  palaeontologist,  however, 
will  do  well  to  maintain  a  cautious  position  with  regard  to  the 
application  of  these  conceptions  to  fossil  plants.  Though  we  may 
now  have  a  tenable  theory  of  the  origin  of  vascular  plants,  and 
it  is  theoretically  possible  that  we  may  be  able  to  trace  some  of 
the  stages  iu  their  evolution  from  thalloid  ancestors,  it  is  yet 
extremely  doubtful  whether  the  fossil  record  goes  far  enough  back 
to  help  us  appreciably  in  such  an  attempt.  It  cannot  be  too 
strongly  emphasized  that  the  earliest  known  land-plants  were 
already  highly  advanced  and  varied  types,  very  far  removed 
from  any  thalloid  ancestr}^.  It  is  possible  that  here  and  there 
a  primitive  character  may  have  lingered,  but  the  presumption  is 
always  against  it. 

I  shall  therefore  only  touch  on  theories  of  the  derivation  of 
vascular  plants  in  so  far  as  they  affect  our  views  of  the  inter- 
relations of  their  main  groups,  for  it  is  on  questions  of  the  latter 
kind  that  new  light  has  been  thrown  by  the  investigations,  largely 
palseobotanical,  of  the  last  few  years. 

I  may  here  refer  to  a  remark  of  Dr.  Gaskell's,  iu  his  opening 
«peech  in  the  discussion  on  the  Origin  of  Vertebrates,  to  which 
we  listened  with  such  deep  interest  a  month  or  two  back. 
Dr.  Graskell  used  these  words  : — "  It  seems  to  me  highly  probable 
that  this  same  law  of  upward  progress,  viz.,  that  each  successive 
group  has  arisen  from  some  member  of  the  highest  group  existing 
at  the  time,  holds  good  also  for  the  Vegetable  Kingdom,  especially 
in  view  of  the  statement  recently  made  that  Phanerogaius  arose 
from  Cycads.  I  hope  that  the  President  may  see  his  way  to  offer 
a  few  remarks  on  this  aspect  of  the  question  "  *. 

There  was  no  time  then  to  deal  with  Dr.  Gaskell's  point,  and  I 
promised  to  refer  to  it  at  the  Anniversary  Meeting.     The  question 

*  Discussion  on  the  Origin  of  Verteljrates,  Proc.  Linn,  Soc,  Session  122, 
1909-10,  p.  12. 

/2 


68  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE 

raised  is  an  interesting  one,  and  it  is  worth  while  to  consider  how 
far  Dr.  Gaskell's  sugj^estion  is  supported  by  palajobotanical  and 
other  data. 

For  one  thing,  to  return  to  a  subject  already  touched  on,  the 
present  trend  of  opinion  on  the  origin  of  the  alternating  genera- 
tions is  favourable  to  the  hypothesis  put  before  us  by  Dr.  Gaskell. 
On  the  old  antithetic  view  the  plant  (sporophyte)  of  the 
Vasculares  was  held  to  be  derived  from  a  sporogoniiim  of  the 
simplest  type,  the  Liverwort  liiccia,  in  which  the  asexual  generation 
is  merely  a  group  of  spores  enclosed  in  an  epidermis,  affording 
the  nearest  analogy.  Not  only  the  higher  IJryophyta,  but  all  the 
more  advanced  Thallophyta  were  put  on  one  side,  their  highly 
organized  soma  belonging,  as  it  appeared,  to  the  wrong  generation  ; 
the  leading  races  of  plants,  so  far  as  their  principal  phase,  the 
sporophyte,  is  concerned,  were  supposed  to  have  started  de  novo 
from  the  elaboration  of  a  zygote — a  fertilized  ovum.  'I'he  sexual 
generation  of  the  ancestral  form  was  also  assumed  to  have  been 
at  a  low  grade  of  organization,  as  shown  in  the  prothallus.  Now, 
as  we  have  seen,  the  somewhat  academic  belief  that  "the  plant  is 
nothing  but  a  sporogonium  "  is  being  abandoned,  and  the  reasonable 
doctrine  that  the  cormophyte  is  a  more  highly  differentiated 
thallophyte  is  beginning  to  prevail.  On  this  view  the  proba- 
bilitv  is  that  the  Pteridophyta  had  their  origin  from  the  higher 
Thallophyta. 

This,  however,  is  of  necessity  all  an  hypothesis,  far  more 
probable  than  the  former  one,  but  still  too  much  "  in  der  Luft " 
to  afford  any  very  sure  support  to  further  hypotheses.  Let  us  go 
on  to  the  actual  evidence. 

What  do  we  know  about  the  origin  of  "  successive  groups  "  of 
plants  ?  "\Ve  are  only  concerned  with  the  land-flora,  for  th« 
evolution  of  marine  plants  is  entirely  a  question  for  the  future. 
AVe  can  go  back  no  further  than  the  Devonian.  At  that  period 
we  have  good  evidence  that  the  following  main  groups  of  vascular 
plants  were  already  iu  existence  : — 

Lycopods  (Club-mosses). 

Equisetales  (Horse-tails). 

Sphenophyllales. 

Ferns. 

Pteridosperms  (Seed-ferns). 

Cordaitales. 

Of  these  six  great  groups  the  Pteridosperms  and  the  Cordaitales 
must  be  accounted  the  highest,  for  they  were  seed-bearing  plants. 
The  successive  groups  of  later  origin  were,  essentially,  three  in 
number,  namely, 

Cycadophyta, 

Conifers, 

Angiosperms. 

The  first  two  groups  appeared,  so  far  as  we  know,  about  the 


LINNEAN    SOCIETY    OF    LONDOX.  69 

same  time,  towards  the  end  of  the  Palseozoic  period — the  Angio- 
■sperins  much  later,  high  up  in  the  Mesozoic. 

The  origin  of  the  Cycadophyta  (an  enormously  numerous,  varied 
and  advanced  class  in  Mesozoic  times)  is  generally  admitted — they 
came  from  the  Pteridosperms,  or  Cycatlotilices,  to  use  the  older 
name,  to  whicli  Potonio  and  some  others  still  adhere.  Even 
Pi-of.  Chodat  *,  who  is  inclined  to  break  up  the  Pteridosperms, 
would  admit  that  some  of  the  plants  grouped  under  that  name 
were  on  the  line  of  descent  of  the  Cycadophytes.  Hence  that 
great  and  dominant  class  of  Mesozoic  plants  appears  to  have  been 
derived  from  a  highly  organized  preceding  group,  and  in  fact  from 
one  of  the  two  highest  classes  of  Palaeozoic  plants — a  conclusion 
wholly  favourable  to  Dr.  Gaskell's  view. 

The  question  as  to  the  Conifers  is  far  less  simple.  There  are 
three  theories  in  the  field  : — 

1.  All  Conifers  may  have  come  from  Lycopods. 

2.  All  may  liave  come  from  Cordai tales. 

3.  Part   may    have   come    from    Lycopods    and     part   from 

Cordaitales. 

I  am  not  going  to  enter  into  the  controversy  now,  but  we  will 
see  how  tlie  different  views  affect  the  question  before  us. 

If  the  Conifers  as  a  whole  were  derived  from  the  Palaeozoic 
Lycopods,  tliey  came  from  a  very  highly  developed  earlier  group, 
though  not  from  the  highest.  The  Lycopod  advocates  now  base 
their  case  to  a  great  extent  on  Lepidocarpon — a  Lycopod  which 
had  attained  to  the  seed-bearing  habit,  or  something  very  like  it. 
Fiu-ther,  the  Lycopods,  if  not  morphologically  among  the  highest 
Palaeozoic  plants,  were  probably  the  dominant  class  of  that  age, 
at  least  in  the  coal-forests.  80  that  on  this  view  the  Conifers 
had,  at  any  rate,  a  very  distinguished  ancestry. 

If,  on  tiie  other  hand,  they  sprang  from  the  same  stock  with  the 
Cordaitales,  then  they  may  perhaps  claim  as  their  ancestors  the 
very  highest  of  PalaBozoic  plants.  It  is  not  likely,  however,  that 
the  typical  Cordaitete  were  themselves  the  direct  progenitors  of 
Conifers  :  they  are  too  specialized — the  fructifications  of  Cor- 
daiteae,  for  example,  were  decidedly  more  advanced  than  those  of 
Araucarian  Conifers.  The  plants  from  which,  on  this  hypothesis, 
the  Conifers  were  derived  were  perhaps  less  highly  modified  than 
the  true  Cordaiteae,  such  as  Grand  'Eury  and  Renault  investigated, 
though  still  very  advanced  types. 

If,  again,  the  Conifers  had  a  mixed  ancestry  (not  that  I  regard 
such  a  view  as  really  tenable),  they  could  claim  kindred  partly  with 
the  morphologically  highest,  partly  with  the  most  dominant  race 
of  the  earlier  period. 

Thus,  on  any  view,  Dr.  Gaskell's  hypothesis  finds  support. 

The  Grinkgoales,  a  group  of  some  importance  in  Mesozoic  ages, 

*  "  Pteropsides  cles  Temps  Paleozoiques,"  Archives  des  Sci.  Pliys.  et  Nat. 
t.  XX vi.  1908,  Geneva. 


7o 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE 


might  be  separately  considered.  They  are  aliiidst  certainly  con- 
nected witli  the  Cordaitales,  and  indeed  more  cJosely  than  the 
true  Coniferai.  The  Maidenhair  trees  are  not,  however,  of  much 
consequence  for  our  immediate  purpose,  for  they  cannot  really  be 
called  a  higher  group  than  the  Cordaitales,  but  are  merely  slight 
moditications  of  an  old  and  persistent  type. 

We  now  come  to  the  Angiosperms.  Until  quite  recently 
no  serious  hypothesis  as  to  their  origin  has  heen  in  the  field, 
for  comparisons  with  Isoetes  as  regards  some  anatomical  points, 
or  with  Sela<j'niella  as  regards  the  endosperm,  were  obviously  the 
merest  analogies  at  the  best.  There  was  a  vague  idea  in  the  air 
that  their  origin  may  have  been  obscure,  from  small,  unimportant 
plants,  easily  overlooked  or  not  preserved  :  so  that  they  migiit  have 
existed  for  a  long  time  as  inconspicuous  members  of  tlie  flora,  side 
by  side  with  the  dominant  Cycadophyta  and  Conifers.  1  think 
this  was  the  current  idea  uutil  Wieland,  and  his  apostles  Arber 
and  Parkin,  showed  how  we  might  well  have  had  the  ancestors  of 
Angiosperms  (or  something  like  them)  in  our  hands  all  the  time 
without  knowing  it — that  is,  they  showed  that  the  Mesozoie 
Cycadophytes  themselves,  more  than  any  other  group,  betray 
affinity  with  the  great  x'ace  which  succeeded  them.  This  im- 
portant conception  was  suggested  by  the  discovery  that  the 
fructifications  of  Bennettitea\  the  characteristic  Mesozoie  Cvca- 
dophytes,  were  organized  essentially  like  the  bisexual  flowers  of 
an  Angiosperm,  though,  of  course,  with  important  differences 
in  detail.  The  latest  work  has  further  strengthened  the  com- 
parison, and  there  are  strong  grounds  for  the  hypothesis  that 
the  Angiosperms  arose  from  a  stock  nearly  allied  to  such 
Mesozoie  Cycadophyta  as  the  Bennettiteae.  The  view  is  by  no 
means  universally  accepted :  some  botanists,  as,  for  example. 
Miss  IStopes  and  Prof.  Fiijii  in  their  recent  work  on  the  Cretaceous 
Flora  of  Japan,  still  incline  to  the  opinion  that  the  Angiosperms 
may  have  sprung  from  unknown  herbaceous  plants  with  a  simple 
floral  structure.  AVe  cannot  enter  on  the  discussion  here,  but 
the  Cycadophyte  theory  of  the  origin  of  Angiosperms  is  at 
any  rate  tenable,  and,  if  contirmed,  will  afford  a  strong  support  to 
Dr.  Gaskell's  theory. 

On  the  whole,  though  so  much  is  still  uncertain,  one  may  safely 
say  that  the  present  tendency  of  botanical  o])inion,  determined 
chiefly  by  pala;obotanical  discovery,  is  favourable  to  the  belief 
that  new  advances  in  organization  start  from  the  highest,  or 
rather  from  very  high,  preceding  types.  Probably  the  latter, 
more  guarded  way  of  putting  the  case  is  the  better ;  the  highest, 
in  the  sense  of  the  most  differentiated  types,  may  have  been 
usually  too  far  committed  to  special  lines  of  adaptation  to  have 
afforded  suitable  material  for  new  developments. 

As  a  type  of  modern  opinion  on  the  evolution  of  the  higher 
plants,  influenced  by  the  conception  of  the  thalloid  origin  of  the 
Cormophyte,  we  may  suitably  take  the  views  of  Prof.  Lignier. 


LINKEAN    SOCIETY   OF    LONDON.  71 

They  were  originally  stated  in  bis  paper  on  the  Sphenophyllale* 
and  Equisetales,  published  in  l'J03  *,  and  have  been  more  fully 
developed  in  his  recent  essay  on  the  Morphological  Evolution  of 
the  Vegetable  Kingdom  (]908)t.  Prof.  Liguier  is  a  strong 
advocate  of  the  homologous  theory  of  alternating  generations. 
He  derives  all  tlie  higher  plants  (Bryophyta  and  Yusculares)  from 
a  hypothetical  group,  his  Prohepatics,  in  which  the  hfe-cycle 
embraced  two  phases — sporophyte  and  gametophyte, — which,  he 
suggests,  probably  also  existed  in  their  marine  ancestors,  as  is  the 
case  in  tlie  recent  Dlcfuota.  He  supposes  that  in  the  Prohepatics 
the  sexual  and  asexual  individuals  had  a  flat  dichotonious  thallus, 
and  that  they  were  a(]uatic  or  semi-aquatic  in  habit.  Typical 
antheridia  and  archegonia  may  have  already  appeared  at  this 
early  stage;  the  author  refers  to  their  long  persistence  through 
so  many  of  the  higher  groups — an  example,  as  Prof.  Bailer  has 
pointed  out,  of  morphological  stability  dependent  on  adaptation. 
From  the  Prohepatic  ancestors  evolution  proceeded  in  two  main 
directions.  In  the  Bryophyta  the  gametophvtic  phase  assumed 
the  greater  importance,  vegetatively,  while  the  sporophyte  became 
reduced  in  relation  to  its  parasitic  lite.  In  the  line  of  the 
Yasculares  the  reverse  process  went  on  :  the  gametophyte  under- 
went progressive  and  ultimately  extreme  reduction,  while  the 
sporophytic  phase  showed  an  immense  advance  in  vegetative 
organization,  some  of  the  branches  of  the  thallus  (cauloids) 
becoming  specialized  as  organs  of  absorption,  i.  e.  roots,  which 
are  acutely  described  as  simply  the.  most  ancient  of  rhizomes. 
He  cites  the  Lycopods  as  still  showing  traces  of  the  common  origin 
of  aerial  cauloids  and  roots. 

Concurrently  with  this  important  differentiation  of  absorptive 
organs  proceeded  the  no  less  momentous  differentiation  of  an 
internal  conducting  system,  by  which  these  plants  became 
vascular,  and  thus  fully  adapted  to  a  terrestrial  life. 

As  the  sporophyte  thus  attained  a  more  and  more  exuberant 
growth,  a  new  differentiation  of  its  aerial  parts  set  in.  The 
original  dichotonious  branching  of  the  thallus  became,  as  Prof. 
Lignier  puts  it,  "  sympodised,"  certain  branches  becoming  pre- 
dominant, and  thus  forming  an  (Lvis,  while  others  were  subordinated 
and  constituted  the  beginnings  of  leaves.  Here,  however,  a  great 
distinction  manifested  itself,  on  which  the  main  divisions  of 
Prof.  Lignier's  system  are  based.  In  the  Lycopodiaceae  the 
sympodisation  of  the  thallus  never  went  very  far,  and  true  leaves 
(limited  thallus-branches)  \\ere  never  developed.  The  small 
leaves  characteristic  of  the  Lycopods — "phylloids,"  as  our  author 
calls  them — are  not  thallus-branches  at  all,  but  have  always 
been  of  the  nature  of  appendages  and  are  derived  from  lamellar 
hairs    already    present    at    the    Prohepatic     stage.       They    are 

*  "  Les  Equisetales  et  Splienophyllales,"  Bull.  Soc.  Linu.  de  Noniiaiulie, 
ser.  5,  t.  vii.  p.  9o.     Caen,  lOOo. 

t  Cotiiptes  Eendus  de  I'Assoc.  Franc;,  pour  rAvaucenient  des  Sci.  1908, 
p.  530. 


72  PROCEEDINGS   OF    TUB 

comparable  to  the  ampbigastria  of  tbe  Marcbantias,  and,  indeed, 
to  the  leaves  of  the  JJryophyta  generally. 

On  the  other  hand,  in  the  early  members  of  tbe  Fern  series 
the  Hympodising  process  went  on  to  a  great  extent,  converting 
whole  groups  of  thallus-brancbes  (cauloids)  into  appendages,  borne 
on  the  main  supjjorting  branches,  and  tlius  leading  to  the  final 
differentiation  of  the  thai! us  into  stem  and  leaf.  Small  groups  of 
terminal  cauloids,  forming  part  of  the  appendages,  became 
flattened  out  into  pinmdes ;  a  process  which  we  can  see  exactly 
repeated  in  the  modern  Flora  in  plants  which  convert  their 
branches  into  cladodes.  Thus,  according  to  our  author,  the  Ferns 
and  all  the  higher  groups  have  true  leai'es  differentiated  out  of 
thallus-branches,  while  the  Lycopods  alone  retain  the  simple 
primitive  appendages,  which  they  possess  in  common  with  the 
Bryophytes.  Hence  all  plants  above  the  Thallophytes  are  divided 
into  Phylloide>is  (Bryophytes  and  Lycopodineaj)  and  Piiylline.e 
(Ferns  and  all  remaining  classes  of  vascular  plants).  In  the  former, 
the  assimilating  organs  are  still  the  lamellar  phylloids  of  the  sup- 
posed Prohepatic  ancestors  ;  in  the  latter  they  are  true  leaves,  i.  e. 
differentiated  parts  of  the  branch-system  of  the  original  tballus. 

The  Bryophytes  are  gametophi/fic  Phylloideiie,  the  Lycopodineae 
sporophiiiic  Phylloideje,  tbe  phylloid  appendages  being  borne  in 
the  former  on  tbe  sexual,  in  the  latter  on  the  asexual  individual. 
Thus  Mosses  and  Club-mosses  find  themselves  at  last  united  in 
one  main  group  I 

Prof.  Lignier's  idea  is  interesting.  We  see  how  a  certain 
degree  of  ailinity  (though  a  remote  one)  may  conceivably  still  be 
traced  between  members  of  the  Bryophyte  and  Pteridopbyte 
groups,  which  have  been  regarded  as  separated  by  th,e  widest  gap 
in  tbe  Vegetable  Kingdom.  But  the  point  which  more  nearly 
concerns  us  is  the  separation  of  the  Lycopods  from  tbe  rest 
of  the  vascular  plants.  The  possibility  that  tbe  leaves  of  the 
Lycopods  may  be  essentially  different  from  those  of  the  Ferns,  is 
one  which  must  have  occurred  to  the  minds  of  many  botanists. 
I  remember  how,  nearly  thirty  years  ago,  a  walk  through  the 
Pern-houses  at  Kew  suggested  to  me  and  to  a  botanical  friend 
tie  idea  that  the  fronds  of  Ferns  might  be  really  branches,  and 
the  leaves  of  Lycopods  scales,  comparable  to  the  ran)enta  of 
Ferns.  At  that  time,  however,  the  relation  of  tbe  Ferns  to  the 
higher  classes  of  vascular  plants  was  not  recognized,  so  we 
never  extended  our  idea  to  the  leaves  of  Phanerogams. 

Fossil  Botany  tends  to  emphasize  the  isolation  of  the  Lycopods, 
for  it  shows  us  no  transition  between  the  microphylly  of  this  phylum 
and  the  megaphylly  of  other  groups.  On  tbe  contrary,  it  provides 
evidence,  as  Prof.  Lignier  has  shown,  that  the  apparent  micro- 
phylly of  certain  classes  (Equisetales  and  Conifers  for  example)  is 
derived  from  a  primitively  megaphyllous  condition.  There  is  no 
indication  that  this  applies  to  the  Lycopods ;  neither  is  there  any 
appreciable  evidence  that  their  simple  leaves  ever  became  modified 


LINNEAN    SOCIETY    OF    LONDON.  73 

into  anything  more  complex  *.  On  the  whole,  Prof.  Lignier's 
idea  that  the  Lycopods  stand  apart  from  the  rest  of  the  Vasculares 
appears  quite  teuahle,  though  by  no  means  proved.  It  is  con- 
firmed by  the  simple  relation  between  sporangium  and  sporophyll 
which  prevails  throughout  the  group,  and  by  the  fact  that  the 
Lycopods  are  the  only  vascular  plants  in  which  there  is  a  want  of 
sharp  differentiation  between  root  and  shoot.  The  former 
character  may  not  be  a  primitive  one  (Prof.  Lignier  himself 
regards  tlie  terminal  position  of  the  sporangium  on  a  branch  as 
the  original  ari-angement ;  other  botanists  suggest  the  presence  of 
a  reduced  sporangiophore)  ;  but  the  existence  of  so  many  transi- 
tional forms  between  root  or  rootlet  and  stem  or  leaf  is  a  strong 
indication  of  a  relatively  primitive  and  isolated  ])osition. 

I  may  here  recall  that  Mr.  Tansley  has  touched  on  the  position 
of  the  Lycopods  in  a  very  illuminating  way  in  the  first  and  the 
last  of  his  lectures  on  the  Evolution  of  the  Filicinean  Vascular 
System  t.  He  recognizes  the  peculiar  cliaracter  of  their  leaves, 
contrasting  so  sharply  with  the  megaphylly  of  other  Pteridophytes, 
but  the  explanation  he  suggests  is  different  from  Prof.  Lignier's. 
He  says  that  the  Lycopods  "  may  be  independently  derived  from 
the  primitive  Propteridophytes  by  foliar  specialisation  of  short 
undivided  hranchlets  of  the  thalliis,  instead  of  ivJiole  branch  systems 
as  in  the  Filicinean  type  "  (p.  9).  This,  as  he  points  out,  would 
bring  the  Lycopods  into  line  with  the  other  Pteridophytes  without 
assuming  any  extensive  reduction,  or  abandoning,  in  this  case,  the 
thallus-branch  theory  of  the  leaf,  which  he  regards  as  by  far 
the  most  rational  and  convincing  which  has  yet  been  suggested. 

I  should  like  to  dwell  on  the  wonderfully  instructive  comparison 
which  Mr.  Tansley  draws  between  the  morphological  construction 
of  Selaginella  and  that  of  a  Fern  with  its  fronds,  but  must  content 
myself  with  a  couple  of  short  quotations.  "  In  Selaginella  we 
have  a  very  old  if  not  a  primitively  microphyllous  stock  which 
modifies  whole  branch-s3'stems  for  assimilatimg  purposes.  The 
leaf  itself  is  so  small  as  to  exercise  no  influence  on  the  general 
conformation  of  the  vascular  system,  and  corresponds  physio- 
logically with  the  ultimate  pinnule  or  segment  of  the  lamina  in  a 
fern-frond.  But  the  branch-system  as  a  whole  retains  its  plas- 
ticity and  becomes  moulded  on  lines  parallel  with  those  of  the 
fern-frond  as  a  whole"  (p.  135),  "In  the  frond-like  dorsiventral 
type  of  branch-system  seen  in  some  species  of  Selaginella  we  have 
in  fact  a  kind  of  working  model  of  the  hypothetical  thallus  of  the 
'  pro-Lycopod,'  the  leaves  representiug  the  ultimate  assimilating 
branchlets,  and  the  whole  showing  a  convergence  with  a  fern- 
frond  hypothetically  derived  by  integration  of  a  whole  thalloid 
branch-system'*'  (p.  136). 

To  return  to  Prof.  Lignier.  The  Phylloideae  are  after  all  a 
limited  group  now,  though  so  prominent  in  the  Palaeozoic  Floras. 

*  The  doubling  of  the  vascular  bundle  in  Siyil/oriopais  is  the  only  case  in 
point,  but  does  not  seem  to  iiave  led  to  anything  iurther. 
t  '  New  rhytologist,"  Reprint,  No.  2.     Cambridge,  1908. 


74  PEOCEEDINOS   OF   TlIK 

The  great  mass  of  vascular  plants,  which  he  derives  from  the 
Primofilices  (Mr.  Arber's  name  for  the  early  Ferns),  belong  to  the 
Phyllineic,  with  true  leaves,  differentiated  from  tlialloid  branches  or 
system  of  branches,  as  already  explained.  He  divides  the  Phylliuese 
into  four  groups  : — 

1.  The  MacrophylIine£e. — Leaves  large  and  dominant  in  com- 

parison with  the  stem.  Primofilices  and  Ferns  generally  ; 
l'teridos|)erms  or  Cycadofilices  ;  Cycaduphyta. 

2.  The   Microphyllinea}. — Leaves  reduced  in  comparison  with 

the  dominant  stem.     Cordaitea:; ;  Ginkgoales  ;  Coniferae. 

3.  The  Mesophyllineie. — Leaves  intermediate,  as  regards  these 

relations,  between  groups  1  and  2.  =  Angiosperms.  The 
latest  developed  of  all  the  groups  and  the  most  higiily 
adapted  to  special  conditions,  sometimes  simulating  Macro- 
])livllinea^  {e.  r/.  Palms),  sometimes  MicrophvUinese  {e.  q. 
Heaths). 

4.  The  Articulata?. — Allied  to  the  Macrophyllinese,  from  which 

they  became  detached  at  the  epoch  of  their  ancestors,  the 
Primofilices.  Characterized  by  verticillate  symmetry,  pro- 
gressive reduction  of  leaves,  radiate  arrangement  of  leaflets, 
and  tendency  to  multiply  the  planes  of  cauline  symmetry. 
This  includes  the  Equisetales,  mainly,  and  the  >Sphenophylls, 
wholly,  a  Palaeozoic  group. 

It  is  at  this  point  that  Prof.  Lignier's  views  have  perhaps 
exercised  the  greatest  influence  on  botanical  opinion.  A  very 
few  years  ago  it  became  customary  to  associate  the  Articulatcc 
with  the  Lycopods,  for  which  fossil  evidence  seemed  to  speak,  the 
characters  in  common  being  mainly  anatomical.  Prof.  Jeffrey 
was  the  strongest  advocate  of  this  view ,  and,  as  is  well  known, 
divided  all  vascular  plants  into  Lycopsida  and  Pteropsida  ;  the 
former  including  Lycopods,  Equisetales  and  Sphenophylls,  the' 
latter  all  other  Yasculares. 

This  classification  was  based  partly  on  the  microphylly  of  the 
Lycopsida,  the  megaphylly  of  the  Pteropsida.  and  partly  on  certain 
anatomical  characters  closely  connected  with  the  relative  dimen- 
sions of  leaf  and  stem.  Other  characters  also  came  in,  and  the 
position  appeai-ed  a  strong  one ;  at  any  rate  I  was  among  those 
who  adopted  it  for  a  time.  I  now  think,  however,  that  the 
Equisetales  and  Sphenophyllales  have  been  shown  by  Prof.  Lignier 
not  to  be  really  microphyllous  at  all,  but  to  be  derived  by  re- 
duction from  plants  with  compound  leaves  of  considerable  size. 
The  leaves  of  the  Sphenophylls  are  generally  of  some  complexity 
and  often  deeply  divided — it  is  only  their  xegutents  which  have  a 
simple  character.  Arch rocal ami tes — the  oldi-st  known  member  of 
the  Equisetales — had  compound,  forked  leaves,  while  in  Pseudo- 
hornia,  a  Devonian  representative  of  the  Articulata?,  the  leaves 
were  doubly  compouuil,  and  were  originally  taken  for  fern-fronds. 
It  seems  clear  from  all  this,  and  from  the  detailed  arguments  of 
Prof.  Lignier,  which  I  cannot  now  recapitulate,  that  the  Articulata^^ 


LINXEAX    SOCIETY    OF    LONDON".  75 

when  raicrophyllous,  are  only  so  by  reduction,  and  consequently 
that  the  anatomical  characters  correlated  with  microphylly  are 
not  essential  to  the  group.  On  the  other  hand,  as  we  have  seen, 
the  Lycopods  stand  apart  as  a  genuine  microphyllous  class, 
unconnected  by  any  known  transitions  with  the  large-leaved  phyla. 
At  the  same  time  one  cannot  admit  any  very  close  relationship 
between  the  Articulattc  and  the  Ferns  ;  tlieir  ancestors,  though  in 
all  probability  megaphyllous,  may  have  been  much  less  like  Ferns 
than  any  of  the  known  Primohlices.  For  these  reasons,  which  I 
cannot  now  develop  at  greater  length,  it  seems  to  nie  clear  that 
the  attempt  to  divide  Yasculares  into  two  main  series  only  must 
be  given  up,  at  least  for  the  present. 

I  have  proposed  a  threefold  division,  into  Pteropsida  (Ferns  and 
all  Spermophyta),  Sphenopsida  (Equisetales,  Sphenophyllales,  and 
Psilotales),  and  Lycopsida  (Lycopods  alone).  The  isolation  of  the 
Lycopods  while  the  Psilotales  are  put  in  ISphenopsida  has  been 
criticised,  and  justly  so — the  position  of  the  little  family  Psilotales 
is  a  great  difficulty,  and  I  do  not  think  we  are  yet  in  a  position  to 
solve  it,  in  the  absence  of  all  geological  evidence  of  their  history. 
The  group  has  certain  definite  characters  in  common  with  the 
tSphenophylls,  namely  the  nature  of  the  sporangial  apparatus  and 
the  anatomy  :  for  these  reasons  some  modern  authors  have  united 
them  in  one  class.  On  the  other  hand,  the  Psilotales  have  other, 
less  definite  characters  in  common  with  the  Lycopods — the  dicho- 
tomous  branching,  the  alternate  leaves,  and  to  some  extent  tlie 
habit  (in  the  case  of  Tmeslptpris).  The  older  writers  always  put 
them  in  this  class,  but  at  that  time  the  Sphenophylls  were  prac- 
tically unknown.  We  are  not  at  present  able  to  reconcile  the 
two  apparent  directions  of  affinity.  It  is  best  to  emphasize  the 
Sphenophyll  relation  as  the  more  definite,  and  otherwise  to  reserve 
judgment. 

It  should  be  mentioned  here  that  Prof.  Lignier  gives  the 
Psilotales  quite  a  dift'erent  position,  regarding  them  as  the  most 
primitive  of  the  Lycopod  series,  and  consequently  of  all  living- 
vascular  plants.  He  believes  that  in  the  earliest  Pteridophyta 
the  sporangia  were  terminal  on  certain  cauloids  (derived  from 
thallus-branches),  and  that  the  Psilotales  only  differ  from  this 
type  in  having  the  sporangia  grouped  on  special  short  branches. 
In  arriving  at  this  opinion  the  author  allows  himself  to  be  too 
nnich  influenced  by  the  very  problematic  Devonian  fossil  Psilo- 
phytoh,  of  which  we  really  know  nothing  definite.  I  cannot  accept 
a  view  which  i^^nores  the  points  of  agreement  between  the  Psilotales 
and  the  Sphenophyllales,  and  the  probability  that  the  former  have 
suffered  some  reduction  in  organization  in  consequence  of  their 
epiphytic  habit. 

Prof.  Lignier  is  of  opinion  that  all  his  Phyllinese  (^.  e.  all 
Yasculares  except  Lycopods  and  Psilotales)  are  descended  from 
the  Primofilices. 

As  regards  the  Articulata%  I  have  already  suggested  that  if  we 
accept  this  view  we  must  take  Primofilices  in  an  extremely  wide 


76  PttOCEEBINGS    OF    THE 

sense.  The  comparison  between  the  sporangiophores  of  Spheno- 
phi/Uum  and  the  fertile  pinnules  of  the  Devonian  "  Fern " 
ArcluFopteris  *  does  not  seem  to  me  very  helpful,  for  Arclufopteris 
can  scarcely  be  regarded  as  one  of  the  Primofilices,  but  appears 
to  have  been  a  very  advanced  type,  possibly,  as  Mr,  Kidstou  has 
suggested,  a  Pteridosperm  rather  than  a  true  Fern, 

With  reference  to  the  seed-bearing  plants,  however,  I  find  myself 
in  agreement  with  Prof.  Lignier  as  to  their  ultimate  origin  from  an 
early  Filicinean  stock.  This  is  an  opinion  which  has  been  very 
generally  adopted,  during  the  last  few  years,  either  for  the  whole 
or  at  least  for  a  large  part  of  the  Seed-plants ;  formerly  the 
Lycopods  were  in  favour  as  the  probable  ancestral  group,  though 
the  origin  of  the  Cycads  from  Marattiaceous  Ferns  was  taught  by 
Sachs  about  the  year  1880,  It  may  be  worth  while  to  point  out, 
in  a  few  words,  the  grounds  on  which  the  modern  view  is  held. 

For  nearly  30  years  the  existence  of  a  considerable  group  of 
Palaeozoic  Fern-like  plants  allied  to  the  Cycads  has  been 
recognized  by  some  ])alsBobotanists,  though  at  first  only  on 
negative  grounds,  the  plants  in  question  showing  no  evidence  of 
Filicinean  fructification.  Then  came  the  discoveries  of  Williamson, 
Solms-Laubach  and  others,  proving  that  many  of  these  Fern-like 
plants  had  an  anatomical  structure  intermediate  between  that 
of  Ferns  and  Cycads,  These  observations  strongly  conlirmed  the 
opinion  that  the  latter  plants  were  derived  from,  or  had  a  common 
origin  with,  the  former  ;  this  stage  in  the  development  of  our 
knowledge  may  be  called  the  "  Cycadofilices  "  phase.  The  dis- 
covery of  the  multieiliate  spermatozoids  of  living  Cycads,  in 
1896,  further  strengthened  tlieir  affinities  with  Ferns, 

Then  in  1903  began  the  series  of  discoveries,  led  by  Oliver  and 
Kidston,  proving  that  certain  of  the  Cycadofilices  bore  seeds  of  a 
Cycadeau  type,  and  establishing  a  strong  probability  that  this 
applied  to  the  whole  group,  a  group  outnumbering  the  true  Ferns 
of  the  period.  The  name  Pteridospermese  marks  this  important 
step  in  advance.  That  the  Cycads  sprang  from  a  Fern-like  ancestry 
was  now  established  beyond  reasonable  doubt.  The  Cycads, 
however,  were  not  merely  the  little  isolated  family  that  now  bears 
the  name — in  Mesozoic  times  they  were  a  vast  and  varied  class  of 
plants,  for  which  Xathorst's  wider  name  Cycadophyta  is  appro- 
priate ;  for  long  ages  they  were  a  dominant  race  throughout  the 
whole  world.  Thus  the  proof  of  the  Fern-ancestry  of  this  great 
class  was  already  a  serious  matter.  But  the  theory  could  not  stop 
here.  It  had  always  been  recognized,  since  the  first  recognition 
of  the  Cordaitefe  as  a  separate  class,  that  these  plants  had  a  strong 
Cycadean  affinity.  It  now  further  appeared  that  the  seeds  of  the 
Preridosperms  were  organized  just  on  the  same  lines  as  those  of 
the  Cordaiteae,  while  anatomically  an  almost  unbroken  series  of 
transitions  between  the  two  groups  has  been  traced.  Hence  it 
became  evident  that   the  Cordaitese — the  most  specialized  of  the 

*  Ligiiier,  "  Sur  I'Origine  des  Sphenophyllees,"  Bull.  Soc.  Bot.  de  France, 
si-r.  4,  t.  viii.  p.  278  (1908). 


LINNEAJf    SOCIETY    OF    LONDOX.  77 

Palaeozoic  Spermophyta — had  a  common  origin  witli  the  Pterido- 
sperms,  and  consequently  that  they  also  were  ultimately  derived 
from  the  Fern  phylum.  This  meant  that  practically  all  the 
Palaeozoic  seed-plants  (if  we  except  the  quasi-seminiferous  Lyco- 
pods)  were  of  Filicinean  origin. 

Up  to  this  point  I  do  not  think  there  has  been  any  very  serious 
difference  of  opinion  among  modern  botanists  who  have  considered 
the  question.  I  have  already  mentioned  that  the  affinity  of  the 
Maidenhair  trees  with  the  Cordaitales  is  generally  recognized.  I 
am  unwilling,  at  the  close  of  tliis  address,  to  embark  on  the  con- 
troversy as  to  the  origin  of  the  Coniferse,  a  question  with  which  I 
have  lately  dealt  in  print.  Strange  to  say,  the  morphology  of  the 
cone  in  this  familiar  order  of  plants  is  still  very  imperfectly 
understood ;  I  am  convinced  that  a  thorough  comparative  re- 
investigation of  the  wliole  family  will  be  needed  before  the  question 
of  their  affinities  can  be  cleared  up.  A  vast  amount  of  good  work 
has  been  and  is  being  done,  but  a  broad  synthesis  is  urgently 
needed. 

There  are  so  many  points  in  common  between  the  Conifers  and 
the  Cordaitales,  both  in  the  anatomy  and  in  the  morphology  of  the 
fructifications,  especially  the  male,  that  I  cannot  doubt  that  tliese 
classes  are  allied,  an  opinion  in  which  I  believe  nearly  all  botanists 
agree,  though  my  friend  Prof.  !Se\^ard  is  a  serious  exception. 
If  we  accept  this  relationship,  we  cannot  escape  the  conclusion 
that  the  Conifers  were  ultimately,  though  remotely,  derived  from 
the  same  ancient  Fern-stock  with  the  Pteridosperms  and  the 
Cycadophyta. 

I  have  already  touched  on  the  great  question  of  the  origin  of 
the  Angiosperms.  It  is  clear  that  if  the  views  now  so  widely 
held  of  their  relation  to  the  Mesozoic  Cycadophytes  should  be 
confirmed,  they  also  must  fall  into  line  with  the  rest  of  the 
Spermophyta.  At  any  rate,  without  prejudging  a  problem  which 
will  long  continue  to  engage  the  chief  interest  of  botanical 
evolutionists,  one  may  safely  say  that  the  only  tenable  or  intelli- 
gible theory  of  the  origin  of  Angiosperms  at  present  before  the 
scientific  world,  involves  their  derivation  from  the  Cycad-Pteri- 
dosperm-Primofilices  series,  and  demands  for  them  a  place  among 
the  Pteropsida. 

My  object  in  the  very  slight  and  rough  sketch  of  a  vast  field, 
which  I  have  ventured  to  lay  before  you,  has  been  to  bring  home 
to  the  minds  of  the  Fellows,  especially  such  as  are  not  themselves 
morphological  botanists,  the  profound  interest  and  importance  of 
the  fundamental  problems  of  Descent  which  are  now  under  in- 
vestigation and  even  appear  ripe  for  solution.  It  is  the  great 
merit  of  modern  Palccobotauy  that  it  has  put  new  life  into  the 
study  of  our  phylogenetic  questions.  It  has  done  so  by  forcing 
us  into  contact  with  realities,  with  the  ancient  plants  themselves,, 
which  were  the  actual  predecessors  (though  by  no  means  always 
the  ancestors)  of  our  living  Flora.     I  believe  it  to  be  true,  in 


7d  PRIXJEEDINGS    OF    THE 

spite  of  all  those  difticulties  whicli  s])ar  us  on  to  further  research, 
that  ill  JJotany,  as  in  Zoology,  the  doctrine  of  evolution  rests  at 
present  juost  securely  on  a  pal.'contological  foundation. 

Mr.  llEMiy  (jrUOYES  then  moved: — "That  the  President  be 
thanked  for  his  excellent  Address,  and  that  he  be  requested  to 
allow  it  to  be  printed  and  circulated  amongst  the  Fellows,"  which 
being  seconded  by  Prof.  M.  C.  Potter,  was  adopted  by  acclama- 
tion, and  acknowledged  by  the  President. 

The  President, then  addressing llerr  E.mil  IIvitfeldt,  Secretary 
of  the  Norwegian  Legation,  said  : — 

Professor  Georg  Ossian  Sars  is  the  distinguished  son  of  a 
distinguished  father,  the  late  Professor  Michael  Sars  having  been 
one  of  the  pioneers  of  deep-sea  dredging ;  it  was  he  who  laid  the 
foundations  of  our  knowledge  of  the  deep-sea  J'auna. 

Professor  Georg  ISars,  following  and  extending  the  same  lines 
of  investigation,  has  long  been  recognized  by  his  fellow-workers 
in  all  parts  of  the  globe  as  a  distinguished  leader  and  guide.  Por 
nearly  half  a  century  his  successive  writings  have  been  shedding 
light  on  the  class  of  Crustacea  in  its  different  branches.  Almost 
at  the  outset  of  his  career  he  succeeded  in  rescuing  a  difficult 
group  from  the  obscurity  and  confusion  in  which  it  had  been 
previously  involved.  Experts  have  over  and  over  again  paid  his 
systems  of  classification  the  supreme  compliment  of  adopting 
them.  His  instructive  essays  on  the  larval Decapoda,  founded  on 
an  ingenious  but  toilsotne  plan  of  investigation,  would  have 
sufficed  alone  to  make  a  considerable  reputation. 

After  showing  his  command  of  languages  by  treatises  in  Latin, 
French,  and  German,  besides  his  native  Norwegian,  he  has  obliged 
us  by  adopting  the  English  tongue  for  several  important  volumes. 
Above  all,  his  ready  pencil,  in  an  almost  miraculous  number  of 
scientific  illustrations,  has  used  an  idiom  whicli  every  nation  can 
read  with  facility. 

The  carcinologists  of  Great  Britain,  I  am  informed,  have  special 
reason  to  rejoice  that  in  Prof.  Sars's  crowning  work  on  '  The 
Crustacea  of  Norw^ay,'  already  containing  756  plates,  by  a  fortu- 
nate coincidence,  the  fauna  of  their  own  country  finds  illuminating 
treatment. 

All  who  have  been  privileged  to  be  in  communication  with  him, 
praise  the  courteous  readiness  with  which  he  renders  the  assistance 
they  desire,  nor  can  anyone  explore  his  writings  without  admiring 
the  entire  absence  of  unkindly  criticism,  and  the  generous 
acknowledgment  of  merit  in  the  work  of  other  students. 

It  is  eleven  years  since  we  had  the  honour  of  enrolling 
Prof.  8ars  among  our  Foreign  Members.  It  is  now  m}^  agreeable 
duty,  in  recognition  of  the  world-wide  reputation  which  he  has 
acquired,  to  present  him,  through  your  kind  mediation,  with  the 
Linnean  Medal,  as  a  token  of  our  highest  esteem. 


LINNEAN    SOCIETY    OF    LONDON.  79 

Herr  Evitfeldt,  in  accepting  the  medal,  stated  that  the  Nor- 
wegian Minister  himself  would  have  been  pleased  to  be  present, 
but  having  only  recently  arrived  in  London,  he  had  not  yet 
been  x*eceived  in  audience  by  His  Majesty  the  King,  and  was 
consequently  debarred  from  attending. 

Turning  to  Prof.  E.  A.  Minciiix,  the  President  said : — 

Prof.  Edward  Alfred  Minchin, 

It  is  a  great  pleasure  to  me  to  present  to  you,  on  behalf  of  the 
Society,  the  first  Trail  Award,  generously  founded  by  my  friend 
Prof.  Trail,  "  with  the  object  of  encouraging  study  that  throws 
light  on  the  substance  known  to  us  as  Protoplasm,  or  on  what 
may,  in  the  progress  of  knowledge,  be  regarded  in  a  corresponding 
way  as  the  physical  basis  of  life."' 

Your  work,  in  various  directions,  has  done  and  is  doing  much 
to  throw  new  light  on  the  morphology  and  developmental  activities 
of  the  living  substance  of  animal  cells.  You  have  made  contribu- 
tions of  fuiidainental  importance  to  our  knowledge  of  the  minute 
structure  and  development  of  the  Calcareous  Sponges.  You  have 
discovered  the  remarkable  mode  of  development  of  those  singular 
■structures  the  calcareous  sponge-spicules,  and  in  addition  to  your 
valuable  original  memoirs  on  the  group,  you  have  written  the 
very  able  account  of  these  organisms  in  Sir  Ray  Lankester's  great 
Text-book  of  Zoology. 

You  have  also  published  much  work  of  the  utmost  importance 
on  the  parasitic  Protozoa,  especially  the  Trypanosomes,  a  field  of 
investigation  of  momentous  practical  signiticance  as  well  as  of 
the  highest  scientific  intex'est.  In  furtherance  of  these  studies 
jou  made  an  expedition  to  Uganda,  to  study  the  problem  of 
Sleeping  Sickness  under  the  auspices  of  the  Royal  Societv. 

You  have  written  a  masterly  treatise  on  the  Sporozoa,  for  the 
Text-book  already  referred  to,  and  in  addition  to  all  your  own 
investigations,  have  rendered  a  further  service  to  biological  science 
by  your  translation  of  Biitschli's  classical  work  on  Protoplasm. 

No  one  could  more  fittingly  be  the  first  recipient  of  the  Trail 
Award,  wliich  I  now  present  to  you,  for  the  recognition  and  en- 
■couragement  of  the  study  of  the  living  substance  of  organisms. 

Professor  Mincuin  replied  as  follows  : — 

Mr.  President,  Ladies  and  Gentlemen, 

I  desire  to  express  my  deep  sense  of  gratitude  both  to  the 
Founder  of  the  Trail  Award  for  his  generous  benefaction,  and  to 
the  Council  of  the  Linneau  Society  for  the  honour  they  have  done 
me  in  conferring  the  Award  upon  me.  It  adds  very  greatly  to 
the  pleasure  and  pride  which  I  feel  in  receiving  it,  that  the 
selection  has  been  made  by  a  body  so  distinguished  and  honourable 
as  the  Council  of  the  Linnean  Society. 

The  Trail  Award  is  intended  to  encourage  and  promote  the 


8o  PKOCEEDINQS    OF    THi: 

study  of  protoplasm,  this  line  of  investigation  being  understood  in 
its  widest  sense  :is  the  study  of  the  living  substance  and  its  vital 
powers  and  manifestations,  ytrictly  speaking,  such  investigations 
are  co-extensive  witli  the  whole  range  of  the  biological  sciences, 
but  for  convenience  the  study  of  ])rotoplasm  may  be  regarded  as 
the  special  theme  of  that  branch  of  scientific  investigation 
which  is  occupied  with  cells  and  with  organisms  of  simple  struc- 
ture, and  which  deals  with  their  constitution,  development,  and 
elementary  vital  activities.  In  such  objects  we  are  confronted 
with  the  stupendous  mystery  of  life  under  its  thinnest  veil,  and 
we  observe  in  bodies  almost  infinitely  minute  the  exercise  of  the 
most  extraordinary  powers,  such  as  would  lead  us  to  infer  the 
existence  of  a  very  great  complexity  of  organization.  Thus  a 
flagellum  performs  movements  which  necessitate  the  assumption 
of  a  complex  structure,  but  after  studying  it  with  the  best  optical 
instruments  and  the  most  refined  technique,  we  can  only  repre- 
sent it  by  a  bare  pencil-line.  The  chroraatin-substance  of  the 
nucleus  exhibits  marvellous  activities  and  powers,  but  again  our 
pencils  can  only  draw  meaningless  dots.  Xothing,  again,  is  more 
wonderful  than  the  fact  that  peculiarities  in  the  complex  mental 
and  physical  constitution  of  a  human  being  should  be  transmitted 
from  one  generation  to  another  through  the  nucleus  of  the  sperma- 
tozoa, the  tiniest  cell  in  the  body  ;  but  with  all  the  technique  at 
our  disposal  we  can  only  represent  that  nucleus  as  a  minute  dense 
refringent  body,  apparently  homogeneous.  A  consideration  of 
such  facts  forces  upon  us  the  conviction  that  the  living  substance 
possesses  a  complexity  of  organization  far  transcending  anything 
that  our  microscopes  can  reveal,  and  only  to  be  inferred  from  the 
activities  manifested  by  it. 

Cells  or  unicellular  organisms  relatively  higher  in  the  scale 
possess  various  cell-organs  for  the  exercise  of  different  functions  : 
but  as  we  descend  the  scale  in  our  survey  of  nature  we  see  these 
organs  stripped  off,  as  it  were,  until  we  come  to  cells  in  which  the 
living  substance  consists  only  of  two  parts,  termed  respectively 
the  cytoplasm  and  the  nucleus.  .This  type  of  structure  is  far, 
however,  from  being  the  simplest  possible  condition  of  a  living 
organism.  The  cell-nucleus  itself  is  essentially  a  collection  of 
grains  of  a  peculiar  substance  known  as  chromatin,  which  is  com- 
bined with  various  accessory  structures,  such  as  a  framework,^ 
membrane,  &c.,  and  organized  into  a  complex  structural  unit.  In 
the  simplest  organisms  there  is  no  definite  nucleus,  in  the  strict 
sense  of  the  word,  but  only  scattered  grains  of  the  chromatin- 
substance.  Hence  the  living  substance,  protoplasm,  in  its  simplest 
form  consists  of  two  chief  constituent  parts  : — 

(1)  Cytoplasm,  a  semi-fluid  matrix,  itself  organized  and  ex- 
hibiting a  minute  structure  which,  according  to  the  alveolar  theory 
of  Biitschli,  is  due  to  the  arrangement  of  at  least  two  distinct 
substances  not  miscible  one  with  the  other,  forming  the  alveolar 
framework  (reticulum)  and  the  enchylema  (cell-sap)  respectively. 


MNNEAN    iSOCiETl'    C)l'    LONDON.  bl 

(2)  Chi'oinatiu,  occurring  as  minute  granules  iiubeddecl  in  the 
cytoplasm,  and  either  scattered  in  it,  or  aggregated  wholly  or  i:i 
part  to  form  a  definite  nucleus. 

The  question  at  once  arises,  which  of  these  two  constituents  of 
protoplasm  represents  the  true  li\ing  matter?  Is  the  cytoplasm, 
or  the  chromatin,  to  be  regarded  as  the  primary  living  substance? 

No  answer  that  may  be  attempted  to  this  question  can  be 
regarded  as  in  any  way  final  in  the  'present  state  of  our  knowledge, 
and  the  subject  can  hardly  be  discussed  adequately  in  a  brief 
space  :  but  the  following  are  a  few  of  the  laost  important  facts 
upon  which  to  found  a  judgment : — 

I.  No  living  organism  is  known  with  certainty  which  does  not 
contain  substance  of  the  nature  of  chromatin ;  and  some  of  the 
minutest  organisms,  e.;/.  some  Bacteria  and  Spirochaetes,  seem  to 
consist  of  chromatin  alone.  These  facts  indicate  that  cliromatin 
is,  and  cytoplasm  is  not,  a  constant  constituent  of  living  bodies. 

II.  By  experiment  it  is  found  that  cells,  if  deprived  of  the 
nucleus  and  reduced  to  cytoplasm  aloue,  cannot  continue  living 
for  long,  and  cannot  initiate  vital  changes  or  processes. 

Til.  The  present  state  of  our  knowledge  tends  to  establish  as  a 
general  truth  that  the  chromatin-elements  are  the  governing  and 
directing  bodies  of  cells,  and  as  such  are  the  bearers  of  hereditary 
tendencies. 

From  these  data  the  conclusion  seems  to  me  irresistible,  that 
chromatin  is  the  primary  living  substance,  not  cytoplasm. 

If  then  chromatin  is  a  substance  of  such  immense  importance  in 
living  things,  it  becomes  necessary  to  attempt  to  define  or  charac- 
terize it  further — a  very  difficult  task  In  the  first  place,  it  is  found 
that  the  chromatin-elements  of  the  nucleus  consist  of,  or  contain, 
substances  of  greater  complexity  from  the  chemical  point  of  view, 
than  the  other  portions  of  the  protoplasm.  In  the  second  place, 
this  complexity  is  combined  with  a  high  degree  of  variability,  as 
might  indeed  have  been  expected  on  general  grounds.  For  since 
the  vital  activities  and  pi'operties  manifestly  differ  in  every  species 
of  organism,  and  even,  it  might  be  said,  in  every  individual  cell, 
then,  if  the  chromatin-substance  be  the  regulating  and  deter- 
mining cause  of  tlie  vital  activities  and  manifestations,  it  follows 
that  tlie  chromatin  must  differ  to  a  corresponding  degree  in  each 
case  ;  and  therefore  no  given  sample  of  chromatin  can  be  expected 
to  be  identically  similar  to  any  other  sample.  It  is  a  matter  of 
common  knowledge  that  such  differences  do  occur  between  the 
chromatin-elements  of  different  organisms,  and  even  in  the  same 
organism  at  different  periods  of  the  life-cycle ;  to  take  only  the 
micro-chemical  test  most  commonly  emi)loyed  for  the  identifica- 
tion of  chromatin,  namely  its  affinity  for  certain  colouring-matters, 
it  can  be  said  at  once  that  there  is  no  stain  which  can  be  relied 
upon  either  to  tinge  the  chromatin-elements  of  any  organisms  at 
all  times,  or  to  stain  only  chromatin. 

LINN.  SOC.  rilOCEBDINGS.  —  SESSION    1909-1010.  g 


82  l'U()(Ki:i)IN(iS   OK    THE 

In  short,  chromatin  cannot  be  defined  solely  .by  chemico- 
iniysical  tests :  it  is  essentially  a  biological  conception.  By 
chromatin  we  understand  certain  grains  of  substance  imbedded 
in  the  cytoplasm  or  aggregated  in  the  nucleus,  and  playing  a 
definite  role  in  the  life-cycle  of  the  organism.  In  the  first  place, 
in  reproduction  of  the  simplest  type  by  lission,  the  chromatin  of 
the  daughter-individuals  is  derived  by  growth  and  fission  of 
the  chromatin-elemtiits  of  the  parent  indi\idual.  Secondly,  in 
syngamy  (sexual  conjugation),  tlie  constant  and  essential  feature 
of  the  process  in  all  its  innumerable  variations  is  the  union  of 
chromatin  from  two  distinct  individuals.  Tims  chromatin  exhibits 
in  itself  the  primary  vital  properties  of  growth,  reproduction  and 
individuality — the  individuality  which  is  characteristic  of  living 
organisms,  and  which  depends  primarily  on  the  variability  of  the 
living  substance.  A  given  granule  in  a  cell  cannot  be  determined 
with  certainty  to  be  chromatin  by  inspection  or  by  cbemico- 
l)hysical  tests,  but  only  by  its  relation  to  the  life-cycle  of  the 
organism.  This  is  what  is  meant  by  saying  that  the  conception 
of  chromatin  is  a  purely  biological  one. 

Our  notion  of  the  living  substance  infiuences  necessarily  our 
ideas  as  to  the  primitive  form  of  living  organism.  It  has  generally 
been  held  that  the  first  living  things  were  relatively  large  masses 
of  protoplasm  consisting  of  pure  cytoplasm,  without  nuclear 
elements,  which  appeared  later  in  evolution.  Such  hypothetical 
forms  of  life  were  termed  Monera  by  Haeckei,  and  with  a  tech- 
nique less  advanced  than  that  of  modern  times,  this  distinguished 
naturalist  described  organisms  which  he  believed  to  be  true 
]\Ionera.  But  it  seems  practically  certain  that  no  organisms  exist, 
however  primitive,  which  do  not  contain  in  some  form  or  another 
the  chromatiu-substance  which  is  the  essential  constituent  of  a 
nucleus.  On  the  view  that  chromatin  represents  the  primary- 
living  substance,  I  believe  that  the  first  living  things  were  exces- 
sively minute  specks  of  matter,  perhaps  even  ultra-microscopic. 
I  consider  that,  of  the  forms  of  life  existing  at  the  present  day, 
the  earliest  type  is  most  nearly  represented  by  the  minutest 
Bacteria  and  allied  organisms  in  which  the  body  is  practicdly 
nothing  more  than  a  grain  of  chrouiatin.  The  first  stages  of 
evolution  consisted  in  a  gradual  increase  in  the  size  of  the  body, 
which  came  to  be  composed  of  several  or  numerous  grains  of 
chromatin  imbedded  in  a  matrix,  the  cytoplasm.  With  further 
growth  in  size,  the  chronuitin,  at  first  scattered  through  tlie 
cytoplasm  (chromidial  condition  of  the  nuclear  substance),  became 
aggregated  wholly  or  in  part  at  one  spot,  and  there  became 
organized  and  combined  into  a  compact  body,  the  nucleus.  With 
the  separation  of  the  nucleus  and  cytoplasm  a  most  important 
stage  of  evolution  was  reached,  namely  the  stage  of  the  cell  in  the 
strict  sense  of  the  w  ord,  the  starting-point  of  the  evolution  of  the 
entire  animal  and  vegetable  kingdoms.  It  would,  in  my  opinion, 
be  of  advantage,  as  conducing  to  clear  thinking,  if  the  term 
*•  cell "   could    be   restricted    in   its  application  to    that   type    of 


LINNEAN    SOCIETY   OP    LONDO?f.  83 

organization  in  which  there  is  a  sharp  differentiation  of  nucleus 
and  cytoplasm,  and  if  organisms  such  as  Bacteria,  in  which  there 
is  scattered  chromatin  but  no  definite  nucleus,  were  not  termed 
cells.  If,  however,  the  term  "  cell "  is  too  compromised  to  be 
restricted  in  this  manner,  then  two  terms  should  be  coined  to 
denote  these  two  primitive  grades  or  types  of  organization,  the 
one  without  a  nucleus,  as  in  Bacteria  and  allied  forms,  the  other 
possessing  a  nucleus,  as  in  Protozoa  and  the  cells  of  animals  and 
plants. 

I  have  ventured  here  to  express  definite  views  upon  some  very 
controversial  and  speculative  subjects.  It  is  not  to  be  expected 
that  everybody  should  be  of  one  mind  in  such  matters  ;  but  what- 
ever may  be  the  views  taken,  I  think  everyone  will  agree  as  to 
the  fundamental  importance  of  the  study  of  the  living  substance 
in  its  simplest  forms,  and  I  desire,  therefore,  to  express  my  strong: 
appreciation  of  the  sagacity  and  foresight,  no  less  than  the 
generosity,  of  the  I'ounder  of  the  Trail  Award,  and  my  thanks  to 
him  for  the  stimulus  and  encouragement  which  he  has  given  to 
such  investigations. 

The  General  Secretary  then  laid  Obituary  Notices  of  deceased 
Pellows  on  the  table,  and  the  proceedings  closed. 

OBITUAEY  NOTICES. 

Alexaivder  Agassiz. — The  death  of  Alexander  Agassiz  leaves  a 
real  gap  in  the  world  of  scientific  oceanography  Avhich  no  man  of 
our  own  generation  can  adequately  fill.  He  died  on  March  the 
27th,  1910,  on  the  steamer  '  Adriatic,'  en  route  from  England  to 
America,  at  the  age  of  seventy-five.  Alexander  Agassiz  was  the 
son  of  Louis  Agassiz,  Professor  of  Zoology  at  Harvard.  He 
accompanied  his  father  to  America  in  1849,  at  the  age  of  foui'teen 
years,  and  graduated  in  Engineering  and  Zoology.  His  first 
serious  work  was  on  the  Pacific  Coast  Survey  of  Ameinca,  but  in 
1849  and  in  1851  he  had  already  served  an  apprenticeship  under 
his  father  on  the  Atlantic  sea-board  and  off  Elorida.  He  spent 
some  years  in  assisting  his  father  in  developing  the  Museum  of 
Zoology  at  Harvard  :  and  he  became  well  known  for  his  ability 
not  only  in  Zoology  but  in  the  management  of  affairs.  In  1866 
he  undertook  the  development  and  management  of  the  Calumet 
and  Hecla  Copper  Mine  on  Lake  Superior.  This  was  at  that  time 
almost  a  worthless  property  :  it  has  since  become  the  greatest 
single  copper  mine  in  the  world,  and  has  paid  in  dividends,  since 
that  date,  upwards  of  =£25,000,000.  His  association  with  this  mine 
led  to  the  foundation  of  a  fortune  which  enabled  him  to  follow  his 
natural  bent  towards  Marine  Biology.  He  retired  from  active 
work  in  connexion  with  the  mine  after  about  five  years,  but  he 
retained  his  interest  in  it  as  President  or  Director  until  his 
death. 

Professor  Agassiz  will  be  best  remembered  by  his  numerous 


84  PBOCEEDINGS   OF   THE 

expeditions  in  the  Iropical  regions  of  tlie  world.  His  three  cruises 
of  tilt;  '  Bhike  '  in  the  West  Indies  and  through  the  CaribheanSea 
produced  two  admirable  volumes.  They  give  an  excellent  idea  of 
the  topography  of  the  Caribbean,  with  many  notes  and  observa- 
tions on  the  reefs  of  that  region.  In  addition  they  give  an  account 
of  the  deep-sea  fauna  as  \\ell  as  chapters  on  deposits,  the  pelagic 
fauna,  and  the  Oulf  Stream.  Even  at  tlie  present  day  there  is  no 
better  or  more  interesting  book  on  the  subject.  Professor  Agassi/, 
paid  further  visits  to  tlie  West  Indies,  particularly  to  the  Bahaiiias, 
and  the  elevated  coral-reefs  of  Cuba  :  he  also  explored  the  elevated 
reefs  of  Florida,  and  visited  Hawaii  and  the  west  coast  of  North 
America,  going  down  to  the  Galapagos  Islands.  In  the  latter 
cruise  he  was  mainly  interested  in  the  surface  population  of  the 
ocean,  which  he  had  previously  investigated  in  the  Gulf  Stream. 
In  1S9()  Professor  Agassiz  visited,  in  the  steamer'  Croydon,'  which 
he  had  himself  chartered,  the  Great  Barrier  Eeef  of  Australia.  He 
gave  the  world  an  admirable  account  of  the  structure  of  the  reef. 
He  confirmed  Jukes's  general  analysis  of  its  main  features,  but  came 
to  the  conclusion  that  it  could  not  have  been  formed  by  subsidence 
as  was  then  generally  supposed.  In  1897  he  visited  the  Fiji 
Islands,  exploring  most  of  the  "  live  "'  and  fossil  reefs  of  that 
archi|)elago  ;  in  particular  he  examined  the  bai-rier  reefs  of  the  Lau 
Archipelago,  putting  down  a  boring  on  Wailangalala.  He  also 
examined  many  of  the  elevated  coral  limestone  islands,  thus 
getting  many  sections  of  reefs  up  to  1 000  feet  in  vertical  thickness. 
He  calculated  that  the  islands  of  the  whole  group  had  been 
elevated,  had  then  remained  nearly  stationary,  and  that  their 
present  conditions  might  be  explained  by  prolonged  denudation 
and  erosion.  The  "  actual  living  reefs  "  were  considered  to  be  Hats 
left  by  the  erosion  of  a  central  island,  while  the  lagoons  had  largely 
been  formed  by  the  scouring  action  of  the  sea.  In  1899  Pi-ofessor 
Agassiz  was  in  the  North  Pacific,  but  in  1901  he  visited  the 
]\Jaldi\'e  iVrchipelago  in  the  SS.  '  Ann-a,' visiting  every  atoll  of  that 
group.  He  gave  us  an  important  series  of  soundings  between  the 
different  atolls  of  that  archipelago,  enabling  us  to  get  the  first  clear 
idea  of  its  topography.  In  particular  he  inspected  the  northern 
atolls,  which  had  not  previously  been  examined.  Professor 
Agassiz's  next  work  \\as  a  long  cruise  which  practically  included 
every  group  of  coral  islands  in  the  Pacific  Ocean.  This  was 
followed  by  a  dredging  cruise  down  the  eastern  Pacific  to  Easter 
Island,  during  which  all  kinds  of  oceanographical  research  were 
carried  out.  The  greatest  interest  is  to  be  attached  to  these 
explorations,  since  the  eastern  Pacific  is  the  largest  area  of  the 
world  absolutely  uninterrupted  by  islands.  An  extensive,  pecu- 
liarly barren  area  was  discovered  to  the  east  of  ihe  Marquesas 
and  Paumotus,  and  between  these  archipelagoes  and  the  Soutli 
American  coast. 

The  Reports  on  these  Expeditions  were  mostly  published  in  the 
Bulletin   and    Memoirs  of  the  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology 


LINNEAX    SOCIETY    Ol'    LONDON'.  85 

at  HarAard.  They  are  noted  for  their  lucid  statements  of  facts 
and  for  their  excellent  illustrations,  which  are  made,  to  a  large 
degree,  to  take  the  place  of  further  description.  They  present  a 
veritable  mine  of  information  to  be  drawn  on  by  investigators 
interested  in  oceanic  and  other  islands.  The  later  expeditions 
were  undertaken  mainl}^  to  elucidate  the  problem  of  the  forma- 
tion of  coral  reefs.  Professor  Agassiz  had  at  the  time  of  his 
death  practically  completed  his  work  on  this  important  problem. 
He  had  hoped  to  present  his  book  during  the  present  summer  : 
it  had  arrived  at  such  a  point  that  it  is  not  likely  to  be 
long  delayed.  It  should  put  the  crown  oil  forty  years  of  con- 
tinuous research,  undertaken  in  every  region  of  the  world. 

In  addition  to  his  oceanographical  work,  Professor  Agassiz 
publislied  many  Monographs  on  HydrozoaandEchiuoderma.  His 
tirst  paper  was  on  the  "  Embryology  of  the  Starfish,"  in  1804,  and 
he  followed  this  up  by  reports  on  the  Acalepha3  and  on  the 
"  Embryology  of  the  C'tenophorae."  His  "  Revision  of  the  Echini," 
4to,  774  pp.,  with  an  atlas  of  94  plates,  1872-4,  is  a  classical 
publication  for  reference  ;  while  his  last  contribution  to  "  Hawaiian 
and  other  Pacific  Echini"  was  issued  only  last  year.  The  variety 
and  extent  of  his  published  works  are  very  great,  mostly  in  large 
and  important  Monographs  giving  the  results  of  his  collecting 
in  the  '  Blake '  and  in  the  '  Albatross,'  U.S.  Government  steamers 
which  he  was  allowed  to  run  on  paying  their  working  expenses. 

Alexander  Agassiz  was  all  his  life  connected  in  some  way  or 
other  with  the  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology  at  Harvard.  He 
succeeded  his  father  as  Director  and  Curator  in  1874,  and  he  built 
up  the  Museum  from  a  small  Institution  to  a  magnificent  home  for 
his  wonderfully  rich  collections  from  all  parts  of  the  world.  He 
himself,  to  a  large  degree,  built  and  endowed  the  Museum,  which 
will  ever  remain  as  an  enduring  monument  of  his  wonderful 
energy.  Its  publications  he  paid  for  on  a  most  lavish  scale 
and  he  equipped  it  with  the  most  modern  scientific  apparatus.  In 
his  will  he  further  bequeathed  to  it  =£40,000  with  a  possible  residual 
share  in  his  estate.  His  gifts  to  the  Museum  altogether  probably 
reached  at  least  =£500,000.  His  full  model  of  Eunafuti  atoll  is  a 
magnificent  piece  of  work,  while  his  vast  collections  will  form,  as  it 
were,  an  immense  library  for  future  researchers  in  Oceanography. 

In  conclusion  one  must  refer  to  the  great  charm  of  Professor 
Agassiz  as  a  man.  He  belonged  to  no  country  but  rather  to  the 
whole  world  of  science  :  he  was  cosmopolitan  in  every  sense,  a 
Eellow  or  an  Honorary  Member  of  Scientific  Societies  in  every 
country,  a  welcome  guest  everywliere  ;  he  was  noted  for  his  un- 
failing courtesy  to  all,  to  the  most  junior  student  as  much  as  to 
the  Professor  or  Director.  To  anyone  researching  on  coral  reefs 
he  gave  special  encouragement.  He  was  not  prodigal  of  advice, 
but  what  he  did  give  it  would  be  wise  to  follow.  He  was  not  above 
taking  advice  from  those  junior  to  himself.  He  was  a  man  of 
indomitable  energy  ;  subject  to  sea-sickness,  many  of  Ids  cruises 


86  PKOCBEDINGS    OF    THE 

must  have  been  great  pain  to  him,  but  he  never  flinched  if  he 
might  increase  our  knowledge  of  the  science  in  which  he  was 
interested.  He  never  sought  recognition,  and  in  many  respects 
he  was  averse  from  it.  He  never  liked  teaching,  and  he  seldom 
lectured  anywhere.  Like  a  true  scientilic  man,  he  cared  not  for 
himself  hut  sim|)ly  for  the  advancement  of  the  subject  which  he 
Io\ed.     He  was  elected  a  Foreign  Member  on  the  0th  May,  1H75. 

[J.  Stanley  Ctabdineb.] 

AViLLiAM  Hadden  liEEBY,  F.L.S.,  F.E.M.S.,  was  born  on  June  9, 
184U,  and  died  on  January  4  of  the  present  year.  He  was  in  the 
banking  business,  from  which  he  retired  only  a  few  months  before 
his  death.  From  an  early  time  he  devoted  his  leisure  hours  to  the 
study  of  British  i^otany,  in  which  he  acquired  soon  a  reputation 
for  acuteness  and  great  critical  knowledge.  He  added  a  consider- 
able number  of  new  forms  to  the  '  London  Catalogue,'  and  deposited 
some  of  his  critical  gatherings  in  the  herbaria  at  the  British 
Museum  and  at  Kew.  His  publications  in  the  shape  of  short 
articles  and  notes  were  mostly  ])ublished  in  the  volumes  of  the 
'Journal  of  Botany'  for  1879-1807  ajul  for  1908.  He  was  also 
engaged  in  the  preparation  of  a  Flora  of  Surrey,  Lack  of  leisure, 
how  ever,  compelled  him  finally  to  entrust  the  work  to  other  hands  ; 
but  he  wrote  the  Botany  article  for  the  Victoria  History  of  the 
County  of  Surrey  (1902).  His  Surrey  collections  as  well  as  those 
made  in  Shetland,  which  he  visited  repeatedly,  are  to  be  jjlaced  in 
the  Horniman  Museum,  in  the  botanical  de|)artment  founded  by 
Mr.  A.  O.  Hume.  He  was  elected  an  Associate  of  the  Society  in 
1887  and  became  a  Fellow  in  1890.  A  portrait  of  him  was 
published  in  the'  Journal  of  Botany  "  for  May  1910.     [O.  Staff.] 

Edward  Clapton  was  born  at  Stamford,  28th  September,  1830, 
died  at  his  house  "  Tower  Croft "  on  the  28th  September,  1909, 
and  was  buried  at  Stamford  on  the  2nd  October.  He  was  the 
second  son  of  his  parents,  and  educated  at  the  Stamford  Grammar 
School,  afterwards  entering  at  St.  Thomas's  Hospital  in  1850, after 
an  apprenticeship  to  a  local  practitioner  from  the  age  of  10  to  20. 
In  1857  he  became  M.D.  Lond.  and  F.K.C.S. :  in  the  same  year 
he  was  appointed  xlssislant  Physician  and  Lecturer  on  Botanj'  at 
St.  Thomas's  Hospital,  and  later  on  he  lectured  on  Materia  Medica. 
In  1858  he  became  Member,  and  17  years  later  Fellow  of  the  Koyal 
College  of  Ph)"sicians. 

Shortly  before  his  death  he  presented  to  the  INIuseum  of  the 
Koyal  College  of  Surgeons  two  branches  and  a  bundle  of  twigs  from 
the  plane  tree  in  the  island  of  Cos,  under  the  shade  of  which 
Hippocrates  lectured  on  Medicine  from  a  marble  seat,  still  in 
existence  :  the  tree  is  believed  to  be  considerably  more  than  2000 
years  old. 

He  was  elected  a  Fellow,  21st  November,  18G1.  [B.  D.  J.] 


LINNKAN    SOCIETY    Or    LOUDON.  87 

Emmeline  CiiocKER  was  born  in  1858  at  DuKvich,  vyhere  l.er 
father  Ausustus  Coleman  Crocker  then  lived;  when  quite  a  child 
the  family  moved  to  Cheshiint,  and  here  she  grew_  up,  with  the 
exception  of  her  school  time  at  Brighton.  On  leaving  school  she 
continued  her  studies  in  music  and  in  art,  the  latter  she  pursued 
with  much  ardour  under  .Miss  Gann  at  the  Queen  s  Square  School 

""  Upon  her  mother's  death,  w  hen  the  ties  of  home  life  became 
slighter,  ]^Iiss  Crocker  undertook  a  trip  round  the  world  by  her- 
seff,  visiting  on  her  xvay  the  botanical  gardens  of  Singapore  and 
Hono-  Kong,  finally  reaching  home  by  way  of  Canada. 

It^ter  her  return  she  spent  some  time  at  Glasneviu,  where  she 
became  conversant  with  practical  garden  work  under  Mr.  i  .W. 
Moore  1  L.S.  ;  on  leaving  she  became  du-ectress  of  Mr.  hpottis- 
wood's'  garden  at  Porthquidden  in  Cornwall,  from  time  to  tune 
contributing  articles  to  '  The  World '  newspaper,  which  ^eve 
reprinted  in  1908  as  "  Thirtv-nine  articles  on  Gardening.  this 
estate  was  sold  by  the  owner  in  1907,  and  then  Miss  Crocker 
resolved  to  busy  herself  ^vith  a  monograph  on  Rhododendron 
forms  in  cultivation,  and  for  this  she  painted  a  large  series  of 

i)ictures.  ,  ,.  ,    ■, 

Unfortunately  she  had  suifered  ot  late  years  from  repeated 
attacks  of  influenza,  and  \vitl>  the  idea  of  escaping  the  English 
winter,  she  decided  to  spend  that  part  of  the  year  in  Madeira. 
Here  she  devoted  herself  to  the  flora  of  the  islands,  and  began  a 
collection  of  marine  Alga3  for  Kew,  but  owing  to  the  bad  sanitation 
of  the  hotel  at  Funchal  where  she  was  staying,  a  violent  epidemic 
of  typhoid  fever  broke  out,  and  our  late  Fellow  fell  a  victim  to  it, 
dying  on  the  2(JthEebruary,  191U.  -.nn-i    ^ 

■  She  M-as  elected  Eellow  so  recently  as  (Jth  lebruary,  190/,  but 
entered  into  the  life  of  the  Society  with  cliaracteristic  energy, 
attending  our  meetings  and  using  the  Library  freely. 

For  tlfe  materials  for  the  foregoing  sketch  the  writer  has  to  thank 
Mr.  Alfred  Crocker  and  Miss  Alice  Shaw.  [B.  ^J-  J -J 

The  liev  William  Henry  Dallingeb,  LL.D.,  D.C.L.,  D.Sc, 
FES  F  L.S  ,  F.Z.S.,  F.R.M.S.,  etc.,  died  on  the  7th  November, 
1909  ;  'he  was  born  at  Devonport  on  July  5,  1840  ;  he  was  the  son 
of  J  S  Dallinger,  and  married  Emma  J.  Goldsmith,  daughter  ot 
David  Goldsmith  of  Bury  St.  Edmunds.  At  one  time  he  thought 
of  adopting  Medicine  as  his  profession,  hut  his  strong  religious 
tendency  led  him,  in  ISGl,  to  enter  the  Wesleyan  Ministry  :  the 
first  circuit  to  which  he  was  appointed  was  that  ot  laversliam, 
but  he  afterwards  travelle.i  those  of  Cardift',  Bristol,  and  Liver- 
pool; his  life,  at  this  time,  was  that  of  a  circuit  Minister,  but  he 
occupied  most  of  his  leisure  in  studying  Hebrew,   Greek,  and 

German.  i  -n  •     ■     i 

In  1880  Dr.  Dallinger  was  appointed  Governor  and  irincipal 

of   Wesley   College,  Sheffield,  in   which  capacity   he  was  highly 

appreciated,  but  he  resigned  the  post  in  1888,  and  became  a 


ss 


nion.EDixos  or  tiik 


ininister  without  pastoral  diarge,  in  order  to  have  more  time  at 
MS  disposal  lor  his  sdeiititic  studies  and  researclies  ;  these  and 
his  lectures  on  microscopical  and  biological  subjects,  occupied  the 
greater  part  of  the  last  Iwenty-oue  years  of  his  life,  but  of  lare 
years  he  was  greatly  hampered  by  failing  health.  One  of  these 
lectures  which  was  delivered  in  1884,  before  the  British  Associa- 
tion at  Montreal,  was  famous  at  the  time  :  it  was  on  -The  lowest 
and  smallest  forms  of  animal  life." 

Dv  Dallinger  was  elected  F.Il.S.  in  188U,  and  received  the 
ijLD.  from  the  A  ictoria  University  in  18S4,  the  D.Sc.  from 
Uubhn  m  1892,  and  the  D.C.L.  from  Durham  in  ]89fi  ;  he  was 
,c'w?^\^ol*''^^^^>'^'^  ^ricroscoj.ical  .Society  of  London  from 
J884tol88/  inclusive,  and  of  the  Quekett  Microscopical  Club 
irom  lS90to  1892  inclusive  ;  he  was  also  senior  lecturer  on  the 
staff  ot  the  Gilchrist  Educational  Trust,  lie  was  a  Fellow  of 
the  Linnean  Society  from  2nd  March,  1882,  until  the  time  of  his 
death,  and  served  on  the  Council  from  1888  to  1890. 

From  early  youth  Dallinger  took  a  strong  interest  in  natiu-al 
science,  but  the  researches  which  established  his  position  in  the 
scientific  world,  and  eventually  made  his  name  famous,  commenced 
in  1870,  and  lasted  for  about  ten  vears ;  thev  were  microsco|)ical 
researches  on  the  life-histories  of  certain  minute  septic  organisms 
known  as  "Monads."  The  results  of  these  researches  were  pub- 
lished, from  time  to  time,  chiefly  in  the  '  Monthly  Microscopical 
Journal,'  which  was  at  the  time  the  journal  of  the  Eoyal  :^Ii<ro- 
scopical  .Society.  The  earlier  of  the"se  researches  were  conducted 
in  conjuncn-on  with  J.  Drysdale,  M.l).,  and  were  marvels  of 
patient  and  skilful  investigation  :  the  life-histories  were  traced 
and  established  by  continuous  watching  through  the  microscope 
day  and  night  \Aithout  a  break  ;  one  observer  sitting  down  to 
the  instrument  as  the  other  rose,  mitil  the  whole  life-history  had 
been  thoroughly  traced  and  verified.  The  question  of  spontaneous 
generation  was  then  a  burning  one,  and  the  results  of  jNIessrs. 
Dalhnger  and  Drvsdale's  enquiries  and  experiments  had  consider- 
able infiuence  in  determining  the  couclusious  at  which  the  greater 
part  of  the  scientific  world  arrived.  Some  of  the  later  reseiirchea 
into  the  thermal  death-point  of  known  Monads  and  Monad-germs 
were  conducted  by  Dr.  Dallinger  alone,  w  ithout  Dr.  Drys'dale's 
assistance  ;  his  careful  and  prolonged  exj^eriments  proved  that 
these^  Flagellates,  which  normally  lived  at  a  temperature  of  about 
60°  ¥.,  could,  by  a  gradual  raising  of  the  temperature  of  the  fluid 
in  which  they  were  immersed,  be  accustomed  to  live  and  thrive  at 
ISS''  y.  The  joint  experiments  had  already  proved  that  the  germs 
were  capable  of  resisting  a  fluid  heat  of  220°  I\,ai!d  a  dry  heat  of 
300°  F. 

The  enquiries  above  referred  to  were  probably  Dr.  Dalliuger's 
only  original  investigations  and  discoveries  of  im'portance  in'bio- 
logical  science ;  but  in  the  course  of  them  he  had  to  employ  the 
highest  powers  of  the  microscope,  and  to  use  them  to  the  best 
advantage,  as  the  flagella  of  living  monads  are  difiicult  objects  to 


LIKXEAX    SOCIETY    OF    LONDOX.  89 

see  and  define  properly  ;  and,  iu  liis  anxiety  to  give  his  investiga- 
tions every  advantage  that  patience  and  skill  could  afford,  he 
studied  the  optical  construction  of  the  instrument,  and  the  most 
advantageous  methods  of  its  illumination  and  management,  until 
he  became  extremely  skilful  in  its  use  and  a  great  authority  upon 
these  subjects,  in  \vhich  he  took  a  deep  interest,  it  Avas  probably 
this  which  led  him  to  edit  the  7th  and  8th  editions,  published 
respectively  in  1891  and  1901,  of  Dr.  W.  B.  Carpenter's  "The 
Microscope  and  its  revelations."  For  the  1891  edition  Dalhnger 
entirely  re-wrote  the  \a  hole  of  the  first  seven  chapters,  being  the 
part  treating  of  the  instrument  itself  and  the  preparation  of 
objects  for  examination  by  its  means,  and  the  same  portion  was 
almost  entirely  rewritten  for  the  1901  edition.  It  is  characteristic 
of  the  patient  and  untiring  nature  of  the  man  that,  during  the 
transit  of  part  of  these  manuscripts  to  the  printer,  an  accident 
happened  to  the  box  and  a  considerable  portion  of  the  manuscript 
was  lost :  Dallinger  at  once  quietly  set  to  work  to  restore  it. 

Dallinger  wrote  his  well-known  "  Fernley  Lecture  "  on  "  The 
Creator  and  what  we  may  know  about  Creation  '  in  189(1 ;  he 
frequently  contributed  scientific  articles  to  the  '  Wesleyan 
JNlethodist  Magazine,'  and  he  wrote  some  other  papers  of  less 
importance  from  time  to  time. 

When  Dallinger  was  President  of  the  Eoyal  Microscopical 
Society  he  was  also  Principal  of  the  Wesley  College,  yet  he  rarely 
missed  a  meeting  of  the  Society,  but  used  to  travel  back  to  Sheffield 
by  the  night-mail  after  the  meeting  in  order  to  be  ready  for  his 
duties  at  the  College  the  next  morning  ;  and  after  his  term  as 
President  expired  he  undertook  the  office  of  honorary  optical 
Secretary  in  order  to  assist  the  Society,  and  this  otHce  he  held  for 
many  years. 

Finally,  Dr.  Dallinger  was  a  man  who  gained  the  affection  of 
most  of  those  who  knew  him,  and  all  those  who  were  in  any  May 
associated  with  liim  in  his  scientific  pursuits  will  remember  his 
constant  readiness  to  help  others  and  his  anxiety  to  acknowledge 
all  assistance  which  he  himself  receiAod.     [Albert  D.  Michael.] 

Felix  Anton  Dohkx,  Foreign  Member  of  the  Linnean  Society 
since  1888,  the  founder  of  the  famous  Biological  Station  at  Naples, 
died  in  Munich  on  September  26th  last,  in  his  seventieth  year.  He 
lived  to  see  not  onl}'  his  own  Foundation  grow  famous,  the 
acknowledged  rendezvous  of  biologists  of  all  nations,  but  also 
similar  institutions  for  the  prosecution  of  marine  research  spring 
lip  on  the  shores  of  almost  every  civilized  country  with  a  sea-board. 
It  is  not  too  much  to  say  that  all  these  institutions,  which  are 
BOW  to  be  counted  by  the  score,  owe  their  existence  largely  to  the 
insight  and  courageous  initiative  of  Anton  Dohrn,  who  was  the 
first  to  conceive  the  plan  of  a  Marine  Biological  Station,  and  to 
prove  it  feasible  in  the  face  of  much  opposition  and  even  ridicule. 
It  is  therefore  difficult  to  overestimate  the  part  which  he  has 
played  in  the  great  progress  of   marine  biology  during  the  past 


9©  1'U()(Kj:ui.\(;s  of  tuk 

forty  years, a  progress  wliich  has  contributed  us  uiiicli  as  anything 
else  to  tile  general  advance  of  biological  science. 

Although  his  pi-incipal  liie-work  was  the  founding  and  manage- 
ment of  the  .Stution,  he  made  many  important  contributions  to 
Morphological  Science,  especially  u])on  the  vexed  and  complicated 
problem  of  the  evolution  of  the  A'ertebrate  head. 

His  (piick  perception  of  the  trend  of  scientific  thought  had 
recently  convinced  him  that  biology  in  the  future  would  turn 
more  in  the  direction  of  experimental  and  ])hysiol()gical  empiiry, 
and  accordingly  he  deterniined  to  increase  the  buildings  and  staff 
of  the  A(]uarium  for  the  especial  purpose  of  offering  facilities  for 
such  work,  and  his  friends  may  rejoice  that  he  lived  to  see  this 
undertaking,  which  involved  the  erection  of  a  wing  equal  in  size 
to  the  original  building,  most  happily  consummated. 

It  was  JDohrn's  wish  to  preserve  the  international  character  of 
the  Biological  Station.  Great  Britain  has  for  many  years  been 
represented  by  students  appointed  by  Oxford,  Cambridge,  and  the 
British  Association,  in  many  conversations  with  Professor  Dohrn 
I  learnt  that  he  regarded  this  comiection  with  especial  pleasure, 
owing  to  his  intimate  friendship  with  Huxley  and  Fi'ancis  Balfour 
in  the  early  days  of  the  Station,  and  to  the  cordial  support  which 
they  had  given  him  in  difficult  times. 

Built  physically  on  a  grand  scale  with  immense  reverberating 
voice,  everyone  who  knew  him  felt  that  his  mind  corresponded : 
his  bursts  of  humour,  his  explosions  of  anger,  his  ardent  enthu- 
siasms, were  all  iri-esistible  in  their  spontaneous  force.  A  man 
of  great  culture  in  literature  and  the  arts,  especially  music,  he 
never  forsook  right  up  to  the  end  the  slow  and  laborious  method 
of  science.  In  the  jjower  and  destiny  of  science  he  possessed  an 
ardent  faith  which  amounted  to  idealism,  almost  to  romanticism. 
His  sense  of  the  mysteries  of  nature  and  what  they  meant  for 
man  transcended  the  narrow  bouuds  of  knowledge,  and  any 
advance  into  the  unknown,  however  small  or  apparently  insigni- 
ficant, was  to  him  worth  any  amount  of  effort  and  sacrifice.  This 
burning  enthusiasm  for  knowledge  was  certainly  the  source  of  his 
greatness.  Doubtless  his  wide  sympathies,  his  knowledge  of  men 
and  of  the  world,  both  great  and  small,  his  extraordinary  faculty 
of  linking  powerful  and  distinguished  men  to  his  own  enthusiasm, 
contributed  largely  to  his  success  ;  but  it  would  be  the  grossest 
error  to  ascribe  the  outcome  of  his  life's  work  to  a  successful 
obsequiousness  to  those  in  power.  The  strength  of  his  influence 
resided  ultimately  in  the  strength  of  his  belief  in  nature  and  in 
science,  without  which  his  tact  and  knowledge  of  affairs  would 
have  accomplished  little.  By  his  death  natural  science  has  lost 
one  of  its  most  forcible  and  genuine  leaders.    [Geoffhey  Smith.] 

Emil  CiiKisTiAX  Hanskx  was  born  at  liibe  in  Jutland, Denmark, 
on  May  8,  1842,  and  died  at  Copenhagen  on  August  27  of  last 
year.  He  was  originally  a  house-decorator  and  pupil  of  the  Art 
school  at  Copenhagen,  but  he  soon  turned  to  the  study  of  science. 


LINNEAN    SOCIKTV    OF    LONDON.  9 1 

As  he  had,  liowever,  to  earu  his  living  as  a  private  tutor,  it  was 
uot  until  18U6 — when  the  Danish  government  granted  him  a 
scholarship — that  lie  could  apply  himself  wholly  to  his  studies. 
Having  been  appointed  a  science  master  in  a  Copenhagen  gym- 
nasium, lie  begun  to  occupy  himself  more  exclusively  with  botany 
and  chemistry. 

Apart  from  a  preliminary  communication  on  a  peat  moor  in 
Denmark,  a  subject  which  he  did  not  follow  up,  his  first  publica- 
tion was  on  "De  Danske  (ijodningssvampe  (Fungi  fimicoli  Danici/' 
in  Vidensk.  Medd.  Copenhagen,  1876,  pp.  207-354. 

In  1878  he  entered  the  physiological  laboratory  at  Carlsberg, 
near  Copenhagen,  where  he  at  once  began  that  brilliant  series  of 
researches  on  fermentations  wliich  constitute  his  life-work.  He 
initiated  it  w-itb  a  dissertation,  "  Contributions  to  our  knowledge 
of  the  organisms  which  are  found  in  beer  and  beer  wort  and  are 
able  to  live  therein  "  ;  ami  having  taken  his  doctor  degree  in  1S79 
he  was  appointed  Director  of  the  Carlsberg  Laboratory,  which 
post  he  held  until  his  death. 

Hansen's  biological  researclies  on  the  organisms  of  fermenta- 
tion, and  among  them  mainly  of  the  Saccharomyceta?,  were 
carefully  planned  and  carried  out  on  ingenious  methods  which 
assured  a  degree  of  precision  not  attained  before.  They  were 
fruitful  in  theoretical  results  bearing  on  the  biology  of  those  micro- 
organisms, and  in  many  respects  of  the  physiology  of  the  cell 
generally  ;  but  thanks  to  his  practical  genius,  they  also  led  in  the 
industries  depending  on  fermentation  to  technical  improvements 
of  the  greatest  importance  and  in  some  respect  to  changes  which 
almost  revolutionized  them.  His  numerous  publications  are 
scattered  through  the  Comptes  Hendus  of  the  Carlsberg  Labora- 
tory, the  Centralblatt  fiir  Bacteriologie  und  Parasitenkande,  the 
Annals  of  Botany,  the  Zeitschrlft  fiir  das  gesammte  Brauwesen, 
etc.  An  independent  publication,  "  Untersuchungen  aus  der 
Praxis  der  Garungsindustrie  "  (Practical  Studies  in  Permentation, 
Engl,  transl.  by  Miller),  did  uot  get  beyond  part  ii. 

In  1898,  E.  C.  Hansen  was  elected  a  Foreign  Member  of  the 
Society.  [O.  Stapf.] 

A¥iLLiAM  HiLLUOUSF,  whoso  death  occurred  at  Malvern  Wells  on 
January  27th,  1910,  was  appointed  to  the  professorship  of  Botany 
at  the  Mason  Science  College,  Birmingham,  in  April  1882.  He 
had  for  some  time  suffered  from  chronic  ^^duioiiary  trouble,  and 
in  September  1909  he  resigned  his  professorship  at  the  Uuiversit)^ 
of  Birmingham.  Unfortunately  he  lived  but  a  short  time  to 
enjoy  his  retii'ement. 

He  was  born  at  Bedford  on  December  17th,  1850,  and  in  course 
of  time  became  an  assistant  at  the  Bedford  Modern  School.  It  was 
during  this  period  that  he  began  his  study  of  Botany,  working 
more  especially  the  Bedfordshire  flora,  and  he  was  instrumental 
in  founding  the  Bedfordshire  Natural  History  Society.  He 
became  a  Pellow  of  the  Liunean   Societv  in  1876.     In  1877  he 


92  ri-.()('i:i:i)iNos  of  tut, 

went  to  Trinity  College,  Cambridge,  of  w  liicli  lie  soon  became  a 
distiiigiiislied  !«cli()lar.  From  187<S  to  1882  he  was  assistant 
curator  of  tlie  University  Herbarium,  and  was  in  this  period 
appointed  a  University  Lecturer  in  Botany.  He  also  became 
Lecturer  in  Botany  to  both  (tirton  and  Xewnliam  Colleges,  and 
his  literary  tastes  combined  with  his  general  activity  were  largely 
responsible  for  the  appearance  of  the  '  Cambridge  KevieM ,'  of 
which  he  was  one  of  the  original  (ulitors. 

On  his  appointment  at  Jiirmingham,  llillhouse  went  over  to 
Bonn  to  work  with  Piof.  IStrasburger,  a  visit  which  culminated  in 
the  translation  of  Strasburger's  'Practical  Botany.' 

In  Birmingham  and  the  Midlands  Hillhouse  took  an  active 
part  in  educational  v\ork.  He  was  for  a  time  president  of  the 
Birmingham  Natural  History  Society,  and  of  several  of  the  local 
Institutes,  and  for  years  he  was  a  prominent  member  of  the 
Leicestershire  Education  Committee.  He  was  honorary  secretary, 
and  subsequently  chairman,  of  the  Birmingham  Botanical  and 
Horticultural  Society,  and  under  his  direction  the  Botanical 
Gardens,  Edgbaston,  became  one  of  the  deligiits  of  the  Birming- 
ham district.  Until  his  death,  which  will  be  sincerely  regretted 
by  many  students,  friends,  and  colleagues,  he  was  chairman  of 
the  Council  of  the  Midland  lieafforestation  Association. 

[(i.  S.  West.] 

Professor  Prteh  MacOwan,  wlio  died  at  Uitenhage,  Cape 
Colony,  on  the  1st  December,  1909,  was  born  at  Hull,  Torks., 
14th  November,  1830,  and  at  the  age  of  10  became  a  tutor  at 
Bath,  and  after  one  or  two  intermediate  positions,  became  a  master 
at  Hudderstield  College,  acting  also  as  teacher  of  Chemistry,  in 
1857,  in  which  year  he  graduated  in  Arts  in  the  University  of 
London. 

He  had  already  taken  up  the  study  of  Phanerogams  and  Mosses, 
wheii  his  health  gave  way,  and  threatened  with  lung  trouble,  he 
left  lluddersfield  in  18G1  to  take  charge  of  a  projected  college  at 
Grahamstown.  Hi«  health  was  wholly  re-established  on  the 
voyage  out,  and  he  never  felt  any  serious  failure  until  late  in  life. 
At  this  school,  Shaw  College,  he  began  his  botanical  work  in  South 
Africa,  and  got  into  correspondence  with  prominent  botanists  at 
the  Cape  and  elsewhere. 

In  1869  he  left  Grahamstown  to  become  science  tutor  at  Gill 
College,  Somerset  East.  He  gave  his  herbarium  to  the  College,  and 
began  a  museum,  and  from  this  time  must  be  dated  his  association 
with  Dr.  Harry  Bolns,  who  was  then  living  at  Graaff  Reinet. 

He  was  appointed  Director  of  tlie  Capetown  Botanical  Gardens 
in  1881,  and  soon  afterwards  became  Professor  of  Botany  at  the 
South  African  College.  Here  he  seemed  to  have  attained  his  true 
position,  but  the  real  position  of  the  Botanic  Garden  was  really 
most  unsatisfactory,  and  the  appliances  at  the  College  were  quite 
inadequate,  and  after  a  few  years  his  classes  were  perforce 
abandoned,  though  his  methods  were  admirable  and  his  descriptions 


lin:nea>'  society  of  loxdox.  93 

vivid.  The  Gtirdeii  was  carried  011  with  imicli  trouble,  upon  a 
precarious  retail  business  in  plants  and  seeds,  and  it  is  much 
to  his  credit  that  when  in  1892  he  handed  it  over  to  the  munici- 
pality it  was  witb  a  small  credit  balance,  after  defraying  costly 
improvements. 

The  Herbarium  in  connection  with  the  Garden  was  badly  lioused 
and  had  been  greatly  neglected.  It  was  not  till  1892  that  a 
couple  of  rooms  were  assigned  to  it ;  in  that  year  he  reported  that 
he  had  now  31  cabinets,  against  7,  which  was  the  number  in  1881, 
with  3U00  sheets,  and  containing  the  types  of  the  Cape  Flora  as 
far  as  Campanulacea3,  mounted  by  Dr.  Har\ey  in  18G-1.  The  basis 
of  the  collection  was  once  the  property  of  Zeyher,  and  afterwards 
of  Dr.  Pappe,  and  dated  from  1825  to  1841) ;  the  specimens,  besides 
being  old,  liad  suffered  much  from  want  of  care,  and  even  Harvey's 
set  had  been  allow  ed  to  lie  for  years  unpoisoned,  and  it  is  due  to 
Sir  Henry  Barkly  that  this  measure  of  preservation  was  adopted. 
By  11)01  there  were  61  full  cabinets,  the  increase  entirelv  due  to 
jNIacOwan's  own  hard  work.  In  1904,  to  his  great  delight,  his  old 
herbarium  was  presented  to  the  Albany  Museum  by  the  Trustees 
of  Gill  College,  where  it  had  lain  entirely  unused  since  his  time. 
Although  it  had  somewhat  dwindled,  it  still  contained  14,000 
sheets  of  phanerogams,  many  of  them  types,  and  1800  fungi. 

In  1884  he  began  with  Dr.  Bolus  the  issue  of  his  '  Herbarium 
normale  Austro-Africanum,'  which  was  continued  till  15  centuries 
had  been  issued  ;  five  more  were  issued  by  MacOMan  single- 
handed. 

He  resigned  the  Directorship  of  the  Bolianic  Garden  at  the  end 
of  1891,  but  retained  the  post  of  Curator  of  the  Herbarium  till 
his  retirement  in  1905  ;  when  he  left  the  sheets  had  increased  to 
44,000.  of  which  25,500  were  Cape  plants.  For  about  two  years 
subsequent  he  worked  about  (5  to  7  hours  daily  in  the  Herbarium 
of  the  Albany  IMuseum,  chiefly  gettiug  the  Gill  College  herbarium 
into  creditable  order  once  more.  In  1907  he  had  a  slight  paralytic 
stroke,  and  finding  the  climate  of  (xrahamstown  too  cold  in  winter, 
he  moved  to  iriienliage.  lie  gradually  weakened  till  the  end 
came  last  year,  as  previously  noted,  and  passed  away  in  the  house 
of  a  son-in-law,  Mr.  Chase  of  Uitenhage. 

He  took  his  degree  of  B.A.  before  leaving  England,  and  he 
never  revisited  his  native  land.  Frequently  acting  as  examiner  to 
the  Cape  of  Good  Hope  University  in  Ciiemistry,  Botany,  Geology, 
and  Zoology,  the  Council  bestowed  upon  Iiim  in  1902  tlie  honorarv 
degree  of  Doctor  of  Science.  He  was  elected  Fellow  of  our 
Society  on  the  2nd  April,  1885. 

For  the  particuhirs  of  the  foregoing  sketch  the  writer  would 
acknowledge  his  indebtedness  to  Dr.  Schonland's  obituary  of  his 
father-in-law  which  came  out  in  the  '  Kew  Jhilletin,'  1910,  pp.  84- 
90,  and  to  the  sketcli  with  ])ortrait  which  appeared  in  the  '  South 
African  Journal  of  Science  '  for  January  last,  pp.  71-79,  above  the 
initials  of  Dr.  Juritz,  the  Editor  ;  the  latter  article  contains  a 
partial  bibliography  of  Prof.  MacOwan's  writings.  [B.  D.  J.] 


94  PUOCBEDINGS  OF  THE 

KoBERT  Morton  Mijjdi.kton  was  born  at  JSowerby,  near  Tliirsk, 
Yorkshire,  on  January  2'),  1840,  and  died  on  August  8,  1909, 
at  Wallington,  Surrey-  lli«  career,  beginning  in  the  banking 
business,  was  somewhat  varied.  He  spent  part  oi'  his  life  in  the 
Ynited  States,  whence  he  returned  to  Enghmd  in  1890.  After- 
wards he  went  out  on  missionary  work  aniong  the  Araucarian 
Indians  of  South  Chili,  coming  back  to  this  country  for  good  in 
1907.  Since  then  he  was  employed  temporarily  at  the  Botanical 
Department  of  the  Natural  History  Museum,  where  he  also  placed 
his  collection  of  Chilian  plants.  He  was  a  Hvely,  genial  man  of 
many  interests  ;  but  he  published  very  little.  He  joined  the 
Society,  whose  meetings  he  attended  very  regularly,  on  the 
4th  March,  1880.  '      [O.  S.] 

The  Most  Honourable  George  Frederick  Samuel  Korinson, 
1st  Marquis  of  Eipon,  K.Cx.,  P.C.,  was  born  in  London  24th 
October,  1827,  son  of  the  1st  Earl  of  Ripon  and  Sarah,  only 
daughter  of  the  4th  Earl  of  Buckinghamshire.  He  was  elected  a 
Fellow  on  the  20th  November,  1840,  as  Viscount  Goderich,  and, 
continuing  to  pay  his  annual  contribution  during  his  life,  \Aas  the 
oldest  paying  Fellow  on  the  Eoll,  and  had  therefore  contributed 
most  largely  to  the  pecuniary  support  of  the  Society. 

Of  his  varied  and  honourable  oliicial  career  this  is  not  the  place 
to  discuss  :  the  places  he  tilled  in  the  State,  including  the  Governor- 
Generalsliip  of  India  fi'om  1880  to  1884,  claimed  the  whole  of  his 
time  and  attention.  In  addition  to  the  Garter  Knighthood  and 
membership  of  the  Privy  Council,  he  was  G.C.S.I.,  Hon.  D.C.L. 
(Oxford),  Hon.  Litt.  D.  (Victoria),  aud  F.E.S.  He  succeeded  to 
the  title  in  1859;  and  died  at  his  beautiful  seat,  Studley  Eoyal, 
on  the  9th  July,  1909,  the  cause  of  death  being  heart-failure. 

[B.  H.  J.] 

Edwaru  Saunders,  F.E.S. ,  F.L.S.,  F.E.S.,  and  George  Sharp 
Saunders,  F.L.S.,  F.E.S.,  Hon.F.E.H.S.,  were  both  born  at  East 
Hill,  Wandsworth,  sons  of  the  well  known  William  AVilson 
Saunders,  F.E.S.,  who  was  for  eleven  years  Treasurer  of  the 
Linnean  Society.  They  were  further  fortunate  in  having  for  their 
elder  lialf-brotlierAVilliam  Frederick  Saunders  (F.L.S.  1857-1901), 
not  only  an  accomplished  botanist,  but  a  noble-minded  man,  who 
in  all  relations  of  life  "loved  himself  last."  In  1857  the  family 
residence  was  reinoved  to  Hillfield,  Eeigate,  and  there  the  brothers, 
educated  at  home,  were  constantly  in  familiar  touch  with  their 
father's  immense  entomological,  horticultural,  and  other  collections. 
Their  father's  ready  sympathy  with  every  form  of  scien title  pursuit 
will  be  rememl)ered  ]\y  all  who  knew  him  ;  and  the  frequent 
presence  at  llilltield  of  men  illustrious  in  various  departments  of 
natural  history  was  well  calculated  to  impress  tlie  minds  of  intel- 
lio-ent  boys  w^ith  the  importance  of  such  knowledge.  Between  the 
claims  of  heredity  and  environment,  it  must  remain  an  open 
question  which  was  the  more  potent  influence  to  produce  in  the 


LI>'>'E\N    SOCIETY    Or    LONDOX.  95 

t\^o  brothers  the  tastes  and  aptitudes  for  wliicli  their  father  was 
distinguished.  However  that  question  may  be  answered,  it  is 
certainly  a  little,  or  not  a  little,  remarkable  that  George,  born 
March  9,  1842,  and  Edward,  born  March  22,  1848,  published  in 
joint  authoi'ship,  through  the  Holmesdale  Natural  History  Club, 
a  "List  of  the  Land  and  Freshwater  Mollusca  of  the  Keigate 
District,"  in  February  18(51.  There  is  reason  to  believe  that  in 
this  publication  Edward  Saunders,  not  yet  thirteen  years  of  age, 
was  the  predominant  partner.  A  second  edition,  brought  up  to 
date,  was  issued  in  January  18G4.  The  correspondence  for 
exchange  of  specimens  in  wliich  the  younger  of  the  two  naturalists 
had  at  once  become  involved,  though  no  doubt  a  trial  for  youthful 
vanity,  was  only  a  foretaste  of  the  incessant  appeals  for  friendly 
scientific  aid  which  throughout  his  life  he  never  failed  to  answer 
with  unselfish  readiness.  At  sixteen,  by  his  "  Coleoptera  at 
Lowestoft'"  he  opened  on  a  new  subject,  which  was  thenceforward 
for  several  years  to  engage  his  special  attention.  This  early  con- 
tribution appeared  in  the  first  volume  of  'The  Entomologist's 
Monthly  Magazine,'  a  useful  serial  destined  to  have  him  for  the 
last  thirty  years  of  his  life  as  one  of  its  editors.  In  its  March 
number  for  the  present  year  there  appears  an  admirably  sympathetic 
appreciation  of  his  work  and  character  by  his  long-time  friend  and 
well-wisher,  the  Kev.  F.  D.  Morice,  M.A.,  formerly  a  master  at 
Rugby.  It  is  unnecessary,  therefore,  to  repeat  the  details  there 
given  of  his  assiduous  labours  and  numerous  publications,  succes- 
sively on  the  Buprestidse,  the  Hemiptera  Heteroptera,  and  lastly 
on  the  Aculeate  Hymenoptera.  It  may,  however,  be  noticed  as  a 
token  of  the  ardour  with  ^^•hich  he  carried  out  his  investigations, 
that  when  publishing  in  1871  his  important  '  Catalogus  Bupres- 
tidarum,'  he  had  won  the  right  to  say  in  his  Preface  : — "  To  render 
the  synonymy  as  full  and  accurate  as  possible,  I  have  myself 
examined  the  types  in  the  following  collections  : — British  Museum, 
Museums  of  Berlin,  Copenhagen,  Kiel,  Leyden,  Oxford,  d'Hist. 
JS'aturelle  de  Paris,  Stockholm,  and  Upsala;  Colls.  Chevrolat, 
Kirsch,  Le  Conte,  Linna)us,  Mniszech,  Reiche,  Salle,  Thomson, 
AVeyers." 

Concerning  his  later  efforts  Mr.  Morice  writes  : — •'  It  is  quite 
impossible  within  the  limits  of  tins  Notice  to  give  even  the  titles 
of  Saimders's  minor  writings  on  Aculeates.  It  must  suffice  to  sav 
that  his  grand  work  '  The  Hymenoptera  Aculeata  of  the  liritish 
Isles  '  (18'J6)is  one  of  the  few  without  which  no  serious  Hymeno- 
pterist  thinks  his  working-librarj  complete,  and  that  its  merits 
have  been  ackno\\ledged  in  the  warmest  terms  by  every  one  at 
home  or  abroad  who  is  competent  to  form  an  opinion  upon  it." 
Among  his  minor  writings  on  the  subject,  however,  one  of  the 
latest  is  worthy  of  record,  becaitse  it  shows  that  he  could  at  will 
descend  from  that  impassioned  sublimity  of  style,  with  which,  as 
is  well  known,  specialists  are  wont  to  soar  over  the  heads  of  the 
vulgar.  In  1908  he  published  with  Routledge  &  Sons  a  pleasant 
little    Tractate   for    the    unlearned,   illustrated   by   h.is    daughter 


96  PllOCEKUIXiiS    or    TUB 

Constance.  Hegardini;  tlii.s  he  says  in  his  preface  : — ''The  object 
of  tliis  little  book  is  to  give  in  as  simple  a  form  as  possible  a  short 
account  of  some  of  the  British  Wild  Baes,  Wasps,  Ants,  etc., 
scientilically  known  as  the  Jhjmenoptcra  Aciihuta.  Of  these  the 
non-scientiiic  i)ublic  rarely  recognizes  more  than  the  Hive  Bee, 
the  Jlumble  JJee,  the  Wasp,  and  the  Hornet,  whereas  there  are 
about  4MU  different  kinds  to  be  found  in  this  countrv,  and  they 
can  be  recognized  by  any  one  who  is  disposed  to  make  a  special 
study  of  the  group." 

To  the  Linnean  .Society  Edward  Saunders  contributed  a  paper 
read  Nov.  7,  18G7,  published  April  23, 1808,  communicated  by  his 
father,  then  a  A'.P.L.S.  The  subject  was  "  Descri])tions  of  fifty 
iiew  Species  of  the  genus  Slitimodera,'''  with  two  ])lates  drawn  by 
the;  author.  Another  paper  containing  ''  Descriptions  of  teu  new 
Species  of  the  genus  Paracupta,  H.  Deyrolle,  and  of  ten  new 
Species  of  the  genus  Conof/natha,  Escholtze,'*  with  one  plate,  was 
read  Dec.  3,  1868,  and  published  Aug.  10,  18(30,  the  author  having 
in  the  meantime,  on  June  3rd,  been  elected  a  Fellow.  His  third 
paper,  '•  Descriptions  of  Buprestidic  collected  in  Japan  by  George 
Lewis,  Esq.'' (I'.L.S.  since  Jan.  18,  1883),  was  read  Eeb.  20,  1873, 
and  published  July  18  of  the  same  year.  Thirty -four  neAv  species, 
with  a  new  genus,  were  included  in  this  memoir.  After  a  long 
interval  he  again  contributed  to  the  Linnean  Journal,  his  ])aper 
•'On  the  Tougues  of  tlie  British  Hymenoptera  Anthophila" 
being  read  April  17,  1890,  and  published  Oct.  18  of  that  year. 
These  honeyed  Tongues,  successfully  mounted  by  the  ingenious 
Mr.  Frederick  Enock,  F.L.S.,  were  delineated  on  eight  attractive 
plates  hv  George  Saunders,  who  in  1882  had  similarly  assisted 
his  younger  brother  by  drawing  plates  for  his  "  Synopsis  of 
British  Hymenoptera''  in  the  '  Transactions'  of  the  Entomological 
Society. 

While  treating  the  biography  of  the  two  brothers  chiefly  from 
its  scientific  aspect,  it  may  not  be  improper  for  the  recorder  here 
to  note  that  in  1S73  the  prospects  of  easy  affluence  witli  which 
their  careers  had  opened  were  clouded  over.  This  change  from 
the  smiles  of  fortune  to  her  frowns  they  met  with  brave  equa- 
nimity. It  left  the  younger  immersed  for  the  rest  of  his  life  in 
the  business  anxieties  of  marine  insurance,  while  the  elder  suffered 
for  some  time  from  the  unset tlemeut  due  to  abruptly  altered  plans 
and  avocations.  These  were  henceforward  considerably  diversified, 
but  their  general  character  will  be  sufficiently  understood  by  the 
following  extracts  from  obituary  notices  published  last  April. 

Thus  'Theliarden'  says:  "  Mr.  George  Saunders  was  a  warm 
lover  of  flowers,  and  also  took  an  interest  in  insects,  so  much  so 
that  we  are  sorry  no  book  came  from  his  pen  on  this  important 
subject.  His  initials  G.  S.  S.  were  familiar,  until  his  recent 
illness,  to  readers  of  'The  Garden,'  and  no  one  was  more  qualified 
to  give  advice  on  the  friends  and  foes  of  the  garden.  One  of  his 
most  important  contributions  on  this  subject  was  to  the  '  Century 
Book   of   Gardening,'  and  he  contributed  an  excellent  series  of 


LINNBAN   SOCIEiy   OF   LONDON.  97 

articles  in  '  Gardening  Illustrated '  some  years  ago.". . .  "  Our  friend 
was  librarian  for  many  years  at  St.  Thomas's  Hospital,  and  many 
medical  men  will  feel  a  real  pang  of  sorrow  when  they  know  that 
Mr.  Saunders  is  dead.  He  was  beloved  by  the  students  aud  the 
staff  generally."  The  '  Gardeners'  Chronicle'  says:  "He  was  soon 
initiated  in  horticulture,  but  his  bent  lay  more  towards  the  study 
of  insects  than  of  other  living  things,  though  he  took  a  keen 
interest  in  many  branches  of  natural  science.  He  became  well 
known  as  an  expert  in  economic  entomology,  and  his  opinion  was 
on  this  subject  widely  sought  and  greatly  valued,  by  none  more 
than  by  the  Scientific  Committee  of  the  Royal  Horticultural 
Society,  whose  meetings  he  regularly  attended  for  many  years. 
His  knowledge  of  entomology  was  always  at  the  disposal  of 
enquirers,  and  his  ready  courtesy  and  clear  expositions  of  life- 
histories  and  so  on  made  his  communications  of  real  value.  He 
was  the  author  of  several  clearly  written  articles  (not  all  of  them 
signed)  in  the  horticultural  Press.  He  was  a  skilled  draughtsman, 
and  made  a  considerable  number  of  coloured  drawings  of  terato- 
logical  subjects  of  gi-eat  interest  and  value  to  the  botanist.  When 
in  1906,  the  Rev.  W.  Wilks  was  obliged,  through  pressure  of 
work,  to  give  up  the  editorship  of  the  R.H.S.  Journal,  Mr.  Saunders 
was  appointed  to  succeed  him.  and  he  edited  the  Journal  until 
1908,  when  ill-health  obliged  him  to  resign." 

George  Saunders  had  been  a  Fellow  of  the  Entomological  Society 
from  1861  and  had  served  on  its  Council.  It  was  not  till  1899 
that  he  joined  the  Linnean  Society,  on  the  Council  of  which  he 
also  served  from  1902  to  1905,  his  appointment  coinciding  with 
his  brother's  election  as  a  Fellow  of  the  Royal  Society. 

Alike  in  their  devotion  to  natural  history,  the  two  brothers  were 
further  alike  in  a  certain  seriousness  of  temper  which  evidently 
invited  appeals  for  their  aid  in  church-work  wherever  they 
happened  to  reside.  This  earnestness  was  happily  combined  with 
a  ready  sense  of  things  humorous  and  with  what  may  best  be 
described  as  a  singular  capacity  for  friendship. 
•  For  many  years  of  happy  married  life  they  were  alike  in  enjoy- 
ment and  gratitude.  But  George  Saunders,  who  was  united  to 
Miss  Mary  Horsley  on  July  9,  1868,  had  the  sorrow  of  losing  her, 
after  long  and  painful  illness,  in  1909,  whereas  Miss  Mary  Agues 
Brown,  to  whom  Edward  Saunders  was  married  Sept.  3,  1872, 
survives  him,  together  with  nine  of  their  twelve  children,  most  of 
them  already  engaged  in  a  variety  of  promising  pursuits.  The 
brothers  died  as  they  had  lived,  each  fading  from  tlie  scene  with  a 
kind  of  modest  tranquillity,  Edward  on  tiie  6th  of  February  last, 
and  George  on  the  following  6th  of  April.  Both  had  been  for 
some  time  conspicuously  out  of  health,  yet  in  each  case  there 
seemed  room  for  hope,  though  from  the  opposite  considerations 
that  the  one  had  been  so  seldom  ill  and  the  other  so  often.  The 
elder,  after  a  delicate  childhood,  had  proved  immune  to  sickness, 
till  sympathy  with  his  wife's  affliction  apparently  broke  down  his 
powers  of  resistance.     The  younger,  on  the  other  hand,  had  so 

LINN.  SOC.  PROCEEDINGS. — SESSION  1909-1910.  7l 


98  PROCEEDINGS   OF    THE 

frequently  recovered  from  dane;erous  attacks  that  there  seemed  no 
special  reason  why  the  last  should  be  fatal.  Yet  they  fell,  not 
indeed  on  one  day,  nor  on  the  lield  of  battle,  but  after  so  close  a 
union  from  tirst  to  last,  that,  borrowing  from  a  song  of  triumphant 
sorrow,  a  friend  may  say  of  them,  "  They  were  lovely  and  pleasant 
in  their  lives,  and  in  their  deaths  they  were  not  divided." 

[T.  K.  E.  Stebbing.] 

The  death  of  Dr.  Eichard  Bowdleu  Shaepe,  which  took  place 
at  his  residence  at  Chiswick  on  Christmas  Day  1909,  deprived 
Ornithologists,  the  world  over,  of  a  guide,  philosopher,  and  friend 
indeed  ;  for  his  knowledge  of  Systematic  Ornitliology,  and  of  the 
Geographical  Distribution  of  Birds  and  all  that  pertained  thereto, 
was  profound.  So  long  as  he  lived  this  knowledge  was  at  the 
disposal  of  his  fellow-workers  without  reserve  ;  for  he  was  one  of 
the  most  generous  of  men,  and  no  man  turned  away  from  him 
empty  handed.  But  when  he  died  a  rich  hoard  of  facts  died  with 
him,  for  in  spite  of  his  extraordinary  output  of  memoirs  and 
monographs,  the  best  of  what  he  knew  he  could  never  be  induced 
to  systematize  and  publish. 

Dr.  Sharpe  was  born  in  London,  November  22,  1847,  and  was 
the  eldest  son  of  Thomas  Bowdler  Sharpe,  well  known  as  the 
publisher  of  '  Sharpe's  London  Magazine.'  His  grandfather  was 
the  Eev.  Lancelot  Sharpe,  Eector  of  All  Hallows  Staining,  in  the 
City,  and  for  many  years  Headmaster  of  St.  Saviour's  Grammar 
School  in  Southwark.  Happily  he  was  not  brought  up  in  London, 
but  at  the  age  of  six  was  placed  under  the  care  of  his  aunt, 
Mrs.  Magdalen  Wallace,  widow  of  the  Eev.  J.  Wallace,  Head- 
master of  the  Grammar  School  at  Sevenoaks.  She  kept  a  pre- 
paratory school  at  Brighton,  and  here  the  boy  passed  three 
uneventful  years  ;  he  was  then  transferred  to  the  Grammar  School 
at  Peterborough,  where  his  cousin,  the  Eev.  James  Wallace  was 
Master.  Here  he  gained  a  King's  Scholarship,  whicl\  not  only 
guaranteed  his  education  but  carried  with  it  a  small  sum  of  money 
which  was  increased  by  his  services  as  a  choir-boy  in  the  Cathedral. 
A  little  later  his  cousin  accepted  the  Headmastei'ship  of  the 
Grammar  School  at  Loughborough,  and  the  boy  accompanied  him. 
In  these  sojournings  young  Sharpe  found  scope  for  his  innate  love 
of  Natural  HistoiT,  which  was  to  bear  such  fruit  in  after  years. 
But  a  time  of  trial  was  before  him.  An  unsympathetic  father, 
irritated  at  this  marked  fondness  for  w-hat  he  regarded  as  an 
unprofitable  subject  boding  no  good  for  the  future,  suddenly 
bundled  him  off  to  London — a  boy  of  sixteen — with  a  sovereign 
in  his  pocket,  and  a  letter  of  introduction  to  the  publishing  firm 
of  W.  H.  Smith  &  Sons !  But  opposition  of  this  kind  rarely 
attains  its  end.  It  certainly  did  not  in  the  present  case :  on  the 
contrary,  it  seems  to  have  added  fuel  to  the  flames ;  and  the  boy 
succeeded,  in  spite  of  this  disaster,  in  following  his  bent,  for  here, 
though  every  imaginable  obstacle  confronted  him,  he  began  to 
write  a  Monograph  of  the  Kingfishers  which  mar  Iced  an  epoch 


LINNEAN    SOCIETY    OP    LONDON.  99 

in  Ornithological  Literature.  Two  years  later  he  entered  the 
employment  of  Mr.  B.  Quariteh,  the  well-known  bookseller,  and 
this  gave  him  access  to  some  of  tlie  finest  Ornithological  works 
of  the  time.  Every  penny  he  could  scrape  together  he  spent  in 
buying  specimens  of  Kingfishers  for  his  great  book,  and  every 
moment  he  could  spare  was  spent  in  its  preparation,  so  that  his 
working  hours  were  long  indeed. 

In  1867,  when  nineteen  years  old,  he  was  appointed  Librarian 
to  the  Zoological  Society  of  London — the  first  to  hold  this  position, 
and  this  appointment  gave  Inm  better  opportunities,  and  greater 
scope  for  i)is  talents.  Five  years  later  the  reward  for  his  years 
of  unnecessary  hard  labour  came  to  liim,  for  in  1872  he  was 
appointed  Senior  Assistant  in  the  Department  of  Zoology  of  the 
British  Museum,  and  was  placed  in  charge  of  the  Collection  of 
Birds. 

One  of  the  first  tasks  entrusted  to  him  was  the  preparation  of 
the  first  volume  of  that  monumental  work  the  British  Museum 
'  Catalogue  of  Birds,'  the  most  exhaustive  work  of  its  kind  in 
existence.  In  the  seven-and-twenty  volumes  of  that  work  every 
known  species  of  bird,  up  to  the  date  of  publicity  of  each  volume, 
is  described.  This  entailed  an  account  of  all  phases  of  plumage 
and  a  list  of  all  the  literature,  relating  to  each  species — a  truly 
appalling  task  ;  yet  of  these  twenty-seven  volumes  Sharpe  contrived 
to  write  eleven,  and  portions  of  tv\'o  others.  At  least  this  much 
stands  to  his  credit :  the  remaining  volumes  were  written  in  part 
by  Mr.  W.  E.  Ogilvie-Grant,  aud  in  part  by  outside  aid,  and 
these  later  authors  drew  largely  on  Sharpe  for  guidance  aud  help. 

But  besides  this,  he  also  compiled  during  his  later  years  a 
'  Hand-list  of  Birds,'  the  last  volume  of  which  was  only  completed 
just  before  his  death.  Most  men  would  have  quailed  before  such 
an  undertaking  requiring  so  much  labour  and  yielding  so  little  in 
return,  for  it  can  appeal  only  to  the  specialist. 

Another  ofiicial  publication  was  his  '  Histoiy  of  the  Bird  Col- 
lection in  the  British  Museum.'  This  is  full  of  interesting 
matter  concerning  the  collections,  and  the  men  who  made  them. 

Besides  his  Monograph  of  the  Kingfishers  he  also  wrote  no  less 
comprehensive  treatises  on  the  Swallows  and  the  Birds  of  Paradise, 
and  a  Handbook  to  the  Birds  of  Great  Britain.  Innumerable 
appendices  to  the  Volumes  of  Travel  written  by  eminent  explorers, 
describing  the  birds  collected  on  their  journeys,  and  a  no  less 
voluminous  list  of  separate  reports  and  papers  on  new  species  of 
birds,  in  themselves  form  no  mean  monument.  Besides,  he  also 
edited,  or  revised  aud  largely  re-wrote,  a  considerable  number  of 
works  of  eminent  Ornithologists  removed  by  death  before  their 
labours  were  complete.  The  huge  tomes  of  John  Gould,  and  two 
Aolumes  of  Henry  Seebohm  are  among  the  most  notable  of  this 
category.  To  these  we  must  add  a  very  long  list  of  papers  con- 
tributed to  the  Journal  and  Transactions  of  this  Society,  the 
Zoological  Society,  the  '  Annals  and  Magazine  of  Natural  History,' 
'  The  Ibis,'  and  the  Bulletin  of  the  British  Ornithologists'  Club. 

h  2 


lOO  .        PROCEEDINGS   OF    THE 

In  liis  later  years  he  edited  a  two  volume  edition  of  White's 
Selborne,  and  during  his  researches  in  the  (jri!l)ert  White  country 
he  became  interested  in  the  history  of  Basing  Castle  and  the  story 
of  the  siege  by  Cromwell.  This  theme  he  pursued  with  great 
zeal,  and  finally  decided  to  write  a  book  on  the  subject.  Unhappily 
he  died  while  preparing  the  first  volume,  but  had  he  lived  to 
complete  his  task,  it  is  certain  that  he  would  have  produced  a 
record  of  sterling  merit,  for  1  had  the  good  fortune  to  know  him 
intimately,  and  know  how  exhaustively  he  had  treated  his  subject. 
But  this  was  by  way  of  recreation,  though  his  official  woric  left 
him  but  little  real  leisure. 

Sliarpe  always  regarded  the  Collections  under  his  charge  with 
a  peculiarly  tender  affection,  and  the  main  purpose  of  his  life  was 
to  enrich  them.  He  spared  no  effort  to  persxaade  the  jealous 
Guardians  of  the  Museum  purse  to  buy  collections,  and  often  when 
his  pleadings  proved  unavailing  he  would  purchase  collections 
with  his  own  money— which  he  could  ill  afford  to  do,  but  it  was 
anguish  unspeakable  to  him  to  let  a  specimen  escape  that  he 
courted  for  his  beloved  collection.  He  had  great  powers  of  per- 
suasion, and  these  he  exerted  to  the  full  when  he  desired  to  move 
some  generously  inclined  traveller  to  hand  over  his  specimens  to 
the  national  store-house.  The  great  Hume  Collection  of  Indian 
birds,  and  the  wonderful  Tweeddale  and  Salvin-Godman  collec- 
tions are  among  the  more  remarkable  illustrations  of  his  triumphs, 
for  these  were  given  to  the  Museum  largely  on  Sharpe's  account. 
Mr.  Hume,  in  presenting  his  magnificent  collection  of  Indian 
birds  and  eggs  numbering  nearly  80,000  specimens,  remarked  in 
presenting  the  Collection  to  the  Nation  :  "  I  trust  it  may  not  be 
forgotten  that  its  acquisition  by  the  Museum  has  been  solely  due 
to  the  fact  that  Mr.  Sharpe  was  at  the  head  of  the  Ornithological 
branch  of  that  Institution."'  But  this  is  only  one,  of  many  muni- 
ficent gifts  to  the  Ornithological  Department  made  on  Sharpe's 
recommendation. 

He  was  President  of  Section  A  at  the  Ornithological  Congress 
held  at  Budapest  in  1891,  and  again  in  Paris  in  1900,  when  he 
was  elected  President  of  the  Congress  which  met  in  London  five 
years  later.  He  was  an  Honorary  LL.D.  of  Aberdeen,  a  Fellow 
of  the  Linnean  and  Zoological  Societies,  a  Member  of  the  British 
Ornithologists'  Union,  and  \vas  an  Honorary  or  Foreign  Member 
of  all  the  principal  Ornithological  Societies  in  the  world.  In 
1891,  II.I.M.  the  Emperor  of  Austria  bestowed  on  him  the  Gold 
Medal  for  Science. 

His  rule  as  Assistatit  Keeper  of  the  Zoological  Department  \^as 
mildness  itself,  for  he  was  of  a  peculiarly  genial  temperament. 
In  spite  of  domestic  worries  he  was  always  in  exuberant  spirits, 
and  was  a  wonderful  story-teller.  His  friends  loved  to  inveigle 
him  into  telling  yarns  of  the  many  eccentric  people  he  had  met, 
or  into  reciting  Bab- ballads,  in  x^hich  feat  he  Avas  peculiarly 
accomplished  ;  few,  surely,  ever  succeeded  in  bringing  out  the 
exquisite  humour  of  these  lines  so  well  as  Sharpe  !     But  his  kindly 


LINNEAN    SOCIETY    OF    LONDON.  lOI 

nature  was  sorely  abused  by  people  of  the  begging-letter  type  :  he 
<;ou]d  never  resist  an  appeal  to  his  purse,  though   that  was  far 
from  a  well-filled  one,  and  he  was  no  less  generous  in  bestowing 
the  fruits  of  scientific  labours  on  those  who  asked  him. 
Take  him  for  all  in  all,  we  shall  not  see  his  like  again. 

[W.  P.  PyCKAlT.] 

Sir  Charles  William  Stjuckland,  eighth  baronet,  who  died  on 
the  last  day  of  1909,  Dec.  3Ist,  was  a  Fellow  of  the  Linnean 
Society  from  the  loth  February,  1877.  He  resided  at  Hildenley 
Hall  near  Malton,  on  one  of  his  country  estates,  for  many  years. 
The  Hall,  although  not  a  very  large  building,  is  a  comfortable 
residence,  built  in  a  well  sheltered  site  at  the  base  of  a  steep 
wooded  bank  of  limestone  formation  known  as  Hildenley  Wood, 
which  is  a  I'elic  of  the  ancient  forest-land  of  Yorkshire  and  has 
never  been  under  cultivation,  and  is  the  home  of  some  of  the 
rarest  of  our  British  native  orchids  and  other  rare  kinds  of 
the  wild  flora  of  Britain,  He  was  the  original  of  "  Martin  the 
Madman "  in  '  Tom  Brown's  Schooldays,'  and  was  proud  of 
the  fact. 

Sir  Charles  was  a  lover  of  Nature,  and  lived  for  many  years  a 
quiet  life.  He  built  attached  to  the  Hall  a  fine  conservatory  for 
flowering  plants,  and  also  erected  other  glass  structures  for  the 
cultivation  of  exotic  orchids,  in  which  he  was  very  successful,  and 
gave  much  attention  to  them,  and  no  doubt  enjoyed  his  quiet  life 
in  the  study  of  their  growth  and  admiration  of  the  great  beauty 
and  variety  of  their  flowers. 

He  was  a  good  botanist  and  had  an  extensive  knowledge  of  the 
flora  of  the  British  Islands  ;  he  was  also  much  interested  in  the 
cultivation  of  hardy  fruits,  more  especially  of  the  apple,  as  he 
considered  it  to  be  the  most  valuable  fruit  for  general  cultivation 
in  England.  Some  twenty  years  ago  he  represented  a  committee 
of  the  Eoyal  Horticultural  Society,  in  the  examination  of  the  apples 
growing  in  this  district  of  Yorkshire,  more  particularly  to  get  a 
knowledge  of  the  best  kinds  suitable  to  the  locality.  For  two  or 
three  seasons  collections  of  these  fruits  were  exhibited  at  Malton 
and  Whitby,  local  kinds  were  traced  to  their  origin,  and  all 
exhibits  were  named  as  far  as  possible  and  lists  given  of  those 
most  suitable  to  the  district. 

He  was  a  large  landowner  in  Yorkshire  and  generally  considered 
to  be  a  generous  landlord  ;  he  let  his  farms  at  reasonable  rents,  and 
very  rarely  changed  his  tenants. 

He  was  a  tall,  robust  man  of  good  appearance,  was  a  careful  liver, 
and  enjoyed  the  life  of  a  country  gentleman.  He  was  fond  of 
hunting,  and  was  a  regular  attendant  at  Lord  Middleton's  hunt 
during  the  season  up  to  within  a  few  years  of  his  death.  In  his 
early  life,  whilst  he  was  at  Trinity  College,  Cambridge,  he  rowed 
at  Henley  Eegatta  in  1839,  the  first  year  the  grand  challenge  cup 
for  Eights  was  ever  rowed  for,  and  was  number  7  in  the  winning 
crew,  his  cjUege  eight. 


I02  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE 

8ir  Charles  w  us  twice  married  ;  liis  lirst  w  ilV  was  Georgiiia 
Milner,  dau<:hter  of  ISir  William  Mihier,  by  whom  he  had  one  son, 
AValter  AVilliam  Strickland,  born  in  1851,  who  now  succeeds  to 
the  title  and  estates,  and  who  has  been  travelling  for  some  years  in 
the  Colonies  of  Australia,  New  Zealand,  India,  Ceylon,  &c.,  and  is 
now  residing  in  Italy.  The  second  marriage  was  in  IbGG,  to  Ann 
Elizabeth,  daughter  of  the  Eev.  Christopher  Neville  of  Thorney, 
Notts,  who  predeceased  him.  There  are  two  surviving  sons  and 
one  daughter  of  the  second  family,  Mr.  Frederick  Strickland,  of 
the  Brows,  Malton,  and  Lieut.  Henry  Strickland,  of  the  Eoyal 
Navy.  His  daughter  is  married  to  the  Hon.  Tatton  Lane  Fox 
Willoughby. 

Sir  Charles  had  a  good  constitution  and  enjoyed  the  happiness 
of  good  health  through  his  long  life,  and  passed  away  quietly,  after 
a  very  short  illness,  in  his  home  at  Hildenley,  in  the  91st  year 
of  his  age.  [M.  B.  Slateh.] 

The  death  of  Ebwaej)  PivEceyal  "Weight,  which  took  place  on 
March  4th,  caused  sincere  regret  among  the  large  group  of  friends 
and  acquaintances  whose  affection  and  regard  "Wright's  genial  and 
striking  personality  had  won.  AVriglit  was  born  in  Dublin  in  1S34. 
He  was  educated  at  home  and  began  life  as  a  clerk  at  the  age 
of  10.  His  taste  for  Natural  History  brought  him  early  into  contact 
with  Geo.  J.  AUman,  the  University  Professor  of  Botany  in  Trinity 
College,  Dublin,  and  resigning  bis  clerkship,  he  entered  Trinity 
College  in  1853  and  threw  himself  with  zeal  into  the  study  of 
Natural  History.  His  enthusiasm  to  forward  the  science  led  him 
in  the  following  year  to  found  the  '  Natural  History  lieview.'  He 
continued  editor  of  that  Journal  till  1SG6.  His  earliest  essays  iu 
Science  were  made  in  this  Journal  and  exhibit  his  keen  interest 
from  the  first  in  field-work  and  observation.  He  visited  the  caves 
of  Michelstown  in  1857,  with  Haliday,  and  was  the  first  to  point 
out  the  interest  of  the  living  fauna  of  the  Irish  caves.  In  the 
same  year,  he  took  his  B.A.  degree  and  Avas  appointed  Director 
of  the  Museum  of  Trinity  College.  In  1858,  he  was  appointed 
Lecturer  in  Zoology  in  Trinity  College  and  Lecturer  in  Botany  in 
Dr.  Steevens'  Hospital  Medical  School,  and  he  was  chosen  Secretary 
for  the  Koyal  Geological  Society  of  Ireland  and  Secretary  lor 
Section  D  of  the  British  Association.  He  continued  Secretary  of 
this  Section  for  several  years,  and  was  always  very  much  interested 
in  the  work  of  the  Association.  It  is  a  proof  of  Wright's  energy 
and  capacity  for  work,  that  while  he  was  discharging  all  these 
duties  he  was  at  the  same  time  able  to  keep  pace  with  his  undei'- 
graduate  medical  studies,  and  did  not  give  up  his  work  in  Natural 
Science.  He  was  elected  Fellow  of  the  Linnean  Society  in  1859. 
In  1862  he  took  his  M.D.  degree,  and  after  studying  abroad  in 
Berlin,  "Menua,  and  Paris,  he  began  to  practise  as  an  oculist.  But 
his  chief  interests  being  in  Natural  Science  he  did  not  remain  in 
practice  long,  and  in  18G6,  in  order  to  devote  himself  entirely  to 
bis  duties  as  locum  tenens  for  Harvev.  then  the  L'niversitv  Professor 


LIN^fEAN^    SOCIETY    OF    LONDOK.  lO^ 

of  Botauy.  Wright  definitely  gave  up  oplithalmological  work.  In 
1865  his  attention  was  called  to  the  fossils  of  the  Jarrow  Colliery, 
and  with  T.  H.  Huxley  he  published  in  the  following  year  an 
important  memoir  on  the  Fossil  Amphibia  of  the  Kilkenny  Coal 
Measures. 

In  1867,  Wright  went  to  the  Seychelles  Islands  to  study  the 
flora  and  fauna  of  that  group.  Unfortunately,  all  his  collecting 
apparatus  and  preserving  materials  were  lost  on  the  way  out  by 
shipwreck.  But  notwithstanding  this  misfortune  he  succeeded  in 
bringing  back  an  important  collection  of  animals  and  plants,  and 
in  the  following  years  \\as  able  to  publish  a  series  of  papers 
descx'ibing  the  new  and  interesting  forms  collected.  These  papers, 
together  with  others  on  collections  made  off  the  coast  of  Portugal 
and  in  Sicily  in  1868,  appeared  in  the  '  Annals  and  Magazine  of 
Natural  History,'  in  the  Transactions  of  the  Eoyal  Irish  Academy, 
and  in  the  Reports  of  the  British  Association. 

In  1869,  Wright  was  appointed  University  Professor  of  Botany 
and  Keeper  of  the  Herbarium  in  Trinity  College.  During  the 
first  years  of  his  professorship  he  was  still  engaged  in  work  on 
his  Seychelles  and  South  European  collections.  In  1877,  AVright 
commenced  to  publish  a  series  of  memoirs  on  the  structure  and 
development  of  Algae,  which  won  the  appreciative  recognition  of 
Bornet  in  1879.  The  work  on  Algte  was  put  aside  to  draw  up  the 
Report,  with  Th.  Studer,  on  the  Alcyonaria  of  the  '  Challenger ' 
Expedition.  This  was  not  completed  till  1888.  During  this  period 
also  Wright  spent  a  great  deal  of  energy  on  arranging  the 
Herbarium  of  Triiiity  College  ;  and  if  it  had  not  been  for  his  devo- 
tion and  painstaking  toil  at  a  critical  time,  the  usefulness  of  the 
collection  would  have  been  seriously  impaired.  The  history  of 
these  events  he  records  in  the  first  number  of  the  '  Notes  from  the 
Botanical  School  of  Trinity  College ' — a  journal  which  owes  its 
existence  to  Wright's  energy  and  generosity.  He  further  showed 
his  affection  to  the  department  of  which  he  was  head  by  presenting 
to  it  his  valuable  collection  of  botanical  books  and  journals.  In 
1894  Wright  visited  tlje  Pyrenees  and  brought  back  several  addi- 
tions to  the  Herbarium,  and  the  spring  of  1895  he  spent  collecting 
in  Algiers.  In  1904  he  resigned  his  professoi'ship  after  a  tenure 
of  35  years.  He  remained  Keeper  of  the  Herbarium  till  his 
death. 

In  addition  to  his  researches  on  Distribution  and  on  Systematic 
Biology,  Wright  took  an  active  part  in  many  Scientific  Societies, 
and  was  ofiicially  connected  with  several  scientific  publications. 
Among  these  activities  may  be  mentioned  his  connection  with  the 
'  Natural  History  Review '  as  founder  and  editor,  as  Secretary, 
with  the  Dublin  Uni\ersity  Zoological  and  Botanical  Association, 
with  the  Royal  Geological  Society  of  Ireland,  and  with  Section  D 
of  the  British  Association.  He  was  President  of  the  Natural 
History  Society  of  Dublin  in  1872,  and  in  1874  he  became  Secretary 
of  the  Royal  Irish  Academy  and  editor  of  its  publications.  He 
was  also  editor  for  some  time  of  the  publications  of  the  Royal 


104  PROCEEDINGS    OF    TUE 

Dublin  Society.  In  these  various  capacities  he  showed  remarkable 
energy  in  forwarding;  the  welfare  of  the  institutions  with  which  he 
was  connected,  and  his  p;enerositv,  when  need  arose,  could  always 
safely  be  counted  upon.  He  displayed  the  same  activity  and 
generosity  towards  antiquarian  research,  and  the  Eoyal  Society  of 
Antiquaries  marked  its  appreciation  of  his  services  in  forwarding 
its  aims  by  electing  him  President  in  1900. 

Wright's  sympathetic  nature  won  the  affection  of  those  who 
came  in  contact  with  him,  and  he  was  keenly  desirous  of  forward- 
ing younger  men's  work  in  science,  and  generously  helped  them 
by  all  the  means  in  his  power.  It  was  a  pleasure  to  him  to  put 
his  varied  and  often  recondite  knowledge  of  the  literature  of 
Natural  Science  at  their  disposal.  He  showed  the  liveliest  appre- 
ciation of  the  results  obtained  by  the  more  modern  generation  of 
biologists.  As  a  teacher  he  was  more  than  ordinarily  successful 
in  stimulating  the  enthusiasm  of  his  students  and  in  implanting  in 
tliem  the  desire  to  carry  out  investigation.  At  the  same  time  he 
had  a  keen  interest  in  his  contemporaries  in  scientific  work,  and 
his  desire  to  help  the  work  of  otliers  and  his  human  sympathies 
brought  him  into  personal  contact  with  a  large  number  of  his 
colleagues,  not  only  in  the  British  Isles,  but  also  on  the  Continent 
and  in  America.  It  was  always  a  pleasure  to  him  to  speak  of 
these  friends,  and  anecdotes  of  them  formed  a  feature  of  his 
conversation.  [H.  H.  Dixon.] 


June  :2nd,  1910. 
Dr.  D.  H.  Scott,  M.A.,  F.E.S.,  President,  in  the  Chair. 

The  Minutes  of  the  Anniversary  Meeting  of  the  24th  May, 
1910,  were  read  and  confirmed. 

Miss  Nellie  Bancroft,  Mr.  Sidney  Guest,  and  Mr.  Hayward 
Eadcliffe  Darlington,  M.A.,  LL.M. (Cantab.),  were  admitted 
Pellows. 

Mr.  Anthony  Belt,  and  Prof.  Edward  Alfred  Minchin, 
M.A.(Oxon.),  were  proposed  as  Fellows. 

Mr.  Cecil  Han  bury,  Mr.  Henry  Smith  Holden,  B.Sc,  Mr.  Charles 
William  Mally,  M.Sc.(Towa),  Mr.  Sydney  Gross  Paine,  and 
Mr.  Percy  Alfred  Talbot,  B.A.(Oxon.),  were  elected  Fellows. 

The  President  stated  that  he  had  appointed  Sir  Frank  Crisp, 
Mr.  H.  W.  Monckton,  Prof.  F.  W.  Oliver,  and  Prof.  E.  B.  Poulton, 
to  be  Vice-Presidents  for  the  ensuing  Session. 

Mr.  H.  W.  Monckton,  Treasurer  and  V.-P.,  then  referred  to 
previous  exhibitions  of  AVitches'  brooms  or  Witch-knots  in 
Conifers ;  instancing  those  by  Dr.  Masters  on  18th  March,  1886, 


LINNEAN    SOCIETY    OF    LONDOX.  IO5 

Ml'.  James  Saund*^rs,  A.L.S.,  on  21st  April,  1907,  and  the 
Rev.  T.  E.  E..  Stebbing  on  21st  April  of  the  present  year.  He 
showed  by  lantern-slides  siniilai'  growths  on  Finns  sylvestrls 
growing  near  Wellington  College,  in  Berkshire. 

The  President  pointed  out  that  the  term  was  probably  a  recent 
translation  of  the  (xermau  "  Hexenbesen  " ;  and  the  discussion 
was  continued  by  Miss  A.  L.  Smith,  Mr.  J.  C.  Shenstone,  the 
General  Secretary,  Dr.  A.  P.  Young,  and  Dr.  A.  B.  Rendle. 

Dr.  Stapp,  on  behalf  of  Mr.  J.  F.  Waby,  P.L.S.,  of  the  Botanic 
Garden,  Georgetown,  British  Guiana,  exhibited  lantern-slides 
from  photographs  of  male  and  female  specimens  of  Lodoicea 
Sechellarum,  Labill.,  which  were  flowering  and  fruiting  in  that 
Garden. 

He  stated  that  of  36  nuts  specially  imported  in  1893,  only 
three  plants  survived,  the  two  in  question,  and  a  third  which  had 
not  yet  flowered.  It  is  of  interest  as  being  the  first  occasion  of 
this  palm  flowering  in  the  New^  "World,  and  for  its  precocious 
development. 

The  President,  Dr.  Eendle,  and  Mr.  W.  Pawcett  contributed 
further  remarks. 

Sir  Peank  Crisp  showed  fresh  specimens  in  flower  of  Linncea 
horealis  from  his  garden  at  Priar  Park,  Henley. 

The  General  Secretarj^  placed  on  the  table  for  inspection,  a 
living  specimen  of  the  rare  and  local  orchid,  Ojyhrys  aranifera, 
received  that  morning  from  Mrs.  Mann,  of  Temple  E well  Vicarage, 
near  Dover ;  it  had  been  procured  from  the  neighbourhood  of 
Polkestone. 

The  following  paper  was  read : — 

"  A  Contribution  to  our  Knowledge  of  the  Plora  of  Gazaland, 
an  Account  of  Collections  made  by  Mr.  Swynnerton." 
By  Dr.  A.  B.  Eendle  and  others. 


June  loth,  1910. 

Dr.  D.  H.  Scott,  M.A.,  P.E.S.,  President,  in  the  Chair. 

The  Minutes  of  the  General  Meeting  of  the  2nd  June,  1910, 
were  read  and  confirmed. 

Mr.  Percy  Alfred  Talbot,  B.A.(Oxon.),  and  Mr.  Sydney  Gross 
Paine  were  admitted  Fellows. 

Dr.  Edward  Hindle  and  Mr.  Cuthbert  St.  John  Nevill  were 
proposed  as  Fellows. 


I06  PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE 

Ur.  Wilfred  Eade  Agar,  jM.A.(Cantab.),  was  elected  a  Fellow. 

The  President  read  a  letter  to  Sir  Joseph  Hooker,  O.M., 
G.C.S.I.,  F.R.S.,  ooiigratulatinp;  him  on  tlie  approach  of  his  OSrd 
birthday,  which  was  signed  by  the  Fellows  present. 

Prof.  A.  JJexuy,  Sec.L.S,,  on  behalf  of  Mr.  X.  C  Macxamara, 
F.R.C.S.,  of  Chorley  Wood,  Herts,  showed  a  spike  cut  from  a 
Foxglove  grown  from  seed  of  a  sport  which  appeared  in  1907,  in 
which  the  corolla  was  suppressed  but  the  five  divisions  were 
represented  as  stamens,  making  nine  in  all,  and  this  peculiarity 
comes  true  from  seed. 

Lantern-slides  showing  the  original  mutation  and  other  de- 
scendants thereof  wei'e  also  shown  ;  and  a  discussion  followed,  in 
which  Dr.  Stapf  (who  pointed  out  the  frequency  of  monstrosities 
in  Digitalis  purpurea),  Mr.  J.  C.  Slienstone,  Mr.  Arthur  W. 
Sutton,  and  the  President  engaged. 

Mr.  J.  HoPKixsojf  showed  under  the  microscope  a  slide  by 
Dr.  Penard,  of  Geneva,  illustrating  a  peculiar  method  of  reproduc- 
tion in  freshwater  Khizopoda,  two  specimens  uniting  to  form  a 
third  of  larger  size  than  either,  ultimately  giving  rise  to  spores. 

The  President  remarked  on  the  similarity  between  these 
Protozoa  and  such  Conjuguta  as  Sjnroriyra  and  Mesocarfms, 
showing  that  these  lowly  organisms  should  be  studied  by  both 
botanists  and  zoologists. 

Mr.  P.  A.  Talbot  exhibited  a  large  series  of  coloured  drawings 
by  Mrs.  Talbot  of  plants  from  Southern  Nigeria,  and  displayed 
a  map  and  photographs  of  the  scenery.  He  described  the  country 
as  veiy  hilly  and  densely  wooded. 

"  These  photographs  are  of  the  Kwa  River  and  give  some  idea 
of  the  beauty  and  density  of  the  vegetation,  but  none  of  the 
glory  of  colouring  or  variety  of  the  multitudes  of  flowers.  Right 
down  to  the  water's  edge  grow  giant  arums,  green  on  the  outer 
sheath,  but  cream  splashed  with  purple  within.  Behind  these 
spring  trees  of  every  shape  and  tint,  from  mimosas,  with  their 
delicate  mauve  or  cream  balls  and  feathery  foliage,  to  the  huge 
trumpet-shaped  flowers  of  Gardenia  pJu/sojjhylla,  and  the  heavily 
scented  purple-splashed  blooms  of  G.  Kalhreyeri,  or  the  great 
Berlinia,  the  white  flowers  of  which  shine  with  a  pearl-like  lustre 
from  amid  its  dim  dark  leaves. 

About  this  river  lies  the  boundary  between  the  sedimentary 
deposits  below  and  the  crystalline  rocks  above.  The  line  of 
demarcation  runs  along  this  parallel  to  the  Akwa  Tafe  on  the 
German  Border,  and  the  Calabar  River  on  the  other  side.  By 
far  the  greater  part  of  the  District  therefore  is  composed  of  meta- 
morphic  rocks  in  which  gneiss  predominates. 


LINNEAK    SOCIETY    OF    LONDON.  I07 

The  photographs  show  the  density  of  the  bush  through  vvhicii 
the  roads  lead.  Perhaps  the  most  striking  feature  of  all  in  these 
ancient  forests  is  the  hurry  shown  by  all  trees  to  reach  the  light, 
above  the  thick  undergrowth. 

Perhaps  the  tallest  of  all  the  bush  giants  are  the  silk-cotton 
trees.  It  is  difficult  to  get  a  good  photograph  of  these  owing  to 
the  density  of  the  surrounding  bush,  which  \\ould  have  to  be 
cleared  for  a  great  way  before  a  picture  could  be  taken.  The 
photograpti  is  of  a  comparatively  poor  specimen,  which  stood  on 
the  edge  of  a  clearing.  It  is  only  about  150  feet  high.  The  man 
standing  at  the  base  was  the  tallest  carrier  available,  a  man  well 
over  (5  feet.  These  trees  are  often  200  to  250  feet  high,  and  have 
a  girth  of  over  80  feet. 

Another  photograph  shows  the  source  of  the  Calabar  liiver.  It 
was  on  the  slope  of  a  hill  near  by  that  a  Napoleona  was  discovered, 
which  is  not  only  a  new  species,  but  which  shows  an  inflorescence 
hitherto  unknown  in  this  interesting  genus.  Altogether,  four 
new  Napoleonas  have  been  brought  home — thus  adding  half  as 
many  again  to  those  already  known.  The  second,  with  the 
consent  of  the  courteous  authorities  at  the  Natural  History 
Museum,  has  been  named  after  my  friend  and  former  leader,  Boyd 
Alexander,  who  was  murdered  on  April  2nd  in  Central  Africa. 

Altogether  over  fifty  specimens  of  cauliilorous  trees  were 
discovered  in  the  District.  Detailed  drawings  of  all  these  were 
made,  but  unfortunately  many  of  the  actual  specimens  were 
ruined  by  climatic  conditions  or  lost  in  transit.  This  number 
only  represents  a  siiiall  propox'tion  of  those  to  be  found.  I  hope 
to  bring  back  at  least  double  the  number  on  my  next  tour. 

Of  the  Balanophoracese,  five  species  have  been  brought  home. 
The  Gardenias  of  the  district  are  specially  striking  in  the  size  and 
beauty  of  their  flowers.  The  fruits  of  most  of  them  afford  excel- 
lent black  dyes,  some  of  which  are  at  present  being  tested  at  the 
Imperial  Institute,  and  also  a  new  fibre,  made  from  an  epiphytic 
Arum,  which  I  forwarded  with  them. 

Two  kinds  of  Geasters  were  found  in  the  District.  These  are 
the  first  of  this  genus  discovered  in  Africa.  The  specimens  are 
in  England,  but  have  been  temporarily  mislaid.  Altogether  over 
a  thousand  drawings  were  made  in  the  course  of  the  year." 

Dr.  Rendle,  Dr.  Stapf,  Mr.  E.  G.  Baker,  and  Mr.  J.  Hopkinson 
discussed  the  exhibition,  and  Mr.  P.  A.  Talbot  replied. 

Dr.  Stapf  showed  a  selection  of  Arctic  specimens  collected  by 
Capt.  Bartlett  during  the  last  Peary  Expedition,  on  Ellesmere 
Island,  between  82°  and  83°  N.  latitude,  describing  them  as  some 
of  the  most  northerly  botanical  specimens  extant. 

Mr.  A.  "W.  Hill  showed  a  specimen  in  spirit  of  a  barren  stem 
of  Equisetum  Telmateia,  Ehrh.,  in  which  about  half  of  the  nodes 


lo8  PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE    LINNEAN   SOCIETr. 

disappeared  in  a  spiral  arrangement ;  it  had  been  sent  by  Dr.  H. 
Drinkwater,  F.L.S.,  of  Wrexham. 

Dr.  liendlo  made  a  few  remarks  on  this  phenomenon. 

The  following  paper  was  read : — 

"  Male  Sterility  in  Potatoes,  a  dominant  IMendelian  character ; 
with  Kemarks  on  the  Shape  of  the  Pollen  in  Wild  and 
Domestic  Varieties."  By  Dr.  K.  N.  Salaman.  (Com- 
municated by  Mr.  A.  W.  Sutton,  F.L.S.) 


ADDITIONS   AND   DONATIONS 


TO    THE 


LIBRARY. 

1909-1910. 


AlDruzzi  {Principe  Luigi  Amedeo  di  Savoia  Duca  degli).  II 
Euwenzori.  Parte  Scientifica.  Vol.  I.  Zoologia- — Botaiiica. 
Pp.  vii,  603 ;  Tav.  74.  4to.  Milano,  1909. 

Alcock  (Alfred  William).  Catalogue  of  the  Indian  Decapod 
Crustacea  in  the  Collection  of  the  Indian  Museum.  Part  I. 
Brachyura.  Pasc.  ii.  The  Indian  Preshwater  Crabs  (Pota- 
monidce).     Pp.  135 ;  plates  14.  4to.   Calcutta,  1910. 

AUis  (Edward  Phelps,  ^r.).  The  Cranial  Anatomie  of  the  Mail- 
Cheeked  Pishes.  Pp.iii,  219;  mit  8  Doppel-Tafeln.  (Zoologica, 
Bd.  22,  Heft  57.)  4to.  Stuttgart,  1909. 

Ameghino  (Florentino).  Examen  critique  du  Memoire  de 
M.  OuTES  sur  les  Scories  et  les  Terres  cuites.  Pp.  56.  (An. 
Mus.  Nac.  Buenos  Aires,  xx.  pp.  459-512.) 

Koy.  8vo.  Buenos  Aires.  1909. 

L'avant-premiere  dentition  dans  le  Tapir.     Pp.  30,  tab.  4. 

Hoy.  8vo.  Buenos  Aires,  1900. 

Una  nueve  especie  de  Tapir  (Tapirus  Spegazzinii,  n.  sp.). 

Pp.  8  ;  tab.  4.     (An.  Mus.  ISTac.  Buenos  Aires,  xx.  pp.  31-38.) 

Koy.  8vo.  Buenos  Aires,  1909. 
Enumeration  chronologique  et  critique  des  notices  sur  les 


terres  cuites  et  les  scories  anthropiques  des  Terrains  sedi- 
mentaires  neogenes  de  I'argentine  parcos  jusqu'a  la  fin  de 
I'annee  1907.  Pp.  42.  (An.  Mus.  Nac.  Buenos  Aires,  xx. 
pp.  39-80.)  Roy.  8vo.  Buenos  Aires,  1909. 

Une  nouvelle  Industrie  lithiqvie.     Pp.  18,  figs.  10.     (An. 


Mus.  ]Vac.  Buenos  Aires,  xx.)         Poy.  8vo.  Buenos  Aires,  1910. 

Author. 
Amphlett  (John)  and  Rea  (Carleton).     The  Botany  of  Worcester- 
shire.    The  Mosses  and  Hepatics  contributed  by  James  Eustace 
Bagnall.     Pp.  xxxiii,  651,  and  map. 

8vo.   Birmingham,  1909. 


PIIOCEEDINGS    OF    THE 


Appelof  (Adolf).  Untersucbungen  iil)er  den  Hummer,  mit 
besonck-ivr  Jieriicksichtigung  seines  Auttretens  an  den  Norweg- 
iSL-heii  Kiisten.  (Bergens  Mus.  Skr.,  Ny  Ktekke  I.)  Pp.  79 ; 
l^'^^*'"""  •^-  -J  to.  Bevfjen,  Wm. 

Arrow  (G.  J.).  See  Blanford  (W.  T.).  The  Pauua  of  British 
India,  nicludnig  Ci-ylon  and  JJurma.  Coleoptera— Lamellicornia 
(Cetoiunia)  and  Dynastinaj).  8vo.  1910. 

Audige  (J.).  Contribution  a  I'etude  des  reins  de  Poissons  Tele- 
ostoens.  (Arch.  Zool.  exp.  &c.,  b'  ser.  t.  iv.  pp.  275-0 -^^  • 
pis.  17,  figs.  1-104.)  Svo.  Paris,  191o'. 

Bagnall  (James  Eustace).  See  Amphlett  (John).  Tlie  Botany 
ot  W  oi-ccstershire— Mosses  and  Hepatics.  Pp.  xx.xiii,  (iol,  and 
'"'^1'-  Svo.  1909. 

Bailey  (Frederick  Manson).  Contributions  to  the  Plora  of 
Queensland  and  British  New  Guinea.  (Queensl.  Agrie.  Journ. 
xxni.  parts  1,  3.  4,  5.)  bvo.  Brisbane,  1909^     Author! 

Baker.     See  Clinton-Baker  (H.). 

Balfour  (Isaac  Bayley).  See  Warming  (Johannes  Eugenius 
Bulow).     Oecology  of  Plants.  Svo.   19U9. 

Bateman  (James).  Tlie  Orchidacea?  of  Mexico  and  Guatemala.' 
Pp.  [  vnij  12  [4]  ;  40  col.  plates  with  descriptive  letterpress. 

Tol.  Loudon  [1837-43].     F.  Du  Cane  Godman. 

Beissner  (L.).  llandbuch  der  A^adelholzkunde.  Systematik 
Bescl.reibung,  Yerwendung  und  Ivultur  der  Ginkgoaceen,' 
±reiIand-Coniferen  und  Gnetaceen.  Zweite,  volliir  um^^ear- 
beitete,  vermehrte  und  verbesserte  Auflage.  Pp.  xxi,  742.  ^Iht 
165  nach  der  Natur  gezeichneten  Originalabbildunge'n. 

Tj  _,  „,    .^  8vo.  Berlin,  1909. 

Bergens  Museums  Skrifter.     Ny  E^kke,  Bd.  I.  no.  1. 

4to.  Bergen,  1909. 
Bd   I.  no.  1.  Appelof  (Adolf).      Untersucbungen  iiber  den  Hummer 
Pp.79;  plates  3.     1909. 

Bergeret   (Jean   Pierre).      Phytonouiatotechnie   Universelle   &c 
\  ol.  I.  only,  incomplete.  Pol.  Paris  [1773],  1783. 

T,    ,.  Dr.  B.  Daydon  Jackson. 

Berlin. 

Das  Tierreich.    Herausgegeben  von  der  Deutschen  Zoologischen 

(lesellschatt.      Generalredakteur :  Pkanz  EiLn.vnu  Scirtlze 

^i^^ff-  -■^'  Svo.  Berlin,  1910. 

Liefg.  24.  Hjmenoptera.-Cynipidai.     Von  X.  W.  von  Dalla  Torre 

und  J.  J.  KiEFFER,     Pp.  XXXV,  821 ;  mit  -122  Abbildungeu. 

_  ,  1910. 

Bernard  (Charles).      Snr   quelques    Algues   Unicelhilaires   d'eau 

douce  recoltees  dans  le  Domaine  Malais.     (Dep.  Agric  Jndes- 

^^^■^'^^^^■)  Svo.  Buitenzorq,  1909. 

Bertrand  (Paul).     Etudes  sur  la  Fronde  des  Zygopteridees. 

Text,  pp.  280,  figs.  87.  8vo.  Lille,  1909. 

Atlas,  plates  10.  4to.  Lille,  1910. 


LINNEAN    SOCIETY    OP    LONDON.  Ill 

Bibliotheca  Botanica  (continued). 

Band  XVI.    Het't  72.  Focke(Wilhelm  Or.BERs).    Species Ruboru in.    Mono- 
graphic generis  Rubi  Prodroiuus.    Pars  I.    Pp.  120;  figs.  5o.     1910. 

Bibliotheca  Zoologica  {continued). 

Band  XXII.     Heft  56.     Tiiiele   (Johannes).      Revision    des   Systems   der 
Ohitonen,  in  2  Teilen.     Pp.  lo2  ;  niiL  10  Taf'eln 
und  5  Testliguren.     I90'J-1910. 
.,  Heft  57.     Allis  (Edward  PiiKLPS,  jr.).    The  Cranial  Anatomie 

of  the  jVI ail-Cheeked  Fishes.     Pp.  iii,  209 ;  mit 
8  Doppel-Tafeln.     1909. 
„  Heft  58.     Staff  (Hans  von).     Die  Anatomie  und  Physiologie 

der  Fusulinen.      Pp.  viii,  93;  mit  2  Tafeln  und 
()2  TextCguren.     1910. 

Biddlecombe  (A.).  Thoughts  on  Natural  Philosophy  (with  a 
new  Reading  of  Newton's  First  Law)  and  the  Origin  of  Life. 
Pp.  78.  8vo.  Nervcastle-on-T ijne,  1909.     Author. 

Biacke  (John  Hopwood)  and  Monckton  (Horace  Woollaston). 
Excursion  to  Keadiug.  Pp.  5,  tig.  1.  (^Proc.  Geol.  Assoc,  xiv. 
pt.  10.)  8vo.  London,  1896.     H.  W.  Monckton. 

Blanford  (William  Thomas).  The  Fauna  of  British  India, 
ir eluding  Ceylon  and  Burma.  ...Edited  by  W.  T.  Blanfoed, 
(and  Lieut. -Col.  C.  T.  Bingham,  and  Arthur  E.  Shipley.) 

8vo.  London  dfc,  1888-1910. 
Dermaptera  (Earwigs).     By  Malcolm  BuRit.     1910. 
Coleoptera,  Laiuellicornia  {Cctuniinm  and  Bi/nastince).     By  G.  J.  Akrow. 

1910. 

Bloomer  (Harry  Howard).      On  some  malformed  specimens  of 

Anodonta  cyr/nea,  L.    Pp.  3;  1  plate  &  2  figs.    (Joarn.  Malacol. 

vii.)  8vo.  London,  1900. 

Notes  on  some  further  malformed  specimens  of  Anodonta 

cygnea,  L.     (Jouru.  Malacol.  vii.,  ix.) 

8vo.  London,  1900-1902. 
The  Anatomy  of  the  British  Species  of  the  Genus  Solen. 


Parts  1-4.     (Journ.  Malacol.  viii.,  ix.) 

8vo.  London,  1901-1902. 
- —  The  Anatomy  of  certain  species  of  Ceratisolen  and  Sole- 
curius.     Pp.  10  &  1  plate.     (Joui-n.  Malacol.  x.) 

8vo.  London,  1903. 
The  Anatomy  of  Fharella  orientalis,  Dunker,  and  Tagelus 


rufus,  Spengler.     Pp.  8  and  1  plate.     (Journ.  Malacol.  x.) 

Svo.  London,  1903. 
—  Classification  of  the  Britisli  Species  of  the  Genus  Solen, 
Linne.     Pp.  3.  8vo.  London,  1903. 

On  the  Origin  and  Function  of  the  Fourth  Aperture  in 


some  Pelecypoda.     Pp.  3.     (Journ.  Malacol.  x.) 

Svo.  London,  1903. 
On  the  Anatomy  of  certain  species  of  Solenidae.     Pp.  9, 


plate  1.     (Journ.  Malacol.  xii.)  8vo.  London,  1905. 

—     Anatomy    of   various    species    of    Solenidae :    Addenda    et 
Corrigenda.     Pp.  2.     (Journ.  Malacol.  xii.) 

Svo.  London,  190-5. 


112  PROCEEDINGS   OF  THE 

Bloomer  (Harry  Howard).  On  the  Anatomy  of  Ensis  (Solen) 
maynus,  Schumacher.     Pp.  2.     (Journ.  Malacol.  xii.) 

8vo.  London,  1905. 

Anatomy  of  species  of  Siliqua  and  Ensis.     Pp.  4,  plate  ] . 

(Proc.  Malacol.  Soc.  vi.)  8vo.  London,  1905. 

Anatomy  of  Ensis  macha,  Solen  fonesii,  S.  viridis.     Pp.  2. 

(Proc.  Malacol.  Soc.  vii.)  8vo.  London,  1906! 

Anatomy  of  Tiujelus  fjihhus  and  T.  divisus.     Pp.  vi,  plate  1. 

(Proc.  Malacol.  Soc.  vii.)  8vo.  London,  1907. 

Author. 

• See  Smith  (Edgar  Albert).     The  IMarine  Fauna  of  Zanzibar 

and  British  East  Africa,  from  Collections  made  by  Cyril  Cross- 
land  in  the  Tears  1901  and  1902.— Ou  some  species  of  Sole- 
"it^®-  8vo.  1907. 

Bodington  (Alice).  Studies  in  Evolution  and  Biology.  Pp.  x, 
2^0.  Svo.  Lomlom,  1890.     H.  W.  Monckton', 

Bollettino  di  Zoologia  Generale  e  Agraria  della  R.  Scuola 
Superiore  d'Agricoltura  in  Portici.     See  Portici. 

Borgert  (Adolf).  See  Plankton-Expedition.  Die  Tripyleen 
liadiolarieu  der  Plankton-Expedition.  Cannosphajrida;,  Circo- 
poridae,  Phaeodanidae,  Caementellidae,  und  Cannorrhaphidte. 

1909. 

Borgesen  (Frederik  C.  E.).  Some  new  or  little-known  West- 
Indian  Eloridese,  11.     Pp.  31,  figs.  20.     (Bot.  Tidsskr.  xxx.) 

Svo.    Co2)enha(/e7i,  1910, 

Freshwater   Algae   from    the    "  Danmark-Expedition "   to 

North-East  Greenland.  (N.  of  76°  N.  lat.)  Pp.  22;  figs.  5. 
(Meddelelser  om  Greenland,  xliii.)  Svo.  Copenhagen,  1910, 

Author. 
Boston. 

BostonjSociety  of  Natural  History.     Occasional  Papers,  VII. 

VII.  Fauna  of  New  Englaud.       11.  List  of  the  Aves.     By  Glover  M 
Allen.     Pp.  23U. 

8vo.  Boston,  1910. 
Boulenger    (George    Albert).      Pisces    of    Hertfordshire.      See 
Victoria  History  of  the  County  of  Hertford,  Vol.  I.     fol.  1902. 
Bournemouth. 

Bournemouth  Natural  Science  Society.     Proceedings,  Vol.  I.-> 
Svo.  Bournemouth,  1909.     E.  V.  Sherring. 
British  Museum  {continued). 

National  Antarctic  Expedition  (SS.  'Discovery')  1901-1904:  — 
Natural  History. 

Vol.  V.  Zoology  and  Botany.  4to.  London,  1910, 

V.  Mammalia  (Seal-Embrjos).     By  H.  W.  Marett  Tims.     1910. 

Tunicata.     By  W.  A.  Heudman.     1910. 

Isopoda.     By  T.  V.  Hodgson.     1910. 

Neinertinea.     By  L.  Joubi.v.     1910. 

Medusa?.     By  Edwaud  T.  Buownb.     1910. 

Lichenes.     By  Otto  Vernon  Darbisiiire.     1910. 


hlNXE.VN  SOCIEXi'  Of  LONDON.  II3 

British  Museum  {con.). 

BlEDS. 

A  Hand-List  of  the  Greiiera  aiul  Species  of  Birds.  [Nomeii- 
clator  Avium  turn  Fossiliumtum  Viventium.]  By  E,.  Bowdleu 
SiiAHPE.     Vol.  v.     Pp.  XX,  ()94.  8vo.  London,  1909. 

Insects. 
Dipterous  Insects. 

Illustrations  oE  African  Blood-sucking  Flies  other  than  Mos- 
quitoes and  Tsetse-flies,  By  Ehnest  Edward  Austen. 
Pp.  XV,  221  ;  plates  13.  4to.  London,  1909. 

Hymcnopterous  Insects. 

Catalogue  of  British  llymenoptera  of  the  Famih'  Chalcidida3. 
By  Claude  Mokley.     Pp.  74.  8vo.  London,  1910. 

Le[ndoj_)teyous  Insects. 

Catalogue  of  the  Lepidoptera  Phalaense.  A-^ol.  VIII.  Catalogue 
of  the  XoctuidsB  in  the  Collection  of  the  British  Museum. 
By  Sir  George  F.  Hampson,  Bart.  Pp.  xiv,  58;} ;  tigs.  184, 
plates  123-136.  8vo.  London,  1909. 

V^ol.  IX.  Catalogue  of  the  Noctuid<iB  in  the  Collection  of 

the  British  Museum.  By  Sir  George  F.  Hampson,  Bart. 
Pp.  XV,  552  ;  figs.  247,  plates  137-147.      8vo.  London,  1910. 

Oi'tJiopterous  Insects. 

A  Synonymic  Catalogue  of  Orthoptera.  By  W.  F,  Kiuby. 
A'ol.  III.  Orthoptera  Saltatoria.  Part  II.  (Locustidae  vel 
Acridiidae).     Pp.  vii,  'J74.  8vo.  London,  1910, 

Fossils. 

Catalogue  of  the  Fossil  Bryozoa  in  the  Department  of  Geology, 
JJritish  Museum  (Natural  History).  The  Cretaceous  Bryozoa. 
Vol,  II.     By  J.  AV.  GiiEGoRY.     Pp.  48;  iigs.  75,  plates  9. 

8vo.  London,  1909. 

GUIDE-BOOKS. 

Special  Guide  No.  4. 

Memorials  of  Charles  Darwin  ;  a  Collection  of  Manuscripts, 
Portraits,  Medals,  Books,  and  IVatural  History  Specimens  to 
Commemorate  the  Centenary  of  his  Birth  and  the  Fiftietli 
Anniversary  of  the  Publication  of  "  The  Origin  of  Species." 
Bv  Dr.  AV.  G.  Eidewood.     Pp.  v,  50;  with  2  Portraits. 

Svo.  London,  1909. 

LINX.  SOC.  rilOCEKDIXGS — SESSION  1909-1910.  i 


114  PllOCEEUlNGS    OF    THE 

British  Museum  :  Guide- Books  (con.). 

(Juidf  to  tlu'  British  Vertehrates  exhihited  in  the  Department 
of  Zooloijy,  British  Museum  (Xatunil  History).  By  AV,  P. 
Pycrakt  and  others.  Pp.  iv,  122  ;  with  a  Plan  and 
20  ilhistrations.  8vo.  Lo)u/on,  ]UlO. 

Brown  (James  D.).  Adjustable  C'lassiHcation  for  Libraries  ;  with 
Index.  Pp.  0().  (Abstracted  from  'Manual  of  Library  Classi- 
fication,'IL  ^90.)  S\o.  Lo7idoii,lb\)s.     .SV/- Frank  Crisp. 

Brunton  (Thomas  Lauder),  ^^te  Klein  (Edward  Emanuel)  and 
()tlitr<.      Handbook  for  the  Physiological  Laboi'atorv. 

"  8vo.  1873. 
BruEsele. 

Ministere  de  I'lnterieur  et  de  TAgriculture. 

Jardiii  l>otani(iue  de  I'Etat.     Bulletin.     Vol.  II. 

lioy.  Svo.  Bruxelles,  1910->. 
Les   Aspects   de   la  Vegetation   en    Belgique,    par    Ciiaules 
BoMMEii   et    Jean    Massart.       Les   Districts    Littoraux 
et  Alluviaux,  par  Jean  Massart.     Planches  80. 

fol.  Briixelles,  1908. 

*5e<'E,ecueilderinstitutBotanique.  LeoErrera.  (L'niversite 

de  Bruxelles.) 
Bullen  (Rohert  Ashington).     3>olian  Deposits  on  the  Coast  at 
Etel,  Morbihau.     Part  11. ;  pp.  5  and  2  plates.     (Geol.  Mag. 
n.  s.,  Dec.  v.  vol.  vii.  March  1910.)  Svo.  London,  1910. 

Author. 
BuUer  (A.  H.  Reginald).      Eesearches  on  Fungi.     Pp.  xi,  287; 
with  5  plates  and  83  figures  in  the  text. 

8vo.  London  ^-  Neiv  Fori-,  1909. 
Bulletin  of  Entomological  Research,  issued  by  the  Entomological 
Kesearcli  Committee  (Tropical  Africa),  appointed  by  the  Colonial 
Office.     Editor  :  The  Scientific  Secretary. 

Vol.  I.   Part  I.-^  Eoy.  Svo.  London,  1910> 

Burdon-Sanderson.     Si-e  Sanderson  (John  Scott  Burdon). 

Burgeff  (Hans).     Die   AVurzelpilze  der  Orchideen,   ilire    Kultur 

mid  ihr  Leben  in  der  Pflanze.     Pp.  iv,  220  ;  mit  .'i  Tafeln  und 

38  Ahbildungen  im  Text.  Svo.  Jena,  lil(t9. 

Burr  (Malcolm).     See  Blanford  (W.  T.).     The  Fauna  of  British 

India,  including  Ceylon  and  Burma.     Dermaptera  (^Earwigs). 

Svo.  1910. 

Butler  (Samuel).     Unconscious  Memory.     New  Edition,  entirely 

reset,  with  an  Introduction  bv  Marcus  Hahtog.     Pp.  xxxv, 

186.  '  Svo.  London,  1910. 

Calcutta. 

Indian  Forest  Records.     A'ol.  I.  Part  !.->- 

Eoy.  Svo.  Calcutta,  1 908^ 

Ta .t  I.  STEBBixa  (E.  P.).  A  Note  on  the  Lac  Insect  {Tachanlia  lacra). 
its  Life  History,  Propngation,  and  Collection.  Pp.  vi.  84; 
plates  2.     1908. 


LINNEAN    SOCIETY    OF    LONDON.  II5 

Calcutta  (con.). 
Indian  Museum. 

Annual  Keport,  Natural  History  Section,  for  1907-9. 

8vo.   Calcutta,  1908-1909. 
Annual  Eeport,  Industrial  Section,  for  1907-8. 

8vo.   Calcutta,  1908. 

Memoirs.    Vol.  I.-^  4to.   Calcutta,  1907> 

Eecords.     Vol.  I.^  Eoy.  8vo.   Calcutta,  1907-> 

An  Account  of  the  Deep- Sea  Asteroidea  collected  by  the 

Eoyal  Indian  Marine  Survey  Ship  Investi(j(tto7\     By  Eenk 

KoEHLER.     Pp.  14;}  ;  ])lates  13.  4to.   Calcutta,  1909. 

Ethnographic  Survey  of  India. — Craniological  Data  from  the 

Indian  Museum,  Calcutta.     By  B.  A.  Gupte.     Pp.  70. 

4to.    Calcutta,  1909. 

Catalogue  of  the  Indian  Decapod  Crustact-a  in  the  Collection 

of  the  Indian  Museum.    Parti.  Bracliyura.    Pasciculus  II. 

The    Indian    Fresh-Water  Crabs    (Potamonidce).       By  A. 

Alcock.     Pp.  135;  plates  14,  4to.  Calcutta,  1910. 

See  Indian  Forest  Manual. 

Caiman  (William  Thomas).  See  British  Museum — Guide- 
Books.  Guide  to  the  Crustacea,  Arachnida,  Onychophora, 
and  Myriopoda  exhibited  in  the  Department  of  Zoology,  Bj-itish 
Museum  (Natural  History).  8vo.  1910. 

Cambridge  (Frederick  A.).  Arachnida  of  Hertfordshire.  See 
Victoria  History  of  the  County  of  Hertford,  Vol.  I. 

fol.  1902. 
Cambridge     Natural     Science     Manuals.       Biological     Series. 
General  Editor  :  Arthur  E.  Shipley. 

8vo.    Camhrklrje,  1898-1910. 

Ward  (H.  Maksiiall)-     Trees.     4  vols.     1904-{1}D8, 

I.  (Buds  and  Twigs).  Pp.  xiv,  271  ;  figs.  13(5.     1904. 
II.  (Leaves).  Pp.  x,  348;  figs.  124.     1904. 
III.  (Flowers).  Pp.  sii,  402;  figs.  142.     1905. 
IV.  (Fruits).  Pp.  161  ;  figs.  147.     1908. 
Wert  (George  Stepiie.\).     A  Treatise  on  the  British  Freshwater  Algai. 

Pp.  XV,  372 ;   1  plate  and  1G()  figs.     1904. 
Seward  (A.  C).     Fossil  Plants.     Vols.  I.,  II.     1898-1910. 
Canada,  Department  of  Mines. 
Geological  Survey  Branch. 

Catalogue  of  Canadian  Birds.     By  John  Macoun  and  James 
Melville  Macoun.     Pp.  viii,  761 ;  Index,  pp.  xviii. 

8vo.  Ottaiva,  1909. 
Cape  of  Good  Hope. 

Department  of  Agriculture. 

Marine  Investigations  in  South  Africa.     Vol.  IV. 

8vo.   Cape  Town,  1909.     J.  D.  F.  Gilchrist. 

Cepede    (Casimir).      Becherches    sur    les    Infusoires    Astomes, 

Anatomie,     Biologie,     Ethologie     parasitaire,      Systematique. 

Pp.  269 ;    plates    10,    tigs.    47.       (Arch.  Zool.  exper.    5*   ser. 

iii.  pp.  341-609,  pis.  9-17.)  8vo.  Paris,  1910. 

i2 


Il6  I'KOCEKUINGS    OF    THE 

Chilton  (Charles).     The  Subantarctic  Islands  of  New  Zealand. 
Edited  by  Chakles  Ciiiltox.     2  vols. 

4to.   Wellington,  N.Z.,  1909. 
Chittenden  (Frederick  James).     Contributions  from  the  Wislej' 

Jjabunitory. 

VI.     A  Disease  of  Lavatcra  trimestris. 
VIl.     A  Disease  of  Jw^>/-//?»M/H.     Pp.  .^,  figs.  2.     (Journ.Eoy.  Iloitic. 
Soc.  vol.  XXXV.  p;irt  '1.) 
VIII.     Inoculation  of  Garden  Crops.   Pp.7.   (Journ.  Roy.  Hortic.  Soc. 

XXXV.) 

8vo.  London,  1910.     Author. 
Chodat  (Robert).     Etude  critique  et  expiM-imeiitale  sur  le  Poly- 

iiiorphisnie  de.s  Algues.     Pp.  lOo,  avec  21  planches. 

8vo.   Geneve,  1909. 
Christ  (Hermann).     Die  Geographic  der  Fai-ne.     Pp.  357  ;  luit 

einem  Titelbild,  129  Abbildungen  im  Text  und  3  Karten. 

8vo:  Jena,  1910. 
Clinton-Baker  (H.).     Illustrations  of  Conifers,     Vol.  I.     Pp.  xii, 

75  :  plates  68.  4to.  Hertford,  1909* 

Cockayne  (L.).     Eeport  on  a  Botanical  8urvev  of  Stewart  Island. 

Pp.  68  ;  figs.  43  and  map.  fo'l.    Wellin(iton,\\)OQ. 
Eeport  on  the  8and  Dunes    of   New  Zealand.     Pp.  30 ; 

firrs.  ;3,).  fol.   Wellington,  1909.     Author. 

Combes    (Raoul).      Determination    des    Intensites    Lumineuses 

optima  pour  les  Yegetaux  aux  divers  States  du  Developpement. 

(Ann.  Sci.  Nat.  Bot.  9  ser.  xi.  nos.  2-4.)  8vo.  Paris,  1910. 

Correvon    (Henri)    et    Robert    (Philippe).      La    Flore    Alpine. 

V\).  440.      lllustrce    de    lU(»    aquarelles,  donnaut    1^0    etudes 

de  tleurs.  8vo.  Geneve,  [1909].     Sir  Frank  Crisp. 

Crisp  {Sir  Frank).     Guide   to   Friar   Park,  Henlev-on-Thames. 

Third  Edition.     Pp.  279  ;  figs.  382. 

8vo.  Henley-on-Thames,  1909.     Sir  Frank  Crisp. 
Crossman  (Alan  Fairfax).     Aves  and  Mammalia   of   Hertford- 
shire.     Ste   Victoria    History   of    the   Countv   of  Hertford, 

Vol.  I.  '  fol.  1902. 

Dalla  Torre  (Karl  Wilhelm  von).     See  Berlin.     Das  Tierreich. 

Liefg.  24.  Hyiiienoptera — Cynipida\  8vo.  1910. 

Darbishire  (Arthur   Dukinfield).     See  Vries   (Hugo  de).     The 

.Mutation  Theory,  &c.  8vo.  1910. 

Dauthenay   (Rene)   and   others.      Pepertoire   de  Couleurs  pour 

aider  a  la  determiuation  des  couleurs  des  Fleurs,  des  Feuillnges 

et  des  Fruits.     2  vols.     Pp.  82,  et  365  planches. 

8vo.  Paris,  1905.     Sir  Frank  Crisp. 
Davey   (Frederick    Hamilton).      Flora   of   Cornwall:   being  an 

aicount  of  the  Flowering  Plants  and  Ferns  found  in  the  County 

of    Cornwall,   including    the    Scilly    Isles.     Pp.  Ixxxviii,  570; 

with  6  portraits  and  a  map.  8vo.  Peuryn.  19U9.     Author. 

De  Laval.     See  Laval  (Patrik  Fabian  Honore  de). 
De  Toni  (Giovanni  Batista).     Fkaxcesco  Audissoxe  (8  Settenihre 

1S37-4  April  1910).     Pp.  12.     (Xuova  Notarisia,  Serie  xxi.) 

8vo.  Padova,  1910, 


LINNEAN    SOCIKTY    OF    LOXJ)OX.  II7 

De  Toni  (G,  B.).  Spigolature  Aldmvandiaue.  IX,  Pp.11.  (Atti 
li.  1st.  Veiieto  Sci.  vol.  69.)  8vo.    Venezia,  1910.     Author. 

Doflein  (Franz).  Lehrbueh  der  Protozoenkunde.  Eiue  Dar- 
stellano-  der  Naturgeschichte  der  Protozoen  mit  besonderer 
Beriirksiclitigung  der  ])arasitisc'heu  and  pathogenen  Forinen. 
Zweite  Autlage  der  "  Protozoen  als  Parasiten  und  Krank- 
heitserreger."'     Pp.  x,  914  ;  niit  825  Abbildimgen  im  Text. 

Svo.  Jena,  1909. 

Driesch  (Hans).     Tbe  Science  aud  Philosophy  of  the  Organism. 

The    (xifford    Lectures    delivered    before    the    University   of 

Aberdeen  in  the  Year  1907.     2  vols.  Svo.  London,  1908. 

Vol.  I.  pp.  xiii,  .■!24.     Vol.  11.  pp.  xvi,  381. 

Dublin. 

Department  of  Agriculture  and   Technical   Instruction  for 
Ireland.     Fisheries  Branch, 

Scientific  Investigations  :   1908,  no.  1  ;   1909,  no.  1. 

Svo.  Dnhlin,  1910.    Authors  &  Scientific  Adviser. 
National  Museum  of  Science  and  Art. 

Hand-List  of  Irish  Flowering  Plants  and  Ferns.     By  Miss 
M.  C.  Knowles.     Pp.  20 ;  Index  to  Genera,  vi. 

Svo.  Dublin,  1910.     fh:  R.  F.  ScharfF. 

Durand   (Helene).      See    Durand    (Theophile).      Sylloge    Florae 

Congolana}.     Pp.  710,  Svo.  1909. 

Darand  (Theophile)  et  Durand  (Helene).     Sylloge  Flora?  Congo- 

lanae.     [Phanerogania\]     Pp.  71(). 

Svo.  Bruxelles,  1909.     Authors. 
Elliman    (E.   G.).     Coleoptera   of   Hertfordshire,     See   Victoria 
History  of  the  County  of  Hertford,  Vol.  I.  fol.  1902. 

Ellis  (David).     Outhnes  of  Bacteriology.     (Technical  and  Agri- 
cultural.)    Pp.  xii,  202;  figs.  134.  S\o.  London,  \Qm. 
Engler   (Heinrich   Gustav   Adolf).     Das  Pflanzenreich.     Eegni 
A'egetabilis  conspectus  .  .  .  Herausgegeben  von  A,  Engler. 
Heft.  37-39.                                            Svo.  Leipzig,  1908-1910. 

Heft  37.     Engler  (A.).     Acltlitamentum  ad  Araceas — Pothoideas.     1908. 

ENaLEii(A.)  uud  Krause  (K.).    Arace;c — Monsteroidea?.    1908. 

Krause   (K.).      Aracea;— Calloide*.      1908.      Pp.    160;    mit 

498  Einzelbildei-n  in  60  Figuren  und  einer  Tafel. 

„     38.     KuKENTHAL  (Georg).     Cj'pei'accaB — Caricoideoe.     Pp.  824 ;  mit 

981  Einzelbildei-n  in  128  Fignren.     1909. 
„     39.     Walter  (Hans).     Phytolaccaceif.     Pp.  154 ;  mit  286  Einzel- 
bildei'n  in  42  Figuren.     1909. 

Engler  (Victor).     Monographie  der  Gattung  Tilia.     Pp.  159. 

Svo.   Breslan,  1909. 
Ewart  (Alfred  James).     Tree  Planting  and  Forest  Preservation. 

Pp.  4.     (Journ.  Agric.  8  April,  1907.) 

Svo.  Melbourne,  1907.     Author. 
The   Weeds,    Poison   Plants,  and   Naturalized  Aliens    of 

Victoria.      Assisted   by    James   Riciiakd   Toa^ev.      Pp.  110; 

plates  33.  Svo.  Melbourne,  1909.      Author. 

Farmer  (John  Bretland),     ^SV^"  Vries  (Hugo  de).     The  Mutation 

Theory.  Svo.  1910. 


Il8  PE0CBEDING8   Of   THE 

Fitting  (HansV     Physiological    Principles   for   Determining  the 

A'iilue   ul'  llie   various   Kubber  Tapping  Methods.     'JVanslated 

from  the  German  bv  J.  11.  Hknton.    Pp.  51  ;  with  4  diagrams. 

Svo.  Lomhii,  V.H)d.     Dr.  G.  H.  Fowler. 

Flower    (Stanley    Smith).      Zoological    Gardens  of  the  World. 

Rert'ivncc  List.  1st,  October,  1908. 
Focke    (Wilhelm    Olbers).      .Species    Kuborum.      Monographiaj 

generis  Itiibi  Prodromus.     Pars  1.     Pp.  12<»,  figs.  53.     (Pibl. 

Bot.  Heft  72.)  4to.  Stutt(/art,  1910. 

Foster  (Sir  Michael).     See  Klein  (Edward  Emanuel)  and  others. 

ll:in(ll)0()k  tor  the  Physiological  Laboratory.  8vo.   1873. 

Fries    (Theodor    Magnus).      JJref    och   skrifvelser   af   och   till 

Carl    von    Linnc,  nied  understod   af    Svenska    JStaten    utgifna 

af  Upsala  Universitet.     Fcirsta  Afdelningen. 

Deel  111.  pp.  ii,  342.        Deel  IV.  pp.  iv,  3()r>. 

Svo.  Stocl-holm,  1909-1910. 

Univ.  of  Uppsala. 

Friese  (Heinrich)  and  Wagner  Itititr  von  Kremsthal  (Franz). 

Zoologischen  Studien  an  liummeln.     Pp.  104  and  7  Col.  Taf. 

(Spengel,  Zool.  Jahrb.,  Abt.  Syst.  xxix.  Heft  1.) 

8vo.  Jena,  1910. 
Garden  (The).     A'ol.  73.  4to.  London,  1909.     Editor. 

Gardeners"  Chronicle.     3  ser.  Vols.  45,  4(j.         fol.  London,  1909. 

Editor. 
Gaskell  ("Walter  Holbrook).     The  Origin  of  Vertebrates.     Pp.  ix, 

537  :  with  lOS  illustrations.  Svo.  London,  1908. 

Gibbs  (Arthur  Ernest).     Insecta  of  Hertfordshire.     See  Victoria 

History  of  the  Connty  of  Hertford,  Vol.  I.  fol.   1902. 
31usci   and   Hepaticre   of    Hertfordshire.      See   Victoria 

History  of  the  County  of  Hertford,  Vol.  I.  fol.  1902. 

Gibbs  (Lilian  Suzette).    Xotes  on  the  Development  and  Structure 

of  the  Seed  in  Alsinoidese.    Pp.  31 ;   witli  2  plates  and  4  figures 

in  the  text.     (Ann.  Bot.  xxi.)         Svo.  London,  1907.     Author. 
Gieshrecht     (Wilhelm).       Stomatopoden.       See    Naples     Zool. 

Station.     JNIonogr.  xxxiii. 
Goehel  (Karl).    Einleitung  in  die  Experimentelle  Morphologie  der 

Ptlanzen.     Pp.  viii,  200  ;  mit  135  Abbilduiigen. 

Svo.  Leipzui  luid  Bd-Jin,  1908. 
Grant  (William  Robert  Ogilvie).     See  British  Museum — Guide 

Books.      Guide  to   the    British  Vertebrates  exhibited  in  the 

Depart,  of  Zoology,  Brit.  Mu.s.  (Nat.  Hist.).  Svo.  1910. 

Gravely  (F.  H.).     Polychaet  Larvie.     Pp.  viii,  79  ;  plates  4.     See 

Liverpool  Marine  Biology  Committee,  Memoir  xix.  1909. 

Green  (Joseph  Reynolds).     A  History  of  Botany.     lSGO-1900. 

Being  a  Continuation  of  Sachs's   "  Historv  of  Botanv."  1530- 

1860.     Pp.543.  Svo.  O.r/br  J,  3  909.     /S/r  Frank  Crisp. 

Gregory  (William  K.).      Tbe  Orders   of   Mammals.     Pp.  524  ; 

tigs.  32.     (Bull.  Amer.  :Mus.  Nat.  Hist,  xxvii.) 

Svo.  Neiv  York,  1910. 


LINNEAX    SOCIETY    OK    LONDON.  II9 

Groom  (Percy).      See   Warming   (Johannes   Eugenius   Biilow). 

(Ecolo<,vy  of  Plants.  Svo.   19U9. 

Gunn  (W.  D.).     Cattle  of  Southern  Iiidhi.     Pp.  65;  plates  68. 

(Dept.  .\gric.  Madras,  vol.  iii.  Bull.  uo.  60.) 

8vo.  Madras,  1909. 
Gupte   (B.   A.).     L'raiiiologioal   Data  from   the   Indian  Museum. 

See  Calcutta — Indian  Museum. 
Haig  (Harold  A.).     Tlie  Plant  Cell  :  its  Modifications  and  AHtal 

Processes.     Pp.  ix,  207;  figs.  11").  Svo.  London,  1910. 

Hall  (Alfred  Daniel).     Eotliamsted  Experimental  Station,  Har- 

penden.     Animal  lieport  for  1909,  with  the  Supplement  to  the 

"'  Guide  to  the  Experimental  Plots,"'  contaiuiug  the  Yields  per 

Acre,  &c.     Pp.16.  Svo.  St.  Albans,'l910.     Author. 

Hampstead. 

Hampstead  Scientific  Society. 

Keports,  1S99   1909.  Svo.  Hampstead,  1901-1910. 

Hugh  Findon. 
Hansen  (Hans  Jacoh).    The  Schizopoda  of  the  Siboga  Expedition. 

Sec  Siboga-Expeditie,  Monogr.  ;37.  4to.  1910. 

Hartog  (Marcus  Manuel).     See  Butler  (Samuel).     Unconscious 

Memory.     New  Edition.     Pp.  xxxv,  186.  Svo.  1910. 

Harvey  (William  Henry)  and  Sonder  (Otto  Wilhelm).     Elora 

Capensis  :  beiug  a  Systematic  Description  of  the  Plants  of  the 

Cape  Colony,  Caffraria,  and  Port  Natal.     Vols.  1-3. 

Svo.  Duhlin,  1859-65. 
\_Continaed  as] 
(and    neighbouring   Territories).       By    various    Botanists. 

Edited   bv  Sir   W.   T.   Thiselton-Dyek.      Vol.  V.      Sect.   I. 

Part  11.  ■  Svo.  London,  1910.     Sir  W.  T.  Thiselton-Dyer. 

Herdman  (William  Abbott).     The  Marine  Biological  Station  of 

Port    Erin    (Isle    of    Man),   being   the    Twenty-third    Annual 

Keport  of  tlie  Liverpool  Marine  Biology  Committee.     Pp.  62 ; 

figs.  21.  Svo.  lAverpooJ,  1909.     Author. 

Herr  (Oswald).     Beitriige  zur  Insektenfauna  Oeningens.     Coleo- 

ptera.      Pp.   90  ;    Taf.  7.     (Nat.  Verb.  HoU.  Maatsch.   AVet. 

Haarlem,  xvi.)  4to.  Haarlem,  1862.     G.  Lewis. 

Herries  (Robert  Stansfield)  and  Monckton  (Horace  Woollaston). 

Excursion  to  the  Tertiary  Beds  of  the  Isle  of  AVight.     Pp.  xiii, 

figs.  5.     (Proc.  Geol.  Assoc,  xiv.  Part  3.)       Svo.  London,  1895. 

H.  W.  Monckton. 
Hertwig  (Wilhelm  August  Oscar).     Allgemeine  Biologic.    Dritte 

Auflage.     Pp.  xix,  728  ;  mit  435  Abbildungen. 

Svo.  Jena,  1909. 
Hill  (William)  and  Monckton  (Horace  Woollaston).     Excursion 

to  llitchin.    Jieport.     Pp.5.    (Proc.  Geol.  Assoc,  xiv.  Part  10.) 

Svo.  London,  1896. 
Hirst  (Arthur  Stanley).      See  British  Museum — Guide  Books. 

Guide  to  the  Crustacea,  Arachnida,  Onychophora,  and  Myrio- 

poda,  exhibited  in   the  Depart,   of  Zoology,  Brit.  Mus.  (Nat. 

Hist.).  Svo.  1910. 


I20  I'Hoceedinos  ok  thk 

Hodgkin  (John).  Proper  Terms:  An  attempt  nt  a  rational 
e.\|)lanation  nt'  the  meanings  oF  the  CoMection  of  Phrases  in 
"The  JJook  of  St.  Albans,"  148(),  entitled  "Compaynys  of 
Beestys  and  I'owlvs,"  and  similar  Lists.     Pp.  187. 

8vo.  LoivJon,  1909.     Author. 

Hole  (Robert  Selby).  A  Manual  of  Botany  for  the  Indian 
Forest  fStiidciits.      Pp.  xi,  2")0  ;  plates  215.     Index,  pp.  xxi. 

Svo.  C'dlcvtta,  1909.     Author. 

Holt  (Ernest  "William  Lyons).  Keport  of  a  Survey  of  I'raw  lintj; 
Grounds  on  the  Coast  of  Counties  Down,  Louth,  Meatli,  and 
Dublin.  Pp.  .538;  plates  2.  (Fisheries,  Ireland.  Sci.  Invest. 
r.1119,  i.)       8vo.  Dublin,  1910.     Authors  &  Scientific  Adviser. 

Holtennann  (Carl).  Schwendeners  \'orlesun<.,M'n  iiber  ^lechanische 
Probleme  der  Botanik,  gehalten  an  der  Universitiit  Berlin. 
Pp.  vi,  l.'j4.  Mit  dem  JJildnis  Schwendeners  und  90  Text- 
ligiiren.  Svo.  Leijjzk/,  1909. 

Hope  (The)  Reports.  (A  Series  of  Beprints  and  Extracts  from 
various  .Journals,  re-issued  for  private  Circulation.)  Edited  by 
EoAVAKO  B.  PouLTOx.     Yol.  YIl.     1908-1910. 

Svo.  Oxford,  1910.     E.  B.  Poult:n. 

Hopkinson  (John).  Botany  of  Hertfordshire.  iSee  Victoria 
History  of  the  County  of  Hertford,  Yol.  I.  fol.  I9(i2. 

Beptilia  and  Batrachia  of  Hertfordshire,      ^SV^  Victoria 

History  of  the  County  of  Hertford,  Yol.  I,  fol.   Iii02. 

(ieology  of  IMiddlesex  and  Hertfordshire.     Pp.50;  with 


2  plates.     (Geol.  Assoc.  .Jubilee,  vol.  i.)         Mvo.   London,  1909. 

Author. 

Horsley  (Victor).    The  Structure  and  Functions  of  the  Brain  and 

Spinal  Cord.     Being  the  FuUerian  Lectures  for  1891.     Pp.  vi, 

22'.\.     With  50  illustrations.  Svo.   r.ondon,  1892. 

H.  W.  Monckton. 

Hewlett  (Frank  M.).     See  Maxwell-Lefroy  (H.).     Indian  Insect 

Life.  "  4to.   1909. 

Hubrecht  (Ambrosius  Arnold  Willem).    Die  Siiugetierontogenese 

in  ilirer  Bedeutuiig  fiir  die  Phylogenie  der  AVirbeltiere.    Pp.  iv, 

247;  mit  186  Textfignren.  Svo.  Jemi,  1909. 

Hunter   {Sir  William).      Plants    of   Prince   of   Wales    Islands. 

From  a  MS.  in  the  British  Mnseum.     Introduction  by  H.  N. 

EiDLEV.    Pp.  77.    (Journ.  Straits  Branch  Kov.  As.  Soc.  No.  53, 

1909.)  ^\-o.  Siiu/ajHire,  }'J0\).     H.N.Ridley. 

Ihering  (Hermann  von)  and  Ihering  (Rodolpho).     Catalogos  da 

Fauna  Brazileira.    Yol.  I.    As  Aves  do  Brazil. 

Svo.  ^V7o  Faido,  1907. 
Ihle  (J.  E.  W.).     Die  Thaliaceen  (einschliesslich  Pyrosomen)  der 
Siboga-Expedition.     See  Siboga-Expeditie,  Monogr.  5G  d. 

4to.  1910. 
India. 

A  ]\Lanual  of  Forest  Law  compiled  for  the  l^se  of  Students  at 
the  Imperial  Forest  College,  Dehra  Dun.     Pp.  v,  100. 

Svo.  Cakutia,  1906. 


LIXNEAX    SOCIETY    OF    LONDON.  121 

India  (con.). 

A   Concise   Manual   of  S^-lvit-ulture   for  the   Use   of   Forestry 
Studeuts  in  India.     Pp.  xvi,  240.  8vo.    Calcutta,  1906. 

Indian  (The)  Forest  Records.     Vol.  1.     Parts  1-2. 

4to.   Calcutta,  1908. 

Part     I.  Stebbixg  (E.  P.).       Note  on  the  Lac  Insect  (Tacl/ardia  lacca). 

Pp.  vi,  84,  with  2  plates.     ItlUS. 
Part  II.  Caccia  (A.  M.  F.).     Preliminarv  Note  on  the  Development  of  tiie 

Sal  in  Volume  and  in  Money-Value.     Pp.  8a-23S,  o  plates  and 

Map.      l'Jt)S. 

Indian  (The)  Forester.    Edited  by  E.  P.  Stebbing.    Vols.  31,  32. 

4to.    Calcutta,  1905-1906. 

Edited  bv  P.  11.  Ceuttekbuck.     Vols.  ;33-3()V 

4to.   Calcutta,  1907-1910. 
Institnt  Botanique.     See  Recueil  de  I'lnstitiit  Botanique.     Leo 

Errera.     (Uni\ersito  de  Bruxelles.) 
Isgrove   (Annie).       Eledone.     Pp.   viii,    lOo  ;    ])lates    10,   figs.   7. 

See  Liverpool  Marine  Biology  Committee,  Memoir  xviii. 

1909. 
Jackson  (Benjamin  Daydon).     Darwiniana :    being  a  reprint  of 

three  Short  Essays  prepared  for  the  Darwin  Centenary  held  at 

Cambridge,  June  20-24,  1909.     Pp.  16.         Svo.  London,  1910. 

Author. 
Kellog  (Vernon  L.).     Inheritance  in  Silkworms.     Pp.  89  ;  with 

4  plates.    See  Leland  Stanford  Junior  University  Publications. 

Univ.  Series,  1.  Svo.  1908. 

Kemp   (Stanley).      The   Decapoda   Natantia   of   the   Coasts   of 

Ireland.     Pp.  190  :  plates  23.     (Fisheries,  Ireland,  Sci.  Invest. 

1908,  i.)       Svo.  DuhUn,  1910.     Authors  &  Scientific  Adviser. 
Kensington  (William  C).     Forestiy  in  New  Zealand.     Pp.  118; 

Mgs.  43  and  2  maps.  fol.    Wellinrjton,  1909. 

Kerner  von  Marilaun  (Anton).     Die  Schutzmittel  des  Pollens, 

gegen   die    Xachtheile    vorzeitiger   dislocation    und   gegen   die 

JS"achtheile  vorzeitiger  liefruchtuug.     Pp.  71.     (Per.  naturw.- 

med.  A'ereiu  Innsbruck,  Jahrg.  ii.,  iii.)        Svo.  Innshrucl;  1873. 

Die  Schutzmittel  der  Bliithen   gegen   unberufene    Gaste. 

Pp.  68  ;  mit  3  Tafeln.  4to.  Lmshrucl;  1879. 

Kershaw  (E.  M.).  See  Slopes  (Marie  Charlotte  Carmichael). 
Tl-.e  Anatomy  of  Cretaceous  Pine  Leaves.  Svo.  1910, 

KiefFer  (Jean  Jaques).  See  Berlin.  Das  Tierrcich.  Liefg.  24. 
Ilymenoptera — Cynipidai.  Svo.  1910. 

Kirby  (William  Egmont).  Butterflies  and  Moths  of  the  United 
Kingdom.     Pp.  Iii,  468,  and  70  col.  plates. 

Svo.  London,  1909. 

Klein  (Edward  Emanuel)  and  others.  Handbook  for  the 
Physiological  Laboratory,  by  E.  Klein,  J.  Buruon-Sanderson, 
.  .  .  M.  Foster  ,  .  .  T.  Lauder  Brunton  .  .  .  Edited  by 
J.  Burdon-Sandebson.     Atlas  only.     Pp.  xvi,  123  plates. 

Svo.  London,  1873.     John  Hopkinson. 


122  PBOCEKDINGS    OF    TlfE 

Knoblauch  (Emil).     Oekologische  Anatomie  der  Holzpflanzen  dei* 

siidah-iktinisflien     iininergriiiieii     Biisehregion.       Habilitations- 

schrift.      Pp.  44.  8vo.   Tu/nnrfen,  1890, 

Knowles  {Miss  M.  C).    >''■<'  Dublin.    Natioiial  Museum  of  Science 

iiiul   Art.     Jliind   List  of   Irisii   Flowering  Plants   and   Ferns. 

Pp.  -Jii;    Index  to  (ieuera,  vi.  Svo.   Dublin,  1!)10. 

R.  F.  ScharflF. 
Koehler   (Rene).      An    Account    of    the    Deep-8ea   Asteroidea 

collected  liy  the  Koyal  Indian  Marine  Survey  Ship  '  Investigator.' 

/Sit  Calcutta — Indian  Museum. 
Klikenthal  (Georg).     /*>'.<  Engler  (H.  G.  A.).     Das  PHanzenreich. 

C  yiM-raceic  CaricoidciO.      Heft  38.      19U9. 
Kynoch  (James).    Wild  Flowers  of  Barmouth  and  Xeighbjurhood. 

Thii-d  I'Mition.  8vo.  Jiannonth,  1899.     Author. 

Lankester  ('S/y  Edwin  Ray).     A  Treatise  on  Zoology.     Edited  by 

i:.  Kay  L.vxKi-STKK.     Parts  IV,  YII,  IX. 

Svo.  London,  1900-1909. 

Part        I.  fascicle    1.      Introdiiclion    and    Protozoa.      By   S.    J.    Hickson, 

J.  J.  LisTKii,  F.  W.  Gamble,  A.  VVillky,  II.  M.  Woodcock,  the 

late  W.  F.  li.  Wkldu.s,  and  Sir  E.  Ray  Lankester.     Pp.  xxii, 

296,  witli  numerous  illnstratiuns  in  tlie  text.     1909. 
Part       I.  fai-cicle   2.      Introduction   and    Protozoa.      By   J.   B.    Farmer, 

J.  J.  LisTEK,  E.  A.  MixcniN,  and  S.  J.  IIicksox.     Pp.  vi,  451, 

with  numerous  illustration?.     1903. 
Part     II.  Poritera  and  Ctrientera.     By  E.  A.  Mini  nix,  G.  Herbert  Fowler, 

and   Gii,BEi£T  C.  Boluxe.     With  an  Introduction  by  E.   Hat 

Laxkesteu.     1900. 
Part    III.  i']cliinodcrnia.     By  F.  A.  Bather,  assisted  by  J.  W.  Gregory  and 

E.  S.  Go<j»Ricii.     Pp.  vi,  344,  witii  47  illustrations  in  the  text. 

19n(). 
Part     IV.  Platyhelmia,  Mesozoa,  and  ]S'enierlini.     By  W.  Blaxland  Be.\- 

iiA.M.     Pp.  vi,  204,  with  2S  illustrations  in' the  text.      1901. 
Part     V.  Mollusca.     By  Pail  Pelse.veer.     Pp.  355,  with  301  illustrations 

in  tiic  text.     190(i. 
Part  VII.  Appendiculata.     (Third  fascicle:  Crustacea.)     By  V^.  T.  Galmax. 

Pp.  viii,  34li,  with  194  figs.     1909. 
Part    IX.  Vertehrata  Craniata.     (First  fascicle:    Cvclostomes  and  Fishes.) 

By  E.  S.  Goodrich.     Pp.  xvi,  518,  figs.  51.5.     1909. 

Laurent  (L.).  Flore  plaisancienne  des  Argiles  Cinerifiques  de 
Xiac  ( Cantal),  avec  une  introduction  geologique.  Pp.  88  ;  pis,  9. 
(Ann.  Mus.  Hist.  Xat.  Marseille,  xii.)  4to.  MarseiUc,  1908. 

Laurie  (D.  F.).  Keport  of  the  Poidtrv  E.vpert  (South  Australia) 
for  the  Year  1907-1908.     Pp.  7;  plates  13. 

fol.  Adelaide,  1908.     Author. 

Laval  (Patrik  Fabian  Honore  de).  FranistiiUning  af  chloro- 
phyllkornens  anatomisliu  egenskapcr  och  utveckling  enligt  de 
nyaste  asigterna.     Akadeniislc  A f handling.     Pp.  40. 

Svo.  L'i>i)S(da,  1S72.     Univ.  of  Uppsala. 

Leland  Stanford  Junior  University  Publications.  University 
Series,  Xos.  1,  2.  >\o.  !San  Francisco,  1908. 

No.  1.  Keleoco  (Vernon  L.).     Inheritance  in  Silkworms. — I.     Pp.89, 

witlj  4  plates.     1908. 
Ko.  2.  MacFari.axi)  (Fraxk  Mace).     The  Opisthobranchiatc  Mollu.sca 

of  the  Branner-Agassiz  Expedition  to  Brazil.     Pp.  104,  with 

10  plates.     PJ09. 


LINNEAN    SOCIETY    OF    LONDON.  1 23 

Liverpool. 

Liverpool  Marine  Biology  Committee. 

Memoirs  on  Typical  Eritisli  Marine  Plants  and  Animals, 
Edited  by  ^V.  A.  Heruman.     I-XIX. 

Svo.  Liverpool,  1890-1909. 

XVII  r.  ElecloHC.     By  Annie  Isgroye.     Pp.  viii,  10.5;  plates  10,  figs.  7. 

1<J09. 
XIX.  Polychffit  Larva\     By  F.  H.  Gkaviolv.     Pp.  viii,  70;  plates  4. 

1009. 

London. 

Holmesdale  Natural  History  Club,  Reigate. 

Proceedings  for  the  Years  1906,  1907,  1903,  1909. 

Svo.  lieiyate,  1910.     C.  E.  Salmon. 
Research  Defence  Society. 

Experiments  on  Animals.     Pamphlets  issued  by  the  li.  D.  S. 
Eebruary-Augnst,  1908.     Svo.  London,  1908.     Secretary. 
Royal  Microscopical  Society. 

Catalogue  of  the  Library,     Pp.  141.  Svo.  London,  1910. 

Royal  Society  of  Arts. 

Directorv  of  the  Eoyal  Society  of  Arts.  Eounded  1754. 
Incorporated  1847.  Edited  by  Sir  Henry  Trueman 
Wood.     Pp.  70,  figs,  7.  Svo.  London,  1909. 

Sleeping  Sickness  Bureau. 

Bulletin,  Vol.  I.-»    Editor,  Director  of  the  Bureau. 

Svo.  Ljondon,  190S> 

Skeleton  Maps  of  Tropical  Africa  showing  the  Distribution 

of  Tsetse-Flies  and  Sleeping  Sickness  ;  issued  under  the 

Direction  of  the  Honorary  Managing  Committee.    P]).  5  and 

2  maps.  4to.  London,  1909. 

Sleeping    Sickness  :     How    to    Avoid    Infection ;    With    an 

Account  of  GUssina  j^alpaUs,  and  Illustrations  of  this  and 

other  Biting  Flies.    For  the  use  of  Travellers  and  Eesidents 

in  Tropical  Africa.     Pp.  15.  Svo.  London,  1910. 

South    Eastern    Union   of  Scientific   Societies.      See    South 

Eastern  Union  &c. 

Lonnberg    (Einar).       Om     Rename    och    deras    Lefnadsvanor. 

Pp.  J  97  ;  met  3  Karten,  figs.  15.     (Bilaga  till  "  Eorhandlingarne 

intor  skiljedomstolen  af  1909  i  renbetesfragan,"  Afdelning  I.) 

Svo.  Uppmla,  1909.     Author. 
Lundstrom  (Axel  Nicolaus).     Carl  Linnaei  resa  till  Lap|)land  1732. 
Xagraskizzer.    Pp,  21.     Svo.  Upsala,l'$<1'6.     Univ.  of  Uppsala. 
Lydekker  ( Richard).    Palaeontology  ( Vertebrata )  of  Hertfordshire. 
See  Victoria  History  of  the  County  of  Hertford.         fol.  1902. 
MacFarland  (Frank  Mace).     The  Opisthobranchiate  Mollusca  of 
the    Branuer-Agassiz   Expedition    to    Brazil.      Pp.    104,    with 
19  plates.     See  Leland  Stanford  Junior  University  Publica- 
tions.    Univ.  ISeries  No.  2,  Svo.  19U9. 
McNab  (Robert).     Murihiku. — A  History  of  the  South  Island  of 
New  Zealand  and  the  Islands  adjaceitt  and  Iviug  to  the  South, 
from  1G42  to  1835.     Pp.  xiv,  499  :  plates  11. 

Svo.  Wellington,  19'09.     Alex.  H.  Tumbull. 


I  24  PROCEEDINGS  or  Till: 

Maiden  (Joseph  Henry).  A  L'litirjil  Revision  of  tlie  Genus 
/'jKcali/ptiis.     Pai-tXI.  4to.  S)/(hie I/,  ivh).     Author. 

Manual  (A  Concise)  of  Sylviculture.     -SVe  India.  l'J<>6. 

Marriner  (George  R.).     The  Kea.     Pj).  51  ;  with  44  ilhistrations. 

8vo.  London,  1!)09. 

Marty  (Pierre).  ^V*?  Laurent  (L.).  Flore  plaisancienne  der 
Argiles  Ciiii-ntiqucs  de  Isiiie  (Caiital),  avee  une  iutrodiietion 
•■[eologique  par  P.  Marty.  1908. 

Massart  (Jean).  Essai  de  Gc'ographie  JJotanique  des  Districts 
I.iUoraiix  et  Alhiviaux  df  la  Belgique.  l'|).  12\,  avee  82  pliotogr., 
4  diagr.,  4  t-artes.  8vo.  BruxeUis,  1908. 

See    Recueil    de    Vlnstitut    Botanique.       Leo    Errera. 

(rniversite  de  Jiruxelles.) 

Matte  (H.).     Sin*  le  developpement  niorphologique  et  aiiatoiuiquc 

de  (Terminations  des  Cyt-adacees.     Pp.  GO  ;  2  planches  et  5  figs. 

(Mc'in.  Soc.  Limi.  Normandie,  xxiii.)  4to.  Caen,  1908. 

Matthews  (Henry  John).     Tree-Culture  in  New  Zealand.     Pp.  x, 

12();   with  04  plates.  8vo.  WelUn;/tnn,  1905. 

W.  C.  Kensington. 
Maxwell-Lefroy  (H.).      Indian   Insect  Life  ;    a  Manual    of  the 
Insects  of  tlie  Plains  (Tropical  India).     Assisted  by  Fkaxk  M. 
HowLETT.     Pp.  xii,  78(5 ;  plates  84,  figs.  530. 

4to.  Calcutta  lJ-  Simla,  1909. 
Meddelanden  fran  Statens  Skogs-forsoksanstalt.    lliiftet  6. 

4to.  Stockholm,  1910. 

Meijor  (Charles  John  Adrian)  and  Monckton  ( Horace  Woollaston). 

Excursion  to  Rcdliill  and  Nuffield.     Iteport,  pj).  4.     (Proc.  (Teol. 

Assoc,  xiii.  part  10.)        8vo.  London,  1894.     H.  W.  Monckton. 

Milford-on-Sea. 

Record  Society. 

Vol.  1.,  No.  2.  8vo.  MiJford-on-Sea,  1910. 

No.  2.     Wild  Flowers  and  Seaweeds  of  Milfurd. 

Hon.  Secretary. 

Monckton  (Horace  Woollaston).     On  the  Gravels  South  of  the 

Thames  from  Guildford  to  Newbury.    Pp.  19 ;  figs.  3.    (Q.  Journ. 

Geol.  Soc.  vol.  48.)  '  Svo.  London,  1892. 

The  Bagshot  Beds  of  Bagshot  Heath.     Pp.  12.     (Q.  Jouru. 

Geol.  Soc.  vol.  48.)  Svo.  London,  1892. 

The  Geology  of   the  Country  round  Stirling.      With  an 


Appendix  by  J.  G.  GoonCHiLir.  Pp.  12.  (Proc.  Geol.  Assoc, 
xii.)  "  Svo.  London,  1892. 

—  On  the  Occurrence  of  Boulders  and  Pebbles  from  the 
Glacial  Drift  in  Gravels  South  of  the  Thames.  Pp.  12, 
(Q.  Journ.  Geol.  Soc.  vol.  49.)  Svo.  London,  1893. 

Geological  Notes  in  the  Neighbourhood  of  Ongar,  Essex. 


Pp.  6.     (Essex  Nat.  vii.)  Svo.  Bnclhurst  Bill,  1893. 

—     On    the    Gravels    near    Barking    Side,    A\'"anstead,   and 
Walthamstow,  Essex.     Pp.  6.     (Essex  Nat.  vii.) 

Svo.  BncHmrst  Hill,  1893. 


LINNEAN    SOCIETY    OF    LONDON,  1 25 

Monckton  (^ Horace  W.).  On  a  Picrite  and  otlier  associated  Rocks 
at  Jiarntoii,  near  Edinburgh.  Pp.  5.  (Q.  Journ.  (leol.  Soe. 
vol.  50.)  8vo.   Loudon,  1894, 

On  a  Specimen  of  Eri/ma  eleaans  from  the  Inferior  Oolite 

of  Dundry  Hill,     Pp.  1.     (Proc.  Geol.  Assoc,  xiii.) 

8vo.  London,  1894. 

Xotes   of  (Geological  Excursion  iu  Switzerland.      Part  3. 

(Proc.  Geo).  Assoc,  xiv.  pp.  52-58.)     Pp.  7.     8vo,  London^  1895. 

The  Stirling  Dolerite,     Pp.  13  ;  figs.  3.     (Q.  Journ.  Geol. 

Soc.  vol.  51,)  8vo.  London,  1895. 

— Report  of  the  Excursion  to  Ilendon.    Pp.  5  ;  figs.  3.    (Proc. 

Geol.  Assoc  xiv.)  8vo.  I^ondon,  1896. 

Excursion    to    Swanage,    Corfe    Castle,    Kiineridge,    &c. 

Part  I.     Pp.  (i.     (Proc.  Geo!    Assoc,  xir,)     8vo.  London,  1896. 

The  Stirling  District.     Pp.  5.     (Proc.  Geol.  Assoc,  xv.) 

8vo.   London,  1897. 

Long  Excursion. — Stirling  Report.     Pp.  2.     (Proc.  Geol. 

Assoc.  XV.)  8vo.  London,  1897. 

On  some  Gravels  of  the  Bagshot  District.     Pp.  10,  figs.  3. 

(Q.  Journ.  Geol.  Soc.  vol.  54.)  8vo.  London,  1898. 

Cycling     Excursion    from     Winchfield     to     Wokingham. 


Report.  Pp.  3.  (Proc.  Geol.  Assoc,  xvi.)  8vo.  London,  1899, 
—  Notes  on  some  Hardanger  Lakes,  Pp.  8  ;  figs.  4.  (Geol. 
Mng.,  Dec.  iv.  vol.  vi.  no.  420.)  8vo.  London,  1899. 

Excursion  to  AV^imbledon  and  Kingston.     Report.     Pp.  3. 


(Proc.  Geol.  Assoc,  xvi. )  8vo.  London,  1900. 

Excursion  to    AVinchfield   and    Hook.     Report.      Pp.    4. 


(Proc.  Geol.  Assoc,  xvi.)  8vo.  London,  1900. 

—  On    some   Landslips    in    Boulder-Clay  near  Scarborough. 
Pp.  4  ;  figs.  2.     (Q.  Journ.  Geol.  Soc.  vol.  57,) 

8vo,  L^ondon,  1901. 

—  On  the  Origin  of  the  Gravel-Flats  of  Surrey  and  Berk- 
shire.    Pp.  4,     (Geol,  Mag,,  Dec,  iv,  vol.  viii.  no.  449,) 

8vo.  London,  1901. 
On   some    Examples  of    Marine    and    Subaerial    Erosion, 


Pp,  G;  fig,  1,     (Geol,  Mag.,  Dec.  iv.  vol.  ix.  no.  459.) 

8vo.  London,  1902, 
—  On  the  Recent  Geological  History  of  the  Bergen  District 
of  Norway,     Pp.  18,     (Proc.  Geol.  Assoc,  xviii.) 

8vo.   London,  1903. 
Cycling    Excnrsion    to    the    Aldersliot    District.     Report. 


Pp.  5.     (Proc.  Geol.  Assoc,  xviii.)  8vo.  L^ondon,  1903. 

—     On  some  examples  of  the  different   Types  of   Geological 
Deposits.     Pp.  24.     (Proc.  Geol.  Assoc,  xviii.  part  7.) 

8vo.  London,  1904. 
Excursions  to  the  Farnham  Gravel  Pits  on  April  23rd,  and 


to  the  J^rickfields  and  Gravel  Pits  at  Daw  ley,  between  Haves 
and  West  Drayton,  on  April  30th,  1904.  Pp.  6  ;  fig.  1.  (Proc. 
(jeol.  Assoc,  xviii.  part  8.)  8vo.  London,  1904, 


126  PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE 

Monckton  (Horace  W.)-  The  Eecent  Work  of  the  Norwegian 
(Teological  Survey  in  the  Hardanger  District.  Pp.  6.  (G-eol. 
Mag.,  Dee.  v.  vol.  ii.  no.  48S.)  8vo.  London,  1905. 

List  of  the  Geological  Society  Club,  1824-1904.     Pp.  15. 

Svo.  London,  1905. 

The  Geology  of  the  Dorset  Coast.     Pp.  32 ;  plate  1  and 

10  figs.     (Jubilee  Vol.  Geol.  Assoc,  Part  2.) 

Svo.  London,  1910.     Author. 

Monckton  (Horace  W.)  and  Herries  (Robert  Stansfield).  On 
soini'  Hill  (Iravels  North  of  the  Tliaine.s.  P()-  7.  ( Proc.  Geol. 
Assoc,  xii.)  Svo.   London,  1892. 

Monckton  (Horace  W.)  and  Mangles  (Henry  Albert).  Excursion 
to  Farnham.     Pp.  8  ;  figs.  2.     (Proc.  Geol.  Assoc,  xiii.  part  3.) 

Svo.  London,  1893. 

Monckton  (Horace  W.)  and  Shrubsole  (Octavius  Albert).  Excur- 
sion to  Heading  aTid  Caversham.  Keport.  Pp.3.  (Proc.  Geol. 
Assoc,  xix.,  part  3.)  Svo.  Lo)idon,  1905. 

Monckton  (Horace  W.).  Shrubsole  (Octavius  Albert),  and  White 
(Harold  J.  Osborne).  Excursion  to  Heading  (Ijerksliire), 
Saturday,  September  28th,  1907.  Centenary  Celebration 
Keport.     Pp.  9  ;  figs.  3.     (Proc.  Geol.  Assoc,  xx.  part  3.) 

Svo.  London,  1907. 

Monckton  (Horace  W.)and  Stebbing  (William  Pinchard  Delane). 
Excursion  to  Betchworth  and  Headley.  Keport.  Pp.  5  ;  tig.  1. 
(Proc.  Geol.  Assoc,  xiv.  part  3.)  Svo.  London,  1S95. 

Monckton  (Horace  W.)  and  White  (H.  J.  Osborne).  The  Geology 
of  Hampshire  and  the  Bagshot  District.  The  Coast  Sections  by 
H.  W.  ^loxok'TON.  The  Chalk  by  H.  J.  Osborxe  White. 
Pp.  1(3 ;  figs.  5.     (Jubilee  Vol.  Geol.  Assoc,  Part  2.) 

Svo.  London,  1910.     H.  W.  Monckton. 

Morley  (Claude).  See  British  Museum.  Hymenopterous  Insects. 
Catalogue  of  British  llvmenoptera  of  the  Family  Chalcididae. 
Pp.  74.  '     Svo.  19]  0. 

Mundy  ( Arthur  Terry).  The  Anatomy,  Habits,  and  Psychology 
of  Chlronomi's  jmsio,  Meigen  (the  early  stages),  with  Notes  on 
various  other  Invertebrates,  chiefiy  Chironomida?.  Pp.  5(5 ;  with 
8  plates.  "  4to.  Leicester,  1909. 

Nancy. 

Societe  des  Sciences  {Ancienne  Societe  de$  Sciences  Xaiurelles  de 
Stranliouri/). 

Bulletin,  Serie  3,  Tome  viii.->-  Svo,  Nanctj,  1907->- 

Naples. 

Zoologische  Station  zu  Neapel. 

Fauna  und  Flora  des  GoU'es  von  Neapel.  Monogra])h  XXXIII. 

4to.  Leipzig  cS-  Berlin,  1910. 

XXXllI.    Stoiiiutopoclen,  Tlieil    I.      Von   W.    Giesbreciit.      Pp.  240, 
TiifelnU.     1910. 


LINNEAN    SOCIETY    OF    LONDON.  127 

Nathorst  (Alfred  Gal)riel).  Emanuel  Swedenboeg  as  a  Geologist. 

Pp.  47;  with  6  plates.     (Ein.  ywedenborg  as  a  Scientist,  Miscell. 

Contrib.     Edited  by  Alfeed  H.  Stroh,  Yol,  i.  Sect.  1.) 

4to.  SiocMolm,  1908. 
KoNL'NCi  Oscar  II.  ocli  den  Geografiska  Forskningen.    Pp.7. 

(Ymer,  Arg.  1907,  no.  24,  p.  307.)  8vo.  Stockholm,  1908. 

Cael  yon  Linne  als  Geolog.     Pp.  86;  mit  2  Tafein  und  10 

Textiigureu.  8vo.  Jena,  1909.     Author. 

Newstead  (Robert).  On  Scale  Insects  (Coccidse)  &e.  from  the 
Uganda  Protectorate.     Pp.  7  ;  figs.  7.     (Bull.  Ent.  Itesearcli,  i.) 

8vo.   London,  1010. 

On  two  new  Species  of  African  Coccidse.     Pp.  5 :  figs.  2. 

(Journ.  Econ.  Biol,  v.)  8vo.  London,  1910.     Author. 

New  Zealand. 

Report  of  the  Royal  Commission  on  the  Timber  and  Timber- 
building  Industries.     Pp.  liv,  832  ;  with  2  maps. 

fol.  Wellington,  1909. 
Nutting  (Charles  Cleveland).      The  Gorgonacea  of  the  Siboga 
Expedition. 

III.  The  Mui-ic'eidce.     IV.  The  Plexauridre.     V.  The  Isida\ 
See  Siboga-Expeditie.     Monogr.  13,  13//,  13  6". 
Olsson-SeflFer  (Pehr).     The  Rubber  Industry  of  Mexico.     Pp.  8. 
[Reprinted  from  'Tropical  Life.']  Svo.  London,  1910. 

Two  Vegetable  AVaxes  from  Mexico.     Pp.  6.     [Reprinted 

from  'Tropical  Life,'  Febr.  1910.]  Svo.  London,  1910. 

Author. 
Oxford. 

Ashmolean  Natural  History  Society. 

Proceedings  and  Report,  1909.  8vo.   Oxford,  1910. 

Percival  (John).     Agricultural  Botany.     4th  Edition.     Pp.  xiv, 

828  ;  figs.  2G5.  8vo.  London,  1910. 

Perez  (Charles).     Recherches  Histologiques  sur  la  Metamorpliose 

des    Muscides    {CaUiphora    erj/throcephala,    Mg.).        Pp.    274  ; 

planches  16.  (Arch.  Zool.  exper.  S*"  sor,  iv.  pp.  1-274,  pis.  1-16.) 

8vo.  Paris,  1910. 
Philadelphia. 

University  of  Pennsylvania. 

Botanical  Laboratory.     Contributions,  Yol.  III.  no.  2. 

8vo.  PhiladeljJiia,  1908. 
Pitard  (J.)  et  Proust  (L.).   Les  lies  Canaries.   Flore  de  I'Archipel. 
Pp.502;   planches  1!).  8vo.  Paris,  J  90S. 

Pittier  de  Fabrega  (Henry).  The  Lecythidacea?  of  Costa  Rica. 
Pj).  7;  ])lates  8,  tigs.  4.  I'onduzia,  a  new  Genus  of  Apocynaceaj 
from  Central  America.  Pp.  2  ;  plate  1,  tigs.  2.  (Contrib. 
U.S.  Nat.  Herb.  xii.  part  2.)  8vo.   Washinr/ton,  1908. 

The  Mexican  and   Central  American  Species  of  Sa2mcm. 

(Contrib.  L^.S.  Herb.  xii.  part  4.)  8vo.   Wushhujton,  1908. 


128  PllOCBEDINGS    OF    THE 

Porsch  (Otto).  Dt'i"  .S|)!iltofFnungs-:ip])ivral  iin  Tiiclite  der  Phylo- 
f^t'iiio.  I"]iii  lit'itrafi;  ziir  ])hyl()<;('iietisclK'ii  Pflan/.enliistologie. 
Vp.  \\,  l'J6;  init  4  Tat'elii  uiid  4  Aljbilduiigen  iiii  Texte. 

8vo.  Jena,  1905. 
Portici. 

Laboi'atorio  di  Zoologia  Generale  a  Agravia. 

Kdllcttiii.).     Vols.  I    lll.->  Svo.  J 'a, -t  ic  i,  M)07-VM9. 

Regia  Scuola  Superiore  di  Agi'icoltura. 

Aniiali.     .Seric  1',  ^'ol.  Yiii.  S\o.  J'ortici,  190S. 

Poulton  (Edward  Bagnall).  Charles  Darwin  and  the  Origin  of 
Species.  Addresses  etc.  in  America  and  England  in  the  Year 
ot"  the  two  Anniversaries.     Pp.  xv,  302. 

Svo.  London,  ]yu9.     Author. 

Prain  (David).      Contributions  to  Indian   Botanv.      (Keprinted 

frcin  IVriodicals,  1902-1006.)        8vo.  London,  ]dOii.     Author. 

Pringsheini  (Hans).  Die  A'ariabilitiit  niederer  Organismen.  Eine 
deszeudenztheoretische  Sludie.     Pp.  viii,  21(5. 

Svo.   Berlin,  1910. 
Progressus  Rei  Botanicae  (continued). 

Bd.  111.  neft  1.     Dixon  (Hexuy  H.).    Transpiration  and  tlie  Ascent  of  Sap. 

Pp.  1-1(J.  figs.  7.     1900. 

Zaccuakias  (1<].).    Die  cliemiselic  Bescliaffenheit  von  Protoplaania 

unci  Zellkei-n.     I'u.  07-2.^7.     lOOH. 

Heft  2.     Fui  wuiTU  (C).    Die  Kntwielilung  der  Anslesevorgiingebei 

den  landwirtschaftlichen  Kulturptlanzen.     Pp.  2.")0-3y().     lOO'J. 

]3.*v  (J.  CiiuiSTiAx).      Bibliograpliies  of  Botany.      Pp.  331-45(5. 

1909. 

Proust    (L.).     iSee   Pitard   (J.).      Les    lies   Canaries.     Flore  de 

IWrcbipel.     Pp.  502;  plates  19.  Svo.  PiO'ls,  1908. 

Prowazek  (Stanislaus  Joseph  Mathias  von).     Einfiihrung  in  die 

Pliysiologie    der    Einzelligen  (Protozoen).      Pp.   172;    niit   .51 

Abbildiingen  im  Text.  Svo.  Tjiipzlii  und  Berlin,  1910. 

Pycraft  (William  Plane).      See  British  Museum — (jiiide-Books. 

(niide  to  the  British  Vertebrates  exhibited   in  tlie  Depart,  of 

Zoology,  Brit.  Mus.  (Nat.  Hist.).  1910. 

Quelch  (John  J.).      Eeport  on  the  Giant  Motli-borer.     (With 

Notes  on  the  Small  Moth-borer  and  the  Beetle-borer.)     Pu.  32  ; 

])late  1.     ,  Svo.   Geor(/etotvn,  Demerara,  1910.     Author. 

Racovitza  (EmileG.).     Spheromiens  et  Pevisioii  des  Monolistrini 

(Isopodes  spheromiens).    (Arch.  Zool.  exper.  5''  ser.  iv.  pp.  02.5- 

758,  pis.  18-21.)  Svo.  Paris,  1910. 

Rangachari  (K.).     .SVt' Thurston  ( Edgar).     Castes  and  Tribes  of 

Southern  India.      7  vols.  Svo.  1909. 

Eea  ( Carleton) .    See  Amphlett  ( John).    The  Botany  of  AVorcester- 

sliire.     Pp.  xxxiii.  (iiil,  and  inaj).  Svo.    1909. 

Recueil    de    I'lnstitut    Botanique    (Universite   de   Bruxelles). 

I'ublie  par  Jji';o  Ekuaka.      Vols.  I. -II  I. 

4to.  JU'».v,Jlcs,  1900-1908. 

Regan  (Charles  Tate).  See  British  Museum — Guide-Books.  Guide 

to  the  British  \'ertebrates  exhibited  in  the  Depart,  of  Zoolojrv, 

Brit.  Mus.  (Nat.  Hist.).  Svo.  1910. 


LINITEAN    SOCIETY    OF    LONDON.  1 29 

Keis  (Robert).    Phjtochemische  Untersuchung  der  Enjthrcea  Cen- 

taurium  Pers.     Inaugural-Dissertation.     Pp.  45, 

8vo.  Strasshurg,  1909.     Prof.  Edw.  ScMr. 
Revue  de  Botanique  Systematique  et  de  Geographie  Botanique. 

Publiee  sous  la  Direction  par  Georges  Kouy.     Vols.  I.,  II. 

{all  published).  8vo.  PrtWs,  1903-1904. 

Ridewood  (Walter  George).    See  British  Museum.    Special  Guide 

ISTo.  4.     Pp.  V,  50  ;  with  2  portraits.  8vo.   1909. 

Ridley  (Henry  Nicholas).      The  Flora  of  the  Telora  and  Batang 

Padang  Valleys.      Pp.  98.      (Journ.  Federated    Malay   States 

Mus.  iv.)  8vc>.  Singapore,  1909.     Author. 
jN^ew  or  Rare  Malayan  Plants.    Series  A^.    Pp.61.    (.Journ. 

Straits  Branch  Roy.  As.  Soe.  no.  54,  1909.) 

8vo.  Singapore,  1909.     Author. 
See  Hunter  {Sir  William).      Plants  of  Prince  of  Wales 


Island.     Pp.  77.     1909. 
Rikli  (Martin  Albert).     Die  Arve  in  der  Schweiz.     Ein  Beitrag 

zur  Waldgeschichte  und  VValdwirtschaft  der  Schweizer  Alpen. 

Pp.  xxxix,  455  ;  mit  21  Ivarten,  9  Tafeln,  nnd  51  Textbildern. 

(Neue  Denkschr.  Schweiz.  Nat.  Ges.  Bd.  47.)  4to.  ZUrich,  1909. 
Rittinghaus  (Peter).    Ueber  die  Widerstandsfahigkeit  des  Pollens 

gagen  aussere  Einfllisse.     Inaugural-Dissertation. 

8vo.  Bonn,  1887. 
Robert  (Philippe).     See  Correvon  (Henri).     La  Flore  Alpine. 
Rodier  (William).     The  Rabbit  Pest  in  Australia.     Pp.  24. 

8vo.  Melbourne,  1908.     Author. 
Rosander   (H.  A.).      Studier  ofver  bladraossornas  organisation. 

Mossa,  Vaginula  och  Sporogon.    Akaderaisk  Afhandling.    Pp.viii, 

loo,  with  113  figs.  8vo.  Uppsala,  1906. 

Rosenberg  (Gustaf  Otto).     Svensk  Botanisk  Tidskrift.     Utgifven 

.  .  .  Redigerad  .  .  .  Dr.  G.  O.  Rosenberg.     See  Stockholm. 

Svenska  Botaniska  Foreningen,  Bd.  1-3.  8vo.  1907-1909, 
Rouy  (Georges).  See  Revue  de  Botanique  Systematique,  <Sfc. 
Saccardo  (Pietro  Andrea).     Sylloge  Fungorum  omnium  hucusque 

Cognitorum.    Vol.  XIX.     Index  Iconum  Fungorum  enumerans 

eoruudem   iiguras   omnes   hucusque   editas   ab  auctoribus    sive 

antiquis  sive  recentioribus.     Ductu  et  consilio  P.  A.  Saccardo, 

congessit  J.  B.  Traverso.     A-L.     Pp.  xi,  1158. 

Svo.  Patavli,  1910. 
Sanderson  (John  Scott  Burdon).     See  Klein  (Edward  Emanuel) 

and  others.     Handbook  for  the  Physiological  Laboratory. 

Svo.  1873. 
Sarasin  (Fritz).     Ueber  die  Geschichte  der  Tierwelt  von  Ceylon. 

Pp.  160;  Taf.  3.      (Spengel,  Zool.  Jahrb.  Suppl.  12,  Heft  1.) 

Svo.  Jena,  1910. 
Saunders  (James).     Mvcetozoa  of  Hertfordshire.     See  Victoria 

History  of  the  County  of  Hertford,  Vol.  I.  fol.  1902. 

Schepman    (Mattheus     Marinus).       Gymnoglossa    der    Siboga 

Expedition.     Part  III.     See  Siboga-Expeditie,  Monogr.  49. 

1909. 

LINN.  SOC.  PROCEEDINGS. — SESSION  1909-1910.  l' 


I  30  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE 

Schlichs   Manual  of  Forestry.     Vol.  II.    Silviculture.     By  Sir 

AV>i.  ScHLicii.      fourth   Edition,  Revised.      Pp.  ix,  424,  with 

100  illustrations.  8vo.  London,  1910. 

Secretary  of  State  for  India  in  Council. 

Schwendeners   Vorlesungen    iiber   Mechanische   Problems   der 

Botanik.    See  Holtermann  (Carl). 
Scott  (Andrew).    The  Co])epoda  of  the  Siboga  Expedition,  Part  I. 

See  Siboga-Expeditie,  Moiiogr.  xxix.  a,  Livr.  44. 
Seller   (Jean).      Bearbeitung  der    Briiggerschen  Materialen    zur 
Biindiierllora.      Inaug.-Diss.     Pp.  580  ;  rait  7  Tafeln,  1  Karte, 
und  1  Tabelle.     (Jahresber.  Nat.  Ges.  Graubiinden.) 

8vo.  Chur,  1909.     Dr.  Hans  Schinz. 
Seton  (Ernest  Thompson).     Life-Histories  of  Northern  Animals. 
An  Account  of  the  Mammals  of  Manitoba.     2  vols.     Pp.  xxx, 
X,  1267;  with  100  plates,  266  figs,  and  68  maps. 

4to.  London,  1910. 

I.  Grass  Eaters.     Pp.  xxx,  1-673 ;  plates  1-46.  figs.  1-182,  maps  1-38. 

II.  Flesh  Eaters.     Pp.  x,  075-1267 ;  plates  47-100,  figs.  183-266,  maps  39-68. 

Seward  (Albert  Charles).        Fossil   Plants  :    a   Text-Book   for 

Students  of  Botany  and  Geology.   Vol.  11.     Pp.  xxi,  624 ;  with 

265  illustrations  8vo.   Cambridge,  1910. 

Shipley  (Arthur  Everett).     See  Blanford  (W.  T.).     The  Fauna 

of  British  India,  including  Ceylon  and  Burma. 
Siboga-Expeditie.     Livr,  41-51.  4to.  Leiden,  1909-1910. 

Prof.  Max  Weber. 
Sillem  (Charles).      See  Webb   (Wilfred  Mark).'    The  British 
Woodlice.  8vo.  1906. 

Sluiter  (C.  Ph.).  Die  Tunicaten  der  Siboga-Expedition.  II. 
Abteilung.  Die  Merosomen  Ascidien.  See  Siboga-Expeditie, 
Monogr.  56.  1909. 
Smith  (Edgar  Albert)  and  Bloomer  (Harry  Howard).  The 
Marine  Fauna  of  Zanzibar  and  British  East  Africa,  from 
Collections  made  by  Cyril  Crossland  in  the  Tears  1901  and 
1902. — On  some  Species  of  Solenidae.  Pp.  3.  (Proc.  Zool. 
Soc.  Lond.  1906.)  Svo.  London,  1906.     Authors. 

South  Eastern  Naturalist.     See  South  Eastern  Union. 
South  Eastern  Union  of  Scientific  Societies. 
Eeport  and  Transactions  for  1897-99. 

Svo.   Tunhridye  Wells  ^-  London,  1897-99. 
{^Continued  as] 
The  South  Eastern  Naturalist ;  being  the  Transactions  of  the 
South  Eastern  Union  of  Scientific  Societies  for  1900-1909. 

8vo.  London,  1900-1909. 
Sperlich  (Adolf).     Untersuchungen  an  Blattgelenken.     I.  Eeilie. 
Pp.  1 08  ;  mit  7  Tafeln  und  7  Abbildungen  im  Texte. 

8vo.  Jena,  1910. 

Staff  (Hans  von).     Die  Anatomie  und  Physiologie  der  Fusulinen. 

Pp.  viii,  93  ;  mit  2  Tafeln  und   62  Textfiguren.     (Zoologica, 

Bd.  xxii.  Heft  58.)  4to.  StuWjart,  1910. 


LINNEAN    SOCIETY    OF    LONDON.  131 

Stanford  University,  California.     See  Leland  Stanford  Junior 

University. 
Stebbing  (Thomas   Roscoe  Rede).     Crustacea  of   llertfonlsliii-e. 
>Sce  Victoria  History  of  the  Couuty  of  Hertford,  Vol.  I. 

fol.  1902. 
Stockholm. 

Statens  Skogsforsoksanstalt.     See  Meddelanden  fran  Statens 

Skogsforsoksanstalt. 
Svenska  Botaniska  Foreningen.      Sveiisk  Botanisk  Tidskrift. 
Utfiifven  af  Svenska  Botaniska  Eoreningeu. 

Band  1.     Eedaktor  Dr.  Gustaf  Otto  Rosenbeeg. 

8vo.  Stockholm,  1907-1908. 

Band  2-3->     Redigerad  a£  G,  O.  Rosenberg  och  Tycho 

Vesteegeen.  8vo.  Stockholm,  1909-> 

Stopes  (Marie  Charlotte  Carmichael).   Adventitious  Buddiugand 

Branching.     Pp.  8  ;   figs.  (5,     (New  Phytol.  ix.) 

8vo.   Camhridije,  1910. 

Internal  Anatomy   of  NUssonia  oricntalis.     Pp.  o  ;  plate, 

tig.  1.     (Ann.  Bot.  xxiv.)  8vo.  Oxford,  1910. 

Studies    on    the  Structure   and    Athnities    of    Cretaceous 


Plants.     Pp.  90  and  9  plates.     (Phil.  Trans,  ser.  B,  vol.  201.) 

4to.  London,  1910.     Author. 
Stopes   (Marie   C.    C.)    and    Kershaw    (E.    M.).     Anatomy   of 
Cretaceous  Pine  Leaves.     Pp.  2  ;  plates  2.     (Ann.  Bot.  xxiv.) 

8vo.  Oxford,  1910.    Authors. 
Stuxberg  (Anton  Julius).    Bidrag  till  Nord- Amerikas  Arthropod- 
Fauna. 

1.  Oin  Nord-Auierikas  Oniscider. 

2.  Nya  Nord-Amerikaiiska  Litliobier. 

Akademisk  Athaudliug.     Pp.  32.     (Ofvers.  Vet.-Akad.  Porli. 
1872,  no.  2.)  8vo.  Stockholm,  1B75.     Univ.  of  Uppsala. 

Subantarctic  (The)  Islands  of  New  Zealand.  Reports  on  the 
Geo-Pliysics,  Geology,  Zoology,  and  Botany  of  the  Islands 
lying  to  the  South  of  New  Zealand  ;  based  mainly  on  Ob- 
servations and  Collections  made  during  an  Expedition  in 
tlie  Government  Steamer  Hinemoa  (Captain  J.  iBollons)  in 
November  1907.     Edited  by  Ckaeles  Chilton.     2  vols. 

4to.    Wellington,  N.  Z.,  1909. 
Svensk  Botanisk  Tidskrift.    See  Stockholm  :  Svenska  Botaniska 

Foreningen. 
Swedenborg  (Emanuel)  as  a  Geologist.     See  Nathorst  (Alfred 
Gabriel).  8vo.  1908. 

Sydney,  N.S.W. 

Botanic  Gardens  and  Government  Domains.     Director  J.  II. 
Maiden.     Report  for  1908.  fol.  S;idne>j,  1909. 

J.  H.  Maiden. 

Talbot   (William   Alexander).      Forest    Flora   of    the    Bombay 

Presidency    and    Sind.       A'^ol.    I.    Rauunculaceae   to    Rosaceie. 

Pp.  vi,  508,  Index  xxvi ;  figs.  288.  4to.  Poona,  1909. 

Author. 
/•'2 


132  PROCEEDIirGS    OF   THE 

Thayer  (Abbott   H.).     See  Thayer  (Gerald  H.).      Concealing- 

C'oloratiou  in  the  Aninml  Kingdon).  4to.  1909. 

Thayer   (Gerald   H.).       Concealing-Coloration    in    the    Animal 

Kingdom  ;  an   Exposition   of    the  Laws   of   Disguise    through 

Colour  and  Pattern.    Being  a  Summary  of  Abbo'it  H.  Thateb's 

Discoveries.     Pp.  xix,  2G0 ;  plates  IG,  figs.  140. 

4to.  Neiv  York;  1909. 
Thiele   (Johannes).      Eevision   des   Systems  der  Chitonen  ;    in 

2    Teilen.       Pp.    132;     mit     10    Tafeln    und    5    Textfiguren. 

(Zoologica,  Bd.  xxii.  Heft  50.)  4to.  Siattr/art,  1909-1910. 

Thompson  (Harold  Stuart).     Plant  Distribution  and  Adaptation. 

Pp.  7      (Friends'  Quarterly  Examiner,  Jan.  1910.) 

8vo.  London,  1910,     Author. 
Thonner  (Franz\     Die  Bliitenpfianzen  Afrikas.     Pp.  xvi,  072; 

mit  loo  Tafeln  und  1  Karte.  Eoy.  8vo.  Berlin,  1908. 

Sir  Frank  Crisp. 
Thurston    (Edgar).      Castes    and    Tribes    of    Southern    India. 

Assisted  by  K.  Eangachaei.     7  vols.  8vo.  Madras,  1909. 

Author. 
Tomaschek   (Anton).      Ueber  Culturen  der  Pollenschlauchzelle. 

Pp.    15,    mit    1    Tafel.      (Programm    k.-k.    deutschen    Ober- 

Gymnasiums  zu  Briinn.)  4to.  Brunn,  1871. 
Ueber  die  Entwicklung  der  Pollenpfliinzchen  des  Colchicuni 

aiitumnaJe,  Linn.     Pp.  8,  mit  1  Tafel.     (S.B.  k.-k.  Akad.  Wiss. 

Abt.  i.  Bd.  76.)  8vo.   Wien,  1877. 

L^eber  Binnenzellen  in  der  grossen  Zello  (Antheridiinnzelle) 


des  Pollens  einiger  Coniferen.     Zweiter  Bericht.     Pp.  16,   mit 
1  Tafel.     (S.B.  k.-k.  Akad.  Wiss.  Abt.  i.  Bd.  78,  pp.  197-212.) 

8vo.    Wien,  1879. 

Tovey   (James   Richard).      See  Ewart  (Alfred   James)      The 

"Weeds,   Poison  Plants,  and   Naturalized   Aliens   of   Victoria. 

Pp.  no  ;  plates  :33.  8vo.   1909. 

TuUberg   (Tycho  Fredrik).      Om    Skandinaviska   Podurider  af 

Underfamiljen  Lijntriniv.     Akademisk  Af  handling.     Pp.  21. 

8vo.   U2>srd a,  1SG9.     Univ.  of  Uppsala. 
Turner  (E.  Phillips).     Keport  on  a  Botanical  Examination  of  the 

Higher  AVaimarino  District.     Pp.  14  :  figs.  18  and  maps. 

fol.   WdJinr/ton,  1909.    Author. 
Vahl   (Martin).      See  Warming   (Johannes   Eugenius  Billow). 

(Ecology  of  Plants.  8vo.  19u9. 

Velenovsky  (Josef).     Vergleichende  Morphologie  der  Pflanzen. 

;')  Teile.      P|i.   iv,  1211  ;    mit   900   Abbildungen   im  Text  und 

9  Doppcltafeln.  Eoy.  8vo.  Prag,  1905-1910. 

Verson  (Enrico).     Se,  alio  stato  inerte,  gli  stigmi  del  baco  da  seta 

debbano  ritenersi  aperti  o  chiusi  ?     Pp.  8;    figs.  3.     (Atti  E. 

1st.  Yeneto  Sci.  vol.  69,  Parte  seconda.)       8vo.    Venezia,  1910. 

Author. 


LINNEAN  SOCIETY  OP  LONDOW.  1 33 

Vestergren  (Tycho).  Svensk  Botauisk  Tidskrift.  Utgifven  .  .  . 
Eedigerad  af  .  .  .  T.  Vesteegeen.  See  Stockholm.  Svenska 
Botaniska  Foreningen.     Baud  2,  3.  8vo.  1909. 

Victoria  History  of  the  County  of  Hertford.     Vol.  I. 

fol.  London,  1902. 
Botany.     By  John  Hopkinson. 

,,  Miisci  and  Hepaticte.     By  A.  E.  Gibus. 

,,  Mjcetozoa.     By  James  Saunders. 

Zoology. 

Mollusea.    By  B.  B.  Woodward. 
Insecta.     By  A.  E.  Gibbs. 
Coleoptera.     By  E.  G.  Elliman. 
Arachnida.     By  F.  O.  Pickard  Cambridge. 
Crustacea.     By  Rev.  T.  R.  R.  Stebbing. 
Pisces.     By  G.  A.  Boulenger. 
Reptilia  and  Batrachia.     By  John  Hopkinson. 
Aves  and  I\Iammalia.     By  A.  F.  Grossman. 
Paheojitology  (Vertebrata).     By  Richard  Lydekker. 

John  Hopkinson. 
Vries    (Hugo  de).      The    Mutation   Theory :    Experiments   and 
Observations  on  the  Origin  of  Species  in  the  Vegetable  Kingdom. 
Translated  by  J.  B.  Farmer  and  A.  D.  Daebishire. 

Vol.  I.     Tlie  Origin  of  Species  by  Mutation.     Pp.  xv,  582 ;  plates  6, 
figs.  119. 

8vo.  London,  1910. 
Wagner    (Adolf).      Geschichte   des    Lamarckismus.      Als    Ein- 

fiihrung  in   die  Psycho-biologische  Bewegimg  der  Gegenwart. 

Pp.  viii,  313  ;  mit  Portriit.  8vo.  Stuttgart,  1908. 

Wagner  Hitter  von  Kremsthal  (Franz).    See  Friese  (Heinrich). 

Zoologische  Studien  an  Humraeln.  8vo.  1910. 

Walter   (Hans).      See  Engler  (H.  G.   A.).     Das  Pflanzenreich. 

Phytolaccaceae.     1909. 
Ward  (Harry  Marshall).     Trees  :  a  Handbook  of  Forest-Botany 

for  the  AVoodlands  and  the  Laboratory,     4  vols.     (Cambridge 

Biol.  Series.)  8vo.   Cambridge,  1904-1908. 

Warming   (Johannes    Eugenius   Btilow).      The    Structure   and 

Biology  of  Arctic  Flowering  Plants.     I.  &  IV.     (Meddel.  om 

Gronland,  xxxvi.)  8vo.   Copenhagen,  1908-1909.     Author. 

I.  Ericineae  (Ericaceff,  Pirolaceaj). 

1.  Morphology  and  Biology.     Pp.  71 ;  figs.  44.     1908. 
IV.  SaxifragaceiB. 

1.  Morphology  and  Biology.     Pp.  68  ;  figs.  40.     1909. 

CEcology   of   Plants  :    an  Introduction  to   the   Study  of 

Plant-Communities.  Assisted  by  Martin  Vahl.  Prepared 
for  Publication  in  English  by  Percy  Gkoom  and  Isaac  Bayley 
Balfour.     Pp.  xi,  422.  8vo.  Oxford,  1909. 

Webb  (Wilfred  Mark)  and  Sillem  (Charles).  The  British  Wood- 
lice  ;  being  a  Monograph  of  the  Terrestrial  Isopod  Crustacea 
occurring  in  the  British  Islands.  Pp.  x,  54 ;  with  25  plates 
and  59  figures  in  the  text.  8vo.  London,  1906.     Authors. 


134  proceedi:n'gs  of  tue 

Wellington,  New  Zealand. 
Department  of  Lands. 

Forestry  iii   New  Zi-alaiid.     By  William  C.  Kensington. 

Pp.  I'lS;  figs.  ;J,  and  '?  maps.  fol.    Wellington,  1909. 

"West  (George  Stephen).      A  Treatise  on  the  British  fVesliwater 

Alga).      (Canib.  Nat.  Sci.  Manuals,  Biol.  Ser.,  General  Editor 

A.  E.  Shipley.)     Pp.  xv,  372;  1  plate,  and  166  figs. 

8vo.  Cavibrifh/e,  1904. 

Wood  {Sir  Henry  Truman).     See  London.     Royal   Society   of 

Arts.     Directory  of  the  Eoyal  Society  of  Arts.    Founded  1754. 

Incorporated  1847.     Pp.  76;  figs.  7.  Svo.  London,  1909. 

Wood   (John   Medley).     Kevised   List   of   the   Flora   of   Natal. 

Pp.  20.     (Trans.  Eoy.  Soc.  South  Africa,  vol.i.  part  2,  pp.  453- 

472.)  Svo.  Cajic  Town,  1910.     Author. 

Woodward  (Bernard  Barham).     Mollnsca  of  Hertfordshire.     See 

Victoria  History  of  the  County  of  Hertford,  Vol.  I. 

fol.  1902. 
York,  etc. 
Watson  Botanical  Exchange  Club. 

Annual  Keport  26.  Svo.   Cambridge,  1910. 

Gr.  Goode. 

Ziegler  (Heinrich  Ernst).    Zoologisches  Worterbuch.    Erkliiruug 

der   zoologischen   Fachausdriicke.      Pp.   xxvi,    645 ;    mit  529 

figuren.  Svo.  Jena,  1909. 

Zoological  Record.     Vol.  45.  (1908.)  Svo.  London,  1910. 


LINNEA.N    SOCIETY    OF    LONDON.  [35 


DONATIONS. 


1909. 


Dec.  23.  Grrant  from  the  Royal  Society  in  aid  of 
Dr.  G,  H.  Fowler's  paper  on  Biscayan 
Ostracoda 50     0 

1910. 

April  7.  Prof .  J.  "VV.  H.  Trail  :  towards  First  Award     15  15     0 

„    27.  Sir  John  Murray.     Contribution  towards 

printing  coloured  maps     14     0     0 


1^6 


PfiOCEEDlNGK   OF   TJIE 


BENEFACTIONS. 

List  in  accordance  with  Bi/e-Laivs,  Chap.  XVII.  Sect.  1,  of  alt 
Domitions  of  the  amount  or  value  of  Twenty-five  pounds  and 
upwards. 

1790. 
The  Et.  Hon.  Sir  Joseph  Banks,  Bt. 

Cost  of  Copper  and  engraving  of  the  plates  of  the  first  volume 
of  Transactions,  ^0  in  number. 
The  same :  Medallion  of  C.  von  Linne,  by  C.  E.  Inlander. 

1796. 
The  same :  a  large  collection  of  books. 

1800. 

Subscription  towards  the  Charter,  £295  4*.  6d. 

Claudius  Stephen  Hunter,  Esq.,  E.L.S.  (Gratuitous  professional 
services  in  securing  the  Charter). 

1802. 
Dr.  Eichard  Pulteney. 

His  collections,  and  ,£200  Stock. 
Aylmer  Bourke  Lambert,  Esq. 

Portrait  of  Henry  Seymer. 

1804. 
Sir  Joseph  Banks,  Bt. 

His  collection  of  Insects. 

1807. 

Eichard  Anthony  Salisbury,  Esq. 

Portrait  of  D.  C.  Solander,  by  J.  Zoffany. 

1811. 
Sir  Joseph  Banks,  Bt. 

His  collection  of  Shells. 
Mrs.  Pulteney. 

Portrait  of  Dr.  E.  Pulteney,  by  S.  Beach. 

1814. 

Joseph  Sabine,  Esq. 

Portrait  of  C.  von  Linne,  after  A.  Eoslin,  reversed. 
Dr.  John  Sims. 

Portrait  of  Dr.  Trew. 

1818. 
Subscription  of  .£215  6s.  for  Caley's  Zoological  Collection. 

1819. 

The  Medical  Society  of  Stockholm. 

A  medallion  of  Linnaeus  in  alabaster. 


LINN  BAN    SOCJETY    OF    LONDON.  1 37 

1822. 
Bust  of  Sir  Joseph  Banks,  Bt.,  by  Sir  F.  Chantrey,  E.A. 
Subscription  of  the  Fellows. 

1825. 

The  late  Natural  History  Society. 

=£190,  3|  Stock. 
Bust  of  Sir  James  Edward  Smith,  P.L.S.,  by  Sir  F.  Chantrey, 

E,A.,  by  Subscribers. 

1829. 
Subscriptiou   for    the    purchase   of   the   Linnean    and    Smithian 

Collections,  ^1593  8*. 

1830. 

Sir  Thomas  Grey  Cullum,  Bt. 

.£100  Bond  given  up. 

1832. 
The  Honourable  East  India  Company. 

East  Indian  Herbarium  (Wallichian  Collection). 

1833. 

Subscription  for  Cabinets  and  mounting  the  East  Indian  Herbarium, 
£315  14*. 

1835. 
Subscription  portrait  of  Eobert  Brown,  by  H.  W.  Pickersgill,  E.A. 

1836. 

Subscription  portrait  of  Edward  Forster,  by  Eden  Upton  Eddis. 
Subscription  portrait  of  Archibald  Menzies,  by  E.  U.  Eddis. 

1837. 

Subscription   portrait   of  Alexander   MacLeay,    by   Sir   Thomas 
Lawrence,  P.E.A, 

1838. 
Collections  and  Correspondence  of  Nathaniel  John  Winch. 
Portrait  of  Dr.  Nathaniel  Wallich,  by  John  Lucas,  presented  by 
Mrs.  Smith,  of  Hull. 

1839. 
Subscription  portrait  of  "William  Yarrell,  by  Mrs.  Carpenter. 

1842. 

David  Don :  herbarium  of  woods  and  fruits. 

Archibald  Menzies :  bequest  of  <£100,  subject  to  legacy  duty. 

Portrait  of  John  Ebenezer  Bicheno,  by  E.  U.  Eddis,  presented  by 

Mr.  Bicheuo. 

1843. 
Subscription  in  aid  of  the  fuuds  of  the  Society,  £994  3s. 
Subscription  portrait  of  Sir  William  Jackson  Hooker,  by  S.  Gam- 

bardella. 


J 3^  PEOCEEDINGS   OF   THE 

1845. 

Microscope  presented  by  Subscribers. 

1846. 
Joseph  Janson:  i;iOO  legacy,  free  of  duty,  and  two  cabinets. 

1847. 

[Bequest  of  je200  in  trust,  by  Edu  ard  Kudge  ;  declined  for  reasons 
set  forth  in  Proceedings,  i.  pp.  315-317.] 

1849. 

Portrait  of  Sir  J.  Banks,  Bt,  bv  T.  PhilHps,  E.A.,  presented  by 
Capt.  Sir  E.  Home,  Bt.,  li.5s\ 

1850. 
Subscription   portrait   of   the   lit.   Eev.   Edward  Stanley,  D.D., 
Bishop  of  Korwich,  by  J.  H.  Maguire. 

1853. 

Portrait  of  Carl  von  Linne,  by  L.  Pasch,  after  A.  Eoslin,  pre- 
sented by  Eobert  Brown. 

Pastel  portrait  of  A.  B.  Lambert,  by  John  Eussell,  presented  by 
Eobert  Brown. 

1854. 

Professor  Thomas  Bell,  .£105. 

1857. 
Subscription  portrait  of  Prof.  T.Bell,  P.L.S.,  by  H.  W.  Pickersgill, 

E.A. 
Thomas  Corbyn  Janson  :  two  cabinets  to  hold  the  collection  of 

fruits  and  seeds. 
Pleasance,  Lady  Smith  :  Correspondence  of  Sir  J.  E.  Smith,  in 

19  volumes. 

1858. 
Subscription    portrait  of   Nathaniel    Bagshaw    Ward,    by   J.    P. 

Knight. 
Subscription  for  removal  to  Burlington  House,  £1108  15s. 
Biography  of  Carl  von  Linne,  and  letters  to  Bishop  Menander, 

presented  by  Miss  Wray. 
Dr.  Horsfield's  .Javan  plants,  presented  by  the  Court  of  Directors 

of  the  Hon.  East  India  Company. 
Dr.  Eerdinand  von  jNIueller's  Austrahan  and  Tasmanian  plants, 

including  many  types. 

1859. 
Books   from  the  library  of  Eobert  Brown,  presented  by  J.   J. 

Bennett,  Seo.L.S. 
Eobert  Brown  :  bequest  of  two  bonds  given  up,  £200. 

1861. 

Subscription  bust  of  Eobert  Brown,  by  Peter  Slater. 

Collection  of  birds'  eggs,  bequeathed  by  John  Drew  Salmon,  F.L.S. 


LINNEA.N    SOCIETY    OP    LONDON,  1 39 

1863. 

The   Linnean   Club :    presentation    bust    of    Prof.    T,   Bell,    by 
P.  Slater. 

1863. 
Subscription  portrait  of  John  Joseph  Bennett,  by  E.  U.  Eddis. 

1864. 

Beriah  Botfield,  Esq. :  Legacy,  <£40  less  Duty. 

1865. 

Executors  of  Sir  J.  W.  Hooker,  =£100. 

George  Bentham,  Esq. :  cost  uf  10  plates  for  his  "  Tropical  Legumi- 
nosae,"  Trans,  vol.  xxv. 

1866. 

Dr.  Eriedrich  Welwitsch  :  Illustrations  of  his  '  Sertum  Angolense,' 
£130. 

1867. 

George  Bentham,  Esq. :  General  Index  to  Transactions,  vols,  i.-xxv. 
Royal  Society  :  Grant  in  aid  of  G.  S.  Brady  on  British  Ostracoda, 

£80. 

1869. 

Carved  rhinoceros  horn  from  Lady  Smith,  formerly  in  the  posses- 
sion of  Carl  von  Linue. 

1874. 

Subscription  portrait  of  George  Bentham,  by  Lowes  Dickinson. 
George  Bentham,  Esq.,  for  expenditure  on  Library,  £50. 

1875. 

Legacy  from  James  Tates,  £50  free  of  Duty. 
„         „      Daniel  Hanbury,  £100  less  Duty. 

1876. 

Legacy  of  the  late  Thomas  Corbyn  Janson,  £200. 

,,  ,,         ,,    Charles  Lambert,  £500. 

George  Bentham,  Esq. :    General  Index   to    Transactions,    vols. 
xxvi.-xxx. 

1878. 
Subscription  portrait  of  John  Claudius  Loudon,  by  J.  Linuell. 
Subscription  portrait  of   Eev.  Miles  Joseph  Berkeley,  by  James 
Peel. 

1879. 
Elev,   George  Henslow  and  Sir  J.  D.  Hooker :    Contribution  to 
illustrations,  £35. 

1880. 
The  Secretary  of  State  for  India  in  Council :  cost  of  setting  up 
Dr.  Aitchison's  paper,  £36. 


140  ^  PKOCEEDINGS   OF    THE 

1881. 

George  Bgnthain,  Esq.,  special  donation,  .£25. 
The  same:  towards  Jiichard  Kippist's  pension,  £50, 
Portrait  of  Dr.  St.  George  Jackson  Mivart,  by  Miss  Solomon; 
presented  by  Mrs.  Mivart. 

1882. 
Executors  of  the  late  Frederick  Currey  :  a  large  selection  of  books. 
Subscription  portrait  of  Charles  Eobert  Darwin,  by  Hon.  John 

Collier. 
The  Secretary  of  State  for  India  in  Council :  Grant  for  put)lication 

of  Dr.  Aitchison's  second  paper  on  the  Elora  of  the  Kurrum 

Valley,  MO. 

1883. 

Sir  John  Lubbock,  Bt.  (afterwards  Lord  Avebury). 

Portrait  of  Carl  von  Linne,  ascribed  to  M.  Hallmaa. 
Philip  Henry  Gosse,  Esq.:  towards  cost  of  illustrating  his  paper, 

£25. 
Royal  Society  :  Grant  in  aid  of  Mr.  P.  H.  Gosse's  paper,  .£50. 
Sophia  Grover,  Harriet  Grover,  Emily  Grover,  and  Charles  Ehret 

Grover  :  11  letters  from  Carl  von  Linne  to  G,  D.  Ehret. 

1885. 

Executors  of  the  late  George  Bentham,  £567  lis.  2d. 
Subscription  portrait  of  George  Busk,  by  his  daughter  Marian 

Busk. 

1886. 
A  large  selection  of  books  from  the  library  of  the  late  Dr.  Spencer 

Thomas  Cobbold  (a  bequest  for  a  medal  was  declined). 
Sir  George  MacLeay,   Bt. :    MSS.   of    Alexander   MacLeay    and 

portrait  of  Eev.  William  Kirby. 

1887. 

William  Davidson,  Esq. :  1st  and  2ud  instalments  of  grant  in  aid  of 

publication,  £50. 
Francis  Blackvt^ell  Forbes,  Es(].,  in  aid  of  Chinese  Flora,  £25. 

1888. 
The    Secretary  of  State  for  India  in   Council :    Grant  in  aid  of 

publication  of  results  of  the  Afghan  Boundary  Delimitation 

Expedition,  £150. 
Dr.  J.  E.  T.  Aitchison,  towards  the  same,  £25. 
Trustees  of  the  Indian  Museum  :  Mergui  Archipelago  report,  for 

publication  in  Journal,  £135. 
Dr.  John  Anderson,  for  the  same,  £60. 
Wm.  Davidson,  Esq. :  3rd  and  last  instalment,  £25. 
Sir  Joseph  Hooker  :  (1)  Series  of  medals  formerly  in  possession 

of  (reorge  Bentliain  ;   (5)  Gold  Match,  key,  and  two  seals 

belonging  to  Eobert  Brown. 


lilNNEAN    SOCIETY   OF    LONDON.  141 

1889. 

Bronze  copy  of  model  for  Statue  of  C.  von  Linne,  by  J.  F.  Kjellberg  ;. 
presented  by  Frank  Crisp,  Esq. 

1890. 

The  Secretary  of  State  for  India  in  Council :  Grant  for  Delimitation 

Expedition  report,  £200. 
Oak  table  for  Meeting  Eoom,  presented  by  Frank  Crisp,  Esq. 
Subscription  portrait  of  Sir  Joseph  Dalton  Hooker,  K.C.S.I.,  by 

Hubert  Herkomer,  K.A. 
Executors  of  the  late  John  Ball,  Esq. :  a  large  selection  of  books. 
An  anonymous  donor,  £30. 
Colonel  Sir  Henry  CoUett,  K.C.B.,  towards  the  publication  of  his 

Shan  States  collections,  ,£50. 

1891. 

Subscription  portrait  of  Sir  John  Lubbock,  Bt.  [Lord  Avebury], 

by  Leslie  Ward. 
George  Frederick  Scott  Elliot,  Esq.,  tow  ards  cost  of  his  Madagascar 

paper,  £60. 

1892. 
Dr.  Richard  Charles  Alexander  Prior:  for  projection  lantern,  =£50. 

1893. 

The  Executors  of  Lord  Arthur  Eussell :  his  collection  of  portraits 

of  naturalists. 
Electric  light  installation :  cost  borne  by  Frank  Crisp,  Esq. 

1894. 

Algernon  Peckover,  Esq. :  Legacy,  £100  free  of  Duty. 
Miss  Emma  Swan  :   "  Westwood  Fund,"  £250. 

1896. 

Clock  and  supports  in  Meeting  Eoom,  presented  by  Frank  Crisp,. 
Esq. 

1-897. 
William  Carruthers,  Esq. :   Collection  of  engravings  and   photo- 
graphs of  portraits  of  Carl  von  Linnc. 
Eoyal  Society  :   Grant  towards   publication  of  paper  by  the  late 

John  Ball,  £60. 
Subscription   portrait    of   Professor     George    James    AUman,   by 
Marian  Busk. 

1898. 
Sir   John    Lubbock,    Bt. :     Contribution    towards    his    paper    on 

Stipules,  £43  14s.  9cZ. 
Eoyal  Society  :  Contribution  towards  F.  J.  Cole's  paper,  £50. 
„         „  „  ,,         Murray  &Blackman's  paper, 

£80. 
„         ,,  ,,  ,,         Elliot  Smith's  paper,  £50. 

.,  .,  „  ,,         Forsyth  Major's  paper,  £50. 


1 4-  PE0CBED1NG8  OF  THE 

1899. 

A.  C.  Harmsworth,  Esq.  [Lord  Northcliffe] :  Contribution  towards 

cost  (jf  plates,  <£43. 
Royal  .Society :  Contril)ution  tow  ards  Mr.  K.  T.  Giinther's  paper 

on  Lake  Urnii,  i;50. 

1901. 

Hon.  Charles  Ellis,  Hon.  Walter  llotlischild,  and  the  Bentham 
Trustees  :  The  Com^spondeiice  of  Wilham  Swaiiison. 

Eoyal  Society:  Conlribution  towards  Mr.  E.  Chapman's  j)aper  on 
Funafuti  Eoraminifera,  £50. 

Prof.  E.  Hay  Lankester :  Contribution  towards  illustration,  £30  5s. 

Portrait  of  Dr.  St.  G.  J.  Mivart,  presented  by  Mrs.  Mivart. 

1903. 
Eoyal  Society .-  Contribution  towmtl  Dr.  Elliot  Smith's  paper  £50 
Legacy  from  the  late  Dr.  R.  C.  A.  Prior,  £100  free  of  duty.' 
Mrs.    Sladen:    Posthumous  Portrait   of   the   late   Walter   Percv 
Sladen,  by  H.  T.  Wells,  li.A.  ^ 

B.  Arthur  Bensley,  Esq. :  Contribution  to  his  paper,  £4-4. 

1904. 

Soyal  Society  :  Grant  in  aid  of  third  volume  of  the  Chinese  Flora 
£120.  ' 

Supplementary  Eoyal  Charter:  cost  borne  by  Frank  Crisp,  Esq. 
(afterwards  Sir  Frank  Crisp). 

1905. 

Eoyal  Society  :  First  grant  in  aid  of  Dr.  G.  H.  Fowler's  '  Biscayan 

Plankton.'  £50. 
Executors    of   the    late   G.   B.   Buckton,   Esq. :   Contribution  for 

colouring  plates  of  his  pa|)er,  £26. 

1906. 
Eoyal  Society  :  Second  grant  towards  '  Biscayan  Plankton,'  £50. 
Subscription  portrait  of  Prof.  S.  H.  Amines,  bv  Hon.  John  Collier. 
Eoyal  Swedish  Ac-ademy  of  Science  :   Copies'of  portraits  of  C.  von 

Liiiiie,  after  Per  Krafft  the   elder,  and  A.  Eoslin,  both   by 

Jean  Haagen. 

1907. 

Eoyal  University  of  Uppsala  :  Copy  by  Jean  Haagen  of  portrait  of 

C.  V.  Linne,  by  J.  H.  Scheffel  (1739). 
Eoyal  Society  :  Third  and  final  grant  towards  *  Biscayan  Plankton  ' 

£50. 
The  Trustees  of  the  Percy  Sladen  Memorial  Fund :  First  o-raut 

towards  publication   of  Mr.    Staidey  Gardiner's  Researches 

in  the  Indian  Ocean  in  H.M.S.  '  Sealark,'  £200. 


LINNEAN   SOCIETY   OF   LONDON.  1 43 

1908. 

Prof.  Gustaf  Eetzius  :  Plaster  cast  of  bust  of  Carl  von  Linne, 
modelled  by  Walther  Eaneberg  from  the  portrait  by  Scheffel 
(1739)  at  Linues  Hammarby  :  the  bronze  original  is  for  the 
fagade  of  the  new  building  for  the  Royal  Academy  of 
Science,  Stockholm. 

Miss^Sarah  Marianne  Silver,  F.L.S.  :  Cabinet  formerly  belonging 
to  Mr.  S.  W.  Silver,  F.L.S. 

1909. 

The  Trustees  of  the  Percy  Sladen  Memorial  Fund  :  Second  grant 
towards  publication  of  Mr.  Stanley  Gardiner's  Eesearches  in 
the  Indian  Ocean  in  H.M.S.  '  Sealark,'  ^^200. 

Prof.  James  William  Helenus  Trail,  F.R.S.,  F.L.S.  :  Gift  of  £100 
in  Trust,  to  encourage  Research  on  the  Nature  of  Proto- 
plasm. 

1910. 

Royal  Society  :    Grant  towards   Dr.   G.   H.  Fowler's  paper  on 

Biscayan  Ostracoda,  £50. 
Sir  Joseph  Hooker :  Gold  watch-chain  worn  by  Robert  Brown, 

and  seal  with  portrait  of  Carl  von  Linne  by  Tassie. 

[With  the  gifts  received  in  1888,  the  Societv  now  possesses  the 
gold  watch  and  chain  formerly  belonging  to  Robert  Brown,  with 
the  watch-key,  amethyst  signet  engraved  R.  B.,  cornelian  signet 
engraved  J.  D.  =  Jonas  Dryander,  and  cornelian  seal,  with  Linnean 
bust  engraved  after  C.  F.  Inlander  by  William  (?)  Tassie.] 


INDEX    TO    THE    PROCEEDINGS. 


SESSION  1909-1910. 


Note. — The  following  are  not  indexed  : — The  name  of  the  Chairman  at  each  meeting ; 
speakers  wliose  remarks  are  not  reported  ;  and  passing  allusions. 


Accession  of  King  George,  Address, 
60. 

Accounts,  62-63;  laid  before  Anni- 
verssiry  Meeting,  61. 

Additions  to  Library,  109-134. 

Addresses  on  Deatli  of  Patron,  60-61. 

Africa,  see  Britisli  East  Africa. 

Agar,  Dr.  W.  E.,  elected,  106  ;  pro- 
posed, 61. 

Agassiz,  A.,  deceased,  64  ;  obituary,  83- 
86. 

Aldabra,  Dceapoda  of  (Borradaile),  52. 

Amber,  Blattida;  preserved  in  (Shel- 
ford),  9. 

Angola,  S.,  see  Pearson,  H.  H.  W. 

Anniversary  Meeting,  59. 

Arber,  E.  A.   N.,   elected    Councillor, 

Arctic  plants  from  '  Peary '  expedition 
exhibited  (Stapf),  107. 

Associate  elected,  64. 

Auditors,  nominated  and  elected,  55  ; 
Certificate  (VV.  B.  Keen),  62-63 ; 
Boodle  in  phice  of  Hopkinson,  56. 

Award  for  Microscopical  Research  an- 
nounced, 65  ;  —  '  Trail,'  announced, 
55,  presented,  79. 

Axniiuster,  Krica  cincrca  from  (Rendle), 
3- 

Bagnall,  R.  S.,  elected,  i  ;  Neotropical 

Thysanoptera,  55. 
Balance  Sheet,  see  Cash  Statement. 
Biilanophoracea;  mentioned,  107. 
Ballyvaughan,    Orchis   macidata    from, 

7- 

Bancroft,  Miss  N.,  admitted,  104; 
elected,  56  ;  proposed,  53. 

Barbour,  Capt.  J.  11. ,  elected.  6  ;  pro- 
posed, 1. 


Bartlett,  Capt.,  plants  collected  by, 
exhibited  (Stapf),  107. 

Bateson,  Prof.  W.,  elected,  8  ;  pro- 
posed, 5. 

Beeby,  W.  H.,  deceased,  61  ;  obituary, 
86. 

Belt,  A.,  proposed,  104. 

Benefactions,  136. 

Bickerton,  W.,  Lecture  on  Nesting 
Terns,  52-53. 

Birthday  Congratulations  to  Sir  J.  D. 
Hooker,  106. 

Blattidai  preserved  in  Amber  (Shelford), 

9- 
Boodle,  L.  A.,  Councillor  retired,  150  ; 

elected  Auditor,  56. 
Borradaile,    L.    A.,   Decapoda    of  Al- 

dabra,  52. 
Botanical  Secretary  (O.  Stapf),  elected, 

65. 
Braehiopoda     of     the    Indian     Ocean 

(Ball),  8. 
Brencliley,  Miss  W.  E.,  admitted,   56; 

elected,  55  ;  proposed,  52. 
Bridge,  T.  VV.,  deceased,  61. 
Bridgnian,  F.  J.,  admitted,  9  ;    elected, 

6  ;  proposed,  1. 
British    East     Africa,    Isopoda    from 

(Stebbing),  8. 
Brown,  J.  M.,  elected,  55  ;  proposed, 

52 ;    Freshwater     Rliizopods     from 

the     Lake    District,    6;     Larva    of 

Tipula  maxima,  59. 
Browne,  Lady  Isabel,  admitted,  53. 
Bryozoa:  Part  II.  Cyclostomata,  Cteno- 

stomata,  and  Endoprocta  (Waters),  9. 
Buckton,  W.  M.,  deceased,  61. 
Burr,    Dr.    M.,    Dermaptera    of     the 

Seychelles,  57. 
Bury,  H.,  elected  Councillor,  65. 


MS 


Bushmanhuid,     see     Pearson,     H.    H. 
W. 


Callitris,  Anatomy  of  (Saxton),  50-51. 
Carpenter,   G.    H.,   Pyonogonida  from 

the  Red  Sea  and  Indian  Ocean,  8. 
Cams- Wilson,  C,  exliibited  stones  em- 
bedded in  wood,  1-3,  pi.  1. 
Casii  Statement  received  and  adopted, 

61  ;  —  as  audited,  62-63. 
Ciiapman,  F.,  Foi"iminifei-a  and  Cstra- 

coda  from  Funafuti,  56. 
Chermcs  himolai/riisis  on  the  Spruce  and 

Silver  Fir  (Stebbinc;),  55. 
Cinematograph  demonstration  (Enock), 

5-6. 
Clapton,    E.,   deceased,    61;    obituary, 

86. 
Cockayne,  Dr.  L.,  elected,  53  ;  proposed, 

50- 
Congratulations  to  Sir  J.  D.  Hooker, 

106. 
Coniopterygiden  iind  Henierobiiden  auf 

den  Sej'chcUen  gesammelten  (Euder- 

lein).  52. 
Councillors  elected,  65  ;  retired,  150. 
Crisp,  Sir  F.,  award  tor  Microscopical 

Research,  65  ;  elected  Coiuicillor,  65  ; 

exhibited  specimen  of  Linnaa  horealis, 

105  ;  nominated  V.-P.,  104. 
Crocker,  Miss  E.,  deceased,  6 1 ;  obituary, 

87. 
Cromer  Forest  Bed,  ZaiiniehcUta  from, 

exhibited  (Reid),  8. 
Crossland,  Cyril,  elected,  30  ;  proposed, 

8;  Bryozoa,    collected    by   (Waters), 

9  ;    Crustacea    Isopoda   and    Tanai- 

dacea,    collected    by    (Stebbing),    8  ; 

Pycuogoaida,  collected  by  (Carpenter), 

8. 
Crustacea Tsopoda  and  Taiiaidacea  from 

the   Sudanese    Red    Sea   (Stebbing), 

8. 
Ctenostomata,  sec  Bryozoa. 
'  Cupu-assu,'  exhibited    (Jackson),   55; 

—  (Sprague),  55. 
Cyclostomata,  sec  Bryozoa. 


Dall,    W.    n.,    Brachiopoda    from    the 

Indian  Ocean,  8. 
Dallinger,  Rev.  W.  H.,  deceased,    61  ; 

obituary,  87-89. 
Damaraland,  sec  Pearson,  H.  H.  W^ 
Darlington,    H.    R.,    admitted,     104  ; 

elected,  55;  proposed,  52. 
Davey,  F.  IL,  admitted,  53. 
Death  of  Patron  recorded,  59. 
Deaths  recorded,  61,  64. 
Decapoda  of  Aldabra  (Borradaile),  52. 


Dendy,  Prof.  A.,  elected  Councillor, 
65  ;  elected  Secretary,  65  ;  exhibited 
slides  and  specimen.s  of  Foxglove, 
io5  ;  remarks  upon  the  Origin  of 
Vertebrates,  32-37. 

Denny,  A.,  communication  by  (Brown), 
6. 

Dermaptera  of  the  Seychelles   (Burr), 

57. 
Dicks,  A.  J.,  withdrawn,  64. 
Digitalis  'purpurea  (Dendy),  106. 
Dohrn,  A.,  deceased,  64;  obituary,  89- 

Donations  in  aid  of  Publications,  135  ; 
—  <o  Library,  109-134;  —  to  the 
Society  (1790-1910),  136-143. 

Drawings,  oi-iginal,  of  Postel  and 
Rupreeht's  '  lUustrationes  Algaruin,' 
exhibited  (Holmes),  57. 

of  wild  flowers  exliibited  (Drink- 
water),  7,  53. 

Drinkwater,  H.,  admitted,  53  ;  elected, 
30  ;  proposed,  8  ;  drawings  of  wild 
flowers  exhibited  by,  7,  53. 

Drought,  sec  Worster-Drought. 

Druce,  G.  C,  exhibited  Zannichcllia 
gihberosa  and  Orchis  maculata,  var. 
O'Kelh/i,  7. 

Druce,  H.,  elected  Auditor,  55. 


Elections,  number  of,  64. 

Eliot,  Sir  C,  Nudibranchiata  from  the 
Indian  Ocean,  8. 

Elm    Seedlings    showing    Mendelian 
results  (Henry j,  56. 

Enderleiu,  Dr.  Gr.,  Coniopterygiden  und 
Hemerobiiden  auf  den  Seychellen 
gesammelt,  52  ;  —  Die  Pilzniiicken 
Fauna  der  Seychellen,  57. 

Endoprocta,  sec  Bryozoa. 

Enock,  P.,  Cinomatograph  demonstra- 
tion by,  5-6. 

Entomological  collecting  in  the  Sey- 
chelles (Scott),  59. 

Equisefum  Telmatcia,  Ehrh.,  exhibited 
(Hill),  107-108. 

Erica  cincrea,  monstrous,  exhibited 
(Ren die),  3. 

Evans,  I.  P.  B.,  admitted,  57. 

Evolution  of  Parasitism  in  Fungi 
(Massee),  51-52. 

Eysenhanltia  amorphoides,  fluorescence 
of,  exhibited  (Stapf),  53. 


Farmer,  Prof.  J.  B.,  elected  Councillor. 

65. 
Fawcett,  W.,  appointed  Scrutineer,  64 ; 

again  appointed,  65. 
Feilding,  J.  B.,  withdrawn,  64. 


UNN.  SOC.  PROCEEDINGS. — SESSION  1909-1910. 


I 


146 


INDr.X. 


Fellows  deccused,  6i  ;  ivmovcd  fioiu 
List,  c'leatt'd,  and  withdrawn,  64. 

l'"inaiicial  .Staleiiieiit,  scr  C^isli  Stato- 
iiieiit. 

Flotclier,  T.  B.,  Onioodidic  and  Ptero- 
plioridre   of  Se_)clii'lles    Expedition, 

Flora    of    Gazaland :     an    account    of 

Mr.  Swyniiprton's  collections  (liendle 

and  others).  105. 
Fluorescence    of     Ki/senhardtia    amor- 

phoafrs,  exhibited  (Stapf),  53. 
Folkestone,     Ophri/x     arniiifrrii     from, 

exhibited  (Gen.  Sec),  105. 
Foraininifera     and     Ostracoda     from 

I'unafuti  (Cliupnian),  56. 
Foreign  Member.-*  tleeeiisod,  64. 
Fowler,  Dr.  G.  II.,  elected  Councillor, 

Foxglove      abnormalities,      exhibited 

(Dendy).  106. 
Fi'uits  aiui  Seeds  of  Plants  introduced 

by  the  Romans,  exhibited  (Reid),  7. 
Funafuti,  Foraminilera  and  Ostracoda 

from  (Chapman),  56, 
Fungi,    Evolution    of    Parasitism    in, 

demonstrated  (Massee),  51-52. 


Gadow,  Dr.  H.,  Remarks  upon  the 
Origin  of  Vertebrates,  26-30. 

GanJenia  phymtphi/lla  and  G.  Kal- 
hrcifcri,  mentioned,  106. 

Gardiner.  Prof.  J.  S.,  communications 
by  (Borradaiie)  52,  (Dall)  S,  (Eliot) 
8,  (Enderlein)  52,  (Flolcher)  52, 
(Holmgren)  52,  (Stein)  57,  (Tesch) 
57,  (Ulmer)  8 ;  elected  Councillor, 
65;  narrative  of  '  Sealark  '  Expedi- 
tion. Part  iii.,  8;  Remarks  upon  the 
Origin  of  Vertebrates,  42-45. 

Oaskell,  Prof.  W.  H.,  opened  Discussion 
upon  the  Origin  of  Vertebrates,  9-15  ; 
elossd  discussion,  46-50. 

Gazaland,  Contribution  to  the  Flora 
of  (Rendlc  and  others),  105. 

General  Secretary  elected  (Jackson),  65. 

Glijclne  Siijd,  Sieb.  &  Zucc,  exhibited 
(Hollinui),  53. 

Goodrich,  E.  S.,  Remarks  upon  the 
Origin  of  Vertebrates,  24-26. 

Greening.  L.,  elected,  6;  projiosed,  i. 

Groves,  II., moved  thanks  lor  President's 
Address,  78. 

Groves,  J.,  elected  Auditor,  55. 

Guest,  S.,  admitted.  104;  elected,  56; 
])r(n)Oscd.  53. 


Ilanbury,   C.   elected.    104;    proposed, 


Hansen,  E.  C,  deceased,  61  ;  obituary, 

90-91. 
Harding.    W.    .\.    IL,   admitted,    57; 

elected,  53;  proposed,  50. 
Hay  ward,  Aliss  I.  M.,  clectod,  53  ;  pro- 
posed, 50. 
Heathei-,  monstrous  {Erica cinerra)  from 

Axminster  (Rcndlo),  3-4. 
Heinig,  R.  L.,  admitted.  57. 
Hemerobiiden  uiid  Coniopterygiden  auf 

den  S 'ychellen  gesammclten  (Kndei-- 

leiu),  52. 
Henry,    A.,    Elm    Seedlings    showing 

Meudelian  results,  56. 
Herdman,  Prof.  VV.  A.,  communication 

by  (Carpenter),  8. 
Heteropoda     and     Pteropoda    of    the 

Indian  Ocean  (Tesch),  57. 
'  Hexenbesen,'   translation  of  the   term 

'  Witch-knot,'  105. 
Hill,    A.    W.,   elected    Councillor,    65 ; 

exhibited Pjjuisrtam  Tdmateia, Ehrli., 
107-108. 
Hill,  Prof.  J.  P.,  elected  Auditor,  55  ; 

elected  Councillor,  65. 
Hillhouse,  W.,  deceased,  61  ;    obituary, 

91-92. 
Hindle,  Dr.  E.,  proposed,  105. 
Holden,  H.  S.,  elected,  IC4;  proposed, 

56. 
Holland,  J.  11.,  exhibited  Glycine  Soja, 

Sieb.  &  Zucc,  53. 
Holmes,    E.    M.,    exhibited    Parmclia 

ru'gosn  var.  concent rica,  Cromb..  57 ; 

—  Zhj/pJiu^  Jiijiiha,  57  ;  — original 
drawings  of  Postcl  and  Ruprerht"s 
'  Illustrationcs  Algarum,'  57. 

Holmgren.    Dr.    N.    F.,    Termiten  der 

Seychellen,  52. 
Hooker,  Sir  J.  D.,  congratulatory  letter 

to,  106. 
Hopkinson,     J.,      communication      by 

(Wesche).    6;    elected   Auditor.    55*; 

—  unable  to  serve,  56 ;  elected 
Councillor,  65  ;  exhibited  plates  of 
Nudibranchs,  56;  micro,  slide  show- 
ing mode  of  reproduction  in  Rliizo- 
puda,  106. 

Ilvitfeldt,  E.,  received  Linnean  Medal 
for  transmission,  78. 

Idiella,  see  Anlhomyidae. 

Indian  Ocean  Rrachiopoda  (Dall),  8  ; 
Isopoda  (Stebbing),  8  ;  Nudibranchs 
(Eliot),  8  ;  Pycnogonida  (Carpenter), 
8. 

Isopoda  [Crustacea]  and  Tanaidacea 
from  the  Sudanese  Red  Sea  (Steb- 
bing), 8. 

Isopoda  from  the  Indian  Ocean  and 
British  East  Africa  (Stebbing),  8. 


IKDEX. 


147 


Jackson,  Dr.  B.  D..  elected  Councillor, 
65  ;  —  Gen.  Sec,  65  ;  exliibited 
'Cupu-assii,'  55;  — Ophri/n  aranifcra, 
105  ;  —  '  Spolia  botanica,'  59  ;  Obit- 
uary notices,  83  ;  report,  61  ;  read 
Bye-Liiw.s  governii.g  elections,  64. 

Jeffery,  II.  J.,  admitted,  50 ;  elected,  6  ; 
proposed,  i. 

Jennings,  S.,  8;  withdrawn,  64. 


Lang,  Dr.  W.  11.,  admitted,  8. 

Lankester,  Sir  E.  Ray,  Remarks  upon 
the  Origin  of"  Vertebrates,  3S-40. 

Larva  of  Tipula  maxima  (Erowi;),  59. 

Latlirmt  Squamaria,  Linn.,  var.,  exhi- 
bited (Williams),  58. 

Librarian's  report,  64. 

Library  Additions,  109-134. 

Lichens  exhibited  (Holmes),  57. 

Lindley,  Miss  J.,  admitted,  i. 

Linncea  !)o?ral is  exhibited  (Crisp),  105. 

Linnean  Medal, presentation  annonnccd, 
55  ;  presented,  78. 

Lithgow,  S.,  withdrawn,  64. 

Lodge.  G.  E.,  withdrawn,  64. 

Lodoicea  SccI/clUiruin,  lantern-slides 
exliibited,  ic;. 

Longsdon,  W.  B.,  deceased,  61. 


MacBride,  Prof.  E.  W.,  Remarks  upon 

the  Origin  of  Vertebrates,  15-20. 
Maekinuon,  P.  W.,  withdrawn,  64. 
Macnamara,  N.  C,  exhibition  on  behalf 

of  (Dendy),  106. 
MacOwan,    Prof.    P.,    deceased,     61  ; 

obituary,  92-94. 
Male  Sterility  in   Potatoes  (Salanian), 

108. 
Mallv,  C  W.,  elected,   104;  proposed. 

Massee,  G.,  Evolution  o(  Parasitism  in 
Fungi,  51-52. 

Medal  and  Award  (Trail),  presentation 
announced,  55  ;  presented,  79. 

Medal,  Linnean,  presentation  an- 
nounced, 55  ;  presented,  79. 

"  Mei-tsao,"  see  Zi~t//>Iiiis. 

Mendelian  results  with  Elm  Seedlings 
(Henry),  56. 

Microscopical  Research  Fund  an- 
nounced, 65. 

Middleton,  R.  M.,  deceased,  61  ; 
obituary,  94. 

Minchin,  Prof.  E.  A.,  adjudicated  Trail 
Award,  55  ;  —received,  79  ;  proposed 
as  Fellow,  104. 

Mitchell,  Dr.  P.  C,  Remarks  upon  the 
Origin  of  Vertebrates,  40-42. 

Mitsukuri,  K.,  deceased,  61. 


Monckton,  H.  W.,  elected  Coiinfilior, 
65  ;  —  Treasurer,  65  ;  exhibited 
"Witch-knot,"  104-105;  nominate. I 
V.-P.,  104;  his  accounts,  62-63;  ~- 
submitted,  61. 

Nainaqualand,  ^ci:  Pearson,  H.  11.  W 
Narrative    of     '  Sealark  '    Ex])edition 

Part  IIL  (Gardiner  &  others),  8. 
Nevill,  C.  St.  John,  proposed,  105. 
Nigeria,    South,    drawings    of    plants 

from,  exhibited  (Talbot),  106. 
Nortliants   (Eye    Gi-een),    ZiuinicheUia 

(/ihiwrosa  from,  7. 
Norton     Churchyard,    yew     trees    in, 

mentioned,  2. 
Norwegian     Legation,     the     Scci-elary 

received  Medal  for  Prof.  Sars,  78. 
Nudibranchs   from    the    Indian    Ocean 

(Eliot),  8. 
plates  of,  exhibited   (Ilopkinson), 

56. 

Obituaries,    83-104. 

Oliver,  Prof.  F.  W.,  elected  Councillor, 
65  ;  nominated  V.-P.,  104. 

Oplirya  aravifera  exhibited  (Gen.  Sec), 
105. 

Orchis  macidata  var.  O'KvIliji,  exhi- 
bited (Druce),  7. 

Origin  of  Vertebrates,  Discussion  up(jn 
the,  9-50. 

OrneodidiE  and  Pterophorida;  of  the 
Seychelles  Expedition  (Fletcher),  52. 

Ostracoda  and  Foraminifra  from 
Funafuti  (Chapman),  56. 

Paine,  S.  G.,  admitted,  105 ;  elected, 
104  ;  proposed,  56. 

Parasitism  in  Fungi,  Evolution  of, 
(Massee),  51-52. 

Parkin,  T.,  admitted,  57  ;  elected,  5. 

Pariitelia  rugo^a  •'la.v.concentricu.Qvuiwh. , 
exhibited  (Holmes),  57. 

Parsons,  F.  G.,  withdrawn,  64. 

Patron,  death  of,  mentioned,  59. 

Pawson,  A.  H.,  withdrawn,  64. 

Pearson,  Prof.  II.  H.  W^.,  communi- 
cation by  (Sykes),  56. 

Vegetation     of     Bushmanland, 

Nainaqualand,  Dainaraland,  and 
South  Angola,  4. 

Peary  Expedition,  plants  fiom,  exhi- 
bited (Stapf),  107. 

Penard,  Dr.,  micro,  slide  by,  exhibited 
(Ilopkinson),  106. 

Pilzmiicken  Fauna  der  Seychellen 
(Enderlein),  57^ 

Pinus  sj/Zvestrii,  "  U'itch-knot "  on, 
exhibited  (Monckton),  104-105 


148 


INDEX 


Plants    introduced     by    the    Ronians,  ! 

friiils  and  seeds,  exhibited  (Reid),  7. 
Pocock,  K.  I.,  Couiu'iUor  retired,  150. 
Potatoes,  Male   Sterility   in  (Siilanian), 

108.  I 

Potter,  Prof.  M.  C,  iippointed  Scru-  ] 

tinecr,    64;     again    appointed,    65;   ' 

seconded     thanks     for     President's 

Address,  78. 
Potts,  F.  A.,  elected,  6  ;  proposed,  i. 
Poulton,  Prof.  E.  P.,  elected  Councillor, 

65  ;  nominated  V.-l*.,  10+. 
Power,  II.,  withdrawn,  64. 
Prain,  Lt.-Col.,  Councillor  retired,  i  50. 
President  elected  (Scott),  65. 
Presidential  Address,  66-78. 
Plerophoridie    and    Orneodidie    of   tiie 

Sejclicllcs  Expedition  (Fletcher),  52. 
Pteropochi    and     Heteropoda    of     the 

Indian  Ocean  (Tesch).  57. 
Pjcnogonida    from    the  Ped    Sea    and 

Indian  Ocean  (Carpenter),  8. 

Red  Sea,  Crustacea  Tsopoda  and  Tanai- 
daeea  from  (Stebbing),  8 ;  Pyeno- 
gonida  from  (Carpenter),  8. 

Reid,  C,  exhibited  ])hotographs  of 
ZcDinichdlia,  8. 

Plants  introduced  by  the  Romans, 

7- 
Removal  of  Fellow  from  List,  64. 
Rendle,  Dr.  A.  B.,  elected  Councillor, 

65  ;  exhibited  \wmsiro\is  Erica  cinerea , 

3-4- 
and  others,  Contrib.  to  the  Flora 

of  Gazaland,  105. 
Ilhinia,  sec  Anthoniyidic. 
Rhizopoda,  Freshwater,  from  the  Lake 

District  (Brown),  6. 
mode   of   rejiroductiou,    exhibited 

(Hopkinson).  106. 
Ridewood,Dr.  W.  G., elected  Councillor, 

65. 
Ripon,    Marquess    of,     deceased,    61  ; 

obituary,  94. 
Robinson,  sec  Ripon,  Marquess  of. 
Romans,   i'ruits    and    seeds    of   Plants 

introduced  by  the,  exhibited  (Reid),7. 

Salaman,  Dr.  R.  N,,  Male  Sterility  in 

Potatoes,  108. 
Sargant,  Miss   E.,    Councillor   retired, 

'SO- 
Sars,  Prof.  G.  O.,  adjudicated  Linnean 

Medal,  55  ;  received,  78. 
Saunders,   E.,   deceased,    61  ;  obituary, 

94-98. 
Saunder.«,Mi8s  E.  R.,  elecled  Councillor, 

65- 
Saunders,  G.  S.,  deceased,  61  ;  obituary, 
94-98. 


Saunders,  J.  E.,  deceased,  61. 
Saxton,    W.  T.,  elected,  6  ;  proposed, 
I. 

Anatomy  of    Widdriiic/tuiiia  and 

Calli/ris,  50-51. 
Sayce.  A.  O.,  elected  Associate,  7  ;  pro- 
posed as  Associate,  i. 
Scbonland,  S.,  withdrawn,  64. 
Scott,     Dr.     D.     H.:  — Address      to 
Linnean   Medallist,  78  ;  —  to  Trail 
Medallist,     79 ;      appointed      Scru- 
tineers, 64,  65;    —   Vice-Presiilcnts, 
104 ;      declared    result     of    Ballots, 
64,   65;    elected   Councillor,   65;  — 
President,  65  ;  Presidential  Address, 
66-78;    read    Loyal   Addresses,   60; 
announced   Sir  F.   Cris))'s  gift,   65  ; 
read  letter  to  Sir  J.  D.  Hooker,  106  ; 
referred  to  death  of  Patron,  59. 
Scott.    II.,    admitted,    52  ;    elected,  6  ; 
})ro]iosed,  i. 

Entomological  collecting  in   the 

Seychelles,  59  ;  other  collections,  see 
Stein,  Prof.  P. 
Scrutineers  appointed,  64,  65. 
'  Sealark'  Expedition,  Narrative  (Gar- 
diner &  others).  8. 
Secretaries  elected,  65. 
Seeds  and  Fruits  of  Plants  introduced 

by  the  Romans  (Reid),  7. 
Seward,  Prof.  A.  C,  Councillor  retired, 

150. 
Seychelles,  Anthomyida;  of  the  (Stein). 
57 ;  Coniopterygiden  und  Ilemero- 
biiden  der  (Endei-lein),  52;  Enti- 
mological  collecting  in  the  (Scott), 
59;  Orneodidiii  and  Ptei'cophorida; 
of  the  (Fletcher),  52;  Pilznuickeu 
Fauna  (Enderlein),  57;  Tricht- 
ptera  of  the  (Ulmer),  8. 
Shelford,    R.,   Blattidai    preserved    in 

Amber,  9. 
Sillem,  C,  admitted,  8  ;  elected,  6-7  ; 

proposed,  i. 
Soy    Bean    {Glijclnc    Soja)    exhibited 

(Holland),  53". 
'  Sj)olia  botanica  '  exhibited  (Gen.  Sec). 

59- 
Sprague,  T.  A.,  exhibited  '  Cupu-assu.' 

55- 

Stapf,  Dr.  O.,  elected  Couneillor,  65  : 
elected  Secretary,  65  ;  exhibited  Arctic 
specimens  from  '  Peary'  Expedition, 
107  ;  exhibited  lluorescence  of  Kt/sen- 
hardtia  rninir/iJioidrs,  H.  B.  &  K.,  53  ; 
Ufriciilaria  rit/ida,  Benj.,  and  U.  vcol- 
tioides,  St.-Hil.,  58;  slides  of  Zof/o/cra 
Scchclkirum,  105. 

Starling,  Prof.  E.  H.,  Remarks  upon 
the  Origin  of  Vertebrates.  2C-24. 

Steaius,  A.  E.  B.,  deceased,  61. 


149 


Stebhing,  E.  P.,  Life-history  of  Chcrmcft 
himalayeiisix  ou  the  Spruce  and  Silver 
Fir,  55. 

Stebbiiior,  Eev.  T.  K.  R..  appointed 
Scrutineer,  64;  again  ajipointed, 
65  ;  exhibited  '  Witcii-knot '  on 
Picca  ea-c/'/ga,  56:  Crustacea  Tsopoda 
and  Tanaidacea  froir.  tlie  Sudanese 
Red  Sea,  8  ;  Isojjoda  from  the  Indian 
Ocean  and  British  East  Africa,  8. 

Remarks    upon    tlie    Origin    of 

Vertebrate?.  45-46. 

Stein,  Prof.  P.,  Die  von  Ilerrn  Ilugli 
Scott  im  Juli  lP()8-M:irz  1909  auf 
den  Seycliellen  gesammeUen  Anllio- 
TnyidiB,  rait,  den  Gattungen  Bhiuia 
and  Idlella,  57. 

Stones  embedded  in  wood,  exhibited 
(Carus-Wilson),  1-3,  pi,  1. 

Strickland,  Sir  0.,  deceaBsd,  6r  ;  obit- 
uary, 101-102. 

Sudanese  Red  Sea,  .see  Red  Sea. 

Sunder,  D.  H.  E.,  elected,  8  ;  pro- 
posed, 5. 

Sutton,  A.  W.,  communication  by 
(Salaman),  108. 

Sutton,  M.  H.  F.,  admitted,  i. 

Swainson,  Gr..  withdrawn,  64. 

Swynnerton.  C.  F.  M.,  an  account  of 
his  colled  ions  (Rendle  and  others) 
105. 

Sykes,  Miss  Mary  Gladys,  Anatomy 
of  WelwUschia  mirabiliti,  56. 


Talbot,    Mrs.,    coloured    drawings   by, 

exhibifed  (Talbot),  106. 
Talbot,  P.  A.,  admitted,  105  ;  elected, 

104 ;  proposed,  56. 
exhibited  drawings  of  S.  Nigeri;in 

]3lauts  by  Mrs.  Talbot,  ic6. 
Tanaidacea     and    Crustacea    IsojKida 

from  the  Sudanese  Red   Sea  (Steb- 

bing),  8. 
Termiten  der  Seychellen  (Holmgren), 

Terns,    British    K'esting,    Lecture     on 

(Bickerton),  52-53. 
Tesch,    Dr.    J.    J.,    Pteropoda      and 

Iletcropoda    of   the    Indian    Ocean, 

Theobronui  grandiflora,  Schuni.,  sec 
'  Cupu-assu.' 

Thomas,  Miss  E.  N.,  elected  Coun- 
cillor, 65. 

Thomas,  H.  S.,  withdrawn,  64. 

Thysanoptera,    Neotropical    (Bagnall), 

.55- 
Tlpula  maxima,  Larva  of  (Brown),  59. 
Tipulid  subfamily,  new  (Wesche),  6. 


Trail  Award  announced,  55  ;  pre- 
sented, 79. 

Treadgold,  C.  H.,  admitted,  i. 

Treasurer  elected  (Monckton),  65. 

Trichoptera  auf  den  Seychellen  (Ul- 
mer),  8. 

Ulmer,  G.,  Trichoptera  auf  den  Sey- 
chellen, 8. 

Utricularia  rigida,  Benj.,  and  U.  iicot- 
tioidcs,  St.-Hil.,  exhibited  (Stapf),  58. 

Vegetation  of  Bushraanland,  Namaqm- 
land,  Daniaraland,  and  S.  Angola 
(Pear.son),  4. 

Vertebrates,  Discussion  upon  the  Origin 
of,  9-50. 

Vice-Presidents  nominated,  104. 

Waters,  A.  W.,  Bryozoa  collected  by 
Crossland,  9. 

Wclwi/schia  mirabilis,  its  Anatomy 
(Sykes),  56. 

Wesche,  W.,  new  Tipidid  subfamily,  6. 

Widdrwgtonia  and  Calliiris,  Anatomy 
of  (Saxton),  50-51. 

Wild  (lowers,  drawings  of,  exhibited, 
(Drinkwater),  7,  53. 

Williams,  F.  N.,  exhibited  var.  of 
LathrcBa  Squamaria,  Linn.,  58. 

Wilson,  .sY-e  Carus-Wilson. 

Wilson,  J.  C,  admitted,  57  ;  elected, 
56  ;  proposed,  53. 

'Witch-knot'  on  Vieca  cxccha  ex- 
hibited (Stebbing),  56  ;  —  on  Pinus 
sylvcsiris  exliibited  (Monckton),  104- 
105. 

Withdrawals,  64. 

Wood  vith  stones  embedded  therein 
exhibited  (Carus-Wilson),  1-3,  pi.  1. 

Woodward,  A.,  removed  from  List,  64. 

Woodward,  Dr.  A.  S.,  Remarks  upon 
the  Origin  of  Vertebrates,  31. 

Worster-Drought,  C,  elected,  7  ;  pro- 
posed, I. 

Wrexham,  drawings  of  wild  flowers 
from,  exhibited  (Drinkwater),  7,  53. 

Wright,  E.  P.,  deceased,  61  ;  obituai'y, 
102-104. 

Yerbury,   Lt.-Col.    J.   W.,  withdrawn, 

64. 
Yew    trees     in    Norton    Churchyard, 

mentioned,  2. 

ZannichcUia,  photographs  of,  exhibited 
(Reid),  8. 

gibbcrosa,  exhibited  (Druce),  7. 

ZizijpkuaJujuhaershxhitcA  (Holmes),  57. 
Zoological  Secretary  elected,  65. 


ISO 


The  Followiiii^  Councillors  retired  at  the  Anniversary  Meeting, 
iMth  May,  1910:— 

L.  A,  Boodle,  Esq.,  It.   1.   Pocock,  Esq.,  Lieur.-Col.  Praix, 
Miss  Ethel  Sahg.vnt,  and  Pro!'.  A.  C.  Sewaeu. 


VRISTKD  BY  TAYLOK  AND  J'UANtlS,  ICED  LION  COURT,   KLKET  STKEEr. 


ri-^- 


a 


PROCEEDINGS 


OF  THE 


LINNEAN  SOCIETY  OF   LONDON. 


123KD   SESSION. 


From  November  1910  to  June  1911. 


L  o  N  ])  o  K  : 

P  R  I  N  T  J<:  D    FOR   THE    L  I  N  N  E  A  N    S  0  C  1  E  T  Y 

BUELINGTOiM   HOUSE,  PICCADILLY,  W.. 

1911. 


PEINTED    UY    TAYLOR    AND    FKANCIS. 

RED  LION  COURT,  FLEET  STKEKT. 


CONTENTS. 


Page 

List  of  Publications  issued iv 

Proceedings  of  the  123rd  Session      i 

Presidential  Address 17 

Obituaries     32 

Abstracts 48 

Additions  to  the  Library    73 

Donations    96 

Benefactions,  1790-]  911 97 

Index 106 


L^ 


Publications  oF  the  Society  issued  during  tlu'  period,  ^Jlst  .lulr, 
1910,  to  31st  July,  1!)11  :— 

Journal  (Botany),  No.  272,  18th  Oct.,  I91u. 

(Zoology),  No.  1^02,  20th  Oct.,  191(). 

,.     21  i,  20th  July,  1910. 


Transactions  (2nd  Ser.)  l3otany.  Vol.  A'll.  Part  xv.,  Oct.  1910. 

(2nd  «er.)  Zoology,  Vol.     X.  Part  x.,  June  1911. 

Vol.    XI.    .,  VI.,  Dec.  1910. 

.,  VII.,  Dec.  1910. 

Vol.Xlll,  ,.  iv.,  Nov.  1910. 

A^ol.  XIV.  ,.  I.,  Nov.  1910. 


Proceedings,  122nd  Session,  from  November  1909  to  June  1910 
October  J91U. 


List  of  [Fellows,  Associates,  and  Foreign  Members],  1910-1911. 


PROCEEDINGS 


OF    THE 


LINNEAN   SOCIETY  OF   LONDON. 


(OXE  HUNDRED  AND  TWENTY-THIRD  SESSION, 
1910-1911.) 


November  3rd,  1910, 

Dr.  D.  H.  Scott,  M.A.,  F.R.S.,  President,  in  the  Chair. 

The  Minutes  of  the  General  Meeting  of  the  IGfch  June,  1910, 
were  read  and  confirmed. 

Mr.  Hugh  Broughton  was  admitted  a  Fellow. 

Ml'.  Anthony  Belt  and  Prof.  Edward  Alfred  Minchin,  M.A. 
(Oxon.),  were  elected  Fellows. 

Miss  Madelaine  Carson,  M.Sc,  Mr.  Jules  Angustin  de  Gaye, 
Mr.  Thomas  Bennett  Goodall,  F.R.C.V.S.,  Mr.  Francis  Cecil 
Hudson,  Mr.  Norman  Miller  Johnson,  Miss  Eleanor  Mary 
Evered  Parsons,  Lieut.-Col,  Simpson  Powell,  M.D.  (Durh.),  and 
Mr,  Harold  Stuart  Thompson,  were  proposed  as  Fellows. 

The  following  letter  addressed  to  the  General  Secretary  was 
read  from  the  Chair  : — 

Marlborough  House, 

Pall  Mall,  S.W., 
\8ik  July,  1910. 
Dear  Sir, 

I  am  commanded  by  The  King  to  inform  you  that  His 
INTajesty  is  graciously  pleased  to  become  Patron  of  the  Linnean 
Society  of  London. 

Tours  faithfully, 

(Signed)    W.  H.  P.  CAEINGTON, 

LIXN.  SOC.  rROCEEDITiTGS. — SESSIOJT  1910-1911.  h 


2  rnOCEEDINGS    OF   TUB 

The  deaths  of  Dr.  Melchior  Treuh,  Foreign  Mnniher,  of 
Samuel  Alexander  Stewart  and  Edward  Geirard,  Associates,  were 
announced. 

The  follow  ing  papers  were  read  and  discussed  : — 

1.  Prof.  AY.  A.  ITerdman,  F.R.S..  F.L.S.— A  Comparison  of 

the  Summer  Plankton  on  the  "West  Coast  of  Scotland  with 
that  in  the  Irish  Sea. 

2.  Mr.  J.  C.  F.  Fryer. — The  Structure  and  Formation  of  Aklahra 

and  neighhouring  Islands,  with  notes  on  their  Flora  and 
Fauna.  (Communicated  by  Prof.  J.  Stanley  Gabdinee, 
F.P.S.,  F.L.S.) 

3.  ]Mr.  11.  B.  BioET.ow. — On  the  Siphonophora  of  the  'Peseareh ' 

Biscaj^an  Plankton.  (Communicated  by  Dr.  G.  Herbert 
Fowler,  F.L.S.) 


November  17th,  1910. 
Dr.  D.  II.  Scott,  M.A.,  F.E.S.,  President,  in  the  Chair. 

The  Minutes  of  the  General  Meeting  of  the  3rd  November, 
1910,  were  read  and  confirmed. 

Dr.  Edward  Hindle  and  Mr.  Cuthbert  St.  John  Nevill  were 
elected  Fellows. 

The  Eev.  Manoah  Holland  and  Mr.  Hugh  Godfrey  Mundy  were 
proposed  as  Fellows,  and  Mr.  Arthur  Bennett  and  Mr.  AYilliam 
Cole  were  proposed  as  Associates. 

Mr.  W.  C.  "WoRSDELL,  F.L.S. ,  exhibited  specimens  of  Maize 
showing  androgynous  inflorescences,  from  Pretoria,  South  Africa ; 
Dr.  Stapf  spoke  on  the  probable  derivation  of  Zea  Mays  from  a 
species  of  Eucldcena.  Mr.  Worsdell  also  showed  the  model  of  a 
native  tortoise  carved  from  some  unknown  wood,  which  had  been 
riddled  by  a  wood-borin<2:  beetle  in  Cape  Town,  identified  as 
Botryclioplites  cornutus,  Oliv. 

Prof.  J.  W.  H  Trail,  F.E.S.,  F.L.S.,  exhibited  specimens  and 
a  lantern -slide  of  a  remarkable  form  of  liuhvs  Idcrns,  distributed 
over  a  considerable  district  in  Aberdeenshire,  in  which  the  normal 
number  of  leaflets  was  increased  by  an  extra  basal  pair,  approach- 
ing the  leaf  of  the  Suberecti  group  of  fruticose  Ii^^hi. 

A  discussion  followed  in  which  Prof.  Henslow,  Mr.  Henry 
Groves,  and  the  President  took  part. 

The  General  Secretary  showed  a  monstrous  pear,  similar  to  those 
figured  by  Dr.  Masters  in  his  '  Vegetable  Teratology,'  which  had 
been  picked  up  under  a  pear-tree  in  a  Ilolloway  garden  by  Mr.  A. 
H.  Williams.  Prof.  Henslow  and  Mr.  AVorsdell  remarked  upon 
the  frequency  of  this  monstrosity  ami  its  probable  origin. 


LIJfNEAN   SOCIETY   OF   LONDON.  J 

The  following  papers  were  read  and  discussed  : — 

1.  Prof .  G.  Henslow,  P.L.S, — A  Theoretical  Origin  of  Plantago 

viaritima,  L.  and  F.  alpina,  L.  from  P.  Coronopus,  L.  Vars. 

2,  A  Theoretical  Origin  of  Monocotyledons  from  Aquatic 

Dicotyledons,  through  Self-Adaptation  to  an  Aquatic 
Habit — Being  Supplementary  Observations  to  a  previous 
paper  (Jouru.  Linn.  Soc,  Bot.  xxix,  (1892)  p.  485). 


December  1st,  1910. 

Dr.  D.  H.  ScoxT,  M.A.,  F.E.S.,  President,  iu  the  Chair. 

The  Minutes  of  the  General  Meeting  of  the  17th  November, 
1910,  were  read  and  confirmed. 

Miss  Ida  Margaret  Hay  ward  and  Mr.  Cuthbert  St.  John  Nevill, 
were  admitted  Fellows. 

Miss  Madelaine  Carson,  M.Sc,  Mr.  Jules  Augustin  de  Gaye, 
Mr.  Thomas  Bennett  Goodall,  F.R.C.V.S.,  Mr.  Francis  Cecil 
Hudson,  Mr.  Norman  Miller  Johnson,  Miss  Eleanor  Mary 
Evered  Parsons,  Lieut.-Col.  Simpson  Powell,  M.D.  (Durh.),  and 
Mr.  Harold  Stuart  Thompson,  were  elected  Fellows, 

Mr.  G.  Claridge  Dbuce  exhibited  Utricularia  ochroleuea, 
Hartm.,  and  U.  Bremii,  Heer,  new  records  from  Ireland,  with 
Arahis  aljnna,  Linn.,  and  Cheer ojjhi/Ilum  aweian,  Linn.,  from 
Scotland,  the  latter  two  in  confirmation  of  George  Don's  state- 
ments, which  had  been  doubted  during  the  last  century. 

A  discussion  followed,  the  participants  being  Mr.  Clement  Eeid, 
Mr.  E.  M.  Holmes,  and  Mr.  Henry  Groves,  Mr.  Druce  briefly 
replying. 

Miss  Ida  M.  Haywakd  exhibited  18  alien  plants  selected  from 
about  200,  which  had  been  noted  by  the  side  of  the  river  T^eed, 
and  its  tributary  the  Gala.     (See  p.  48.) 


The  following  paper  was  read  and  discussed  : — 

Capt.  C.  F.  IJ.  Meek,  F.L.S.  — The  Spermatogenesis  of 
Stenobot7irus  viridulus,  with  special  reference  to  the  Ileterotropic 
Chromosome  as  a  sex  determinant  iu  Grasshoppers. 


&2 


PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE 


December  15th,  1910. 

Dr.  D.  U.  Scott,  M.A.,  F.R.S.,  President,  in  the  Chair. 

The  Minutes  of  the  General  Meeting  of  the  1st  December, 
1910,  were  read  and  confirmed. 

Prof.  AVilliam  Bateson,  I\r.A.,  F.E.S.,  Miss  Madelaine  Carson, 
]\lis9  Eleanor  JNlary  Evered  Parsons,  and  Mr.  Henry  Smith 
Uolden,  B.Sc.,  were  admitted  Fellows. 

The  Eev.  INlanoah  Holland  and  Mr.  Hi\rr\\  Godfrey  IMnndy  were 
elected  Fellows  ;  and  Mr.  Arthur  Bennett  and  Mr.  AVilliam  Cole 
Avere  elected  Associates. 

Miss  Beatrice  0.  Corfe  exhibited  a  portfolio  of  drawings  in 
water-colour,  natural  size,  of  about  250  wild  flowers,  chiefly  from 
the  neighbourhood  of  Winchester.  For  some  years  she  had 
studied  flowers  as  an  artist  and  lover  of  Nature,  to  whom  plant- 
growth  and  blossom  had  a  great  attraction  from  the  variety  of 
form  and  colour  displayed. 

Additional  observations  were  contributed  by  the  President, 
IMr.  H.  J.  Elwes,  Mr.  E.  M.  Holmes,  Prof.  Dendy,  Mr.  J.  C. 
JShenstone,  and  the  Eev.  T.  E.  E.  Stebbing,  expressive  of  admiration 
for  these  successful  representations  of  the  natural  forms  and 
colours  of  the  native  flora,  and  a  preference  for  an  artistic  rather 
than  a  photographic  record  of  plant-life. 

Dr.  Stapf  then  brought  forward  the  reports  on  the  International 
Congress  of  Botanists  at  Brussels  (see  p.  51). 

Dr.  Stapf  having  concluded,  an  animated  discussion  followed, 
in  which  the  following  engaged: — The  President,  Prof.  Dendy, 
Mr.  H.  J.  Elwes,  Mr.  Augustin  Henry,  the  General  Secretary, 
Mr.  H.  N.  Dixon,  and  the  Eev.  T.  E.  E.  Stebbing ;  Dr.  Stapf 
briefly  replying. 


The  following  papers  were  read  and  discussed : — 

1.  Mr.  E.  TV.  H.  Eow,  B.Sc,  F.L.S. — Non-calcareous  Sponges 

from  the  Eed  Sea,  collected  by  Mr.  Cyril  Crossland,  F.L.S. 

2.  Mr.  E.  S.  Adamson. — Notes  on  the  Comparative  Anatomy 

of  the  Leaves  of  certain  Species  of  Veronica.     (Communi- 
cated by  Mr.  A.  G.  Ta^slet,  F.L.S.) 


LIXNEAN   SOCIEIT   OF   LONDON.  5 

January  19th,  1911. 

Dr.  D.  H.  Scott,  M.A.,  F.R.S.,  President,  in  tlie  Chair. 

The  Minutes  of  the  General  Meeting  of  the  15th  December, 
1910,  were  read  and  confirmed. 

The  Eev.  Manoah  Holland  and  Prof.  Edward  Alfred  Miuchiu, 
M.A.,  were  admitted  Fellows. 

The  President  alluded  to  the  great  loss  biological  science  has 
sustained  in  the  death  of  Sir  Francis  Galton,  F.E.S.,  on  the 
previous  day,  and  stated  that  although  not  a  Fellow  of  the  Society, 
he  had  often  been  at  our  Meetings,  and  was  closely  associated 
with  us  as  one  of  the  recipients  of  the  Darwin-Wallace  Medal  on 
the  1st  July,  1908. 

Miss  Beatrice  O.  Corfe  exhibited  some  trays  of  Lepidoptera 
and  other  insects  received  from  her  brother,  Mr.  Charles  Corfe, 
living  at  Toronto.  Amongst  these  local  insects  were  some  equally 
common  in  Great  Britain  and  Canada,  as  the  Eed  Admiral 
(  Vcoiessa  Atalanta)  and  a  local  variety  of  the  Large  Tortoiseshell 
{V.  polijcldoros).  Others,  as  the  Camberwell  Beauty,  Vanessa 
Antiopa,  common  in  Canada,  are  extremely  rare  in  the  United 
Kingdom,  and  still  others,  as  many  of  the  various  Swallowtails, 
are  absent  from  our  fauna.  Many  of  these  insects  were  caught  at 
the  street  lamps. 

Prof.  Dendt  and  Mr.  G.  E.  Nicholls  exhibited  a  series  of 
lantern-slides  illustrating  the  structure  and  relations  of  the  Sub- 
commissural Organ  and  Eeissner's  Fibre  in  various  vertebrate 
types  ;  the  slides  were  described  by  Prof.  Dendy,  and  Mr.  Nicholls 
gave  a  brief  account  of  some  experiments  which  he  had  made 
which  so  far  seemed  to  support  the  view  that  these  organs  consti- 
tute an  apparatus  for  automatically  regulating  the  flexure  of  the 
long  axis  of  the  body. 

Mr.  F.  IS".  Williams,  Dr.  Eendle,  Prof.  Minchin,  and  Dr.  Lilian 
Veley  discussed  the  points  raised  by  the  exhibition,  and  Prof. 
Dendy  replied. 

The  Eev.  E.  A.  Bullen  exhibited  specimens  of  Bytliinella 
padiraci,  Locard,  and  Nipliargus  plateaxd,  Chevreux,  from  an 
underground  river  in  Southern  Central  France.  The  Eev.  T.  E. 
E.  Stebbing  added  some  observations  to  the  foregoing. 

The  following  papers  were  read  and  discussed  : — 

1.  Mr.  C.  II.  Wright,  A.L.S.— The  Flora  of  the  Falkland 
Islands. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF    THE 

2.  i\Ir.  CiRiL  CnosshAND,  F.L.S. — A  Physical  Description  of 

Ivhor  JUoiif^onab,  lied  Sea. 

3.  Mr.  KowLAND  E.  Tuuxeu. — On  the  Fossoriul  llymenoptera 

of  the  Indian  Ocean.     (Cotnuiunicated  by  Prof.  J.  Stanley 
Gardineh,  F.R.S.,  F.L.S.,  with  the  four  following.) 

4.  Prof.  J.  J.  KiEFiEii. — The  Cecidomyiida;  of  the  Seychelles. 

5.  The  C.'iiirouomidic  of  the  Seychelles. 

6.  Dr.  K.  Ki:kti';sz. — The  Stratioinyiidie  of  the  Seychelles. 

7.  Mr.  E.  Metuick,  F.K.S.— The  Tortricina  and  Tineina  of  the 

Seychelles  and  Aldabra. 


February  2nd,  1911. 
Dr.  D.  II.  Scott,  M.A.,  F.E.S.,  President,  in  the  Chair. 

The  Minutes  of  the  General  Meeting  of  the  19th  January, 
1911,  were  read  and  confirmed. 

The  General  Secretary  showed  a  series  of  lantern-slides, 
(1)  explaining  the  genesis  of  the  portrait  of  Carl  von  Linne, 
painted  by  Alexander  Rosliu,  and  the  various  copies,  including 
the  original  three-quarter-length  portrait  now  at  Versailles, 
thougli  in  a  somewhat  poor  condition ;  and  (2)  showing  that  the 
I/aplaiid  drum  in  the  Hoffman  portrait  and  on  the  Jap  of  the 
foreground  ligure  in  the  engraved  title-page  of  the  'Flora  lap- 
ponica'  is  a  magic  drum,  and  not  a  botanic  press.  (See  abstract 
on  pp.  56-61.) 

Dr,  Young  asked  a  question  about  the  reversal  of  the  Bervic 
print,  to  which  Dr.  Daydon  Jackson  replied. 

Dr.  Otto  Staff,  F.E.S.,  Sec.L.S.,  showed  specimens  and  a 
lantern-slide  of  Dujitaria  didactyla,  Willd.,  from  Sydney,  wiiere  it 
has  recently  been  used  with  fair  success  in  making  law  11s. 

Mr.  A.  W.  Sutton,  F.L.S. ,  stated: — "It  is  almost  a  universal 
custom  throughout  the  Continent — that  is,  in  France,  Germany, 
Switzerland,  and  Italy — to  make  their  garden  lawns  fresh  every 
year  by  sowing  Perennial  Kye  Grass  (Lolium  jpere)ine)  exclusively, 
or  almost  exclusively,  as,  owing  to  the  heat  and  drought  often 
experienced,  it  is  impossible  to  use  those  liner  grasses  in  niixture 
w  hich  are  the  essential  feature  of  English  lawns.  Consequently 
tlie  Dujitaria  didacti/la  exhibited  may  prove  of  greater  value  on 
the  Continent  than  in  England." 

Ec7.  T.  E.  E.  Stebbing  asked  what  gave  the  green  colour  in  the 
spring  in  the  Nile  Valley,  when  Mr.  Sutton  replied  that  it  was 
wholly  due  fo  young  corn,  along  the  river-side  and  canals. 


LINNEATf   SOCIETr   OF   LONDOy.  7 

The  following  papers  were  read  and  discussed : — 

1.  Fleet-Surgeon   Matthew,    M.B.,   F.L.S. — Enumeration   of 

Chinese  Ferns. 

2.  Mr.  S.  T.  Dunn,  F.L.S. ,  showed  a  series  of  lantern-slides 

from  photographic  snap-shots  during  his  journey  in  Central 
Fokien,  described  on  tlie  6th  February,  19US,  before  this 
Society.  He  also  show  ed  some  specimens  of  bamboo-rope, 
the  species  of  which  had  not  yet  been  identified,  used  on 
the  rivers  of  that  provnice,  wliich  he  had  procured  for  the 
Museum  at  Kew. 

3.  Sujjplementary  List  of  Chinese  Flowering-PLants,  in 

continuation  of  the  List  in  the  Society's  Journal  (Botany), 
vol.  xxxvi.,  and  extending  from  1904  to  1910. 

4.  Mr.  W.  EiCKATSON  Dykes  (a  visitor)  showed  a  series   of 

autochrome  photographs  on  the  screen  of  various  Indian 
and  Chinese  species  of  Iris  in  his  garden. 

5.  Mr.  S.  T.  Dunn,  F.L.S. — A  Eevision  of  the  Genus  Aciiiiidia, 

Lindl. 


February  16th,  1911. 

H.  W.  MoNCKTON,  Esq.,  Treasurer  &  V.-P.,  in  the  Chair. 

The  Minutes  of  the  General  Meeting  of  the  2nd  February, 
1911,  were  read  and  confirmed. 

Miss  Freda  Bage,  M.Sc,  Mr.  Ealph  Evelyn  Drake-Brockman, 
M.li.C.S.,  L.K.C.P.,  Mr.  Moore  Betty  Fullerton,  and  Mr.  Charles 
David  Soar,  F.E.M.S.,  were  proposed  as  Fellows. 

The  Vice-President  announced  from  the  Chair  that  there  were 
now  seven  vacancies  in  the  List  of  Foreign  Members. 

Prof.  Dendt,  F.E.S.,  Sec.L.S.,  showed  three  lantern-slides  of 
some  remarkable  growth-forms  in  sponges,  and  exhibited  a 
singular  horny  sponge  collected  by  him  iu  New  Zealand,  which 
has  not  yet  been  described. 

The  Kev.  T.  R.  E.  Stebbing  referred  to  some  curious  sponges 
in  a  collection  possessed  by  hnn,  and  Prof.  Dendy  replied. 

The  following  papers  were  read  and  discussed  : — 

1.  Mrs.  L.  J.  WiLSMOEE. — On   some   Hexactiniae  from  New 

South  Wales.     (Communicated  by  Prof.  J.  P.  Hill,  F.L.S.) 

2.  Eev.   Canon  Norman,   F.E.S,,   F.L.S. — Three    Species    of 

Harpactid  Copepoda. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF    THE 

Mr.  A.  S.  ITinsT.— Report  on  the  Aranea;,  Opiliones,  and 
Pseudoscorpioues  from  tlie  Seychelles.  (Communicated, 
w  ith  two  following,  by  Prof.  J.  Stanley  Gabdineb,  F.E.S., 
F.L.S.) 

Mr.  G.  A.  BouLENGEB,  F.R.S. — List  of  the  Batrachians  and 
Iveptiles  obtained  by  Prof.  Stanley  Gardiner  on  his  Second 
Expedition  to  the  Seychelles  and  Aldabra. 

Miss  Maet  Jane  liAXiiBUN. — On  the  Marine  Brachyura 
from  the  Indian  Ocean  collected  in  1905. 


March  2nd,  1911. 

Dr.  D.  II.  Scott,  M.A.,  F.R.S.,  President,  in  the  Chair. 

The  Minutes  of  the  General  Meeting  of  the  16th  Febi-uary, 
1911,  were  read  and  confirmed. 

Mr.  George  Herbert  Wailes  was  proposed  as  a  Fellow,  and 
Dr.  Hans  Driesch,  Prof.  Eichard  von  Hertwig,  Geh.-Hofrat  Prof. 
Georg  Klebs,  Prof.  Sergej  Gawrilowitscb  Nawaschin,  Dr.  Eugdne 
Penard,  Prof.  Johann  Wilhelm  Spengel,  and  Prof.  Edmund 
Beecher  Wilson  as  Foreign  Members. 

Mr.  C.  E.  Salmon  showed  British  specimens  of  Lejpidium 
nec/lectum,  Thell.,  and  L.  densijlorum,  Schrad.  Mr.  F.  N.  ^Villiams, 
Mr.  E.  G.  Baker,  and  Dr.  O.  Stapf  discussed  the  probable  origin 
of  these  forms,  and  Mr.  Salmon  replied. 

Mr.  E.  M.  Holmes  showed  a  specimen  of  Griffithsia  fjlohifera, 
J.  Ag.,  from  Milford  Haven ;  Mr.  Cotton  remarked  upon  the 
spread  of  some  of  these  alien  algae  in  our  waters. 

Mr.  H.  W.  MoNCKTON,  Treas.  &  V.-P.,  showed  a  series  of 
lantern-slides  from  photographs  taken  during  his  visit  last  autumn 
to  Sweden  as  a  delegate  on  behalf  of  the  Society  to  the  Inter- 
national Congress  of  Geologists,  especially  those  taken  at  Uppsala, 
some  of  which  showed  places  connected  \A"ith  Carl  von  Linnc, 
including  a  front  view  of  his  house  in  tlie  old  Botanic  Garden. 

Mr.  H.  R.  Darlington  commented  on  the  modern  use  in  Sweden 
of  the  German  prefix  "  von." 

The  General  Secretary  then  showed  a  supplementary  series  of 
lantern-slides,  chiefly  from  old  prints,  concerning  the  history  of 
the  old  botanic  garden.  He  stated  that  when  Linne  and  Eost'n 
bad  exchanged  Chairs  in  January  1742,  and  the  former  had 
thereby  become  prefect  of  the  garden,  he  took  immediate  steps  to 
rearrange  the  garden,  provide  glass-houses,  and  rebuild  the  house 
attached,  which  belonged  to  the  prefect.  The  last  slide  showed 
the  old  poplar  close  to  the  entrance,  the  only  specimen  which  can 
be  regarded  as  coeval  with  Linne,  inasmuch  as  the  laurels  and  a 
few  other  veterans  uad  been  transported  to  the  new  botanic 
garden  early  in  the  nineteenth  century. 


LIKNEAX   SOCIETY   OF   LONDON".  9 

Dr.  A.  Strahan,  F.E.S.  (visitor),  Mr.  H.  N.  Dixon,  Dr.  A.  P. 
Young,  and  Dr.  James  Murie  joined  in  the  discussion  which 
ensued  upon  the  whole  exhibition. 

Mr.  John  Hopkinson  then  showed  thirty  slides  taken  about  the 
same  time  as  those  of  his  co-delegate,  but  from  a  different  line  of 
country ;  he  also  showed  specimens  of  rock  from  Omberg  and 
KinnekuUe. 

The  General  Secretary  alluded  to  the  proBle  of  KinnekuUe, 
published  by  Linnc  in  his  '  Wastgota  resa'  in  1747,  and  specially 
alluded  to  by  Prof.  A.  G.  ISathorst  in  his  '  Linne  sasom  geolog ' 
which  came  out  in  1907. 


The  following  papers  were  read  and  discussed  :^ 

1.  Dr.  Malcolm   Buer,  F.L.S. — Dermaptera  (Earwigs)  pre- 

served in  Amber. 

2.  Miss   Lauea   Eoscoe   Thornely.^ — Eeport  on  the  Marine 

Polyzoa  of  the  Collection  made  by  Mr.  J.  Stanley  Gardiner, 
in  the  Indian  Ocean,  in  H.M.S.  'Sealark'  during  1905. 
(Communicated  by  Prof.  J.  S.  Gaedinee,  F.E.S.,  P.L.S.) 

3.  Eev.  T.  E.  E.  Stebbing,  F.E.S.,  P.L.S.— The  terms  Polyzoa 

and  Bryozoa.     (See  Abstract,  p.  6i.) 

4.  Mr.  "VV.  M.  Tatteesall. — On  the  Nysidacea  and  Euphau- 

siacea  collected  in  the  Indian  Ocean  during  1905.  (Com- 
municated by  Prof.  J.  Stanley  Gabdinee,  P.E.S.,  F.L.S.) 


March  16th,  1911. 
Dr.  D.  IT.  Scott,  M.A.,  F.E.S.,  President,  in  the  Chair. 

The  Minutes  of  the  General  Meeting  of  the  2nd  March,  1911, 
were  read  and  confirmed. 

Mr.  Anthony  Belt  and  Dr.  Edward  Hindle  were  admitted 
Fellows. 

Miss  Freda  Bage,  M.Sc,  Mr.  Ealph  Evelyn  Drake-Brockman, 
M.E.C.S.,  L.E.C.P.,  Mr.  Moore  Betty  Fullerton,  and  Mr.  Charles 
David  Soar,  F.E.M.S.,  were  elected  Fellows. 

Prof.  A.  Dendy,  F.E.S.,  Sec.L.S.,  read  a  communication  from 
Prof.  W.  A.  Heebman,  F.E.S.,  combatiiig  the  statement  regarding 
the  use  of  the  term  "  Polyzoa "  made  by  the  Eev.  T.  E.  E. 
Stebbing  at  the  last  meeting  ;  on  the  suggestion  of  Mr.  Stebbing 
the  discussion  was  postponed  to  another  Meeting.  (See  Abstract, 
p.  62.) 


10  PnOCEEDIXGS   OF   THE 

Mrs.  D.  H.  Scott  gave  a  lantern  exhibition  of  new  species  of 
the  fossil  genus  Traiiuairia.  She  also  exhibited  the  original 
diagram  made  by  Dr.  W.  Carruthers,  F.li.S.,  who  first  described 
the  genus  at  a  meeting  of  the  JJritisli  Association  in  Ls72,  in  a 
])aper  entitled  "  iVrtjiu/tno,  a  Kadiolarian  Kliizopod  from  the  Coal- 
Measurcs." 

Count  Solms-Laubach,  Professors  Sclienk,  Strassburger,  and 
Zeiller,  considered  it  comparable  to  the  massulK  or  sporocarps  of 
ylzoUa.  Prof.  AVilliamson  (Phil.  Trans.  1880)  thought  it  the 
spore  of  a  Cryptogam.  He  found  a  group  of  three  Traquairice  in 
a  sporangium  of  Lejiidosti-obns,  and  thought  them  three  megaspores 
of  a  tetrad.     The  true  megaspores  are,  however,  now  well  known. 

Mrs.  Scott  defined  Traqiuiiria  thus  : — "  I'raquairia  is  a  spherical 
organism,  consisting  of  two  parts  each  surrounded  by  a  sharply 
detined  membrane — an  inner  capsule,  often  containing  spores,  and 
an  outer  part,  which  is  surrounded  by  a  thick  gelatinous  envelope. 
In  this  are  embedded  numerous  hollow  spines.  The  apparent 
bases  of  these  spines  are  produced  into  hollow  anastomosing  tubes, 
\\liich  spread  over  the  surface  of  the  sphere,  forming  a  complicated 
network.  The  spines  are  hollow  and  are  perforated  iu  every 
direction  by  projecting  tubular  pores.  Emanating  from  these 
pores  are  delicate  threads  which  appear  to  lose  themselves  in  the 
gelatinous  envelope.  Sometimes  the  threads  form  a  regular  net- 
work in  it.  The  inner  capsule,  a  definite  brown  membrane,  can 
only  be  observed  in  the  more  perfectly  preserved  specimens. 
Spores  are  generally  present,  which  appear  to  produce  small 
spores.  Traqxairici;  occur  in  groups  in  the  decayed  wood  of 
Lipidodendron  and  other  plants." 

She  then  exhibited  T.  Carruthersii,  T.  Spenceri,  sp.  nov., 
T.  hurntislandica,  sp.  nov.,  and  T.  stellata,  sp.  nov.,  and  a  species 
of  an  allied  genus,  Sporocarpon  elegans.  The  most  characteristic 
feature  in  the  organisms  described  is  the  very  complicated  structure 
of  the  outer  envelope  with  its  elaborate  system  of  anastomosing 
tubes  Connected  with  prominent  spines,  which  are  themselves 
very  complex  organs.  Nothing  parallel  to  this  is  known  in  the 
vegetable  world. 

The  presence  of  an  "  inner  capsule  "  containing  spores,  in  the 
interior  of  which  small  spores  are  produced,  is  reminiscent  of 
Kadiolarians.  These  features  are  also  common  to  S2>oroca7po7i 
ekf/ans,  which  with  its  long  spines  is  very  much  like  a  Eadiolarian. 

A  discussion  followed  in  which  Dr.  G.  J.  Ilinde,  F.R.S.  (visitor), 
Prof.  Dendy,  Rev.  T.  R.  R.  Stebbing,  Prof.  Y.  AV.  OHver,  and  the 
President  took  part. 


The  following  paper  was  read  and  discussed  : — 

Mr.  R.  S.  Adamson,  M.A. — An  Ecological  Study  of  a  Cam- 
bridgeshire Woodland.  (Communicated  by  iVfr.  A.  G. 
T^LNSLEl,  F.L.S.) 


LINNEAN    SOCIETY   OP    LONDo:)f.  II 

April  Gth,  1911. 

Dr.  D.  H.  Scott,  M.A.,  F.E.S.,  President,  in  the  Cliair. 

Tlie  Minutes  of  tlie  General  Meeting  of  the  16th  March,  1911, 
were  read  and  contii'med. 

Mr.  Norman  Miller  Johnson  and  Mr.  Moore  Betty  Fullerton 
were  admitted  Fellows. 

Mr.  George  Herbert  Wailcs  was  elected  a  Follow. 

The  Eev.  Hilderic  Friend,  Miss  Ann  Croniu  Halket,  Mr.  Ernest 
Lee,  A.E.C.S.,  Mr.  John  Conf^y  Moulton,  Mr.  Frederick  John 
Freshwater  Shaw,  B.Sc,  and  Mr.  Malcolm  Wilson,  E.Sc,  were 
proposed  as  Fellows. 

The  following  Auditors  were  recommended  by  the  Council,  and 
were,  by  show  of  hands,  elected  : — For  the  Council,  Prof.  Dendy 
and  Dr.  A.  B.  Eeudle ;  for  the  Fellows,  Mr.  Henry  Groves  and 
Mr.  Hamilton  Druce. 

The  President  announced  that  the  Council  had  selected  Count 
Heumajtn  zu  Solms-Laubach  to  receive  the  Linneau  Medal. 


The  following  papers  were  read  and  discussed  : — 

1.  Miss  Sarak  M.  Baker,  B.Sc. — On  the  Brown  Seaweeds  of 

the  Salt-Marsh.     (Communicated  by  Prof.  F.  W.  Oliyeb, 
F.E.S.,  F.L.S.) 

2.  Dr.  C.  E.  Moss,  Mr.  E.  G.  Salisbury,  F.L.S.,and  Dr.  Ethel 

DE  Fraine,  F.L.S. — On  the  Genus  Salicoraia  ;  its  History, 
Character,  and  Anatomy. 


May  4th,  1911. 

Dr.  D.  H.  Scott,  M.A.,  F.E.S.,  President,  in  the  Chair, 
afterwards  Prof.  Poulton,  F.E.S.,  V.-P. 

The  Minutes  of  the  General  Meetiug  of  the  Gth  April,  1911, 
were  read  and  confirmed. 

Mr.  Jules  Augustin  de  Gayo  and  Mr.  Charles  David  Soar  were 
admitted  Fellows. 

Mr.  Frederick  Eyles,  Mr.  Jolni  Graham  Murray,  and  i\Ir.  Charles 
AVaterfall  were  proposed  as  Fellows. 


I  a  PEOCEEDIN'GS    OF   TUB 

Dr.  Hans  Driesch,  Prof.  Richard  von  Hertwifj;,  Gen.-Hofrat 
Prof.  Georg  Klebs,  Prof.  ISergej  Gawrilow  itsch  Nawascliiii, 
Dr.  Eugene  Penard,  Prof.  Joliaun  Wilheltn  Spengel,  and 
Prof.  Edmund  Beecher  "Wilson,  were  elected  Foreign  Members. 

The  following  papers  were  read  and  discussed : — 

1.  The  Kev.  T.  K.  R.  Stebbixg.   F.R.S.,  F.L.S.— On   John 

Vaiighan  Thompson  and  his  Polyzoa,  and  on  Vannthom^)- 
sonia,  a  genus  of  Sympoda.     (See  Abstract,  p.  64.) 

2.  Prof.  iSi'DXEY  J.  llicKsoN,  F.K.y. — On  Folijtrema  and  some 

allied    genera.      (Communicated    by   Prof.    J.    Stanley 
Gakbixer,  F.R.S.,  F.L.S.) 

3.  Mr.  J.  M.  Brown,  B.8c.,  F.L.S. — Observations  on  some  new 

and  little-known  British  Rhizopods. 

4.  Mr.  R.  iSuELFoRD,  F.L.S. — The  British  Museum  collection 

of  BJattidje  enclosed  in  Amber. 

5.  Dr.  F.  E.  Fkitsch,  F.L.S. — Freshwater  Alga3  collected  in 

the  Soutb  Oi-Jcueys  by  Mr.  R.  K.  R.  Brown. 

May  24th,  1911. 

Anniversary  Meeting. 

Dr.  D.  H.  Scott,  M.A.,  F.R.S.,  President,  in  the  Chair. 

The  Minutes  of  the  General  Meeting  of  the  4th  May  were  read 
and  confirmed. 

Mr.  William  Xeilson  Jones,  M.A.  (Cantab.),  was  proposed  as  a 
Fellow. 

The  Treasurer  then  laid  his  Annual  Statement  of  Accounts 
before  the  Meeting,  which,  after  observations  by  Mr.  Alfred 
AV.  01<e,  Sir  Frank  Crisp,  Lt.-Col.  Prain,  and  Mr.  John  Hop- 
kiuson,  was  received  and  adopted  (see  pp.  14  &  15). 

The  General  Secretary  laid  his  Annual  Report  before  the 
Meeting,  thus : — 

Since  the  last  Anniversary  15  Fellows  had  died,  or  their  deaths 
been  ascertained,  viz. : — 

Fellows  (15). 


Thomas  Hodgson  Archer-Hind. 
Richard  Henry  Beddome. 
James  Bisset. 
John  Bennett  Carruthers. 
AVilliam  Ambrose  Clarke. 
Thomas  AValker  Coffin. 
Theodore  Cooke. 
Alfred  Russell  Fox. 


John  Hinchley  Hart. 
Frederick  Hovenden. 
Simpson  Powell. 
Harry  Sanford-Burton. 
Francis  Lesiter  Soper. 
Robert  Boog  Watson. 
William  Dickenson  Wickes. 


LINNEAN    SOCIETY   OF   LONDON. 


13 


Edward  Gerrard. 


Associates  (2). 

I   Samuel  Alexander  Stewart. 


Melchior  Treub. 


Foreign  Members  (2). 

I   Charles  Otis  Whitman. 


Fellows  withdrawn  (9). 


Charles  Crossland. 
Louis  Charles  Deverell. 
Ernest  John  Lewis. 
Arthur  Thomas  Masterman. 
Edward  Archibald  Smith. 


Henry  Aldwin  Soames. 
Ernest  Euthven  Sykes. 
Charles  Edward  Walker. 
Amandus  H.  C.  Zietz. 


Whilst  25  Fellows,  all  of  whom  had  qualified,  2  Associates, 
and  7  Foreign  Members  have  been  elected.  One  Fellow  has,  by 
election,  been  transferred  to  the  list  of  Associates. 

The  Librarian's  report  was  submitted  as  follows : — 

During  the  past  year  there  have  been  received  as  Donations 
from  private  individuals  87  volumes  and  192  pamphlets. 

From  the  various  Universities,  Academies,  and  Scientific 
Societies,  there  have  been  received  in  exchange  and  otherwise 
319  volumes  and  128  detached  parts,  besides  57  volumes  and 
29  parts  obtained  in  exchange  and  as  donations  from  the  editors 
and  proprietors  of  independent  periodicals. 

The  Council  at  the  recommendation  of  the  Library  Committee 
have  sanctioned  the  purchase  of  198  volumes  and  81  parts  of 
important  books. 

The  total  additions  to  the  Library  are  therefore  661  volumes 
and  430  separate  parts. 

The  number  of  books  bound  during  the  year  is  as  follows  : — 
In  full-morocco  3,  in  half- morocco  234,  in  half-calf  4,  in  full- 
cloth  433,  in  vellum  88,  in  buckram  30,  in  boards  and  half- 
cloth  12.  Eelabelled  (half-morocco  and  cloth  back)  30.  Total 
834  volumes. 


The  General  Secretary  having  read  the  Bye-Laws  governing 
the  elections,  the  President  opened  the  business  of  the  day, 
and  the  Fellows  present  proceeded  to  vote  for  the  Council  and 
Officers. 


The  Ballot  for  the  Council  having  been  closed,  the  President 
nominated  Mr.  Clement  Eeid,  the  Eev.  T.  E.  E.  Stebbing,  and 


14 


PROCEEDINGS   OF    TnR 


1-t 

o 

I— 1 

CO 

Ci 

f"Nj 

T— 1 

,^^ 

'r* 

,. 

i-H 

3 

13 

.—1 

"^ 

H 

05 

O 

CO 

T— 1 

o 

ij 

,^ 

o 

-U 

I— 1 

Pi 

-P 

Oi 

F4 

<M 

I-H 

< 

^ 

«o 

C5 

s 

I— ( 

t<5 

;sv 

p 

be 

«■ 

Ss 

,C 

^ 

H 

s 

H 

b 

^ 

c3 

.^ 

» 

OQ 

E-i 

t-i 

P 

P5 

a 

oi 

O 

a 

s 

Ph 

< 

(^ 

H 

<D 

A 
■^ 

^ 

P 

■M 

V 

O 

eS 

•^ 

o 

"*** 

<1 

^ 

OS 

C! 

•2 

"n 

<u 

s 

s 

to 

<» 

§ 

2 

s 

113 

-< 

^ 

1 

fA 

'S 

H 

f* 

•  pal 


.t-  c.  c  c  o 

^-  CC  t^  I^  o 


f^  — '  r:  o  c-i 
eo  cc  c  c  1-- 

M  o  _  1-  •- 
t^ '  ^  Ci  -^  o 

00 


b     ft^ 


G5 


:  =0 


«H 


a;  ^ 


•r  -5    :  o 


-J  00  o> 

5 

(/3  ■*  5C 


ill 


&4  ^"^-^  ,-9  -2  => 


I     01  .S 


«)     ^  H^^ 


eS   »   o  —  :2 


f^SP      "o 


P^ 


=  «  s  =  § s 


>C  CO  o  o  o 

rHO  OOO 


CCcCtO 
O  05  lO 


«^ 


^     C8    — 

i^S  5 


O    e3         i 


=^ 


le^ 


O  "t 


c?    ci 


o  ^- 


pq  CO 


.  g  ^  _ 

c  r-  5  o  r^  c, 
o  o  O  i-S  f^  '^  ^  ' 


rt  £  o 


(§:3 


P 


M-<-<6iB 


LTNXEAN    SOCIETY   OF    LONDON. 


15 


«•  t-G5 


OcO-fOiOOO— 'C^r-1       C-1    iP 


CO 

0 

00 

- 

2 

-+ 

•M 

1 — '    (n    ^ 


Oi 


re!*  coH'-ji--i-i|x-il* 

O  CI  O  C5  00  3  — "  ^  GO  o  00 

«§)  @  (§)  @  (§)  @  (§)  @  (§)  l§)  1) 

r^-eoioooooooooo 

03— '--hOOOOOOiOOOO 

'♦l  ir  -t^  'iS  S  t^  o  o  c  ^  o  .0 


o    > 


S^  ^  &4   ^ 
^     3i     S-     ^ 

<!  S  -^  § 
2  3     "3 

PI    - 


^t 


o 

CO 


^ 


"^ 


"^ 


^ 


IS. 


CO  10  I 


•^-    -   S   i£ 


^  o 


_^     O     D     K  ..H 

1?  Si 


<ta2 
0  S 


»  5?  o 
S  fe   1. 


Ii< 


^3 


S         "ri=5   OD    'S    ■ 


i.mW 


'S  ^  c-'i  J 

^     ri    C    ^  K* 

JT  «  fe  '^  "3 


r^ 

cS 

Is 

r. 

-^ 

<i) 

0 

ao 

CO 

-y 

<s> 

0 

a 

^ 

^CO 


c3    C 


*'    J-    O    ®  ^    S    «- 


;  CI 

>    m 

CO  "o 

5:  a 
s>  o 


1>  a 


.0  G5 

^ 

>^  -^ 

•>i 

^  (15 

3  00 

-S 

0  CI 

^ 

V}  t— 1 

a 

0^ 

0 

■^  0 

'A 

0  a 

W 

5  0 

K  "j^ 

w 

-d'rs 

^' 

S    0    > 

[il 

*^  ?  a 

Q 

cS    0  'tr 

p 

CI    0   0 

Ph 

.2  -^  ■" 

P 

rofess 
temet 
siibje 

CL|    eS    0) 

'^,FMt^ 

33     m^ 

F-«io 

-3    tt)  t^ 

>-HH 

-"  £-.2 

Ogc^^ 

n  0  tj 

.N<1 

■fe  '^s 

P    0    c3 

5-a 

woa 

•r;  '^   » 

0   C^ 

n  s  ■" 

=  £t3 

tH 

8^  °l 

.5^-1 

Hj^f^ 

hQ« 

^5(1 

0^-^ 

We  hav 
April,  K 
into  the 

OWp5 

.    .P3 

53 

p;-<->l 

o'§ 

CO    Ch 

1 6  paooBBDiyGS  of  thb 

Mr.  A.  0.  Walker,  Scrutineers,  wlio,  having  cast  up  the  votes, 
reported  to  the  President,  who  declared  the  result  as  follows  :— 

Prof.  V.  II.  Blacicm.vx,  Sc.D.  ;  IIexrv  Bunr,  M. A. ;  Sir  Frai^k 
Crisp;  Prof.  Arthur  Dendy,  D.Se.,  F.R  S. ;  Prof.  J.  Stanley 
r.ARDivER,  F.R.S.;  E.  S.  GooDRicn,  F.R.S. ;  Hexry  Groves,  Esq. ; 
Prof.  W.  A.  IIkrdmax,  F.R.S. ;  Arthur  AV.  Hir.L,  M.A. ;  Dr.  B. 
Daydon  Jackson  ;  Horace  W.  IMoncicton,  F.G.S.  ;  Prof.  Francis 
W.  Oliver,  F.R.S. ;  Prof.  E.  B.  Poulton,  F.R.S. ;  Dr.  A.  B. 
Rendle,  F.R.S. ;  Dr.  Walter  George  Ridewood  ;  Miss  Edith  R. 
Saunders  ;  Dr.  Dukinfield  H.  Scott,  F.R.S. ;  Dr.  Otto  Staff, 
F.R.S.;  Miss  Ethel  N.  Thomas,  B.Sc;  Dr.  A.  Smith  Wood- 
ward, F.R.S. 


The  Ballot  for  the  Officers  having  been  closed,  the  President 
appointed  Mr.  Clement  Reid,  the  Rev.  T.  R.  R.  Stebbing,  and 
Prof.  G.  S.  Boulger,  Scrutineers,  who,  having  cast  up  the  votes, 
reported  to  the  President,  who  declared  the  result  as  follows  :  — 

President :    Dr.  Dukinfield  Henry  Scott,  M.A.,  F.R.S. 
Treasurer:  Houace  W.  Monckton,  F.G.S. 
Secretaries:  Dr.  B.  Daydon  Jackson, 

Prof.  A.  Dendy,  D.Sc,  F.R.S., 

Dr.  Otto  Staff,  F.R.S. 

The  President  then  delivered  his  Address  : — 


LINNEAN    SOCIETY    OF   LOXDOX.  1 7 

PKESIDEXTIAL  ADDRESS,  1911. 

I  HATE  lately  had  occasion  to  look  into  some  of  the  older  work  on 
the  structure  of  fossil  plants,  and  it  has  occurred  to  me  that  a  few 
notes  on  the  subject  miglit  be  of  some  general  interest.  The 
period  referred  to  is  that  round  about  the  year  1830 — the  period 
of  Witham  and  Cotta  and  of  the  earlier  work  of  Brongniart. 
It  was  an  intei'esting  time,  when  the  study  of  fossil  plants  was 
first  caught  up  in  the  flame  of  enthusiasm  which  then  burnt  so 
brightly  for  the  young  science  of  geology.  It  was  practically 
a  pre-evolution  period,  for  though  Lamarck  had  written,  the 
influence  of  Cuvier  was  dominant ;  the  evidence,  however,  was 
accumulating  which  ultimately  formed  the  firmest  basis  of  the 
theory  of  descent.  In  fossil  botany  in  particular,  the  controversies 
which  were  soon  to  divide  the  French  school  from  its  neighbours 
had  not  yet  sprung  up,  though  Brongniart  had  already  established 
his  great  and  well  merited  authority  in  the  science.  If  some  of 
the  opinions  of  that  time  strike  us  as  crude  and  fantastic,  we  are 
just  as  often  surprised  at  the  gi-eatness  of  the  advance  which  had 
already  been  made  and  at  the  essential  modernness  of  the  point 
of  view.     Take  the  following,  for  example  : — 

"  Everyone  will  readily  admit  that  anatomical  characters,  those 
which  relate  to  the  intimate  organisation  of  the  plant,  have  more 
value  than  the  external  forms  ;  it  is  to  these  characters,  then, 
that  one  ought  to  attach  the  most  importance  when  one  is  able  to 
observe  them  ;  and  when  one  cannot  do  so,  one  should  seek  to 
discover  in  the  external  form  of  organs,  such  modifications  as 
may,  so  to  speak,  be  the  expression  of  the  internal  character,  and 
may  enable  us  to  form  an  estimate  of  its  modifications. 

"  The  nutritive  vessels,  forming  the  framework  which  determines 
the  relations  oE  position  and  often  even  the  form  of  organs,  are 
evidently  more  important  than  the  parenchyma  which  surrounds 
them,  and  which  may  mask  the  most  essential  character  of  an 
organ.  The  mode  of  distribution  of  the  vessels  alone  may  put  us 
on  the  track  of  the  true  affinities  of  plants.  Their  arrangement 
is  consequently  the  principal  thing  to  observe  in  each  organ." 

This  has  a  very  modern  sound.  The  passage  might  almost  have 
been  written  yesterday ;  yet  it  is  a  literal  translation  from  the 
Introduction  to  Brongniart's  '  Histoire  des  Vegetaux  Fossiles  ' 
and  was  published  in  1828.  Evidently  we  flatter  ourselves  over- 
much when  we  fancy  that  our  vascular  morphology  is  a  new 
creation.  The  French  have  long  understood  the  value  of  systematic 
anatomy.  Brongniart  made  it  a  rule  to  preface  the  description  of 
each  fossil  group  with  an  account  of  the  recent  allied  plants,  and 
especially  of  their  anatomy.  He  constantly  found  it  necessary  to 
make  his  own  investigations,  for  just  the  points  most  needed  for 
comparison  with  the  fossils  had  usually  been  passed  over  in  works 
on  recent  botany.  "  These  researches,"  he  says,  "  may  not  be 
without  result  for  the  comparative  anatomy  of  plants,  or  for  their 
physiology  and  natural  classification  "  (p.  0).     Artis,  in  1825,  had 

LINN.  SOC.  PROCEEDINGS. — SESSION  1910-1911.  C 


1 8  PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE 

felt  the  same  nood  for  Ji  better  basis  of  comparison.  He  says, 
"The  wbole  Anatomy  of  the  Plant  must  be  studied,"  and  cites 
Cuvier's  famous  researches  on  fossil  animals  as  a  model.  This 
lieultliy  reaction  of  fossil  work  on  the  investigation  of  living 
])lants  still  goes  on  in  our  own  dny. 

JJroiigniart  gives  an  excellent  account  of  ilie  characters  available 
for  the  discrimination  of  fragmentary  specimens,  and  points  out 
that  while  almost  any  organ  will  sudice  to  distinguish  the  main 
groups,  for  more  exact  determination  the  vegetative  organs  have  a 
relatively  greater  importance  in  the  lower  and  the  re})roductive  in 
the  higher  classes.  At  the  same  time,  the  signitic-ance  of  vascular 
anatomy  had  long  been  recognised  in  the  distinctive  characters  of 
Dicotyledons  and  Monocotyledons.  "  After  the  internal  structure 
of  the  stem,"  he  says,  "  the  most  important  character  of  this  organ 
is  the  mode  of  insertion  of  the  leaves  on  its  surface,"  then  the 
arrangement  of  the  vessels  passing  from  the  stem  into  the  petiole, 
and  in  the  leaves  themselves  the  venation.  We  see  that  Brong- 
niart,  poorly  provided  at  that  time  with  structural  material,  was 
feeling  about  after  external  characters  which  might  serve  as  the 
"  outward  and  visible  sign  "  of  the  structure  within. 

Comparative  anatou)y,  he  argues,  forms  the  basis  of  zoological 
classification,  and  it  will  be  tiie  same  for  plants,  only  here  the 
difficulty  is  greater,  because  a  more  or  less  high  ningnification  is 
always  required  to  show  the  structure.  He  especially  regrets  the 
absence,  at  that  time,  of  any  comparative  anatomy  of  the  wood, 
a  need  which  even  now  has  scarcely  been  adequately  supplied. 
Let  us  see,  a  little  more  in  detail,  how  Brongniart  succeeded  ia 
applying  his  principles  to  the  problems  of  fossil  botany. 

He  recognised  four  periods  of  geological  time,  in  which  the 
vegetation  had  a  special  aspect  due  to  the  predominance  of  certain 
families  and  to  the  great  development  of  the  plants  of  these 
families.  This  recognition  of  successive  periods  of  vegetation 
was  in  itself  a  great  step  in  advance.  Only  a  few  years  before, 
botanists  had  still  expected  to  be  able  to  refer  the  fossils  of  the 
Coal  to  recent  species  and  appeared  disaj)pointed  when  thej  failed 
to  do  so.  The  same  spirit  still  sometimes  shows  itself  in  our  own 
day,  among  those  who  view  anything  like  an  intermediate  fossil 
group  with  suspicion.  Brongniart's  four  periods  (characterised 
in  his  own  words)  were  :— 

1.  Vegetation  almost  solely  composed  of  Ferns  and  ai'borescent 

Horsetails  and  of  the  singular  Lepidodendrons — gigantic 
plants  sharing  in  the  characters  of  Lycopods  and  Conifers. 
After  the  first  period  these  plants  seem  to  have  disappeared, 
at  least  from  the  regions  so  far  explored. 

2.  Characterized  by  very  different  forms,  of  which  only  a  small 

number  has  come  down  to  present  times, — they  are  espe- 
cially Ferns,  less  elevated  than  those  of  the  Coal,  and 
Conifers  of  a  very  peculiar  aspect. 
[This  refers  essentially  to  the  Triassic  Flora.] 


LINNB<VN    SOCIETY    OF    LONDON.  19 

3.  In  the  third  Period  the  Fenis,  and  still  more  tlie  singular 

family  of  Cycads,  \vere  dominant  to  such  a  degree  that 
the  species  of  the  latter  family  were  already  more  numerous 
than  those  now  existing,  and'  this  little  group,  which  only 
forms  the  2000th  part  of  living  plants,  constituted  half  the 
flora  of  that  epoch.     [Mesozoic] 

4.  Plants  much  less  different  from  those  which  still  exist, — the 

same  families  and  most  often  the  same  genera  which  still 
inhabit  our  climates.  In  spite  of  their  analogy  with  recent 
vegetation,  these  fossils  are  no  less  worthy  of  our  attention, 
for  they  may  solve  questions  of  great  interest  for  the  history 
of  the  "latest  changes  in  the  surface  of  the  globe  :  they  can 
decide  whether  plants,  like  animals,  have  experienced  great 
specific  changes  during  the  latest  revolutions  to  which  our 
globe  has  been  exposed.     [Tertiary.] 

We  must  not  suppose  from  these  words  that  Brongniart  was  an 
evolutionist,  for,  as  Saporta  says,  he  always  opposed  evolution, 
the  doctrine  to  which  his  own  discoveries  lent  the  strongest 
support.  At  the  same  time  the  whole  tone  of  Brongniart's 
prospectus  and  introduction  to  his  great  book  is  thoroughly 
modern  and  enlightened. 

His  classification  of  plants  was  a  singularly  natural  one,  and 
indeed  scarcely  differs  in  its  main  divisions  from  our  modern 
system.     He  has  six  great  classes  : — 

I.  Agames:  Algae,  Fungi,  Lichens  [=Thallophyta]. 
II.  Cryptogames  celluleuses:  Ilepatics  and  Mosses  [=Bryo- 
phyta]. 

III.  Cryptogames   vasculaires   [  =  Pteridophyta,   but  with  the 

addition  of  Characete]. 

IV.  Phanerogames  gymnospermes. 

V.  Phauerogames  angiospermes  monocotyledones. 
VI.  Phauerogames  angiospermes  dicotyle'dones. 

There  is  little  room  for  criticism  here.  The  name  Agames, 
which  is  used  for  Thallophytes,  shows  that  little  was  known  at 
that  time  of  sexual  reproduction  in  these  plants,  though  the 
discoveries  of  Vaucher  had  already  given  the  clue.  Brongniart 
is  quite  sound  on  the  Mosses,  which  lie  rightly  says  have  nothing 
in  common  with  the  "Agames"  beyond  the  absence  of  vessels. 
It  must  be  remembered  that  at  that  time,  owing  to  the  splendid 
early  work  of  Hedwig,  the  Mosses  were  much  better  understood  ' 
as  regards  their  reproduction  than  the  Vascular  Cryptogams. 

Brongniart  thought  that  the  stems  of  the  Vascular  Cryptogams 
had  some  analogy  in  structure  with  those  of  Monocotyledons. 
He  says  that  their  organs  of  reproduction  appear  always  to 
consist  o£  two  sexes  ;  in  those  days,  long  before  the  advent  of 
Suminski  and  Hofmeister,  there  must  have  been  a  certain  amount 
of  luck  in  arriving  at  this  true  conclusion.     He  explains  further 

c  2 


20  PnOCEEDIXGS    OF   THE 

on  (p.  07)  that  tlie  organs  of  fructification  vary  very  mucli ; 
somelinies  one  recognises  easily  enough  organs  which  characterise 
two  different  sexes,  sometimes  only  a  single  one  has  heen,  with 
any  probahility,  discovered.  He  places  the  Characea?,  Marsi- 
leacea\  Ecpiisetacea^,  and  some  Lycopodiacea;  in  the  former 
category  :  the  IVrns  and  most  Lycopodiacea?  in  the  latter. 

The  inclusion  of  Characea?  in  Vascular  Cryptogams  seems  odd 
to  a  modern  botanist ;  but  we  are  scarcely  in  a  position  to  scoff, 
for  the  true  systematic  relations  of  this  family  have  never  yet  been 
made  clear. 

A  striking  merit  of  Brongniart's  classification  is  the  separation 
of  the  Gymnosperms  in  a  class  of  their  own,  a  point  in  which  he 
was  far  in  advance  of  most  botanists  of  his  own  day  and  even  of 
a  much  later  time.  He  shows  that  the  Gymnosperms  are  distinct 
from  other  Phanerogams  both  in  their  reproductive  organs  (the 
seeds,  destitute  of  a  capsule,  receiving  directly  the  action  of  the 
fecundating  substance),  and  in  the  organisation  of  their  stems,  very 
different  in  many  respects  fi'om  that  of  true  Dicotyledons  (p.  22). 

In  the  detailed  part  of  the  'llistoire,'  passing  over  the  Fucoids 
and  the  scanty  and  doubtful  Mosses,  the  Equisetacea?  are  dealt 
with  first  of  the  vascular  plants.  The  anatomy  of  recent  forms  is 
fully  treated.  It  is  curious  to  see  what  was  then  thought  about 
their  sexual  reproduction,  lledwig  had  suggested  that  the  spore 
was  an  ovary  with  a  short  style,  while  the  elaters  represented 
four  anthers  attached  to  the  style  by  their  filaments.  Brongniart 
improves  on  this  by  supposing  the  spore  to  be  an  ovule,  and  the 
elaters  four  grains  of  pollen  adhering  to  it. 

As  regards  the  Calamites,  he  says  that  up  to  that  time  every- 
thing had  confirmed  his  idea  of  a  relation  between  them  and 
Equisehim.  So  far,  however,  he  knew  nothing  either  of  the 
fructification  or  the  anatomy  of  the  fossil  forms.  The  discovery 
of  the  latter,  at  a  later  date,  long  misled  him  and  his  school,  and 
formed  one  of  the  great  subjects  of  controversy  with  English  and 
German  investigators. 

The  rest  of  the  first  volume  is  devoted  to  the  Ferns  or  the 
plants  which  he  then  classed  as  such,  constituting  by  themselves, 
as  he  says,  the  greater  part  of  the  Flora  of  the  ancient  rocks. 

As  regards  the  reproduction  of  recent  Ferns,  Brongniart  inclines 
to  Hedwig's  view  that  the  stalked  vesicles  (glandular  hairs)  on  the 
young  fronds  represent  the  male  organs.  At  any  rate,  he  finds 
"  their  analogy  with  the  pollen-sacs  of  Mosses  complete  "  (p.  141). 
His  classification  of  Ferns  is  quite  a  natural  one,  only  differing 
from  modern  systems  in  including  the  Tree-ferns  (Cyatheacea?) 
under  Polypodiacea3,  and  making  the  Parkeriaceae  {Ceraiopteris)  a 
distinct  group,  as  was  still  done  much  later. 

For  the  purposes  of  fossil  botany  he  employs  his  well-known 
artificial  classih'cation  based  on  the  venation  and  form  of  the  frond, 
a  classification  which  is  still  indispensable  for  fossil  taxonomic 
work. 

The  most  curious  |X)int  is  that  Brongniart  at  that  time  included 


LINNEAN    SOCIETY    OF    LONIJOX.  21 

Sigillaria  under  Ferus,  -w'hile  he  included  Lindley's  genus  Caido- 
pteris  (true  Tree-ferns)  under  Sigillaria,  recognising  that  the 
fern-affinities  of  C'aulo^yteris  were  more  evident  than  those  of 
the  Sigillarice  proper.  Brongniart  shows  that  the  Sigillarias 
could  not  have  been  Cacti,  as  Martius,  or  Euphorbife,  as  Artis 
had  supposed,  for  they  were  not  succulent,  but  woody  plants. 
He  ai'gues  that  they  could  not  have  been  Dicotyledons  at  all, 
for  their  form  gives  no  indication  of  growth  in  thickness  at  tlie 
base  of  the  stem.  In  view  of  subsequent  developments,  his 
rejection  of  growth  in  thickness  is  remarkable.  Neither,  he 
continues,  could  the  Sigillarias  have  been  Monocotyledons,  for 
their  leaf-scars  are  too  narrow.  Thus  he  arrives,  by  a  process  of 
exclusion,  at  the  Vascular  Cryptogams,  "that  is  to  say  the  Eerns, 
for  that  is  evidently  the  ouly  one  of  the  families  of  this  group  to 
which  one  could  refer  the  Sigillarias."  He  argues  elaborately  in 
support  of  this  view;  the  Lycopod  affinities  seem  never  to  have 
occurred  to  him  at  that  time.  It  was  no  doubt  the  superficial 
resemblances  between  the  Eern-stems  and  Sigillaria  which  misled 
him,  though  the  comparison  with  Lepidodendron  seems  to  us  fairly 
obvious. 

The  incomplete  second  volume,  the  parts  of  which  began  to 
appear  in  1837,  is  devoted,  as  far  as  it  goes,  to  the  Lycopods. 
He  gives  a  most  admirable  account  of  the  external  characters 
of  recent  Lycopods  and  has  a  good  deal  to  say  about  the  anatomy, 
which  he  illustrates  by  some  capital  figures.  He  does  not, 
however,  distinguish  clearly  between  the  structure  of  Lycopodium. 
and  that  of  Selaginella,  or  Stacliyrjynand.rum  as  he  called  it.  He 
notices  the  interesting  fact  that  in  some  Lycopodiums  the  roots 
have  practically  the  same  structure  as  the  stem  (p.  24). 

He  is  at  pains  to  show  that  the  anatomy  of  Lycopods  and 
Conifers  is  essentially  different.  On  the  other  hand,  he  lays  great 
stress  on  the  resemblance  in  the  cones  of  the  two  groups,  saying 
that  in  Conifers  and  Cycads  the  ovules  are  fixed  on  the  scales 
exactly  like  the  "capsules"  of  Lycopodiacese.  In  describing  the 
two  kinds  of  spores  in  "  Slacliygynandrum  "  and  Isoetes  he  calls  the 
large  spores  "  veritable  seeds  "  ;  he  compares  the  small  spores  to 
pollen-grains  but  declines  to  discuss  their  function  (p.  33). 

He  is  very  emphatic  on  the  Lycopod  affinities  of  Lepidodendron, 
saying  that  the  fossils  of  which  that  genus  is  the  type  merely  form 
a  special  section  of  the  family  Lycopodiacese.  "  A  fortunate  and 
rare  circumstance  "  had  given  him  an  opportunity  of  studying 
the  internal  structure.  This,  of  course,  refers  to  the  famous 
Lepidodendron  Harcourtii,  first  described  by  Witham  in  1832, 
and  afterwards  by  Lindley  and  Hutton  in  vol.  ii.  of  their  '  British 
Fossil  Flora,'  1833.  Brongniart's  account  of  the  structure 
shows  a  great  advance  on  the  previous  descriptions.  He  was  the 
first  to  recognise  the  ring  of  wood,  with  its  smaller  elements 
towards  the  outside.  Oddly  enough,  this  principal  feature  of 
the  anatomy  had  been  overlooked,  or  at  least  not  clearly 
distinguished,  by  the  English  writers.     The  relation  of  the  leaf- 


2  2  PEOCEEUINGS   OF   THE 

trace  bundles  to  the  central  axis  was  correctly  followed  ;  the 
restoration  of  the  structure  in  the  solid  which  he  gives  (P).  21, 
fig.  4)  is  remarkably  accurate.  In  opposition  to  Lindley  and 
llutton,  who  had  concluded  that  Lejndodeiulron  was  intermediate 
between  Conifera)  and  Lycopodiace;e,  Brongniait  showed  that 
the  structure  is  essentially  diflerent  i'roni  that  of  any  Dicotyledon, 
gyinnospennous  or  angiosperinous  (p.  44).  lie  points  out  the 
differences  from  Lijcopod'mm  and  tSthujiiidla,  and  shows  that 
the  best  anatomical  comparison  is  with  J'sUotum  and  Tmesipteris. 

He  further  points  out  the  identity  of  the  rayed  or  scalariform 
vessels  of  Lepidodendmn  with  those  of  Lycopods,  and  the  small 
size  of  the  peripheral  vessels  in  both,  and  concludes  :  "  Thus,  by 
the  internal  structure  of  their  stems,  as  by  their  external  form, 
their  mode  of  branching  and  the  arrangement  of  their  leaves,  the 
Lepidodendrons  agree  almost  completely  with  the  Lycopodiaceffi, 
and  could  be  nothing  else  but  arborescent  Lycopods"  (p.  46). 
His  whole  treatment  of  the  subject  is  on  sound  modern  lines. 

He  then  asks  the  question,  "Is  the  same  analogy  to  be  met 
Avith  in  their  mode  of  reproduction?  " 

He  begins  by  citing  cases  where  the  cones  (Lepidostrohi)  had 
already  been  found  in  connection  with  species  of  Lepidodendron — 
he  found  that  they  were  borne  on  the  ends  of  branches,  like 
Lj/copodiinn  cones  on  a  large  scale,  or  like  the  cones  of  Araucaria. 
He  was  much  puzzled  about  the  position  of  the  sporangium  or 
capsule,  which  from  the  analogy  of  Lycopods  and  Conifers 
("  families  between  wliic-h  all  botanists  are  agreed  in  placing  the 
Lepidodendrons  ")  should  be  on  the  upper  surface  of  the  scale 
[he  ignores  the  nude  cones  of  Coniferaj  here].  Having  no  petrified 
specimens  to  work  with,  lirongniart  at  that  time  completely 
misunderstood  the  position  of  the  sporangium,  which  in  fact  he 
had  never  seen,  or  had  perhaps  confused  with  the  lateral  wings 
of  the  scale.  Lindley  and  Hutton,  it  is  true,  had  already 
observed  the  sporangium  in  Lepidostrofms  ornatus,  but  they  had 
described  it  as  a  "  seed  "  *,  so  that  Brongniart  not  unnaturally 
suspected  a  confusion  with  the  cones  of  Araucarian  Coniferjie. 

He  was  very  cautious  about  the  supposed  relation  of  Lep>ido- 
dendron  to  Conifers,  regarding  it  as  extremely  remote.  The 
former  group,  he  says,  is  not  intermediate  between  Lycopods 
and  Conifers,  but  is  at  most  a  Lycopodiaceous  genus  tending  to 
establish  the  first  link  in  a  series  forming  the  passage  between 
the  two  families  (p.  55).  Some  of  his  arguments  against  a  nearer 
relation,  especially  those  drawn  from  the  mode  of  branching  and 
the  structure  of  the  wood,  are  well  worthy  of  consideration. 

Brongniart  was  distinctly  less  fortunate  in  his  view  of  the 
petrified  tree-fern  stems  known  as  Psaronius,  which  he  regarded, 
on  what  seem  to  us  very  weak  grounds,  as  representing  the  base 
of  Lycopodiaceous  stems.  AVith  all  his  good  intentions,  his 
knowledge  of  Pern-anatomy  was  not  yet  wide  enough  to  guide 

*  'Fossil  Flora,'  toI.  i.  pi.  20.  %.  2a,  p.  83. 


LIXXEAN    SOCIETY    OF    LONDON.  23 

him  to  the  right  conclusion,  though  it  must  be  .idinitted  that 
Others  had  already  been  more  fortunate.  Brougniart,  however, 
quite  rightly  interpreted  the  structure  of  Psaroains,  as  regards 
the  distinction  between  the  stem  and  the  surrounding  zone  of 
roots. 

The  volume  comes  to  a  sudden  end  in  the  middle  of  a  sentence 
on  p.  72,  while  the  author  is  discussing  the  nature  of  Ulodendron, 
The  reasons  given  by  Saporta,  in  his  obituary  notice  of  Brongniart, 
for  the  abrupt  cessation  of  the  work — the  immensity  of  the 
scheme,  the  difficulties  of  the  Tertiary  floras,  and  the  changes  in 
the  author's  views — do  not  seem  altogether  sufficient.  Brongniart 
lived  and  continued  active  work  for  more  than  thirty  years 
afterwards.  It  is,  however,  no  part  of  my  plan  to  follow  the 
later  and  more  important  development  of  his  career. 

Saporta  rightly  points  out  tliat  in  his  early  work  Brougniart 
was  the  first  to  clearly  enunciate  the  principle  that  there  has  been 
a  definite  and  gradual  development  of  vegetation  in  successive 
epochs. 

Brongniart  was  a  great  botanist,  as  everything  he  wrote  proves  ; 
by  far  the  greatest  who  up  to  that  time  had  undertaken  the 
study  of  fossil  plants. 

In  passing  from  him  to  Bernhard  Cotta,  we  make  a  marked 
descent — Cotta  was  by  no  means  great,  but  he  did  some  meritorious 
work.  His  book,  '  Die  Dendrolithen  in  Beziehung  auf  ihren 
iiuieren  Bau,'  was  published  at  Dresden  in  1832,  while 
Brongniart's  first  volume  of  the  '  Histoire '  was  appearing.  Cotta's 
work  was  based  on  his  father's  collection,  which  included  more 
than  500  ground  specimens  of  fossil  plants.  At  that  time  such 
specimens  were  sometimes  ground  thin,  to  admit  of  microscopic 
investigation,  but  it  does  not  appear  that  Cotta  used  the  modern 
method  of  mounting  really  thin  sections  on  glass — that  was  intro- 
duced contemporaneously  in  our  own  country  by  Witham  and 
Nicol. 

Young  Cotta  began  his  work  as  a  sort  of  "holiday  task"; 
he  appears  to  have  been  a  student  at  the  time,  and  modestly 
desires  that  his  figures  may  be  regarded  as  the  "  Ilauptsache," 
the  text  only  as  a  necessary  explanation. 

Cotta  was  much  impressed  by  the  evidence  of  a  tropical  climate 
found  in  the  rich  vegetation  of  the  Coal-measures.  He  adds  : 
"  But  not  only  in  reference  to  climatic  changes,  but  a.so  with 
respect  to  the  gradual  development  of  organic  Nature,  it  is 
interesting  that  we  find  more  lowly  organised  plants  in  the  older 
than  in  the  later  rocks.  Jt  is  possible,  however,  that  this  latter 
circumstance  ])roceeds  merely  from  dift'erences  of  climate,  for  in 
the  Red  Sandstone,  for  example,  besides  many  lower  plants, 
remains  of  Dicotyledonous  plants  also  frequently  occur,  of  which 
the  numerous  petrified  woods  with  evident  annual  rings  and 
medullary  rays  alford  the  best  proof  "  (p.  3). 

Cotta  no  doubt  made  too  much  of  his  favourite  climatic  changes, 
but  there  is  some  force  in  what  he  says  :   e.  <j.,  the  difference 


24  rnOCEEDINGS   OF    TUE 

between  the  plants  oE  tlie  root-nodules  and  those  of  the  seain- 
nodules  in  Lancashire  coal  beds  is  clearly  due  to  ditVereiit 
conditions  rather  than  to  different  age.  Like  lirongniart,  be 
expresses  his  regret  that  *'  we  unfortunately  still  possess  no 
botanical  work  in  which  the  internal  structure  of  the  races  of 
jdants  is  characterised.  In  this  respect  it  would  be  especially 
desirable  to  know  accurately  the  internal  structure  of  the  stems 
of  Palms  and  Tree-ferns,  which  in  the  forests  of  America  grow 
into  such  gigantic  trees"  (p.  7).  lie  realised  the  difficulty  of 
naming  the  fragmentary  fossil  remains  without  the  risk  of  bringing 
the  8ei)arate  jiarts  of  one  and  the  same  plant  inider  different 
species.  He  bases  his  own  arrangement  on  internal  characters, 
not  that  he  considered  these  the  best  (though  they  might  be  so  if 
the  anatomy  of  recent  plants  were  better  known),  but  because  no 
other  characters  were  available  in  his  petriiied  specimens.  He 
realised  that  there  are  whole  fossil  families  which  no  longer  exist, 
80  far  as  is  known,  in  the  liA^ing  Creation  (p.  11). 

Cotta's  classification  was  rudimentary.  He  divided  his  speci- 
mens into  three  groups  :  Khizomata,  Stipites,  and  Eadiati — a 
classification  of  fossils  rather  than  of  plants. 

His  first  group  he  calls  the  rhizomes  of  extinct  Ferns,  in  which 
he  was  roughly  right.  His  genus  Tuhkanlis,  of  Permian  age, 
may  be  said  to  correspond  to  the  family  Zygopteridese,  as  under- 
stood by  the  latest  writer,  Paul  Bertrand.  This  is  a  group  of  the 
early  Ferns — Primotilices  of  ]\[r.  Arber — of  which  so  much  has 
been  heard  of  late.  Before  Cotta,  these  fossils  had  been  placed 
in  the  Palms,  thouah  D.  Anton  Sprengel  had  already  called  them 
"exotic  Perns."  The  genus  Tuhicaulis,  as  now  limited,  includes 
one  only  of  Cotta's  species,  based  on  a  single,  very  fine  specimen 
which  had  been  discovered  in  1815.  A  second  specimen  of  a 
distinct  species  was  brought  to  light  in  Lancashire  nearly  a 
century  later,  and  described  by  Dr.  Marie  Stopes.  Cotta 
nowiiere  distinguishes  clearly  between  the  petioles  and  the  true 
stem  of  these  plants. 

He  follows  his  predecessor  D.  A.  Sprengel  in  classing  Psaronius 
(also  Permian)  with  Ferns,  and  in  this  respect  did  better  than 
Brongniart.  The  name  "  fStarling-stones"  for  these  ornamental 
fossils  is  familiar ;  it  may  not  be  so  generally  known  that  this 
name  properly  applies  only  to  the  specimens  showing  the  roots  ; 
those  in  which  the  long,  curved  sections  of  the  vascular  bundles 
of  the  stem  are  visible  used  to  be  called  "  Maggot -stones," 
"Madensteine,"  ^^  Psaronius  hehnintliolithns.'"  In  earlier  days 
these  fossils  had  been  regarded  as  Corals  or  Encrinites. 

In  certain  cases  Cotta  recognised  the  roots  as  such,  though  he 
more  often  interpreted  the  same  bodies  as  leaf-stalks. 

His  second  group — Stipites  or  Trunks — includes  fossil  stems 
from  much  later  rocks,  which  he  rightly  classed  as  Palms. 

The  third  family,  Eadiati,  or  radiately  striated  stems,  is  of 
considerable  interest — it  embraces,  as  one  might  judge  from  the 
family-name,  stems  with   secondary  thickening.     He   says  that 


LINNEAN    SOCIETY    OF    LO>'J)OX.  25 

these  specimens,  Mliieh  he  placed  in  two  genera,  MeduUosa  and 
Cahimitea,  have  no  analo<;ue  among  hving  plants. 

His  description  of  the  genus  j\IcdulJosa,  which  he  founded,  is  on 
tlie  whole  remarkably  accurate,  and  some  of  his  figures  are 
excellent  and  might  still  be  used  as  adequate  illustrations.  Two 
of  his  species,  M.  stellata  and  M.  porosa,  are  the  real  stems  ; 
the  third,  M.  elegans,  consists  of  the  leaf-stalks  (afterwards 
MiieloxDlon).  It  is  odd  that  he  should  have  placed  these  in  the 
right  genus,  for  of  course  the  structure  is  totally  different  frora 
that  of  the  stem.  He  no  doubt  mistook  the  hypodermal 
strengthening  zone  of  the  petiole  for  the  outer  ring  of  wood 
in  the  stem. 

In  the  description  of  the  stem  of  M.  stellata,  he  interpreted 
the  complex  structure  with  surprising  success,  considering  that 
it  is  quite  unlike  anything  in  recent  plants,  consisting  as  it  does 
of  a  double  system  of  peripheral  and  central  steles,  each  growing 
in  thic]<ness  by  its  own  cambium.  In  fact  he  practically 
recognised  tlie  "  polystely  "  (to  anticipate  more  than  half  a 
century),  for  he  describes  the  pith  as  containing  many-rayed 
stellate  columns,  constructed  on  the  same  plan  as  the  radiating 
outer  zone,  which  he  saw  was  itself  a  compound  structure.  He 
points  out  that  each  radiating  portion  forms  a  whole  by  itself  and 
])ossesses  a  special  pith  (einen  besonderen  Markkeru)  (p.  G5), 
He  rather  spoils  his  excellent  observations,  however,  by  suggesting 
that  the  internal  stellate  columns  might  be  young  plants  which 
grew  up  inside  an  old  hollow  stem  ! 

His  second  genus  of  "  Eadiati,"  Calamitea,  may,  he  says,  with 
much  probability  be  supposed  to  have  a  common  origin  with  the 
Calamites,  so  well  known  as  impressions  (p.  57).  On  this  point 
his  knowledge  was  decidedly  in  advance  of  Brongniart's  at  the 
same  time.  He  arrived  at  this  right  conclusion  by  comparing 
the  striations  of  his  petrified  specimens  with  those  on  the  casts 
(p.  67).  His  Ccdamitea  striata  =  Calamodendron  striatum,  Goep- 
])ert,  and  his  Calamitea  histriatu  =  Arthropitys  histriata,  Goeppert. 
Thus  he  had  already  recognised  the  two  chief  groups  of  Calamarian 
stems. 

Cotta's  "  Supplementary  Eemarks "  are  partly  on  the  subject 
of  the  mode  of  preservation,  but  their  chief  object  is  to  correlate 
the  impressions  with  the  petrifactions,  a  laudable  attempt  in 
which,  with  the  one  exception  of  the  Calamites,  he  was  singularly 
unsuccessful. 

He  was  inclined  to  identify  Trdncaulis  with  Lepidodendron, 
some  species  of  which  (including  the  well-known  L.  obovatum)  he 
regarded  as  Ferns.  He  compares  the  ribbed  Sigillarias  with  Cacti, 
a  view  which,  oddly  enough,  has  re-appeared  in  the  present  day  in 
a  work  by  the  geologist  Steinmann.  At  the  same  time  Cotta  iden- 
tified these  Sigillarian  stems  with  his  genus  MeduUosa  (p.  84). 

As  regards  the  Calamites,  which  he  rightly  identified,  he  was 
misled,  like  Brongniart  in  later  days,  by  the  internal  structure, 
though  not  to  the  same  extent.     He  argues  against  their  being 


26  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE 

Equisetacoa:',  but  sufjgests  tliat  Uiey  may  represent  an  extinct 
family  intermediate  between  E(]uisetacea;  and  Casuarineaj ! 

On  tlu^  wbole  Cotta's  book  is  not  to  be  taken  too  seriously  from 
a  scientific  point  of  view.  He  was  only  a  beginner  at  tbe  time, 
and  evidently  no  great  botanist.  His  observations,  liowever,  were 
good,  and  sometimes  bis  natural  instinct  led  liim  rigbt  wben  more 
learned  autborities  went  wrong. 

To  us,  in  tliis  country,  tbe  most  interesting  figure  among  the 
group  we  are  considering,  is  that  of  Henry  Wit  bam.  His  real 
name  was  Henry  iSilveitop;  be  was  born  in  1779,  and  took  the 
name  of  AVitliam  on  liis  marriage.  He  was  a  man  of  considerable 
|)roperty  and  importance  in  the  North  of  England,  and  was  the 
first  Eoman  Catholic  High  !SberifF  of  tlie  County  of  Hurbam.  His 
work  on  fossil  plants  belongs  to  a  short  period  of  his  life,  when 
be  was  about  50.  ]le\vas  the  founder  of  modern  structural  fossil 
Botany  in  so  far  as  he  was  the  first  man  who  used  thin  sections 
mounted  on  glass — the  discovery  of  this  method  was  due  toNicol, 
to  whom  he  fully  acknowledges  his  indebtedness,  as  he  does  also 
to  JMacgillivray,  \\ho  made  the  drawings  and  also  no  doubt  helped 
w  ith  his  botanical  knowledge. 

In  an  early  paper  "  On  the  Vegetation  of  the  First  Period  of 
an  Ancient  World,"  read  before  the  AVernerian  Society  of  Edin- 
burgh on  Dec.  5,  1829,  Witham  shows  himself  still  much  under 
tbe  influence  of  Brongniart.  He  regards  the  "Craigleith  Tree," 
first  discovered  in  1826,  and  now  known  as  PHus  WitJuimi  (L.  & 
H.),  and  other  Gymnospermous  Phanerogams  of  Carboniferous 
age  as  trifling  exceptions  to  the  general  distribution  of  early 
vegetation.  He  says :  "  AVe  find  the  opinion  of  Mr.  A.  Brong- 
niart most  comjjletely  verified,  namely  that  the  Vascular  Crypto- 
gamic  plants  had  a  vast  numerical  proportion,  and  in  fact  of 
260  species  discovered  in  this  Terrain  or  period,  220  belong  to 
this  Class."  Witham  very  soon  modified  this  opinion,  as  we  shall 
see.  It  appears  that  a  section  of  tbe  Craigleith  fossil —  a  manifest 
Gymnosperm,  one  would  think — had  been  sent  to  Brongniart, 
who  replied:  "I  cannot  now  give  a  final  but  only  a  conditional 
opinion.  It  is  that  I  believe  it  to  be  a  section  of  a  Monocotyle- 
donous  plant."  This  strange  conclusion,  which  seems  to  have 
been  shared  by  some  local  botam'sts,  though  not,  of  course,  by 
AVitham  himself,  can  only  be  explained  by  the  state  of  preserva- 
tion combined  perhaps  with  a  certain  prejudice,  at  that  time,  in 
favour  of  the  greater  antiquity  of  Monocotyledons. 

In  a  letter  to  Winch,  a  JVewcastle  naturalist,  dated  Dec.  23, 
1829,  accompanying  this  pamphlet  and  preserved  in  Winch's 
correspondence  in  our  own  Library,  AVitham  goes  into  tbe  inter- 
esting question  of  the  ])resence  of  annual  rings  in  tbe  early 
Gymnosperms.  He  says  :  "  I  have  as  yet  been  unable  to  discover 
any  concentric  rings  in  the  Wideopen  fossil  [Pinites,  now  Corduites, 

BraHdling'i] I   sent   Mr.  Hutton  a  beautiful  slice  of  the 

AV'ideopen  tree,  which  to  look  at  with  the  naked  eye  would  have 
inclined  one  to   believe  they  were  there,  but  upon  microscopic 


LINNEAN    SOCIEIT    OF    LONDON.  2 7 

examination  such  idea  appears  to  me  to  vanish."  This  exactly 
expresses  the  usual  state  of  the  case  in  stems  of  that  period. 

Ill  the  paper  "  On  the  Vegetable  Fossils  found  at  Leunel  Braes, 
near  Coldstream,"  read  May  10,  1830,  Witham  shows  that  these 
trees  (Pitijs  antifpta  and  P.  ^jn'»iffi'a,  Witham)  "must  be  classed 
amougst  the  dicotyledonous  plants"  (p.  11).  He  attributes  (not 
quite  accurately)  the  opinion  to  Brongniart  that  "out  of  six 
classes  only  two  existed  at  that  time,  namely  the  Vascular  Crypto- 
gams and  the  Monocotyledons,  the  latter  containing  a  small 
number  of  plants  which  appear  to  resemble  the  Palms  and 
arboi-escent  Liliaceoe The  existence  therefore  of  so  exten- 
sive a  deposit  of  dicotyledonous  plants  at  this  early  period  of 
the  earth's  vegetation  appears  to  demand  the  attention  of  the 
naturalist." 

In  his  "  Description  of  a  Fossil  Tree  discovered  in  the  Quarry 
at  Craigleith,  near  Edinburgh,  in  the  month  of  JN^ovember, 
1830,"*  Witham  speaks  of  this  fine  tree  having  flourished  "for 
aught  we  can  say  a  million  years  ago  "  (p.  4).  He  had  evidently 
frankly  accepted  the  teachings  of  the  young  science  of  Geology, 
which  \\as  not  the  case  with  all  English  writers  at  that  time.  He 
says  :  "  Several  scientific  gentlemen  having  stated  as  their  opinion 
that  this  fossil  is  a  Lycojwdiuyn,  I  may  here  mention  the  reasons 
why  I  have  come  to  a  different  conclusion  "  (p.  5).  And  further 
on  he  adds  :  "  In  conclusion  I  beg  to  add,  that  we  have  in  this 
striking  and  stupendous  relic  of  ages  long  gone  by,  an  additional 
proof  amongst  many  others  lately  advanced,  that  plants^belonging 
to  the  Gymnospermous  Phanerogamic  class  are  much  more  abun- 
dant in  these  early  sedimentary  deposits  than  continental  writers 
would  lead  us  to  believe  "  (p.  10).  It  was  in  fact  AVitham's  chief 
work  to  demonstrate  the  early  prevalence  of  Gymnosperms,  as  is 
more  fully  shown  in  his  book  '  The  Internal  [Structure  of  Fossil 
Vegetables,'  1 833,  which  brings  together  and  correlates  his  various 
investigations. 

"  Many  fossil  vegetables  having  lately  been  found,  particularly 
in  the  mountain-limestone  series  and  coal-fields,  belonging  either 
to  the  Coniferse  or  to  a  family  closely  allied  to  them,  I  am  induced 
to  believe  that  those  geologists  who  maintain  that  the  vascular 
cryptogamic  plants  almost  entirely  composed  the  flora  of  that  first 
period  labour  under  a  misapprehension  '"'  (p.  0), 

"  That  the  preponderance  of  vascular  cryptogamic  plants  was 
considerable,  I  do  not  wish  to  question  ....  From  the  frequent 
occurrence  of  trees  possessing  an  exogenous  structure  I  cannot 
help  suspecting  the  correctness  of  the  assertion  that  '  the  class 
which  almost  of  itself  composed  the  flora  of  this  period  is  that  of 
the  vascular  cryptogamic  plants,  and  in  fact  that  of  260  species 
discovered  in  this  formation,  220  belong  to  that  class'."  A  few 
years  before  Witham  had  accepted  this  statement,  but  now  his 

*  Nat.  ITist.  Soc.  Nortbuinbcrlanil,  Durham,  and  Newcastle-upon-Tyne; 
read  Dec.  28,  1830. 


2S  PIIOCEEDINGS    OF   THE 

views  had  matured,  lie  was,  in  fact,  the  first  to  challenge  the 
description  of  the  Pakcozoic  period  as  the  "Age  of  Cryptogams." 
The  latest  progress  of  the  science  has  heen  on  the  same  lines 
as  his.  AVitliam  rightly  emphasized  the  higli  organisation  of  the 
early  floras,  thoiig]i  somewhat  overstating  Ihe  case  owing  to  hia 
not  having  fully  grasped  the  width  of  the  distinction  between 
the  Gymnosperms  and  the  true  Dicotyledons. 

lie  regarded  the  predominance  of  Vascular  Cryptogams  as  indi- 
cating the  presence  of  a  damp  forest,  where  the  remains  of  the 
])laiits  had  been  preserved  in  sifu,  while  the  Phanerogamic  fossils 
represented  a  hill  flora,  from  which  the  trunks  had  drifted  down 
streams  into  lakes  or  pools. 

The  absence  of  concentric  circles,  and  especially  the  nature  of 
the  pits — the  longitudinal  series  of  hexagonal  markings  on  the 
walls  of  the  wood-cells  facing  the  medullary  rays, — led  VVitham  to 
infer  that  the  Craigleith  trees  "  are  not  Couifera;,  or  at  least 
not  in  all  respects  similar  to  the  Coniferoe  of  the  present  day." 
lie  extends  this  inference  to  the  allied  species,  and  concludes  : 
"It  is,  however,  certain  that  hitherto  no  structure  precise!)'  resem- 
hling  that  of  the  Couiferae  in  every  respect  has  been  found  in  the 
jNIountain  limestone  series  or  in  the  Coal  formation  ;  but  the 
alleged  absence  of  phanerogamic  trunks  in  these  deposits  has  been 
fully  and,  I  trust,  satisfactorily  refuted  "  (p.  49).  His  conclusion 
is  strictly  correct,  though  the  grounds  on  which  he  based  it  may 
not  be  perfectly  convincing.  He  recognised  that  the  Liassic  and 
Oolitic  woods  which  he  placed  in  the  genus  Pence,  are  evident 
Conifers,  which  the  older  fossils  are  not,  though  "  of  the  same 
natural  family  "  (p.  69). 

Witham's  work  on  the  fossil  Gymnosperms  was  perhaps  the 
most  important  of  his  life;  he  also  has  the  credit  of  having  been 
the  hrst  to  describe  the  structure  of  a  fossil  Lycopod,  for  we  owe 
to  him  the  original  description  and  figures  of  LepiJodcndrGn  Ifar- 
conrtii,  "beyond  all  doubt,"  as  Lindley  and  Hutton  said,  "the 
most  remarkable  discovery  in  the  science  of  Fossil  Botany."  * 
AVithara  himself  showed  equal  enthusiasm.  He  says:  "  1  had 
so  repeatedly  examined  the  stems  of  vascular  cryptogamic  plants 
witliout  detecting  any  trace  of  organisation,  that  I  cannot  refrain 
from  mentioning  the  delight  which  I  experienced  when  1  observed 
a  structure  so  perfect.  1  am  the  more  gratified  as  it  affords  me 
an  opportunity  of  corroborating  the  opinion  of  so  distinguished 
a  botanist  as  Mr.  A.  Brougniart,  though  founded  solely  upon  the 
external  markings  of  the  peculiar  plants."  t 

He  compared  the  structure  with  that  of  the  stem  of  Li/cojwcUinn 
clavatum,  but  it  is  not  surprising  that  he  was  not  altogether 
successful  in  interpreting  so  unfamiliar  a  type  as  that  of  the 
Le^ndodendron. 

*  '  Fossil  Flora,'  vol.  ii.  p.  4fi. 

t  "On  the  Lepidodoidron.  Harcourlii."  Reatl  at  the  Natural  History  Society 
of  Newcastle-upon-Tyne,  March  1832. 


LINNEAN    SOCIETY    OF    LONDOX.  29 

Anahathra  pr(7t7i«>TtHirt,  a  Lycopod  with  secondary  growth  in 
thicknesss,  was  another  fossil  investigated  by  AV^itham,  who,  how- 
ever, did  not  attempt  to  determine  its  afKDities.  "  Whatever, 
therefore,  may  be  the  family  to  which  the  plant  in  question  is 
ultimately  referred,  it  is  necessary  to  institute  a  provisory  genus 
for  its  reception "  (p.  42).  He  fully  satisfied  himself  of  the 
existence  of  medullary  rays,  a  point  about  which  very  unnecessary 
difficulties  were  raised  at  a  much  later  date. 

Witham  was  a  modest  author.  He  writes  :  "  My  pretentions 
to  botanical  knowledge  are  indeed  very  limited,  nor  do  I  presume 
to  rank  myself  among  the  cultivators  of  a  science  to  whicli  so 
many  eminent  individuals  have  devoted  themselves  in  this  country. 
The  only  object  I  have  al\va3rs  kept  steadily  in  view,  is  to  direct 
their  attention  to  a  department  of  botany  which  has  hitherto  been 
too  much  neglected  ;  for,  although  the  study  of  the  external 
forms  of  the  stems,  leaves  and  fructification,  of  recent  vegetables, 
has  elicited  much  knowledge  respecting  the  nature  of  the  former, 
little  has  been  effected  by  an  application  to  their  internal  com- 
position, in  which  decided  and  characteristic  differences  are  never- 
theless to  be  found.  It  is  by  the  recently  discovered  method 
of  cutting  and  polishing  the  stems  of  fossil  plants  that  we  are 
enabled  to  obtain  an  insight  into  their  structure."  *  Witham  was 
deeply  impressed  with  the  importance  of  the  work  which  he  was 
undertaking,  and  showed  a  serious  and  almost  religious  enthusiasm 
which  we  cannot  but  respect. 

The  few  fragments  from  the  earlier  history  of  a  modern  branch 
of  science  which  I  have  ventured  to  recall  to  your  memories  are 
of  interest  as  showing  that  the  problems  before  the  investigators 
of  those  days  were  essentially  the  same  as  our  own,  and  that  the 
spirit  in  which  they  approached  them  is  one  wdiich  we  may  well 
emulate.  The  birth  of  Geology  is  one  of  the  most  interesting 
events  in  the  history  of  science,  and  forms  an  integral  part,  as 
Prof.  Judd  has  recently  so  well  shown,  of  the  History  of  Evolution. 
The  spirit  of  Evolution  was  already  in  the  air,  and  we,  in  post- 
Darwin  days,  find  ourselves  in  complete  sympathy  with  the  work 
that  was  going  on  in  palaeontology  at  a  time  when  the  '  Beagle ' 
had  scarcely  started  on  her  momentous  voyage. 


The  President,  having  delivered  his  Address,  Lieut.-Col.  Puain 
moved  : — 

"  That  the  President  be  thanked  for  his  excellent  Address,  and 
that  he  be  requested  to  allow  it  to  be  printed  and  circidated 
amongst  the  Fellows,"  which  being  seconded  by  Prof.  F.  W. 
OiiiYER,  was  carried  by  acclamation. 

*  '  Internal  Structure  of  Fossil  Ycgetcables,'  pp.  1-2. 


30  PBOCEEDIXGS   OF   THE 

The  President,  then  addressing  Count  Solms  -  Laubach, 
said  : — 

CouxT  Solms-Lalbach, 

It  is  a  great  pleasure  to  ine  tliat  it  falls  to  my  lot  to  present 
to  you,  on  behalf  of  the  Society,  our  Liunean  Medal,  awarded  for 
the  highest  distinction  in  Biology. 

The  wide  range  of  your  work,  almost  unequalled  in  these  days 
of  specialisation,  covers  morphology,  development,  ecology,  physio- 
logy, the  systematic  both  of  Phanerogams  and  Cryptogams,  the 
history  of  cultivated  plants,  the  geography  of  plants,  and,  last  not 
least,  fossil  botany. 

Tour  earliest  work  was  in  a  difficult  field,  in  which  you  soon 
made  yourself  the  leading  authority,  the  morphology  and  alKnities 
of  parasitic  Flowering  Plants,  beginning  in  1863  with  a  paper  on 
an  OrohcincJie,  followed,  a  couple  of  years  later,  by  your  dissertation, 
' De  La(hrct(E  generis  positione  systematica.'  An  important  general 
paper  on  the  structure  and  development  of  parasitic  Phanerogams 
(1868)  was  succeeded  by  a  series  of  monographs  on  the  families 
Lennoacefe,  Eafflesiacefe,  and  Hydnoi\ace?e. 

Turning  to  another  subject,  you  monographed  the  Pandanaceap, 
Pontederiacea?,  Caricacese,  and  Aristolochiacefe,  and  in  more  recent 
years  have  interested  yourself  in  the  Cruciferae  and  Chenopodiaceae. 

The  first  of  your  Cruciferen-Studien,  1900,  describes  the  remark- 
able case  of  CapscUa  Iler/eri,  to  all  appearance  a  new  species,  which 
has  sprung  into  existence  in  our  own  time. 

Tour  systematic  work  extended  to  Cryptogams,  and  we  had  the 
honour  of  publishing  in  our  own  Transactions  your  fine  mono- 
graph of  the  Acetabulariacea^,  calcai  eous  Alga)  of  special  interest 
from  their  relation  to  early  fossil  types. 

In  other  works  you  have  thrown  new  light  on  the  structure, 
taxonomy,  and  distribution  of  Vascular  Cryptogams,  Mosses, 
Hepatics  and  Fungi. 

A  feature  of  special  morphological  interest  is  discussed  in  your 
paper  on  Monocotyledonous  embryos  with  terminal  growing 
points.  Ton  have  touched  on  physiology  in  your  work  on  the 
occurrence  of  calcium  oxalate  in  the  walls  of  living  cells. 

In  another  direction  again,  of  more  human  interest,  and  of  wide 
evolutionary  bearing,  you  have  treated  with  nnich  learning  and 
ingenuity  the  history  of  cultivated  plants,  such  as  the  Fig,  the 
Papaw,  the  Wheats,  Tulips,  and  Strawberries.  I  am  glad  to  hear 
that  your  important  historical  researches  are  still  in  active  progress 
during  your  present  visit  to  England. 

Tour  work  on  the  Principles  of  Plant  Geography  (1905),  a 
critical  review  of  the  leading  ideas  on  the  distribution  of  plants, 
is  characterised,  like  all  your  writings,  by  breadth  and  originality 
of  thought,,  and  is  exercising  a  wholesome  inlluence  on  the  progress 
of  this  great  subject. 

I  should  like  especially  to  recognise  how  you  have  always 
zealously  pursued  systematic   botany,  side   by  side  vith   every 


LIKNEAN    SOCIETY   OF    LOXDOX.  3 1 

branch  of  laboratory  work,  an  example  which  we  in  this  country 
will  do  well  to  lay  to  heart. 

Lastly,  I  come  to  your  contributions  to  fossil  botany,  the  side 
of  your  work  with  which  I  happen  to  have  been  in  closest  touch. 
Beginning  in  1883-84  with  papers  on  the  fossil  fern  tScoJecopterit 
ehf/ans  and  on  Permian  ConifercE,  you  published  in  1887  your 
'Einleitung  in  die  Paliiopliytologie '  (translated  five  years  later, 
for  the  Oxford  Press),  a  book  which  marks  an  epoch  in  the  history 
of  this  science.  To  many,  like  myself,  who  had  never  till  then 
realized  the  wealth  and  significance  of  the  fossil  material,  this 
truly  scientific  exposition  must  have  come  as  a  revelation.  In  my 
own  case  it  prepared  me  to  appreciate  the  treasures  of  the 
Williamson  Collection,  and  the  work  of  our  dear  old  friend 
himself,  which  you  alone,  at  that  time,  were  able  to  estimate  at 
its  true  value. 

Since  then  you  have  continued  to  enrich  our  science  by  a 
series  of  memoirs  of  the  utmost  importance.  To  recount  them 
all  would  be  to  write  the  history  of  fossil  botany  during  the  last 
quarter  of  a  century.  I  may  mention  the  work  on  the  English 
Greensand  fossil,  Bennettites  Gihsoniaaus,  the  type  of  an  extinct 
family,  dominant  in  JMesozoic  times;  on  the  Cycadofilices  or 
Pteridosperms,  to  use  a  later  name  (a  group  which  you  and  William- 
sou  were  the  first  to  recognise),  Froto^nti/s,  Medullosa,  Volkelia 
and  Sttlod'i/hn ;  on  the  Lower  Carboniferous  plants  (now  likely 
to  prove  of  Devonian  age)  of  Falkenberg  and  Thuringia ;  on 
Stigmca-iojjsis,  Pleuromeia  and  many  more, — all  researches  which 
have  done  much  to  transform  fossil  botany  and  to  place  it  in  its 
present  strong  position  as  a  worthy  ally  of  animal  paliEontology. 
In  this  subject  also  your  work  is  as  active  as  ever,  and  I  am  delighted 
to  bear  that  you  are  about  to  elucidate  further  the  structure  of 
that  wonderful  genus  of  Paheozoic  tree-ferns  Psaronius,  the  first 
group  of  fossil  plants  showing  structure  to  attract  attention,  and 
still  among  the  most  interesting  and  difiicult. 

I  ask  you  to  accept  this  medal  as  a  symbol  of  the  deep  admira- 
tion and  aifection  of  your  English  colleagues,  and  as  the  highest 
recognition  which  this  Society  can  bestow. 

The  recipient  having  received  the  Medal,  expressed  his  thanks 
as  follows : — 

Mr.  President,  Ladies  and  GentleiDen, 

It  has  not  been  an  easy  matter  for  me  to  come  to  London 
this  spring,  but  as  I  am  fond  of  this  country,  where  I  have  so 
many  friends,  and  have  always  been  received  with  the  greatest 
kindness  by  public  institutions  as  well  as  by  private  persons,  it 
seemed  to  me  to  be  my  duty  personally  to  present  my  most 
hearty  thanks  to  this  Society,  the  first  of  all  the  great  societies 
to  receive  me  as  a  member,  and  now  has  awarded  me  the  highest 
honour  in  its  power,  an  honour  I  can  only  accept  with  the  proviso 
"  Magnis  in  rebus  voluisse  sat  est." 


32  PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE 

It  is,  further,  a  j^reat  pleasure  for  me  to  reeeive  this  medal, 
awarded  by  the  Council,  from  the  hands  of  our  President, 
Dr.  8cott,  my  friend  and  fellow-worker  iu  palaeophytological 
matters. 

I  am  now  approaching  the  age  of  seventy,  and  my  work  is 
essentially  done ;  but  should  God  permit  me  some  further  time 
of  strength  and  health,  this  medal  will  be  a  further  stimulus  for 
me  to  employ  it  entirely  to  the  benefit  of  our  beloved  biological 
science. 

The  General  Secretary  having  laid  before  the  Meeting  the 
Obituary  Notices  of  deceased  Fellows,  the  proceedings  terminated. 

OBITUAKY  NOTICES. 

Thomas  IIoDGSoy  Archer-IIiicd  was  born  in  the  year  1814, 
and  when  at  Eton  from  1826  to  1832  was  contemporary  with 
Mr.  W.  E.  Gladstone,  the  future  Bishop  Selwyn,  and  other 
notable  men.  He  went  up  to  Trinity  College,  Cambridge, 
graduated  B.A.  in  1837,  and  proceeded  M.A.  in  1840.  He  was 
elected  Fellow  of  our  Society  on  the  4th  March,  1834,  and  had 
therefore,  for  many  years,  been  Father  of  the  Society. 

In  1856,  on  succeeding  to  an  estate,  he  added  the  name 
Archer-Hind  to  his  original  Thomas  Hodgson,  and  from  1872 
he  lived  at  Coombe  Fishacre  House,  Xewton  Abbot,  Devonshire. 

Possessing  a  keen  deliglit  in  plants  all  his  life,  and  delighting 
in  his  charming  garden,  he  seems  never  to  have  appeared  in  print 
during  his  long  career.  Up  to  the  last  year  our  Librarian  was 
accustomed  to  receive  an  annual  letter,  written  in  a  legible  and 
steady  hand,  requisitioning  the  Transactions  to  which  he  was 
entitled.     He  died  on  the  3rd  February,  1911.  [B.  D.  J.] 

EiCHABD  Hexrt  Beddome  was  born  in  1831,  educated  at 
Charterhouse,  and  joined  the  Military  service  of  the  H.E.I.C. 
on  its  Madras  establishment  in  1848.  In  1856  the  Madras 
Government  took  steps  to  organize  a  Department  of  Forestry, 
and  iu  the  year  following,  Beddome,  who  was  then  Quartermaster 
and  Interpreter  of  his  regiment,  the  42nd  Madras  Native  Infantry, 
was  selected,  on  account  of  his  devotiou  to  Natural  History  iu 
different  branches,  and  proficiency  in  Botany,  as  chief  Assistant 
to  the  first  Conservator,  Dr.  11.  Cleghorn.  One  of  his  first  duties 
in  this  post  was  an  exploration  of  the  Pulney  Hills,  even  now 
too  little  known  scientifically,  and  the  botanical  results  appeared 
in  the  Madras  Journal  (u.s.)  iii.  (1858),  pp.  163-202.  The  time 
allotted  to  this  survey  was  necessarily  brief,  but  it  added  more 
than  one  species  to  the  local  Flora  and  the  published  account 
remains  of  much  interest  to  the  present  day.  In  1859  Beddome 
contributed  to  the  same  Journal  (iv.  pp.  66-73)  a  valuable  paper 
on  the  South  Indian  and  Ceylon  species  of  the  dilBcult  genus 
luqiatiens. 


LIXNB/VN    SOCIETY    OF    LONDOX.  T^;} 

In  1860  Cleghorn  retired  and  Beddomo  suoeeeded  him;  in  18(53 
he  brought  out,  mainly  for  the  use  of  foresters  and  phinters,  his 
'  Trees  of  the  Madi'as  Presidency,'  and  this  was  followed  by 
tlie  'Flora  Sylvatica  for  Southern  India,'  giving  descriptions 
with  figures  of  all  the  principal  timber  trees  and  large  shrubs  of 
South  India  and  Ceylon.  The  three  hundred  and  thirty  quarto 
plates,  executed  under  the  author's  supervision  by  native  artists, 
are  remarkable  for  clearness  aiul  accuracy.  Combined  with  this 
work  is  a  '  Foresters'  Manual '  of  the  local  Flora,  illustrated  by 
twenty-nine  lithographed  sheets  of  analytical  drawings  of  genera 
not  represented  in  the  main  series.  This  work  appeared  in  parts 
during  1869  to  1874,  when  it  was  compleTed.  Side  by  side  with 
these  substantially  official  labours,  Beddome  steadily  adhered  to 
Natural  History  as  a  personal  pursuit  in  such  leisure  as  his  public 
duties  permitted.  Even  after  his  appointment  as  Conservator 
he  had  communicated  papers  on  zoological  subjects  to  different 
publications,  including  the  Zoological  Society's  '  Proceedings' for 
1863  (pp.  225-229);  but  he  gradually  limited  the  field  of  studv 
to  Botany,  and  from  1863  bis  work  was  mainly  concentrated  on 
Ferns  and  their  allies. 

In  1863  he  published  the  'Ferns  of  Southern  India';  from 
that  year  to  1870  parts  appeared  of  the  'Ferns  of  British  India,' 
dealing  with  those  species  which,  not  having  been  recorded  from 
the  area  covered  by  the  '  Ferns  of  Southern  India,'  were  not 
treated  in  that  work. 

A  Supplement  to  these  two  publications  jointly  was  issued  in 
1876,  bringing  the  total  number  of  ferns  figured  up  to  661 ;  with 
tlie  majority  of  which  the  author  was  directly  acquainted. 

Although  now  devoting  his  energies  mainly  to  Fdicales,  between 
1869  and  1874  Beddome  brought  out  three  hundred  figures  with 
descriptions  of  remarkable  flowering  plants  from  South  India  and 
Ceylon  nnder  the  title  of  '  Icones  Plantarum  Indite  Orientalis  ' 
(Madras  :  Gantz  Brothers,  1874,  4to), 

Ketiring  from  the  service  o£  the  Crown  with  the  rank  of 
Colonel  in  1882,  he  published  in  the  year  following  his  'Hand- 
book to  the  Ferns  of  British  India,  Ceylon,  and  the  Malay 
Peninsula '  (Thacker  &  Spink,  Calcutta,  1883).  This  was  based 
on  the  larger  works  already  mentioned — that  is  to  say,  the 
'Ferns  of  Southern  India'  and  'Ferns  of  British  India,' — the 
descriptions,  however,  being  more  succinctly  framed  and  the 
figures  (woodcuts)  being  reduced  from  the  original  illustrations. 
The  '  Handbook  '  was  designed  to  meet  the  wants  of  a  wider 
public  than  the  previous  undertakings,  and  met  with  an  excellent 
reception  both  with  the  public  and  in  scientific  circles. 

Beddome  made  his  home  at  Putney,  where  he  devoted  himself 
enthusiastically  to  horticulture,  while  in  no  wav  relaxing  his 
interest  in  the  taxonomic  side  of  Pteridology.  A  frequent  visitor 
to  Kew,  and  a  contrib\itor  from  time  to  time  of  rare  or  interesting 
plants  to  the  Royal  Gardens,  he  also  gave  vahiable  aid  to  the 
staff  of  the  Herbarium  by  naming  sets  of  Ferns  and  their  allies 

LIXN.  SOC.  PROCEEDINGS. —  SESSION  1910-1911.  d 


34  mOCT.EDINCiS  OF  THE 

from  tlio  liulo-^rnlavmi  rcpioii :  and  williiii  n  few  v.reks  of  liis 
(loceasp  lie  liad  workwl  out  llie  whole  of  tlie  jNIalayan  material  at 
Ivf'W  of  iSehtf/tiullct.  His  name  appears  in  llie  Kew  ]Ierbariuin 
Visitors'  Book  for  tlie  last  time  on  tlie  27th  January,  1911  ; 
on  the  23i'd  February  be  succumbed  at  bis  residence,  after  a  very 
l)rief  illness,  to  an  attack  of  hcart-lrouble,  leaving  a  widow, 
daugbters  and  grandchildren.  His  last  ])ublished  contribution  to 
botanical  litei-alure  was  a  jiaper  cntilled  "Notes  on  Indian  Ferns" 
ill  the  Journal  of  the  IJoiiibay  Natural  History  Society,  April  ll?, 
J1H)8.  To  the  Journal  of  the  Koyal  Horticultural  Society,  of 
which  be  was  a  Fellow,  be  contributed  useful  annotated  lists 
of  CampmnJa  (19U7),  Gesneracere  and  Acanthacejc  (190S).  In 
1898  Ik^ddome  ])resented  bis  collection  of  Mosses  to  Kew:  his 
I'haiierogainic  herbarium  is  well  represented  in  the  Eoyal  Her- 
barium, also  in  tlie  Herbarium  of  the  33otanical  Department, 
JNIadras  ;  while  many  fine  s])eciinens  of  trees  and  flowering  plants 
collected  by  himself  in  Southern  India  are  preserved  in  the 
Natural  History  Museum  at  South  Kensington,  to  whicb  a  selected 
set  of  bis  Ferns  was  also  distributed.  The  bulk  of  bis  own  set 
of  the  Ferns  has  been  presented  by  Mrs.  Beddome  to  Kew. 

As  a  horticulturist  in  bis  Surrey  home,  Beddome  was  for  nearly 
thirty  years  indefatigable  and  successful,  repeatedly  flowering  rare 
or  little-known  sjiecies,  which  were  exhibited  at  the  Eoyal  Horti- 
cultural Society's  shows,  or  figured  in  the  '  Botanical  JMagnzine'; 
be  was  keenly  interested  in  practical  questions  of  hybridization 
and  selection,  and  the  annual  view  of  his  Chrysanthemums,  to 
which  friends  were  hospitably  invited,  was  widely  apjireciated. 

For  those  who  enjoyed  bis  personal  friendship,  the  blank  caused 
by  his  death  cannot  be  filled;  while  his  personality,  keen  and 
active  in  spite  of  bis  age,  will  be  missed  by  all  wlio  knew  him. 

He  was  elected  Fellow  of  this  Society  on  the  2nd  March,  1882, 
although  a  short  note  of  bis,  extending  only  to  half  a  page, 
communicated  by  Dr.  Thomas  Thomson,  was  read  on  17tb  Novem- 
ber, 1864,  and  published  in  the  Journal ;  it  was  descriptive  of 
his  PcecUoneiiron  incUcnm,  He  preferred  to  delay  bis  connection 
with  this  Society  until  he  could  make  full  use  of  it. 

[J.  E.  Dkummond.] 

James  Bisset  was  born  on  the  4th  June,  1843,  and  from  bis 
boyhood  was  keenly  interested  in  natural  science,  particularly 
botany.  His  business  took  him  to  Japan  in  the  early  sixties,  at  the 
time  when  the  great  changes  were  taking  place  which  have  resulted 
in  the  modern  Ja]ian.  He  made  extensi\e  collections  of  Japanese 
plants,  and  corresponded  with  Maximovitch,  who  named  several 
plants  after  him,  e.  g.  Viola  Jiisscii.  After  living  twenty  years 
in  Ja])an  be  came  home  in  1886,  and  for  some  years  he  lived  at 
Banchory  in  Aberdeenshire,  then,  in  1892,  be  moved  to  Oxford, 
to  gratify  his  ambition  to  graduate  there,  and,  at  the  age  of  47, 
he  matriculated  with  a  view  to  graduating  in  honours  in  the 
School  of  Natural  Science.     He  had  intended  to  take  botanv  as 


LINNEAN    SOCIETY    OF    LOXDOX.  35 

Ill's  chief  subject,  but  found  the  needed  amoant  of  microscopical 
work  too  tryiiirr  for  his  eyesight,  and  he  then  turned  to  geology, 
in  which  subject  he  passed  with  honours  iu  1896,  at  tlie  age  oi: 
51  ;  he  proceeded  M.A.  iu  189'J.  It  was  not  till  he  was  in  the 
middle  of  his  University  career  that  he  retired  from  business. 

Upon  taking  his  degree,  he  moved  to  Edinburgh  and  threw 
himself  into  local  scientific  work  ;  lie  was  a  Fellow  of  the  Koyal 
Society  of  Edinburgh,  the  lioval  Physical  Society,  and  a  member 
of  the  London  and  the  Edinburgh  Geological  Societies.  He 
joined  the  Linnean  Society,  21st  April,  1881. 

His  published  papers  were,  "  List  of  Desiuidiaceee  found  .... 
in  the  neighbourhood  of  Lake  Windermore  during  1883,"  which 
appeared  in  Journ.  K.  Micr,  Soc.  ser.  2,  iv.  (1884)  192-197,  and 
in  conjunction  with  Dr.  John  Ko3',in  the  '  Scottish  Naturalist '  in 
1893-94,  comprising  G4  pages  on  Scottish  Desmids. 

He  died  on  3rd  April,  1911,  at  Edinburgh.  [B.  D.  J.] 


Jonjf  Bexxett  CABEDTnEES,  F.L.S.,  F.E  S.E.,  died  in  Trinidad 
at  the  early  age  of  41,  on  July  17,  1910.  He  was  born  at 
Islington  on  January  19,  18G9,  son  of  the  then  Keeper  of 
the  Department  of  Botany  of  the  British  Museum,  William 
Carruthers.  He  was  educated  at  Dulwich  College,  the  Royal 
School  of  Mines,  and  University  College.  Having  decided  for 
a  botanical  career,  he  devoted  himself  more  particularly  to 
the  study  of  Algae,  first  under  George  Murray  of  the  British 
Museum,  and  afterwards  under  Prof.  Schmidt  in  the  University 
of  Greifswald.  After  his  return  to  England  he  assisted  his 
father,  then  Considting  Botanist  to  the  Eoyal  Agricultural  Society, 
and,  at  the  same  time,  acted  as  lecturer  on  botany  at  Downton 
College  and  at  the  Eoyal  Veterinary  College,  until  in  1897  he 
went,  for  the  Planters'  Association,  to  Ceylon  to  investigate  a 
disease  which  threatened  the  Cocoa  plantations.  He  delivered 
himself  so  successfully  of  his  task  that  in  19U0  he  was  apjioioted 
Mycologist  to  the  Government  of  Ceylon  and  Assistant- Director 
of  the  Botanic  Gardens  at  Peradenyia.  Yive  years  later  he  went 
to  the  Federated  Malay  States  as  Director  of  the  new  Department 
of  Agriculture.  This  post  he  held  until  1909,  when  he  accepted 
an  appointment  as  Government  Botanist  and  Assistant-Director 
of  Agriculture  in  Trinidad.  During  an  official  visit  to  Tobago  he 
contracted  fever  which,  after  a  prolonged  illness,  led  to  his 
premature  death.  J,  B.  Carruthers  was  eminently  a  practical 
botanist,  his  principal  achievements  being  in  the  sphereof  Tropical 
Agriculture  and  plant  pathology,  and  he  was  considered  an 
authority  on  rubber  cultivation.  His  publications  were  not; 
numerous  and,  apart  from  one  on  the  cystocarps  of  some  Algae, 
dealt  with  economical  matters. 

He  was  elected  a  Fellow  of  the  Linnean  Society  in  1890  and  of 
the  lloyal  Society  of  Edinburgh  in  1900.  His  rajiid  promotion 
speaks  suthcientlv  for  the  high  ajtpreciation  which  his  knowledge 


36  niOC'EEDlNGS    OF    THC 

and  work  found  in  ofllcial  circles,  whilst  he  was  not  less  esteemed 
by  his  numerous  friends  for  his  genial  and  loyal  character. 

[0.  S.] 

Wn.r-iAM  Ambrose  Cf.atuce  was  born  at  Hinckley,  Leicestershire, 
on  the  6tb  February,  1841,  the  son  of  the  Kev.  T.  A.  Clarke,  of 
Sta|)leton.  lie  was  articled  to  a  Chippenham  solicitor,  and  after- 
wards practised  in  that  calling  in  the  town.  He  became  interested 
in  botany,  and  formed  acquaintance  with  the  liev.  T.  A.  Preston 
of  Marlborough  College,  helping  in  the  '  Flora  of  Marlborough,' 
issued  in  1888.  In  1892  he  married  and  moved  to  Oxford,  where 
he  spent  the  rest  of  his  life. 

In  1892  onwards  he  published  in  the  '  Journal  of  Botany  '  the 
first  records  of  British  Plants,  which  was  issued  as  a  volume  in 
1890,  followed  by  a  second  revised  edition  in  1900. 

He  was  elected  a  Fellow  on  the  4th  December,  1890,  but 
\\ithdrew  on  the  7th  Februarv,  1901  ;  later  he  was  again  elected 
4th  ^larch,  1909. 

The  writer  is  indebted  to  the  account  of  Mr.  Clarke  given  in 
the  '  Journal  of  Botany  '  for  May  1911  for  most  of  the  facts  above 
given.  [B.  D.  J.] 

Theodoee  Cooke,  C.I.E.,  M.A.,  LL.D.,  M.I.,  F.L.S.,  was  bora 
}i.t  Tramore,  Co.  VV^aterford,  Ireland,  in  183(3,  as  the  eldest  son 
of  the  Kev.  J.  Cooke.  He  was  educated  at  Trinity  College, 
Dublin.  After  having  graduated  in  1859,  he  went  to  India  as  an 
engineer  in  the  service  of  the  Bombay,  Baroda,  and  Central 
India  Kailway.  Five  years  later,  in  18(35,  he  was  appointed 
Principal  of  the  Civil  Engineering  College  at  Poona,  or,  as  it  was 
afterwards,  the  Poona  College  of  Science,  and  he  continued  in 
this  position  until  1893,  when  he  retired.  During  his  tenure  of 
this  post  he  also  acted  temporarily  as  Director  of  Public  Instruc- 
tion, Director  of  I^and  Records  and  Agriculture  of  Bombay 
Presidency,  and  as  Dean  of  Faculty  and  member  of  the  Syndicate 
of  the  University  of  Bombay.  From  an  early  date  he  paid 
careful  attention  to  the  flora  of  the  presidency  he  lived  in,  and 
brought  together  very  considerable  collections.  AV'lien  in  1891 
the  Botanical  Survey  of  India  was  established,  he  was  entrusted 
with  the  survey  of  Western  India.  He  soon  conceived  the  plan  of 
writing  a  '  Flora  of  the  Presidency  of  Bombay  ' ;  but  it  was  not 
until  1898  that  his  proposal  was  approved  by  the  Secretary  of 
State  for  India.  He  was  by  that  time  02,  an  age  when  a  much 
younger  man  might  have  shrunk  from  undertaking  such  a  task, 
particularly  if  it  was,  as  in  Cooke's  case,  his  first  attempt  at 
writing  a  flora,  or  in  fact  anything  botanical.  But  Cooke  had,  in 
a  quiet  way,  built  up  for  himself  a  knowledge  of  the  plants  of  his 
area  which  was  surprising  even  to  his  friends  when  it  disclosed 
itself.  This,  combined  with  an  admirable  method  and  regularity 
of  work,  was  the  foundation  of  the  remarkable  success  of  his 
Flora,  the  first  part  of  which  appeared  in  1901.     After  that,  part 


LINNEAN    SOCIETY    OP    LOXDON.  37 

followed  part  without  a  single  liitcli,  until,  in  1908,  with  the 
eighth  part,  the  work  came  to  a  conclusion.  For  clearness, 
precision  and  method,  Cooke's  '  Flora  of  the  Presidency  of 
Bombay '  will  always  be  a  model.  The  plant-material  on  which  it 
was  based  consisted,  apart  from  the  older  specimens  in  the  Kew 
collections,  almost  entirely  of  his  own  extensive  herbarium,  which 
he  brought  with  him  to  Europe,  leaving  a  duplicate  set  at  Poona , 
and  when  subsequently  the  Poona  Herbarium  was  burned,  he, 
very  unselfishly,  handed  over  his  own  set  to  the  Poona  College 
to  form  the  nucleus  for  a  new  Herbarium.  After  the  completion 
of  his  '  Flora  '  he  undertook  to  work  out  certain  families  for  the 
'  Flora  Capensis.'  He  finished  the  genera  Flextranthus,  Coleus, 
Pycnostachijs,  ^olanthus,  ll)j2^tis,  and  Mentha  of  Labiata^,  and  the 
families  of  the  Plantaginaceae,  Nyctaginacete,  and  Illecebracese. 
But  whilst  working  at  the  Amarautacea3  he  was  seized  with  his 
last  and  fatal  illness. 

In  Theodore  Cooke  botany  lost  a  serious  worker  who  came 
forward  late  in  life,  but  with  unabated  energy  and  ripe  experience, 
Avhilst  his  friends  mourned  in  him  the  man,  kind,  genial  and 
broad-minded.  He  was  made  an  LL.D.  by  his  University  and 
created  a  CLE.  in  1891.  He  was  further  a  member  of  the 
Institute  of  Civil  Engineers,  Ireland,  of  the  Anthropological 
Institute  of  Great  Britain,  and  a  Fellow  of  the  Geological  and — 
since  1892 — of  this  Society,  [O.  Staff.] 

Alfred  Eussell  Fox,  who  died  at  Sheffield,  5th  December,  1910, 
after  a  long  illness,  was  born  iu  that  city  in  1853,  and  on 
leaving  school  was  apprenticed  to  his  father,  a  pharmaceutical 
chemist,  with  whom  he  became  a  partner  in  1876,  and  the 
following  year  his  name  was  enrolled  in  the  Pharmaceutical 
Society. 

He  identified  himself  with  municipal  work,  and  particularly 
with  the  work  of  local  natural  liistory  societies.  An  ardent  field- 
botanist,  he  was  much  appreciated  as  a  lecturer  on  his  favourite 
pursuit.  He  was  one  of  tiie  oldest  men)bers  of  the  Sheffield 
Field  Naturalists'  Society  and  of  the  Shetfield  Microscopical 
Society. 

His  connection  with  this  Society  dated  from  15th  June,  1899. 

[B.  D.  J.] 

Edward  Gerrard,  an  Associate  of  the  Society,  elected  iu  1862, 
w  as  born  iu  Oxford,  October  20,  1810.  While  he  was  still  iu  his 
childhood,  his  parents  came  to  London,  and  eettled  at  St.  Pancras, 
where  he  continued  to  reside  during  the  many  years  of  a  longer 
life  than  is  granted  to  the  majority  of  mankind.  In  1836  he 
entered  the  service  of  the  Zoological  Society  on  the  same  day  as 
the  late  Mr.  G.  II.  "VVaterhouse,  w  hom  he  assisted  in  the  curatorial 
work  of  tlie  Society's  Museum.  It  is  recorded  that  this  Museum 
at  that  time  contained  0720  exhibited  specimens  of  Yertebrata  ; 
and  it  was  here  that  he  laid  the  foundation  of  his  knowledge  of 


3^  PROCEEDINGS   OF    THE 

Vertebrate  Zoologj'.  Dr.  J.  E.  Gray,  a  frequent  visitor  to  the 
buciety's  Museum,  recognized  the  worth  of  the  young  man,  and 
induced  him  to  e.xcliange  his  post  lor  one  in  tlie  British  Museum  ; 
and  on  April  5,  3841,  he  was  appointed  an  Attendant  of  the 
I'irst  Class  in  the  Department  of  Zoology.  In  this  modest 
position  be  worked  for  55  years;  and  never  had  the  Museum  a 
more  industrious,  more  conscientious,  more  devoted  servant  tlian 
Edward  Gerrard  ;  he  was  Dr.  Gray's  right-hand  man,  always  the 
best  of  my  Iriends,  and  equally  lielpful  to  me  in  later  years. 

AVhen  Gtrrard  entered  upon  his  new  duties  he  was  just  in 
time  to  bear  a  hand  in  the  removal  of  the  Zoological  collections 
from  Montague  House  into  the  new  Museum  at  Bloomsbury,  and 
to  form  there  the  new  exhibition  of  Mamnwls  ;  it  consisted 
almost  exclusively  of  mounted  skins;  but  Dr.  Gray,  who  fully 
understood  the  importance  of  osteology  for  his  systematic  studies, 
set  immediately  to  work  with  his  usual  energy  to  supply  this 
desideratum.  In  this  Gerrard's  assistance  was  iuAaluable  to  him  ; 
only  a  few  of  the  skeletons  were  mounted,  the  majority  being 
kept  disarticulated  in  wooden  boxes  in  a  large  basement-room  in 
which  a  fire  had  to  be  kept  all  the  year  round  to  prevent  the 
boxes  and  labels  from  getting  damp  and  mouldy.  Here  Gerrard 
could  be  found  engaged  in  arranging  the  collections  and  pre- 
paring a  systematic  Manuscript  Catalogue.  Dr.  Gray's  '  List 
of  Osteological  Specimens  in  the  British  Museum'  (1847)  was 
based  upon  that  Manuscript ;  and  a  greatly  enlarged  later 
edition,  'Catalogue  of  the  Bones  of  Mammalia  in  the  British 
Museum'  (lb02),  was  almost  wholly  Gerrard's  work.  This 
collection  remnined  the  centre  of  his  solicitude  and  its  care  his 
favourite  occupation.  It  was  a  proud  day  for  him  when  lie  saw 
the  magnificent  series  of  skeletons,  with  the  individual  history  of 
which  no  one  was  more  intimately  acquainted  than  himself,  set  up 
fur  the  first  time  for  exhibition,  filling  an  entire  gallery  in  the  new 
]\luseum  at  South  Kensington  in  systematic  arrangement.  Great 
was  his  morlification  that  he  had  to  witness  the  breaking-up  and 
dispersal  of  this  unique  exhibition  at  the  time  of  his  retirement 
from  the  Museum. 

Besides  this  special  work,  Gerrard  had  other  important  duties 
to  perform  in  the  Department.  A  general  supervision  of  the 
acquisitions  of  former  years,  and  the  registration  and  conservation 
of  all  new  accessions  to  the  classes  of  Mammals,  Keptiles,  Batra- 
chians,  and  Fishes,  were  entrusted  to  him,  until  by  additions  to 
the  staff  some  of  these  duties  could  be  assigned  to  others. 

After  o,")  years  of  service  Gerrard  retired  in  1S96.  According 
to  a  "Minute"  of  the  Trustees'  meeting  on  July  25,  "the 
Trustees  in  accepting  Gerrard's  resignation,  desired  the  Director 
to  express  to  liiin  their  high  appreciation  of  his  very  long- 
contiiuied  and  faithful  servi.-e."  This  "  appreciation  "  is  probably 
unique  in  the  annals  of  the  Museum,  as  regards  a  member  of  the 
class  of  Atteiulants. 

Gerrard  was  endowed  with  an  uuujuallv  strong  constitution. 


LINNEA:^    society   of    LONDON.  39 

which  he  retained  unimpaired  ahnost  to  within  the  last  year  of 
his  Ufe,  owing  to  his  frugal  and  regular  habits.  The  days  on 
which  during  those  55  years  he  was  compelled  by  indisposition 
to  absent  himself  from  duty  were  very  lew;  in  fact,  I  cannot 
remember  one.  Daily,  in  ail  weathers,  he  walked  from  his  home 
in  Camden  Town  to  the  Museum,  and  even  after  his  retirement 
he  continued  his  daily  exercise,  enjoying  excellent  health.  His 
friends  hoped  that  he  would  reach  his  lOoth  year  ;  he  died  on 
June  lU,  lyil.l,  witliin  four  months  of  his  lOist  birthday. 

His  son,  Edward  Gerrard,  and  one  daughter  survive  him.  The 
foriuer  followed  in  his  fatjier's  footsteps,  being  the  well-known 
Ageut  of  jNatural  History,  who  has  done  great  services  to  the 
Museum  by  faithfully  fultiiling  nuuierous  commissions  with 
which  he  has  been  entrusted,  and  from  whose  laboratory  the 
nuijority  of  the  best-mouuted  mammals  in  the  Museum  have  been 

issued.  [ALBEIiT  GtJNTUEU,] 

John  IIixcnLEY  Haut,  F.L.S.,  ^vas  born  in  1847  and  educated  in 
England,  but  as  early  as  lb7'2  he  went  to  America,  where  in  the 
British  Colonies  he  found  a  rich  Held  for  his  energy  and  his 
practical  abiUties.  He  spent  the  years  1872-75  as  landscape- 
gardener  in  jN'ova  Scotia,  and  the  next  twelve  years  in  Jamaica, 
lirst  in  charge  of  the  gardens  and  grounds  of  King's  House,  then 
as  Superintendent  of  the  Cinchona  plantations  (1881-86),  and 
tiually  as  Director  of  Public  Gardens  and  Plantations.  In  1887 
lie  was  appointed  Superintendent  of  the  Eoyal  Botanic  Gardens 
in  Trinidad,  which  post  he  held  until  1908,  when  he  retired  from 
Government  service.  He  was  regarded  as  one  of  the  best  and 
most  trustworthy  authorities  in  agriculture  and  horticulture  in  the 
West  Indies,  and  had  an  extensive  knowledge  of  the  Horas  of 
Jamaica  and  Trinidad.  His  publications  are  few,  but  the  Her- 
barium list  of  the  botanical  department  of  Trinidad  (1908)  is  very 
useful.  He  also  eilited  Jenman's  volume  of  'The  Perns  and 
Pern  Allies  of  the  British  West  Indies  and  Guiana '  (1909).  He 
was  elected  a  Pellow  of  this  Society  in  1887.  [O.  Stape.] 

FREDERICK  IIovENDEN'  was  a  member  of  a  firm  of  perfumers,  and 
succeeded  in  securing  the  means  of  early  retirement  irom 
business  cares.  Born  in  London  in  1838,  he  soon  took  part^  in 
local  work,  and  in  1874  became  the  principal  mover  in  founding 
the  South  London  Natural  History  Society  (of  which  he  became 
tlie  first  secretary)  in  conjunction  with  Henry  Deane,  Prof.  Charles 
Stewart,  Dr.  Braitliwaite,  and  others.  On  quitting  business  he 
moved  from  Brixton  to  Dulwich,  and,  later  still,  he  acquired  a 
country  liouse  near  Swanage,  attracted  thither  by  the  charm  of 
the  geology  of  the  district. 

He  was  elected  Fellow,  5th  June,  1873,  and  of  the  Geological 
Society  in  1876;  he  died  at  DuKvich  on  the  17th  March,  1911, 
being  buried  at  Norwood.  [B.  D.  J.] 


40  PHOCEEUI>US    Ol    TUB 

Lieut. -Culojiol  Simpson  Powki.l,  ]\1.D.,  E.A.M.C,  died  ut 
liangoou  on  the  -?;5rd  ]March,  lUll,  soun  alter  lie  had  returned  to 
iluty  as  senior  medical  ollieer  from  lurloiigh,  during  wliieh  he  had 
hren  eleett^d  a  Fellow  of  the  Liniiean  Society,  on  1st  December, 
I'JlU;  his  connection  with  us  therefore  lasting  less  than  four 
months. 

lie  was  the  eldest  son  of  Mr.  Christopher  BoUared  Powell,  of 
8outhhorough,  Kent;  born  in  1858,  he  \\as  educated  at  Bury 
at.  Edmunds  fSchool,  and  received  his  medical  training  at  King's 
College,  London,  becoming  house  jjhysician  there.  After  taking 
the  medical  diplomas  of  L.S.A.  and  M.U.C.S.  iu  3  880  and  1882 
respectively,  he  graduated  at  Durham  University  M.B.  iu  1883 
and  M.D.  in  18'JO.  lie  entered  the  Army  Medical  Service  in 
1885,  and  thenceforward  ser\ed  in  India,  China,  and  the  Home 
District.  Gazetted  Lieut.-Colonel  in  19U5,  he  sailed  again  for 
India  in  1908,  and  was  transferred  to  Burma,  where  his  career 
was  cut  ^hurt  by  the  climate.  [B.  D.  J.] 

puAXCis  Lesitek  Sopeu  was,  at  the  time  of  his  deatli, 
3Uth  December,  1910,  at  Ilighgate,  at  the  advanced  age  of  92, 
the  head  of  the  firm  of  scientitic  publishers  Lovell  Eeeve  &  Co. 
He  was  a  frequent  attendant  at  the  General  Meetings  of  the 
Society  till  a  few  months  before  his  death. 

Like  his  predeceased  partner,  Mr.  Lovell  Eee\e,  lie  took  a 
keen  interest  in  the  subjects  of  the  volumes  published  by  their 
house,  but,  unlike  the  senior  partner,  he  did  not  join  the  ranks 
of  authors. 

He  was  elected  Fellow  of  the  Society,  Ist  December,  1870. 

[B.  D.  J.] 

Samuel  Alexander  Stewabt,  A.L.S.,  was  born  in  Philadelphia 
on  February  5,  182G.  AVben  eleven  years  old  he  came  with  his 
father  to  live  at  Belfast,  where  he  spent  the  remainder  of  his  long 
life,  dying  on  June  15, 1910,  in  consequence  of  an  accident  in  the 
street.  He  was  an  entirely  self-educated  man.  Poor  health  when 
a  child,  and  then  straitened  circumstances,  shut  him  out  from  the 
ordinary  school  career;  but,  fortunately,  his  love  of  nature  took 
him  earlv  to  the  Held  where  the  work  of  his  life  was  done.  Up 
to  1880,' when  he  was  appointed  Assistant-Curator  of  the  Belfast 
Museum,  he  worked  at  trunk-making,  a  trade  in  which  he  was 
particularly  skilful,  giving  all  the  spare  hours  to  natural  history, 
especially  botany  and  geology.  He  was  on  the  committee  of  the 
Belfast  Naturalists'  Field  Club  from  its  foundation  in  18G3,  and 
liis  first  paper,  "  On  the  occurrence  of  some  rare  or  little  known 
Plants  in  the  Belfast  district,"  was  ]mblished  the  same  year.  A 
considerable  number  of  other  papers  and  notes  on  the  botany, 
zoology,  and  geology,  mainly  of  the  North-East  of  Ireland, 
followed,  liis  last  contribution  bearing  the  date  1909.  But  his 
principal    work   was  the  'Flora  of  the   North-East  of  Ireland' 


LINNEAN    SOCIETY    OF    LONDON.  4 1 

(1S88),  of  which  Lloyd  Praegei",  a  most  competent  judge,  sars, 
that  "  its  fulness,  accuracy,  and  schohu'ly  style  place  it  high 
among  works  of  the  kind."  In  13'Ji  he  was  appointed  Curator 
of  the  Belfast  Museum,  which  post  he  held  until  ltiU7.  He  was 
elected  Associate  of  the  Society  in  1904.  A  list  of  his  publica- 
tions and  further  particulars  of  h"s  life  and  achievemeuts,  as  well 
as  a  portrait,  were  published  in  '  The  Irish  Naturalist,'  vol.  xix. 
(191U)  pp.  201-209.  [O.  SiAPF.] 

By  the  death  of  Dr.  Melciiiou  Treub,  at  St.  Eaphael  on  the 
J3rd  October,  1910,  the  Liiuiean  Society  has  lost  one  of  its  most 
distinguished  Foreign  Members,  and  Botany  one  of  its  most  able 
exponents. 

He  was  born  at  Voorschoten,  three  miles  S.W.  of  Leyden,  on 
the  26th  Decen)ber,  1S51  ;  and  soon  showing  his  love  for  Natural 
Science,  he  devoted  himself  to  its  study  at  Leyden  under 
Prof.  W.  r.  li.  Suringar,  but  early  struck  out  into  other  direc- 
tions than  those  usually  then  followed  at  that  University.  His 
dissertation  '  Ouderzoekingen  over  de  natuur  der  lichenen,' 
Leiden,  1873,  was  upon  the  then  burning  question  of  the  inde- 
pendent entity  of  Lichens,  and  Treub  succeeded  by  cultures  in 
showing  that  gonidia  did  not  arise  from  hyphae,  a  theory  pre- 
viously only  tentatively  advanced.  For  this  he  received  a  gold 
medal,  and  became  assistant  to  Prof.  Suringar.  A  small  paper 
on  the  pappus  of  Hieracium  nmbellatum  followed,  where  he 
observed,  in  a  plant  affected  by  galls,  the  altered  Hower-heads 
displayed  5-leaved  calyces  and  other  transitions,  from  which  he 
concluded  that  the  pappus  arose  from  division  of  the  calyx- 
segments. 

'  lets  over  het  Chlorophyll,'  which  came  out  in  the  following 
year,  187-A,  showed  his  powers  in  a  new  field,  and  one  to  which 
he  recurred  in  later  years  when  in  Java ;  in  this  he  specially 
dealt  with  the  occurrence  of  red  and  green  colouring-matter. 

After  this  his  writings  were  most  often  expressed  in  French, 
Ins  mothers  native  tongue,  beginning  with  '  Le  meristeme  primitif 
de  la  racine  dans  les  Monocotyledones,'  1870,  and  '  liecherches 
sur  les  organes  de  la  vegetation  du  Sdag'mella  Ilartensii,'  Leiden, 
1877;  and  his  first  essay  in  cytology,  'Quelques  recherches  sur 
la  role  du  noyau  dans  la  division  des  cellules  vegetales,'  Amster- 
dam, 1878,  and  in  1879  his  observations  on  sclerenchyma  and 
multinucleate  cells,  and  'Notes  sur  Tembryogenie  de  quekjues 
Orchidees,'  Amsterdam. 

By  this  time  his  gifts  and  scientific  industry  had  drawn  atten- 
tion to  him  ;  whilst  still  assistant  to  Siu'ingar  he  was  chosen  a 
Member  of  the  Dutch  Academy  of  Sciences,  and  when  li.  H.  C.  C. 
Scheffer's  death  left  the  post  of  Director  of  the  Botanic  Gardens 
at  Buitenzorg  vacant,  Treub  was  thought  the  best  man  for  tho 
place,  though  he  was  not  at  first  disposed  to  accept  it. 

The   Garden   at  Buitenzurg,   founded   in    1817   by  lieiuwardt, 


42  rnocEEDiNcs  of  the 

and  soon  after  rciulcivd  famous  by  C.  L.  VAnme,  liad  since  fallen 
into  nef,decl-,  but  had  been  somewhat  rehabilitated  during  the  long 
service  of  Teysman,  and  the  eleven  years  of  directorship  under 
tSchefter.  'I he  latter  had  started  a  department  of  Colonial 
Agriculture,  and  a  scientific  journal  emanating  from  the  garden, 
and  restricted  to  systematic  papers,  under  the  title  of  'Annates 
du  jardin  botanique  de  iiuitenzorg.'  Of  this  only  the  first  volume 
was  completed  by  fcJclKil'er  in  187G,  when  it  stopped,  until 
resumed  by  his  successor. 

In  November  1880  Treub  was  settled  at  Buiten/.org,  with 
Tfv.  W.  Burck  as  his  assistant,  and  soon  determined  that  ti.e 
'Annales'  should  bo  continued  on  a  wider  basis,  and  not  bo 
confined  to  the  concerns  of  Java.  In  the  preface  to  the  second 
volume  of  that  series  the  new  editor  explained  how  that  adminis- 
trative duties  had  hindered  his  predecessor  from  prosecuting  the 
work,  but  ho  considered  it  his  pious  duty  to  put  forward  the  only 
paper  found  written  by  Sclieli'er,  and  that  though  his  own  work 
had  hitherto  lain  in  the  departments  of  plant  anatomy  and 
l)liysiol()gy,  he  had  no  intention  of  confining  the  journal  to 
one  department.  Besides  the  contribution  already  inentioned. 
Dr.  Treub  printed  in  this  volume  the  first  ]iart  of  his  '  Hecherches 
surges  Cycadees  '  and  '  Observations  sur  les  Loranthacees.' 

Treub  may  be  considered  as  the  first;  botanist,  trained  in 
modern  method.s  who  has  had  the  control  of  a  botanic  garden  in 
the  tropical  wonderland  :  of  this  he  maile  full  use.  Tew  botanists 
had  used  tlie  microscope  in  the  tropics:  in  India,  GriHith  had 
employed  the  instruments  of  his  day  to  good  purpose,  it  is  true, 
but  the  new  Director  set  himself  to  establish  i)roper  and  adequate 
means  of  research,  amidst  the  gorgeous  and  abundant  vegetation 
surrounding  his  sphere  of  activity.  He  succeeded  in  making 
Bmtenzorg  a  goal  for  visiting  botanists,  attracted  thither  bv  the 
prospect  of  employing  material  in  abundance,  quite  unattainable 
m  temperate  climates,  and  he  also  succeeded  in  establishing  the 
Agricultural  Departmeiit  on  a  scientific  basis.  With  the  adminis- 
tration of  the  garden  and  the  department  just  mentioned,  his 
energies,  even  in  a  climate  which  usually  exhausts  Europeans  in 
a  few  years,  were  still  further  employed  in  a  series  of  researches 
and  observations  which  would  have  done  credit  to  a  man  of 
leisure. 

Prof.  Goebel  has  pointed  out  that  Treub's  contributions  to  the 
'  Annales  '  niay  be  grouped  under  four  heads. 

Pirst,  his  observations  on  the  prothallia  of  the  Lycoi)odiacea^, 
extending  over  four  volumes.  Second,  the  work  on  Cycads, 
Casuarina,  the  division  of  Angiosperms  into  chalazogamic  and 
porogamic  plants,  and  Apogamy.  Third,  on  Epiphytes  and 
Mlinnecodia,  on  climbing  plants,  and  the  renewal  of  vegetation 
on  Krakatau,  tracing  it  from  the  third  year  after  the  eruption, 
witli  the  occurrence  of  Cyauophycea)  as  rendering  possible  the 
advent  of  Mosses  and  Ferns.     Fourth,  the  continuation  of  his 


LINNEAN    SOCIETY    OF    L02fD0:!T.  43 

researches  on  chlorophyll,  and  the  presenc-e  of  hydrocyanic  acid 
in  plants  as  the  iirst  prodnct  of  nitrogenous  assnnilation. 

At  Buitenzorg  he  l.ad  established  tlie  '  Laboraton;e  des  Savants 
etran-ers'— what  a  wealth  of  meaning  and  of  scientihc  hosp.tali  y 
is  in  that  phrase -and  at  Tjibodas,  already  famous  as  the  early 
station  for  Cinrhona  culture  ux  Java,  he  had  a  small  mountain- 
garden  established,  with  a  laboratory  in  close  connection  vyith  the 
vir<^in  forest.  At  his  instigation,  the  Government  set  apart 
a  portion  of  the  original  forest,  so  that  it  might  remani  un- 
disturbed. ...  1     ^i,„ 

Treub  left  Java  in  October  1900,  hopnig  to  spend  the 
remainder  of  his  life  in  Europe,  lie  broke  his  journey  at  Lan-o, 
and  afterwards  travelled  to  the  Eiviera.  But  after  29  years 
service  in  Java,  cooler  regions  did  not  restore  his  strength,  and  on 
the  3i-d  October,  1910,  he  breathed  his  last  at  St.  Eaphael.  lie 
was  elected  a  Foreign  Member,  5:  h  May,  1887.        _ 

This  brief  sketch  of  a  full  and  strenuous  life  gives  no  idea  ot 
Treub's  charming  personalitr.  Even  to  those  who  met  him  only 
durino-  his  occasional  visits  to  Europe  he  was  a  dehghttul  com- 
panion, but  to  those  who  had  the  good  fortune  to  visit  him  at 
Buitenzorg  he  was  still  more  ;  he  had  a  unique  position,  and  used 
it  wisely  and  well.  We  have  lost  a  great  man,  ot  a  character 
too  rarely  found,  and  the  present  generation  may  never  again  see 
his  equal,  but  his  memory  will  live  with  those  who  were  fortunate 
enough   to   know  hiui   and   to  value   his    labours  at    their  true 

worth.  ^1  ,  /-.i        •  1    > 

A  ^ood  portrait  will  be  found  in  the  'Gardeners    Chronicle 
for  5Ui  November,    1910.    p.  336,    and  a  full   bibliography   by 
Prof    E  A   E.  Went,  in  Ann.  Jard.  Bot.  Buitenz.  xxiv.  (1911) 
pp.  xxix-xxxii,  preceding  Treub's  latest  and  posthumous  essay. 

[B.  U.  J  .J 

The  Eeverend  Eobert  Boog  Watson,  LL.D.,  E.L.S.,  E.G.S., 
E  H.S.E.  Born  on  September  26th,  1823,  he  was  educated  at 
the  Edinburgh  Academy  and  at  Lille,  and  took  his  B.A.  at 
Edinburgh  University.  After  a  course  of  study  at  the  ^ew 
Colkxre,  Edinburgh,  he  was  licensed  by  the  Eree  Presbytery  in 
1847°and  in  1854,  on  the  outbreak  of  the  Crimean  AVar,  he  went 
out  as  Chaplain  to  the  93rd  Highlanders.  Invalided  home  after 
a  nearly  fatal  attack  of  dysentery,  he  recovered  sulTiciently  to 
undertake  garrison  work  at  Dover  in  1856.  In  this  year  he 
married  Janet  Cowan,  daughter  of  the  founder  of  the  firm  ot 
Alexander  Cowan  &  Sons,  papermakers,  and  immediately  after- 
wards went  out  to  India,  and  acted  as  Chaplain  to  the  Highland 
Brigade  in  the  Mutiny.  Owing  to  a  return  of  his  illness,  he  was 
again  invalided  home.  ^        ^ 

In  186-4  he  accepted  an  appointment  1o  the  Scots  Church  in 
Madeira,  and  in  tli'e  course  of  his  ten  years'  tenure  of  that  office 
was  enabled  to  investigate  the  remarkably  rich  land  molhiscan 
fauna  of  the   Madeiran  group,   as    well    as    the    marine    shells, 


44  I'KOCEEDIXGS    OF    THE 

ill  oo-oporatioii  with  Jjowe  aiul  Wolhistoii.  On  relurning  to 
EdiiibiiiM^li,  ho  devoted  himself  chiefly  to  his  favourite  sciences  of 
geolouly  and  conchnlogv  ;  and  in  ISTG,  at  the  request  of  his 
friend,  Sir  Charles  Wyvdle  Thomson,  he  undertook  to  work  out  all 
the  mollusca  which  had  just  been  brought  back  by  H.M.S.  '  Chal- 
lenger'— with  the  excei)tion  of  the  Cephalopoda  and  Ptercpoda. 

In  1878,  however,  the  failure  of  the  City  of  Glasgow  Bank 
compelled  him  to  give  up  his  well-earned  leisure  and  to  return  to 
work  ;  and  he  accepted  the  call  of  the  Free  Church  congregation 
at  Cardross,  Dumbartonshire,  where  he  remained  till  his  retire- 
ment from  active  work  in  LSiJS. 

llesidence  in  a  country  district  of  course  deprived  him  of  easy 
access  to  books  and  collections,  and  he  therefore  returned  all  tho 
material  he  was  working  at  to  the  '  Challenger'  oflice  ;  but  Sir  C. 
AVyville  Thomson's  urgent  representations  induced  him  to  resume 
his  stutlies  in  part,  though  he  limited  his  investigations  to  the 
Gastropoda  Hiid  Scaphopoda — about  1300  recognizable  species 
in  all. 

The  results  of  his  labours  appeared  in  the  fifteenth  volume  of 
the  'Challenger'  series  in  1886,  and,  as  an  illustration  of  the 
thoroughness  of  his  methods,  it  may  be  mentioned  that  he  worked 
at  the  Museums  of  Paris,  Berne,  and  Geneva,  as  well  as  at  the 
]iritish  Museum,  before  the  Natural  History  portion  was  removed 
to  South  Kensington. 

In  1891  he  was  President  of  the  Conchological  Society,  and  in 
1892  the  University  of  Edinburgh  conferred  upon  him  the 
degree  of  LL.D. 

Of  the  nature  of  Dr.  Watson's  work  there  is  only  one  opinion. 
]lis  descriptions,  at  times  almost  too  detailed,  are  "excellent,  and 
he  spared  himself  no  trouble  in  their  preparation. 

For  nearly  twenty  years  he  spent  part  of  the  summer  in 
Switzerland,  especially  in  the  Rhone  Valley,  and  his  favourite 
haunt  was  Bel  Alp,  where  he  did  much  climbing  and  botanising, 
and  fraternised  with  such  men  as  Bishop  EUicot,  Edward 
AVhymper,  and  Prof.  Tyndall. 

[E.  A.  Smith,  I.S.O.,  and  J.  E.  Le  B.  Tomlix.] 

[A  list  of  nineteen  works,  nearly  all  on  Mollusca,  is  given  in  .Tourii.  of 
Conch,  vol.  xiii.  pp.  139-40.  Excludiuj,'  the  'Challenger'  luunograph, 
tlie  most  important  of  these  is  the  series  ou  tho  '  Challenger'  Mollusca 
in  tho  Jouru.  Linn.  Sue.  (Zool.)  xiv.-xvii.  I878-83.J 


LIIsNEAN    SOCIETY    OF    LONUOX.  45 

June  1st,  1911. 

Dr.  D.  H.  Scott,  M.A.,  F.E.S.,  Tresident,  in  the  Chair. 

The  Minutes  of  the  Anniversary  Meeting  of  the  24tli  Atay, 
1911,  were  read  and  confirmed. 

Mr.  Frederick  Eyles,  the  Eev.  Hilderic  Friend,  INTr.  Ernest  Lee, 
Miss  Ann  Cronin  llalket,  Mr.  John  Coney  Moulton,  Mr.  John 
(irahiun  Murray,  Mr.  Frederick  Jolui  Freshwater  Shaw,  B.Sc, 
Mr.  Cliarles  Waterfall,  and  Mr.  Malcolm  AV^ilson,  B.Sc,  ^^ere 
elected  Fellows. 

The  President  announced  that  he  had  appointed  the  following; 
as  Vice-Presidents  for  the  ensuing  session  : — Sir  Frank  Crisp, 
Mr.  Horace  W.  Mouckton,  Prof.  E.  B.  Poulton,  and  Dr.  A.  B. 
liendle. 

Prof.  W.  A.  Heiidma:^  gave  an  account  of  the  recent  occurrence 
(April  1911)  of  the  minute  Dinotiagellate  AmpTndinium  ojtercu- 
latum,  Clap.  &  Lachm.,  at  Port  Erin  in  the  Isle  of  Man,  in  such 
profusion  as  to  discolour  the  sand  between  tide-marks  in  patches 
extending  on  some  days  for  many  yards.  Ampliidinimn  opercu- 
latuni  has  been  recorded  from  several  places  on  the  coasts  of 
Europe  and  America,  but  has  apparently  not  been  previously  found 
in  Britain. 

The  Eev.  T.  E.  E.  Stebbing  and  Prof.  Dendy  contributed  eome 
remarks,  and  the  author  replied. 

Dr.  A.  Smith  Woodward  gave  a  general  account  of  tlie  Fauna 
of  the  Carboniferous  Period,  so  far  as  it  has  been  discovered  in 
the  same  deposits  as  the  Carboniferous  Flora.  I'he  Fauna  agrees 
with  the  Flora  in  consisting  for  the  most  part  of  highly  specialise  d 
representatives  of  the  louer  groups,  but  is  singularly  modern  in 
some  respects.  Some  of  the  freshwater  and  land  Mollusca  are 
scax'cely  distinguishable  from  genera  still  existing.  All  the 
Crustaceans  are  of  primitive  groups,  and  some  of  the  most  inter- 
esting are  related  to  Anasj^vhs,  which  still  survives  in  Tasmania. 
The  Myriapods,  Scorpions,  and  Spiders  are  similar  to  those  of 
later  date,  but  a  few  of  the  Scorpions  retain  obvious  remnants  of 
the  characters  of  their  aquatic  ancestors.  Limuloids  also  occur. 
Insects  are  numerous,  but  all  belong  to  the  lower  groups  in  which 
there  is  no  complete  metamorphosis,  and  there  are  many  generalist  d 
types  which  can  scarcely  be  referred  to  existing  Orders.  Cock- 
roaches are  numerous,  but  have  transparent  fore-wings.  Primitive 
Dragon-Hies  occur,  and  some  of  tiiese  are  the  largest  known 
insects,  with  a  span  of  wings  measuring  2  feet.  Among  Fishes, 
the  spiny  AcanthodiaTi  Sharks,  which  are  typically  Lower  Pala'o- 
zoic,  are  still  found  in  the  Carboniferous  Fauna,  and  are  known  to 
have  been  preyed  upon  by  the  higher  Fishes.     The  Pleuracanth 


46  puocEEDixas  of  tup: 

8]mrks  are  cliaracf  eristic,  of  tlio  period,  and  interestinjr  ns  showing; 
a  more  cjiMieralised  vertebrate  skeleton  than  any  later  Fishes.  The 
C'ocldiodont  Sharks  with  grinding  teeth  appear  to  be  closelv  related 
to  the  existing  Ceslracion,  but  have  many  of  the  (eeth  fused  into 
extensive  plates.  Some  of  the  sharp-toothed  Sharks  also  seem  to 
have  had  their  teeth  fused  into  rigid  masses.  'J'he  highest  Fishes 
are  the  Paheoniscida  and  Phvlysomids,  whieh  exliihit  all  the  funda- 
mental characters  of  the  present-day  Sturgeons,  obscured  beneath 
a  normal  covering  of  ganoid  head- plates  and  scales.  Large 
Dipnoan  Fishes  are  numerous,  and  differ  little  from  Ceratodus, 
except  in  showing  traces  of  the  separate  points  of  which  their 
denial  ]ilates  are  com|)Osed.  Most,  important  are  the  Crosso- 
])terygian  Fishes,  of  which  llhizodxis  and  Mer/alichiJn/s  are  typical 
genera.  These  Fishes  make  a  closer  approach  to  the  earliest 
lung-breathers  than  any  Fishes  which  have  existed  before  or  since. 
Lung-breathers  were  certainly  in  existence  just  before  the  begin- 
ning of  the  Carboniferous  Period,  and  all  seem  to  belong  to  a  very 
primitive  group  of  Amphibia,  variously  termed  Stegocephalia  or 
Labyrinthodontia,  in  allusion  to  the  complete  roofing  of  their 
cheeks  by  bone  and  to  the  complicated  structure  of  their  teeth. 
In  their  possession  of  supra-temporal  plates  and  often  of  post- 
temporal  bones,  as  also  in  the  marking  of  th(nr  superficial  bones 
by  the  course  of  the  slline-canals,  these  Amphibians  more  closely 
resemble  fishes  than  any  later  members  of  the  Order.  Towards 
the  end  of  the  Carboniferous  Period  some  of  the  smaller  Stego- 
cephalia,  the  so-called  Microsauria,  seem  to  have  passed  into  true 
lleptiles  very  similar  to  the  surviving  Sj^henodon  or  llatieria. 

A  discussion  followed,  the  itndermentioned  taking  part  :  — 
The  President,  Mr.  William  Cash  (visitor),  the  Eev.  T.  11.  E. 
Stebbing,  and  Mr.  A.  O.  Walker  ;  the  author  replying. 


June  15tb,  1911. 

Dr.  A.  B.  Eexdle,  F.E.S.,  Yice-Presideut,  in  the  Chair 

The  ^Minutes  of  the  General  Meeting  of  the  1st  June,  1911, 
were  read  and  confirmed. 

jNlr.  George  Herbert  Wailes,  INliss  Freda  Bage,  ;M.Sc.,  Mr. 
Malcolm  Wilson,  13. Sc,  IMiss  Ann  Croniii  Halket,  and  Mr,  Ernest 
Lee,  B.Sc,  were  admitted  Fellows. 

INIr.  AVilliam  Neilson  Jones,  M.A.  (Cantab.),  was  elected  a 
Fellow. 

A  letter  congratulating  Sir  Joseph  Hooiceu  on  his  approaching 
94th  birthday,  was  read  and  signed  by  the  Chairman  and  the 
Fellows  present. 


LIXNEAN    SOCIETT    OF    LOIsTDON,  4  7 

Professor  AV.  A.  IIebdman  referred  to  his  paper  at  the  hist 
meeting  on  the  abundance  of  a  Peridinium  at  Port  Erin,  and 
stated  that  he  visited  tliat  locality  a  few  days  after  ilie  said 
meeting,  and  found  similar  markings  on  the  sand,  but  on  the 
latter  occasion  it  was  due  to  vast  numbers  of  a  Diatom,  Navicula 
AnijJiisJxena. 

Mr.  G.  H.  Wailes,  Prof.  Dendy,  and  Mr.  J.  C.  Shenstone 
contributed  some  remarks. 

The  following  papers  were  read  and  discussed  : — 

1.  Miss    H.     M.    CUNNIXGTOX. — The    anatomy     of     Enludus; 

acofoides,  Rich.     (Communicated  by  Pi'of.  Percy  GtUoom, 
P.L.S.) 

2.  Prof.  A.  D.  Imms. — On  the  life-history  of  Croce  fiJ'tpennis, 

AVestw.     (Communicated  by  Canon  Eoweeu,  F.L.8.) 

3.  Prof.  J.  J".  KiEFFER. — Cynipidse. 

4.  The  same. — Proctotrupoidea. 

5.  Prof.  T.  D.  A.  Cockerell. — Apoidea. 
fi.  Mr.  J.  C.  F.  Prykr. — Lepidoptera. 

7.  Mr.  G-.  Meade- Waldo. — AV'asps. 

8.  Mr.  J.  E.  CorxiN.— Borborida^. 

9.  'J'he  same. — Phorida). 

10.  Mr.  P.  \.  Theobald. — Culicid?e. 

(The  last  eight  papers,  relating  to  the  fauna  of  the 
Seychelles,  were  communicated  by  Prof.  J.  Stanley 
Gardiner,  P.E.S.,  F.L.S.) 

The  first  exhibition  was  by  Mr.  P.  Enock,  who  showed  a  series 
of  slides  illasti-ating  several  species  of  the  minute  hymenopteron 
Mymar,  especially  the  recently-discovered  M.regalishom.  Burnham 
Beeches. 

Dr.  George  Henderson,  F.L.S.,  exhibited  a  lantern-slide, 
made  from  a  snapshot  of  the  head  of  a  AVaterbiick,  Cohus  ellijtsi- 
prymmis,  taken  by  his  son,  Mr.  Fred.  L.  Henderson,  of  the 
British  East  African  Medical  Service,  at  Nairobi. 

Mr.  AV.  Fawcett,  F.L.S.,  showed:  — 

(a)  A  Parasitic  Flowering  Plant  from  Jamaica  {Scyhallam 
jamaicense,  Schott  &  Eudl.). 

(h)  Flowers  of  Banana  (Musa  paradisiaca  var.  snpientum). 

The  cultivated  Banana-plant  attains  its  full  height  before  the 
flowers  are  formed.  The  trunk  is  a  hollow  cylinder  formed  by 
the  bases  of  the  leaf-stalks.  The  flowering-stalk  first  a])pears  as 
a  projection  from  the  tuber  into  the  base  of  the  cylinder.  The 
first  flowers  are  formed  while  the  stalk  is  quite  short,  and  appa- 
rently it  takes  about  six  weeks  for  it  to  grow  from  the  base  until 
it  emerges  at  the  apex.  The  flowers  exhibited  were  taken  before 
emergence.     They  occur  in  clusters  spirally  arranged  round  the 


48  rUOCEEDIVOS    OF    THE 

peduncle.  The  lowest  clusters  are  female  flowers  ;  tlio  highest 
clusters  are  male  flowers,  iiefween  these  two  sets  of  clusters 
there  are  very  often  a  few  clusters  in  whirh  the  ovary  is  ahoufc 
half  the  length  of  the  whole  liower;  these  are  prohably  not  truly 
hermaphrodite,  but  neuter. 

The  ovaries  of  the  female  flowers  become  the  banana-fruit ; 
those  of  the  neuter  flowers  grow  into  small  worthless  fruit.  The 
male  flowers  and  bracts  are  deciduous,  and  the  peduncle  continues 
to  lengthen  and  produce  male  flowers  until  the  fruit  is  cut. 

Dr.  iS'i'APF  commented  on  these  exhibitions. 

Mrs.  LoxGSTAFF  showed  a  specimen  of  Brassia  caudata,  Lindl., 
in  flower,  from  Jamaica,  uhich  was  followed  by  remarks  from 
Mr.  W.  Fawcett  and  the  Chairman. 

Sir  Fr.v>'k  Crisp  exhibited  on  behalf  of  Mr.  William  Monnis 
a  monstrous  proliferation  of  a  Foxglove,  in  which  the  terminal 
flower  had  attained  an  extraordinary  development. 

Mrs.  Steubing,  F.L.S.,  also  showed  a  very  small  monstrosity  in 
the  same  species. 

Tliese  exhibits  were  discussed  by  the  Rev.  T.  R.  R.  Stebbing, 
Dr.  Longstaff  (visitor),  Miss  May  Eathbone,  and  the  Chairman. 


ABSTRACTS. 


Alien  Plants  introduced  into  the  Tweed  District  with  Foreign 
Wool.     By  Ida  M.  Hayward,  F.L.S. 

[Read  Ist  December,  1910.] 

The  subject  to  which  I  propose  briefly  to  direct  the  attention  of 
this  meeting  is  the  Alien  Plants  of  the  Tweed  district. 

Those  shown  are  a  selection  out  of  about  200  alien  ])lants  which 
I  collected  on  the  banks  of  the  river  Tweed  and  its  tributary  the 
G-ala  in  the  course  of  the  last  three  or  four  years.  Three  of  them 
were  gathered  when  acconipariied  by  ^Ir.  James  Fraser  of  Edin- 
burgh, and  two  of  them  when  accompanied  by  Mr.  Claridge  Druce 
of  Oxford. 

It  is,  however,  proper  to  add  that  reference  has  been  made 
to  the  major  portion  of  them  in  the  course  of  tlie  present  and 
past  year  in  the  '  Annals  of  Scottish  Natural  History'  and  the 
Botanical  Exchange  Club  Report  of  the  British  Isles. 

Tlie  reason  of  the  plants  beiug  found  on  the  banks  of  the  Tweed 
and  (iala  is  interesting.  The  sta])le  industry  in  that  localiry  is 
the  manufacture  of  wool  into  cloth.     The  wool  is  brought  from 


LINNEAN   SOCIETY    OF    LONDON.  49 

the  Colonies  and  various  foreign  countries,  and  in  it  is  entangled 
a  variety  of  seeds.  In  the  process  of  \vashing  the  wool  the  seeds 
are  swept  into  the  river,  and  some  of  them,  deposited  on  the 
shingle  or  on  the  banks  of  the  river,  germinate  and  grow  into 
more  or  less  hardy  plants.  In  this  way  plants  that  ai-e  natives 
of  Australia,  IS'ew  Zealand,  Cape  Colony,  South  America,  and 
other  foreign  countries  are  seen  to  be  growing  side  by  side  with 
plants  of  the  British  Flora. 

Erodium  Botrys,  Bert.  No.  1  specimen.  A  South  European 
species. 

There  are  a  great  many  European  species  of  Erodium  by  the 
river-banks  and  on  mill  waste-heaps. 

Medicago  precox,  DC.     No.  2  specimen. 

This  geuus,  like  the  Erodium,  is  a  very  common  one  in  the 
Tweed  district.  Eight  different  species  have  been  collected ;  the 
species  now  exhibited,  however,  has  not  hitherto  been  recorded. 

The  history  of  this  Medicago  is  interesting.  Originally  a  South 
European  species,  it  has  become  widely  spread  in  Argentina. 
The  Spaniards,  in  the  sixteenth  century,  introduced  into  that 
country  some  of  their  domesticated  sheep  which  probably  carried 
some  fruits  of  the  Medicago  with  them.  The  seeds,  finding  there 
a  congenial  soil,  have  flourished  and  now  come  back  to  Europe  and 
to  the  Tweedside  in  bales  of  wool.  The  fruits  are  also  found  iu 
the  wool  of  Australia  and  other  colonies,  and  probably  also  have  a 
similar  origin. 

The  fruits,  or  burrs  as  they  are  locally  called,  are  very  detrimental 
to  the  wool.  This,  however,  is  overcome  to  some  extent  by  the 
following  process,  which  is  now  much  practised  in  the  manu- 
facturing districts  of  this  country  and  on  the  Continent.  The 
rind  of  the  burrs  is  carbonised  by  a  weak  solutiou  of  sulphuric 
acid,  and  then  subjected  to  a  dry  heat  of  about  ISO  degrees. 
Tlie  burrs  are  then  pulverised  by  heavy  rollers  and  blown  out  by 
strong  fans.  The  seeds  themselves  are  uninjured  by  this  process 
or  even  by  being  boiled  in  the  process  of  dyeing. 

T'illcEa  VaiUaniii,  Willd.  Specimen  Xo.  3.  Native  of  France 
and  Spain. 

Plentiful  for  two  successive  years.  It  has  stalked  flowers  and 
their  parts  are  in  fours,  while  in  Tilloia  muscosa  the  parts  are  in 
threes,  and  the  flower  sessile. 

The  genus  Helipterum^  of  which  I  have  specimens  of  three 
different  species,  Nos.  6,  7,  8,  Ilelipterum  corimhijlorum,  Schlecht., 
JleUpterum  Jloribundum,  DC,  Hdipterum  hgaloitpermum,  F.  von 
Mueller,  is  perhaps  the  most  interesting  of  these  alien  plants. 
This  geuus  has  hitherto  been  unrecorded  for  Great  Jiritain,  and 
3'et  has   been  found  growixig  as' far  nortli  as  the  banks  of  the 

LINN.  SOC.  PKOCEEDINGS. — SESSION  1910-11.  e 


50  PROCEEDINGS    OF    Tlin 

Tweed,  It  is  nearly  ivllird  to  I/clichrifmnu,  an  everlasting  flower. 
JltHl>ttrum  (litTers  liy  liaviiijr  tlie  liairs  of  tlie  pappus  plumose 
instead  oi pilose.     IS'atives  of  JSouth  Ai'rica  and  Australia. 

Coliila  fiiisfrdJis,  Hook.  f.     Ko.  0. 

These  1  have  found  in  ])lenty  six  miles  down  the  river  at  Melrose 
for  two  successive  years.  It  is  a  perennial,  a  native  of  Australia 
and  New  Zealand,  invariahly  following  sheep. 

Cenia  turhinata,  Pers.,  var.  concohr.     No.  10. 

In  variety  concolor  the  rays  are  yellow  on  both  sides,  in  the 
type  they  are  white  above  and  reel  on  the  lower  surface.  An 
hitherto  unrecorded  genus  for  Britain,  but  a  commoa  weed 
throughout  Cape  Colony. 

Smecio  lanius,  Forster.     No.  11. 

I  have  noticed  *SV»ef/o  lantus  for  three  years.  It  is  a  handsome 
perennial  plant  and  grows  in  abundance  on  the  banks  of  the  Gala 
and  Tweed  to  a  height  of  2  feet.  A  native  of  Australia,  Tasmania, 
and  New  Zealand. 

EritricMum  mtsiralasicum,  A.  DC.     No.  13. 

One  small  patch  of  the  above  endemic  Australian  species  was 
found  in  moist  alkivium  near  the  junction  of  the  Gala  and  Tweed, 
and  was  an  unrecorded  genus  for  ]3ritain. 

Airiplex  sjwnr/iosa,  F.  von  Mueller.     No.  14. 

The  berry-like  spongy  fruit  of  plants  found  at  Tweedside 
turned  from  pale  green  to  dull  red.  I  have  noticed  the  testa 
comes  off,  leaving  the  inner  membrane  with  ripe  seeds.  It  may 
be  at  this  stage  the  seeds  adhere  to  the  wool.  Sheep  are  very 
fond  of  AtrlpUw  sjwvr/iosa  :  Maiden,  in  his  '  Useful  Plants  of  Aus- 
tralia,' tells  us  "it  is  a  useful  salt  bush  for  culture."  It  may  be 
found  through  a  great  part  of  Central  Australia,  extending  to  the 
West  Coast  and  also  South  Australia. 

Dei/euxia  retrofracta  (Wiild.),  Druce,     No.  18. 

This  very  conuuon,  but  variable  Australian  species  is  referred 
to  by  Maiden  as  Toothed  Bent  Grass.  It  produces  a  large 
quantity  of  sweet  fodder  in  damp  localities  and  is  valuable  for 
pastures.  It  is  (>ssentiall}f  a  winter  grass,  dying  out  on  the 
approach  of  summer,  and  is  eaten  w  hen  young.  Its  pointed  seeds 
are  very  injurious  to  wool.     It  seeds  in  September  and  October. 

The  reinainiug  specimens  exhibited  are  : — 

Daucws  hrachiatus,  Sieber.     No.  4.     A  native  of  Australia. 

Erifjcron  linlfoIii(S,  Willd.  No.  5.  A  native  of  Australia, 
South  America,  commoii  in  China  and  Ceylon. 

i:ienecio  hrachyfjlossus,  F.  von  Mueller.     A  native  of  Australia. 


LINNEAN    SOCIETY   OF   LOXDOX.  51 

Rumex  Broivnii,  Camp.  No.  15.  A  native  of  Ausfralia  nnd 
said  to  thrive  in  every  place  where  sheep  have  been  *.  I  have 
found  it  growing  for  three  years  in  abundance  by  the  banks  of 
the  Gala  and  Tweed. 

Ar/rostis  lachnantha,  Nees.  No.  16.  A  native  of  South  Africa 
and  Abyssinia. 

Polypogon  linearis.  Triu.     No.  17.     A  Chilian  species. 

I  have  to  accord  my  warmest  thanks  to  the  authorities  of  the 
Herbaria  of  Kew  and  the  British  Museum,  to  Mr.  Gr.  Claridge 
Druce,  to  ProF.  Bayley  Balfour,  and  Mr.  James  Fraser  of  Edin- 
burgh, for  kindly  helping  to  name  and  verify  tliese  plants. 


II. 

Reports  on  the  luternational  Congress  of  Bolanists, 
held  at  Brussels  in  May  1910. 

[Presented  15th  December,  1910.] 

Dr.  O.  Stapp  introduced  his  report  on  the  International  Botanical 
Congress,  held  at  Brussels  between  May  14-22  of  the  present 
year,  with  a  short  account  of  the  working  programme  of  the 
Congress  as  it  arose  out  of  the  decisions  of  the  last  International 
Botanical  Congress  which  met  at  Vienna  in  1905  and  the  disposi- 
tions of  the  Belgian  Bureau.  There  were  altogether  5  sections. 
Sections  I.  and  II.  were  charged  with  the  discussion  and  codifica- 
tion of  the  special  arrangements  necessary  with  respect  to  the 
nomenclature  of  fossil  and  non-vascular  plants  on  account  of 
their  special  nature.  Tacked  on  to  them  were  two  propositions 
dealing  with  an  extension  of  the  list  of  '  nomina  conservanda  ' 
for  phanerogams  and  vascular  cryptogams,  adopted  at  Vienna. 
Section  III.  was  reserved  to  '  phytogeographical  nomenclature.' 
Section  IV.  was  to  deal  with  bibliography  and  botanical  documen- 
tation, and  Section  V.  with  botanical  instruction.  Sections  I. 
and  II.  continued  the  work  of  the  Vienna  Congress  in  so  far  as  it 
concerned  nomenclature.  Section  III.  was  the  result  of  the 
deliberations  of  a  new  Commission  appointed  by  the  Vienna 
Congress.  The  other  two  sections  were  added  by  the;  Belgian 
Bureau. 

The  Liunean  Society  appointed  five  delegates  for  the  Congress 
with  a  view  to  have  the  different  departments  concerned  in  the 
discussion  on  taxonomic  nomenclature  as  far  as  possible  repre- 
sented. The  delegates  were  Messrs.  Arber  (fossil  plants).  Cotton 
(Alg?e,  Licliens,  and  Fungi),  Gepp  (Musci  and  Ifepaticse),  Henry 
Groves  and  Dr.  Stapf  (Phanerogams  and  Vascular  Cryptogams, 

*  Eentham,  '  Florci  of  AuBtralia,'  vol.  v.  p.  203. 

e2 


52  PROCEEDINGS   OF    THE 

and  Mr.  11.  Groves,  1  he  latter  also  for  Characea?).  Phytogeograpby 
was  not  taken  espi-cially  into  account,  as  JMr.  Tansley,  the  delegate 
of  the  CambridLje  I'hilosopliical  tSociety,  joined  Section  111.  As 
to  Sections  IV.  and  V.  no  special  steps  were  taken,  and  as  their 
meetings  mostly  coincided  in  time  with  those  of  Sections  I.,  11., 
and  Hi.,  the  delegates  of  the  Society  did  not  take  part  iu  their 
deliberations. 

Dr.  Stapf  reported  then  especially  on  the  decisions  concerning 
the  nomenclature  of  phanerogams  and  vascular  cryi)togam8.  A 
number  of  propositions  of  a  general  character,  and  insofar  touch- 
ing the  nomenclature  of  phanerogams  and  vascular  cryptogams, 
had  been  submitted  to  the  Permanent  Bureau  on  Nomenclature, 
but  they  were  automatically  cut  out  by  the  decision  of  the  Bureau 
not  to  reopen  the  discussion  on  poiuts  decided  at  Vienna.  Thus 
the  only  serious  subject  to  decide  upon  was  the  question  whether 
and  to  what  extent  the  list  of  '  nomina  conservanda '  was  to  be 
added  to.  There  were  two  lists  of  addenda  proposed — one  of 
phanerogamic  genera,  the  other  of  fern  genera  and  fern  allies. 
The  object  of  their  promoters  was  to  restrict  as  far  as  possible 
the  replacement  of  well-known  and  generally  used  names  by 
obscure  ones  ou  the  ground  of  the  strict  application  of  the  rule  of 
priority.  As  iu  certain  cases  the  changes  had  already  been  made 
since  1905  and  they  had  found  their  way  into  floras  and  text- 
books, a  compromise  was  accepted  by  which  those  changes  were 
recognised,  but  further  changes  barred  by  putting  a  considerable 
number  of  threatened  genera  ou  the  list  of  '  nomina  conservanda.^ 
Among  the  names  thus  saved  were,  for  instance,  Fersea  and  Ter- 
miiialia,  genera  including  a  great  many  species,  and  Wehviischia 
and  Selaghiella. 

Mr.  Henet  Groves  followed  with  some  remarks  on  the  question 
of  taxonomy  as  affecting  local  floras,  and  the  fact  tliat  little  had 
to  be  altered  in  Characea).  He  also  paid  a  wiirm  tribute  to  the 
masterly  manner  in  which  Dr.  Briquet  discharged  his  duties  as 
*  Eapporteur  gene'ral.' 

Mr.  A.  Gepp  reported  thus  : — 

In  contributing  to  tlie  report  ou  the  International  Congress  of 
Botanists  at  Brussels,  I  l)eg  to  express  my  thanks  to  the  Society 
for  the  honour  they  conferred  upon  me  by  including  me  among 
their  delegates.  The  Congress  was  attended  by  many  distin- 
guished botanists,  whom  it  was  a  pleasure  to  see,  and  whom 
otherwise  one  might  never  come  across. 

The  work  of  the  Congress  covered  a  very  wide  field,  but  owing 
to  the  thorough  carefuhiess  with  which  the  matters  for  discussion 
had  been  sifted  and  prepared  beforehand  by  the  permanent  Com- 
mittee, and  to  the  diligence  and  determination  of  the  honorary 
presidents,  vice-presidents,  and  secretaries,  the  agenda  were 
carried  through  and  settled  point  by  point  with  business-like 
celerity  at  the  meetings. 


LINNEAN    SOCIETY    OF    LOKDOX.  53 

Tliough  interested  in  the  welfare  of  the  Cryptogams  as  a  whole, 
I  was  specially  interested  in  the  nomenclature  of  the  Algfe,  Mosses, 
Hepatics,  and  Ferns.  The  points  to  be  settled  by  tlie  Congress 
were  these : — Whether  the  noniencLature  of  the  Cellnlnr  Crypto- 
gams would  start  from  Liniiajus's  '  Species  Plantarum,'  Edition  I. 
(1753),  thus  bricging  them  into  line  with  tlie  Vascular  Plants, 
which  occupied  the  attention  of  the  Vienna  Congress  in  1905  ;  or 
whetlier  the  various  groups  of  Cryptogams  should  have  separate 
starting-points  of  later  date.  In  the  event  it  was  decided  that 
some  of  the  groups  should  date  from  Linnteus's  '  Species  Plant- 
arum  '  (1753),  viz. : — Myxomycetes,  Licheues,  ITepatica-,  Sphng- 
nacete,  and  the  main  group  of  tlie  Alga?.  On  the  other  hand,  the 
Pungi  are  to  start  partly  from  Pries's  '  Systema  Mycologicum ' 
(1821-32),  and  partly  "from  Persoon's  'Synopsis  Pungorum ' 
(1801).  The  remainder  of  the  Algce,  broken  up  into  small  groups, 
are  to  start  from  various  dates,  and  some  are  left  over  for  con- 
sideration at  the  next  Congress  (London,  1915).  The  Mosses 
(Musci  veri)  are  to  date  from  Hedwig's  '  Species  Muscorum ' 
(1801). 

The  reason  for  selecting  works  of  post-Linnean  date  as  starting- 
points  for  some  of  the  groups  of  Cryptogams  is  that  there  is 
considerable  doubt  as  to  what  plants  Linnaeus  meant  by  the  names 
and  descriptions  in  his  '  Species  Plantarum.'  It  sometimes  happens, 
for  instance,  that  his  description  represents  one  species,  while  the 
plate  cited  figures  another  species,  and  the  specimen  found  in  his 
herbarium  is  a  third  and  different  species. 

It  was  to  avoid  basing  the  Mosses  upon  such  uncertain  types 
that  the  proposal  was  made  to  select  Hedwig's  '  Species  Mus- 
corum '  (1801)  as  starting-point  for  the  Musci  veri.  Por  Hedwig 
was  the  first  to  discern  generic  values  and  relationships  among 
the  Mosses,  and  to  investigate  and  figure  their  morphology  with 
a  microscope  (a  primitive  one  though  it  was).  His  '  Species 
Muscorum '  is  an  epitome  of  his  previous  works  ;  and  his  type- 
specimens  are  still  in  existence. 

Similarly,  it  would  have  been  v^ell  to  make  the  Hepaticse  and 
Lichenes  start,  not  from  Linna^us's  'Species  Plantarum '  (1753), 
where,  indeed,  they  are  included  under  the  Algte,  but  from  the 
works  of  some  post-Linnean  specialists.  For  instance.  Sir 
William  J.Hooker's  'British  Jungermannise '  (1812-16)  is  the 
real  starting-point  of  hepaticology,  and  only  fails  to  qualify  through 
not  treating  of  the  Marchantiacea),  Ricciacea?,  Anthocerotaceao. 
And  for  the  Lichenes  the  book  that  suggests  itself  is  Acharius's 
'  Lichenographia  Universalis '  (1810).  The  types  of  these  two 
authors  are  either  in  existence  or  for  the  most  part  are  compre- 
hensible. But  in  the  absence  of  any  definite  proposal,  the 
Congress  could  hardly  do  otherwise  than  leave  the  Hepaticae  and 
Lichenes  on  the  Linnean  starting-line.  In  the  case  of  the  Alga), 
the  proposals  for  giving  the  main  group  a  less  antiquated  starting- 
point  were  defeated. 

However,  the  actual  starting-point  may  perhaps  not  be  of  vital 


54  PU0CEED1XG8   OF   THE 

importance  ;  for  the  Congress  made  the  wise  provision  of  appoint- 
ing for  each  group  of  Cryptogams  a  special  Committee,  whose 
duty  it  is  to  prepare  and  consider  hsts  of  ^  nomhm  conservanda^  to 
be  suhmitted  to  the  next  Congress  (London,  lUJS).  This  should 
put  the  nomenclature  of  the  various  groups  upon  a  satisfactory 
and  stahle  hagis,  and  will  give  an  opportunity  for  eliminating 
undesirable  factors,  as,  for  example,  the  name  JumjeniHinniu, 
\\  iiich  in  Linnieus's  '  Species  Planlarum  '  represents,  not  a  genus, 
but  a  whole  family  of  heterogeneous  genera.  JuiKjermannia  can 
be  discarded,  just  as  Lichen,  as  a  genus-name,  has  been  long 
discarded  by  universal  consent. 

A  word  now  as  to  the  Ferns  and  Fern-allies.  These,  as  decided 
at  the  Vienna  Congress  (19U5),  start  from  Linnaeus's  '  .Species 
Plantarum.'  An  attempt  was  made  at  the  recent  Brussels 
Congress  to  establish  a  list  of  '  nomina  conservanda  '  for  some 
twelve  genera  of  ferns  which  otherwise  will  pass  out  of  use  : 
the  most  interesting  of  these  are  Kephrodium  and  Selajjlnella. 
The  proposal  was,  however,  rejected  by  a  strong  opposition  on  the 
plea  of  practical  convenience ;  for  a  complete  and  appropriate 
scheme  of  fern-nomenclature  has  been  carefully  elaborated  by 
Christensen  in  his  'Index  Filicum '  (1905-6),  a  book  that  is 
evervw  here  accepted  and  is  in  full  accord  with  the  laws  of  priority. 
Let  it  be  the  standard,  and  there  will  be  no  more  wrangling  over 
fern-names.  It  should  be  added,  however,  that  the  Congress 
decided  to  maintain  the  name  Selaginella  in  place  of  Stachij- 
(/i/nandrum  and  other  earlier  synonyms.  Further,  it  is  interesting 
to  note  about  Nephrodlum,  that  upon  its  acceptance  or  rejection 
depeiided  the  fate  of  some  800  species.  These  have  now  been 
transferred  by  Christensen  and  others  \o  Drijopteris,^  genus  which 
however  does  not  deserve  its  position.  For  recently  it  has  been 
pointed  out  by  Niewland  in  the  '  American  Midland  Naturalist ' 
that  Schmidel  in  his  '  Icones  Plantarum '  employed  the  name 
Thdifpteris  for  the  same  group  of  ferns  a  year  before  Adanson 
proposed  Dryopieris,  and  that  Schmidel  has  given  in  illustration 
an  unmistakable  figure  of  the  Marsh-fern  (Xejjhrodium  TheUjpteris). 
It  would  appear,  then,  that  the  800  species  will  now  have  to  be 
transferred  to  Thelypttris,  unless  Dnjopteris  should  be  put  among 
the  '  genera  conservanda.' 

Mr.  A.  D.  Cotton  then  explained  that  the  following  dates  were 
adopted  as  the  starting-points  for  the  nomenclature  of  the  Cellular 
Cryptogams : — 

Alg^. 

Linnjeus,  Species  Plantarum,  1753 ;  with  the  following  excep- 
tions : — 

Desmidiacea?.     Ealfs,  British  Desmidiacea?,  1848. 
Oedogoniacea;.     llirn,   Monographic   der   Oedogoniaceen, 
1900. 


LIXNEAN    SOCIETY    OF    LONDON".  55 

Cyanophyceae.      Bornet   &  Flahault,  Revision  des  Nosto- 
cacees  heterocystees,  1880-S  ;  and  Gomont,  Monograpliie 
des  Oscillariees  (Nostocacees  homocystees),  1892-3. 
Diatomacea?,   Chroococcaceae,  and  Flagellatea)  were  postponed 
till  the  next  Congress. 

Fungi. 

Fries,  Systema  Mycologicuui,  1821-1832  ;  with  the  followiug 
exceptions  : — 

Uredineie,  Ustilagineae,  and  Gasteromycetes,    which  start 
from  Persoon,  Synopsis  Fungorum,  1801. 

Lichens. 
Linnteus,  Species  Plautaruin,  1753. 

MrXOMYCEXES. 

Linnaeus,  Species  Plantarum,  1753. 

Committees  were  appointed  to  prepare  lists  of  '  genera  conser- 
vanda '  for  the  AlgcB,  Fungi,  and  Lichens. 

For  Fungi  with  a  pleomorphic  life-cycle,  it  was  decided  to 
adopt  the  oldest  name  applied  to  the  perfect  stage  of  the  fungus, 
provided  that  in  other  respects  it  conform  to  the  rules. 

Mr.  E.  A.  N.  AiiBEE  not  being  present,  and  no  delegate  having 
been  present  at  the  Section  on  Pliytogeographical  Nomenclature 
(admirably  summarised  in  the  '  New  Phytologist,'  ix.  uos.  6  &  7, 
pp.  2G0-262),  Dr.  Stapf  resumed  his  address,  stating  that: — 

The  propositions  concerning  fossil  plants  led  in  one  particular 
point  to  a  somewhat  lively  discussion.  This  was  with  respect  to 
the  admission  of  diagnoses  or  descriptions  not  in  Latin,  but  in 
one  of  the  four  modern  tongues,  Euglish,  French,  German,  or 
Italian.  It  was  in  the  end  decided  that  descriptions  of  fossil 
plants  might  be  in  a  modern  language,  but  they  should  always  be 
accompanied  by  a  Latin  diagnosis.  As  starting-point  Linuseus's 
'  Species  Plantarum,'  1753,  was  adopted  for  fossil  plants;  but  in 
order  to  reduce  the  changes  arising  from  that  rule  to  a  minimum, 
a  list  of  '  nomina  conservanda '  will  have  to  be  drawn  up,  including 
generic  names  of  living  plants  which  otherwise — as,  for  instance, 
BucJdandia — would  have  to  give  way  to  old  generic  names  of 
fossil  plants,  and  generic  names  of  fossil  plants  which  are  homo- 
nyms of  synonyms  of  recent  plants. 


56  PROCEEDIKGS    OF   THE 

III. 

2nd  February,  1911. 

(a) 

Tub  General  Secretary,  Dr.  B.  Daydon  Jackson,  gave  tlie 
following  history  of  the  portrait  of  Carl  von  Liiino  painted  by 
Alexander  Ivoslin,  with  s^jine  further  remarks  ou  the  Laplaud 
drum  in  the  ilolfman  portrait. 

lie  pointed  out  that  there  are  three  portraits  of  the  great  Swede 
known  to  be  painted  by  lloslin,  two  of  them  busts  and  one  a 
tliree-quarter  length.  They  have  been  termed  by  Prof.  Tycho 
Tullberg,  the  icouogi'apher  of  Linne,  (1)  the  Stockholm,  (ii)  the 
Grij)sholm,  and  (3)  the  Versailles  portraits  ;  nos.  1  and  2  re- 
epeetively  form  plates  13  and  12  of  TuUberg's  '  Linneportratt ' 
ajid  are  excellently  reproduced  ;  no.  3  in  the  same  work  is  a  half- 
tone reproduction  which  leaves  much  to  be  desired.  He  had, 
therefore,  after  much  trouble  and  delay  succeeded  in  getting  afresli 
photograph  taken  (Plate),  and  accompanied  it  with  the  following 
acco\uit  of  its  origin,  so  far  as  now  ascertainable. 

Linne  in  his  'Egenh.  Auteck.'  p.  08,  says: — "  llerr  Eoslin  who 
takes  lUOO  plutar  (about  <£165)  of  others,  is  doing  Linne's  portrait 
gratis  and  so  excellently  that  nothing  can  be  more  like ;  all  the 
others  are  somewhat  unlike."  In  a  letter  to  his  intimate  friend 
Biick  at  Stockholm,  Linne  says: — "Will  my  brother  [i.e.  Biick] 
should  he  meet  liosliu,  who  has  not  his  equal  in  the  world,  be  so 
good  as  to  ask  when  I  should  come?  Think  how  extremely 
generous  he  was  to  promise  to  paint  my  head  gratis,  though  he 
charges  from  7000  to  SOOO  dalers  (about  £100  to  £182)  for  each 
portrait,  and  that  he  promised  me  the  first  time  I  had  the  fortune 
to  meet  him.  God  grant  that  he  may  not  repent.  It  would  be  a 
reason  for  me  once  more  during  life  to  see  Stockholm."  This  letter 
is  undated,  but  Prof.  Fries  states  it  was  certainly  written  in 
November  1774  (see  Bref  och  Skrifv.  v.  p.  222).  In  a  later  letter, 
ot"  the  18th  November,  he  continues,  "  My  colleagues  want  to  have 
me  with  them  in  Stockliolm,  when  they  will  present  the  first  book 
t)f  their  Bible  version,  but  lectures,  presidency,  cold  winds,  and  old 
age  prevent  me,  though  I  should  like  to  come,  if  Eoslin  the  great 
portrait  jiainter  has  time  to  do  me  the  I'avour  be  has  so  kindly 
jiromised"  (lb.  p.  223);  and  four  days  later,  "If  I  keep  well,  1 
will  come  to  Stockholm  to  enjoy  the  signal  and  valuable  favour 
our  great  lloslin  offered  me  so  innocently  "  (lb.  p.  22-1). 

It  is  certain  that  Linne  journeyed  to  Stockholm,  probably  a 
few  months  later,  in  1775,  when  the  portrait  was  painted.  Which 
of  the  three  portraits  specified  above  veas  the  original  is  not  easy 
to  decide,  for  Koslin  took  it  with  him  to  Paris.  At  the  beginning 
he  evidently  did  not  contemplate  this,  but  on  so  deciding 
he  applied  to  the  secretary  of  the  Royal  Academy  of  Science, 
P.  Wargontin,  who  seems  to  have  taken  Linne's  opinion  upon  the 


Proc.  Linn.  Soc,  1910-1911. 


Plate  {to  face  p.  56). 


CARL  VON  LINNE. 


i 


LIKIVEAN    SOCIFTY    OF    LONDON.  57 

project,  for  Linne  replies  to  "SVargentin,  17th  Sept.,  1775 : 
"  Tbrough  my  being  at  llammarby  1  only  received  the  post  to- 
day, ilerr  Eoslin  has  done  the  portrait  gratis,  so  that  he  was  at 
liberty  to  dispose  of  it,  even  without  my  wish,  but  he  has  thereby 
done  me  double  favour,  for  it  was  only  painted  for  posterity,  and 
can  never  be  better  copied  than  in  Paris  ;  give  him  my  respectful 
thanks,  if  he  is  still  [in  Stockholm]  and  say  that  1  am  doubly 
indebted  to  him."  This  letter  shows  that  the  reason  why  Eoslin 
wanted  to  carry  off  the  portrait,  was  to  copy  it  in  Paris,  where  he 
was  permanently  settled. 

It  is  perfectly  certain  that  the  portrait  which  now  belongs 
to  the  Versailles  gallery  was  painted  complete  in  Sweden,  for  it 
was  very  accurately  copied  by  Lorenz  Pasch  the  younger ;  and  as 
he  seems  never  to  have  left  Sweden  after  his  return  from  abroad 
in  1766,  the  copy  must  have  been  made  in  that  country,  so  that 
lloslin's  original  must  have  been  then  complete. 

Nothing  more  was  heard  about  the  portrait  till  after  Linne's 
death  early  in  1778,  and  the  news  seems  to  have  stirred  Eoslin  up 
to  carry  out  his  promise  to  give  a  copy  to  the  family  of  Liiine 
and  to  the  Eoyal  Academy  of  Science.  In  September  of  that  year, 
the  Academy  debated  upon  some  talk  which  the  painter  had  with 
some  of  the  membei's,  that  he  was  to  get  one  of  the  most  skilful 
of  the  Paris  engravers  to  engrave  the  portrait  of  his  fellow- 
countryman  which  he  had  painted.  It  was  to  cost  1000  livres 
(£'39  15s.  Od.),  and  Eoslin  asked  whether  the  Academy  would  pay 
this  on  condition  of  receiving  the  plate  and  the  whole  of  the 
impression,  which  it  was  thought  would  readily  sell,  and  be  eagerly 
sought  after  by  the  whole  of  the  learned  world,  so  that  not  only 
would  the  outlay  be  recouped,  but  that  the  Academy  would  benefit. 
The  Academy  took  this  view  gladly  and  gave  instructions  to  the 
Secretary  accordingly.  A  letter  of  the  12th  May,  1779,  fronx 
Eoslin  was  read  in  the  meeting  of  the  2nd  June,  in  which  he 
stated,  that  the  copper  was  now  ready  with  500  copies  printed,  and 
150  of  these  were  sent  by  Herr  Sergei  [the  Swedish  sculptor].  The 
remainder  might  be  sold  in  Paris  and  elsewhere  for  2  livres 
(  =  ls.  "d.)  apiece.  Besides  the  cost  of  the  plate,  80  livres  [=<£8] 
had  been  spent  for  paper  and  printing.  "  The  actual  portrait 
which  Herr  Eoslin  made  for  himself,  he  offers  to  present  to  the 
Academy.  All  this  delighted  the  Academy,  but  the  determination 
as  to  the  disposal  of  the  150  copies  was  postponed,  till  they  should 
arrive."  In  a  letter  to  the  younger  Linne  dated  19th  July,  1779, 
AVargentin  says : — "  Of  the  late  Hr.  Archiater's  portrait  engraved 
on  copper,  150  copies  have  come.  It  is  extraordinarily  beautiful,  and 
like,  although  the  Archiater  is  represented  younger  and  plumper 
than  he  was  during  the  last  years.  It  has  cost  the  Academy 
3600  dalers  in  copper  (about  <£83)."  This  refers  to  Bervic's 
engraving,  a  copy  of  which  was  shown  at  the  meeting  held  on  the 
21st  July :  "All  present  found  it  extremely  well  done,  but  were 
of  various  opinions  as  to  the  more  or  less  likeness  to  our  lamented 
Linne.     The  Academy  decided  to  present  copies  to  the  widow  and 


58  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE 

son,  ITr.  "Biick  and  Hr.  Sergei,  Init  that  the  rest  should  be  sold  to 
the  member.s  iiiul  otliers  at  hull'  a  Kiksdaler  apiece  (about  2.s.  '3(1.)." 
On  the  same  occasion  a  letter  from  Jiosliii  was  read,  in  w  Inch  lie 
oiTered  the  portrait  it selt'.  "The  Secretary  received  instructions 
to  thank  him  in  the  choicest  language  for  this  offer,  which  had 
been  received  by  the  Academy  with  the  greatest  pleasure." 

As  soon  as  the  younger  Linne  received  the  print,  he  wrote  to 
Wargentin: — "1  thank  you  most  obediently  for  the  specimen  of 
my  late  father's  portrait,  of  which  I  have  given  my  mother  hers. 
It  is  extremely  beautiful  and  well  engraved  ;  it  is  a  pity  that  it 
appears  so  tilled  out,  otherwise  it  would  probably  have  been 
more  like.  Each  time  I  look  at  it,  at  the  first  moment  it  seems 
wholly  like,  but  that  disappears  directly  I  look  longer  at  it.  What 
about  the  Eoslin  portrait?  Can  it  be  got  back?  It  would  be 
most  suitable  if  it  were  in  the  same  building  [the  University] 
where  both  the  Rudbec-ks  were  formerly." 

"When  this  was  written  the  writer  was  probably  unaware  that  a 
canvas  had  already  been  given  to  the  Academy,  and  the  picture  he 
asked  about  was  that  which  Roslin  took  with  him  to  Paris.  In  a 
later  letter,  also  to  AVargentin,  he  says  : — "  That  my  late  father's 
])ortrait  has  been  given  by  Eoslin  to  the  Eoyal  Academy,  I  can 
never  say  anv thing  against,  but  am  thereat  extremely  pleased." 
¥rom  this  it  would  seem  that  the  younger  Linne,  when  he  heard  that 
Roslin  had  presented  a  portrait  to  the  Academy,  and  when  he  did 
not  get  back  that  which  Eoslin  carried  ofP,  thought  the  latter  should 
haTig  in  the  University,  for  he  could  not  object  to  another  portrait 
being  given  to  the  Academy,  of  which,  it  must  be  remembered, 
Linne  was  one  of  the  founders,  its  first  president,  and  for  20  3'ears 
its  secretary. 

As  regards  the  three  Eoslin  canvases.  Prof.  Tullberg  comes  to 
the  following  conclusion  : — Eoslin  offered  Linne  when  he  met  him 
to  paint  his  portrait  gratuitously  for  his  own  sake,  possibly  also 
with  an  idea  of  painting  a  replica  to  exhibit  in  Paris.  He  then 
painted  the  three-quarter  length,  which  Linne  saw  and  admired. 
Afterwards  the  idea  just  alluded  to  took  a  more  detinite  shape,  and 
as  during  his  visit  to  Sweden  he  was  unable  to  make  the  copy,  he 
took  it  with  him  to  Paris  after  getting  Linno's  permission,  'i'here 
it  remained  and  nothing  was  done,  and  only  after  Linne's  death 
in  January  3  778,  did  he  begin  to  think  about  it.  Eoslin  therefore 
did  not  trouble  to  paint  a  complete  replica,  but  kept  the  original 
and  pleased  himself  by  painting  a  head-aud-shoulders,  which  he 
suggested  to  the  E.  Academy  should  be  engraved,  a  suggestion 
gladly  received.  It  was  this  which  he  gave  to  the  Academy  ;  the 
latter,  knowing  that  Eoslin  had  promised  the  portrait  to  Lijinc, 
asked  his  son  if  he  had  any  objection  to  the  Academy  accepting  it, 
upon  which  he  replied,  that  he  "  was  very  pleased  therewith." 
Eoslin,  however,  considered  he  was  bound  to  carry  out  the  promise 
made  to  Linne,  and  therefore  painted  the  ''  Gripsholm  "  portrait  for 
the  family.  It  belonged  to  them  until  it  was  bought  by  Gustaf  II L 
and  placed  in  the  palace  of  Gripsholm,  but  when,  it  is  uncertain, 


LINSTEAN   SOCIETY   OF   LONDON.  59 

though  it  must  have  been  before  1792,  when  he  was  assassinated 
by  Aukarstrom.  It  cannot  be  maiutained  that  this  is  a  mere  copy 
of  the  upper  part  of  the  Versailles' portrait,  for  the  position  of  the 
shoulders  varies,  the  coat  is  of  velvet,  not  silk,  the  necktie  has 
another  form,  and  a  spray  of  Linncea  is  placed  in  the  button-hole, 
instead  of  the  hand,  which  does  not  appear  in  the  smaller  canvas. 
In  general  the  latter  agrees  with  the  Stockholm  portrait :  it  seems 
probable  that  the  (iripsholm  portrait  was  painted  first,  possibly  as 
a  sketch  ;  it  might  have  been  done  in  Sweden,  or  after  the  painter's 
return  to  Paris. 

It  may  therefore  be  assumed  that  the  "Versailles  portrait  was 
painted  in  Sweden,  and  is  the  original  picture  ;  it  was  copied  by 
Pasch  very  soon  afterwards,  and  disappeared  from  sight  after 
being  exhibited  at  the  Salon,  till  its  reappearance  fifty  years  ago. 
It  is  possible  that  the  Gripsholm  portrait  was  painted  also  iu 
Sweden,  but  the  Stockholm  picture  must  certaiidy  have  been 
produced  in  Paris  at  a  later  period. 

As  the  Versailles  portrait  is  practically  unknown  in  this  country, 
tVie  following  details  are  taken  from  Prof.  Tullberg's  volume.  It 
was  shown  at  the  Salon  in  Paris  in  1770,  and  came  by  purchase  to 
A'er.sailles  before  18G1,  and  is  numbered  4514.  It  has  suffered 
bad  treatment,  and  was  restored  some  years  since.  "When  it  was 
being  cleaned,  it  was  discovered  that  the  painting  bore  traces  of 
the  cross  of  the  Polar  Star,  which  had  previously  escaped  notice, 
and  since  then  it  has  been  very  unhappdy  painted  in,  the  crown 
being  omitted,  and  the  cross  placed  flat  on  the  ribbon,  instead  of 
the  true  method  of  suspension.  This  explains  why,  in  a  series  of 
photographs  issued  in  1897,  the  decoration  is  wanting  ;  but  it  was 
l)resent  in  1906,  as  shown  in  a  later  photograph  possessed  by 
Prof.  Tuliberg. 

The  account  given  by  Dr.  "W.  Carruthers  in  our  '  Proceedings,' 
1905-6,  pp.  67-68,  set  out  the  facts  then  available  regarding  the 
Pasch  copy,  but  more  recent  information  has  rendered  that 
account  somewhat  incorrect,  as  may  be  inferred  from  the  foregoing 
narrative.     It  may  be  restated  thus  : — 

Uno  von  Troil  (1746-1803)  was  the  son  of  an  archbishop  of 
Upsala,  who,  alter  taking  his  degree  as  Fhilosophue  Maltster,  went 
on  a  foreign  tour,  during  which  he  accompanied  Sir  Joseph  Banks 
and  Dr.  Solander  to  Iceland,  iu  1770,  and  on  his  return  to  Sweden 
published  his  '  Bref  rcirande  en  resa  till  Island,'  which  aroused 
great  attention.  He  met  Eoslin  in  Paris  in  1771,  and  was  there- 
fore an  acquaintance  of  the  painter  when  he  revisited  his  native 
country  in  1774-5.  Von  Troil  became  a  court-chaplain  in  1775, 
and  it  seems  practically  certain  that  lie  then  induced  Eoslin  to 
allow  Pasch  to  make  a  copy  of  what  we  have  termed  the  Versailles 
portrait  as  a  present  to  Sir  Joseph  Banks.  It  remained  iu  Banks's 
possession  till  his  death  in  1820,  when  it  passeil  to  Eobert  Brown, 
under  the  proviso  of  Banks's  will,  that  the  household  furniture  in 
the  Soho  Sqtiare  establishment  should  pass  to  Brown,  upon  Lady 
Banks  ceasing  to  reside  there  after  her  husband's  death.     Brown 


Co 


PnoCEEDINGS   OF   THE 


was  President  of  the  Liimean  Society  from  1S49  to  1853,  and  upon 
his  retiring  from  the  Cliair,  he  presented  the  Pusch  copy  of  tlie 
Liunean  portrait  to  the  Society, 

Q>) 

Tn  the  second  and  more  detaihxl  account  f>iven  by  !Mr.  (now  Dr.) 
AVilliam  Carruthers*  of  tlie  various  portraits  known  of  Linne,  lie 
lias  recorded  his  belief  that  the  frontispiece  to  the  '  Flora 
hipponiea'  represents  the  autlior  himself,  with  a  Lapland  drinn  on 
his  knees,  which,  it  is  suggested,  is  a  press  for  drying  plants  (Proc. 
1905-6,  p.  60).  I  am  myself  forced  to  regard  the  whole  frontis- 
piece as  representing  the  country  and  its  inliahitants,  some  of  the 
objects  as  drawn  by  Linne, others,  such  as  the  mountains,  as  imaginetl 
by  the  Dutch  artist.  The  figure  in  the  foreground  is  a  Lapp  in 
front  of  liis  tent,  with  the  magic  drum  on  his  knees,  some  small 
stones  on  the  stretched  skin,  and  a  forked  instrument  to  set  tlie 
membrane  in  vibration  and  cause  the  stones  to  move  on  to  certain 
representations  of  deities  and  objects  of  every-day  life,  by  which 
the  future  might  be  forecast.  These  drums  were  formerly  common 
amongst  the  Lapps,  but  the  Swedish  missionaries  discouraged 
their  preservation  as  savouring  of  superstition,  and  large  numbers 
were  destroyed.  The  ultimate  fate  of  Linne's  specimen  seems 
unknown  ;  he  had  it  with  him  in  Amsterdam,  when  the  full- 
length  canvas  was  painted  by  M.  Hoffman. 

Prof.  Tullberg,  on  the  authority  of  Prof.  K.  B.  Wiklund,  has 
given  in  his  'Linneportratt/  p.  92,  the  following  explanation  of 
the  designs  drawn  upon  the  drum  in  the  lloli'man  portrait,  as  also 
the  text-ligure  here    reproduced,  slightly  reduced  in  size.     The 


drum  consisted  of  an  oval  frame  of  wood  over  w  hich  was  stretched 
a  skin,  upon  which  many  figures  were  drawn  ;  it  was  used  by  the 
Lapps  to  search  out  hidden  matters,  which  was  done  by  placing 
stones  or  other  small  objects  on  tlie  drum-skin,  which  was  then 
thrown  into  vibration  by  means  of  a  fork-like  instrument,  which 

*  Troc.  Liiiu.  Soc.  IttUo-G,  p.  60. 


LIJ7NEA??"    SOCIETY    OF    LONDOX.  6 1 

was  called  the  hammer.  Naturally  the  objects  on  the  membrane 
changed  places  on  the  skin,  and  by  their  incidence  upon  the 
respective  figures,  the  future  «as  foretold.  The  figures  on  the 
drum  are  thus  identified  : — 

1.  The  sun  with  its  beams  in  four  directions,  2.  Eeindeer 
paddock  (?),  3.  Lapp  tent,  4.  Reindeer,  5-8.  Deities,  9.  The 
sacrifice,  10.  Boat,  11.  Reindeer,  12.  Road  to  peasant's  cottage, 
13-15.  Lapp  divinities  or  uorns.  16.  Road  with  4  human 
figures,  17.  Reindeer  enclosure  (?),  18.  The  kingdom  of  the 
dead,  19.  Magician  with  drum. 

The  remainder  of  the  picture  shows  other  Lapps  hunting, 
boating,  driving  in  reindeer  sleighs,  with  the  sun  in  its  course 
visible  throughout  the  entire  twenty-four  hours,  and  apparently 
about  3  A.M.  judging  from  its  ])osition,  a  Lapp  storehouse  on  poles, 
and  sundry  other  indications  of  their  wandering  life. 


lY. 

March  2,  16,  and  May  4,  1911. 

The  terms  Poltzoa  and  Bryozoa. 

(a) 

The  Rev.  T.  R.  R.  Stebbing  made  the  following  remarks : — 
Like  tlie  suit  of  Jarndyce  v.  Jarndyce,  the  conti-oversy  between 
the  terms  Polyzoa  and  Bryozoa  seems  almost  interminable.  An 
attempt  to  settle  it  ought  to  be  welcome.  For  this  purpose  it  is 
desirable  to  confront  the  arguments  on  each  side. 

Tlie  late  Mr.  Busk,  in  his  monograph  of  the  Crag  Polyzoa,  1859, 
after  mentioning  that  Milue-Edwards  had  proposed  to  distinguieh 
this  group  from  the  hydroid  polyps  by  the  name  of  '  Polypes 
tuuiciers,'  goes  on  to  say: — "Another  independent  observer,  how- 
ever, Dr.  John  Y.  Thompson,  of  Cork,  was  also  at  work  on  the  same 
vsubject,  the  results  of  wliose  researches,  apparently  commenced  in 
1S20,  were  not  published  till  December  1830,  in  the  first  part  of  his 
'  Zoological  Researches  and  Illustrations.'  He,  like  M.  Milne- 
Edwards,  recognising  the  close  atPinities  presented  in  the  structui'o 
of  the  animals  to  that  of  tlie  compound  Ascidians,  was  the  first  to 
propose  for  them  an  nppellation  wholly  independent  of  their  former 
incongruous  allies,  the  hydroid  '  Polypes.'  The  term  he  emj)l()yed 
was  '  Polyzoa,'  it  '  being  applied,'  as  he  says,  '  to  a  distinct  class  of 
Polypes  hitherto  in  great  measure  confounded  with  the  llvdroida.' 
But  it  is  to  be  remarked  that  he  used  the  word  in  the  singular 
number,  so  that  the  plural  term, '  Polyzoa,'  as  now  employed,  though 
etymologically  more  correct,  is  not  in  reality  synonymous  with  that 
of  Dr.  J.  Y.  Thompson.  This  fact,  which  appears  to  have  been 
strangely  overlooked  till  1852,  may  fairly  enough  be  used  as  an 
argument  in  their  favour  by  those  who  are  inclined  to  prefer  the 
Ehrenbergian  term  'Bryozoa.'  But  as  this  preference,  which  is  still 
extensively  prevalent,  more  especially  on  the  Continent,  is  based 
simply  on  thesupposed  priorily  of  Profesfor  Ehreuberg's  appellation, 


62  PEOCEEDINGS   OF    THE 

a  cliiim  which  has  been  shown  to  be  wholly  untenable,  it  is  scarcely 
likelv  that  liritish  iiiituralists  will  refuse  the  honour  justly  clue  to 
Dr.  .1.  V.  Thoni])son,  for  what  can  scarcely  perhaps  be  regarded  as  a 
sudu'ient  reason." 

In  a  footnote  Busk  refers  to  his  own  article  "  On  the  Priority  of 
the  Term  '  Polyzoa '  for  the  Ascidian  Polypes  "  (Ann.  Nat.  Hist. 
2iid  series,  vol.  x.  p.  352,  1852).  He  there  convincingly  shows  that 
Deci'inber  1830  (date  of  Polyzoa)  is  earlier  than  March  1831  (first 
nieTitionof  Bryozoa).  But  he  is  apparently  unaware  how  the  import- 
ance of  this  undeniable  fact  is  undermined  by  other  considerations. 

J.  Vaughan  Thompson  was  a  man  of  renown  who  dimmed  the 
lustre  of  his  researches  by  his  confused  manner  of  expounding  them. 
The  fifth  memoir  of  his  '  Zoological  Eesearches,'  which  is  here  in 
question,  is  entitled  "  On  Polyzoa,  a  new  animal  discovered  as  an 
inhabitant  of  some  Zoophites,  with  a  description  of  the  newly 
instituted  Genera  of  PediceUaria  and  Vesicularia." 

At  p.  94,  Thompson  says  : — "  This  new  animal,  the  Polyzoa,  was 
subsequently  found  in  Sertidaria  Cuscuta,  Sjnnosa,  and  Pustidosa." 

At  p.  90,  he  says : — "  The  discovery  of  the  Polyzoa  was  made  in 
the  summer  of  1820;  during  the  subsequent  and  following  seasons, 
an  exactly  similar  structure  was  noticed  in  the  other  species  above 
enumerated,  and  in  a  new  type  which  perhaps  merits  to  be  distin- 
guished as  a  separate  genus,  under  the  title  of  PediceUaria." 

It  thus  appears  that  Polyzoa  and  Bryozoa  are  not  really  com- 
parable, the  latter  being  of  ordinal  and  the  former  of  generic  value. 
Now,  according  to  Scudder's  'Nomenclator  Zoologicns,'  Polyzoa  was 
instituted  by  Lesson  as  amolluscan  genus  inl830,while,accordingto 
Cuvier's  '  Kegne  Animal,'  vol.  iii.  p.  385  (1830),  Lesson's  '  J\Lanuel 
de  rilist.  des  Mollusques  '  was  in  fact  published  in  1829,  so  that 
Thompson's  Polyzoa,  published  in  December  1830,  was  void  by 
preoccupation. 

Note  on  J.  V.  Thompson's  use  of  the  term  "  Polyzoa." 
By  Prof.  W.  A.  Hebdman,  F.R.S.,  F.L.S. 

I  HAVE  read  with  much  interest  the  report  of  the  remarks  made 
by  the  Kev,  T.  R.  R.  Stebbing,  at  the  last  meeting  of  the  Society, 
in  regard  to  the  use  of  the  term  "  Polyzoa  "  in  the  title  of  one  of 
the  papers  then  communicated  to  the  meeting.  There  are  several 
distinct  points  that  can  be  raised  in  the  controversy  as  to  the  use 
of  the  terms  "Bryozoa"  and  "Polyzoa."  The  only  one  that  I 
desire  to  remark  upon  now  is  Mr.  Srebbing's  contention  that 
Dr.  J.  Vaughan  Thompson,  in  his  publication  of  December,  1830, 
intended  to  use  the  term  "Polyzoa"  as  a  generic  title,  and  that 
as  such  the  name  was  pre-occupied  by  Lesson's  institution  of  a 
Molluscan  genus  in  1829.  I  am  sorry  that  an  examination  of 
,T.  V.  Thompson's  5th  Memoir,  in  the  4th  part  of  his  'Zoological 
Researches  and  Illustrations,'  leaves  me  unable  to  agree  with 
Mr.  Stebbing  that  Tliompson  used  "Polyzoa"  as  a  generic  name. 
Several  passages  in  the  memoir  seem  to  me  to  show  clearly  that 


LINNEAN    SOCIETY    OF    LOXDON^.  63 

the  author  was  arguing  that  sets  of  species  included  under  several 
different  genera,  and  even  distinct  families,  had  the  structure 
which  he  was  describing  under  the  term"  Polyzoa"  and,  therefore, 
ought  to  be  removed  from  the  groups  with  which  they  had 
previously  been  associated.  For  example,  after  saying  that  some 
of  the  Sertularian  Zoophytes  would  require  to  be  so  removed, 
"  as  well  as  such  other  genera  [italics  mine]  as  may  hereafter  be 
found  similarly  circumstanced,"  he  goes  on  (Mem.  5,  p.  92)  to 
say : — "  1  shall  merely  indicate  here  in  a  general  way  the  whole  of 
the  Flustraceae,  in  many  of  which  I  have  clearly  ascertained  tlie 
.animals  to  be  Polyzose."  Surely  this  indicates  that  he  recognised 
that  whole  families  and  genera  \\ould  find  their  proper  places  in  his 
new  group  ? 

Then  again,  on  page  97,  he  refers  some  of  the  species  of 
*' Sertularia "  (which,  by  the  way,  from  another  passage  he 
evidently  regards  as  a  "Family"),  in  which  he  has  found  the 
animals  to  be  Polyzoa,  "  to  one  genus  "  ;  but  that  does  not  mean  one 
genus  "  Polyzoa,"  for,  a  few  lines  below,  he  proposes  the  name 
"  Yesieularia "  for  this  genus,  showing  clearly  that  he  did  not 
regard  his  term  "Polyzoa"  as  a  generic  title,  and  that  Vesicularia 
was  only  one  set  of  species  in  the  larger  assemblage  Polyzoa 
which  he  was  creating.  Thompson  was  in  the  habit  of  printing  a 
generic  name  at  the  foot  of  each  of  his  plates — such  as  Nebalia, 
Noctihica,  etc.,  in  previous  Parts  of  his  'Zoological  Eesearches,' 
—and  below  the  plates  of  this  "Polyzoa"  memoir  we  find  the 
name  "  Vesicularia,"  as  one  would  expect  from  the  text.  It  is 
clear  then,  on  all  these  grounds,  that  he  did  not  regard  "  Polyzoa" 
as  a  genus. 

Finally,  in  the  last  paragraph  of  this  paper  (p.  100)  he  says  : — 
"Time  and  more  accurate  observations  will  no  doubt  add  many 
more  species  to  the  above  genera,  etc."  That  is,  genera  of  which 
he  had  demonstrated  the  Polyzoon  structure  or  nature.  It  is 
therefore  obvious  that  he  could  not  and  did  not  regard  the  whole 
assemblage  of  such  genera  as  one  genus  to  which  he  was  applying 
the  term  "  Polyzoa,"  as  Mr.  Stebbing  would  apparently  have  us 
believe. 

In  short,  I  consider  that  John  Vaughan  Thompson  knew  what 
he  was  about,  and  that  although  in  places  his  language  is  a  little 
quaint  his  meaning  is  clear :  that  he  was  the  first  to  recognise  the 
essential  points  in  Polyzoon  structure,  as  seen,  for  example,  in 
the  genus  Vesicularia,  or  in  the  larger  group  "  Flustracea,"  and 
that  he  described  and  figured  these  adequately  in  December,  18,'30, 
in  a  memoir  entitled  "  On  Polyzoa,"  etc.  The  very  title  of  his 
memoir  shows  that  he  did  not  [)ut  Polyzoa  forward  as  the  name 
of  a  genus,  since  it  cites  PedircUaria  and  Vesicidaria  as  the  two 
new  genera  he  is  placing  in  the  larger  group  Polyzoa.  Is  that 
clear  recognition  and  demonstration  of  a  group  of  allied  genera 
collectively  named  "  Polyzoa  "  invalidated  by  the  fact  that  Lesson 
a  few  months  before  applied  the  term  Polyzoa  to  a  genus  of 
Tunicata  ? 

March  lltli,  1911.  W.  A.  IIeUDMAN. 


64  PnOCKEDINGS   OF   TUB 

On  Jonx  VxconAN  TnoMrsox  and  liis  Polyioa,  and  on  Vaun- 
thonipsonia,  a  genus  of  Sympoda.  By  the  Rev.  T.  li.  li. 
iSiJiuuiNG,  M.A.,  IMl.S.,  F.L.S. 

John  Vaughan  TuowrsoN  was  born  in  1779  and  died  in  1847. 
The  Ijiniean  Society  with  prophetic  instinct  elected  him  a  Fellow 
on  Fehniary  Cth,  1810.  It  would  be  an  honourable  thinj^  to 
romniemorate  that  centenary  by  a  re-issue  of  his  writing*,  which 
are  small  in  compass,  dilliiMilt  to  obtain,  but  of  great  historic 
interest  and  value.  In  1830  he  made  a  pathetic  appeal  to  the 
scientific  world  to  furnish  liim  with  a  hundred  and  iifty  .subscribers, 
as  (lis  private  income  would  no  longer  bear  the  sacrifice  till  then 
entailed  by  the  publication  of  his  reseiirches.  lie  had  good  reason 
to  be  proud  of  his  "  discoveries,"  though  he  may  not  have  been 
the  first  to  make  them.  That  is  the  lot  of  all  discoverers,  as 
CoUimbus,  for  example,  in  finding  the  New  World  found  it  already 
peopled  by  men  who  had  known  it  before  he  was  born.  None  the 
less,  Vaughan  Thompson  was  a  foremost  leader  in  proving  that 
cirripedes  (  Thyrostraca)  are  crustaceans  and  that  crustaceans  as  a 
rule  pass  through  metamorphic  stages,  lie  was  also  undeniably 
in  the  vanguard  of  those  who  proved  that  the  term  Zoophytes  had 
been  used  to  cover  a  mixture  of  animals  superficially  alike  but 
essentially  different  in  structure. 

In  regard  to  this  latter  part  of  his  investigations,  a  curious 
terminological  dispute  or  difference  of  usage  has  arisen.  While 
practically  all  Contiiiental  and  American  writers  speak  of  a  class 
Bryozoa,  a  very  distinguished  section  of  British  experts  apply 
the  name  Polyzoa  to  a  class  identically  the  same.  Possibly  the 
arguments  in  favour  of  either  term  may  be  so  evenly  balanced  that 
after  discussion  we  shall  leave  off  where  we  began,  each  side 
thinking  that  it  has  had  the  better  in  the  controversy  and  applying 
to  those  of  the  opposite  opinion  the  French  proverb  "  Chacuii  a 
son  gont,"or,as  sometimes  amplified,  "Chaeun  a  son  vilain  gout."' 

On  the  one  hand,  then,  it  may  be  urged  that  no  confusion  can 
arise  from  the  retention  uf  both  the  terms.  They  have  become 
perfectly  familiar  as  equivalents.  Some  writers  even  head  their 
treatises  "  Bryozoa  or  Polyzoa,"  as  though  it  were  a  matter  of 
complete  indifference,  and  perhaps  wishing  to  insinuate  to  the 
disputants  "  a  plague  on  both  your  houses."  Further,  it  is  clear 
that  the  names  of  classes  and  orders  have  never  been  subject  to 
80  strict  a  discipline  as  the  names  of  genera  and  species,  probably 
because,  while  the  limits  of  the  higher  divisions  remained 
essentially  unstable,  fixity  in  their  designation  has  been  felt  to  be 
inconvenient  or  unreasonable.  In  fact,  as  Lord  WaUingham  has 
urged  in  the  introduction  to  his  Merton  Code,  the  moral  law,  the 
law  of  giving  every  man  his  due,  is  the  strongest  foundation  on 
which  any  precise  methods  can  be  based. 

Again,   it   may   be   argued   that   any  defect   in   the   form   of 


LIXNEAN    SOCIETY    OF    LONDON.  65 

Thompson's  term  Polyzoa  is  venial,  considering  the  date  of  its 
publication.  Thus  in  1814  Leach  named  an  order  Podosoma, 
which  in  1816  he  silently  corrected  into  a  proper  plural  Podoso- 
mata.  In  1843  the  French  author  Rene  Primevcre  Lesson 
recalls  the  family  Plethosoma  which  he  had  established  in  1828,  in 
order  at  the  later  date  to  make  of  it  a  tribe,  with  the  name 
unaltered,  and  including  in  it  a  genus  also  named  PUthosoma. 

It  will  be  no  breach  of  confidence,  I  think,  to  quote  the 
unpublished  words  of  a  leading  authority  on  this  subject,  who 
writes  to  me  as  follows  :  "  I  base  my  action  on  two  considerations  : 
(1)  That  Thompson  was  the  first  to  recognize  the  Polyzoa  as  a 
distinct  type  of  structure  in  the  Animal  Kingdom  ;  aud,  moreover, 
introduced  a  name  that  can  quite  fairly  be  used  as  that  of  the 
Class  or  Phylum.  (2)  That  a  large  proportion  of  the  w^ork  that 
has  been  done  on  the  group  has  been  done  by  men  who  have 
consistently  spoken  of  these  animals  as  the  Polyzoa.  I  need  only 
mention  Busk,  Allmau,  Hincks,  Norman,  aud  perhaps  Hyatt  in 
America." 

As  a  matter  of  fact,  it  was  appnrently  Dr.  Gray  m  1840  who 
first  gave  currency  to  Polvzoa  (in  the  plural)  as  the  rrame  of  an 
extensive  animal  group,  while  Busk  by  his  arguments  in  1852  and 
1859  procured  for  it  vogue  among  his  English  followers.  It  may 
just  possibly  be  contended  that  Thompson  himself  used  Polyzoa  in 
the  plural  number,  since  on  page  02  of  his  Memoirs  he  says  :  "  The 
Polyzoa  will  probably  be  found  in  many  dissimilar  Genera  of  the 
Zoophites,  and  even"mixed  up  with  Hydra  in  some,  as  they  appear 
to  be  in  the  8ertularia  of  authors."  It  should  suffice  to  say  that 
the  very  paragraph  in  which  this  ambiguous  "  they  "  occurs  ends 
with  the  genuine  plural  Polyzoae.  But  yet  again  on  page  96  we 
read  "  the  Polyzoa  however  are  essentially  difl:erent.-"'  That  this 
is  merely  a  slip  of  the  pen  or  a  printer's  error  seems  absolutely 
certain,  since  we  have  Polyzose  on  page  97  and  on  page  99,  and  the 
Introductory  Address,  incorporated  in  Vol.  I.  of  the  Eesearches, 
promises  a  future  article  on  "  Animals  of  some  Cellariae,  Tubuli- 
poroi  and  Plustracise,  proved  to  be  Polyzose." 

That  Thompson's  use  of  the  word  Polyzoa  antedates  Ehren- 
berg's  introduction  of  the  name  Bryozoa  cannot  be  denied. 

Whether  these  various  considerations,  or  any  others  which  I 
have  failed  to  discover,  justify  our  eminent  English  authorities  in 
their  usage  of  the  term  Polyzoa,  is  a  question  now  to  be  presented 
from  an  opposite  point  of  view. 

Strangely  enough  the  first  witness  to  be  called  is  Busk,  the  very 
fons  et  ori>/o  mali,  as  evidence  himself  against  himself.  Speaking 
of  Vaughan  Thompson,  he  says,  "  It  is  to  be  remarked  that  he 
used  the  word  in  the  singular  number,  so  that  the  plural  term 
'  Polyzoa,'  as  now  employed,  though  etymologically  more  correct 
is  not  in  reality  synonymous  with  that  of  Dr.  J.  V.  Thompson." 
And  he  adds  that'  this  fact  "  may  fairly  enough  be  used  as  an 
argument  in  their  favour  by  those  who  are  inclined  to  prefer  the 

LINN.  SOC.  PKOCEEDIJfGS, — SESSION  1910-1911.  / 


66  rKOCEEBIXGS   OF   THE 

Elireiihergian  term  Bryozoa."  Wliat  ainazinp;  candour  on  the 
part  of  an  advocate  for  the  use  of  one  term,  when  he  dedares  that 
fair  arj^iiment  is  in  favour  of  our  usitip;  the  other.  Here,  too,  it 
should  be  remembered  tliat  Busk's  action  had  to  be  judged  by 
itself  at  the  time  when  it  was  taken.  It  could  not  rely  on  a  long 
list  oi  famous  experts  in  IBoii.  Allman  and  Hincks,  Norman  and 
IlarnuT,  llerdinan  and  Gardiner,  JS'icholls  and  Thornely,  Kirk- 
l)atrick  and  Annandale,  had  not  yet  either  written  on  tlie  subject 
or  expressed  any  opinion  on  its  proper  title. 

Observe,  further,  that  Busk's  article  in  the  '  Annals  '  of  1852 
is  "  On  the  Priority  of  the  Term  '  Polyzoa '  for  the  Ascidian 
Polypes."  As  a  very  imperfectly  informed  amateur  on  this  branch 
of  zoologv,  I  venture  to  ask  the  learned  disciples  of  Busk  whether 
the  animals  which  they  call  Polyzoa  are  Ascidians.  They  will  in 
their  answer  no  doubt  give  aw-ay  their  tutelary  genius.  But  Busk 
himself  would  probably  have  paused  in  upholding  what  he 
supposed  to  be  Thompson's  claim,  had  he  been  conscious  of  the 
fact  that,  prior  to  the  publication  of  Thompson's  memoir,  11.  P. 
Lesson,  in  the  'Voyage  de  la  Coquille '  (vol.  ii.  p.  437),  had 
already  used  Pohizoa  in  the  singular  number  for  a  genus  of 
compound  ascidians.  He  would  probably  have  thought  it  quite 
inexpedient  to  have  a  word,  undistinguishable  in  sound  and 
spelling  from  that  generic  name,  as  appellation  of  a  much  higher 
group. 

Here  it  is  right  to  confess  that  Lesson's  '  Manuel  de  I'histoire 
des  JNIollusques,'  to  which  I  referred  in  the  Linuean  circular  for 
2nd  March,  1911,  has  not  proved  to  be  procurable  either  in 
Prance  or  England.  But  the  same  Lesson  in  his  '  Histoire 
iiaturelle  des  Zoophytes,'  p.  6G,  1843,  declares  that  his  con- 
tribution to  the  zoology  of  '  La  Coquille  '  was  "tire  a  part  et  mis 
en  commerce "  in  1829.  The  priority,  therefore,  of  Lesson's 
Polyzoa  over  Thompson's  caii  scarcely  be  disputed.  "Whether  in 
Zoology  it  is  desirable,  allowable,  or  in  accordance  with  any  good 
])recedent,  that  a  name  previously  adopted  for  a  genus  should  be 
iudependently  repeated  as  the  name  of  a  class  or  phylum,  it  would 
he  presumptuous  in  me  to  decide.  Branchiopoda,  I  admit,  has 
been  sometimes  retained  for  an  Entomostracan  order,  very  likely 
from  ignorance  of  its  earlier  employment  as  a  generic  name  by 
Lamarck  in  1801. 

But  surely  no  rare  exception,  if  any  valid  one  can  be  found, 
ou' ht  to  be  followed  in  the  present  instance,  for  w  hy  should  a 
claim  be  asserted  for  Thompson  w  hich  he  never  made  for  liimself  ? 
Some  stress  has  been  laid  on  the  words  which  he  uses  in  regard  to 
his  Polyzoa  (p.  92),  that  "  this  discovery  must  be  the  cause  of 
extensive  alterations  and  dismemberments  in  the  Class  with  which 
they  have  hithei'to  been  associated."  But  in  the  very  same 
paragraph  he  inunediately  proceeds,  not  to  establish  a  new  Class, 
but  simply  to  transfer  all  such  species  and  genera  as  contain  liis 
"  new  animal  "  from  the  class  Zoophytes  to  the  class  Mollusca 
acepliala,  adding,  "  I  sliall  merely  indicate  here  in  a  general  way 


HITNEAN    SOCIETY    OF    LO>"DOX.  67 

the  whole  of  the  Flustracese,  in  many  of  which  I  have  clearly 
ascertained  the  animals  to  be  Polyzote." 

Now,  in  regard  to  that  last  remark,  without  casting  the 
slightest  imputation  on  Thompson's  originality,  one  must  again 
appeal  to  Busk,  who,  publishing  in  1859,  says  :  "  Thirty-one  years 
ago,  Dr.  Grant,  in  some  '  Observations  on  the  Structure  and 
Nature  of  Flustrse,'  drew,  for  the  first  time,  a  distinction  between 
the  animals  inhabiting  those  growths,  and  the  Sertularian,  or 
Hydroid  Polypes,  with  which  they  had  previously  been  associated." 
These  Observations  by  Dr.  K.  S.  Grant  appear  in  the  Third 
volume  of  the  Edinburgh  New  Philosophical  Journal  (pp.  107, 
337),  which  is  dated  1827,  so  that  he  has  two  years  precedence  of 
Thompson  and  three  of  Ehreuberg.  A  nice  flusteration  there  will 
be  if  we  start  a  new  school  of  writers  calling  the  class  Flustrie  ! 
And  yet  in  the  language  of  Busk,  "  It  is  scarcely  likely  that  British 
naturalists  will  refuse  the  honour  justly  due  to  Dr.  R.  S.  Grant, 
for  what  can  scai'cely  perhaps  be  regarded  as  a  sufficient  reason." 

Seriously  speaking,  in  the  face  of  Busk's  admission  that  it  was 
Grant  who,  for  the  first  time,  drew  the  distinction,  it  can  scarcely 
be  maintained  that  Thompson  was  the  first  to  recognize  the 
Polyzoa  as  a  distinct  type  of  structure  in  the  Animal  Kingdom. 
This  is  no  denial  of  his  statement  that  "  the  discovery  of  Polyzoa 
was  made  in  the  summer  of  1820."  My  own  belief  is  that,  had 
he  published  in  1820,  he  would  have  made  a  new  genus  Polyzoa 
for  the  Sertularia  imbricata  of  Adams.  But,  as  we  all  know, 
recognition  of  our  discoveries  has  to  date,  not  from  the  time  when 
they  were  made,  but  from  the  time  when  they  were  published. 
For  aught  we  know,  Grant  also  may  have  carried  out  Lis 
observations  ten  years  before  he  made  them  public. 

As  an  observer  of  nature  Thompson  was  in  the  highest  degree 
keen  and  admirable ;  in  nomenclature  he  was  almost  equally 
erratic  and  unmethodical.  Witness  his  vacillating  use  of  Shizo- 
poda  and  Shizopodse  f or  the  Schizopoda  of  Latreille,  his  unmeaning 
name  Nocticula  for  a  luminous  shrimp,  his  unjustified  change  of 
that  shrimp's  specific  name  irom  fuh/tns  to  banksii,  his  adoption  of 
Cynthia  and  Peilicellaria  for  new  genera,  though  he  was  avowedly 
aware  that  each  had  been  previously  used  in  a  diiferent  sense. 

That  Polyzoa  either  in  the  singular  or  plural  is  not  a  term  worth 
contending  for  in  respect  of  its  appropriateness,  should  be  felt 
at  least  by  members  of  that  famous  University  which  claims  the 
fine  scholarship  of  Milton  and  Gray,  of  Porson  and  Munro,  for  the 
Greek  word  ttoXv^iuos  happens  to  mean  long-lived,  not  many- 
animaled,  and  even  if  it  had  the  latter  meaning  it  would  be 
undistinctive,  being  equally  applicable  to  many  species  in  quite 
diti'erent  groups.  But  some  witchcraft  must  have  put  a  spell  upon 
Thompson  in  respect  of  names.  When  he  has  to  mention  the 
Cancer  scorpioides  of  Montagu,  he  calls  it  scorplonurus.  After  his 
death  he  leaves  behind  him  a  manuscript  genus  Scorpionura,  once 
more  a  preoccupied  name.  In  place  of  this  Spence  Bate  fouudeil 
on  the   words  Vaughau  Thompson  a   new  concoction.     But  the 


68  rnocEEDiNGS  or  the 

spell  still  works.  Again  there  is  vacillation.  Again  there  is 
controversy.  To  my  mind  it  is  clear  that  in  1858  Bate  called  his 
genus  yaun/7ionj;^souia,  that  in  1859  he  changed  it  to  A'aun/7io»i- 
sonia,  and  finally  in  18G0  decided  for  Vaun<o?H/>sonia.  But 
another  orado  maintains  that  the  tomp  was  earlier  than  the  thomjj. 
We  must  wait  and  see. 

Xow  all  this  slight  skirmishing  may  easily  and  perhaps 
jiistifiahly  he  dismissed  with  the  remark,  that  the  argument  against 
Polyzoa  is  advanced  by  one  who  has  little  or  no  intimate 
acquaintance  with  the  subject  matter  in  which  he  is  interfering. 
But  there  is  at  least  one  writer,  a  Fellow  of  this  Society,  against 
whom  such  a  reproach  cannot  possibly  be  urged.  It  may  well  be 
that  some  of  us  are  ill  acquainted  with  the  arguments  on  this 
topic  powerfully  stated  by  the  veteran  Bryo-zoologist,  A.  W. 
Waters,  so  far  back  as  1880.  But  all  those  in  the  least  interested 
in  the  matter  are  hound  to  have  taken  into  account  his  paper  of 
December  IGth,  1909,  published  in  our  Journal  so  recently  as  the 
22nd  of  June,  1910.  Nevertheless,  to  refresh  our  memories,  I 
shall  do  myself  the  pleasure  of  quoting  his  two  concluding 
paragraphs.  He  writes : — "  As  a  young  man  when  I  presented 
papers,  those  in  authority  said,  you  should  not  use  Bryozoa  when 
Busk  and  others  use  Polyzoa.  I  pointed  out  my  reasons  and 
induced  them  to  examine  Thompson's  paper,  and  they  all,  without 
exception,  said  they  considered  1  was  quite  right  atid  that  there 
could  not  be  any  question  of  Thompson  using  Polvzoa  as  a  class 
name.  Such  able  literary  and  scientific  critics  as  Mr.  Dallas  and 
Dr.  Francis  became  quite  convinced,  and  Mr.  Dallas  in  a  review  of 
llincks's  book  put  the  question  more  clearly  than  it  has  been  put 
by  anyone  else.  A  number  of  members  of  the  staff  of  the  British 
Museum  working  ui)on  invertebrates  met  together  to  examine 
Thompson's  paper,  and  unanimously  came  to  the  conclusion  that 
Polyzoa  was  not  given  as  a  class  designation. 

"Bryozoa  was  for  a  long  time  used  in  England,  and  then  Busk 
introduced  Polyzoa  as  being  Thompson's  name.  I  was  not 
surprised  that  Busk,  AUman,  and  llincks,  who  had  worked 
together,  did  not  change,  but  I  felt  confident  that  the  change  would 
soon  be  made  by  a  younger  generation.  In  this  I  seem  to  have 
been  mistaken ;  and  so  long  as  any  of  our  leaders  use  Polyzoa  we 
must  recognise  that  there  are  two  sides  to  the  question,  though  1 
find  it  very  difficult  to  understand  how  this  can  be  iF  we  try  to 
divest  ourselves  of  the  knowledge  gained  since  Thompson's  time 
and  put  ourselves  in  his  position."  (Journ.  Linn.  Soc,  Zool. 
vol.  xxxi.  p.  247.) 

You  will  not  fail  to  notice  the  modesty  of  that  conclusion. 
It  warns  me  not  to  alienate  goodwill  by  being  too  self-assertive, 
and  to  bring  my  treatment  of  the  matter  to  an  end,  before  you 
become  too  sorry  that  it  ever  had  a  beginning. 


ITNNEAX    SOCIETY    OF    LOXDOX.  69 


On  Vaunthompsonia,  Bate. 

For  the  difficulties  which  beset  our  use  of  this  generic  uame, 
Vaughan  Thompson,  iu  whose  honour  it  was  invented,  is  only 
indirectly  responsible.     The  genus   belongs  to  the  Sympoda,  for 
long  but  very  unsuitably  known  as  Cumacea,  in  dealing  with  which 
among  many  eminent  names   there   are,  I   think,    pre-eminent, 
Kroyer  in  Denmark,  Sars  in  A^orway,  and  our  own  Dr.  Caiman  in 
England.     Now  in  this  remarkable  group  Thompson,  as  already 
intimated,  promised  but  never  gave  "  Detail  of  the  curious  struc- 
ture of  several  species  of  the  newly  instituted  Genus  Condylura 
(Cancer  Scorpionurus  of  Montagu)."'     No  doubt  he  intended  to 
refer    to   '■'■Cancer    Scorpioides"   of    Montagu,    but    among   his 
collections  there  were  subsequently  found  specimens  labelled  as 
three  species  of  a  new  genus   Scorpionura.     Here  he  had  once 
again  the  misfortune  to  choose  a  nauie  preoccupied  before  his  own 
use  of  it  was  published.     Thus  it  came  about  that  Spenee  Bate 
instituted  the  genus  Vaunthompsonia  for  one  of  Thompson's  three 
species.     For  the  record  of  this  genus  we  are  indebted. first  of  all 
to  Professor  Kiuahan,  through  the    '  Natural    History    Eeview,' 
vol.  V.  pp.  202-205,  1858.     The  professor  there  says,  "  I  have 
extracted  Mr.  Bate's  communication  and  figures  in  extenso  from 
the  '  Journal  of  the  Eoyal  Dublin  Society,'  before  whose  evening 
meeting  of  the  28th  May  it  was  read."     The  definition  of  Vaun- 
thompsonia    (Spenee    Bate)    is    included    in   the  communication. 
Next  year,  in  the  '  Annals  of  Natural  History,'  ser.  3,  vol.  iii. 
pp.  273-274,  no.   IG  for  xlpril  1859,  Spenee  Bate  speaks  of  the 
genus  Yaun^Ao/nsonia,  recently  described  by  me  in  the  '  Natural 
History  lieview.'     Then  finally,  in   the    '  Journal  of  the  lioyal 
Dublin  Society,'  vol.  ii.  1858-1859  (Dublin:  Hodges,  Smith,  & 
Co.,  1860),  pp.  101-104,  he  defines  Vaun/o?3ijjsonia,  n.  g.     In  1005, 
however,  Dr.  Caiman  argues  that  this  last  form  has  priority.     Of 
\ixv\nthomp)somii  he  says  that  "  it  is  used  iu  Spenee  Bate's  paper 
in  the  Nat.  Hist.  Eeview,  which  appears  to  be  a  i-eprint  of,  and 
was  probably  later  than,  that  in  the  J.  Eoyal  Dublin  Soc,  in  which 
the  aspirate  is  omitted.     In  any  case  the  omission  was  clearly 
intended  by  the  author,  who  states  that  in  building  up  the  word 
the  Christian  name  and  the  surname  of  Mr.  Vaughan  Thompson 
have  been  "  both  spelled  according  to  sound."      But  the  '  Natural 
History  Eeview  '  of  1858,  in  which  Bate's  paper  appeared  through 
the  intervention  of  Kinahau,  recoi'ded  the  Proceedings  of  various 
Irish  Societies,  much  as  'Nature'  and  'The  Athenaeum'  nowadays 
record  the  Proceedings  of  many  Societies,  as  a  rule  far  in  advance 
of  the  Journals  of  the  Societies  themselves.     There  is  no  reason 
for  thinking   that   the    'Journal'  of  the  Eoyal  Dublin  Society, 
published  under  the  date  of  18G0,  was  earlier  than  the  'Natural 
History  Eeview  '  of  1858.      But  there  is  a  reason  for  thinking 
that  it  was   later,  since,  as  already   mentioned,  Sponce  Bate  iu 
April  1859  speaks  of  the  genus  Yaun^/ioj^sonia,  recently  described 


70  PnOCEEDINGS   OF   THE 

by  me  in  tlie'Xalural  History  Eeview.'  Wliy  should  he  refer 
to  that  Review,  iP  the  genus  had  been  published  still  earlier  in  the 
Royul  Dublin  Society's  Journal,  and  why  should  he  retain  the 
aspirate,  if  he  had  already  entertained  the  happy  idea  of  rejecting 
it  ?  It  is  evident  that,  contrary  to  modern  notions,  he  thought 
that  he  had  a  right  to  do  what  he  liked  with  his  own.  So  he  first 
wrote  Vaun</iO»ipsonia,  as  recited  by  Kinahan  in  1858.  Then  in 
1S59  he  improved  tliis  into  Vauni/iomsonia,  and  finally  in  18G0  he 
dropped  the  aspirate  but  resumed  the  p  in  the  form  Ysiwntomp- 
sonia.  Modern  rules  require  that  we  should  revert  to  the  first 
published  Vaunthompsonia. 

Against  retaining  Cumacea,  proposed  by  Kriiyer  in  18-46,  I 
venture  to  indulge  the  vanity  of  quoting  from  my  friends 
Dr.  Norman  and  Dr.  Brady,  who  in  tlieir  '  Crustacea  of  North- 
umberland and  Durham,'  p.  25,  say,  "The  name  Cuma  of 
Humphreys,  1795,  being  in  use  for  a  genus  of  MoUusca,  the  Eev. 
T.  K.  E-.  Stebbing  has  discarded  it  among  Crustacea,  substituting 
for  it  BoJotria  Groodsir,  and  for  the  order  Cumacea  the  more 
apprnpriate  name  Sympoda." 

JVot  only  was  Cuma,  as  used  by  Milne-Edwards,  a  preoccupied 
name,  but  apparently  it  had  the  further  disadvantage  of  embalming 
an  error  to  which  that  great  naturalist  obstinately  adhered  in 
regard  to  the  Sympoda.  He  thought  that  his  specimens  were 
embryonic,  and  in  naming  a  genus  for  them  he  chose  a  Greek 
word  meaning  among  other  things  "  an  embryo."  But,  apart  from 
the  misfortunes  of  its  origin,  this  genus  had  no  right  of  priority 
in  determining  the  name  of  the  order,  since  Diastylis  had  been 
well  defined  by  the  American  Say  ten  years  earlier.  In  Sympoda 
we  have  a  form  corresponding  with  Decapoda,  Schizopoda,  Stomato- 
poda,  Isopoda,  and  Amphipoda,  all  of  them  important  divisions  of 
the  Malacostraca. 

(d) 

Mr.  S.  F.  IIaemek  did  not  agree  with  Mr.  Stebbing's  con- 
clusions. He  pointed  out  that  the  Laws  of  Priority  which  govern 
generic  and  specific  names  do  not  ai)ply  with  equal  force  to 
group-narries.  He  regarded  the  criticism  that  Thompson  usually 
(though  not  always)  employs  "  Polyzoa  "  as  a  singular  word  as 
comparatively  unimportant  when  taken  iu  conjunction  with  the 
broad  conclusion  which  Thompson  saw  so  clearly,  that  the 
observations  he  had  made  would  "  render  extensive  alterations 
and  dismemberments  "  in  classification  necessary.  The  title  of 
Thompson's  memoir  shows  indeed  that  "  Polyzoa"  is  not  a  generic 
term,  but  is  of  higher  value  :  in  other  words,  that  it  is  a  group- 
name.  The  priority  of  "  Polyzoa  "  over  ''  Bryozoa  "  is  admitted, 
and  there  is  evidence  that  it  was  used  by  Thompson  even  earlier 
than  December,  1830,  the  date  on  the  wrapper  of  No.  IV.  of  the 
'  Zoological  Researches,'  which  consists  of  "  Memoir  v.  On 
Polyzoa."     The  wrapper  of  No.  III.,  which  is  headed  January, 


LINNEAN    SOCIETY    OF    LONDOIf.  71 

1830,  bears  tlie  announcement  (dated  by  Thompson  December, 
iy20)  that  tlie  Fourth  ]Vumber  will  contain  "  a  Memoir  on  PoJi/zoa, 
a  new  animal  discovered  as  an  inhabitant  of  some  Zoupliites." 
The  speaker  considered  that  Thompson's  clear  realisation  of  the 
effect  his  discovery  must  have  in  altering  current  views  with 
regard  to  the  classification  of  Zoophytes  constitutes  ample 
justiiicatiou  for  preferring  "  Polyzoa  "  to  "  Bryozoa." 


(0 

Me.  a.  W.  Waters  said  that  his  reasons  for  using  the  term 
Bryozoa  were  given  many  years  ago,  and  he  had  recently  restated 
his  hrm  adherence  to  the  view  arrived  at.  But  it  will  be  well  to 
first  clear  up  a  mistaii.e  which  has  misled  many,  for  most  naturalists 
have  looked  to  Busk's  '  Crag  Polyzoa '  to  see  why  he  changed 
from  Bryozoa  to  Polyzoa ;  and  speaking  of  Thompson,  Busk 
writes  :  "  The  term  he  employed  was  Polyzoa,  '  it  being  applied,'  as 
he  says,  '  to  a  distinct  class  of  Polypes  hitherto  in  great  measure 
confounded  with  the  Hydroida '  "  :  although  this  is  given  as  a 
quotation,  in  inverted  commas,  Thompson  never  said  anything  of 
the  kind,  and  a  critical  examination  shows  how  impossible  it 
would  have  been  for  him  to  have  wi-itteu  it. 

The  speaker  said  his  point  had  always  been  that  Thompson  gave 
no  indication  that  he  was  establishing  a  class.  The  paper  is  on 
"  Polyzoa,  a  new  animal  discovered  as  an  inhahitant  of  some 
Zoophiles,'^  and  then  he  speaks  of  the  animal  as  Polyzoa,  and  this 
idea  of  the  animal  being  a  Polyzoa,  but  the  animals  Polyzoje,  is 
repeated  several  times  in  the  paper.  Thompson  considered  that 
a  certain  section  of  the  zoophytes  must  ultimately  be  separated, 
as  the  polypides  were  not  hydra,  and  we  must  remember  that  at 
that  time  the  polypes  of  Hydrozoa  were  still  ppoken  of  as  flores, 
and  there  were  perhaps  naturalists  still  living  who  had  believed 
that  the  poly])ides  of  Flicstra  could  leave  the  zocecium  whenever 
they  wished,  just  as  a  bee  can  leave  its  cell. 

A  year  before  Thompson's  paper,  Cuvier  had  separated  the 
Bryozoa  as  "  Polypes  a  cellules "  as  a  distinct  family  from 
"  Polypes  vagiuiformes,"  namely  the  Hydrozoa,  but  said  the 
animals  in  both  cases  resemble  Hydrse. 

It  has  been  urged  that  Thompson  having  seen  the  great 
difference  between  the  Bryozoa  and  other  zoophytes,  we  ought  to 
honour  him  by  retaining  the  name  Polyzoa.  However,  if  he  did 
not  create  the  class  we  must  remember  that  he  was  not  the  first  to 
publish  the  difference,  for  Dr.  Grant  (1827)  had  seen  that  a 
separation  must  be  made,  and  he  based  it  upon  the  Bryozoa  having 
no  common  cocnosarc,  but,  though  he  described  the  polypide 
correctly,  he  did  not  recognise  that  the  digestive  tract  had  two 
openings.  Then  Audouin  and  Milne-Edwards  (1828),  studying 
the  marine  invertebrates  of  Chausey,  divided  the  Polypes,  or 
Zoophytes,  into  four  families,  and  these  were,  as  we  should  say, 


7-  rnocEEDixcs  of  the  linnban  society. 

:i|iproxiinatL'ly  (1)  Sponges,  (2)  Ilydrozoa,  (3)  Antliozoa,  and  (4) 
Bryozoa  ;  and  of  this  last  tliey  said,  our  fonrtli  fumih/  contains 
Fhistra  and  the  other  Poh/pes  of  which  the  dif/eslive  canal  com- 
muuicates  tvith  the  extemor  by  two  distinct  ojyeninf/s,  and  of  which 
the  onjanisntion  approaches  that  of  the  compound  Ascidians.  At 
tlie  meeting  of  the  French  Academy,  when  the  paper  was  read, 
Blaitiville  stated  that  he  was  aware  of  this  structure,  and  that  it 
Iiad  heen  also  pointed  out  to  him  some  years  ago  by  Lesueur  and 
Desmarest ;  so  that  several  observers  had  independently  come  to 
the  same  conclusions,  within  a  few  years  of  one  anothei'. 

It  is  strange  to  find  these  divisions  called  families,  where  we 
should  say  orders  and  classes,  but  nothing  could  be  clearer  than 
that  Audouin  and  Milne-Edwards  forestalled  Thompson  and 
distinctly  indicated  a  division,  for  we  must  not  forget  that  i'7«s<yrt 
then  ah\ays  included  JSIemhranipora  and  was  sometimes  used 
where  we  should  say  Cheilostomata.  It  is  surprising  how  seldom 
zoologists  of  that  period,  working  on  the  zoophytes,  ever  refer  to 
Classes  or  Oi'ders,  and  often  use  class  as  a  general  term  instead  of 
group.  Lamarck,  in  '  Hist.  Nat.  des  Animaux  sans  Yertebres,' 
instead  of  classes  and  orders,  says  divisions  and  sections. 

In  conclusion,  if  Thompson  meant  to  establish  a  class  division, 
then  his  paper  is  an  extraordinary  muddle  of  a  communication; 
whereas,  if  he  wished  to  indicate  the  nature  of  the  polypide,  it  is 
consistent  from  beginning  to  end,  and  though  forestalled  in  his 
uiain  points  we  must  respect  him  for  it. 


ADDITIONS   AND   DONATIONS 

TO    THE 

LI  B  11  A 11  Y. 

1910-iyii. 


Adamovic  (Lujo).  Die  Yegetationsverhaltnisse  der  Balkanlander 
(Mosische  Lander)  umfassend  Serbieu,  Altserbien,  Bulgarien, 
Osti'umelieu,  Nordthrakien  und  Nordmazedonien.  Pp.  xvi,  567  ; 
mit  49  Vollbildern,  11  Textfigureu  und  6  Earten.  (Engler- 
Driide,  Vegetation  der  Erde,  xi.)  8vo.  Leipzig,  1909. 

Ameghiuo  (Florentiiio).  Sur  I'orientation  de  la  Calotte  du 
Diprothouio.      Pp.  11.      l.Au.  Mus.  ISac.    Buenos    Aires,  xx.) 

4to.  Buenos  Aires,  1910. 

Montaneia  Anthropomorpha    un    geuero    de    Mouos  boy 

extinguido  de  la  Isla  de  Cuba.  Nota  Preliminar.  Pp.  2. 
(An.  Mus.  Nac.  Buenos  Aires,  xx.)  4to.  Buenos  Aires,  1910. 
L'Age  des  formations  sedimentaires  tertiaires  de  1' Argentine 


en  relation  avec  I'Antiquite  de  I'Homme.  Note  Supplementaire. 
Pp.  11.     (An.  Mus.  Nac.  Buenos  Aires,  xxii.  pp.  169-179.) 

^to.  Buenos  Aires,  1^\'^' 

Observations  an  siijet  des  Notes   du  Dr.  Mochi  sur   la 

Paleoanthropologie  Argentine.  Pp.  50,  with  18  illustrations. 
(An.  Mus.  Nac.  Buenos  Aires,  xxii.  pp.  181-200.) 

■^to.  Buenos  Aires,  1\)\\. 

La   Calotte   du   Diprotbomo   d'apres   Forientation  Ironto- 


glabellaire.     Pp.  9 ;  plates  4.     (An.  Mus.  Nac.  Buenos  Aires, 
Ixii.)  4io.  Buenos  Aires,  l^ll. 

Las  escorias  y  tierras  cocidas  de  las  formaciones  sedimen- 

tarias  neogenas.     Pp.  36 ;  plates  6.     (An.  Mus.  Nac.  Buenos 
Aires   xxii.)  *lto.  Buenos  Aires,  I'^i-i. 

L'Age  des  formations  sedimentaires  tertiaires  de  1' Argentine 

en  relation  avec  I'Antiquite  de  I'Homme.     Pp.31.     (An.  Mus. 
Nac.  Buenos  Aires,  xxii.)        'ilo.  Buenos  Aires,\'^l\.     Autlior. 

Andrews  (Charles  William).  A  Descriptive  Catalogue  of  tbe 
Marine  Keptiles  of  tbe  Oxford  Clay.  Part.  I.  See  Bntish 
Museum  (Natural  History)— Fossils.  -Ito.  IJIO. 

Annandale  (Nelson).  See  Blanford  (W.  T.).  Tbe  Fauna  ot 
British  India,  including  Ceylon  and  Burma.  Freshwater 
Sponges,  Ilydroids,  and  Polvzoa.  8vo.  191 1. 

Appel  (Louise  C).  See  Kleinschrod  (Franz).  Tbe  Inberent 
Law  of  Life.  8vo.  London,  1910. 


74  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE 

Arber  (Edward  Alexander  Newell).  Plant  Life  in  Alpine 
.Switzerhuid.  Pp.  xxiv,  3ao;  with  48  plates  and  80  figs,  in  tlie 
text.  8vo.  London,  lUlO.     Author. 

Bailey  (Charles).  A  third  List  of  the  Adventitious  Vegetation  of 
the  Sandhills  of  St.  Anne's-on-the-Sea,  North  Lancashire 
(vice-county  GO).  Pp.  11.  (Mem.  &  Proc.  Manch.  Lit.  Phil. 
8oc.  vol.  54,  part  3.)  8vo.   Manchester,  1910.     Author. 

Baker  (Richard  Thomas)  and  Smith  (Henry  G.).     A  Eesearch  on 
the  Pines  of  Australia.     (Technol.  Mus.  N.  S.  Wales,  Educ.  Ser, 
n.  IG.)     Pp.  xiv,  458;  with  73  plates,  3  charts,  &  298  illustra- 
tions in  the  text.  4to.  Si/dner/,  V-ilO.     Authors. 
Balfour  (Henry).    /S(?(3  Tongue  (Miss  Helen).     Bushman  Paintings. 

4to.   Oxford,  1909. 
Barrett-Hamilton  (Gerald  E.  H.).    A  History  of  British  Mammals. 
Parts  1-8.  8vo.  London,  IdlO-Ull. 

Beitrage  zur  Kryptogamenflora  der  Schweiz.  Auf  Initiative  der 
Schweiz.  Botanischen  Gesellschaft  nnd  auf  Kosteu  der  Eid- 
genossenschaft.  Herausgegehen  von  einer  Kommission  der 
Schweiz.  Naturforschenden  Gesellschaft.     Biinde  I-III. 

Svo.  Bern,  1898-1911. 
Eand    II.     Heft  2.     Fischer    (Eduard).      Die    Uredineen    der    Schweiz. 
Pp.  xciv,  5iJ0 ;  mit  342  Figureii  ini  Text     1904. 
„     III.     Heft  1.     Len'dner   (Alfred).      Les   xMucorinees   de   la   Suisse. 

Pp.  180;  avec  .59  figures  et  3  planches.     1908. 
„       ,,        Heft  2.     ScuELLENBERG  (Hans  Conrad).     Die  Brandpilzo  der 
Schweiz.     Pp.  xlv,  ISO;  uiit  79  Textfiguren.     1911. 
Berlin. 

Das  Tierreich.  Herausgegehen  von  tier  Deutschen  Zoologischen 
Gesellschaft.  Generalredakteur :  Eeanz  Eilhark  Scuui.ze. 
Liefg.  2G,  27,  29.  8vo.  Berlin,  1911. 

Liefg.  20.  Ixodidic.    Von  L.  G.  Neumann.     Pp.  vi,  169 ;  mit  76  Abbild- 

ungen.     1911. 
„      27.  Eeptilia. — Chamaeleontidae.     Von  Prof.  Dr.  Franz  Werner. 

Pp.  xi,  52  ;  init  20  Abbildungen.     1911. 
„       29.  Vermes. — Cliictognatlii.     Von  Rudolf  von  Ritter-Zaiiony. 

Pi),  viii,  35  ;  mit  16  Abbildungen.     1911. 

Bezzi  (Mario).     Dipteres  (Premiere  Serie)  suivi  d'un  Appendice 

sur  les  Dipteres  cavernicoles  recueillis  par  le  Dr.  Ahsolon  dans 

les   Balcans.     Pp.   88 ;   figs.   22.     (Arch.  Zool.  Exper.  Gener. 

vol.  4S,  n.  1.)  8vo.  Paris,  1911. 

Bibliotheca  Botanica  {continued). 

Heft  73.  Geiieeb  (Adalbert).  Bryologia  atlantica. — Die  Laubmoose 
der  atlantisclien  Insehi  (unter  Aussei)liissder  europai^chen 
und  arktischen  Gebiete).  Ergiinzt  und  bearbeitet  von 
Theodor  Herzog.     Pp.  32 ;  Taf.  10.     1910. 

Bibliotheca  Zoologica  (continued). 

Eand  XXIII.     lleft  50.     Daday  (Eu«en  von).     Untersucb ungen  iiber  die 
Siisswasser-  Mikrofauna       Deutscli  -  Ostafrikas. 
Pp.  314 ;    mit  18  Tafeln  und   19  Textfiguren. 
1010. 
„  Heft  GO.     JvRAUss  (Hermann  August)  (Tiibingen).     Mono- 

grapliie  der   Enibien.      Pp.  78  ;    mit  5  Tafeln 
unci  7  Textfiguren.     1911. 


LTNNEAN    SOCIETY    OF    LONDON-.  75 

Bibliotheca  Zoologica  (continued). 

Baud  XXIV.  KeltGl.  Kubsaamen  (Ewald  H.).  Die  Zoocecidien,  diu-ch 
Tiere  erzeuo-te  lMlanzens;allen  Deutschlands  uud 
ihre  Bewohner.    Bp.  293 ;  6  Tafeln  und  3  Test- 

Ver- 


juren. 


Thomas    (Friedricii   Auqust    Wilhelm).      Ver- 
zeichnis  der  Schrilten  iiber  deutsche  Zooecidieii 
und     Cecidozoen     bis      einscliUesslich     19Ub. 
Pp  1-105. 
KcsterCE.).     Allgemeiner  Tell.     I*P-105-165- 
Kalei'a  (Alfred).     Enophyiden  (Gallenmilben). 
Pp.  156-293.     1911. 
Band    XXY.     Heft  62.     Hemi-elmann  (Friedricii).     Zar  Naturgeschiohte 
von  Nereis  dumerilii,  Aud.  et  Edw.     Pp.  130 , 
mit  4  Tafeln  und  14  Textiiguren.     1911. 
Blanford  (William  Thomas).     The  Fauna  of  British  India,  in- 
ch.dino-  Ceylon  and  Burma  ....  Edited  by  AV.  T.  Blanford 
(aud  Lieut.-Col.  C.  T.  Bingham  and  Auxhuk  E.  Shiplei-) 

8vo.  London,  S,-c.,  18bb-1911. 
Ehynchota.— Vol.  V.    Heteroptera :    Appendix.     By  W.  L.  Distant. 

Pd  xii,  362  ;  with  214  illustrations.     1910. 
Freshwater   Sponges,    Hydroids,   and  Polyzoa.      By  N.   Annandale. 
Pp.  viii,  251  ;  plates  6,  figs.  49.     1911. 
Bloomer   (Harry   Howard).      Anatomy   of    British    Species   ot 
Pmyamolna.     Pp.  9  ;  2  plates.    (Proc.  Malacol.  Soc.  ix.  part  4.) 

8vo.  London,  1911.     Author. 
Bolton    (James).      See    Crossland    (Charles).      An    Eighteenth 
Ceutury  Naturalist:  Jas.  Bolton,  HaUfax.     Pp.  32. 

•'  Svo.  1910. 

Borgert  (A.).    See  Plankton-Expedition  der  Humholdt-Stiftung. 

Die  Tripvleeu  Radiolarien  der  Planktou-Expedition.     ^^l^aUeu- 

•  I     '■'  4to.  1911. 

Boulenger  (George  Albert).    Catalogue  of  the  Fresh-Water  I  ishes 

of  Africa  in  the  British  Museum  (Natural  History).      Vol.  11. 

Pp.  xii,  529 ;  with  382  illustrations  in  the  text. 

^        '  4to.  London,  1911. 

Bournemouth. 

Bournemouth  Natural  Science  Society.     Vol.  11.        ^ 

Svo.  Bournemouth,  1911.     R.  V.  Sherruig. 
Bower  (Frederick  Orpen).     The  Origin  of  a  Land  Flora :  a  Theory 

based  upon  the  Facts  of  AUernation.     Pp.  xi,  727 ;  ^vith  3G1 

illustrations.  8vo.  London,  1908.     Author. 

Brehm  (Vincenz).     Die  Entomostraken  der  Danmark-Expedition. 

Pp.  15;  mit  2  Tafeln.     (Daumark-Exped.  Grynlands  Isordost- 

kvst,  Bind  v.  n.  5,  Meddel.  ooi  Grr0nland,  xlv.) 

8vo.  CopenhcKjen,  1911.     Author. 
Brenchley  (Winifred  Elsie).      The  Weeds  of  Arable   Laud  in 

relation   to   the   Soils   on   which  they  grow.     Pp.   11.     (Anu. 

got.  XXV.)  8vo.  Oxford,  1911.     Author. 

Briquet  (John).     Prodrome  de  la  Flore  Corse,  comprenant  les 

restdtats  botauiques  des  six  voyages  executes  en  Corse  sous  les 

auspices  de  Emile  Burnat.     Vol.  !.-> 

8vo.   Geneve,  Bale,  Lyon,  1910-> 


I^y  rnocEEDixGS  of  the 

British  Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Science.    Koport 

(SlR'lIiolil)  IDK).  8vo.  London,  V,)U.  Council  Brit.  Assoc. 
JIaiidbooks  : — Handbook  and  Guide  to  Sheffield.     Prepared 

under  the  Direction  of  the  Local  Publications  Sub-Comuiittee. 

Editor,    William-  S.   Pouter;  Hon.   Secretary,   Arnold    T. 

Watson.     Pp.  iv,  502  ;  illustrated.  Mvo.  Sheffield,  1910. 

Town  Clerk,  Sheffield. 
British  Museum  (continued). 

Catalogue  of  the  Books,  Manuscripts,  Maps,  and  Drawings  in 
the  British  Museum  (Natural  History).     Vols.  I.-III.^ 

4to.  London,  1003-10. 

Mammals. 

Monograph  of  the  Okapi.  By  Sir  E.  Eat  Lankestee.  Com- 
piled with  the  Assistance  of  W.  Gr.  Eidkwood.  Atlas  (o£ 
4S  plates).  4to.  London,  lUlO. 

Pishes. 

Catalogue  of  the  Fresh-Water  Fishes  of  Africa  in  the  British 
Museum  (Xatural  History).  By  G.  A.  Boulexgkr.  Vol.  II. 
Pp.  xii,  520;  with  3&2  ligs.  4to.  London,  1911. 

Insects. 
Dipterous  Insects, 

A  Monograph  of  the  Culicidas  or  Mosquitoes.  Mainly  com- 
piled from  Collections  received  at  the  British  Museum.  ]3y 
Fred.  Y.  Theobald,  Vol,  V.  Pp.  xiv,  640 ;  plates  6,  with 
2(51  illustrations  in  the  text.  8vo.  London,  1911. 

A  Handbook  of  the  Tsetse-Flies  [Genus  GJossina'].  By  Ernest 
E.  Austen.  Pp.  x,  110;  with  10  col,  plates  and  24  figs,  in 
the  text.  8vo.  London,  1911. 

Lepidopterous  Insects. 

Catalogue  of  the  Lepidoptera  Phalaenae.  Vol.  X.  Catalogue  of 
the  NoctuidsB  in  the  Collection  of  the  British  Museum.  By 
Sir  George  F.  Hampson,  Bart,  Pp.  xix,  829  ;  ligs,  214, 
plates  148-173.  8vo.  London,  1911. 

Plants. 

Flora  of  Jamaica,  containing  descriptions  of  the  Flowering  Plants 
known  from  the  Island.  By  William  Fawcett  and  Alfked 
Barton  Eendlb.  Vol.  1,  Orchidaceae.  Pp.  xviii,  150 ; 
plates  32.  8vo.  London,  1910. 

A  Monograph  of  tlie  British  Lichens  :  a  Descriptive  Catalogue 
of  the  Species  in  the  Department  of  Botany,  British  Museum. 
By  Annie  Loreain  Smitu.  Part  II.  Pp.  v,  400;  with 
59  plates.  8vo.  London,  1911. 


LIXNEATS^  SOCIETY  OF  LOXDON.  77 

British  Museum  {con.). 

Fossils. 

A  Descriptive  Catalogue  of  tbe  Marine  Eeptiles  of  the  Oxford 
Clay.  By  CiiAELES  William  A  NDKEAvs,  Parti.  Pp.  xxiii, 
205 ;  with  10  plates  and  94  figs,  in  the  text. 

4to.  London,  1910. 

Camhridge   County   Geographies.      General  Editor:    F.  H.  IT. 

GuiLLEMARi).  8vo.   Camhridr/e,  1911. 

Berkshire.     By  II.  W.  Monckion.     Pp.  x,  IGO;  with  maps, 

diagrams,  and  illustrations.  1911.     H.  W.  Monckton. 

Camhridge  (The)  Manuals  of  Science  and  Literature.     Editors : 

P.  Giles  and  A.  C.  Seward.  8vo.   Cambridge,  1910. 

Jddd   (John  Wesley).      Tbe   Coming   of    Evohition.      Pp.    171,   with 
4  portraits.     1910. 

Cambridge     Natural     Science     Manuals.        Biological     Series. 
General  Editor  :  Artuur  E.  Shipley. 

8vo.   Camhridge,  1898-1910. 

Ward  (H.  Marshall).     Trees.     5  vols.     1904-1910. 

I.  Buds  and  Twigs.     Pp.  xiv,  271  ;  figs.  136.     1904. 
II.  Leaves.    Pp.  x,  348  ;  figs.  124.     1908. 
III.  Flowers.    Pp.  xii,  402  ;  figs.  142.     1905. 
.IV.  Fruits.     Pp.  161;  figs.  147.     1908. 
V.  Form  and  Habit,  with  an  Appendix  on  Seedlings.     Pp.  x,  308  ; 
figs.  209.     1910. 

Cameron   (John).     Firminger's  Manual  of  Gardening  for  India. 

Fifth  Edition.     Pp.  xix,  710  ;  with  2  plates  and  28  figs. 

8vo.  Calcutta,  1904.     J.  Cameron. 
CandoUe  (Anne  Casimir  Pyramus  de).     Sur  des  fleurs  anormales 

du  Leontopodium  cdinnum  ft.  nivcde  (Ten.),  DC.     Pp.  3;  fig.  1. 

(Bull.  Soc.  Bot.  Geneve,  2  ser.  ii.  n.  9.)  8vo.  Geneve,  1910. 

Sur  les  feuilles  anormales  du  Strelitzia  regincf,  Ait.     Pp.  3; 

illustr.  1.     (Bull.  Soc.  Bot.  Geneve,  2  ser.  ii.  n.  9.) 

8vo.   Geneve,  1910. 

Philippine   Piperacese.     Pp.  32.     (Leaflets    of   Philippine 

Bot.  iii.  Art.  44.)  8vo.  ManUa,  1910. 

A  Eevision  of  Philippine  Piperacea?.     Pp.60.     (Philippine 

Journ.  Sci.  vol.  v.  C.  Bot.)  4to.  Manila,  1910. 

Piperacese  and  Meliacea3  of  Xew  Guinea.     Pp.  12.     (Res. 

Expt'd.  Sci.  jN^cerl.  JSouvelle  Guiuee,  viii.  Bot.,  livr.  2.) 

4to.  Leide  [1910]. 
Note  snr  la  distrihution  gcograpliique  des  especes  du  genre 


Peperomia,  E.  et  Pav.     Pp.  4.     (Bull  Geogr.  Bot.  organe  Acad. 

intern.  Bot.  4  ser.  xx.  n.  255.)         8vo.  Geneve,  1911.     Author. 
Candolle  (Augustin  de).     Biologie  des  Capsules  Monospermes. 

Pp.  21.     (Arch.  Sci.  Phys.  et  Nat.  4  ser.  xxv.) 

,  8vo.   Geneve,  1908. 
A  propos  du  memoire  de  A.  Woeikof  sur  I'extension  du 

hetre  fonction  du  Climat.     Pp.  3.     (Arch.  Sci.  Phys.  et  Nat. 

4  ser.  XXX.)  8vo.  Geneve,  1910.     Author. 


78  PnOCEEDINGS    OF   THE 

Cape  of  Good  Hope. 

Department  of  Agriculture. 

Marine  Investigations  in  South  Africa.     Yol.  V. 

8vo.  Cape  Town,  190S.     J,  D.  F.  Gilchrist. 

Chapman  (Frederick).     A   Synopsis  of  the  Silurian  Fossils  of 

South    Yarra    and    the    Yarra    Improvement  Works.      Pp.  8. 

(Victorian  Nat.  xxvii.  no.  4.)  8vo.  Melbourne,  1910. 

Kew  or  Little-known  Victorian  Fossils  in  the  National 

Museum. — Part.  XI.  On  an  Impression  of  a  Bird's  Feather  in 
the  Tertiary  Ironstone  of  Eedruth,  Victoria.  Pp.  6,  with  2 
plates.     (Proc.  Hoy.  Soc.  Victoria,  xxiii.  part  1.) 

8vo.  Melbourne,  1910. 

Part    XIT.      On    a    Trilobite    Fauna    of    Upper 

Cambrian  Age  {Olenus  Series)  in  N.E.  Gippsland,  Victoria. 
Pp.  20,  with  4  plates.  (Proc.  Eoy.  Soc.  Victoria,  N.  S.  xxiv. 
pt.  2.)  8vo.  Melbourne,  1911. 

A  Eevision   of  the  Species  of  Limopsis  in  the  Tertiary 


Beds  of  Southern  Australia.      Pp.  14,  with  3  plates.     (Proc. 
Roy.  Soc.  Victoria,  N.  S.  xxiii.  pt.  2.)        8ro.  Melhourne,  1911. 
On  some  supposed  Pyritized  Sponges  from   Queensland. 


Pp.  4,  with  1  plate.      (Proc.  Roy.  Soc.  Victoria,  N.  S.  xxiii. 

pt.  2.)  S\o.  Melbourne,  \^U.     Author. 

Church  (Arthur  Harry).     Types  of  Floral  Mechanism,  a  selection 

of  Diagrams  and  Descriptions  of  Common  Flowers,  arranged  as 

an    Introduction   to  the    Systematic    Study    of   Angiospermes. 

Parti.     Pp.  vii,  211.     Types  I.-XII.  4to.   O.rfo/y/,  1908. 

Prof.  Sydney  H.  Vines. 
Cockayne   (Leonard).      New   Zealand   Plants    and   their   Story. 

Pp.  vii,  190  ;  with  71  illustrations.  8vo.    Wellingion,  1910. 

Author. 
Cole   (Ahdiah).      See    Riverius    (Lazarus).      The    Practice    of 

Physick,  c^c.  fol.  London,  1661. 

CoUinder  (Erik).     IMedelpads  Flora,  vlixtgeografisk  cifversikt  och 

systematisk  forteckningtifver  kiirlvaxterna.     Pp.  viii,  190  ;  with 

map.  4to.   Uppsala  4'  'StocJcholm,  1909.     Author 

Connold   (Edward   Thomas).     Plant  Galls  of   Great  Britain,  a 

Nature  Study  Handbook.     Pp.  xii,  292  ;  with  354  illustrations. 

8vo.  London,  1909.     Dr.  B.  Daydon  Jackson. 

Crossland  (Charles).     An  Eighteenth  Century  Naturalist :  James 

BoLTOX,    Halifax.      Pp.   32.      (This   paper   appeared    in   the 

'Halifax  Guardian,' and  is  reprinted  with  slight  alterations.) 

8vo.  Balifcuv,  1910.     Author. 
Culpeper  (Nicholas).     See  Riverius  (Lazarus).     The  Practice  of 

Physick,  &.(-.  fol.  London,  1661. 

Daday  (Eugen    von).      TJntersuchungen    iiber   die   Siisswasser- 

MikrofaunaDeutsch-Ostfrikas.     Pp.  314;  mit  18  Tafeln  und 

19  Textflgureu.     (Bibl.  Zool.  xxiii.  Heft  59.) 

4to.  Stuttfjart,  1910. 


LIXNEAN    SOCIETY    OF    LO^"DO^'".  79 

Deabel   (Friedrich).     See   Holdhaus   (Karl).      Untersuchungeii 

iiber  die   Zoogeographie    der   Karpathen.      (Abh.    k.-k.    zooL- 

bot.  Ges.  Wien,  vi.  Heft  1.)  4to.  1910. 

Diels   (Liidwig),     See  Engler  (H.  G.  A.).      Das  Pflanzenreich. 

Heft  4(i.  JMenispermaceae.  1910. 

Distant  (William  L\icas).     See  Blanford  (W.  T.).     The  Fauna  of 

British    India,    including    Ceylon    and    Burma.       Rhynchota. 

Vol.  V.      Heteroptera :  Appendix.      Pp.    xii,   362;    with    214 

illustrations.  8vo.  1910. 

Druce   (George   Claridge).      Botanologia   of    JN'orthaniptonsldre 

(Morton).     Pp.  46,  with  1  plate.      (Journ.  Northampt.  Nat. 

Hist.  Soc.  xiv.)  8vo.  Northampton,  1908. 
Address  on  the  Unveiling  of  the  Monument   to  George 

Don  at  Forfar,  September  8,  1910.     Pp.  8. 

8vo.  OA'ford,  1910.    Author. 
Dublin. 

Zoological  Society  of  Ireland. 

Annual  Eeport  79.  8vo.  ZojuZo)?,  1910. 

Dr.  R.  F.  Scharff. 
Duggar    (Benjamin    Minge).        Fungous    Diseases    of    Plants. 

Pp.  xii,  508  ;  with  240  illustrations. 

8vo.  Boston  ^-  London,  1910 
Dyer  (Bernard)  and  Shrivell  (Frederick  W.  E.).     The  Manuring 

of  Market  Garden  Crops.     New  Edition.     Pp.  144 ;  illustrated. 

8vo.  London,  1910.     Authors. 
Elliot  (George  Francis  Scott).     Botany  of  To-Day.    A  popular 

Account  of  recent  notable  Discoveries.    Second  Edition.    Pp.  xv, 

17-352;   with  27  illustrations.  8vo.  London,  IdW. 

Author. 
Engler   (Heinrich   Gustav   Adolf).     Das  Pflanzenreich.     Eegni 

A'^egetabilis  conspectus    ....    Herausgegeben  von  A.  Engler. 

Hefte  40-47.  8vo.  if^?;^^^?';/,  1909-1911. 

Heft  40.     Fedde    (Friedrich).       PapaveraceEe  -  Hypecoicleae    et    Papa- 

vei-aeeffi-Papaveroidese.    Pp.  430  ;  luit  532  Einzelnbildern  ia 

43  Figui-en.     19U9. 
„     41.     Wangerin  (Waltiier).     Garrjaceaj.     Pp.17;  ruit  26  Einzel- 

bilclern  in  5  Figuren.     I'JIO. 
Nyssaceie.     Pp.19;  mit 38 Eiiizelbildern  in  4  Figuren.    1910. 
Alangiaceffi.      Pp.   24  ;     niit  47   Elnzelbildern   in  6  Figuren 

1910. 
CornaceiB.      Pp.  110;    niir.  193  Elnzelbildern  in  24  Figuren 

1910. 
„     42.     Pax  (F.).       Eupborbiacese— Jatrophea?.      Pp.    118 ;     mit  155 

Einzelbildern  in  45  Figuren.     1910. 
„     43.     WoEPF     (Hermann).        Unibelliferre— Apioidea;— 5Mp^e«<r«««, 

7Vm?a  et  reliquaa  Amininea3  heteroclitte.     Pp.214;  mit  155 

Einzelbildern  in  24  Figuren.     1910. 
„     44.     Pax   (F.).     Eupborbiacec-c— Adrianea\       Pp.    Ill;     mit  151 

Einzelbildern  in  35  Figuren.     1910. 
,,     45.     Kranzmn    (Fritz).        Orcbidacefe — Monandra— Dendrobjinw. 

Pars  I.     Genera  n.  275-277.     Pp.   382 ;    mit  327   Einzel- 
bildern in  35  Figuren.     1910. 


8o  PROCKK DINGS    OF    THE 

Engler  (Heinrich  Gustav  Adolf).     Das  Pflanzenreich  (con.). 

lleft  4G.  PiEi.s  (L.).  Monisporinacero.  I'p.  345  ;  mil  917  Einzelbildern 
in  !):i  P'igurcn.  1910. 
„  47.  Pax  (F.).  Euphorhiacese— Cluytie.t.  Pp.  124;  niit  144 
Einzelbildern  in  35  Figuren  unter  Mitwirkung  von  Katiie 
H01F.MAN.V.  1910. 
Macpari.ane  (J.  M.).  Cephalotaceae.  Pp.  15;  mit  24 
Einzelbildern  in  4  Figuren.    1911. 

nnrl    Drude    (Oscar).       Die    Vegetation   der   Erde.     TX, 

XI,  XLI,  Xlll.  8vo.  LeijKhj,  1908-1911. 

IX.  Die   Pflanzenwelt  Afrikas  insbesondere    seiner  tropischen   Gebiet« ; 

Griindziigo  der  Ptlanzenverhreitung  in  Afrika  uud  die  Charakter- 

pflanzen  Afrikas.     Von  A.  Esgi,er.     Bande  I.  II.     1908-1910. 
Band  I.  1   Ilalfte.        Allgeineiner    Ueberbliek    iiber    die     Pdanzenwelt 

Afrikas  und  ilire  Exist enzbediiigunf;en.     Pp.  xxviii,  1-478  ;  mit  5 

Karten,  20  VoUbilderri  und  404  TextOgurcn.     1910. 
„    I.  2te    Ilfilfte.       AUgenieiner    Ueberbliek    iiber  die  Pflanzenwelt 

Afrikas  und  ihre  Existonzbedingungen.      Pp.  xi,  479-1029;  mit  1 

Karte.  27  Vollbildern  und  305  Textfiguren.     1910. 
„    II.     Cbarakterpflanzen    Afrikas     (inbesondore     des    tropischen). 

Von  A.  ENCiLF.n.     Pp.  xi,  4G0  ;  mit  16  Vollbildern  und  316  Text- 

figuren.     1908. 
XI.  Die  VegetationsTcrhaltnisse  der   Balkanliinder   (Mosisclie   Lander). 

Von    Dr.  Lujo   Ada.movic.     Pp.  xvi,   567 ;    mit  49  Vollbildern, 

11  Textfiguren  und  6  Karten.     1909. 

XII.  Die   PHanzenwelt  der  peruanischen  Anden.     Von  A.  Weberbaukr. 

Pp.  xii,  355;  mit  40  Vollbildern,  63  Textfiguren  und  2  Karten. 
1911. 
XIII.  Phytogeographic  Survey  of  North  America  by  John  W.  IIarsftberoer. 
Pp.  Ixiii,  790 ;  with  1  map,  18  plates,  and  32  figures  in  the  text. 
1911. 

Errera  (Leo).     Recueil   d'Q^uvres   de   Leo  Errera.      Botaniqne 
geuerale.     I,  II.  8vo.  Bruxelles,  1908-1909. 

I.  pp.  iv,  318  ;  planche  1  et  portrait. 
II.  pp.  341,  avec  74  figures  dans  le  texte. 

Melanges  :  Vers  et  Prose.     Pp.  xiv,  222  ;  portrait. 

S\o.  Bruxellcs,  1908. 

Physiologie  generale.     Philosophic.       Pp.   xiii,  400 ; 

avec  41  figures  dans  le  texte  et  portrait. 

8vo.  Bruxelles,  1910. 
Sur   I'efficacite  des    Moyens  de  Dissemination.      Pp.  13, 


avec  2  planches.     (Rec.  Inst.  hot.  L.  Errera,  viii.). 

Eoy.  8vo.  Bruxelles,  1910.     liev.  G.  Henslow. 
Ewart  (Alfred  James).     Plants  indigenous  to  Victoria.     Vol.  II. 

4to.  Melbourne,  1910.     Author. 

The   Flora   of   the   Victorian   Alps.      With  a   Botanical 

Report  by  J.  W.   Audas.      Pp.   17,  with   1   plate.     (Vicforiiiii 
Nat.  xxvii.)  8vo.  Melbourne,  1910.     Author. 

Ewart  (Alfred  James),  Rees  (Bertha),  and  Wood  (Bertha). 
Contributions  to  the  Flora  of  Australia.  Nos.  14,  15.  (Prof. 
Roy.  Soc.  Victoria,  N.  S.  xxiii.)  Svo.  Melbourne,  1910. 

Authors. 


lix:n^eax  society  of  londox.  8i 

Fawcett  (William).  Flora  of  Jamaica.  See  British  Museum 
(Natural  History)— Plants.  8vo.  1910. 

Fedde  (Friedrich).  See  Engler  (H.  G.  A.).  Das  Pflanzenreich. 
Heft  40.  PapaveracesB-Hypecoideae  et  Papaveraceae-Papa- 
veroideae.  1909. 

Filarszky  (Ferdinand).     Botanische  Ergebaisse  der  Forschungs- 

reisen  von  M.  v.  Dechy    im  Kaukasus.       Pp.   126  ;     Taf.   25. 

(von  Decby,  Kaukasus,  iii.)  4to.  Berlin,  191U. 

Dr.  B.  Daydon  Jackson. 
Firminger's  Manual  of  Gardening   for   India.     Fifth  Edition. 

See  Cameron  i^John).  8vo.  1904. 

Fischer  (C.  E.   C).     See    Jacquot   (A.).     Incendies    en    Foret. 

(Forest  Fires.)  8vo.  1910. 

Fischer  (Eduard).     Die  Uredinen  der  Schweiz.     Pp.  xciv,  590  ; 

niit  342  Textfiguren.  (Beitr.  z.  Kryptogamenflora   d.  Schweiz. 

Bd.  ii.  Heffc  2.)  8vo.  Bern,  1904. 

Fisher  (Herbert).      Sec  Home  University  Library  of  Modern 

Knowledge.  8vo. 

Flower   (Stanley  Smyth).     List   of  Animals  in   the  Zoological 

Gardens,    Giza,    near    Cairo.      Second    Edition.       Pp.   372; 

plates  20.  8yo.  Cairo,  1910.     Author. 

Fredericq  (Leon)  et  Massart  (Jean).     Notice  sur  Le'o  Errera. 

Pp.  153  et  portrait.  8vo.  Bruxelles,  1908. 

Rev.  Geo.  Henslow. 
Fries    (Theodor    Magnus).      Bref    och   skrifvelser   af   och   till 

Carl    von    Linne,  med  understod   af    Svenska    Staten    utgifna 

af  Upsala  Universitet.     Forsta  Afdelniugen.     Deel  iv.,  v. 

8vo.  Stockholm,  1910-1911. 

Univ.  of  Uppsala. 

Fry  (Agnes).      See  Fry  (Sir  Edward).      The  Liverworts  British 

and  Foreign.  8vo.  1911. 

Fry  (Sir  Edward)  and  Fry  (Agnes).     The  Liverworts  British  and 

Foreign.     Pp.  viii,  74  ;   with  49  illustrations. 

8vo.  London,  1911.     Authors. 
Fujii  (Kenjiro).     Some  Eemarks  on  the  Cretaceous  Fossil  Flora 

and  the  Causes  of  Extinction.     Pp.  25.    (Bot.  Mag.  Tokyo, 

xxiv.  n.  284.)  Svo.  ^0^7/0,  1910.     Author. 
and  Stopes  (Marie   Charlotte   Carmichael).     Studies  on 

the  Structure  and  Affinities  of  Cretaceous  Plants.     Pp.  90 ; 

9  plates.  4to.  1910. 

Gamble  (James  Sykes).     The  Bamboos  of  the  Philippine  Islands. 

Pp.  15.    (Philippine  Journ.  Sci.  v.  C.  Bot.)     4to.  Manila,  1910. 

Author. 
Garden  (The).     Vol.  74.  4to.  London,  1910.     Editor. 

Gardeners'  Chronicle.     3  ser.  Vols.  47,  4S.         fol.  London,  1910. 

Editor. 

LINN".  SOa  proceedings. — SESSION  1910-1911.  (J 


82  mOCEEDiyGS   OF   TUB 

Geheeb  (Adalbert).  Bryologia  atlantioa.  Die  Laubmoose  der 
atlantischon  Iiisoln  (untei*  Ausschluss  der  europaisc-lien  und 
arktisclieii  (aebiete).  Ergjinzt  und  bearbeitet;  von  Tueodor 
IIekzog.     Pp.  32  ;  mit  10  col.  Tafeln.    (Bibl.  Bot.  Heft  73.) 

4to.  SlHttfjart,  1910. 
Gertb  van  Wijk  (H.  L.).    A  Dictionary  of  Plant-names.     Parts  I., 
n.  4to.  //flfl*-?fw,  1909-1910. 

I.  pp.  xxiv,  1-710.  11.  pp.  V,  711-1444. 

Author. 
Giles  (P.).     See  Cambridge  Manuals  of  Science  and  Literature. 

8vo. 
Gltick  (Hugo).     Biologiscbe  und  morphologische  Untersuchungen 
Uber  Wasser-  und  Sumpfgewiichse.     Theile  I.,  II. 

8vo.  Jena,  1905,  1906. 

I.  pp.  xxiv,  312;  mit  2")  Textfig.  und  7  lithogr.  Doppoltafeln. 
II.  pp.  xvii,  256  ;  mit  28  Textfig.  und  G  litliogr.  DopprltatVln. 

Lord  Avebury. 
Griffiths   (B.  M.).      See  West    (George  Stephen).       JJiUhnnsia 
mirahUis,  a  Giant  Siilpliur  Bacterium.  8vo.  1909. 

Groom  (Percy)   ;S'e(?  Ward (H.  Marshall).    Trees.    Yol.Y.      1909. 
Guillemard  (F.  H.  H.).    See  Cambridge  County  Geographies. 
Gulia  (Giovanni).     Intorno  ad  un  nuovo  habitat  della  Alelitella 
puslUa,  Somm.     Pp.  2.     (Bull.  Soe.  bot.  Ital.  13  Marzo,  1909.) 

8vo.  Firenze,  1909. 

Elenco  dalle  Pteridofite  Maltesi.     Pp.  2.     (Bull.  Soc.  bot. 

Ital.  11  Dicembre,  1909.)  Svo.  Firenze,  1909. 

Addition   k  la   Faune  Ichthyologique   Maltaise.      Pp.  2. 

(Bull.  Soc.  Zool.  Fr.  xxxiv.)  Svo.  Paris,  1909. 

Cenni  Bibliografici  sulla  Fauna  Vertebrata  Maltese.    Pp.  21. 


(Bull.  Soc.  Zool.  Ital.  xviii.).  Svo.  Eoma,  1909.     Author. 

Haines  (Henry  Haselfoot).  A  Forest  Flora  of  Chota  IVagjiur, 
including  Gangpur  and  the  Santal-Parganahs,  &c.  Pp.  vii,  634. 
Index  xxxvii.  Svo.   Calcutta,  1910.     Author. 

Hall  (Alfred  Daniel).  Annual  Eeport  for  1910,  with  the  Supple- 
ment to  the  "  Guide  to  the  Experimental  Plots,"'  containing  the 
Yields  per  Acre,  &c.  Eothampsted  Experimental  Station. 
Pp.10.  8\-o.  Harjxndin,ldll.     Author. 

Hall  (John  G.).  See  Stevens  (Frank  Lincoln).  Diseases  of 
Economic  Plants.  Svo.  1910. 

Hamilton.  See  Barret-Hamilton  (Gerald  E.  H.).  A  History 
of  British  Mammals. 

Hampstead. 

Hampstead  Scientific  Society. 

Keport  for  1909,  1910.  Svo.  Hampstead,  1910-1911. 

Hugh  Findon. 

Harshberger  (John  William).  Phytogeographic  Survey  of  Xorth 
America.  Pp.  Ixiii,  790  ;  1  map,  IS  plates,  and  32  figures  in 
the  text.     (Engler-Drude,  Vegetation  der  Erde,  xiii.) 

Svo.   Leipzig,  1911. 


LINXEAX    SOCIETY    OF    LO>'DO>'.  83 

Hart  (John  HincUey).      Cacao,  a  Manual  on  the  Cultivation  and 

Curincr  of  Cacao.     Pp.  x,  307  ;    with  G4  illustrations. 

8vo.  London,  1911.     Author. 
Hatcher  (John  B.).    The  Ceratopsia,  based  on  preliminary  Studies 

by  OxHifiEL  C.  Marsh.     Edited  and  completed  by  Eichard  S. 

Lull.     Pp.  xxx,  300  ;  with  51  plates  and  125  illustr.  in  the  text. 

(U.S.  Geol.  Surv.  Monogr.  49.)  4to.  Washington,  l^Ql . 

Heinricher  (Emil).     Die  Aufzucht  und  Kultur  der  parasitischen 

Samenpflanzea.     Pp.  iv,  53  ;    mit  8  Abbildungen  im  Text. 

^  8vo.   Jena,  1910. 

Hempelmann    (Friedrich).      Zur    Naturgeschichte    von   Nereis 

dameriUi.  Aud.  et  Edsv.     Pp.  135  ;  mit  4  Tafeln  und  14  Text- 

figuren.    (Bibl.  Zoologica,  xxv.  Heft  62.)       4to.  Stuttgart,  1911. 
Hensen  (V.).   >See  Plankton-Expedition  der  Humboldt-Stiftung. 

Das  Lebeu  im  Ozean  nach  Zahlungen  seiner  Bewohner,  Bd.  v. 

Henslow  (Qeorge).  The  Erost  Eeports  on  the  Effects  of  the 
severe  Frosts  on  Vegetation  during  the  AVinters  1879-80  and 
1880-81.     Pp.  Ixv,  338.     (Journ.  Roy.  Hortic.  Soc.  vin.) 

8vo.  London,  1887.     Author. 

Hereford.  Woolhope  Naturalists'  Field  Club  for  1905,  190(5, 
]^9Q'j'  8vo.  Hereford,  1911. 

Herzog  (Theodor).  See  Geheeb  (Adalbert).  Bryologia  atlantica. 
(Bibl.  Bot.  Heft  73.)  4to.  1910. 

Hoffmann  (Kathe).  See  Engler  (H.  G.  A.).  Das  Pflanzenreich. 
Heft  47.     Euphorbiaceoe— Cluytiea?.  l-'H- 

Holdhaus  (Karl)  and  Deubel  (Friedrich).  Untersuchungen  iiber 
die  Zoogeographie  der  Karpatheu  (unter  besonderer  Beruck- 
sichtigung°der  Coleoptereu).  Pp.  vi,  202;  mit  einer  Karte. 
(Abh.  k.-k.  zool.-bot.  Ges.  Wien,  vi.  Heft  1.)      4to.  Jena,  1910. 

Hollick  (Arthur).  The  Cretaceous  Flora  of  Southern  New  York 
and  New  England.  Pp.  219,  with  40  plates.  (U.S.  Geol. 
Surv.  Monogr.  50.)  4to.    Washington,  190Q. 

Home  University  Library  of  Modern  Knowledge.  Editors  : 
Herbert  Fisher,  Gilbert  Murray,  John  Arthur  Thomsot^. 

8vo.  London,  [1911], 
Scott  (Dukinfield  Hexry).     The  Evolution  of  Plants.     Pp.  25G,  with 
25  illustrations.     Svo.  Londuii,  [1911]. 

Hornell  (James).  The  present  Depletion  of  the  Oyster- Bed  of 
Sind  ;  its  Causes  and  the  Eemedies.  Pp.  32  ;  with  1  plate  and 
7  figs,  in  the  text.  fol.  Bombay,  1910.     R.  B.  Vakil. 

Horwood  (Arthur  Reginald).  Coalmining  and  Fossil  Plants. 
('  Colliery  Guardian,'  April  14,  1905.)     P.  1. 

4to.  London,  1905. 

A  Contribution  to  the  Palaeontology  of  the  North  Derby- 
shire and  Notts  Coalfield,  or  the  Soutliern  Portion  of  the  North 
Midland  Coalfield.  Pp.  21 ,  with  2  plates.  (55th  Eep.  Trans. 
A'ottino-h.  Nat.  Soc.  1906-1907.)  8vo.  Nottingham,  1907. 

r/2 


8-4  PU0CEF-DIXC3    OF   THE 

Horwood  (A.  R.)-  A  Contribution  to  tlio  PaloDontology  of  the 
North  Derbyshire  and  Notts  Coalfield,  or  the  Soutliern  Part  of 
the  North  Midland  Coalfield.     P.  1.     (Rep.  Brit.  Assoc.  1907.) 

8vo.  London,  1908. 

Notes  on  the  Palaeontology  of  the  Leicestershire  and  S. 

Derbyshire  Coalfield,   Pp.8.       12mo.  Leicester, 1907.     Author. 
The  Educational  A''alue  of  Museum  Exhibits  compared  with 


their  Systematic  Arrangement.       Pp.   9,  with  3    illustrations. 

(Museumsk.  v.  Jleft  4.)  4to.  Berlin,  1900. 

—     A'ariation  ill  Birds' Eggs.    Pp.  16,  with  2  illustr,    (Selborne 

Mag.  XX.)  8vo.  London,  1909. 

The  Cryptogamic  Flora  of  Leicestershire.     P|).  70,  with 


2  plates,     (Trans.  Leicester  Lit,  &  Phil.  Soc.  xiii.  part  1.) 

8vo.  Leicester,  1909. 

—     The  Origin  of  the  British  Trias,   Pp.  2.   (Eep.  Brit.  Assoc. 

1910.)  8vo.  Lo7idon,  1911. 

The   Extinction  of  Cryptogamic  Plants.     Pp.  31,  with  5 


plates.     (Trans,  South-eastern  Union  of  Sci.  Soc.  1910.) 

8vo.  London,  1911. 

—  Natural  Selection  and  Plant  Evolution.      Pp.  8.      (Journ. 
Bot.  vol.  48.)  8vo.  London,  1910. 

—  Investigation  of  the  Fossil  Flora  and  Fauna  of  the  Midland 
Coalfields.     Pp.  2.  4to.  Londoji,  1910. 

Gymnosperms  and  the  Classification  of  Flowering  Plants, 


some  difliculties  of  Museum  Arrangement.     Pp.  0,    (Museumsk, 

iv.  Heft  4.)  4to.  Berlin,  19(i8. 

Hose  (Iii(/ht    Bev.   George   Frederick).        See  Ridley  (Harry 

Nicholas). 
Howard  (Albert)  and  Howard  (Gabrielle  L.  C).     "Wheat  in  Indin, 
its  Production,  Varieties  and   Improvement.        Pp.  viii,  288  ; 
with  7  plates,  4  illustr.  in  the  text,  and  7  maps. 

4to.  Calcutta,  1909.    Authors. 

Howard  (Gabrielle  Louise  Caroline).      See   Howard   (Albert). 

AVheat  in  India,  4to.  1909, 

Hurst   (Charles   Chamberlain).      On   the   Inheritance   of   Coat 

Colour  in  Horses.     Pp.  7.     (Proc.  Eoy.  Soc.  B.  vol.  77.) 

'Roy.  8vo,  London,  190G. 

On  the  Inheritance  of  Eye-colour  in  Man.    Pp.  12,     (Proc. 

Eoy.  Soc.  B.  vol.  80.)  '  Eoy.  8vo.  London,  1908. 

Mendel's  Law  of  Heredity  and   its  application    to  Man, 

Pp.  14.     (Trans.  Leicester  Lit.  &  Phil.  Soc.  xii.  part  1.) 

8vo.  Leicester,  1908. 
Mendel's  Law  of  Heredity  and  its  application  to  Horti- 


culture,     Pp,  31,    with  23  illustrations.     (Journ.  Eoy.  Hort. 
Soc.  vol.  36,  part  1.)  8vo.  London,  1910. 

Mendelism  and  Sex.     An  Address  delivered  to  the  Mendel 

Society,  29th  March,  1909.     Pp.  34.  Svo.  London,  1910. 

Author. 
Indian  Forest  Memoirs.     Cheraistrv  Series.     Vol.  I.  parts  1,  2. 

4to.   Calcutta,  1908-1909. 


LIXXEAN    SOCIETY    OF    LONDOX.  85 

Jackson  (Albert  Bruce).  Catalogue  of  Hardy  Trees  and  Shrubs 
growing  in  the  Grrouuds  of  Syou  House,  Brentford.     Pp.  ix,  38. 

8vo.  London,  1910.     Author. 

Jacquot  (A.).  Tncendies  en  Foret.  (Forest  Fires.)  Traushited  by 
C.  E.  C.  Fischer.     Pp.  xv,  278.  8vo.  Calcutia,  1910. 

Jeannel  (E,.).  lievisiou  des  Bathysciinse  (Coleopteres  Silpliides). 
Morphologie,  Distribution  geographique,  Systematique.  Pp.  041 ; 
planches  24.     (Arch.  Zool.  Exper.  &c.  5  ser.  vii.  no.  1.) 

8vo.  Paris,  1911. 

Johnson  (Norman  Miller).  A  Method  of  Mapping  the  Distri- 
bution of  Marine  Algic.  Pp.  2.  (Scottish  Greogr.  Mag., 
Nov.  1910.)  8vo.  Edinburgh,  1910.     Author. 

Jongmans  (W.  J.).  Die  Palseobotanische  Literatur,  Biblio- 
grapbische  Uebersicht  iiber  die  Arbeiten  aus  dem  Gebiete  der 
Palaeobotanik.     Herausgegeben  von  W.  J.  Jongmans.     Band  I. 

8vo.  Jena,  1910. 

Journal  of  Botany.     Vol.  48.  8vo.  London,  1910. 

Jas.  Britten. 

Judd,  (John  Wesley).  The  Coming  of  Evolution.  Pp.  171,  with 
4  portraits.     (Cambridge  Man.  Science  and  Liter.) 

8vo.   Cambridge,  1910.     Author. 

Kennard  (Alfred  Santer)  and  Woodward  (Bernard  Barham). 
Notes  on  Non-Marine  Mollusca  from  some  Irish  Lakes,  obtained 
by  Major  H.  Trevelyan.     Pp.  7.     (Irish  Nat.  xx.) 

8vo.  Dublin,  1911.    B.  B.  Woodward. 

Kershaw  (E.  M.).  A  Fossil  Solenostelic  Fern.  Pp.  9,  with 
1  plate.     (Ann.  Bot.  xxiv.)  8vo.  Oxford,  1910.     Author. 

Kirchner  (Oskar  von).  Blumen  und  Insekten  ihre  Anpassungen 
aneinander  und  ihre  gegenseitige  Abhiingigkeit.  Pp.  iv,  436  ; 
mit  2  Tafeln  und  159  Abbildungen  im  text. 

8vo.  Leipzig,  Berlin,  1911. 

Kleinschrod  (Franz).  The  Inherent  Law  of  Life,  a  new  Theory 
of  Life  and  of  Disease.  Translated  from  the  (xeruian  and 
edited  by  Louise  C.  Appel.    Pp.  vi,  214.       Svo.  London,  1910. 

Louise  C.  Appel. 

Klimaveranderungen  (Die)  in  Deutschland  seit  der  letzten  Eiszeit. 
Herausgegeben  und  den  Teilnehmern  am  11.  Internationalen 
(xeologischen  Kongress  in  Stockholm  (August  1910)  gewidmet 
von  der  Deutscben  Geologischen  Gesellschaft.  Pp.  98,  tig.  1. 
(Zeitsch.  Deutsch.  Geol.  Ges.  Bd.  62,  Heft  2,  pp.  97-304.) 

Svo.  Berlin,  1910.     H.  W.  Monckton. 

Kranzlin  (Fritz).  See  Engler  (H.  G.  A.).  Das  Pflanzenreicb. 
Heft  45.  Orchidaceae — jNIouandra; — Dendrobiinse.  191U. 

Krauss  (Hermann  August)  (Tiibingen).  Monographie  der 
Embien.  Pp.  78;  mit  5  Tafeln  and  7  Textfiguren.  (Bibl. 
Zool.  xxiii.  Heft  60.)  4to.  Stuttgart,  1911. 

Kiister  (E.).  Allgemeiner  Teil.  Sec  Bibl.  Zoologica,  Bd.  xxiv. 
Heft  61.  \\.6.  Stuttgart,  IdW. 


86  PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE 

Kutorga  (Stepan  Semenovich).     Naturgescbichte  der  Infusions- 

tliiere    vurziiglich    luidi    Ehreuberg's    Eeobachtungen,     Text, 

pp.  viii,  14;3.  8vo,   CarJsruhe,  1841. 

Atlas,  i)p.  18  ;  Tafeln  7.  4to.  Carhruhe,  1841. 

Kynoch  (James).  Wild  Flowers  at  Bariuouth  and  Keigbbour- 
bood.  l'\)iii-tb  Edition  and  List  by  tbe  late  Kev.  Thomas 
.s.vi.wEY.     i'p.  4'J.  8vo.  Brvjliton,  1910.     Author. 

Lagerberg  (Torsten).  Studien  iiber  die  Entwieklungsgescliichte 
und  systeniatiscbe  8tellung  von  Adoxa  Moscliatellina,  L. 
Akademiscbe  Abbandlung.  Pp.  80  ;  niit  3  Tafeln.  (Kgl.  Sv. 
Vet.  Haudlingar,  Bd.  44,  no.  4.) 

4to.  U'pi>sala  >!,•  Stoclhohn,  1909.     Author. 

Lankester  (S'n-  Edwin  Ray).  ]\Ionograi)h  of  the  Okapi.  See 
British  Museum  (Natural  History) — Mammals.       4to.  1910. 

Laurent  (Emile).     Mission  E.  L.  (1903-1904).     See  Wildeman 

(Emile  de).  ,        Eoy.  8vo.  1905-1907. 

Laurent  (Marcel).     See  Wildeman  (Emile  de).     Mission  Emile 

Laurent  (1903-1904).  Key.  8vo.  1905-1907. 

Lendner  (Alfred).     Les  Mucoriuees  de  la  Suisse.     Pp.  180  ;  avec 

59    figures   et    3    planches.       (Beitr.    z.    Krytogramenflora    d. 

tSchweiz,  Bd.  iii.  Heft  1.)  8vo.  Bern,  1908. 

Lewis  (Francis  John).     The  Plant  Eemains  in  the  Scottish  Peat 

Mosses.     Part  IV.     Pp.  41,  with  5  Plates.     (Trans.  Eoy.  Soc. 

Ediub.  vol.  47,  part  4.)  4to.  Edinburgh,  1911.     Author. 

Lindman  (Carl  Axel  Magnus).      A  Linnean  Herbarium  in  tbe 

Natural    History   Museum    in    Stockholm.       II.  Pentandria. 

Pp.  50.     (Arkiv  Bot.  ix.  no.  6.) 

8vo.  Uppsala  ^-  Stocl-hohn,  1909.     Author. 
Lloyd  Library  of  Botany,  Pharmacy,  and  Materia  Medica. 
Bulletiu.     Ileproductiou  Series,  No.  6. 

8vo.   Cincinnati,  1884. 
Mycological  Notes.     Nos.  27,  28,  29. 

8vo.  Cincinnati,  1907-1908. 

Polyporoid  issue,  No.  1. 

8vo.  Cincinnati,  1908. 

Loefgren    (Alberto).       Notas    Botanicas.      (Ceani.)      Pp.   39; 

plates  24  and  map.  4to.  liio  de  Janeiro,  1910.     Author. 

Lull  (Richard  S.).     See  Hatcher   (John   B.).     Tbe  Ceratopsia. 

(L".S.  Geol.  Surv.  IMonogr.  49.)  4to.    Washington,  1907. 

Macfarlane  (John  Muirhead).    See  Engler  (H.  G.  A.).    Das  Pflan- 

zeureicb.     Heft  47.  Cephalotacea).  1911. 

Manniche  (A.  L.  V.).     The  Terrestrial   Mammals   and   Birds  of 

North-Ea.st    Greenland.       Pp.    199  ;    with    7   plates   and    23 

illustratians    of    Mammals,    and    20    illustrations    of    Birds. 

(Meddelelser  om  Gronland,  xlv.)     Boy.  Svo.  Copenhagen,  1910. 

Author. 

Marsh  (Othniel  C).     See  Hatcher  (John  B.).     The  Ceratopsia. 

(U.S.  Geol.  Surv.  Moaiogr.  49.)  4to.  1907. 


LINNEAN    SOCIETY    OF    LONDON.  87 

Martelli  (Ugoliuo).     Euumerazione  delle  "  Piindauaceae."     Pp.  21. 
(Webbia,  lii.)  yvo.  Firenze,  1910.     Author. 

Maslen  (Arthur  John).     The  Structure  of:  Mesoxylon  Sutclijjii 
(Scott).     Pp.  t54,  with  4  plates.     (Aim.  Bot.  xxv.) 

8vo.  Oxford,  1911.     Author. 

Llassart  (Jean).     Leo  Errera.     1858-1905.'    Pp.  40  et  portrait. 

8vo.  Bru.veUes,  1905.      Rev.  G.  Henslow. 

Esquisse   do    la    Geograpliie    Botauique   de    la    Belgique. 

Pp.  xi,  '632  ;   uvec  101  hgs.     (Recueil  Inst.  Bot.  Leo  Errera, 
Suppl.  vii.  bis.)  4to.  Bruxelles,  1910. 

Annexe   conteuant   deux   cents   seize   phototypies 


simples,  deux  cents  quarante-six  phototypies  stereoscopiques, 

neut  cartes  et  deux  diagrauimes.    Table  alphabetique.     Pp.  xiii. 

(Rec.  Inst.  bot.  Leo  Errera,  Suppl.  vii.  bis.) 

4to.  Bruxelles,  1910.     Author. 

See  Fredericq  (Leon).     Notice  sur  Leo  Errera. 

8vo.  1908. 
Massee   (George).      Diseases   of    Cultivated   Plants   and   Trees. 

Pp.  xii,  602  ;  with  171  illustrations.  8vo.  London,  1910. 

Molisch  (Hans).     Die  Eisenbakterien.     Pp.  vi,  83  ;  mit  3  Tafeln 

und  12  Texttiguren.  8vo.  Jena,  1910. 

Monckton  (Horace  Woollaston).   Geological  Excursion  to  Swanage, 

Lulworth    Cove,  and    Bournemouth.     Pp.  12,    with   3  plates. 

(Proc.  Geol.  Assoc,  xxi.)  8vo.  Londoyi,  1910.     Author. 

■ See  Cambridge  County  Geographies.  8vo.  1911. 

Moquin-Tandon  (Alfred).      Ilistoire   JMuturelle  des  Mollusques 

Terrestres  et  Pluviatiles  de  Prance.     2  vols.     Svo.  Paris,  1855. 
Vol.  I.  pp.  41G.     Vol.  II.  pp.  64G ;  planches  54. 

Murray  (Gilbert).    See  Home  University  Library  of  Modern 

Knowledge.  8vo. 

Nalepa  (Alfred).     Eriophyiden  (Gallenmilben),     See  Bibl.  Zoo- 

logica,  Bd.  xxiv.  Heft  61.  4to.  Stuttgart,  1911. 

Nathorst  (Alfred  Gabriel),     Beitrjige   zur  Geologie  der  Biiren- 

Insel,  Spitzbergens  und   des   Kiinig-Karl-Landes.      Pp.   156  ; 

mit  2  Tafeln   und   97  Figuren   iin   Text.      (Bull.   Geol.   Inst. 

Upsala,  X.)  8vo.  Uppsala,  1910,     H.  W.  Monckton. 

Nemec  (Bohumil).     Das  Problem  der  Befruchtungsvorgange  und 

andere  zytologische  Pragen.     Pp.532;   mit  119  Abbildmigen 

im  Text  und  5  lithogr.  Tafeln.  Svo.  Berlin,  1910, 

Neumann   (L.   G.).      See    Berlin.      Das   Tierreich.      Liefg.   20. 

Ixodida;  (Acarina).  8vo.  1911,, 

Nutting  (Charles  Cleveland).     See  Siboga-Expeditie.    The  Gor- 

gonacea   of   the  Siboga  Expedition.      VIII.  The  Scleraxonia. 

Livr.  57.     Monogr.  xiii.  \f.  4to.  1911. 

Ogilvie  (Campbell  P.).     Argentina  from  a  British  Point  of  View, 

and    Notes    on    Argentine    Life.       With     Photographs    and 

Diagrams.     Pp.  vi,  277.  Svo.   London,  1910.     Author. 


88  rnocEEinNGS  of  the 

Oliver  (Daniel).     Flora  of  Tropical  Africa.     Vols.  1-3. 

8vo.  Loiulon,  1868-1877. 
[Coiitinxed  «*] 
I'lora  of  Tropical  Africa.    By  various  Botanists.     Edited  by  Sir 
William  T.  Thiselton-Dyer.     A^)1.  vi.  Sect.  i.  Part  2. 

8vo.  London,  1010.     Director  Roy.  Gardens,  Kew. 
Osborn  (Henry  Fairfield).     The  A;j;e  of   Mammals  in    Europe, 
Asia,  and  iS'ortii  America.     Pp.  xvii,  035  ;   with  220  illustr. 

8vo.  Neiu  York,  1910. 

Osborn  (T.  G.  B.).     Sj>ongosj)ora  suhtenanca  (Wallroth),  Johnson. 

Pp.  15  ;  1  plate.     (Ann.  Bot.  XIV.)  8\o.  Oxford, '^dU. 

Author. 
Pax  (Ferdinand).    S'ee  Engler  (H.  G.  A.).     Das  Pflanzenreich. 

Heft  42.  Eupliorbiacefc — Jatropheae.     1910. 
Heft  44.  S^upborblaceac — Adrianeae.     1910. 
Heft  47.  Eiiphorbiacea;— Cluytiea?.     1911. 
Pearson  (Henry  Harold  Welch).     A  National  Botanic  Garden. 
Presidential  Address.     Pp.  18.  8vo.  Cajye  Town,  1910. 

Author. 
Plankton-Expedition  der  Humboldt-Stiftung  (continued) 

Bd.    II.    H.  e.      Die  Cbjltognatlien.      Ton    Rudolf  yon   Ritter-Zaiiany. 

Pp.  33;  niit  11  Textfiguren.  1911. 
Bd.  III.  L.  h.  11.      Die  Tripleen   Radiolarien  der  Plankton-Expedition. 

Challengerid.'c.      Von   Dr.   A.   Borgekt.      Pp.  417-536 ;    mit 

5  Tafeln  und  22  Textfiguren.  1911. 
Bd.    V.    a.    Das   Leben    im    02ean    nach     Ziililungen    seiner    Bewohner. 

L'ebersicht  iind  Resultate  der  qnantitativen  L'ntersiichungen. 

Von  Dr.  V.  Hensf.n.      Pp.  v,  4U6 :    mit   77   Textfiguren,  28 

Tabellen  und  1  Tafel.     1911. 

Porter  (William  S.).     See  British  Association.      Handbooks. 

Sheffield.  8vo.  1910. 

Portier   (Paul).       Eecherches   Physiologiques   siir   les   Insectes 

Aquatiques.     Pp.  291  ;  4  planches  et  68  illustr.     (Arch.  Zool. 

Expcr.  et  (iener.  vol.  48,  no,  2.)  8vo.  Paris,  1911. 

Przibram    (Hans).     Experimental    Zoologie.      III.  Phylogenese 

iuklusive  Ilereditat.     Pp.315;  mit  25  Tafeln. 

8vo.  Leipzig  4'  Wien,  1910. 
Eao  (M.  Rama,  Bni  Sahib).     Notes  on  Sandal  (Germination  and 

Growth  of  Sandal  Seedlings).     Pp.  23,  with  10  plates.     (Ind. 

Eorest  Records,  vol.  ii.  part  3.)  4to.   Calcutta,  1910. 

Author. 
Rees  (Bertha).     See  Ewart  (Alfred  James).     Contributions  to 

the  Flora  of  Australia.     Nos.  14,  15.  8vo.  1910. 

Eees  (Sir  J.  D.).     See  Smith  (Harold  Hamel).     Aigrettes  and 

Birdskins.  4to.  1910. 

Eeid   (Clement)   and    Reid    (Mrs.   Eleanor  Mary).     A  further 

Investigation   of    the   Pliocene   Flora   of    Tegelen.       Pp.    10. 

(Versl.  K.  Akad.  Wetensch.  Ainsterd.  1910,  Proc.  K.  Akad. 

Wetensch.  Ainsterd.  1910.)      4to.  Amsterdam,  1910.     Author. 
Reid  (Mrs.  Eleanor  Mary).     See  Reid  (Clement).      A  further 

investigation  of  the  Pliocene  Flora  of  Tegelen.  4to.  1910. 


LIJfNEAN    SOCIETY    OF    LONDON.  §9 

Renauld  (Ferdinand).     Essai  siir  des  Leucoloma  et  Supplement 

au    Prodrome   de  la    Flore    Brjologique  de    Madagascar,    des 

Mascareigiies  et  des  Comores.     Pp.  ix,  139  ;  planches  24. 

4to.  Monaco,  1909. 
Rendle  (Alfred  Barton).     Flora   of  Jamaica,  &c.     8ee  British 

Museum  (Natural  History) — Plants.  8vo.  1910. 

Retzius  (Gustaf).      Biologische  Untersuchungen.     Neue  Folge, 

XV.     Pp.  iv,  95  ;  mit  21  Tat'eln.      fol.  Stoclcholm  Sf  Jena,  1910. 

Author. 
Eidewood   (Walter  George).      Monograph  of  the   Okapi.     See 

British  Museum  (Natural  History) — Mammals.      4to.  1910. 
Ridley  (Harry  Nicholas).     A  Scientitic  Expedition  to  Temengoh, 

Upper  Perak.     Pp.   118.      (Journ.  iStraits   Branch  Roy.  As. 

Soc.  no.  57,  1910.)  8vo.  Sinrjapore,  1910. 
Eight  Ee7.  George  Frederick  Hose,  Bishop  of  Singapore 

and    Sarawak,    1881-1908.      Pp.   4,    with    portrait.      (Journ. 

Straits  Branch  Koy.  As.  Soc.  no.  57,  1910.) 

8vo.  Singapore,  1910.     Author. 
Rijnano  (Eugenio).      Ueber  die  Vererbung  erworbener  Eigen- 

schafteii.   Hypothese    einer    Zentroepigenese.     Pp.    399  ;    mit 

2  Textfigureu.  8vo.  Leipzig,  1907.     Au':hor. 

Eitter-Zdhony    (Rudolf    von).      See    Berlin.      Das    Tierreich. 

Liefg.  29.   Vermes — Chsetognathi.  8vo.  1911. 

See  Plankton -Expedition  der  Humholdt-Stiftung.     Bd.  ii. 

H.  e.     Pp.  33  ;  mit  11  Textfiguren.  4to.  1911. 

Riverius  (Lazarus),  Culpeper  (Nicholas),  and  Cole  (Abdiah). 
The  Practice  of  Physick,  wherein  is  plainly  set  forth,  the 
Nature,  Cause,  Differences,  and  several  Sorts  of  Signs  :  together 
with  tlie  Cure  of  all  Diseases  in  the  Body  of  Man.  With  many 
Additions  in  several  places  never  Printed  before.  In  twenty 
and  four  Books.         fol.  London,  1661.     R.  J.  Harvey  Gibson. 

Roberts  (Emmanuel).  "  Tinospora  cordifoUa."  Pp.  3,  with 
1  plate.     (Journ.  Ceylon  Branch  Brit.  Med.  Assoc,  i.) 

8vo.   Colombo,  1904. 

"  GiujuV     Pp.  3.      (Journ.  Ceylon  Branch  Brit.  Med. 

Assoc,  ii.)  8vo.   Colombo,  1905. 

Asjxtragiis  falcatns."     Pp.  2,  with  1  col.  plate.     (Journ. 


Ceylon  Branch  Brit.  Med.  Assoc,  ii.)  8\o.   Colombo,  1905. 

—     "  Ci/perus  rotiindtis."     Pp.  4,  with  1  col.  plate.     (Journ. 
Ceylon  Branch  Brit.  Med.  Assoc,  iii.)  8vo.  1906. 

"  Plectrantlms  zei/la7iiciis."     Pp.  2,  with  1  plate.     (Journ. 


Ceylon  Branch  Brit.  Med.  Assoc,  iii.)  8vo.  Colombo,  1906. 

Terminalia   Chebida."      Pp.   4,  with   1   plate.      (Journ. 


Ceylon  Branch  Brit.  Med.  Assoc,  iii.)  8vo.  Colombo,  1906. 

"  Smilax  ovalifolia.''     Pp.  2.     (Journ.  Ceylon  Branch  Brit. 

Med.  Assoc,  iii.)  8vo.   Colombo,  1906.     Author. 

Roman  (A.).  Ichueumoniden  aus  dem  Sarekgebirge,  Inaugural- 
Dissertation.  Pp.  175 ;  mit  4  Tafeln  und  57  Illustrationen  ini 
Text.  (Naturw.  Unters.  des  Sarekgebirges  in  Schwedisch- 
Lappland,  Bd.  iv.  Zool.)  4to.  Stockholm,  1 909.     Author. 


9©  PBOCEEDIXGS    OF    THE 

Riibsaamen  (Ewald  H.)-     Die  Zoocecidien,  (lurch  Tiere  erzeugte 

I'tlanzenj^allt^ii  Ueutschlands  und   ihre  Bewohner.      See  Bibl. 

Zoologica,  P>:iik1  xxiv.  lleft  Gl.  4to.  Stuttgart,  1911. 

Salwey  {lifv.  Thomas).     See  Kynoch  (James).     Wild  Flowers  of 

Yarmouth  niul  Nt-iglibourhood.  8vo.  1910. 

Saxton  (Walter  Theodore).     Contributions  to  the  Lite-liistory 

of  CaUitris.     Pp.  \'A,  with  2  plates.     (Ann.  Bot.  xxiv.) 

8vo.  Oxford,  1910. 

The  Ovule  of  the  Bruniacere.     Pp.  5,  with  8  figs.     (Trans. 

Eoy.  Soc.  S.  Africa,  vol.  ii.  part  1.) 

8vo.  Cape  Town,  1910.     Author. 

Schaeberle  (J.  M.).    Geological  Climates.    Pp.  2.     (Science,  N.  JS. 

xxvii.)  4to.  New  Haven,  1908. 

An  Explanation  of  the  Cause  of  the  Eastward  Circulation 

of  our  Atmosphere.     Pp.2.     (Science,  ]S.  8.,  xxviii.) 

8vo.  New  Haven,  1908.    Author. 

Schellenberg  (Hans  Conrad).  Die  Brandpilze  der  8chweiz. 
Pp.  xlv,  180;  uiit  79  Textfiguren.  (Beitr.  z.  Kryptogameii- 
fiora  d.  Schweiz,  Bd.  iii.  Heft  2.)  8vo.  Bern,  1911. 

Schlich  {Sir  William).  Schlieh's  Manual  of  Forestrv.  Vol.  III. 
Forest  ^lanageiTient.  Fourth  Edition,  revised.  Pp.  x,  403, 
with  59  illustrations.  8vo.  London,  1911.     Author. 

Scott  (Dukinfield  Henry).  The  Evolution  of  Plants.  (Home 
Univ.  Library  of  Modern  Knowledge.)  Pp.  2.56,  with 
25  illustrations.  8vo.  London,  [1911].     Author. 

Seward  (Albert  Charles).  See  Cambridge  Manuals  of  Science 
and  Literature.  8vo. 

Siboga-Expeditie.     Livr.  51-56.  4to.  Leiden,  1910-1911. 

Dr.  Max  Weber. 

Simmons  (Herman  Georg).  Fioran  och  Yegetationen  i  Kiruna. 
Pp.  403  ;  plates  22  and  map.  4to.  Stockholm,  1910. 

Om  hemerofila  vaxter.     Pp.  19.     (Bot.  Kotiser,  1910.) 

8vo.  Lund,  1910.     Author. 

Smith  (Annie  Lorrain).     A  Monograph  of  the  British  Lichens, 

a  Descriptive  Catalogue  of  the  Species  in  the  Department  of 

Botany,    British    Museum.      Part    II.      Pp.   v,    409  ;    with 

59  plates.  8vo.  London,  1911. 

See  also  Brit.  Mus.  (Nat.  Hist.)— Plants. 

Smith  (Harold  Hamel).  Aigrettes  and  Birdskins;  the  Truth 
about  their  Collection  and  Export.  "With  a  Foreword  by  Sir 
J.  D.  Ke£S.     Pp.  138,  with  portrait. 

4to.  London,  1910.    Author. 

Smith  (Henry  G.).  See  Baker  (Richard  Thomas).  A  Eesearch 
on  the  Pines  of  Australia.  4to.  1910. 

Stebbing  (T.  R.  R.).  Obituary  of  Edward  Sauk^ders  and  George 
SiTARP  Saunders.  Pp.  5.  (Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  Lond.,  Session 
122.)  8vo.  London,  1910.     Author. 


LIN>^EAN    SOCIETY    Of    LONDON.  9^ 

Sterzi  (Giuseppi).  II  Sistema  Nervoso  Centrale  dei  Vertebrati. 
Vols.  I.,  II.  8vo.  Padova,  1907-1909. 

I.  pp.  viii,  731  ;  illustr.  194. 
Pesci.  II.  pp.  xi,  981) ;  illustr.  385. 

Steuer  (Adolf).  Planktonkunde.  Pp.  xv,  723  ;  mit  365 
Abbilduugen  im  Text  und  1  Tat'el. 

8vo.   Leipzig  Sf  Berlin,  1910. 

Stevens  (Frank  Lincoln)  and  Hall  (John  G.).  Diseases  of 
Ecouoinic  Plants.  Pp.  x,  513;  with  2  portraits  and  214  illus- 
trations. 8vo.  New  YorJc,  lUlO. 

Stopes  (Marie  Charlotte  Carmichael).  Adventitious  Budding  and 
Branching  in  C'ljcas.  Pp.  8,  with  6  illustrations.  (New 
Phytol.  ix.)  8vo.   Cambridge,  1910. 

Eurther  Observations  on  the  Fossil  Flower,  Cretovariam. 

Pp.  3,  with  2  plates.     (Ann.  Bot.  xxiv.) 

8vo.  Oxford,  1910.     Author. 

Stur  (Dionys).     Beitriige  zur  Keuntniss  der  Flora  der  Vorwiilt. 

Band  I.  Die  Culm-Flora.  Pp.  xxii,  ir,  3G6;  mit  44  lithograpli- 
isten  TaCelu,  63  Holzschnitten  und  Zinkographien  und 
3  Tafelu  in  Farbendruch.  (Abb.  k.-k.  Geol.  lieicbsanst. 
Wien,  viii.)     1875-77. 

Band  II.  Die  Carbon-Flora  der  Schatzlarer  Scbicbten.  Abt.  I. 
Die  Fame  der  Carbon-Flora  der  Scliatzlarer  Scliichteii. 
Pp.  418;  mit  49  Doppeltafeln  und  48  Ziukotypien. 
(Abb.  k.-k.  Geol.  Eeicbsanst.  Wien,  xi.  Abt.  I.)  1886. 
Die  Carbon-Flora  der  Scbatzlarer  Scbichteu.  Abt.  II. 
Die  Calmarieu  der  Carbon-Flora  der  Scbatzlarer  Schieh- 
ten.  Pp.  240  ;  mit  2li  Doppeltafeln  und  43  Ziuko- 
typien. (Abb.  k.-k.  Geol.  Reiebsanst.  Wien,  xi.  Abt.  2.) 
1887. 

fol.    Wien,  1875-1887. 

Suzuki  (Y.).  On  the  Structure  and  Affinities  of  Two  new 
Conifers  and  a  Kew  Fungus  from  the  Upper  Cretaceous  of 
Hokkaido  (Yezo).  Pp.  16  ;  with  1  plate  and  3  illustrations  in 
the  text.     (Bot.  Mag.,  Tokyo,  xxiv.  n.  284.) 

8vo.  Tolajo,  1910.     Author. 

Szymanski  (Franz).  Uebereinige  parasitische  Algen.  Inaugural- 
Dissertation.     Pp.  23.  8vo.  JSkmslau,  1878. 

Tapper  (J.  Gottlieb  Otto).  South  Australian  Museum.  The 
Museum  Entomologist's  Quarterly  Keports.  With  Notes  and 
Eemarks  on  Habits,  Eemedies,  &c.,  from  April  1897  to 
December  1910.  Part  I.  Nos.  1-35  ;  11.  Nos.  36-53. 
[Published  by  "The  Eegister"  mostly.  With  50  Eeprints 
as  Leaflets  usually  by  order  of  the  Board  of  Governors, 
Public  Librarv  and  Art  Gallery.] 

4to.  Adelaide,  1897-1910.     Author. 


92  rnOCEEUlNGS    OF    THE 

Thomas  (Friedrich  August  Wilhelm).  Verzeicbnis  der  Schriften 
iiber  deiitsdie  Zoocecidien  und  Cecidozoen  bis  einschliesslich 
lOOG.     iSee  Bibl.  Zoologica,  Bd.  xxiv.  Heft  61. 

4to.  Stuttrjart,  191 1 . 

Thomson  (John  Arthur).  >See  Home  University  Library  of 
Modern  Knowledge.  8vo. 

Tongue  (Miss  Helen).  Bushman  Paintings.  "With  a  Preface  by 
J1e>ey  Balfour.     Pp.  47  ;  with  54  plates  and  map. 

4to.  Oxford,  1909.     Dr.  D.  Oliver. 
United  States  Geological  Survey. 
l^Continueil.] 
Monographs  : 

Vol.  49.  The  Ceratopsia.  By  John  B.  Hatcher,  based  on 
preliminary  Studies  by  Othniel  C.  Marsu.  Edited 
and  completed  by  Eichard  S.  Lull.  Pp.  xxx,  300  ; 
witli  51  plates  and  125  illustrations  in  the  text. 

4to.    Washington,  1907. 

Vol.  50.  The  Cretaceous  Flora  of  Southern  New  Tork  and 

New  England.     By  Arthur  Hollick.     Pp.  219  ;  with 

40  plates.  4to.    Washington,  1906. 

van  Wijk.     See  Gerth  van  Wijk. 

Wangerin  (Walther).     See  Engler  (H.  G.  A.).     Das  Pflanzenreich. 

Het't  41.  Garryaceae,  Xyssacea?,  Alangiaceae,Coruaceae.       1910. 

Ward  (Harry  Marshall).     Trees:  a  Handbook  of  Forest  Botany 

for  the  AVoodlands  and  the  Laboi'atorv.     5  vols.     (Camb.  Biol. 

Series.)  8vo.   Cambridge,  1904-1909. 

Watson   (Arnold   T.).      See  British   Association.      Handbooks. 

Sheffield.  8vo.  1910. 

Weberbauer    (August).       Die    Pflanzenwelt    der    peruanischen 

Anden.     Pp.  xii,  355  ;  mit  40  VoUbildern,  63  Textliguren  und 

2  Karten.     (Engler-Drude,  Vegetation  der  Erde,  xii.) 

8vo.  Leijyzig,  1911. 
Wehmer    (Karl).      Die   Pflanzenstoffe,    botanisch  -  systematisch 
bearbeitet ;  chemische  Bestandteile  und  Zusammeusetzung  der 
einzelnen  Ptlanzenarten  Bohstoffe    und    Produkte.      Phanero- 
gamen.     Pp.  xvi,  937.  8vo.  Jena,  1911. 

Weiss  (Frederick  Ernest).  Note  on  the  Variability  in  the 
Colour  of  the  Flowers  of  a  Tropa;olum  Hybrid.  Pp.  6,  with 
1  plate.     (Mem.  &  Proc.  Mauch.  Lit.  &  Phil.  Soc.  vol.  54.) 

8vo.  Manchester,  1910.     Author. 
Wellington,  New  Zealand. 
Department  of  Lands. 

Keport  on  a  Botanical  Examination  of  the  Higher  Waimarino 
District.  By  E.  Phillips  Tuener.  Pp.  14  ;  figs.  IS  and 
map.  fol.    Wellington,  1909. 


LINNEAN  SOCIETY  OF  LONDON.  93 

Wellington,  New  Zealand. 
Department  of  Lands  (con.). 

Eeport    ou    the    Saud    Dunes    of    New    Zealand.      By    L. 
Cockayne.     Pp.  30  ;  figs.  35.  fol,    Wellington,  l{)09. 

Eeport  on  a  Botanical  Survey  of   Stewart  Island.      By  L. 
Cockayne.     Pp.  68  ;  figs.  43  and  map. 

fol.    Wellington,  1909. 

Werner  (Franz).     See  Berlin.     Das  Tierreicli.     Liefg.  '27.     Rep- 

tilia — Chamaeleontidse.  8vo.  1911. 

West  (George  Stephen).     On  Variation  in  the  Desmidieae,  and  its 

Bearings  on  their  Classification.     Pp.  52 ;  with  4  plates,  and 

4  cuts  in  the  text.     (Jouru.  Linn.  Soc,  Bot.  xxxiv.) 

8vo.  London,  1899. 

The  Alga-Flora  of  Cambridgeshire,  being  an  Account  of 

the  Freshwater  Algfe  of  the  County,  with  Notes  on  their 
Classification  and  Distribution,  with  Critical  Remarks  on  many 
of  the  Species  and  Descriptions  of  new  ones.  Pp.  47,  with 
3  plates.     (Journ.  Bot.  sxxvii.)  8vo.   London,  1899. 

Report  on  the  Freshwater  Algae,  including  Phytoplankton, 


of  the  Third  Tanganyika  Expedition  conducted  by  Dr.  A.  W. 
CuNNiNGTON,  1904-1905.  Pp.  117,  with  9  plates.  (Journ. 
Linn.  Soc,  Bot.  xxxviii.)  4to.  London,  1907. 

—  Some  Critical  Green  Algae.  Pp.  11,  with  2  plates. 
(Journ.  Linn.  Soc,  Bot.  xxxviii.)  4to.  London,  1908. 

Botanical   Synonyms   in    the  Desmidiaceae  and    Protococ- 


coideae.     Pp.  5.     (Journ.  Bot.  xlvii.)  8vo.  London,  1909. 

—     The    "  Red    Snow "    Plant   {Sphcerella   nivalis).      Pp.    3. 
(Journ.  Roy.  Microsc  Soc.  1909,  pp.  28-30.) 

8vo,  London,  1909. 
The  Algae  of  the  Yan   Y^ean  Reservoir,  Victoria  :  a  Bio- 


logical and  (Ecological  Study.     Pp.   88  ;    with   (i  plates,  and 
10  cuts  in  the  text.     (Journ.  Linn.  Soc,  Bot.  xxxix.) 

4to.  London,  1909. 

A  Biological    Investigation   of  the  Peridinieae  of   Sutton 

Park,  Warwickshire.     Pp.  10,  with  7  cuts  in  the  text.     (New 
Phytol.  viii.  nos.  5  &  6.)  8vo.   Cambridge,  1909. 

The  Algae  of  the   Birket    Qarun,  Egypt.     Pp.   10,    with 

1  plate.     (Journ.  Bot.  xlvii.)  8vo.  London,  1909. 

Some    new    African    Species    of     Volvox.       Pp.    G,     with 

plate.     (Journ.  Quekett  Microsc.  Club,  2  ser.  xi.) 

8vo.  London,  1910. 
Algological  Notes.      Pp.  8,  with   3  cuts.      (Journ.  Bot. 


xlix.)  8vo.  London,  1911.     Author. 

West  (G.  S.)  and  Grifl&ths  (B.  M.).  Hillhousia  mirabilis,  a  Giant 
Sulphur  Bacterium.  Pp.  8,  with  1  plate.  (Proc  Roy.  Soc. 
B.  vol.  81.)  4to.  Zow/ou,  1909.     G.  S.  West. 

West  (William)  and  West  (George  Stephen).  Notes  on  Fresh- 
water Algae.  I.,  II.,  III.  Pp.  3G.  (Journ.  Bot.  vols.  30,  38, 
41.)  8vo.  London.  1898-1903. 


94  PltOCEEDIXGS    or    THE 

West  (William)  and  West  (George  Stephen).  A  further  Con- 
tributioa  to  the  Freshwiiter  I'laiilvtoii  of  the  Scottish  Lochs. 
Pp.  42,  with  7  plates.     (Trims.  Roy.  8oc.  Edinb.  .\li.) 

4to.   Edinhurfjh,  1905. 

A   Comparative   Study  of   the  Phinkton  of   some 

Irish  Lakes.     Pp.  40,  with  (5  plates.     (Trans.  Koy.  Irish  Acad. 
B.  xxxiii.  part  2.)  Aio.' DuhUn,  190G. 

Freshwater  Algae  from  Burma,  including  a  few  from 


Bengal  and  Madras.     Pp.  88,  with  7  plates.     (Ann.  Roy.  Bot. 
(jfarden,  Calcutta,  vi.  part  2.)  fol.  Calcutta,  1907. 

—     The  Phytoplankton  of  the  English  Lake  District. 

Pp.  47,  with  3  plates,  and  8  cuts  in  text.      (Naturalist,  Aug., 
Sept.,  1909.)  8vo.   London,  1909. 

The     British     Freshwater     Phytoplankton,     with 


Special  Reference  to  Desmid-plankton  and  the  Distribution  of 
British  Desmids.  Pp.  42,  with  6  figs.  (Proc.  Roy.  Soc.  B. 
vol.  81.)  4to.  London,  1909. 

The  Ecology  of   the  Upper   Driva  Valley  in   the 


Dovrefjeld.    Pp.  22,  with  2  plates  and  7  cuts.    (New  Phytol.  ix. 
no.  10.)      ,  8vo.  Cambridge,  1910.     Authors. 

Wildeman  (Emile  de).  Mission  Emile  Laurent  (1903-1904). 
Enumeration  des  plantes  rocoltees  par  Emile  Laurent  avec  la 
collaboration  de  Maucel  Laurent  pendant  sa  derniere  Mission 
au  Congo  ;  par  E.  de  W. 

2  vols.     Roy.  8vo.  Bruxelles,  1905-1907. 
I.  pp.  ccxxv,  617  ;  figs.  13S. 
II.  plates  184. 

Willey   (Arthur).      Convergence  in   Evolution.      Pp.  xii,   177, 

with  12  illustrations.  8vo.  London,  1911.     Author. 

WolflF  (Hermann).     See  Engler  (H.  G.  A.).     Das  Pllanzenreieh. 

Heft    43.     Umbellifera)  —  Apioidea)  —  BupJeurum,     Trinia     et 

reliquae  Amminete  heteroclitic.  1910. 

Wood  (Bertha).     See  Ewart  (Alfred  James).     Contributions  to 

the  Flora  of  Australia.     Nos.  14,  15.  8vo.  1910. 

Wood  (John   Medley).     Natal  Plants.     Vol.  vi.  part  2. 

4to.  Durban,  1910.    Author. 
Woodward   (Bernard   Barham).      Note   on   the   Occurrence   of 

Pisidium  personatum,  Mahn,   in  the  British    Islands.       P.    1. 

(Proc.  Malacol.  Soc.  viii.  part  3.)  8vo.  London,  1908. 
On  the  Occurrence  of  Pisidum  supinum  in  the  Living  State 

in  England.     P.  1.     (Proc.  Malacol.  Soc.  viii.  part  G.) 

8vo.  London,  1909. 
On  the  Occurrence  in  the  British  Isles  of  Living  Specimens 


of  Pisidiu  n  Steenhuchii,  Moi'ch,  and  P.  LiUjeborgii,  Clessin,  with 
Notes  of  New^  Records  of  Pisidia  for  the  Lake  District,  and 
Fresh  Localities  for  P.  supinum,  h.  Schm.  Pp.  2.  (Proc. 
Malacol.  Soc.  ix.  part  1.)  8vo.  L^ondon,  1910. 

—  Note  on  further  British  Localities  for  Pisidium  Steen- 
hucJiii,  MoUer,  and  P.  LiUJeborr/ii,  Clessin.  P.  1.  (Proc. 
Malacol.  Soc.  ix.  part  3.)  Svo.  London,  1910. 


LI^'XEAX    SOCIETY    OF    LOXDOX.  95 

Woodward  (Bernard  Barham).  See  British  Museum  (Natural 
History)— Catalogue  of  Books,  &c.  4to.  1903-1910. 

See    Kennard   (A.    S.).       Notes   on    Non-Marine 

Mollusca   from    some    Irish    Lakes,    obtained    by    Major    H. 
Trevelyan.  8vo.  1911. 

Ziegler  (Heinrich  Ernst).  Der  Begriff  dcs  Instinktes  einst  und 
jetzt  .  .  .  Mit  einem  Anhang :  Die  Gehirne  der  Bienen  und 
Ameisen.  Pp.  vi,  112  ;  mit  2  Tafelu  und  16  Abbilduugen  iiu 
Text.  8vo.  Jena,  1910. 

Zoological  Record.     Vol.  46.  (1909.)  8vo.  London,  1910. 

Zurich. 

Botanische  Museum  der  Universitat   Zurich.      INIitteilungen. 
No.  36.  8vo.  Zurich,  1907^ 

Der  botanische  Garten  und   das  botanische  Museum  der 

Uuiversitiit,  Ziirich,  im  Jahre  1909. 

8vo.  ZUnch,  1910.     Dr.  Hans  Sohinz. 


<j6  PBOCEEDINGS    OF    THE 


DONATIONS. 

1910.  £.    s. 

May  31.  Prof.  J.  Sta:\ley  Gaudiner:  Contribution 
towards  the  illustration  of  Pi'of.  A. 
Thomson's  paper  ou  Alcyonarians 35  0 

Nov.    4.  Sir  Frank  Crisp:  Donation  as  a  Fund  for 

Microscopical  Eesearch    200  0 

„  4.  Third  Donation  from  the  Sladen  Trustees, 
towards  the  publication  of  Researches  on 
the  Indian  Ocean 200  0 

1911. 

March  3.  Donation  from  the  Sladen  Trustees  towards 
the  publication  of  the  third  volume  of 
Eesearches  on  the  Indian  Ocean     70  0 


LINNBAX    SOCIEXT    Of    LOXDOX.  97 

BENEFACTIONS. 

List  in  accordance  with  Bue-Lawft,  Chap,  XVII.  Sect.  1,  of  all 
Donations  of  the  amount  or  value  of  Twentij-five  pounds  and 
vpwards. 

1790. 
The  Et.  Hon.  Sir  Joseph  Bauks,  Bt. 

Cost  of  Copper  and  entrraving  of  the  plates  of  the  first  vohuna 
of  Transactions,  20  in  number. 
The  same :  Medallion  of  C.  von  Linne,  by  C.  F.  Inlander. 

1796. 
The  same :  a  large  collection  of  books. 

1800. 

Subscription  towards  the  Charter,  =£29-5  4s.  6fZ. 

Claudius  Stephen  Hunter,  Esq.. F.L.S.  (Gratuitous  professional 
services  in  securing  the  Charter). 

1802. 

Dr.  Richard  Pulteney. 

His  collections,  and  £200  Stock 
Aylmer  Bourke  Lambert,  Esq. 

Portrait  of  Henry  Seymer. 

1804. 
The  Et.  Hon.  Sir  Joseph  Banks,  Bt. 
His  collection  of  Insects. 

1807. 
Sichard  Anthony  Salisbury,  Esq. 

Portrait  of  U.  C.  Solander,  by  J.  Zoffany. 

1811. 
The  Et.  Hon.  Sir  Joseph  Banks,  Bt. 

His  collection  of  Shells. 
Mrs.  Pulteney. 

Portrait  of  Dr.  E.  Pulteney,  by  S.  Beach. 

1814. 

Joseph  Sabine,  Esq. 

Portrait  of  C.  von  Linne,  after  A.  Roslin,  reversed. 
Dr.  John  Sims. 

Portrait  of  Dr.  Trew. 

1818. 

Subscription  of  £215  6s.  for  Caley's  Zoological  Collection. 

1819. 

The  Medical  Society  of  Stockholm. 

A  medallion  of  Linnaeus  in  alabaster. 

LINX.  SOC.  PROCEEDINGS. — SESSION  1910-1911.  h 


98  ]'I{(ICKK1)1X(;.S    or    TIIK 

1822. 
Bust  of  Sir  Joseph  Banks,  Bt,,  by  Sir  F.  Chantrey,  E.A. 

Subscriptiou  of  tlie  Follows. 

1825. 
The  late  Natunil  ITistory  Sociutv. 

i:i9(»,  3.]  Stock. 
Bust  of  Sir  James  Fdwaid  Smith,  P.L.S,,  by  Sir  F.  Chantrey, 
ll.A.,  by  Subscribers. 

1829. 
Subscription   for    the   purchase   of   the   Linnean   and    Suiithian 
Collections,  .£1593  8s. 

1830. 
Sir  Thomas  Grey  Cullum,  Bt. 
£1U0  Bond  given  up. 

1832. 
The  Honourable  East  India  Company. 

East  Indian  Herbarium  (AValliciiian  Collection). 

1833. 

Subscription  for  Cabinets  and  mounting  the  East  Indian  Herbarium, 
£315  14s. 

1835. 
Subscription  portrait  of  Eobert  Brown,  by  11.  AY.  Pickersgill,  E.A. 

1836. 

Subscription  portrait  of  Edward  Forster,  by  Eden  Upton  Eddis. 
Subscription  portrait  of  Archibald  !JJenzies,  by  E.  IT.  Eddis. 

1837. 

Subscription   portrait   of  Alexander   MacLeay,   by   Sir   Thomas 
Lawrence,  P.K.A, 

1838. 
Collections  and  Cori'espondence  of  Nathaniel  John  Winch. 
Portrait  of  Dr.  Nathaniel  AVallich,  by  John  Lucas,  presented  by 
Mrs.  Smith,  of  Hull. 

1839. 
Subscription  portrait  of  "William  TarreU,  by  Mrs.  Carpenter. 

1842. 

David  Don  :  herbarium  of  woods  and  fruits. 

Archibald  jMenzies :  bequest  of  £100,  subject  to  legacy  duty. 

Portrait  of  John  Ebenezer  Bicheno,  by  E.  U.  Eddis,  presented  by 

Mr.  Bicheno. 

1843. 
Subscription  in  aid  of  the  funds  of  the  Society,  £994  3s. 
Subscription  portrait  of  Sir  William  Jackson  Hooker,  by  S.  Gam- 

bardelhi. 


LIXXEAN    SOCIETY    OF    LONDON".  99 

1845. 

Alicroscope  presented  by  Subscribers. 

1846. 
Joseph  Janson:  £100  legacj',  free  of  duty,  and  two  cabinets. 

1847. 
[Bequest  of  £200  in  trust,  by  Edward  Ivudge  ;  declined  for  reasons 
set  forth  in  Proceedings,  i.  pp.  315-317.] 

1849. 

Portrait  of  Sir  J.  Banks,  Bt.,  bv  T.  Phillips,  E.A.,  presented  by 
Capt.  Sir  E.  Home,  Bt.,  li.N. 

185D. 
Subscription   portrait    of    the    lit.    Eev.    Edward   Stanley,  D.D., 
Bishop  of  Norwich,  by  J.  H.  JMaguire. 

1853. 

Portrait  of  Carl  von  Linne,  after  A.  Eoslin,  by  L.  Pascb,  pre- 
sented by  Eobert  Brown. 

Pastel  portrait  of  A.  B.  Lambert,  by  John  Eussell,  presented  by 
Eobert  Brown, 

1854. 

Professor  Thomas  Bell,  o£10o. 

1857. 
Subscription  portrait  of  Prof.  T.  Bell,  P.L.S.,  by  H.  W.  Pickersgill, 

E.A. 
Thomas  Corbyn   .Janson  :   two  cabinets  to  hold  the  collection  of 

fruits  and  seeds. 
Pleasance,  Lady  Smith  :  Correspondence  of  Sir  J.  E.  Smith,  in 

19  volumes. 

1858. 
Subscription    portrait  of   Nathaniel   Bagshaw   Ward,    by   J.   P. 

Knight. 
Subscription  for  removal  to  Burlington  House,  £1108  15.?. 
Biography  of  Carl  von  Linne,  and  letters  to  Bishop  Menander, 

presented  by  Miss  Wray. 
Dr.  Horsfield's  Javan  plants,  presented  by  the  Court  of  Directors 

of  the  Hon.  East  India  Company. 
Dr.  Ferdinand  voa  Mueller's  Australian  and  Tasmanian  plants, 

including  many  types. 

1859. 
Books   from  the  library  of  Eobert  Brown,  presented  by  J.   J. 

Bennett,  Sec.L.S. 
Eobert  Brown  :  bequest  of  two  bonds  given  up,  £200. 

1861. 

Subscription  bust  of  Eobert  Brown,  by  Peter  Slater. 
Collection  of  birds'  eggs,  bequeathed  by  John  Drew  Salmon,  F.L.S. 

h  2 


lOO  PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE 

1862. 

The    Linnoan    Club  :     presentation    bust    of     Prof,    T.    Bell,    by 
P.  Slater. 

1863. 
Subscription  portrait  of  John  Joseph  Bennett,  by  E.  U.  Eddis. 

1864. 
Beriah  Botfield,  Esq. :  Legacy,  .£40  less  Duty. 

1865. 
Executors  of  Sir  J.  \V.  Hooker,  £100. 

George  Bentham,  Esq. :  cost  of  10  plates  for  bis  "  Tropical  Legunii- 
nosae,"  Trans,  vol.  xxv, 

1866. 
Dr.  Friedrich  Welvvitsch  :  Illustrations  of  his  '  Sertum  Angolense,' 
£130. 

1867. 
George  Bentham,  Esq, :  General  Index  to  Transactions,  vols,  i.-xxv. 
lloyal  Society  :  Grant  in  aid  of  G.  S.  Brady  on  British  Ostracoda, 
£S0. 

1869. 
Carved  rhinoceros  horn  from  Lady  Smith,  formerly  in  the  posses- 
sion of  Carl  von  Linne. 

1874. 
Subscription  portrait  of  George  Bentham,  by  Lowes  Dickinson. 
George  Bentham,  Esq.,  for  expenditure  on  Library,  <£50, 

1875. 

Legacy  from  James  Tates,  £50  free  of  Duty. 
„         „      Daniel  Hanbury,  £100  less  Duty. 

1876. 
Legacy  of  the  late  Thomas  Corbyn  Janson,  £200. 

,,  „         „    Charles  Lambert,  £500. 

George  Bentham,  Esq.:    General  Index   to    Transactions,    vols. 
xxvi.-xxx. 

1878. 
Subscription  portrait  of  John  Claudius  Loudon,  by  J.  Linnell. 
Subscription  portrait  of   Eev.  Miles  Joseph  Berkeley,  by  James 
Peel. 

1879. 
Eev.  George  Ilenslow  and  Sir  J.  D.  Hooker:    Contribution  to 
illustrations,  £35. 

1880. 

The  Secretary  of  State  for  India  in  Council :  cost  of  setting  up 
Dr.  Aitchison's  paper,  £30. 


I 


LINNEAN    SOCIETY    OF    LONDON.  lOI 

1881. 

George  Bentham,  Esq.,  special  donation,  £25. 
The  same :  towards  Kichard  Kippist's  pension,  £50. 
Portrait  of  Dr.  St.  George  Jackson  Mivart,   by   Miss   Solomon; 
presented  by  Mrs.  Mivart. 

1882. 

Executors  of  the  late  Frederick  Currey  :  a  large  selection  of  books. 
Subscription  portrait  of  Charles  Robert  Darwin,  by  Hon.  John 

Collier. 
The  Secretary  of  State  for  India  in  Council :  Grant  for  publication 

of  Dr.  Aitchison's  second  paper  on  the  Elora  of  the  Ivurruiu 

Valley,  £G0. 

1883. 
Sir  John  Lubbock,  Bt,  (afterwards  Lord  Avebury). 

Portrait  of  Carl  von  Liune,  ascribed  to  M.  Hallman. 
Philip  Henry  Gosse,  Esq. :  towards  cost  of  illustrating  his  paper, 

.£25. 
Royal  Society  :  Grant  in  aid  of  Mr.  P.  H.  Gosse's  paper,  <£50. 
Sophia  Grover,  Harriet  Grover,  Emily  Grover,  and  Charles  Ehret 

Grover :  11  letters  from  Carl  von  Linne  to  G.  D.  Ehret. 

1885. 

Executors  of  the  late  George  Bentham,  ^567  lis.  2d. 
Subscription  portrait  of  George  Busk,  by  his  daughter  Marian 

Busk. 

1886. 
A  large  selection  of  books  from  the  library  of  the  late  Dr.  Spencer 

Thomas  Cobbold  (a  bequest  for  a  medal  was  declined). 
Sir  George  MacLeay,   Bt. :    MSS.   of    Alexander   MacLeay    and 

portrait  of  Rev.  William  Kirby. 

1887. 
William  Davidson,  Esq. :  1st  and  2ud  instalments  of  grant  in  aid  of 

publication,  .£50. 
Francis  Blackwell  Forbes,  Esq.,  in  aid  of  Chinese  Flora,  £25. 

1888. 

The   Secretary  of  State  for  India  in  Council:    Grant  in  aid  of 

publication  of  results  of  the  Afghan  Boundary  Delimitation 

Expedition,  £150. 
Dr.  J.  E.  T.  Aitchison,  towards  the  same,  £25. 
Trustees  of  the  Indian  Museum  :  Mergui  Archipelago  report,  for 

publication  in  Journal,  £135. 
Dr.  John  Anderson,  for  the  same,  £60. 
Wm.  Davidson,  Esq. :  3rd  and  last  instalment,  £25. 
Sir  Joseph  Hooker  :  (1)  Series  of  medals  foi-merly  in  possession 

of   George  Bentham  ;    (2)  (xold   watch,  key,  and  two   seals 

belonging  to  Robert  Brown. 


102  PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE 

1889. 
Bronze  copy  of  model  for  Statue  of  C,  von  Linnu,  by  J.  F.  Kjellberg ; 
presented  by  Frank  Crisp,  Esq. 

1890. 
The  Secretary  of  State  for  India  in  Council :  Grant  for  Delimitation 

Expedition  report,  c£200. 
Oak  table  for  Meeting  Room,  presented  by  Frank  Crisp,  Esq. 
Subscription  portrait  of  Sir  Josepb  Dalton  Uooker,  K. C.S.I. ,  by 

Hubert  llerkomer,  li.A. 
Executors  of  the  late  John  Ball,  Esq. :  a  large  selection  of  books. 
An  anonymous  donor,  £'S0. 
Colonel  Sir  ]lenry  Collett,  K.C.B.,  towards  the  publication  of  his 

Shan  States  collections,  £50. 

1891. 

Subscription  portrait  of  Sir  John  Lubbock,  Bt.  [Lord  Avebury], 

by  Leslie  AVard. 
George  Frederick  Scott  Elliot,  Esq.,  towards  cost  of  his  Madagascar 

paper,  £60. 

1892. 
Dr.  Eichai'd  Charles  Alexander  Prior :  for  projection  lantern,  £oO. 

1893. 

The  Executors  of  Lord  Arthur  Russell :  his  collection  of  portraits 

of  naturalists. 
Electric  light  installation :  cost  borne  by  Frank  Crisp,  Esq. 

1894. 

Algernon  Peckover,  Esq. :  Legacy,  .£100  free  of  Duty. 
Miss  Emma  Swan  :  "  Westwood  Fund,"  £250. 

1896. 
Clock  and  supports  in  Meeting  Eoom,  presented  by  Frank  Crisp, 
Esq. 

1897. 
"William  Carruthers,  Esq. :  Collection  of  engi-avings  and   photo- 
graphs of  porti'aits  of  Carl  von  Linnc. 
Eoyal  Society  :  Grant  towards  publication  of  paper  by  the  late 

John  Ball,  £G0. 
Subscription   portrait   of   Professor    George   James    AUman,  by 
Marian  Busk. 

1898. 
Sir   John    Lubbock,    Bt. :    Contribution   towards   his   paper   on 

Stipules,  .£43  14s.  M. 
Eoyal  Society  :  Contribution  towards  F.  J.  Cole's  paper,  £50. 
„         „  ,,  ,,         Murrav&Blackman's  paper, 

£S0.' 
„         „  ,,  ,,         Elliot  Smith's  paper,  ^50. 

„         „  „  „         Forsyth  Major's  paper,  X50. 


linnea:^^  society  of  Lois'Doy.  J03 

1899. 

A.  C.  HarinsworUi,  Esq.  [Lord  Northcliffe]  :  Contribution  towards 

cost  of  plates,  <£43. 
Royal  Society :  Contribution  towards  Mr.  Iv.  T.  Giinther's  paper 
on  Lake  Urmi,  o£50. 

1901. 
Hon.  Charles  Ellis,  Hon.  Walter  Eothscbild,   and   the  Benthaui 

Trustees :  The  Correspondence  of  William  Swainson. 
Eoyal  Society :  Contribution  towards  Mr.  F.  Chapman's  paper  on 

Funafuti  Foraminifera,  X'oO. 
Prof.  E.  Eay  Lankester  :  Contribution  towards  illustration,  =£30  5s. 
Portrait  of  Dr.  St.  G.  J.  Mivart,  presented  by  Mrs.  Mivart. 

1903. 
Eoyal  Society :  Contribution  to\\  ard  Dr.  Elliot  Smith's  paper,  £50. 
Legacy  from  the  late  Dr.  E.  C.  A.  Prior,  £100  free  of  duty. 
Mrs.    Sladen :    Posthumous  Portrait   of   the   late    AValter    Percy 
Sladen,  by  H.  T.  W^ells,  E.A. 

B.  Arthur  Bensley,  Esq. :  Contribution  to  his  paper,  £44:. 

1904. 

Eoyal  Society  :  Grant  in  aid  of  third  volume  of  the  Chinese  Flora, 

£120. 
Supplementary  Eoyal  Charter :  cost  borne  by  Frank  Crisp,  Esq. 

(afterwards  Sir  Frank  Crisp). 

1905. 

Eoyal  Society  :  First  grant  in  aid  of  Dr.  G.  H.  Fowler's  '  Biscayan 

Plankton,'  o£50. 
Executors    of   tlie    late   G.   B.   Biickton,   Esq. :    Contribution  for 

colouring  plates  of  his  paper,  J;2G. 

1906. 

Eoyal  Society  :  Second  grant  towards  '  Biscayan  Plankton,'  £50. 
Subscription  portrait  of  Prof.  S.  IL  Vines,  by  Hon.  John  Collier. 
Eoyal  Swedish  Avademy  of  Science  :   Copies  of  portraits  of  C.  von 

Liiiue,  after  Per  Kralft  the   elder,  and  A.  Eoslin,  both   by 

Jean  Haagen. 

1907. 

Eoyal  University  of  Uppsala  :  Copy  by  Jean  Haagen  of  portrait  of 

C.  v.  Linue,  by  J.  H.  Scheffel  (1739). 
Eoyal  Society  :  Third  and  final  grant  towards  'Biscayan  Plankton,' 

£.50. 
The  Trustees  of  the  Percy  Sladen  Memorial  Fund :  First  grant 

towards  publication    of   Mr.    Stanley   Gardiner's  Researches 

in  the  Indian  Ocean  in  H.M.S.  '  Sealark,'  i'200. 


104  PUOCEEDIXGS   OF   THE 

1908. 

Prof.  Oustaf  Tietziiis  :  Plaster  cast  of  bust  of  Carl  von  Liiino, 
niodelletl  by  "Waltlier  Jtiineberg  from  the  portrait  by  Scheffel 
(ITliO)  at  Linnes  Jlammarby  ;  the  bronze  original  is  for  the 
facade  of  the  new  building  for  the  Koyal  Academy  of 
Science,  Stockholm. 

Miss  Sarah  Marianne  Silver,  F.L.S.  :  Cabinet  formerly  belonging 
to  Mr.  S.  W.  Silver,  F.L.S. 

1909. 

The  Trustees  of  the  Percy  Sladen  Memorial  Fund  :  Second  grant 
towards  publication  of  Mr.  Stanley  Gardiner's  Researches  in 
Ihe  Indian  Ocean  in  II. M.S.  '  Sealark,'  X'200. 

Prof.  Jiimes  William  llelenus  Trail,  F.ll.S.,  F.L.S.  :  Gift  of  £100 
in  Trust,  to  encourage  Research  on  the  Nature  of  Proto- 
plasm. 

1910. 

Royal   Society  :    Grant  towards  Dr.   G.  H.  Fowler's  paper  on 

Biscayan  Ostracoda,  i!50. 
Sir  Joseph  Hooker  :  Gold  watch-chain  worn   by  Robert  Brown, 

and  seal  with  portrait  cf  Carl  von  Linne  by  Tassie. 
Prof.  J.  S.  Gardiner  :  Payment  in  aid  of  illustrations,  .£35  Os.  Qd. 
Sir  Frank  Crisp  :  Donation  in  Trust  for  Microscopical  Research, 

£200. 
The  Trustees  of  the  Percy  Sladen  Memorial  Fund :  Third  grant 

towards  publication  of  Prof.  Stanley  Gardiner's  Researches 

in  the  Indian  Ocean,  £2o0.     (For  thii'd  volume.) 

1911. 

The  Trustees  of  the  Percy  Sladen  Memorial  Fund:  Donation 
towards  the  publication  of  the  third  volume  on  the  Indian 
Ocean  Researches,  o£70. 


LIKNEAN    SOCIETY    OF    LONDON.  I05 


The  following  Councillors  retired  at  the  Anniversary  Meeting, 
24th  May,  1911  :— 

E.  A.  Newell  Aubee,  M.A.,  Prof.  J.  Bketland  Fabmer, 
Dr.  G.  IIekbert  Fowler,  Prof.  J.  P.  Hill,  and  John  IIope;inson, 
F.G.S. 


INDEX    TO    THE    PROCEEDINGS. 


SESSION  1910-1911. 


Xu/e. — Tlie  following  arc  not  indexed  : — The  name  of  the  Chairman  at  each  meeting ; 
speakers  whose  remarks  are  not  reported  ;  and  passing  alhisions. 


Accounts,    14-15;    laid    before   Anni- 
versary Meetin^f,  12. 
Actinidia,     Revision     of      the    Genus 

(Diinu),  7. 
Adanison,     R.   S.,    Leaves    of  certain 

species  of  Veronica,  4;  Ecology  of  a 

Cambs.  woodland,  10. 
Address,  Presidential,  17-29. 
Aldabra    and     neiglibouring     Islands 

(Fryer),  2  ;  s^ee  Seychelles. 
Algnj,    Freshwater,    from     the    South 

Orkneys  (Fritsch),  12. 
Alien  plants  from  banks  of  River  Tweed 

(Hayward),  3,  48-51. 
Amber,  see  BlattidiC,  Dermaptera. 
A  1)1  ph  id  i  lit  urn     opei-culafum.     Clap.    & 

Lachm.,   at  Port    Erin  (Herduian), 

45-  47- 
Androgynous   inflorescences  of  Maize, 

exhibited  (Worsdell),  2. 
Anniversary  Meeting,  12-44. 
Apoidea  of  the  Seychelles  (Cockerell), 

Arabis  alpina,  Linn.,  exhibited  (Druce), 

3- 
Aranese,      Opiliones,      and       Pseudo- 
scorpiones      from     the      Seychelles 


(Hirst),  8. 
Arber,    E.    A. 

105. 
Archer-Hind, 


N.,   Councillor   retired, 

T.    H.,    deceased,    12 ; 

obituary,  32. 
Associates  deceased,  and  elected,  13. 
Auditors  elected,  1 1. 
Autochrou\e    photographs    of    certain 

species  of  Iris,  shown  (Dykes),  7. 


Bage,  Miss  P.,  admitted,  46 ; 
9 ;  proposed,  7. 


elected, 


Baker,  ]\Iiss  S.  M.,  Brown  Seaweeds  of 

the  Salt-Marsh,  11. 
Balani-e  Slieet,  »ec  Cash  Statement. 
Bamboo-rope     from     Central    Fokien, 

exhibited  (Dunn),  7. 
Bateson,  Prof.  W.,  admitted,  4. 
Batrachians    and    Rei)tiles    from    the 

Seychelles  and  Aldabra  (Boulenger), 

8. 
Beddome,   Col.    R.  H.,  deceased,    12; 

obituary,  32. 
Belt,  A.,  admitted,  9  ;  elected,  i. 
Benefactions,  97-104. 
Bennett,     A.,     elected     Associate,    2; 

proposed,  4. 
Bigelow,    H.    B.,      Siphonophora     of 

■  Research  '  Biscayan  Plankton,  2. 
Bisset,  J.,  deceased,  12;  obituary,  34. 
Blackman,  Prof.   V.  H.,  elected  Coun- 
cillor, 16. 
Blattidse  enclosed  in  Amber  (Shelford), 

12. 
Borboridse  of  the  Seychelles  (Collin), 

47- 
Botanical     Secretary    (Dr.    0.    Stapf) 

elected,  16. 
Botrychoplites  cornufus,   Oliv.,    "Wood- 
carving       riddled       bv,      exhibited 

(Worsdell),  2. 
Boulenger,   Gr.    A.,    Batrachians    and 

Reptiles    from    the   Seychelles   and 

Aldabra,  8. 
Boulger,      Prof.      G.      S.,      appointed 

Scrutineer,  16. 
Brai'hyura,    Marine,    from   the   Indian 

Ocean  (Ratlibun),  8. 
Bruffia     caudata,     Lindl.,    in    flower, 

exhibited  (Longstalf),  48. 
Brockman,  see  Drake-Brockman. 
Broughton,  H.,  admitted,  i. 


IXDEX. 


107 


Brown,    J.  M.,  Xew  and  little-known 

British  Khizopods,  12. 
Bryozoa,  see  Bolyzoa. 
Biillen,  Kev.  R.  A.,  exhibited  Bythinella 

jiudiraci,    Lucard,      and    JSiphurc/us 

jjlatcaui,  Chevreiix,  5. 
Burr,  Dr.  M.,  Dermaptera    (Earwigs) 

])reserved  in  Aiuber,  9. 
Burton,  sec  8an ford-Burton. 
Burv,  11.,  elected  Councillor,  16. 
Bi/tkincUa  padiraci,  Locard,   exhibited 

(Bullen),  5. 

Cambs.  woodland,  Eciology  of  a 
(Adamson),  10. 

Carboniferoua  Period,  Fauna  of  (Wood- 
ward), 45. 

Carruthers,  J.  B.,  deceased,  12; 
obituary,  35. 

Carson,  Miss  M.,  admitted,  4;  elected, 
3  ;  proposed,  i. 

Cash  Statement  received  and  adopted, 
12  ;  —  as  audited,  14-15- 

Cecidomyiida;  of  the  Seychelles  (Kieffer), 
6. 

Central  Fokien,  Lantern-slides  of  photo- 
graphs of,  shown  (Dunn),  7  ;  Bamboo- 
rope  from,  exhibited  (Dunn),  47. 

China,  sec  Central  Fokien,  Chinese. 

Chinese  Ferns  (Matthew),  7  ;  fio\vering- 
plauts  (Dunn),  7. 

Chirouomidiie  of  the  Seychelles  (Kieffer), 
6. 

CharophyUum  aureum,  Linn.,  exhibited 
(Druce),  3. 

Clarke,  W.  A.,  deceased,  xt.  ;  obituary, 
36. 

Cockerell,  Prof.  T.  D.  A.,  Apoidea  of 
the  Seychelles,  47. 

Coffin,  T.  VV.  deceased,  12. 

Cole,  W.,  elected  Associate,  4 ;  pro- 
posed, 2. 

Collin,  J.  E.,  Borboridre  and  Phorid;c 
of  the  Seychelles  47. 

Cooke,  Dr.  T.,  deceased,  12;  obituary, 
36. 

Copepoda,  see  Harpactid  Copepoda. 

Corfe,  Miss  B.  O.,  exhibited  water- 
colour  drawings  of  wild  flowers,  4  ; 
—  Lepidoptera  from  Toronto,  5. 

Councillors  elected,  16;  retired,  105. 

Crisp,  Sir  F'.,  appointed  V.-P.,  45 ; 
elected  Councillor,  16 ;  exhibited 
monstrosity  in  the  F'oxglove,  48. 

Crocc  Jilipeuids,  Westw.,  Life-history 
of  (Imms),  47. 

Crossland,  Charles,  withdrawn,  13. 

Crossland,  Cyril,  Physical  description 
of  Khor  Dongonab,  6. 

Culicidic  of  the  Seychelles  (Theobald), 
47- 


Cunningtou,  Miss  H.  M.,  Anatomy  of 
Euhaiiis  acoruides.  Rich.,  47. 

Cynipida  of  the  Seychelles  (Kieffer), 
4-7- 


Deaths  recorded,  12-13. 

de  F'raine,  Dr.  E.,  see  Moss,  Dr.  C.  E. 

de  Gaye,  J.  A.,  admitted,  11  ;  elected, 
3  ;  proposed,  i. 

Deudy,  Prof.  A.,  communication  from 
Prof.  Herdman,  9  ;  elected  Auditor, 
1 1  ;  elected  Councillor  and  Secretary, 
16;  showed  lantern-slides,  and  a 
specimen,   of  New  Zealand  sponges, 

—!—  and  G.  E.  Nicholls,  On  the  Sub- 
commissural Organ  and  Reissuer'a 
F'ibre,  5. 

Dermaptera  (Earwigs)  preserved  in 
Amber  (Burr),  9. 

Deverell,  L.  C,  withdrawn,  13. 

Digitaria  didactyla,  Willd.,  exhibited 
(itapf),  6. 

Donations  in  aid  of  Publications,  96  ; 
—  to  Library,  71 ;  —  to  the  Society 
(1790-1911),  97. 

Drake-Brockman,  R.  E.,  proposed,  7  ; 
elected,  9. 

Driesch,  Dr.  H.,  elected  Foreign  Mem- 
ber, 12  ;  proposed,  8. 

Druce,  G.  C,  exhibited  Utricularia 
oelirolcuca,  U.  Bremii,  Arahis  alpina, 
and  Ch(£rophyllum  aureum,  3. 

Druce,  H.,  elected  Auditor,  11. 

Dunn,  S.  T.,  Chinese  Flowering-Plants, 
7  ;  exhibited  bamboo-rope  from  Cen- 
tral Fokien,  7  ;  —  lantern-slides  of 
photographs  of  Central  Fokien,  7  ; 
Revision  of  the  Genus  Adinidia,  7. 

Dykes,  W.  R.,  showed  autochrome 
photographs  of  certain  species  of 
Iris,  7. 


Earwigs,  sec  Dermaptera. 

Ecology  of  a  Cambs.  woodland  (Adam- 
son),  10. 

Elections,  number  of,  13. 

Enhcdus  acoroides.  Rich.,  Anatomy  of, 
(Cunnington),  47. 

Enock,  F.,  showed  lantern-slides  of 
Mymar,  47. 

Euphansiacea,  see  Nysidacea. 

Eyles,  F.,  proposed,  11  ;  elected  45. 

Falkland  Islands,  Flora  of  the  (Wright), 

Farmer,  Prof.  J.  B.,  Councillor  retired, 
105. 


io8 


INDEX. 


Fauna   of    the    Carbon iferous    Period 

(VVoodwiird),  45. 
Fawcell,  W.,  sliowocl  Sci/halium  jamai- 

cense,    Scliott  &   Eiidl.,    aud    Musa 

■paradisiaca  var.  snjjic/t/UM,  47. 
Fellows    dfcwKsed,    12;     elected,    13; 

willidniwn,  13. 
Ferns,  Cbinese  (Matthew),  7, 
Financial   Statement,  see   Cash   State- 

n)ent. 
Flora  of  the  Falkland  Islands  (Wright), 

<;. 
Flowering-plants,  Chinese  (Dunn),  7. 
Foreign  Members  deceased,  aud  elected, 

■3- 

Fossorial  ITymenoptera  of  tiie  Indian 

Ocean  (Turner),  6. 
Fowler,  Dr.  G.  II.,  communication   by 

(Bigelo™),    2;     Councillor    retired, 

105. 
Fowler,  Canon  W.  W.,  communication 

by  (Imn>s),  47. 
Fox,  A.  K.,  deceased,  12  ;  obituary,  37. 
Foxglove,  Monstrosities  in  the,  exhibited 

(Crisp.  Stel)bing),  48. 
Friend,  Kev.  II.,  elected,  45  ;  proposed, 

1 1. 
Fritsch,  Dr.  F.  E.,  Freshwater  Algae 

from  the  South  Orkneys,  12. 
Fryer,  J.  C.  F.,  Aldabra  and  neigh- 
bouring Islands,  2  ;    Lepidoptera  of 

the  Seychelles,  47. 
Fullerton,  M.  B.,  admitted,  11 ;  elected, 

9  ;  proposed,  7. 

Galton,  the  late  Sir  Francis,  mentioned, 

5- 

Gardiner,  Prof.  J.  S.,  communications 
by  :  (Fryer),  2  ;  (Hickson),  12  ;  (Hirst 
and  others),  8  ;  (Kietfer  and  others), 
47;  (Tattersall,  Thoniely),  9;  (Tur- 
ner and  others),  6;  elected  Councillor, 
16. 

General  Secretary,  Annual  Report  of, 
12  ;  election  of  (Dr.  B.  I).  Jackson), 
16. 

Gepp,  A.,  Report  on  the  Inter.  Congr. 
of  Bnt.,  191 1,  52. 

Gerrard,  E.,  deceased,  2,  13  ;  obituary, 

37- 

Goodall,  T.  B.,  elected,  3  ;  proposed,  i. 

Goodrich,  E.  S.,  elected  Councillor, 
16. 

Grijfifhsia  qlohifcra,  J.  Ag.,  exhibited 
(Holmes),  8. 

Groom,  Prof.  P..  communication  by 
(Cimnington),  47. 

Groves,  II., elected  Auditor,  11;  — Coun- 
cillor, 16;  Report  of,  on  liic  Inter. 
Congr.  of  Bot.,  191 1.  52. 


Ilalkct,  Miss  A.  C,  admitted,  46  ;  elect- 
ed, 45  ;  proposed,  1 1. 

Ilarnier,  S.  F.,  on  the  terms  Polyzoa 
and  Bryozoa,  70. 

Ilarpactid  Copepoda,  Three  species  of 
(Norman),  7. 

Hart,  J.  II.,   deceased,    12;    obituary, 

39- 

llayward,  Mias  I.  M.,  adtnitted,  3;  on 
alien  plants  from  banks  of  RiTer 
Tweed,  3,  48-51. 

Henderson,  Dr.  G.,  showed  lantern- 
slide  of  the  bead  of  a  Wa'terbuck,  47. 

Henslow,  Prof.  G.,  Origin  of  Mono- 
cotyledons, 3  ;  Origin  of  Flantayo 
mariiima  and  1\  a/j/iiia,  3. 

Herdman,  Prof.  W.  A.,  Amphidininm 
ojyerculatum,  Clap.  &  Laclim.,  at  Port 
Erin,  45,  47  ;  elected  Councillor,  16  ; 
On  the  use  of  the  term  Polyzoa,  9  ; 
On  J.  V.  Thompson's  use  of  the  term 
"  Polyzoa,"  62  ;  Summer  Plankton 
in  the  Irish  Sea,  2. 

Hertwig,  Prof.  R.  von,  proposed  as,  and 
elected,  Foreign  Member,  8,  12. 

Ilexactinia;  from  New  Soutii  Wales 
(Wilsmore),  7. 

Hickson,  Prof.  S.  J.,  rolytrema  and 
some  allied  genera,  12. 

Hill,  A.  W.,  elected  Councillor,  16. 

HilL  Prof.  J.  P.,  communication  by 
(Wilsmore),  7;  Councillor  retired, 
105. 

Hind,  see  Archer-Hind. 

Hindle,  Dr.  E,,  admitted,  9;  elected,  2. 

Hirst,  A.  S.,  Aranca;,  Opiliones,  and 
Pseudoscorpiones  from  the  Sey- 
chelles, 8. 

Holden,  H.  S.,  admitted,  4. 

Holland,  Kev.  M.,  admitted,  5  ;  elected, 
4  ;  proposed,  2. 

Holmes,  E.  M.,  exhibited  Griffilhsia 
(jlohifera,  J.  Ag.,  8. 

Hooker,  Sir  Joseph,  letter  of  congratu- 
lation  to,  46. 

Hopkinson,  J.,  Councillor  retired,  105  ; 
showed  lantern-slides  of  j)hotograpli3 
of,  aud  exhibited  specimens  of  rock 
from,  Sweden,  9. 

Hovendeu,  F.,  deceased.  12;  obituary, 

39- 
Hudson,  F.  C,  elected,  3  ;  proposed,  i. 
Hynienoptera,  Fossorial,  of  the  Indiau 

Ocean  (Tirner),  6. 


Imms,  Prof.  A.  D.,  Life-history  of  Crcce 
filipeiinis,  Westw.,  47. 

Indian  Ocean,  Fossorial  ITymenoptera 
of  the  (Turner),  6;  Marine  Brachyura 
from     the     (Ralhbuu),    8  ;     Marine 


IXDEX. 


Polyzoa  from  the  (Tliornely),  9  ; 
Nysidacea  and  Eupliausiacea  from 
the  (Tattersall),  9. 

International  Congress  of  Botany  Re- 
ports :  (Stapf),  4,  51,  55  ;  (Groves  & 
Gepp),  52  ;  (Cotton),  54. 

Iris,  autooliromp  photoffraplis  of  certain 
species  of,  sliown  (Dykes),  7. 

Irish  Sea,  see  Plankton. 


Jackson,  Dr.  B.  D.,  elected  Conncillor 
and  Secretary,  16  ;  exhibited  a  mon- 
strous pear,  21  ;  on  some  portraits  of 
Carl  von  Linne,  6.  56-61  ;  on  the  old 
Botanic  Garden  at  Uppsala,  8. 

Jones,  W.  N.,  elected,  46;  proposed,  12. 

Johnson,  N.  M.,  admitted,  11  ;  elected, 
3  ;  proposed,  i. 


Kertesz,  Dr.  K.,  Stratiomyiida  of  the 
Seychelles.  6. 

Klior  Dongonab,  Physical  description 
of  (Crossland),  6. 

KiefFer,  J.  J..  Cecidomyiidaj  and  Chiro- 
nomidie  of  the  Seychelles,  6  ;  Cyni- 
pidie  and  Proctotrupoidea  of  the 
Seychelles,  47. 

Klebs,  Prof.  G.,  elected  Foreign  Mem- 
ber, 12;  proposed,  8. 


Leaves   of  certain  species  of   Veronka 

(Adamson),  4. 
Lee,    E.,   admitted,   46 ;     elected,   45 ; 

proposed,  11. 
Lepidium  iieglecfum,  Thell.,  andZ.  den- 

nijiorum,  Schrad.,  exhibited  (Salmon), 

8. 
Lepidoptera    from    Toronto   exhibited 

(Corfe),    5;     —    of    the    Seychelles 

(Fryer),  47. 
Lewis,  E.  J.,  withdrawn,  13. 
Librarian's  report,  13. 
Library  Additions,  73-95. 
Linne,  Carl  von,  on   some  portraits  of 

(Gen.  Sec  ),  6,  56-61. 
Linnean    Medal    presented    to   Count 
I  Solms-Laubach,  30. 

L< ilium  per enne,  Linn.,  mentioned,  6. 
Longstaff,  Mrs.,  siiowed  Brassia  caudaia, 

Lindl.,  in  flower,  48. 


Maize  with  androgynous  inflorescences 

exhibited  (Worsdell),  2. 
Masterman,  A.  T.,  withdrawn,  13. 
Matthew,  Fleet-Surgeon,  Chinese  Ferns, 

7- 


109 

Meade-Waldo,  G.,  Wasps  of  the  Sey- 
chelles. 47. 
Medal,    Linnean,    presented    to   Count 

Solms-Laubach,  30. 
Meek,  Capt.  C.  F.  U.,  Spermatogenesis 

of  Sfcnohothrus  viridulmi,  3. 
Meyrick,  E.,  Tortricina  and  Tineina  of 

the  Seychelles  and  Aldabra,  6. 
Minchin,    Prof.    E.    A.,    admitted,  5  ; 

elected,  i. 
Monckton,  H.  W.,  appointed  V.-P.,45  ; 

elected  Councillor  and  Treasurer,  16  ; 

showed  lantern-slides  of  photograplis 

of  Sweden,  8. 
Monocotyledons,  Origin  of  (Henslow), 

3- 
Moss,  Dr.  C.  E.,  E.  G.  Salisbury,  and 

Dr.  E.  de  Fraiue,  The  Genus  Sali- 

cornia,  11. 
Moulton,  J.  C,  elected,  45 ;  proposed, 

II. 
Mundy,  H.  G.,  elected,  4;  proposed,  2. 
Murray,  J.  G.,  elected,  45;   proposed, 

1 1. 
Masu  paradisiaca  var.  sapie/itum,  shown 

(Fawcett),  47. 
Ml/mar,      lantern -slides      of,      shown 

(Euock),  47. 


Navlcula   AmphisbcBiia    at    Port    Erin 

(Herdman),  47. 
Nawaschin,  Prof.  S.   G.,  proposed  as, 

and  elected.  Foreign  Member,  8,  iz. 
Nevill,  C.  St.  J.,  admitted,  3  ;  elected, 

2. 
New  South  Wales,  see  Wilsmore,  Mrs 

L.  J. 
New  Zealand,  sec  Dendy,  Prof.  A. 
NichoUs,  G.  E.,  see  Dendy,  Prof.  A. 
Kiphargus plateaui,  Chevreux,  exhibited 

(Bullen),  5. 
Norman,  Rev.  Canon,  Three  species  of 

Harpictid  Copepoda,  7. 
Nysidacea  and  Euphausiacea  from  the 

Indian  Ocej,n  (Tattersall),  9. 


Obituary  Notices,  32-41. 

Oliver,  Prof.  F.  W.,  communication  by 

(Baker),  11  ;  elected  Councillor,    16; 

Vote  of  thanks  seconded  by,  29. 
Opiliones,  sec  Aranece. 
Origin  of  Monocotyledons   (Henslow), 

3  ;    —   of   Plantago    maritima   and 

P.  alpina  (Henslow),  3. 
Orkneys,  South,  see  Fritsch,  Dr.  F.  E. 


Parsons.  Miss  E    M.  E.,  admitted,  4  ; 
elected,  3  ;  proposed,  i. 


INDEX. 


I'alrun,  Consent  of  King  George  V.  to 

become,  i. 
Pear,  monstrous,  oxliibited  (Gen.  Sec), 

2. 

Penard,  Dr.  E.,  elected  Foreign  Mem- 
ber, 12  ;   proposed,  8. 
riioi  idee  of  tbe  Seycbellea  (Collin),  47. 
Pliysieal  descri|)tion  of  Khor  Dongoiiab 

(Crossland),  6. 
Plankton,  Summer,   in    the    Irish    Sea 

(Herdman),  2  ;  see  Siplioiiophora. 
lH(niia(]o     maridma     and     P.    a/pina, 

Origin  of  (Henslow),  3. 
Po/i/tirma    and     some     allied     genera 

(ilick.son),  12. 
Polyzoa,    Marine,    from     the     Indian 

Ocean  (Thoruelj),  9. 
Polyzua  and  Bryozoa,  The  terms  (Steb- 

bing),  9,    12,  61,  64-6S ;    (Harmcr), 

70;  (Herdman),  9.  62  ;  (Waters),  71. 
Port  Ji)rin,  see  Herdman,  Prof.  VV.  A. 
Poulton,  Prof.  E.  P.,  appointed  V.-P., 

45;  elected  Councillor,  16. 
Powell,     Lt.-Col.     S.,    deceased,     12; 

elected,  3  ;  obituary,  40  ;  proposed,  i. 
Pniin,   Lt.-Col.    D.,    Vote    of    thank.s 

moved  by,  29. 
President  elected  (Dr.  D.  H.  Scott),  16. 
Presidential  Address,  17-29. 
Prnctotrupoidea     of      the     Seychelles 

(Kieffer),  47. 
Pseudoscorpiones,  see  Araneie. 


Rathbun,  Miss  M.  J..  Marine  Brachyura 
from  the  Indian  Ocean,  8. 

Red  Sea,  see  Sponges. 

Reid,  Clement,  appointed  Scrutineer, 
13,  16. 

Reissner's  Fibre,  see  Dendy,  Prof.  A. 

Rendle,  Dr.  A.  B.,  appointed  V.-P.,  45  ; 
Councillor,  16;  elected  Auditor,  u. 

Reptiles,  see  Batrachians. 

Rbizopods,  British,  New  and  little- 
known  (Brown),  12. 

Ridewood,  Dr.  W.  G.,  elected  Coun- 
cillor, 16. 

Row,  R.  W.  IT.,  Non-calcareous  Sponges 
from  the  Red  Sea,  4. 

Eiihus  Idcpus,  Abnormal  form  of,  ex- 
hibited (Trail),  2. 


RaUcnrnin.  The  Genus  (Moss,  Salisbury, 

and  de  Fraine),  11. 
Salisbury,  E.  G.,  sec  Moss,  Dr.  C.  E. 
Salmon,'  C.    E.,    exhibited    Lcpidium 

vrfilecfum,  ThelL,  and  L.  densijlontm, 

Schrad..  8. 
Salt-Marsh,  see  Seaweeds. 
San  ford-Burton,  H.,  deceased,  12. 


Saunders,  Miss  E.  R.,  elected  Councillor, 
16. 

Scott,  Dr.  D.  H.,  appointed  Vice- 
Presidents,  45  ;  elected  Councillor 
and  President,  16;  nominated  8<'ruti- 
neers,  13,  16;  Presidential  Address 
of,  17-29. 

Scott,  Mrs.  D.  II.,  gave  lantern  ex- 
hibition of  new  species  of  Tragtiairia, 
10. 

Scrutineers  appointed,  13,  16. 

Scyhalhnn  jamaicense,  Schott  &  End!., 
shown  (Fawcetl),  47. 

Seaweeds,  Brown,  of  the  Salt-Marsli 
(Bakor),  1 1. 

Secretaries  elected,  16. 

Seychelles,  Apoidea  (Cockerell),  47; 
Araneae,  Opiiiones,  and  Pseudo- 
seorpiones  from  the  (Ilirsti,  8  ; 
Batrachians  and  Reptiles  from  the, 
and  Aldabra  (Boulenger),  8;  Bor- 
boridae,  47  ;  Cecidomyiid.T  of  the 
(Kieft'er),  6;  Chironomidaj  of  the 
(Kieffer),  6  ;  Culicidae  (Theobold)  of 
the,  47 ;  Cynipida;  and  Proctotru- 
poidea  (Kietfer),  47  ;  Lepidoptera 
(Frj'er),  47  ;  Phoridse  (Collin),  47  ; 
Stratiomyiidaj  of  the  (Kertesz),  6  ; 
Tortricina  and  Tineina  of  the,  and 
Adabra  (Meyrick),  6  ;  Wasps  (Meade- 
Waldo),  47. 

Shaw,  F.  J.  F.,  proposed,  1 1  ;  elected, 

45- 
Shelford,    R.,    Blattida    enclosed     in 

Amber,  12. 
Siphonophora  of  'Research'   Biscayan 

Plankton  (Bigelow),  2. 
Smith,  E.  A.,  withdrawn,  13. 
Soames,  H.  A.,  withdrawn.  13. 
Soar,  C.  D.,  admitted,   11  ;  elected,  9; 

proposed,  7. 
Solm.s-Laubacb,    Count    Hermann,    to 

receive     the    Linnean     Medal,    11  ; 

Linnean  Medal  presented  to,  30  ;  his 

thanks,  31. 
Soper,  F.  L.,  deceased,  12;  obituary,  40. 
Spengel,  Prof.  J.  W.,  elected  Foreign 

Member,  12;  proposed,  8. 
Spermatogenesis   of   Stenohothrus   viri- 

didiis  (Meek),  3. 
Sponges,  Lantern-slides,   and    a   speci- 
men, of  New  Zealand,  shown  (Dendy), 

7  ;    Non-calcareous,  from    the   Red 

Sea  (Row),  4. 
SpoTOCarpon  elegans,  exhibited  (Scott), 

10. 
Stapf,   Dr.  O.,  elected    Councillor  and 

Seci'etary,    16;    exhibited    Du/itaria 

dldactyla,  Wiild.,   from  Sydney,   6  ; 

Report  on  the  Inter.  Congr.  of  Bot., 

1911,4,  5'.  55- 


nS"DEX. 


Stebbing,  Mrs.  M.  A.,  exliibitecl  mons- 
trosity in  the  Foxglove.  48. 

Stebbing,  Ee7.  T.  E.  R..  nppointctl 
Scrutineer,  13,  16;  On  J.  V.  Tlioni]!- 
son  and  his  Polyzoa,  12,  64-68  ;  On 
J  aunfhohipsovia.  Bale,  69  ;  Tiie  terms 
Polyzoa  and  Brjozoa,  9,  61. 

Stenohofhrus  viridulus,  Spermatogenesis 
of  (Meek),  3. 

Stewart,  S.  A.,  deceased,  2, 13  ;  obituary, 
40. 

Stratiomyiidre  of  the  Seychelles  (Ker- 
tesz),  6. 

SiilvOoramissural  Organ  and  Reissner's 
Fibre  (Dendy  and  Nichulls),  5. 

Sweden.  Lantern-slides  of  photographs 
of,  shown  (Ilopkinson),  9  ;  (Monck- 
ton),  8  ;  specimens  of  rock  from, 
exhibited,  9. 

Sydney,  see  Stapf,  Dr.  O. 

Sykes,  E.  E.,  withdrawn,  13. 

Tansley,    A.    G.,   communications    by 

(Adanison),  4.  10. 
Tattersall,  W.  M.,  Nysidacea  and  Eu- 

phansiacea  from  the  Indian  Ocean,  9. 
Theobald,  F.  V.,  Ciilicidte  of  the  Sey- 
chelles, 47. 
Thomas,  Miss  E.  N.,  elected  Councillor, 

16. 
Thompson,  II.  S.,  elected,  3  ;  proposed, 

I. 
Thompson,    J.    V.,    and    his    Polj-zoa 

(Stebbing),  12;  his  use   of  the  term 

"Polyzoa"  (Herdman),  62. 
Thornely,  Miss  L.  E.,  Marine  Polyzoa 

from  the  Indian  Ocean,  9. 
Tineina,  see  Tortricina. 
Toronto,  Sfc  Corfe,  Miss  B.  O. 
Tortricina  and  Tineinaof  the  Seychelles 

and  Aldabra  (Meyrick),  6. 
Trail,    Prof.    J.    W.    H.,    exhibited  au 

abnormal  form  of  Ihibus  lilceiis,  2. 
Traquairia,  Lantern  exhibition  of  new 

species  of  (Scott),  10. 
Treasurer  elected  (H.  W.  Monckton), 

16.      . 
Treub,  Dr.  M., deceased,  2,  13  ;  obitmry, 

41- 
Turner,  R.E.,Fossorial  Hymenoptera  of 

the  Iftdian  Ocean,  6. 
Tweed,  Eiver,  see  Hayward,  Miss  I.  M. 


Uppsala,  Old  Botanic  Garden  at  (Gen. 

Sec),  8. 
I'/f/cii/aria    ochroleura,     Hartm.,    and 

U.  Bremii,  Heer,  exhibited  (Druce), 

3- 

Vaunthomfsonia ,  Bate  (Stebbing),  69. 
I'eroir/ca,  Leaves  of  certain  species  of 

(Adamson),  4. 
Vice-Presidents  appointed,  45. 

Wailes,  G.  K.,  admitted,   46  ;    elected, 

II  ;  proposed,  8. 
Waldo,  see  Meade-^Yaldo. 
Walker,  A.   O.,   appointed    Scrutineer, 

16. 
W.ilker,  C.  E.,  withdi-awn,  13. 
Wasps  of  the  Seychelles  (Meade- Waldo), 

47- 
Waterbuck,  Lantern-slide  of  the  head  of 

a,  shown  (Henderson),  47. 
Water-colour  drawings  of  wild  flowers, 

exhibited  (Corfe),  4. 
Waterfall,  C,  elected.  45  ;   proposed,  1 1. 
Waters,  A.   W.,  On  the  terms  Polyzoa 

and  Bryozoa,  71. 
Watson,    Eev.    E.    B.,    deceased,    12  ; 

obitnary,  43. 
Whitman,  C.  O.,  deceased,  13. 
Wickes,  W.  D.,  deceased,  12. 
Wilsmore,  Mrs.  L.  J.,  Hexactinia;  from 

New  South  Wales,  7. 
Wilson,    Prof.    E.    B.,    proposed     ns, 

and  elected,  Foreign  Member,  8,  12. 
Wilson,  M.,  admitted,  46;  elected,  45  ; 

proposed,  11. 
Withdrawals,  13. 
Woodward,  Dr.  A.  S.,  elected  Councillor, 

16;  On  the  Fauna  of  the  Carboni- 
ferous Period,  45. 
Worsdell,  W.  C,  exhibited  maize  show- 
ing androgynous  inflorescences,  and 

wood-carving   riddled    by   Hbfrycho- 

ph'fes  cornvius,  Oliv.,  2. 
Wright,  C.  H.,  Flora  of  the  Falkland 

Islands,  5. 

Zeitz,  A.  H.  C,  withdrawn,  13. 
Zoological   Secretary  elected  (Prof.  A. 
Deudy),  i6. 


PIUNTEU  UV  TAYI.OK  AND  FRANCIS,  RED  HON  COUUT,  FLEET  STREET. 


To  face  Title.] 


Proc.  Linn.  Soc,  Session  1911-1912. 


JOSEPH    DALTON    HOOKER 
at  the  age  of  51. 


PROCEEDINGS 


OF  THE 


LINNEAN  SOCIETY  OF   LONDOK 


124TII   SESSION. 


From  November  1011  to  June  1912. 


L  0  N  D  0 1\ 


PRINTED    FOR   THE    LINNEAN    SOCIETY, 
BURLINGTOa   HOUSE,  PICCADILLY,  W. 

1912. 


PRINTED    UY    TAYLOB    AND    FRANCIS. 
KED  MOX  COURT,  FLEET  STREET 


'/' 


CONTENTS. 


List  of  Publications  issued      iv 

Proceedings  of  the  124th  Session      r 

Presidential  Address 26 

Obituaries     42 

Abstracts  of  Papers 71 

Additions  to  the  Library    91 

Benefactions,  17^'0-1 912    no 

Index    118 

Supplement. 
Index  to  the  Linnean  Herbarium. 


/a'.utC- 


PUBLICATIONS:  Session  July  191  I-July  V,)]2. 


.Tournal,  Botany. 

Vol.  XXXIX.  No.  '27:'>.       7,- 

,,   274.  12/- 

Vol.  XL.  „    275.  22/- 

„  270.  18/- 
,.    277.       7/- 

„    278.  (Sept.) 

Vol.  XLI.  .,    279.  14/- 

Joiiriial,  Zoolog}'". 

VoL  XXX r.      Xo.  20S.  18/- 

Vol.  XXXI 1.      ..    211.       8/- 

„    212.       5/- 


Trausactions,  Botany. 

Vol.  VII.     Part  10.  3/- 

.,     17.  8/- 

„     18.  5/- 
Transactions,  Zoology. 

Vol.  XI.      Part    8.  4/- 

„       9.  2/0 

„     10.  2/6 

Vol.  XIV.      .,       2.  20/- 

„       3.  28/- 

..       4.  o/- 

Vol.  XV.        ..       1.  29/- 


Proceedings,  123rcl  Session,  Octobei'  1911. 

List  of  [Fellows,  Associates,  and  Foreign  Members],  Nov.  19 11, 


PROCEEDINGS 


OF    THE 


LINNEiN   SOCIETY  OF   LONDON. 


(ONE  HUNDRED  AND  TWENTY-FOURTH  SESSION, 
1911-1912.) 


November  2nd,  1911. 

Dr.  D.  H.  Scott,  M.A.,  F.R.S.,  President,  in  the  Chair. 

The  Minutes  of  the  General  Meeting  of  the  15th  June,  1911, 
were  read  and  confirmed. 

Mr.  "William  ISTeiLson  Jones,  M.A.,  Mr.  Charles  Waterfall,  and 
Mr.  Richard  Siddoway  Bagnall  were  admitted  Fellows. 

Mr.  James  Wales  Audas,  Mr.  Claude  Keith  Bancroft,  B.A., 
William  John  Dakin,  D.Sc,  Miss  Ruth  Mary  Cardew,  Mr.  John 
Hughes,  Thomas  Harvey  Johnston,  M.A.,  D.Sc,  Robert  Laurie, 
M.B.,  Ch.B.  (Glasg.),  B.Sc.  (Edin.),  AViUiam  McRae,  B.Sc,  Sir 
Frederick  William  Moore,  M.A.,  M.R.I.A.,  Dr.  Annie  Porter, 
B.Sc.  (Lond.),  Albert  MaUns  Smith,  M.A.  (Cantab.),  Miss  Edith 
Layard  Sfepiiens,  B.A.  (Cape),  Miss  Elsie  Maud  Wakefield,  and 
Alfred  James  Wilmott,  B.A  (Cantab.),  were  proposed  as  Fellows. 

The  President  read  the  following  reply  by  Sir  Joseph  Hooker, 
in  response  to  the  letter  of  congratulation  sent  to  him  from  the 
General  Meeting  of  the  15th  June : — 

The  Camp,  Suniiingdale> 
\2bth  June,  1911.] 
My  dear  President, 

The  warm  congratulations  with  which  I  have  been  greeted 
by  my  fellow-members  of  the  Linnean  Society  on  the  approach 
of  my  94th  birthday  have  moved  me  more  deeply  than  I  can 
express.     From  no  other  association  of  scientific  labourers  could 

LINN.  SOC.  PROCEEDIiyfGS. — SESSION  1911-1912.  h 


2  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE 

greetings  be  so  welcome  to  me,  because  of  the  esteem  and  afEection 
I  feel  for  the  Society  as  one  of  its  oldest  members  and  because  of 
my  descent,  as  grandson  and  son  of  two  of  its  earliest. 

Eequesting  you  to  make  known  to  my  fellow-members  my 
lioarty  appreciation  of  their  affectionate  congratulation  and  my 
own  best  wishes  for  the  continuatiou  of  its  increasing  prosperity, 

Believe  me,  sincerely  yours, 

(Signed)    Jos.  D.  Hookee. 
The  President, 
Linn  can  Society. 

Dr.  A.  B.  Rexdle,  V.-P.,  having  taken  the  Chair:  — 

Dr.  D.  H.  Scott  gave  an  account  of  the  Palaeozoic  Fern, 
Zijgopteris  Grayi  ("Williamson).  (Subsequently  published  in  the 
'  Annals  of  Botany,'  vol.  xxvi.   no.  ci,  1912,  pp.   139-67,  5  pis.. 

Dr.  Rendle  having  spoken  on  the  subject  of  the  paper,  left  the 
Chair,  and  the  President  resumed. 

A  paper,  by  Miss  Edith  E.  Bamford,  entitled  "Pelagic  Actinian 
Larvae,"  and  communicated  by  Prof.  J.  Stanley  Gardiner,  F.R.S., 
E.L.S.,  was  read  in  abstract. 

Mr.  Alfred  0.  Walker  contributed  a  paper  on  "  The  Distri- 
bution of  Elodea  canadensis,  Michx.,  in  the  British  Isles  in  1909." 
(Abstract,  p.  71.) 

A  discussion  followed,  in  which  the  following  took  part : — 
Mr.  James  Groves,  Mr.  E.  M.  Holmes,  the  Rev.  T.  R.  R.  Stebbing, 
Prof.  J.  W.  H.  Trail,  Dr.  Margaret  Benson,  Mr.  II.  N.  Dixon, 
Mr.  J.  C.  Sheustone,  Prof.  A.  Dendy,  Dr.  O.  Stapf,  Mr.  Henry 
Groves,  Dr.  A.  B.  Rendle,  and  the  President. 

Dr.  James  Murie  exhibited  sets  of  specimens  of  the  "  Slipper 
Limpet"  {Crepidula  fornicata),  the  shells  themselves  in  gra- 
duated series  and  living  examples  attached  to  oysters,  mussels,  tfec. 
These  were  obtained  in  the  Essex  waters,  by  dredging,  and  from 
shallow  muddy  shore  tracts. 

The  "Limpets"  have  now  become  a  nuisance  on  the  oyster-beds 
of  Kent  and  Essex.  Originally  they  were  introduced  from  America, 
among  the  barrelled  oysters  brought  over  for  relaying.  They  have 
since  become  thorougldy  naturalised,  and  on  the  Blackweter  and 
River  Crouch  are  dredged  up  in  tons,  attached  to  the  oysters, 
mussels,  &c. 

Unlike  the  Starfish,  devourers  and  arch-enemies  of  the  oyster, 
the  Mussels,  which  literally  smother  them,  or  the  Whelk  Tingles, 
which  bore  through  their  shells,  the  "  Slipper  Limpet "  is  more  of 
a  commensal  parasite  and  messmate,  partaking  of  the  oyster's 
food. 

The  labour  and  expense  involved  in  constant  dredging  for  them 


LINNEAN    SOCIETY    OF    LONDOK. 


renders  them  a  serious  menace  to  oyster-culture,  as  likewise  the 
necessity  for  individually  chopping  them  off  by  "  cultack  "  before 
the  oysters  are  presentable  for  sale. 

Prof.  A.  Dendy  and  tlie  President  made  remarks,  and  Dr.  Murie 
briefly  replied. 

Mr.  Alfred  O.  Walker  exhibited  Clerodendron  trichotomum, 
Thunb.,  in  fruit,  a  result  of  the  past  abnormal  summer,  explaining 
that,  although  the  plant  frequently  flowered  in  England,  this  year 
is  the  first  time  it  had  fruited,  the  same  occurrence  being  also 
observed  at  Kew. 

Mr.  R.  S.  Bagnall  briefly  i*eferred  to  three  interesting  captures 
lie  had  lately  made  in  the  county  of  Durham,  namely,  species  of 
Di^ylopora  and  Pauropoda,  and  of  Protunt  first  recorded  as  British. 


November  16th,  1911. 

Dr.  D.  H.  Scott,  M.A.,  F.R.S.,  President,  in  the  Chair. 

The  Minutes  of  the  General  Meeting  of  the  2nd  November, 
1911,  were  read  and  confirmed. 

Mr.  James  M'Crone  Douie,  C.S.I.,  Mr.  John  William  Haigh 
Johnson,  B.Sc,  and  Miss  Beatrice  Lindsay,  were  proposed  as 
Pellows. 

Dr.  Ebgixald  R.  Gates,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  then  gave  the  main 
outlines  of  his  paper,  communicated  by  Dr.  Marie  Stopes,  F.L.S., 
on  "  Certain  aspects  of  the  Mutation  Problem  in  Oenothera."  He 
stated  that : — 

Work  with  the  Oenotheras  has  developed  in  several  directions, 
all  bearing  on  the  general  question  of  the  place  to  be  assigned 
to  mutation  as  an  evolutionary  factor.  An  investigation  of  the 
behaviour  of  the  Oenotheras  in  heredity  and  variation  from  several 
points  of  view,  gives  a  broader  basis  for  the  interpretation  of  the 
evolutionary  significance  of  these  phenomena  than  has  hitherto 
been  possible  in  most  other  genera. 

The  cj^tological  evidence  shows  that  in  most  of  tlie  mutants 
from  Oenothera  LamnrcJciana  the  chromosome  number  is  unchanged, 
but  in  the  mutant  O.glgas  it  is  doubled.  Hence  mutants  originate 
in  various  ways.  Evidence  tends  to  show  that  the  chromosome 
doubling  in  0.  gigas  probably  occurred  either  in  the  fertilized  e^^g, 
or  in  a  megaspore  mother-cell  which  afterwards  developed  apo- 
gamously. 

On  tlie  other  hand,  in  certain  cases  the  mutational  change 
probably  occurs  during  the  reduction  divisions.  Thus  0.  rubri- 
cahjx  is  a  mutant  from  0.  rubrinervis  which  produces  an  extreme 

62 


4  PROCEEDIXGS    OF    THE 

iiinount  of  pigineiit  ;  iiiiil  wlieii  t-rossed  with  tlie  parent  type  the 
new  cbiinicter  behaves  as  a  MeiidcHaii  dominant,  and  so  as  to 
show  that  the  original  mutant  individual  was  Iieterozygous  and 
])robably  originated  from  a  cross  between  a  germ-cell  in  which 
tlie  new  dominant  character  appeared  and  one  in  which  it  was 
lacking. 

From  this  and  much  other  evidence,  mutation  in  Oenothera 
appears  to  be  due  to  a  general  condition  of  germinal  instability, 
which  in  turn  is  probably  connected  with  crossing  in  theancestr)'. 
This,  however,  by  no  means  deprives  it  of  evolutionary  significance, 
for  all  open-pollinated  species  of  plants  are  h^'brids  in  the  sense 
that  various  races  have  participated  in  their  immediate  ancestry. 

The  paper,  which  was  illustrated  by  lantern-slides,  was  discussed' 
by  Dr.  Helen  Fraser  and  the  President,  the  author  replying. 

Mr.  Gr.  Clvbidoe  Druce,  in  his  exhibition  entitled  "  Some 
Floristic  results  of  the  International  Phytogeographic  Excursion 
through  the  British  Isles "  during  the  past  summer,  gave  an 
account  of  the  places  visited  during  the  five  weeks  spent  on  the 
tour,  and  touched  on  the  species  and  varieties  discovered.  (Abstract, 

P-  77-) 

Dr.  C.  E.  xMoss  (visitor),  the  Eev.  T.  E.  R.  Stehbing,  Mr.  William 
Fawcett,  and  Mr.  .1.  C.  Sheustone  discussed  certain  points  raised, 
and  Mr.  Druce  replied. 

Mr.  Arthur  W.  Hill  showed  drawings  of  a  viviparous  speci- 
men of  Juncus  bufonius,  in  which  the  seedlings  were  seen  emerging 
from  the  parent  capsule. 

Mr.  N.  C.  Mao'amara  contributed  some  remarks  on  "  Muta- 
tions in  Foxglove  plants,"  which  was  communicated  by  Prof.  A. 
Dexdt,  and  read  by  the  General  Secretary,  as  follows  : — 

The  following  record  is  intended  to  supplement  the  communi- 
cation made  to  the  Linnean  Society,  on  my  behalf,  by  Prof.  A. 
Dendy,  F.K.S.,  on  the  16th  of  June,  1910,  concerning  mutations 
in  cei'tain  Foxglove  plants  grown  at  Chorley  Wood,  Herts. 

From  a  packet  of  Foxglove  seeds  {Dujitalis ^^urpurea)  sown  in 
the  year  1906,  fifty-four  plants  were,  in  June  1907,  planted  in  a 
shrubbery  of  fir-trees  with  an  undergrowth  of  laurels.  Of  these 
plants  fifty-one  grew  into  normal  Foxgloves,  but  the  three  re- 
maining plants  were  sports  which  we  may  distinguish  by  the 
letters  A,  J?,  and  C. 

A.  In  this  plant  the  flowers  of  the  lower  half  of  the  stem 
possessed  only  a  bifid  upper  petal  and  seven  stamens  united  at 
their  bases.  The  flowei's  of  the  upper  part  of  the  spike  were 
normal. 

B.  A  fine,  \\  ell-grown    plant   4||    feet   high ;    throughout  the 


LINNEAN    SOCIETY    OP    LONDON.  5 

whole  length  of  the  spike  the  flower  consisted  of  a  bifid  upper 
petal,  seven  stamens,  and  style.  The  upper  part  of  this  spike  was 
isolated  ;  it  produced  abundant  self-fertilized  seed. 

C.  The  spike  of  this  ])lant  grew  to  be  5  feet  high ;  from  base  to 
apex  its  flowers  consisted  of  nine  stamens  and  a  style,  with  no 
vestige  of  petals. 

It  is  unnecessary  to  follow  the  history  of  plant  A,  as  it  was 
only  the  lower  part  of  the  spike  in  which  the  flowers  were  abnormal, 
and  the  stem  was  not  isolated. 

Seed  taken  from  tlie  upper  covered  part  of  the  plant  B 
(described  above)  germinated  abundantly  ;  twenty-one  of  these 
plants  flowered  in  1^09.  Of  these  twenty-one  plants  thirteen 
produced  spikes  of  the  parent  type,  and  eight  produced  normal 
Poxglove  flow'Crs.  One  of  the  thirteen  plants  grew  to  be  5  feet 
1  inch  high,  its  spike  producing  one  bifid  petal  and  a  style  ;  but 
its  terminal  fiower  consisted  of  twenty-two  stamens  and  a  large 
flask-shaped  carpel  (divided  into  seven  compartments)  and  style, 
but  having  no  corolla,  that  is,  it  had  no  petals.  (As  shown  in 
photograph  exhibited.) 

The  season  of  1909  was  sunless  with  constant  rain ;  conse- 
quently, all  covered  plants  suffered  much  from  mildew,  but  I 
managed  to  collect  some  self-fertilized  seed  from  the  terminal 
flower  of  the  plant  referred  to,  and  this  seed  germinated  and 
flowei-ed  in  1911.  Every  one  of  the  twelve  plants  I  reared  from 
tlie  seed  of  the  terminal  flower  produced  flowers  precisely  like  the 
parent.  Two  of  these  plants  were  isolated  and  their  self-fertilized 
seed  germinated  freely  (September,  1911). 

The  seed  originally  collected  from  the  covered  part  of  plant  C 
of  1007,  had  produced  plants  which  in  1909  gave  flowers  precisely 
similar  to  the  parent  plant ;  self-fertilized  seed  from  these  plants 
(1909)  in  1911  produced  plants  exactly  like  those  of  1907,  ■i.e., 
flowers  having  nine  stamens  and  a  style  but  no  petals ;  self- 
fertilized  seed  from  these  plants  are  now  (September,  1911) 
germinating  freely.  Some  of  the  plants  of  1909,  however,  in 
place  of  a  tall  single  spike  grew  some  seven  or  eight  shorter  spikes, 
each  flower  of  which  had  nine  stamens  but  no  petals. 

It  seems  that  a  certain  number  of  the  Foxglove  seeds  sown  in 
the  year  1906  contained  elements  in  a  condition  such  as  that 
described  by  de  Vries  as  being  "  impressed  by  an  impulsive  muta- 
bility,"' for  some  of  the  flowers  produced  by  these  seeds  were 
sports.  Seeds  from  these  sports  produced  their  like  in  1909  ; 
and,  further,  these  latter  plants  produced  some  terminal  flowers 
totally  differing  in  character  from  the  parent  sport  from  which 
they  were  derived.  Seeds  from  these  terminal  flowers  produced 
their  like  in  the  year  1911  ;  so  that  1  have  now  two  different  strains 
of  Foxglove  plants  produced  from  the  seeds  sown  in  1906,  and  these 
strains  have  been  produced  from  self-fertilized  flowers,  that  is, 
from  flowers  carefully  protected  from  insects  or  other  means 
of    cross-fertilization.      If   other   observers   would    record    their 


PIIOCEEDIXGS    OF   THE 


experience  as  to  the  behaviour  of  sports  of  this  kind,  in  the  course 
of  time  we  might  hope  to  possess  data  sufficient  to  enable  us  to 
form  some  reasonable  idea  as  to  the  i'requeucy,  and  above  all» 
the  permanency  of  such  mutations  in  wild  types  of  plants. 


December  7th,  1911. 
Dr.  D.  H.  ScoxT,  M.A.,  F.R.S.,  President,  in  the  Chair. 

The  Minutes  of  the  General  Meeting  of  the  IGth  November, 
1911,  were  read  and  confirmed. 

Mr,  Frank  Evans,  Mr.  George  William  Howes,  and  Dr.  Ealph 
Vincent  were  proposed  as  Fellows. 

Mr.  James  Wales  Audas,  Mr.  Claude  Keith  Bancroft,  B.A., 
Miss  Kuth  Mary  Cardew,  AVilliam  John  Dakiii,  D.Sc,  Mr.  John 
Hughes,  John  Harvey  Johnston,  M.A.,  D.Sc,  Eobert  Laurie, 
M.B.,  Ch.B.  (Glasg.),  B.Sc.  (Edin.),  William  McEae,  B.Sc,  Sir 
Frederick  William  Moore,  M.A.,  M.E.I.A.,  Dr.  Annie  Porter, 
B.Sc.  (Lond.),  Albert  Malins  Smith,  M.A.  (Cantab.),  Miss  Edith 
Layard  Stephens,  B.A.  (Cape),  Miss  Elsie  Maud  Wakefield,  and 
Alfred  James  Wilmott,  B.A.  (Cantab.),  were  elected  Fellows. 

Mr.  H.  N.  Dixon  read  his  paper  entitled  "  On  some  Mosses  of 
New  Zealand." 

Dr.  Geokge  Hendeeson  then  showed  a  series  of  more  than 
70  slides,  taken  during  an  official  mission  through  Kashmir,  Little 
Tibet,  and  Turkestan  in  1870.  The  original  photographs  had 
been  lost  sight  of,  but  having  recently  been  discovered  in  the 
keeping  of  a  friend,  lantern-slides  had  been  made  from  them,  and 
were  now  shown,  with  explanatioiif^  by  the  author.  He  traced 
the  progress  of  the  expedition  from  Lahore  to  Yarkand,  where  the 
series  ended. 

Dr.  Stapf  and  the  President  commented  on  the  interest  of  the 
exhibition,  and  the  botanical  results  obtained  40  years  ago. 

Dr.  Hendersox  also  showed  three  variations  in  the  foliage  of 
Ahws  (jlvtinosa  from  the  banks  of  the  Elver  Darenth,  in  full  view 
of  his  house,  and  explained  that  these  differences  corresponded 
with  varying  dates  of  leafing,  leaf-fall,  and  fruiting. 

The  President  spoke  on  the  changes  induced  by  trees  and 
shrubs  being  cut  back,  the  luxuriance  of  the  new  growth  making 
it  almost  unrecognizable,  as  in  a  case  observed  at  Oakley,  when  it 
was  found  that  Ithnmnus  cathartica  had  assumed  a  new  form 
owing  to  severe  coppicing.     Mr.  J.  C.  Shenstone  also  spoke. 


LINNEAN   SOCIETY   OF    LONDON.  7 

Dr.  A.  B.  Eendle  showed  a  fine  specimen  of  a  viviparous  Poa 
tnvialis,  Linn.,  found  by  Mr.  Miller  Christy  at  Stisted,  near 
Braintree,  in  Essex.  The  normal  inflorescence  was  almost  entirely 
replaced  by  a  mass  of  vegetative  outgrowths  replacing  the  flowers. 

A  discussion  followed,  in  which  Dr.  Stapf,  Mr.  H.  N.  Dixon, 
and  Mr.  W.  C.  Worsdell  took  part. 

December  21st,  1911. 

Dr.  D.  H.  Scott,  M.A.,  F.R.S.,  President,  in  the  Chair 

The  Minutes  of  the  General  Meeting  of  the  7th  December, 
1911,  were  read  and  confirmed. 

The  President  then  spoke  of  the  loss  sustained  by  the  Society 
since  its  last  meetinj^  in  the  death  of  Sir  Joseph  Hooker,  beyond 
doubt  their  most  distinguished  Pellow.  He  was  elected  June  7, 
1842,  over  69  years  ago,  and  served  on  the  Council,  with  only 
short  intermissions,  from  1846  to  1884 ;  he  was  Vice-President 
during  a  great  part  of  that  time,  and  exercised  considerable  influence 
on  the  aff'airs  of  the  Society,  though,  unfortunately,  never  Presi- 
dent. Much  of  his  best  work,  so  far  as  it  A^as  not  in  book-form,  was 
published  by  the  Society ;  his  memoirs  on  the  Flora  oi  the  Gala- 
pagos Islands,  the  distribution  of  Arctic  plants,  and  the  classic 
memoir  on  the  unique  plant,  Wehvitschia  mirabilis,  were  mentioned. 
His  last  paper  published  in  our  Transactions  was  on  the  Eubber 
plant,  Castilloa,  25  years  back.  The  Society  hoped  to  have  the 
lionour  of  publishing  his  latest  work,  on  the  genus  Impatiens,  upon 
which  he  was  actively  engaged  during  the  last  years  of  his  life, 
till  very  near  the  end. 

Sir  Joseph  was  the  acknowledged  leader  in  systematic,  and 
above  all,  in  geographical  botany.  His  contributions  to  fossil 
botany  were  of  great  value :  by  the  world  at  lai'ge,  he  would  be 
best  known  for  his  close  association  with  Darwin  and  with  the 
development  of  the  Darwinian  theory. 

The  following  Resolution  was  then  moved  from  the  Chair : — 

The  Fellows  of  the  Linnean  Society  of  London  in  General 
Meeting  assembled,  desire  to  place  upon  record  their  profound 
sense  of  the  loss  to  the  Society  and  to  the  World  of  Science, 
occasioned  by  the  deatli  of  Sir  Joseph  Dalton  Hooker  on 
the  10th  December,  and  their  pride  in  his  having  been  a  Fellow 
of  the  Linnean  Society  for  nearly  70  years,  during  which  by 
his  scientific  contributions  to  the  Society's  publications  and  his 
advice  throughout  his  many  years  of  service  on  the  Council,  he 
so  greatly  added  to  the  prestige  and  eflioiency  of  the  Society. 

They  desire  also  to  express  their  deepest  sympathy  with 
Lady  Hooker  and  the  family  in  their  bereavement. 

That  a  copy  of  the  foregoing  Eesolution  be  communicated 
to  the  family  by  the  General  Secretary. 


8  PKOCEBDINGS   OF    THE 

The  Resolution  was  carried  unanimously,  the  Fellows  rising  in 
their  places. 

The  President  then  announced  that  a  vacancy  existed  in  the 
List  of  Foreign  Members  by  the  recent  death  oi"  Dr.  Jean  Baptiste 
Edouard  JJornet,  F.M.li.tS.,  and  that  two  vacancies  had  arisen 
in  the  List  of  Associates,  by  the  death  of  Mr.  Oswald  Arthur 
8ayce,  and  the  election  as  Fellow  of  Sir  Frederick  William 
Moore,  M.A. 

Miss  liuth  Mary  Cardew,  the  Eev.  Hilderic  Friend,  and 
Miss  Elsie  Maud  Wakefield,  were  admitted  Fellows. 

Sir  James  M'Crone  Douie,  K.C.S.L,  Mr.  John  William  Haigh 
Johnson,  E.Sc,  and  Miss  Beatrice  Lindsay,  were  elected  Fellows. 

The  Rev,  Hilderic  Feiend,  F.L.S.,  then  read  his  paper,  en- 
titled "  Some  Annelids  of  the  Thames  A^alley,"  which  w  as  discussed 
by  Prof.  A.  Dendy,  Sec.L.S.,  and  the  Rev.  T.  R.  R.  Stebbing;  the 
author  briefly  replying. 

Mr.  W.  C.  WoRSDELL,  F.L.S.,  then  gave  a  lantern  exhibition 
of  a  series  of  slides,  show  ing  abnormalities  in  fungi,  and  explained 
his  views  on  the  causes  which  produce  them.  Prof.  F.  O.  Bower, 
Prof.  D.  T.  MacDougal  (visitor),  the  Rev.  T.  R.  R.  Stebbing, 
Prof.  A.  Dendy,  Sec.L.S.,  Dr.  Stai)f,  Sec.L.S.,  Miss  E.  M.  Wake- 
field, Miss  E.  N.  'i'liomas,  and  the  President  joined  in  a  discussion, 
and  the  exhibitor  replied. 

Dr.  A.  B.  Rkndle,  F.R.S.,  F.L.S.,  showed  specimens  obtained 
in  1911,  of  the  dissected  leaf-form  of  Horseradish,  Cochlearia 
Armoracia ;  in  his  absence,  the  following  statement  was  read  for 
him  by  the  General  Secretary  : — 

"  It  is  not  suggested  that  the  dissected  form  of  leaf  of  Horse- 
radish is  new  ;  it  will  be  familiar  to  many  Fellows.  The  leaf- 
tissue  between  the  veins  is  undeveloped  to  a  greater  or  less  degree, 
and  a  more  or  less  cut  form  of  leaf  results.  1  should  like  to  ask 
whether  this  form  has  been  more  generally  noticed  during  the 
past  remarkably  sunny  summer.  It  might  be  suggested  that  it  is 
a  response  to  an  increased  amount  of  sunlight  or  diminution  of 
water-supply.  The  specimen  w  hich  I  am  sliowing  came  from  a 
dry  field,  about  a  njile  from  the  sea,  at  Bognor,  in  which  a  number 
of  the  ])lants  were  growing  here  and  there,  and  nearly  all  of  them 
showed  the  phenomenon  in  a  greater  or  less  degree.  I  noticed 
the  same  dissected  leaf-form  in  other  places  this  summer. 

"  Miss  Ida  M .  Roper,  F.L.S.,  has  sent  a  specimen  from  Somerset, 
and  her  letter  may  be  worth  reading  to  the  Fellows." 

The  letter,  dated  the  20th  December,  was  accordingly  read. 

Dr.  Stajjf  then  referred  to  one  or  two  points  suggested  by  the 
specimens. 


LINNEAN   SOCIETY    OP   LONDON.  9 

January  18th,  1912. 
Dr.  D.  H.  ScoxT,  M.A.,  F.E.S.,  President,  in  the  Chair. 

The  Minutes  of  the  General  Meeting  of  the  21st  December, 
1911,  were  read  and  confirmed. 

Miss  Alice  Pegler  was  proposed  as  an  Associate. 

Mr.  Frank  Evans,  Mr.  George  WilHam  Howes,  and  Ealph 
Vincent,  M.D.,  M.E.C.P.,  were  elected  Pellows. 

Dr.  A.  Anstruther  Lawson,  F.L.S.,  gave  a  lantern  lecture 
entitled  "  Some  features  of  the  Marine  Flora  at  8t.  Andrews," 
showing  the  wealth  of  algal  vegetation  at  t'lat  part  of  tlie  coast, 
and  its  special  characteristics,  including  the  habit  of  the  plants 
when  growing  in  their  natural  position  under  water.  Illustrations 
of  the  gigantic  Brown  Alga3  of  the  Pacific  Coast  were  also  shown 
for  comparison. 

The  lecture  was  discussed  by  Miss  A.  L.  Smith,  Mr.  J.  C. 
Shenstone,  Prof.  F.  E.  Fritseh,  Mr.  A.  D.  Cotton,  and  the 
President,  the  lecturer  replying  to  various  questions. 

Miss  E.  L.  Turner,  F.L.8.,  then  showed  a  series  of  lantern- 
slides  illustrating  her  discovery  last  year  of  a  nestling  Bittern  in 
Norfolk  on  the  8th  July,  1911.  The  slides  were  from  photographs 
taken  by  the  author,  and  showed  the  young  bird  in  its  protective 
attitude  simulating  a  bundle  of  I'eeds,  and  the  nest  itself. 

The  narrative  showed  that  probably  more  than  one  young  bird 
had  been  batched,  and  that  the  fledgling  found  was  the  last  of  the 
brood,  and  the  older  birds  had  been  induced  by  the  parents  to  quit 
the  neighbourhood  of  the  nest  and  scatter  amongst  the  reeds  of 
the  marsh.  It  is  gratifying  to  recoi'd  the  recurrence  of  this  in- 
teresting species  in  a  county  in  which  it  was  formerly  common, 
and  it  is  hoped  that  it  may  re-establisli  itself  in  its  old  haunts. 

The  Rev.  T.  11.  R,  8tebbing,  F.R.S.,  added  some  remarks, 
congratulating  Miss  Turner  on  her  success  as  an  observer. 

The  General  Secretary  read  a  letter  from  Dr.  George  Henderson, 
accompanying  a  quantity  of  seeds  of  Nannorrli02^s  liitchiana, 
H.  Wendl.,  which  the  sender  wished  should  be  tried  in  cultivation 
in  the  South  of  England  by  as  many  persons  as  possible.  He 
stated  that  these  seeds  were  of  last  summer's  growth,  and  came 
from  the  Ivhyber  Pass,  wliere  snow  sometimes  covered  these  palms 
in  winter,  whilst  the  summer  is  very  hot.     He  further  suggested 


lO  PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE 

that  heat  might   he  requisite  to  cause  the   seeds  to  germinate 
freely. 

The  seeds  were  accordingly  distributed  amongst  those  present 
at  the  meeting. 

February  Ist,  1912. 

Prof.  E.  B.  PouLTON,  F.E.S.,  Vice-President,  in  the  Chair. 

The  Minutes  of  the  General  Meeting  of  the  18th  January,  1912 
were  read  and  confirmed. 

Dr.  Ralph  Vincent  was  admitted  a  Fellow. 

Mr.  Charles  Cumming  Calder,  B.Sc,  Mr.  Thomas  Alfred 
Dymes,  Mr.  Thomas  Maldon  Fitch,  Miss  Clara  Ethelinda  Larter, 
Miss  Maud  Samuel,  E.Sc,  and  Mr.  David  George  Stead,  were 
proposed  as  Fellows,  and  Mr.  Arthur  Patterson  and  Mr.  Ciiarles 
Davies  Sherborn  for  the  vacant  Zoological  Associateship. 

Mr.  F.  N.  Williams  regretted  the  present  method  of  postponing 
exhibitions,  which  produced  the  greatest  amount  of  discussion, 
to  the  reading  of  papers  of  mere  formal  importance,  with  the 
consequent  inconvenience  to  those  Fellows  who,  living  at  a 
distance,  had  to  leave  early  on  account  of  their  trains. 

The  Vice-President  in  the  Chair  pointed  out  that  the  matter 
was  actually  before  the  Council,  and  Mr.  Williams's  remarks 
would  receive  attention  ;  and  Prof.  Dendy,  Sec.L.S.,  explained 
the  reason  why  the  alteration  had  been  tried. 

The  following  live  papers,  relating  to  the  fauna  of  the  Seychelles 
and  other  islands  of  the  Indian  Ocean,  were  communicated  by 
Prof.  J.  Stanley  Gardinee,  F.R.S.,  F.L.S.  : — 

1.  M.  A.  FoREL. — Four  111  is   des   Seychelles   et   des   Aldabras, 

revues  de  M.  Hugli  Scott. 

2.  Mr.  F.  W.  Edwards. — Tipulidae. 

3.  Di".  GtJNTHER  Enderlein. — Sciaridse. 

4.  Mr.  Claude  Morley. — The  Ic-hiieumonidae. 

5.  C.  Tate  Eegan,  M.A.— New  Fishes. 

The  Vice-President  in  the  Chair,  Prof.  Dendy,  Sec.L.S.,  the 
Rev.  T.  R.  R.  Stebbing,  and  Prof.  W.  A.  Herdman  contributed 
some  remarks  on  the  value  and  importance  of  the  results  thus 
briefly  summarized. 

The  Rev.  11.  AsnixoTOX  Bullen,  F.L.S. ,  exhibited  a  snail  found 
by  him  at  Potto  Pi,  near  Palma,  Mallorca,  in  March  1909.  Its  shell 
puzzled  him,  because  it  had  composite  characters  allying  it  on  the 


LINNEAK    SOCIETY    OF    LONDOIS".  II 

one  band  to  Helix  aspersa,  O.  F,  Miill.,  and  on  the  other  to 
Otala  vermictdata  (0.  F.  Miill.),  both  common  Lusitanian  forms. 
The  Rev.  E.  H.  Bowell  having  examined  the  anatomy  of  the 
animal  itself,  found  that  its  radula  partook  of  an  intermediate 
character,  showing  affinities  to  the  species  named  above,  and  the 
absence  of  certain  organs  argued  its  hybridit)'. 

A  discussion  followed,  in  which  the  following  took  part : — 
Prof.  Poulton,  Mr.  Alfred  Santer  Kennard  (visitor),  and  the 
Treasurer. 

Eev.  R.  AsHiis'GTON  Bullen  also  exhibited  new  engravings, 
enlarged  12  diameters,  of  Hygromia  montivaga,  AVesterlund.  This 
land-mollusc  was  found  at  Harlyn  Bay,  Cornwall,  in  1902,  in  a 
prehistoric  cemetery  of  late  Keltic  date.  He  had  found  about  40 
specimens  in  all.  It  is  a  member  of  the  Lusitanian  fauna,  and,  so 
far,  only  found  in  England  in  the  above  locality.  The  exhibitor 
adduced  evidence  to  show  that  it  was  certainly  of  pre-Eoman  date 
(dying  out  in  the  early  Iron  Age),  he  having  obtained  it  from  a 
probably  Pleistocene  horizon  in  previously  undistui'bed  brown 
sandy  clay,  the  upper  disintegrated  layer  of  the  Ladock  Beds 
(Devonian  Slates).  The  place  where  he  so  found  it  had  not  been 
dug  into  for  the  purpose  of  burial.  It  also  occurred  in  the 
brown  sand  in  which  the  late  Keltic  burials  were  placed,  but  not 
in  the  12  or  13  feet  of  bright  shell-sand  beneath  the  top  soil  and 
above  the  interments,  Roman  remains  (a  coin  of  the  younger 
Faustina)  had  occurred  in  the  neighbourhood  no  deeper  than 
plough-depth. 

The  following  joined  in  the  discussion  upon  this  exhibition  : — 
Prof.  Dendy,  Sec.L.S.,  Mr.  A.  S.  Kennard  (visitor),  the  Treasurer, 
Mr.  J.  C.  Shenstoue,  Mr.  Hugh  Findon,  Dr.  Otto  Stapf,  Sec.L.S., 
Mr.  F.  N.  Williams,  Dr.  Marie  Stopes,  and  Prof.  Poulton,  the 
exhibitor  replying. 

The  G-eneral  Secretary  brought  forward  a  communication  from 
Herr  Paul  Scheedlin,  as  follows  : — 

"  For  hundreds  of  years  pigeons  have  nested  on  the  spire  of 
Strassburg  cathedral.  They  increased  so  much  that  many  attempts 
have  been  made  to  extirpate  them,  but  in  vain.  During  the  last 
few  years  there  has  been  a  sudden  and  startling  diminution  iu  the 
number  of  these  cathedral  pigeons. 

"  I  am  of  opinion  that  this  manifest  reduction  is  due  to  the 
asphalting  of  the  streets  round  the  cathedral.  Between  the  stone 
sets  of  the  pavement  the  pigeons  were  able  to  pick  up  food  in 
quantity.  In  consequence  of  the  asphalting,  and  daily  \^atering 
and  cleansing  of  the  places  in  the  immediate  neighbourhood,  the 
birds  have  gone. 

",Has  a  similar  case  been  observed  elsewhere  ?  " 

The  Rev.  R.  Ashington  Bullen,  Prof.  Dendy,  Mr.  Henry  Bury, 
and  Mr.  Charles  Oldham  (visitor)  spoke  on  the  subject, — the  last 


12  PnOCEEDINGS   OF   TUB 

speaker  referring  to  the  lessened  number  of  pigeons  in  certain 
parts  of  London,  due  to  the  increase  of  motor  traffic  and  corre- 
sponding decrease  of  horses,  tlie  birds  thus  losing  tlieir  chief 
source  of  food  from  scattered  horse-feed. 

The  Genex'al  Secretary  then  brought  forward  a  communication 
entitled  "Additional  Information  concerning  Linne's  J.ajjland 
Drum."  He  stated  that  on  the  2nd  February,  1911,  he  showed 
some  lantern-slides  concerning  lioslin's  portrait  of  Carl  von  Linne 
(Proc.  iyiU-1 1 ,  p.  2,  plate),  followed  by  some  remarks  on  the  Lapp 
drum  which  figures  in  the  Hoffman  portrait  and  on  the  titlepage 
of  the  '  Flora  Lapponica.' 

Innnediately  upon  the  printed  account  of  this  exhibition 
reaching  Sweden,  two  correspondents  wrote  to  him  about  ir, 
and  one  of  them,  Dr.  J.  M.  llulth,  of  Uppsala,  was  so  kind  as  to 
enclose  a  reprint  of  au  article  by  Dr.  Edgar  Reuterskicild,  on  the 
Linnean  Lapland  magic  drum,  from  which  the  following  in- 
formation is  taken. 

The  information  printed  in  the  Proceedings  for  last  year 
(pp.  60-01)  represented  the  ascertained  facts  up  to  the  Bi- 
centenary of  Linne  in  May  1907.  But  enquiry  was  afterwards 
made  as  to  what  had  become  of  the  Linnean  drum,  and  it  resulted 
in  the  discovery  of  its  history  as  follows : — The  drum  formed 
part  of  a  large  collection  of  curiosities  whicli  was  bought  by  the 
Uni\ersity  of  Upsala  in  1832  on  the  death  of  Thun berg's  pupil 
and  botanical  demonstrator,  C.  P.  Forsberg.  In  1874  the  Uni- 
versity, not  knowing  its  interestino  history,  presented  it  to  the 
Royal  Academy  of  Science,  Stockholm,  whence,  in  1883,  it  passed 
to  the  Trocadero  Museum,  in  Paris,  in  exchange  for  some  Peruvian 
curiosities. 

It  now  seems  certain  that  Linne  received  the  magic  drum  from 
Pite  Lappmark,  as  it  agrees  with  the  design  of  others  from  that 
part,  and  differs  from  the  form  of  those  from  Kimi  and  Torne 
Lappmark ;  it  has  certain  figures  used  in  the  district  of  Asele. 
AVe  may  ex])ect  a  detailed  account  of  the  drum  in  question  from 
Dr.  Reuterskiiild,  who  is  occupied  in  au  exhaustive  review  of  all 
known  specimens. 

The  Treasurer  referred  to  the  interest  of  this  exhibition, 
specially  witli  regard  to  the  local  variations  in  the  pattern  of 
the  drums. 

The  General  Secretary  also  read  a  letter  from  Sir  E.  Ray 
Lankesteii,  K.C  B.,  F.R.S.,  referring  to  certain  developments  on 
the  part  of  '  Tiie  Field '  newspaper,  as  enlisting  the  help  of 
sportsmen  and  country  gentlemen  for  natural  history. 

Mr.  John  Hopkinsoti  also  contributed  some  remai'ks  on  the 
illustrations  shown  in  support  of  the  letter. 


LIXNEAIf    SOCIETY    OF    LONDON,  fj 

February  loth,  11)12. 

Dr.  D.  H.  Scott,  M.A.,  F.E.S.,  President,  in  the  Chair. 

The  Miuutes  of  the  General  Meeting  of  the  1st  February,  1912, 
were  read  and  confirmed. 

Mr.  Albert  Malins  Smith,  M.A.,  was  adm.itted  a  Fellow. 

Mr.  Kichard  Higgins  Burne  and  Prof.  Augustus  Daniel  Irams, 
B.A.,  B.Sc,  were  proposed  as  Fellows. 

Miss  Alice  Pegler  was  elected  an  Associate. 

With  reference  to  remarks  made  at  the  last  General  IMeetinff,. 
the  Pi'esideut  read  the  following  Resolution  which  had  been 
adopted  by  the  Council : — 

"That  it  be  the  duty  of  the  Secretaries  to  arrange  the 
Agenda  of  the  Exhibitions  and  Papers  for  each  meeting 
in  such  a  way  as  may  in  their  discretion  best  contribute  to 
tlie  interest  and  convenience  of  the  Fellows  attending  the 
Meeting." 

Mr.  EoBERT  Haeolb  Compton,  M.A.,  read  a  pa[)er,  com- 
municated by  Prof.  A.  C.  Sewakd,  F.E.S.,  F.L.S.,  entitled  "An 
Investigation  of  the  Seedling  Structure  in  the  Leguminosa?."' 

A  discussion  followed,,  by  Miss  E.  JV.  Thomas,  J\Ir.  T.  G.  Hill, 
Dr.  Ethel  de  Fraine,  Mr.  A.  G.  Tansley,  the  President,  Dr.  Otto 
Stapf,  Sec.L.S.,  and  Mr.  Ernest  Lee,  the  author  replying. 

Mr.  C.  E.  Salmon  exhibited  an  abnormal  Orchis  with  enlarged 
drawings  of  the  flowers,  with  the  following  note : — 

On  April  23rd,  1911,  Mr.  P.  H.  Mitchiner  gathered  this  re- 
markable specimen  on  the  chalk  downs  above  Eeigate  and  brought 
it  to  me  for  determination.  At  a  first  glance,  Hahenaria  viridis 
or  Herminium  MonorcJiis  might  be  suggested  as  a  name,  for  the 
stem  was  about  4  inches  high,  with  a  spike  of  small  greenieh-yellow 
flowers. 

A  close  examination  soon  dispelled  such  an  idea,  and  I  saw  at 
once  that  the  specimen  was  unlike  any  British  wild  Orchid. 
Knowing  that  Mr.  W.  B.  Hemsley  had  studied  various  species  of 
this  Order  very  closely,  I  at  once  packed  up  the  specimen  and 
despatched  it  to  him.  I  cannot  do  better  than  read  the  careful 
report  he  made  upon  it,  only  regretting  that  he  is  unable  to  be 
present  to-night  to  explain  personally  the  various  points.  He 
writes  : — 

"  Although  none  of  the  flowers  attained  full  development,  some 
of  them  grew  out  sufficiently  for  analysis  and  recognition  of  the 
parts.     Briefly,  the  floAvers  present  several  peculiarities.     In  the 


14  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE 

first  place,  they  have  three  spurs,  the  additional  pair  heing 
sepaline ;  agreeing  in  this  respect  with  the  three-spurred  Platan- 
thera  that  1  exhihited  before  the  Linnean  Society,  Jan.  17,  1907, 
and  differing  from  the  three  -  spurred  Platanthera  exhibited 
March  19,  1908,  in  which  the  additional  spurs  were  petaline; 
these  two  conditions  affording  examples  of  false  and  true  peloria 
respectively.  Both  specimens  of  Platanthera  contained  fully 
developed  normal  pollinia  ;  your  plant,  none.  The  structure  of 
the  flowers  of  your  plant  is  as  follows: — Scape  with  one  appressed 
leaf.  Flowers  yellowish,  crowded,  not  fully  developed  and  only 
about  one-tliii'd  of  an  inch  long.  Bracts  longer  than  the  ovary, 
shorter  than  the  flower.  Flowers  3-spurred,  the  additional  spurs* 
produced  by  the  two  lateral  sepals,  and  somewhat  thicker  than 
the  labelhnn  spur.  Spurs  equal  or  unequal  in  length.  Labellum 
considerably  larger  than  the  sepals  and  petals,  narrow  in  the 
basal  half  and  nearly  orbicular  in  the  distal  half,  entire  or 
irregularly  5-toothed.  Sepals  and  petals  otherwise  similar. 
Genitalia  (juite  rudimentary  with  no  trace  of  pollinia. 

"  The  floral  structure  of  this  anomalous  orchid,  especially  the 
shape  of  the  different  organs,  and  its  sterile  nature,  Mould  lead  one 
to  suppose  it  to  be  of  hybrid  origin.  But  its  early  appearance 
and  its  small  size  make  it  diflicult  to  suggest  a  probable  parentage. 
The  shape  of  the  labellum  points  to  Orchis  and  I  suggest  some 
connection  with  0.  Morio  ;  yet  the  resemblances  go  no  further. 
I  sent  the  drawings  to  my  friend  Dr.  Focke,  and  he  replied  that 
he  could  say  very  little  about  it  but  referred  me  to  a  Swiss  record, 
which  he  had  not  seen,  of  an  anomalous  0.  Morio,  as  a  possible 
clue." 

The  suggestion  of  Dr.  Focke  (whose  letter  is  upon  the  table) 
is  not  very  helpful,  as  the  plant  to  which  he  refers  proved  to  be 
a  3-lipped  and  3-spurred  Orchis  Morio.  The  plants  associated 
with  this  abnormal  Orchis  on  the  Reigate  Downs  include  Orchis 
masctda,  0.  Morio  (sparingly),  0.  ustulata  (sparingly),  Aceras,  and, 
not  far  away,  Habenaria  hifolia  ;  but  of  all  these,  0.  mascula 
Mould  be  the  only  species  in  flower  on  such  an  early  date  as 
April  23rd. 

I  may  mention  that  Mr.  Hemsley  showed  the  drawing  at  a 
meeting  of  the  Scientific  Committee  of  the  Eoyal  Horticultural 
Society  on  Aug.  20,  1911,  but  no  conclusion  was  arrived  at.  I 
should  be  very  glad  to  hear  any  suggestions  as  to  the  origin  of 
the  plant. 

Mr.  Hugh  Findox  showed  a  series  of  Glass-sponges  from  Japan. 
He  stated  that  these  sponges  had  been  lately  given  to  him  by  a 
gentlnman  who  received  a  number  of  them  some  years  ago  from  a 
naturalist  in  Japan. 

He  stated  that  they  were  of  two  species,  Hyalonema  SiehoWii 
and  H.  apertinn,  and  were  dredged  in  ten  to  fifteen  fathoms 
of  water  off  the  East  Coast  of  Japan.  One  specimen  had  been 
cut  in  order  to  see  the  connection  between  the  stalk,  or  "  rope," 


LINNEAN    SOCIETY    OF    LONDON.  15 

and  the  sponge  proper.  The  lover  ends  of  the  strands  of  the 
"rope"  are  barbed  in  a  peculiar  manner,  as  may  be  seen  under 
the  microscope. 

Slides  of  the  spicules  were  also  shown  under  the  microscope,  of 
which  there  seem  to  be  a  great  variety,  the  most  noteworthy  being 
the  double-ended,  six-bladed,  battleaxe-form  and  the  four-i'ayed 
star  with  the  barbed  spur.  Tliere  also  appears  to  be  a  smaller 
double  mushroom  anchor  form  and  many  straight  spines.  The 
spicules  polarize  light  but  sliglitly,  and  appear  to  have  an  organic 
nucleus  or  centre  core. 

Prof.  A.  Dend}'-,  Sec.L.S.,  spoke  on  the  history  of  these 
sponges,  and  the  original  erroneous  ideas  entertained  concerning 
their  nature  and  mode  of  growth.  He  further  displayed  illus- 
trations from  various  sources  in  support  of  his  statements. 


March  7th,  1912. 

Dr.  D.  H.  Scott,  M.A.,  F.R.S.,  President,  in  the  Chair. 

The  Minutes  of  the  General  Meeting  of  the  loth  Pebruary, 
1912,  were  read  and  confirmed. 

Mr.  AUeyne  Leechman  and  Dr.  Charles  Edward  Moss  wei'e 
proposed  as  Fellows,  and  Dr.  Hermann  Christ-Sociu  as  a  Foreign 
Member. 

Mr.  Charles  Gumming  Calder,  B.Sc,  Mr.  Thomas  Alfred 
Dymes,  Mr.  Thomas  Maldon  Fitch,  Miss  Clara  Ethelinda  Larter, 
Miss  Maud  Samuel,  B.Sc,  and  Mr.  David  George  Stead  were 
elected  Fellows. 

The  names  of  Mr.  Arthur  Patterson  and  Mr.  Charles  Davies 
Sherborn  uere  submitted  to  a  ballot  for  the  vacant  Zoological 
Associateship.  The  ballot  having  been  closed,  the  President 
nominated  Mr.  A.  D.  Michael,  Dr.  W.  T.  Caiman,  and  Dr.  A.  P. 
Young,  Scrutineers  ;  these  having  examined  the  Ballot-papers  and 
reported  to  the  President,  he  declared  that  Mr.  Charles  Davies 
Sherborn  had  been  elected  an  Associate. 

The  President  announced  the  death  of  Mr.  Alfred  Fryer,  A.L.S. 

Prof.  Perct  Gkoom  read  a  paper  entitled  "Note  on  the 
Internodes  of  CalamitesP 

A  discussion  followed,  in  which  the  following  took  part : — 
Prof.  F.  W.  Oliver,  Dr.  Marie  Stopes,  Mr.  Clement  Reid,  and  the 
President,  the  author  replying. 

Miss  Ethel  M.  Phillips  exhibited  a  portfolio  of  water-colour 
drawings,  and  explained  that  they  were  made  duriug  a  recent 


1 6  PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE 

visit  to  Barbados,  AVest  Indies,  between  Xovember  1908  and 
yiny  1911.  "I  had  been  greatly  struck  by  tlie  profusion  and 
brilliance  of  the  flora  o(  the  Ishiiui,  and  having  tried  to  make  a 
collection  of  dried  specimens,  which  [ji-oved  most  disappointing,  I 
was  led  to  begin  the  paintings  by  a  desire  to  have  some  permanent 
record  of  what  I  saw.  The  list  of  104  plants  is  far  from  being 
exhaustive,  but  contains  perhaps  the  majority  of  the  more  promi- 
nent ones.  I  am  not  a  botanist,  but  have  endeavoured  to  delineate 
as  faithfully  as  possible  the  form  and  structure  of  the  various 
species,  and  have  also  tried  to  reproduce  something  of  the 
intensity  of  colouring  which  seemed  to  me  so  remarkable.  I  may 
perhaps  be  allowed  to  make  a  special  mention  of  the  number  of 
Flamboyant  trees,  Poincluna  regia,  which  \sith  theii-  abundance 
of  bright  scarlet  blossoms  form  so  striking  a  feature  of  the 
landscape  in  the  months  of  May,  June,  and  July."  A  list  of 
most  of  the  botanical  names,  supplied  by  Mr.  John  Bovell,  F.L.S., 
of  the  Agricultural  Department,  Barbados,  was  also  show  n.  The 
exhibitor  reminded  those  present  that  some  of  the  colours,  especially 
the  mauves  and  blues,  are  not  seen  to  advantage  in  artificial 
light. 

The  Rev.  T.  E.  li.  Stebbing  read  his  paper,  "  Historic  doubts 
about  VmoUhompsonia."     (Abstract,  p.  78). 

Dr.  W.  T.  Caiman,  the  General  Secretary,  and  Prof.  A.  Dendv, 
Sec.L.S.,  joined  in  the  subsequent  discussion. 

Dr.  Otto  Staff,  Sec.L.S.,  by  permission  of  the  Director  of  the 
Royal  Botanic  Gardens,  Kew,  showed  some  living  specimens  of 
Cactoid  Euphorbias  from  South  Africa,  and  commented  on  the 
salient  features  of  the  group. 

The  President,  Miss  M.  Carson,  Mr.  H.  R.  Darlington,  the 
Treasurer,  Mr.  Clement  Eeid,  Mr.  J.  C.  Shenstone,  Prof.  A. 
Dendy,  and  Dr.  C.  E.  Moss  (visitor)  contributed  further  remarks, 
and  Dr.  Stapf  replied. 


March  21st,  1912. 

Dr.  D.  H.  Scott,  M.A.,  F.R.S.,  President,  in  the  Chair. 

The  Minutes  of  the  General  Meeting  of  the  7th  March,  1912, 
were  read  and  confirmed. 

Dr.  Ronald  llamlyn-Harris,  F.Z.S.,  and  Mr.  Robert  Heath 
Lock,  M.A.  (Cantab,),  were  proposed  as  Fellows,  and  Mr.  AVilliam 
Hales  as  an  Associate. 

Mr.  Richard  Higgins  Burne,  and  Prof.  Augustus  Daniel  Imms, 
B.A.,  D.Sc,  were  elected  Fellows. 


LINNEAN    SOCIETY    OE    JjOT^DO^.  1 7 

A  paper  by  Dr,  Ign^acio  Boliyar  aud  Mr.  Cuaeles  Ferriere, 
B.Sc,  on  the  "  Orthoptera-Phasinid^e  of  the  Seychelles,"  and 
communicated  by  Prof.  J.  Stanley  GtARDiiner,  P.R.S.,  F.L.S., 
was  read  by  the  Zoological  Secretar\%  who,  in  illustration  of  this 
paper,  showed  living  examples  of  Phasinidie  and  their  eggs, 

Mr.  W.  F.  Kirby,  Miss  E.  Pearse  (who  also  showed  specimens), 
Miss  E.  M.  AVaketield,  Dr.  A.  P.  Young,  and  Dr.  Otto  Stapf, 
Sec.L.S.,  joined  in  the  discussion  which  followed. 

Miss  May  Eathboxe  exhibited  a  specimen  of  TrifoUam  repens 
which  showed  phyllody  of  the  carpels  in  a  very  distinct  manner, 
the  axes  of  many  of  the  flowers  being  prolonged  into  a  single 
leaflet,  subtended  by  stipules,  the  rest  of  the  flower  calling  for  no 
remark.     (Abstract,  p.  79.) 

Miss  E.  M.  Berridge,  the  President,  Dr.  O.  Stapf,  Dr.  C.  E. 
Moss  (visitor),  Mr.  H.  E.  Darlington,  the  Eev.  E.  .S.  Marshall, 
and  Dr.  R.  E.  Gates  (visitor),  contributed  further  observations. 

Mr.  J.  A.  Ltddell's  paper,  "  On  Nitocrameira  hdeUurce,  a  new 
genus  of  parasitic  Cantliocamptidse,"  communicated  by  Prof.  G.  C. 
Bourne,  F.E.S.,  F.L.S.,  was  read  in  abstract  by  the  Zoological 
Secretary,  and  commented  on  by  the  Eev.  T.  E.  E.  Stebbing, 
Dr.  W.  T.  Caiman,  Prof.  Dendy,  Sec.L.S.,  and  the  President. 

The  Botanical  Secretary  gave  an  account  of  a  paper  by  Mr.  W. 
"West  and  Prof.  G.  S.  "West  entitled  "  On  the  Periodicity  of  the 
Phytoplankton  of  some  British  Lakes." 

Mr.  H.  jN".  Dixon  showed  a  series  of  plants  from  South  Poi'tugal, 
stating  that  the  plants  shown  were  collected  on  a  botanical  visit 
to  Algarve  in  company  with  Mr.  W.  E.  Nicholson  in  May,  1911. 
The  trip  was  mainly  taken  with  a  view  to  bryophytic  study,  and 
the  phanerogams  were  only  incidentally  collected.  They  were 
not  shown  with  special  reference  to  their  botanical  interest, 
though  some  of  them  were  decidedly  rare,  but  chiefly  in  order 
to  draw  attention  to  the  method  of  mounting  in  some  instances, 
certain  of  the  specimens  being  mounted  on  sheets  of  black 
paper,  instead  of  the  ordinary  white.  In  some  cases,  as  for 
instance  with  white  and  yellow  flowers,  or  with  many  grasses, 
the  colour  of  the  flower  is  shown  up  much  better  by  the  contrast ; 
and  in  others,  where  this  is  not  conspicuously  the  case,  the  black 
background  produces  a  restful ness  to  the  eye  which  probably, 
quite  apart  from  colour  contrast,  is  an  advantage.  It  is  not 
suggested  that  in  all  cases,  or  for  herbarium  purposes,  there  is  any 
advantage  gained,  but  for  exhibition  purposes,  and  for  a  certain 
class  of  plants  it  seems  an  improvement  over  the  ordinary  white 
sheet.  The  surface  should  of  course  have  as  little  glaze  as  possible, 
and  a  paper  should  be  chosen  which  has  been  found  to  bear  con- 
sidei'able  exposure  to  light  without  discoloration. 

LINN.  SOC,  proceedings. — SESSION  1911-1912.  c 


l8  PEOCEEDIXGS   OF    THE 

Several  of  the  plants  shown  are  endemic  to  Portugal,  and  others 
to  the  Spanish  Peninsula. 

Dr.  C.  E.  Moss,  ]Mr.  Wilfred  Mark  Webb,  Mr.  J.  C.  Shenstone, 
and  the  Treasurer  also  spoke  on  the  subject  of  the  exhibition. 

Dr.  John  Mastin  sent  for  exhibition  under  the  microscope, 
two  slides  of  Polycistina  obtained  under  the  following  circum- 
stances:— 

"On  the  4th  September,  1011,  a  few  days  after  a  stormy  sea 
and  heavy  wind,  on  the  coast  off  Whitby,  Yorkshire,  I  saw  a 
little  patch  of  beautiful  iridescent  colour  floating  on  the  surface 
of  the  then  calm  water.  1  skimmed  this  cloud  of  colour,  and  on 
clearing  later,  found  it  to  be  varieties  of  Polycistina,  of  the  family 
Ehizopoda,  but  having  siliceous  instead  of  calcareous  shells. 

"These  shells,  which  are  of  magnificent  forms,  are  identical 
with  those  usually  (and,  I  am  informed,  hitherto  onhi)  found  in 
the  West  Indies  and  along  the  coasts  of  Florida  aud  the  Gulf  of 
Mexico.  1  believe  they  are  the  first  discovered  on  the  English 
Coast,  to  which  they  will  most  probably  have  been  brought  by  the- 
Gulf  Stream. 

"  I  shall  be  glad  if  any  of  the  Fellows  of  the  Society  can  inform 
me  if  such  as  these  have  ever  been  discovered  on  the  Yorkshire 
Coast,  or  indeed  on  any  portion  of  the  home  coasts. 

"  Up  to  the  present  1  have  failed  to  find  similar  ones  in  any 
private  or  public  collection  which  have  been  found  locally.  They 
are  all  purely  West  Indian  varieties  and  appear  to  be  absolutely 
new  on  these  shores." 

Prof.  Dendy  remarked  upon  the  interest  of  this  exhibition, 
and  that  the  forms  shown  were  similar  to  those  procurable  from 
Barbados. 

April  18th,  1912. 

Dr.  D.  H.  Scott,  M.A.,  F.E.S.,  President,  in  the  Chair. 

The  Minutes  of  the  General  Meeting  of  the  21st  March,  1912, 
were  read  and  confirmed. 

Mr.  Eichard  Higgins  Burne  was  admitted  a  Fellow. 

Mrs.  Eleanor  Mary  Eeid,  B.Sc,  was  proposed  as  a  Fellow. 

Mr.  Alleyne  Leechman  and  Dr.  Charles  Edward  Moss  were 
elected  Fellows. 

The  following  Auditors  for  the  Treasurers  Accounts  were 
nominated  by  the  Council,  and  elected  by  show  of  hands,  namely  : 
for  the  Council,  Dr.  A.  B.  liendle  and  Mr.  A.  AV^  Hill :  for  the 
Fellows,  Mr,  Hamilton  H.  C.  J.  Druce  and  the  Hon.  N.  C. 
Eothschild. 


LINNEAK    SOCIETY    OF    LOjSTDOJf.  1 9 

The  President  anuounced  that  the  Linnean  Medal  would  be 
awarded  to  Dr.  E.  C.  L.  Perkins,  famous  for  his  researches  on  the 
Fauna  of  the  Sandwicli  Islands. 

Dr.  D.  H.  Scott  read  a  paper  on  '■'■  Botnjchioxylon  paradoxum,  a 
Palaeozoic  Pern  with  Secondary  Wood." 

Eemarks  were  contributed  by  Dr.  E.  A.  N.  Arber,  Prof.  A.  C. 
Seward,  and  Dr.  W.  H.  Lang,  the  author  replying  briefly. 

Dr.  E.  A.  Newell  Arber  then  summarized  his  paper,  "On 
Psygmophyllum  majus,  sp.  nov.,  from  the  Lower  Carboniferous 
Rocks  of  Newfoundland,  together  with  a  Eevisiou  of  the  Grenus, 
and  Eemarks  on  its  Affinities." 

Prof.  Seward  and  the  President  followed  with  additional  ob- 
servations. 

Mrs.  He>'shaw  then  gave  a  lantern  demonstration  on  "The 
Alpine  Flora  of  the  Canadian  Eocky  Mountains,"  the  slides  giving 
admirable  representations  of  the  more  striking  constituents  of  the 
flora,  with  views  of  the  magnificent  mountain  scenery  in  which 
the  plants  are  found. 

Dr.  O.  Stapf,  Sir  Frank  Crisp,  and  the  President  joined  in  the 
discussion  which  followed. 


May  2nd,  1912. 

Dr.  D.  H.  Scott,  M.A.,  F.E.S.,  President,  in  the  Chair. 

The  Minutes  of  the  General  Meeting  of  the  18th  April,  1912, 
were  read  and  confirmed. 

Mr.  Charles  Hedley  and  Mr.  Thomas  Alfred  Dymes  were 
admitted  Fellows. 

Mr.  William  Henry  Daun,  .M.A.  (Cantab.),  the  Eev.  John 
Stewart  Miiller,  M.A.  (Cantab.),  and  Mr.  Edwin  Percy  Phillips, 
M.A.  (Cape  Univ.),  were  proposed  as  Fellows. 

The  following  persons  were  severally  balloted  for  and  elected: — 
Dr.  Eonald  Hamlyn-Harris,  F.Z.S.,  and  Mr.  Eobert  Heath  Lock, 
M.A.  (Cantab.),  Fellows  ;  Dr.  Hermann  Christ-Socin,  of  Basel, 
Foreign  Member  ;  and  Mr.  William  Hales,  Associate. 

The  President  read  the  proposed  alterations  in  the  Bye-Laws  in 
Chap.  II.  Sections  2  and  3,  with  regard  to  Composition  ;  the  new 
provisions  were  explained  by  the  President,  and  the  method  of 
voting  to  be  adopted  on  the  Gth  June,  by  the  General  Secretary. 


20  rROCEBDI>'GS    OF   THE 

Miss  T.  L.  Pravkeiid,  B.Sc,  read  her  paper  "  On  the  Structure 
of  the  Palaeozoic  Seed  Larienostoma  ovoides,  AVill.,"  aud  com- 
municated by  Prof.  F.  W.  Oliver,  F.R.S.,  F.L.S. 

The  President,  Prof.  F.  W.  Oliver,  and  Dr.  Marie  Stopes 
contributed  further  remarks  on  the  subject  of  the  memoir. 

A  paper,  by  Dr.  Karel  Domin,  was  communicated  and  read 
by  Dr.  O'rro  Staff,  Sec.L.S.,  and  entitled:  "Additions  to  the 
Flora  of  Western  and  North-Western  Australia." 

Dr.  Rendle  and  Dr.  Stapf  commented  on  certain  points  of  the 
paper. 

The  next  paper  was  by  Mr.  G.  H.  Wailes,  entitled  "  Fresh- 
water Rhizopoda  from  the  States  of  New  York,  New  Jersey,  and 
Georgia,  with  a  supplementary  account  of  some  species  from  the 
Seychelles." 

Mr.  Wilfred  Mark  Webb  exhibited  several  specimens  of  the 
extremely  rare  British  AVoodlouse,  Lyc/kUum  liypnorum,  and  ex- 
plained the  circumstances  under  which  lie  obtained  these  specimens 
from  Great  Warley,  Essex. 

The  Rev.  T.  R.  R.  Stebbiiig  adverted  to  his  first  finding  the 
species  in  Britain,  and  the  relations  experienced  \\ith  the  then 
leading  authorities  on  the  group  ;  Prof.  Dendy  also  joined  in  the 
discussion. 

The  Rev.  R.  Ashingtox  Bullex  had  sent  a  box  containing 
cochineal  insects  for  exhibition  ;  he  expressed  a  fear  that  they 
would  be  dead  before  they  could  be  shown,  which  was  the  case. 

The  General  Secretary  referred  to  the  unfortunate  experience 
of  Carl  von  Linne,  who  had  laboured  so  hard  to  procure  living 
insects  ;  when  at  last  they  reached  Uppsala  they  were  cleaned  off 
by  the  gardener,  without  the  Professor's  knowledge,  to  his  deep 
chagrin. 

The  General  Secretary  placed  before  the  Meeting  a  summary 
of  his  recent  investigation  of  the  Linuean  Herbarium.  He  stated 
that  a  full  catalogue  of  its  contents  had  long  been  desired,  but 
difficulties  have  stood  in  the  way  of  a  complete  catalogue.  The 
present  list  was  on  a  modest  scale,  and  only  aimed  at  indicating 
which  of  the  Linneau  types  are  represented  in  the  Herbai'ium 
vei'ified  by  himself,  and  these  will  be  shown  in  the  list  by  special 
type.  This  will  probably  obviate  much  correspondence,  and 
many  useless  references  in  search  of  species  not  contained  in 
the  Hei'barium.  It  is  hoped  that  the  "  Index  "  may  be  printed 
by  the  autumn  of  the  present  year. 

It  was  found  in  the  course  of  investigation  that  Sir  J.  E.  Smith 
had  transferred  no  fewer  than  110  species  to  genera  other  than 
those  assigned  to  them  by  Linnd ;  these  have  now  been  restored 
to  their  original  positions.     Three  signs  which  had  been  a  puzzle 


LINNEAK    SOCIETr    OF    LONDON.  2  1 

to  botanists  since  the  days  of  tlie  younger  Linne,  have  been  inter- 
preted ;  and  another  discovery  shows  that  Linne  had  catalogued 
his  phants  as  late  as  1767,  making  three  enumerations.  Another 
interesting  find  was  that  the  insects  and  shells  were  marked 
off  in  copies  of  the  10th  ed.  of  the  '  ISystema,'  1759,  and  the 
12th  ed.  1767.  A  short  series  of  slides  in  illustration,  closed 
the  exhibition. 

Dr.  Rendle,  Dr.  Stapf,  and  the  President  referred  to  certain 
points,  and  the  author  replied. 

May  24th,  1912. 

Anniversary  Meeting. 

Dr.  D.  H.  Scott,  M.A.,  F.E.S.,  President,  in  the  Chair. 

The  Minutes  of  the  General  Meeting  of  the  2nd  May,  1912, 
were  read  and  confirmed. 

Miss  Clara  Ethelinda  Larter  and  Sir  Frederick  "William  Moore 
were  admitted  Fellows. 

Miss  Ethel  Mary  Doidge,  M.A.  (Cape  Univ.),  Mr.  Thomas 
Bainbrigge  Fletcher,  and  Mr.  John  Gervaise  Turnbull,  were 
proposed  as  Fellows. 

The  Treasurer  then  laid  liis  Annual  Statement  of  Accounts 
before  the  Meeting,  and  explained  the  various  items  of  receipts 
and  expenditure,  and  the  same  was  received  and  adopted  upon 
the  motion  of  the  President  (see  pp.  22  &  23). 

The  General  Secretary  then  laid  his  Annual  Eeport  before  the 
Meeting,  thus : — 

Since  the  last  Anniversary  10  Fellows  had  died,  or  their  deaths 
been  ascertained  : — 


Algernon  Sidney  Bicknell. 

Dr.  Harry  Bolus. 

Rev.  John  Bufton,  Ph.D. 

Mrs. Marian  Sarah  Farquharson, 
F.R.M.S.  [Mrs.  Ogilvie- 
Farquh arson  of  Haughton.] 


Albert  Harrison. 

Thomas  Morlaud  Hocken,  M.D. 

Sir  Joseph  Dalton  Hooker,  O.M. 

George  Maw. 

John  Campbell  Oman. 

Francis  Tae;art. 


Also  2  Associates  ; — 
Alfred  Fryer.  |  Oswald  Arthur  Sayce. 

And  2  Foreign  Members  : — 


Dr.   Jean   Baptiste   Edouard 
Bornet. 


Prof.  Eduard  Strasburger, 
F.M.R.S. 


22 


rnOCEEDINGS   OF    THE 


I— I 

I— I  ^~s 

tq  1— I 

H  C5 

O  i-i 
CO 


o 

« 
O 

D 
O 
o 
o 


be 

a 


^  C5  O  O  CO 
•  00  o  t-  ^ 


o 

CO 


OCi 

iM  O 

i.-;e<3 

lO 

ir.  lO 

«  O 

1-1 

"^ 

c:  00 
ci  —1 

|S 

•o| 

5^ 


cJ   s    ci 


=^ 


05 


t^ 


:    Cl.  :; 
iPhO 


to 


"2  -S 


W 


■  -  ^  r  —  S 

=       „  {§  ,2  ^ 


i5m    fi 


—  O  O  O  Cl 
CC  CO  o  o  o 


-f  t3  o  c;  lo 

OC.  CC  00  Cl  00 
■^  iM  i-<  ^ 


— '  —'00 


CO  l-H 


c  <»  c  ^ 
o  ^  cs  ^ 

S  o  o 

5  „•=  5 
PC  e:^ 

•S  ^  i  =*•■"' 
*  o  C  o  c 
<U    C    0)    C     3 

t)  aj  2i  o  o 
5'S  £'5  g 
=  s:   Sen  M 

-5      4,     «      i;      C3 

«R     ft 


CO  ^  CO 
-fi  — (M 

^  ^r  o 


CO  -f 
—  n 


1  e^ 


§§0 


i  .2 
t    S 


o  »   c  S 

C  ^    ~    3    O 

o  =  ."-  c  „- 

•^  Ph  ^  ^  " 


UOQ 


=.5      Ph 


«  ?- 


=i  & 


kS  ® 


Sfc     fi 


linneajS"  society  of  loxdox. 


23 


•^    -^ 


«l>-ti  OOC0300l^Ot-00 
, .  o  TO  CO  1.0  -M  o  o  -H  rs  I--  t^  -M    I 


so 


T— I 


^  CO  '-3 


P^  ,tc 


w^ 


^:5f| 


3    !-    C  !>,  &j 

o  ®  ="-*      ^ 

f*    CSr-3    S    S    3 

s  P^  o  >  &  a^ 


Hoo   .  "ICl-r-  nH•-^h«lH|Cl-^h(l^5 

•-ir-H>OajoOt--ncOl^COC5 
OciOoOooOOOcoCit- 

-§)©(§)  v§)  (§)  ^  (§)■•§)  i§)  '§)  t/  §) 

rg  CO  iQ  o  O  O  o  o  o  o  o  o  o 

tc'-'^OOO^OOOOoOO 

. ,  m  01  o  o  >-o  o  o  o  01  o  01  o 
^  t:  "*  i2  2  i-  o  o  o  CO  o  ■-.  CO 

O        "7'OCioOcOOl— lOO 


g-1-^. 


o  (D  trj  -"^    ic    Ck 

O  O  Cj    rt  .— ■    =J0 

-w  a  ^  Si  ih  cc 

tZ2  53  ?  H  O  H 


fM    pq 


w 


o 

CO 


'^ 


■fci> 
$3 

-^^ 

C50 

S- 

e 

.y 

000 

?- 
."^i 

-C 

^ 

C:  0 
CO  0 

C0OC£ 

-f  0  0 

"— 1 

a 

- 

c 

000 

O" 

-iHIM 

■ 

<r>  CO  0 

0 

1-5 

^ 

1 

fii 

1 

^•■ 

—1 

S 

to 

0 

'-' 

H 

i£ 

.2 

T— 1 

0 

c 

j 

1^ 

^ 

A 

5 

a 

Fund    .. 
■d  Fund 
•d  Fund 

^T3 

j: 

r. 

2 

Oj 

•-3    =i    ^ 

5  S 

pq  s 

•< 

< 

> 
a 
— 1 

0 
0 

<1 

«1 

'^ 


^ 


"Is 
o 


>?HU 


■^^    =   *??? 


CO  rH  Hh  00  ; 


ft  = 


-     fe 

O  — c 


P^ 


P^f^ 


-  ^^  i 
1 '  o  co'  ti  f? 


IliCO    3  I-* 


cs  03  t:  — 


i-  o  ^r.  ■A  i-. 


a5  '^ 

w5S 


~a2  o  '—I 


0^     OJ    O     CB 


=«   u 
.—^  o 

■J  a 

r^  -a 


^  a. 
5-a 


-<1  TS 


^5 


■5  >> 


o  M 


24 


PBOCEEDIKGS   OF    THE 


Fellows  withdrawn  (14) 


Eev.   "William    Jenkins    Webb 

Anderson. 
Dr.       Frederic        Ilungerford 

Bowman. 
Hugh  Broughton. 
Fergusson  Escombe. 
Dr.  George  AVallace  Eustace. 
Rev.  Ililderic  Friend. 
Robert  Lawrence  Heinig:. 


Prof.  A.  F.  Stanley  Kent. 
Robert    "Walter    Campbell 

kShelford. 
Thomas  R.  Sim. 
Matthew  B.  Slater. 
Herbert  Stone. 
David  Thomas. 
William  AVhitwell. 


Fellows  whose  names  were  ordered  by  the  Council  to  be 
removed  from  the  List  (2) : — 

Walter  Harris  Coffin.  |    James  Moore  Williams. 

Fellows  elected  -42,  of  whom  3G  have  qualified  up  to  the  present 
time ;  also  2  Associates  and  1  Foreign  Member. 

The  Librarian's  report  was  as  follows  : — 

During  the  past  year  tliere  have  been  received  as  Donations 
from  private  individuals  82  volumes  and  228  pamphlets. 

From  the  various  Universities,  Academies,  and  Scientific 
Societies  there  have  been  received  in  exchange,  and  otherwise, 
321  volumes  and  94  detached  parts,  besides  76  volumes  and  21 
parts  obtained  in  exchange,  and  as  donations  from  the  editors 
and  proprietors  of  independent  periodicals. 

The  Council  at  the  recommendation  of  the  Library  Committee 
have  sanctioned  the  purchase  of  193  volumes  and  60  parts  of 
important  works. 

The  total  additions  to  the  Tiibrary  are  therefore  672  volumes 
and  403  separate  parts. 

The  number  of  books  bound  during  the  year  is  as  follows : — 
In  full-morocco  3,  in  half- morocco  225,  in  half-calf  3,  in  full- 
cloth  438,  in  vellum  58,  in  buckram  55,  in  boards  and  half- 
cloth  24.  Relabelled  (half-morocco  and  cloth  back)  44,  Total 
850  volumes. 

The  President  referred  to  the  losses  by  death  which  the  Society 
had  sustained  during  the  past  year,  and  especially  to  the  quite 
recent  death  of  their  Foreign  Member,  Prof.  Strasburger,  the 
news  of  which  had  only  been  received  the  day  before.  Prof.  Stras- 
burger received  the  Linnean  Medal  in  1905,  and  the  Darwin- 
AVallace  Medal  in  1908  ;  he  was  the  founder  and  acknowledged 
leader  of  modei-n  cvtology  on  its  botanical  side  ;  students  from 
all  parts  of  the  world  frequented  his  famous  laboratory,  and  to 
many  of  his  colleagues,  like  the  speaker,  he  was  a  valued  personal 
friend. 

The  President  referred  to  the  end,  now  so  near,  of  his  own 
term  of  office,  and  while  regretting  for  his  own  sake  that  the 


LI>'^NEAX    SOCIETY    OF    LONDOX.  25 

time  bad  come  for  him  to  be  gathered  to  his  predecessors^ 
congratulated  the  Society  on  tlieir  gain  in  securing  Prof.  Poulton 
as  their  new  President. 

He  expressed  his  great  regret  that  Prof.  Dendy  was  unable  to 
offer  himself  for  re-election  as  Zoological  Secretary,  his  many  and 
inci'easiug  duties  preventing  him  from  continuing  his  valuable 
services  to  the  Society.  In  Prof.  Dendy  they  were  losing  a 
vigorous  and  able  oflicer,  whom  they  could  iil  spare.  If,  however, 
they  could  not  keep  Prof.  Dendy,  they  were  fortunate  in  being 
able  to  put  forward  Prof.  Bourne,  of  Oxford,  as  his  successor. 

The  General  Secretary  having  read  the  Bye-Laws  governing 
the  Elections,  the  President  opened  the  business  of  the  day,  and 
the  Fellows  present  proceeded  to  vote  for  the  Council  and 
Officers. 

The  Ballot  for  the  Council  having  been  closed,  the  President 
nominated  the  Eev.  T.  E.  11.  Stebbing,  Dr.  A.  P.  Young,  and 
Mr.  A.  "W.  Oke,  Scrutineers,  who,  having  cast  up  the  votes, 
reported  to  the  President,  who  declared  the  result  as  follows  :  — 

Tempest  Andeesois",  D.Sc.  ;  Prof.  G.  C.  Bourne,  F.E.S.  ;  Prof 
Arthur  Dendt,  D.Sc,  P.E.S.  ;    Prof.  J.  Stanley   Gardiner 
F.E.S.  ;    Prof.   Percy   Groom,   D.Sc.  ;   Henry   Groves,  Esq. 
Prof.   ^V.   A.  Herdman,   F.E.S.  ;    Arthur    W.  Hill,    M.A. 
Dr.  B.  Daydon  Jackson  ;    Prof.  F.  Keeble,  Sc.D.  ;  Horace  W 
MoNCKTON,  F.G.S. ;  Prof.  Francis   W.  Oliter,  F.E.S. ;   Prof 
E.  B.  Poulton,  F.R.S.  ;  Dr.  Walter  George  Eidewood  ;  Henry 
IN".   EiDLEY,   C.M.G.,  F.E.S. ;    Miss   Edith  E.  Saunders  ;    Dr. 
DuKiNFiELD  H.  Scott,  F.E.S. ;  Dr.  Otto  Stapf,  F.E.S. ;  Miss 
Ethel  "N.  Thomas,  B.Sc.  ;  Dr.  A.  Smith  Woodward,  F.E.S. 

(The  retiring  Councillors  were  : — Prof.  V.  H.  Blackmak^ 
Mr.  Henry  Bury,  Sir  Frank  Crisp,  Mr.  E.  S.Goodrich,  F.E.S., 
and  Dr.  A.  B.  Eendle.) 

The  Ballot  for  the  Officers  having  been  closed,  the  President 
appointed  the  same  Scrutineers,  who,  having  cast  up  the  votes, 
reported  to  tlie  President,  who  declared  the  result  as  follows : — 

President :    Prof.  E.  B.  Poulton,  F.E.S. 

Treasurer:  Horace  W.  Monckton,  F.G.S. 

Secretaries:  Dr.  B.  Daydon  Jackson, 
Dr.  Otto  Staff,  F.E.S., 
Prof.  G.  C.  Bourne,  F.E.S. 

Dr.  D.  H.  Scott,  the  retiring  President,  then  delivered  his 
Address  : — 


26  rnocEEDixos  of  the 


PKESIDENTIAL  ADDRESS. 

In  my  Address  last  year  I  ventured  to  give  you  a  short  sketch  of 
the  work  of  some  of  the  founders  of  scientific  palocobotany.  The 
subject  which  I  propose  to  touch  on  today,  though  not  dissimilar, 
has  claims  on  our  attention  of  a  more  personal  nature.  The  death, 
during  the  past  year,  of  the  acknowledged  leader  of  Botany, 
Sir  Josepli  Hooker,  our  most  distinguished  Fellow,  is  an  event 
which  must  be  present  to  the  minds  of  all  of  us.  The  notice  of 
his  career  for  our  Proceedings  is  in  hands  more  competent  than 
mine  ;  I  shall  limit  myself  to  one  special  field  of  his  activity,  that 
on  which  alone  I  feel  in  a  position  to  speak,  and  propose  to  offer 
jou  a  few  remarks  on  Hooker's  relation  to  the  study  of  fossil 
plants. 

Hooker's  work  on  fossil  botany  begau  very  early  in  his  career, 
and  was,  with  one  exception,  limited  to  his  younger  days,  though 
he  kept  up  his  interest  in  the  subject  all  through. 

His  first  pal?eobotanical  paper,  dated  1842,  is  on  fossil  wood 
from  the  Macquarie  Plains  in  Tasmania,  a  locality  which  he  visited 
in  the  course  of  his  famous  Antarctic  voj'age.  The  fossil  tree 
(now  in  the  Natural  History  Museum)  was  found  imbedded  in 
Tertiary  basalt ;  it  is  curious  to  find  that  in  his  investigation 
Hooker  made  no  attempt  to  have  sections  cut.  In  the  outer  layers 
no  siliceous  matter  had  infiltrated  into  the  intervening  spaces 
between  the  elements,  so  that  they  could  be  separated  for  micro- 
scopic examination,  and  the  "  glandular  tissue,  the  distinctive 
character  of  a  pine-wood,"  be  recognised.  More  than  GO  years 
later  the  stem  was  more  fully  investigated  by  Dr.  Arber,  and 
named  Cupressinoccylon  Ilookeri.  On  reading  this  paper  Hooker 
wrote  to  me  (March  28,  1903): — "I  was  much  amused  the  other 
day  on  finding  my  infant  attempt  upon  a  fossil  plant  christened  in 
the  Geological  Journal  as  a  new  species  of  plants  !  " 

A  Note  on  a  fossil  ])lant  from  the  Fish  Kiver,  South  Africa,  was 
another  early  contribution  (1840).  No  name  was  assigned  to 
the  specimen,  probably  Ilhastic,  and  no  definite  opinion  on  its 
affinities  was  expressed.  It  has  since  been  referred  to  the 
Equisetaceous  genus  Schizonewa. 

These  were  unimportant  works ;  but  in  1S46  Hooker  was 
appointed  Botanist  to  the  Geological  Survey  of  Great  Britain, 
and  though  he  only  held  the  post  for  little  more  than  a  year,  three 
valuable  memoirs,  published  in  1848,  were  the  immediate  result. 
In  fact,  this  was  the  time  of  his  most  active  work  on  fossil  plants. 
The  first  of  these  memoirs  is  of  a  general  character  ;  it  is  "  On  the 
Vegetation  of  the  Carboniferous  Period  as  compared  with  that  of 
the  present  day,"  and  is  of  remarkable  interest  as  giving  the 
impression  made  on  the  mind  of  a  brilliant  young  botanist  by 
the  then  state  of  our  knowledge  of  Paleozoic  plants.  He  says 
that  his  observations  "  are  little  more  than  the  first  impressions 


LINNEAN    SOCIETY    OE    LOXDOK.  2^ 

received  by  a  naturalist,  who,  having  been  almost  exclnslvely 
occupied  with  an  existing  Flora,  is  called  upon  to  contrast  with  it 
the  fragmentary  remains  of  anotlier  Flora,  whose  species  are, 
without  an  exception,  different  from  those  now  living,  which 
represent  in  part  the  vegetation  of  a  period  indefinitely  antecedent 
to  the  present,  and  have  been  succeeded  by  still  other  plants, 
equally  diverse  from  both,  and  which  have  likewise  perished" 
{p.  387).  He  realised  the  true  interest  of  the  enquiry,  saying: — 
"  As  a  field  for  botanical  research  there  is  none  so  novel  as  the 
coal  formation,  the  few  yards  of  shaft  being  more  than  e(juivalent 
to  the  longest  voyage,  in  respect  of  the  amount  and  kind  of  dif- 
ference between  the  vegetation  the  naturalist  is  ac(iuainted  with 
and  that  he  seeks  to  understand  "  (p.  39-i).  At  the  same  time 
Hooker,  in  this  as  in  all  his  palajobotanical  work,  was  deeply 
impressed  with  the  excessive  difiSculties  of  the  subject,  and  it  must 
be  admitted  that  his  criticisms,  judicious  as  they  always  were,  are 
apt  to  sound  somewhat  depreciatory  and  discouraging.  In  the 
later  years  of  his  life,  as  we  shall  see,  he  felt  able,  under  the 
influence  of  recent  advances,  to  take  a  more  hopeful  view  of 
the  position. 

In  the  Essay  of  1848  Hooker  expressed  the  opinion  that  the 
classification  of  plants  is  less  easily  intelligible  than  t'.iat  of 
animals,  being  less  concerned  with  external  characters.  "  It  is 
partly,"  he  says,  "  owing  to  these  circumstances  that  the  study 
has  been  comparatively  neglected ;  partly  also  because  a  far 
more  comprehensive  knowledge  of  the  existing  forms  of  plants 
is  required  to  make  any  progress  in  fossil  botany,  than  of  recent 
zoology  to  advance  equally  in  palaeontology  "  (p.  388).  This  is  a 
very  just  comment,  and  accounts  in  a  great  degree  for  the  rather 
late  development  of  plant-palfeontology. 

While  he  recognised  that  the  Carboniferous  period  presents 
exceptional  facilities  for  investigation,  Hooker  scarcely  did  justice 
to  the  quality  of  its  fossils.  "  Plants,  whose  tissues  are  so  lax  as 
to  be  convertible  after  death  into  a  mass  of  such  uniform  structure 
as  coal,  evidently  would  not  retain  their  characters  well  during 
fossilization,  under  whatever  favourable  circumstances  that  opera- 
tion may  be  conducted.  We  consequently  find  that  few  specimens 
are  available  for  scientific  purposes"  (p.  389).  This  somewhat 
theoretical  difficulty  Avould  not  trouble  one  at  the  present  day. 

It  is  interesting  to  find  that  Hooker  already  admitted  the 
necessity  for  anatomical  work.  He  says  that  the  investigator's 
knowledge  should  embrace  "  a  familiarity  with  vegetable  anatomy, 
for  when  the  stem  or  trunk  alone  is  preserved,  which  is  often  the 
case,  a  minute  examination  of  its  tissues  is  the  only  method  of 
determining  its  position  in  the  natural  series  "  (p.  392).  All  the 
same.  Hooker  was  distrustful  of  anatomical  characters,  for  in 
discussing  the  affinities  of  SujilJaria  eler/ans  he  says  : — "  It  is  not 
by  solitary  characters,  and  least  of  all  by  such  as  the  arrangement 
of  the  tissues  in  the  axis  affords,  that  genera  of  plants  are  referred 
to  their  natural  orders  "  (p.  422).     In  this  he  was  more  cautious 


28  ,       phoceedikgs  of  the 

than  Uroiigiiiart  and  escaped  his  errors,  but  the  riper  knowledge 
of  hvter  times  lias  fully  rehabilitated  the  anatomical  method. 

He  gives  an  excellent  account  of  the  Coal-measures  and  the 
distribution  of  their  fossil  plants ;  he  says  it  may  be  concluded 
that  the  Conifera;  [now  Cordaitete]  "never  were  associated  with 
tho  Sif/iUari(i;  and  other  ])lant8  which  abound  in  the  coal  seams; 
but  that  they  tiourished  in  the  neighbourhood,  and  were  at  times 
transported  to  these  localities"  (p.  396),  a  conclusion  confirmed  by 
later  work.  He  also  calls  attention  to  ''the  extraordinary  size  of 
both  the  vascular  and  cellular  tissue  of  many  "  coal-plants,  a  point 
which  has  often  struck  subsequent  observers,  though  it  does  not 
extend  to  the  Cordaitca),  plants  which  had  a  different  habitat. 

He  admits  that  this  singxilarly  succulent  texture  of  the  typical 
Coal  flora  i)0ssibly  indicates  a  great  degree  of  humidity,  but  in  a 
later  paper  *  he  shows  that  no  reliance  can  be  placed  on  this 
argument,  succulence  being  specially  characteristic  of  the  plants 
of  deserts ;  at  the  same  time  he  considered  the  geological  evidence 
for  the  swamp-flora  theory  of  the  Coal-measures  conclusive. 

He  was  inclined  to  regard  the  Carboniferous  Flora  as  poor  in 
species,  saying  "A  luxuriant  vegetation  is  no  index  to  a  varied  one  ;. 
and  as  many  of  our  modern  woods  and  even  great  areas  of  tropical 
forests  consist  of  but  a  few  species  multiplied  ad  infinitum,  so  may 
the  forests  of  the  Carboniferous  period  have  been  composed  of  but 
a  few  Si</ill((n(e  and  Lepidodendrons,  sheltering  an  undergrowth 
of  a  limited  number  of  kinds  of  ferns,  for  a  very  limited  number 
of  them  (comparatively  speaking)  if  as  protean  as  some  of  their 
allies  are  in  our  day,  would  embrace  all  the  known  species  of  the 
Fossil  Flora  "  (p.  398).  He  proceeds  to  show  that  a  recent  Flora, 
marked  by  a  preponderance  of  ferns,  is  almost  universally  deficient 
in  species  of  other  orders.  These  speculations  are  interesting,  and 
show  how"  dift'erent  the  point  of  view"  was  then  from  that  of  the 
present  day.  The  flora  of  a  past  age  was  then  treated  rather  as  a 
peculiar  flora  of  our  own  time  might  be — the  evolutionary  idea 
had  not  taken  root.  "Whether  the  Flora  of  the  Coal  was  a  poor  or 
a  rich  one  is  hard  to  decide,  for  we  are  still  very  ignorant  of  the 
true  limits  of  species,  a  point  on  which  Hooker's  warnings  are  a» 
much  needed  as  ever. 

Hooker  refused  to  admit  that  the  vegetation  of  the  Carboniferous 
period  was  less  highly  developed  than  what  succeeded  it.  His 
remarks  here  are  very  just.  "  We  knov:,"  he  says,  "  too  little 
of  the  structure  of  the  ferns  of  that  day  to  pronounce  them 
either  more  or  less  complete  than  their  allies  of  the  present  time  ; 
while  of  the  Lycopodiacese  it  may  be  safely  assei'ted,  that  they  were 
of  a  form  and  stature  far  more  noble,  and  in  structure  more  com- 
plicated than  any  plants  of  that  order  now"  existing"  (p.  400). 
His  caution  about  the  ferns  is  seen  to  be  more  than  justified,  now 
that  we  have  reason  to  believe  that  so  many  of  them  at  that 
period  were  in  reality  seed-bearing  plants.    At  that  time,  of  course,. 

*  Volkmannia,  1854. 


LIXNBAK    SOCIETY    OF    LOXDO:^.  29 

and  for  manj^  decades  afterwards,  there  was  no  suspicion  of  the 
kind.  Hooker,  in  fact,  speaks  of  the  ferns  as  the  onl}'  group  with 
obvious  or  recognisable  affinities  with  an  existing  order.  He  even 
regarded  Pecopteris  as  "  the  fossil  representative,  if  not  congener, 
of  the  modern  Pteris"  (p.  401);  adding  that  it  is  not  improbable 
that  there  are  other  genera  of  living  ferns  fossilized  in  the  shales 
of  the  coal-formation.  He  illustrates  the  heteromorphous  frond  of 
his  Pecopteris  heteropJu/lla  (now  AJetliopteris  decurrens)  by  that  of 
the  New  Zealand  Pteris  esculenta  (figs.  1  &  2),  an  analogy  none  the 
less  striking  because  the  plants  have  proved  to  be  really  so  wide 
apart.  It  is  interesting,  however,  to  note  that  he  already  recog- 
nised the  affinity  of  Corda's  Smftenuergla,  of  which  the  fructification 
was  known,  with  a  recent  group  of  ferns  [Aneimidicti/oii,  our 
Aneimia),  a  view  now  generally  admitted. 

Discussing  the  bearing  of  the  supposed  predominance  of  ferns 
on  the  question  of  climate  he  writes:  "A  climate  warmer  than 
ours  now  is  would  probably  be  indicated  by  the  presence  of  an 
increased  number  of  flowering  plants,  which  would  doubtless 
have  been  fossilized  with  the  ferns ;  whilst  a  lower  temperature, 
equal  to  the  mean  of  the  seasons  now  prevailing,  would  assimilate 
our  climate  to  that  of  such  cooler  countries  as  are  characterized 
by  a  disproportionate  amount  of  ferns"  (p.  404).  Thus  he 
appears  to  explain  the  absence  of  flowering  plants  from  the  Coal- 
flora  by  the  climatic  conditions. 

Hooker,  at  that  time,  was  quite  alive  to  the  remarkable  rarity 
of  fructifications  on  the  fossil  ferns  of  the  Coal,  and  cites  a 
striking  analogy  in  explanation.  "  The  infrequency  of  fructifica- 
tion upon  the  fronds  of  the  fossil  ferns  belonging  to  this 
formation  appears  as  possibly  another  argument  in  favour  of 
many  of  those  appertaining  to  tree-ferns ;  for,  while  the  her- 
baceous and  caulescent  ferns  of  New  Zealand  are  scarcely  ever 
barren,  the  arborescent  species  are  almost  invariably  so.  I  think 
I  am  safe  in  saying  that  of  two  or  three  kinds  of  New  Zealand 
tree-fern,  not  one  specimen  in  a  thousand  bears  a  single  fertile 
frond,  though  all  abound  in  barren  ones  "  (p.  405).  This  observa- 
tion must  still  have  considerable  weight  when  we  are  tempted 
to  rely  on  ner/ative  evidence  in  judging  of  the  nature  of  Carbon- 
iferous fern-like  plants. 

Hooker  gives  some  striking  examples  of  the  worthlessness  of 
external  vegetative  characters  in  ferns,  showing  how  one  and 
the  same  frond  might,  in  the  sterile  condition,  be  equally  well 
referred  to  four  different  genera  (p.  408).  Attention  is  also 
called  to  the  dimorphism,  in  many  cases,  of  the  fertile  and  sterile 
fronds,  a  point  of  much  importance,  as  it  has  proved,  in  dealing 
with  the  so-called  ferns  of  the  Carboniferous. 

Venation,  a  character  much  relied  on  by  pteridologists  from 
Brongniart  onwards,  is  shown  to  be  usually  characteristic  of  minor 
divisions,  though  not  always  valid  even  for  them,  while  useless 
for  the  discrimination  of  main  groups.  Hence  genera  founded 
on  venation  must  be  wholly  artificial.     Although  no  pala)obotanist 


30  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE 

would  dispute  this,  the  warniug  was  not  superfluous,  for  names 
exercise  an  undue  influence  and  we  are  still  ajit  to  think  that 
something  is  attained  when  we  have  referred  a  fossil  to  Fecoptens 
or  Neuropteris.  Outline  is,  of  course,  more  deceptive  even  than 
venation.  "  On  the  whole,"  he  remarks,  "  it  is  probable  that 
the  irregularity  of  outline  and  division,  prevalent  in  recent  ferns, 
is  the  most  fertile  source  of  error  in  our  investigations  amongst 
the  fossil"  (p.  W^). 

Considering  the  part  played  by  glands  in  some  recent  investiga- 
tions, it  is  worth  noticing  that  Hooker  specially  calls  attention 
to  the  value  of  the  characters  afforded  by  hairs,  scales,  and 
glands  in  living  ferns  (p.  414).  Hooker's  critical  observations 
on  the  study  of  fossil  ferns  have  by  no  means  diminished,  but 
rather  gained  in  weight,  now  we  know  that  under  the  name 
"  ferns  '*  so  many  Carboniferous  plants  of  widely  different  aftinity 
have  been  included. 

Passing  on  to  Sigillaria,  Hooker  gives  an  interesting  account 
of  the  occurrence  of  the  stems  in  coal-mines,  showing  a  con- 
siderable practical  knowledge  of  the  subject.  He  discusses  the 
possibility  that  some  of  the  Lepidodendrons  may  have  been  the 
branches  of  Sigillana,  and  adds  that  there  is  no  real  distinction 
between  the  two  genera  (p.  416).  At  that  time  all  kinds  of 
ideas  as  to  the  affinities  of  Sigillaria  were  held  by  good 
authorities.  Hooker  thought  it  worth  while  to  discuss,  though 
of  course  only  to  reject,  the  reference  of  this  group  to  Euphor- 
biacea?.  Cacti,  and  Palmse  (p.  420).  The  opinion  that  they  were 
ferns  had  the  most  advocates,  though  already  abandoned,  on 
good  grounds,  by  Lindley  and  Hutton.  Hooker  is  rather  favour- 
able to  the  idea  of  some  affinity,  or  at  least  analogy,  between 
Sigillaria  and  ferns,  and  even  argues  for  the  probability  that 
the  Sigillarias  may  have  borne  fern-fronds  (p.  417).  He  would 
not  admit  that  anything  positive  Avas  known  at  that  time  of  the 
folliage  of  SlgiUaria^  for  he  was  inclined  to  refer  the  only  species 
in  which  the  true  leaves  had  then  been  observed  (>S'.  hpidodendri- 
folia)  to  Lepidodendron.  Apart  from  his  too  liberal  concessions 
to  the  fern-theory.  Hooker  shows  sound  judgment  as  regards 
Sigillarian  affinities,  for  he  says  :  "  That  the  iSigillaria;  were  allied 
to  Lycopodiacea)  is  evident,  their  tissues  and  scarring  being  very 
like  those  oi  Lepidodendron"  (p.  421). 

He  recognised  the  high  value  of  Brongniart's  admirable  account 
of  the  anatomy  of  his  SigiUaria  elegans  (really  S.  Menardi),  but 
had  doubts  whether  the  plant  was  a  true  Su/illaria.  It  will  be 
remembered  that  Erongniart  was  led  by  his  discovery  of  radially 
seriated  (secondary)  wood  in  tSigiUaria  to  refer  that  family  to 
the  "  great  division  of  Gymnospermous  Dicotyledons."  He  still 
recognised  some  affinity  to  the  Lycopodiaceae,  regarding  the 
Sigilliirias  as  coming  betAveen  Lycopodiacd'e  and  Cycadeae,  but 
nearer  to  the  latter.  Hooker's  remarks  on  this  point  are  most 
judicious.     "  Assuming,"  he  says,  "  the  8.  elegans  to  be  a  true 


LIXXEAX    SOCIETY    OF    LOXDOX.  31 

Sigillaria,  it  appears  to  afford  slender  grounds  for  the  adoption 
of  the  above  view,  as  regards  its  uniting  such  diverse  and  distinct 
orders  as  Cj'cadeje  and  Lycopodiacece.  It  is  true  that  it  departs 
signally  from  the  ordinary  structure  of  the  latter  order ;  hut 
it  requires  stronger  evidence  than  the  more  perfect  structure 
and  regular  arrangement  of  the  bundles  of  vascular  tissue  to 
ally  it  to  Cycadea?,  ■with  which,  in  general  appearance,  habit, 
fluting,  markings,  stigmaroid  roots,  absence  of  accompanying 
foliage,  and  mau)^  other  points,  it  has  nothing  in  common" 
(p.  421).  Thus  in  the  controversy  which  for  so  long  divided 
fossil  botanists,  Hooker  at  once  placed  himself  on  the  side  which 
the  event  has  shown  to  have  been  the  right  one. 

Hooker's  account  of  Leindodtndron  contains  a  much  needed 
caution  on  the  question  of  species.  "  If  the  species  of  that 
genus,"  he  remarks,  "  were  as  prone  to  vary  in  the  foliage  as 
are  those  of  Lifcopodmin,  our  available  means  for  distinguishing 
them  are  wholly  insufficient "  (p.  423).  He  illustrates  his  point 
by  the  Xew  Zealand  species,  Lijcojyodium  densum.  The  suggestion 
that  some  of  the  Trigonocarpi  were  the  seed-vessels  (sporangia^l  of 
Lepidodendron  is  curious,  considering  that  other  fossil  "  seeds " 
have  turned  out  to  be  really  of  that  nature. 

At  that  time  Hooker  had  seen  no  Calamitese  with  structure, 
and  he  refrains  from  expressing  any  opinion  as  to  their  relation- 
ships. It  is  interesting  to  find  that  he  looked,  though  in  vain 
"  for  evidence  of  their  being  Equisetaceae,  in  the  presence  of  those 
siliceous  stomata  with  which  that  order  abounds,  and  which 
would  surely  have  been  preserved  in  the  fossil  state"  (p.  427). 
It  is  only  within  the  last  year  or  two  that  this  evidence  has 
been  actually  found,  in  the  stomata  of  Calamitean  leaves  investi- 
gated by  Mr.  Hamshaw  Thomas. 

In  his  concluding  remarks,  Hooker  speaks  of  the  abundance  of 
specimens,  suggestive  of  most  interesting  points,  still  to  be 
worked  out.  He  hoped  that  they  would  form  the  materials  for 
a  succession  of  essays  in  the  Memoirs  of  the  Geological  Survey, 
but  only  two  more  were  ever  published,  his  Himalayan  expedition 
intervening. 

The  first  of  these  is  his  memoir  "  On  some  Peculiarities  in  the 
Structure  of  /Stif/maria.^'  The  merit  of  this  jiaper  consists  in 
the  excellent  and  well-illustrated  account  given  of  the  internal 
structure  of  Stigmaria,  which  was  already  known  to  be  the  root, 
or  at  least  the  underground  portion  of  ^ifiillaria.  Only  in  one 
point  was  Hooker  seriously  mistaken  regarding  the  anatomy.  He 
allowed  himself  to  be  misled  by  an  observation  of  Goeppert's, 
and  believed  that  the  vascular  strands  passing  out  through  the 
medullary  rays  originated  from  isolated  bundles  occurring  in  the 
pith.  As  "Williamson  showed,  nearly  40  years  later,  no  such 
medullary  bundles  exist ;  Goeppert  was  deceived  by  Stigmarian 
rootlets  burrowing  in  the  decayed  pith,  and  took  them  for  integral 
parts  of  the  structure. 

The    comparison    drawn   between    the    structure    of    Stigmaria 


32  PllOCEEUINGS    OF   TUB 

and  that  of  fii(jillaria  itself,  and  of  Lepidodendron  (p.  436)  is 
interesting ;  but  the  state  of  anatomical  knowledge  was  not  then 
sufficiently  advanced  for  the  true  homologies  of  the  parts  to  be 
recognised.  Kegarding  the  affinities,  Hooker  says  :  "  The  points 
by  which  SigiUaria  (and  Slir/mana)  is  allied  to  Lycopodiacese, 
especially  through  the  Lepidodendru,  are  probably  quite  sufficient  " 
(p.  437).  Jle  again  rejects  the  idea  of  any  affinity  with  Cycadeaj, 
admitting  only  a  certain  analogy,  a  view  in  which  he  was  un- 
doubtedly justified. 

The  most  important  of  Hooker's  palaeobotanical  works  is  certainly 
the  third  paper  in  the  ilomoirs  of  the  Geological  Survey — "  llemarks 
on  the  Structure  and  Affinities  of  some  Lepldostrohi,'''  in  which,  for 
the  first  time,  he  explained  the  true  structure,  hitherto  quite 
misunderstood,  of  the  fructification  of  the  Carboniferous  Clubmosses. 

All  his  specimens  of  Lepidostrobus  were  found  in  nodules  of 
clay-ironstone,  from  the  coal-fields  of  Staffordshire,  Glamorgan, 
&c.  Curiously  enough  the  best  specimens  occurred,  as  broken 
frustules  of  cones,  inside  the  stems  of  Lepidodendron  elerjans  and 
other  species,  having  been  washed  into  the  hollow  stumps  before 
fossilization — the  way  in  which  this  is  likely  to  have  occurred  is 
discussed  in  detail.  He  examined  no  less  than  30  such  trunks 
from  Staffordshire,  all  containing  cones,  which  were  sometimes 
very  numerous. 

Hooker  begins  his  description  by  pointing  out  that  three  con- 
ditions must  be  fulfilled  in  order  to  determine  the  relationships  of 
fossil  cones.  It  is  necessary  to  know  :  (1)  the  arrangement  of  the 
individual  organs  and  nature  of  the  scales;  (2)  the  anatomical 
structure  of  the  axis  and  other  parts;  (3)  the  nature  of  the 
•contents — "  there  may  be  stamens  or  male  organs, — ovaria  or 
female  ones  ; — or  lastly,  capsules  containing  reproductive  spores 
(which  are  peculiar  to  plants  having  no  sexual  system)"  (p.  441). 
At  that  time,  immediately  before  the  appearance  of  Hofmeister's 
great  Avorks,  knowledge  of  the  sexual  reproduction  of  the  Higher 
Cryptogams  was  still  very  imperfect.  In  Lijcopodium,  indeed,  the 
genus  which  Hooker  probably  had  especially  in  mind,  nothing 
■whatever  was  known  of  the  sexual  process  till  nearly  40  years  later. 

The  memoir  is  illustrated  by  eight  plates,  which  give  an  admirable 
idea  of  the  external  characters  and  internal  structure  of  the  cones. 
The  slightly  restored  figure  of  the  scales  and  sporangia  in  radial 
section  (i)late  8.  fig.  11)  has  become  classical,  and  is  remarkably 
true  to  nature.  The  only  defect  is  that  the  attachment  of  the 
sporangium  to  its  scale  is  shown  too  short,  no  doubt  owing  to 
the  section  examined  not  having  been  so  strictly  radial  as  is 
necessary  to  show  the  narrow  attachment  in  its  full  length. 

He  described  the  spores  as  "  consisting  of  three  or  rarely  four 
sporules,  -which  are  afterwards  separated  from  one  another " 
(p.  451),  but  it  is  probable  that  what  he  really  observed,  in  most 
cases,  was  the  split  membrane  of  a  single  spore,  and  not  the  true 
tetrads  (except  perha])s  in  the  case  shown  in  plate  0.  fig.  11). 
The  mistake  is  extremely  easy  to  make,  as  I  kno-w  from  experience. 


LINNEAN    SOCIEl'Y    OF    LONDON.  ^^ 

Apart  from  these  somewhat  minute  criticisms,  it  may  be  said 
without  any  reserve  that  Hooker's  work  at  once  placed  our  know- 
ledge of  these  cones  on  a  perfectly  satisfactory  basis,  leaving 
indeed  little,  except  the  discovery  of  the  megaspores,  to  be  added 
by  later  observers. 

He  had  no  hesitation  in  referring  the  cones  to  Lepldodendron,  on 
the  ground  of  association,  and  of  the  entire  agreement  between 
the  axis  of  the  cone  and  the  stem  in  the  arrangenient  of  the 
tissues.  He  considered  that  the  only  material  difference  from 
the  recent  Li/copodiiim  was  in  the  form  of  the  sporangium.  He 
emphasizes  the  clear  Lycopodiaceous  affinity  and  finally  rejects  the 
vague  suggestions  of  Cycadean  or  Coniferous  relationship  which 
were  still  in  the  air. 

At  the  conclusion  of  the  memoir,  he  gives  some  examples  from 
recent  plants  of  false  cones,  often  pathological,  as  a  warning  to  the 
student  of  fossils.  Although  his  own  Lepklostrohi  were  so  perfectly 
cleared  up  by  his  researches,  he  appears  to  have  had  some  doubts 
about  other  species,  and  was  thus  led  to  a  characteristic  mani- 
festation of  scepticism. 

The  Lepidostrohus  memoir  shows  how  much  fossil  Botany  might 
have  expected  from  Hooker,  if  he  had  continued  to  give  his  atten- 
tion to  the  subject.  This,  however,  was  not  in  any  high  degree, 
the  case  ;  his  subsequent  activity  was  turned  in  other  directions, 
and  his  later  paliBobotanical  papers  are,  with  one  exception,  of  less 
positive  importance,  though  often  interesting  as  critical  contributions. 

Passing  over  a  brief  note  on  some  doubtful  Calamites,  of  Old  Red 
Sandstone  Age,  from  the  Shetland  Islands  (1852),  Hooker's  next 
serious  contribution  to  our  knowledge  of  Palfeozoic  Vasculares  was 
a  memoir  "  On  a  new  Species  of  Volkmaania  "  (1854).  Sternberg's 
genus  VolJcmannia  was  long  employed  for  various  fructifications 
which  have  turned  out  to  be  of  Calamitean  or  Sphenophyllaceous 
affinity.  Hooker's  species,  V.  Morrisii,  from  the  Lower  Carboni- 
ferous of  Carluke  near  Glasgow,  is  a  fine  cone,  nearly  3  inches 
long  and  more  than  an  inch  broad,  the  stalk  having  a  length  of 
9  inches.  Hooker  says  "  the  general  resemblance  to  a  gigantifc 
Equisetum  without  sheaths  is  obvious,"  but  adds  "  It  is  perhaps 
not  improbable  that  the  genus  may  prove  to  be  allied  to  Lepido- 
dendron."  Casuariueaj  and  Gnetaceic  are  also  referred  to.  The 
first  suggestion  is  no  doubt  nearest  the  truth.  As  my  friend 
Dr.  Arber  suggested  to  me,  the  size  and  character  of  the  cone  invite 
a  comparison  with  Cheirostrobus,  a  fructification  allied  to  the 
■SpheuophyllaceiB  and  so  far  only  known  from  structural  specimens. 
Hooker  felt  the  need  for  structural  evidence  in  the  case  of  his  cone, 
saying  "  No  progress  in  systematic  Botany  can  be  made  without  an 
extensive  study  of  the  structure  and  morphology  of  plants — of  their 
comparative  anatomy  in  fact,  and  the  materials  for  these  researches 
are  seldom  preserved  in  fossil  specimens." 

The  memoir  with  Binney,  "On  the  Structure  of  certain  Limestone 
Nodules  enclosed  in  seams  of  Bituminous  Coal,  with  a  Description 

LINN.  SOC.  PROCEEDINGS. — SESSION  1911-1912.  d 


34  phoceedings  of  the 

of  some  Trigonocarpons  contained  in  tliem ''  (L^oS),  is  a  valuable 
contribution,  from  two  points  of  view.  An  excellent  account  of  the 
nature  and  occurrence  of  the  calcareous  nodules  (coal-balls)  is 
given,  the  earliest,  I  believe,  extant,  but  this  was  presumably  the 
work  of  Binney.  The  writers  notice  the  absence  of  fern-fronds- 
from  their  petrified  material,  saying  :  "  It  is  difficult  to  conceive  the 
delicate  fronds  of  Ferns  so  preserved  that  their  structure  should  be 
recognized  on  a  transverse  section  of  them  in  the  fossil  state."  Of 
course  the  structure  of  the  leaves  of  some  of  the  Pteridosperms- 
tthen  included  under  Ferns)  is  now  well  known,  but  the  rarity  of 
true  fern-fronds  in  the  petrified  condition  is  remarkable,  considering 
(he  frequency  of  their  petioles  and  stems. 

As  regards  the  Trigonocarpons,  the  writers  proved  that  the 
common  nut-like  specimens  are  merely  casts  of  tlie  seed-cavity. 
They  give,  from  their  structural  specimens,  an  excellent  descrijition 
of  the  "  outer  and  second  integument "  (our  sarcotesta  or  outer 
fleshy  layer,  and  sclerotesta) ;  the  nuccllus  with  its  vascular 
bundles  is  also  described,  but  not  the  outer  system  of  bundles  in 
the  sarcotesta. 

They  made  a  detailed  comparison  with  the  seed  of  SaJisbtiria 
(GfinJcffo),  and  believed  the  affinities  of  I'r'ir/onorarpon  to  be  Coni- 
ferous rather  than  Cycadaceous.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  Brongniart'a 
suggestion  of  Cycadaceous  relationship  now  seems  nearer  the  truth. 
The  authors  say  that  association  gives  no  clue — they  were  not 
then  acquainted  witli  the  Aletliopttris-\eix\G^  whicb  so  generally 
accompany  these  seeds. 

They  had  some  suspicion  that  2'rir/onocarjwn  might  belong  to 
Sigillaria,  a  suggestion  Avhich  perhaps  shows  that  Brongniart's 
belief  in  the  Gymnospermous  nature  of  Shjillaria  was  beginning  to 
have  an  undue  influence.  The  paper  is  an  important  one,  as  it 
placed  our  knowledge  of  one  Palaeozoic  seed,  at  least,  on  a  scientific 
basis. 

Tavo  papers  by  Hooker  relate  to  the  problematic  organism 
Pachytheca,  of  Silurian  age.  The  earlier  work  is  "On  the  Spheroidal 
Bodies,  resembling  Seeds,  from  the  Ludlow  Bone  Bed "  (1852). 
The  outer  zone  of  the  spheroidal  thallus  consists  of  radiating  cells, 
and  in  this  first  paper  Hooker  said  :  "  This  simple  structure  of  spore- 
sac  is  very  characteristic  of  the  natural  order  Lycopodiaceae."  He 
was  thinking,  no  doubt,  of  the  well-known  columnar  layer  which 
forms  the  outer  wall  of  the  sporangium  in  Lepidostrohus.  On  a 
re-examination  of  specimens  in  1875,  he  gave  up  this  tentative 
hypothesis  and  recognised  the  Algal  nature  of  the  organism.  His- 
latest  contribution  to  fossil  Botan)'  is  a  short  paper  on  PachijtJieca, 
published  37  years  later  in  the  '  Annals  of  Botany  '  for  1889, 
illustrated  by  beautiful  drawings  from  his  own  hand,  showing  the 
detailed  structure.  He  points  out  the  remarkable  density  and 
power  of  resistance  to  deformation  that  the  thallus  must  have 
possessed,  and  discusses  the  question  whether  the  internal  filaments 
might  be  parasitic.     He  cites  the  opinions  of  other  botanists,  but 


LiyXEA>"    SOCIETY   OF    LONDON".  35 

does  not  express  any  decisive  view   of  his   own,  beyond  his  con- 
viction of  Algal  affinities. 

This  paper  was  preliminary  to  a  somewhat  fuller  investigation 
by  Mr.  C.  A.  Barber,  but  the  nature  of  the  organism  has  never 
been  any  further  determined. 

Turning  to  Tertiary  plants,  a  "  Note  on  the  Fossil  Plants  from 
Reading  "  derived  from  tlie  Thanet  Sands,  is  most  interesting  from 
the  emphasis  with  which  the  author  insists  on  the  worthlessness  of 
conclusions  as  to  affinity  drawn  from  mere  impressions  of  leaves. 
Though  his  specimens  were  good  ones,  he  refused  to  give  even 
generic  names  to  the  plants.  He  found  that  all  except  two  were 
decidedly  Dicotyledonous  and  Exogenous.  The  other  two  "  from 
having  parallel  veins,  may  be  assumed  to  be  Monocotyledonous," 
but  beyond  this  he  would  not  go. 

Of  other  speeimens  he  says  :  "  It  would  be  very  easy  to  produce 
from  an  herbarium  leaves  so  similar  ....  as  to  deceive  the 
inexperienced  into  instituting  crude  affinities."  Speaking  of  the 
specimens  generally  Hooker  remarks :  "  Though  the  leaves  pre- 
served in  the  Keading  beds  are  all  of  the  very  commonest  forms 
in  the  vegetable  kingdom  (of  Dicotyledonous  plants)  I  do  not  find 
that  they  exactly  resemble  those  of  any  living  English  species 
and  indeed,  even  were  the  resemblance  so  close  that  I  could  not 
distinguish  them  from  existing  forms,  I  should  not  consider  myself 
warranted  in  drawing  any  conclusions  therefrom."  The  only 
inference  he  permits  himself  is  that  there  is  no  objection  from 
the  evidence  of  the  plants  to  the  climate  having  been  a  temperate 
one. 

It  would  be  well  for  our  science  if  the  caution  shown  in  this 
paper  by  so  great  a  systematist  were  more  often  emulated  by  those 
who  approach  the  determination  of  plant-impressions  with  a  more 
limited  equipment  of  taxonomic  knowledge. 

In  1855  Hooker  described  two  "  seed-vessels,"  one  ("  Carpolitlies 
ovuJion,  Brongn.")  fi'om  the  Eocene  Beds  of  Lcwisham,  the  other 
(^^Folliculites  minutuhis,  Bronn")  from  the  Bovey  Tracey  Coal. 
Though  very  cautious  in  avoiding  any  definite  determination  of  these 
objects,  he  was  inclined  to  suggest,  in  each  case,  an  affinity  with 
Ferns,  spore-like  bodies  having  been  found  in  the  Carpolithes.  I 
am  informed  by  Mr.  Clement  Reid  that  the  Carpolithes  ovulurn  is 
the  seed  of  a  Water-lily,  while  the  Folliculites  is  also  a  seed  and 
certainly  belongs  to  Stratiotcs.  The  study  of  Tertiary  seeds,  now 
carried  to  such  perfection  by  the  work  of  Mr.  &  Mrs.  Keid,  was 
of  course  in  its  earliest  infancy  at  the  time  when  Hooker  wrote 
these  papers. 

"We  have  now  run  rapidly  through  those  memoirs  of  Hooker's 
which  are  specially  devoted  to  the  consideration  of  fossil  plants. 
It  remains  to  notice  a  few  references  to  the  subject  scattered 
through  his  more  general  Addresses. 

I  well  remember  the  keen  interest  with  which,  as  a  boy,  I  read 

cl2 


30  PKOCBEDINGS    OF    THE 

Hooker's  Presidential  Address  to  tlio  Whitish  Association  at  tho 
Norwich  fleeting  of  iy()8,  ^Vhat  appealed  to  one  was,  of  course, 
his  zealous  championship  of  Darwinism,  then  by  no  means 
universally  accepted,  at  least  by  the  laity  of  Science.  1  will  only, 
however,  allow  myself  one  quotation  from  this  part  of  the  Address. 
(Speaking  of  the  then  position  of  the  Darwinian  theory  the  President 
said: — "it  is  ^>«r  excellence  an  avowed  favourite  with  the  rising 
schools  of  naturalists  ;  perhaps,  indeed,  too  much  so,  for  the  young 
are  apt  to  accept  such  tlieorics  as  articles  of  faith,  and  the  creed  of 
the  student  is  but  too  likely  to  become  the  shibboleth  of  the  future 
])rofessor "  (p.  22).  Darwinism  has  passed  through  and  left 
behind  tho  dangers  of  the  age  of  faith  predicted  by  Hooker  ;  it 
has  long  emerged  into  the  more  wholesome  air  of  free  criticism,  and 
has  to  face,  on  certain  sides,  the  vigorous  rivalry  of  alternative 
theories. 

At  that  time  it  appears  that  fossil  plants  were  attracting  much 
attention,  for  Hooker  says  :  "  In  my  own  special  Science,  the 
greatest  advances  that  have  been  made  during  the  last  ten  years 
have  been  in  the  departments  of  Fossil  liotany,  and  Vegetable 
Physiology.'"' 

"  In  the  past  history  of  the  globe,  two  epochs  stand  prominently 
forward — the  Carboniferous  and  the  Miocene — for  the  abundant 
materials  they  att'ord,  and  the  light  they  consequently  throw  on  the 
early  conditions  of  the  Vegetable  Kingdom."  (p.  13.)  As  regards 
the  Carboniferous  flora,  he  refers  especially  to  the  results  attained 
by  liinuey  and  Carruthers.  "  These  show,"  he  says,  "  that  Calamites 
is  an  actual  member  of  the  existing  family  of  Equisetaceje, 
which  contained  previously  but  one  genus,  that  of  the  common 
Mare's-tail  of  our  river-banks  and  woods."  In  this  frank  accep- 
tance of  the  conclusion  of  the  English  pala^obotanists  Hooker 
was  in  advance  of  his  time,  for  many  years  had  to  elapse  before 
prejudices  were  overcome  and  difficulties  surmounted  so  as  to 
enable  the  true  position  of  the  Calamariese  to  be  universally 
recognised. 

As  regards  the  Miocene  plants  Hooker  was  much  impressed  by 
Heer's  results  ;  the  evidence  for  a  highly  developed  Arctic  Tertiary 
Flora  was  what  chiefly  interested  him. 

In  this  Address  Hooker,  after  some  vigorous  criticism  of  over- 
reliance  on  evidence  from  leaves  in  palaeobotany,  added:  "In  this 
most  unreliable  of  Sciences — Fossil  Botany — we  do  but  grope  in 
the  dark  ;  of  the  thousands  of  objects  Ave  stumble  against,  we  here 
and  there  recognise  a  likeness  to  what  we  have  elsewhere  known 
and  rely  on  external  similitude  for  a  helping  hand  to  its  affinities  ;  of 
the  great  majority  of  specimens  we  know  nothing  for  certain,  and  of 
no  small  proportion  we  are  utterly  ignorant.  If,  however,  much 
is  uncertain,  all  is  not  so,  and  the  Science  has  of  late  made  sure 
and  steady  progress,  and  developed  really  grand  results  "  (p.  15). 
These  words  express  concisely  his  attitude  towards  the  whole 
subject — severest  criticism  combined  with  a  keen  interest  in  such 
advances  as  seemed  to  him  to  rest  on  a  sound  basis.     The  same 


LIXNKAN    SOCIETY    OF    LOXDOX.  37 

feeling  is  expressed  in  his  Address  to  the  Royal  Society  in  1877. 
After  referring  to  Lesquereux's  work  on  Cretaceous  and  other 
fossil  plants  of  the  United  States,  he  says  :  "  In  the  whole  range 
of  the  natural  sciences  no  study  is  so  difficult  and  at  the  same 
time  so  fruitless,  if  we  regard  the  amount  of  results  accepted  by 
botanists,  as  compared  with  the  prodigious  labour  their  acquisition 
by  palaeontologists  has  demanded;'  This  discouraging  remark 
refers,  however,  essentially  to  work  based  on  external  characters, 
especially  on  those  of  fossil  leaves — his  bete  noir.  In  the  same 
Address  he  follows  with  interest  the  progress  of  American  fossil 
botany  as  hearing  on  distribution,  and  points  out  that  in  North 
America  there  is  no  break  between  the  Upper  Cretaceous  and 
Lower  Tertiary  floras.  He  returns  to  the  subject  in  his  Royal 
Society  Address  of  the  next  year,  1878,  in  which  he  discusses  with 
sympathy  Saporta's  theory  of  the  Polar  origin  of  vegetation. 

In  an  Address  to  the  Geographical  Section  of  the  British  Association 
in  1881,  Hooker  again  refers  to  the  discovery  in  Arctic  latitudes  of 
fossil  plants  whose  existing  representatives  are  to  be  found  only  in 
warm  temperate  regions,  and  discusses  the  bearing  of  them  on  the 
history  of  the  Flora  of  North  America.  This  subject  was  one  which 
specially  ajipealed  to  him  from  its  immediate  bearing  on  the  great 
questions  of  Geographical  Distribution  to  which  his  best  work  was 
devoted. 

During  his  later  years  Hooker  followed  the  rapid  progress  of 
fossil  botany  with  a  most  sympathetic  interest,  which  was  very 
kindly  shown  in  some  of  his  letters  to  me.  In  a  letter  of  Oct.  3, 
1896,  acknowledging  a  copy  of  my  Address  to  the  Botanical 
Section  at  Liverpool,  he  said  :  "  Your  Fossil  Botany  pages,  of  course, 
interest  me  most  and  very  much  indeed."  This,  and  other  passages 
show  that,  with  all  his  severity  of  judgment,  he  had  a  specially 
friendly  feeling  for  the  study  of  fossil  plants.  Perhaps  his  most 
interesting  letter  in  this  connection  was  one  written  on  receiving 
the  preliminary  communication  by  Prof.  F.  W.  Oliver  and  myself 
on  the  seed  of  Lyijinodendron,  which,  it  may  be  remembered,  was 
identified  in  the  first  instance  by  the  glands  on  the  cupule.  He 
wrote  (June  13,  1903)  :  "  I  must  write  to  thank  you  for  sending 
me  the  Proceedings  R.  S.  with  your  and  Oliver's  paper  on  Lygino- 
dendron,  which  has  interested  me  more  than  I  can  express.  What 
can  be  the  meaning  of  the  capitate  glands  ?  they  would  seem  to 
indicate  the  cotemporaneous  insect-lifo  which  I  think  has  been 
demonstrated  to  exist  in  the  Coal  Measures.  Has  any  one  accounted 
for  the  quantity  of  pollen-grains  in  the  sac  of  the  ovule  of 
Cycadese  ?  so  many  more  than  the  wind  is  likely  to  have  brought." 

As  regards  the  last  suggestion  some  light  is  thrown  on  tho 
difficulty  by  Prof.  Pearson's  observations  on  the  insect-visitors  of 
some  South  African  (Jycads.  As  regards  the  fossils  the  abundance 
of  pollen  in  the  ovule  is  equally  remarkable,  and  Hooker's  remark 
may  here  also  give  us  a  clue  to  the  right  explanation. 

In  a  later  letter  (Oct.  6,  1906)  he  spoke  of  our  "  knowledge  of 


38  PBOCEEDINOS    OF    THE 

Botany,  as  it  advances  by  strides  under  a  study  of  its  fossil  repre- 
Bentativcs." 

It  is  pleasant  to  a  student  of  fossil  plants  to  remember  with 
what  warm  and  generous  sympathy  the  great  leader  of  botanical 
science  followed  the  recent  jirogrcss  of  the  subject. 

Hooker's  definite  contributions  to  our  knowledge  of  palajobotany 
were  valuable,  though  limited  in  extent,  owing  to  the  small  part 
of  his  time  that  he  was  free  to  devote  to  such  investigations.  His 
influence  as  a  severe  but  just  and  friendly  cricic  was  of  the  greatest 
importance,  and  his  warnings  against  the  many  pitfalls  of  the 
subject,  though  they  may  have  discouraged  some,  are  in  reality 
entirely  wholesome,  and  are  no  less  needed  today  than  at  the  time 
they  were  given. 

References  to  Papers  hij  Sir  Joseph  Dalton  lloolcer. 

1842.  On  the  Examination  of  some  Fossil  Wood  from  Macquarie 

Plains,  Tasmania.    Tasmanian  Journ.  Xat.  Sci.  vol.  i.  1842, 

p.  24. 
1846.  Note  on  a  Fossil  Plant  from  the  Fish  River,  South  Africa. 

Trans.  Geol.  Soc.  vol.  vii.  184G,  p.  227. 
1848.  On  the  Vegetation  of  the  Carboniferous  Period,  as  compared 

with  that  of  the  present  day.     Mem.  Geol.  Survey,  vol.  ii. 

1848,  p.  387. 
1848.  On  some  Peculiarities  in  the  Structure  of  Stiymaria.     Ibid. 

p.  431. 
1848.  Remarks  on  the  Structure  and  Affinities  of  some  Lepidostrohi. 

Ibid.  p.  440. 
1853.  (J.  D.  H.  &  H.  E.  Strickland.)— On  the  Distribution  and 

Organic  Contents    of    the    "  Ludlow   Pone   Bed "  iu    the 

districts  of  Woolhope  and  May  Hill,  with  a  Xote  on  the 

seed-like  bodies   found  in  it.     Quart.  Journ.   Geol.   Soc. 

vol.  ix.  1853,  p.  8. 

1853.  Note  on  the  Fossil  Plants  from  the  Shetlands.     Ibid.  p.  49. 

1854.  Note  on  the  Fossil  Plants  from  Reading.    Ibid.  vol.  x.  p.  163. 

1854.  On  a   new   species    of   Volkmannia   ( V.   Morrisii).       Ibid. 

vol.  X.  p.  199. 

1855.  (J.  D.  H.  &  E.  W.  BiNNEY.)— On  the  Structure  of  certain 

Limestone  Nodules  enclosed  in  seams  of  Bitumiuous  Coal, 

with  a  description  of  some  Trigonocarpons  contained  in 

them.     Phil.  Trans.  Royal  Soc.  vol.  145.  1855,  p.  149. 
1854.  On  some  minute  Seed-vessels  {CarpoJithcs  oridiim,  Brongn.) 

from  the  Eocene  Beds  of  Lewisham.     Quart.  Journ.  Geol. 

Soc.  vol.  xi.  1855,  p.  562. 
1854.  On  some  small  Seed-vessels  (Folliculites  mini(lidt(S,  Bronn) 

from  the  Bovey  Tracey  Coal.     Ibid.  p.  566. 
1868.  Presidential  Address   to    the    British    Association    for    the 

Advancement  of  Science.     Norwich,  1868. 
1877.  Presidential  Address  to  the  Royal  Society,  1877.     Proc.  R. 

Soc.  vol.  xxvi.  p.  427. 


LINNEAX    SOCIETY    Of    LON^DOX.  39 

187S.  Presidential  Address  to  the  Itoyal  Society,  1878.     Proc.  K. 

Soc.  vol.  sxviii.  p.  43. 
1881.  Presidential  Address  to  the  Geographical  Section    of    tho 

British  Association,  York,     1881. 
18S9.  On  Pachytheca.     Annals  of  Botany,  vol.  iii.  1889,  p.  135. 


Upon  the  conclusion  of  the  Presidential  Address  the  Rev. 
T.  E.  E.  Stebbixg  moved  : — 

"  That  the  President  be  thanked  for  his  excellent  Address,  and 
that  he  be  requested  to  allow  it  to  be  pi-inted  and  circulated 
amongst  the  Eellows,''  which,  being  seconded  by  Mr.  CLBiiENT 
Eeid,  was  carried  by  acclamation. 

In  acknowledging  the  vote  of  thanks  proposed  by  Mr.  Stebbing 
and  seconded  by  Mr.  C.  Eeid,  the  President  said  that,  flourishing 
and  active  as  the  Linnean  Society  now  was,  he  looked  forward  to 
even  greater  developments  during  the  time  of  his  successor  and 
iu  tlie  more  distant  future.  The  Pellows  of  the  Linnean  Society 
had  perhaps  even  yet  hardly  realized  their  position  as  the  first 
Biological  Society  of  the  World.  That  was  a  proud  and  responsible 
place  for  a  Society  to  hold,  and  one  which  it  required  an  effort  to 
rise  to.  He  should  like  to  see  the  Society's  rooms  the  recognized 
meeting  place  of  British  Biologists,  and  their  Meetings  the 
occasions  when  all  the  new  biological  discoveries  were  brought 
forward,  whether  destined  for  publication  there  or  elsewhere. 

The  President  then  addressed  Capt.  Charles  Fbancis  Ulla.- 
THORNE  Meek,  F.L.S.,  and  handed  to  him  the  bronze  medal  of  the 
Crisp  Award  for  Microscopical  Science,  and  a  cheque  for  the  balance 
of  the  fund,  tliis  being  the  first  presentation  from  the  fund  fouuded 
in  1910  by  a  donation  from  Sir  Prank  Crisp,  speaking  as  follows  :  — 

Captaih^  Meek, 

It  is  now  my  welcome  duty  to  present  to  you  the  Crisp  Award 
for  Microscopical  llesearch,  of  which  you  are  the  first  recipient. 

The  Award  was  founded  two  years  ago  by  the  generosity  of  our 
distinguished  and  valued  Fellow,  Sir  Prank  Crisp,  to  whose  long- 
continued  services  in  many  directions  our  Society  owes  so  much. 
I  may  briefly  recall  the  conditions  of  the  Crisp  Award. 

It  is  to  be  made  at  intervals  of  not  less  than  five  years,  and  is  to 
be  given  by  the  Council  for  the  best  paper  dealing  with  Micro- 
scopical Eesearch.  The  Award  is  to  be  confiaed  to  Fellows  aucJ  to 
work  published  by  the  Linnean  Society  since  the  previous  Award, 
and,  in  the  first  case,  during  the  five  years  previous.  The  first 
Award  was  to  be  given  in  May  1912,  the  date  which  we  have  now 
reached. 


40  PnOCEEDINGS   OF   THK 

The  paper  on  which  the  Award  is  made  is  your  work  on  "  The 
Spermatogenesis  of  Stemhothrus  vir'uhdus  ;  with  Si^ccial  Kcferenco 
to  the  Hcterotropic  Chromosome  as  a  Sex  Determinant  in  Grass- 
hoppers/' published  in  our  Journal  (Zoology)  in  1911. 

I  am  ])articularly  glad  that  the  choice  of  the  Council  has  fallen 
upon  this  investigation  of  yours,  because  your  work  is,  on  the  one 
hand,  in  the  field  of  cytological  microscopy,  demanding  the  utmost 
skill  in  the  use  of  advanced  methods  and  the  highest  poAvers  of  tho 
microscope  ;  Avhile  on  the  other  it  is  concerned  with  a  fundamental 
problem  of  Eiology  of  equal  interest  to  the  zoological  and  botanical 
sides  of  our  Society.  On  both  these  grounds  we  feel  that  we  are 
setting  a  fittingly  high  standard  for  future  awards,  worthy  of  the 
intentions  of  the  founder. 

The  special  interest  of  your  work  lies  in  its  bearing  on  tho 
question  of  the  determination  of  sex,  the  insect  you  have  investi- 
gated being  one  of  those  in  which  the  male  has  an  odd  number  of 
chromosomes  in  its  somatic  nuclei,  while  in  the  female  the  number 
is  even,  the  figures  in  this  particular  case  being  17  and  18  respec- 
tively. You  have  fully  investigated  the  history  of  the  spermato- 
genic  divisions,  with  special  reference  to  the'  behaviour  of  the 
accessory  or  hcterotropic  chromosome  present  in  half  the  sperma- 
tozoa, while  lacking  in  the  remainder.  The  result  of  fertilization 
by  the  former  is  to  produce  females,  by  the  latter  to  produce  males, 
the  odd  chromosome  consequently  being  regarded  by  some  as  the 
determinant  of  sex  in  these  cases.  You  point  out,  with  scientific 
caution,  that  this  conclusion  is  not  yet  absolutely  established,  but 
the  exact  history  of  the  process  which  you  are  able  to  give  afPords 
the  best  basis  for  the  ultimate  comprehension  of  its  significance. 
Your  singularly  accurate  and  beautiful  work  deserves  the  moro 
credit  as  it  was  begun  at  a  time  when  you  Avere  still  under  the 
pressure  of  very  different  duties. 

I  have  great  pleasure  in  handing  you  the  Crisp  Award,  in  recog- 
nition of  work  which  is  of  the  best  type  of  modern  microscopical 
research. 

Capt.  Meek  having  received  the  medal  and  cheque,  briefly 
returned  thanks,  and  expressed  his  gratification  at  being  chosen 
the  first  recipient  of  the  a^ard. 

The  President  then  addressing  Prof.  E.  B.  Poultox,  handed  to 
him  the  Linnean  Modal  for  transmission  to  Dr.  Eobeet  Cvril 
Laytox  Perkins,  who  was  abroad,  said: — 

Peofkssor  Poulton, 

In  the  unavoidable  absence  of  Dr.  P.  C.  L.  Pkekins,  who  is 
abroad,  1  ask  you  to  receive  our  Medal  on  his  behalf. 

Dr.  Perkins  combines,  in  a  rare  degree,  the  qualities  of  an  in- 
defatigable field-naturalist   and   those   of   a   skilled   and   precise 


LIXIS'EAN    SOCIETY   OF    LONDON.  4^ 

systematic  investigator.  He  has  himself  worked  out  the  syste- 
matics  of  the  chief  groups  of  the  Hymenoptera,  the  whole  of  the 
Orthoptera  and  Neuroptera  and  part  of  the  Coleoptera,  and,  among 
Vertebrates,  the  Birds  of  tlie  Sandwich  Islands.  All  these  contri- 
butions are  included  in  that  great  work  the  '  Fauna  Hawaiiensis,' 
written  by  numerous  eminent  specialists  :  his  General  Introduction 
to  the  Fauna  is  now  in  the  Press. 

Throughout  Dr.  Perkins's  long  residence  in  the  Sandwich  Islands, 
extending  over  a  period  of  at  least  twentv-five  years,  he  has 
studied  the  conditions  of  life  of  all  the  groups  of  animals  in  the 
Islands,  and  not  only  those  on  which  he  has  himself  written. 

The  value  of  his  long  and  arduous  researches  is  enhanced  by  the 
unfortunate  circumstance  that  large  numbers  of  species  which  he 
has  studied  are  now  extinct,  owing  to  the  importation  and  spread 
of  competing  Continental  species  and  to  the  destruction  of  the 
native  forests  to  make  way  for  the  sugar-plantations.  Dr.  Perkins's 
careful  work  will  thus  be  the  sole  record  in  the  future  of  the  many 
deeply  interesting  forms  of  life  which  have  already  gone,  and  of 
many  more  Avhich  are  on  the  point  of  disappearing. 

To  Dr.  Perkins's  more  strictly  scientific  achievements  must  be 
added  his  remarkable  success  in  founding  the  Experimental  Station 
at  Honolulu.  I  am  told  that  he,  more  than  anyone  else,  has  proved 
that  such  investigations  in  applied  Biology  really  pay  ;  the  sugar- 
planters  of  the  Islands  have  found  it  worth  their  while  to  liberally 
endow  his  Station,  having  learnt  that  he  has  saved  them  immense 
sums  by  his  method  of  importing  into  the  Islands  the  enemies  of 
the  insect-pests  of  the  crop.  This  practical  work  has  not  been 
accomplished  without  laborious  and  most  minute  investigations 
into  the  life-history  and  bionomic  conditions  of  the  pests  and  their 
enemies,  carried  out  by  him  or  by  skilled  assistants  under  his 
direction.  These  enquiries  have  led  to  a  most  exact  knowledge  of 
the  ways  of  parasites  and  hyper-parasites,  and,  while  the  object 
was  originally  a  commercial  one,  a  tlood  of  light  has  been  thrown 
on  the  scientific  aspects  of  insect  bionomics. 

I  regret  to  hear  that  Dr.  Perkins's  health  has  suffered  in  the 
course  of  his  long-continued  labours,  owing  to  exposure  during  his 
travels  at  high  elevations  and  in  the  damp  regions  of  the  Islands. 

On  the  ground  of  his  distinguished  work  in  field  natural  history, 
in  systematic  investigation,  and  in  applied  biology,  the  Council 
have  awarded  the  Linneau  Medal  to  Dr.  Perkins,  and  I  have  great 
pleasure  in  handing  it  to  you  for  his  acceptance. 

Prof.  Poulton  made  a  suitable  acknowledgment,  and  undertook 
to  convey  the  medal  to  the  recipient. 

The  General  Secretary  havino;  laid  before  the  Meeting  certain 
obituary  notices  of  deceased  Fellows  and  others,  the  proceedings 
terminated. 


42  TEOCEEDINGS   OF   THE 

OBITUARY  NOTICES. 
Algernon  Sidney  Bicknell  was  the  sou  of  Elanan  Bicknell,  of 
Heme  Hill,  Surrey,  a  well-known  collector  of  pictures,  and  Jjorn 
on  the  9th  October,  lSli'2.  Possessed  of  ample  means,  he  gave 
his  attention  to  botany,  astronomy,  and  alpine  exploration, 
travelling  much  and  never  happier  tlian  when  in  such  scenes  as 
the  vast  forests  of  the  An)azon  Jiiver. 

At  a  later  period  he  specially  interested  himself  in  fungi,  and 
collected  a  good  library  bearing  on  that  group.  He  showed  an 
extensive  series  of  fungi  about  the  year  1887  at  the  Eoyal 
Horticultural  Society,  at  that  time  at  South  Kensington.  He  was 
a  member  of  several  scientiHo  Societies,  amongst  them  the 
Woolhope  Club  and  the  lioyal  (xeographical  Society,  but  he 
seems  never  to  have  published  any  accouut  of  his  travels  or 
researches.  He  was  elected  a  Fellow  of  the  Linnean  Society, 
iipth  December,  1877,  and  died  at  Brighton  after  an  operation,  on 
the  26th  October,  1911,  shortly  after  completing  his  79th  year. 

[b]  D.  J.] 

Haiuiy  Bolus  was  born  in  Nottingham  on  April  28th,  1834, 
the  son  of  Joseph  Bolus,  a  business  man  of  that  town.  Through 
the  master  of  his  school  he  became  connected  with  AVilliam 
Kensitt,  a  merchant  of  (xrahamsroMii,  with  whom  he  served  as 
apprentice  from  1850-1852,  having  landed  at  Port  Elizabeth 
on  March  28th,  1850.  From  Grahamstown  he  went  to  Port 
Elizabeth  as  book-keej)erin  a  mercantile  house,  and,  at  the  end  of 
1855,  after  a  short  visit  to  England,  returned  to  South  Africa  to 
Graaff-Eeinet,  where  he  spent  the  succeeding  nineteen  years, 
acting  for  a  short  time  as  Secretary  to  the  Midland  Fire 
Insurance  and  Trust  Company.  In  1874  he  left  Graaff-Eeinet 
and  joined  his  brother,  a  stock-broker  in  Cape  Town,*  retiring 
from  business  in  1895.  He  died  at  Oxted,  Suri-ey,  on  May  25th, 
1911,  soon  after  his  arrival  on  what  Mas  to  be  the  last  of  his 
many  visits  to  England,  and  was  buried  in  the  churchyard  of  the 
village. 

Although  no  doubt  interested  from  eai'ly  youth  in  the  observa- 
tion of  natural  objects  and  phenomena,  his  connection  with 
botany  may  be  said  to  date  from  1862,  when  he  attended  a  short 
course  of  public  lectures  on  botany,  given  by  Prof.  F.  Guthrie, 
who  the  year  before  had  been  appointed  to  the  newly  founded 
Graaff-Eeinet  College.  His  friendship  with  Guthrie  furthei'ed  his 
botanical  inclinations,  and  the  loss  in  1805  of  his  eldest  son  and 
the  desire  for  relief  from  the  sad  blow,  drove  him  into  the 
arms  of  the  science  in  which  his  interests  centred  lienceforth.  For 
years  his  activity  in  this  domain  was  confined  to  collecting  and 
observations  in  the  held,  and  studies  in  his  own  herbarium. 
Thorough  and  methodical  habits  and  a  keen  eye  not  only  helped 
him  to  build  up  a  valuable  collection  of  his  own,  but  also  made 
him  a  most  useful  contributor  to  his  numerous  correspondents, 
whose  inquiries  and  wishes  he  always  met  with  great  liberality. 


LINlfEAX   SOCIETY   OF   LONDON.  43 

Poremost  in  his  correspoudence  stood  Kew,  the  connection  with 
which  extended  from  1867  to  his  death,  and  was  much  strengthened 
by  repeated  visits,  on  which  he  used  to  bring  with  him  large 
sets  ot"  specimens  for  study  and  comparison. 

With  Bolus  started  a  second  and  most  successful  period  in  the 
botanical  exploration  of  South  Africa,  the  lirst  having  closed  with 
Ecklon  and  Zeyher  in  the  forties.  The  success  \\as  partly  due  to 
his  own  numerous  travels,  of  wliieh  Prof.  H.  H.  W.  Pearson 
published  a  valuable  list  in  the  South  African  Journal  of  Science 
for  1911,  and  partly  to  the  stimulus  Avhich  he  so  well  understood  to 
awake  and  keep  alive  in  otliers.  His  botanical  journeys  took  him 
■all  over  Cape  Colony,  from  Cape  Town  to  Xama([ualand  and  Pondo- 
land,  and  from  Algoa  Bay  to  Kimberley.  He  also  visited  the 
Orange  Pree  State,  and  three  times  the  Transvaal.  Thus  he  ac- 
quired an  unparalleled  field  knowledge  of  the  flora  of  South  Africa, 
and  especially  of  Cape  Colony.  It  found  a  masterly  expression  in 
his  '  Sketch  of  the  Piora  of  South  Africa '  (1886),  and  again  in  a 
more  matured  and  condensed  form  in  his  '  Sketch  of  the  Ploral 
Eegions  of  South  Africa'  (1905);  but  on  the  whole  he  was  not  a 
prolific  writer.  He  was  too  modest  to  gauge  exactly  the  value  of 
his  experience  and  first-hand  knowledge,  and  perliaps  also  too 
cautious  in  a  field  where  the  inadequate  literary  and  herbarium 
resources  at  his  disposal  certainly  provided  ample  opportunity  for 
blocking  and  pitfalls.  However,  he  published  a  number  of 
"  Contributions  to  South  African  Botany  "  in  various  places,  and 
with  respect  to  tv^o  families  he  rose  far  above  the  level  of  the 
casual  contributor.  The  iunnensely  rich  and  varied  Orchid  flora 
•of  the  Cape  fascinated  him  early.  In  1882  he  gave  us  a  "  List  of 
Published  Species  of  Cape  Orchids  "  in  the  Journal  of  the  Linuean 
Society,  followed  in  the  same  place  by  five  "Contributions" 
(1884-1^90)  dealing  with  the  family,  whilst  a  paper  on  the 
Orchids  of  the  Cape  Peninsula,  illustrated  by  himself,  appeared 
in  the  Transactions  of  the  South  African  Philosophical  Society 
in  1882.  The  plan  of  illustrating  as  many  South  African  members 
of  the  family  as  possible  was  carried  further  in  his  '  Icones 
■Orchidearum  Austro-Africanarum  Extratro])icarum,'  of  Mliicli  the 
first  part  (50  plates)  came  out  in  1 892,  the  second  (50  plates)  in 
1896,  both  constituting  A^olume  I., and  a  third.  Volume  II., in  1911, 
the  revision  of  the  last  proof-sheets  of  this  having  been  concluded 
by  him  on  the  very  eve  of  his  death.  The  other  family  which 
deservedly  claimed  his  special  attention  was  the  Ericacea?,  which 
in  the  genus  Erica  attains  to  such  a  marvellous  number  of  species. 
Bolus,  together  with  his  friend  Prof.  Guthrie,  undertook  to  elabo- 
rate the  genus  for  the  '  Flora  Capensis,'  and,  after  Guthrie's  death 
in  1899,  he  finished  the  difficult  and  troublesome  task,  the  work 
occupying  over  300  pages  with  descriptions  of  469  species  in  the 
fourth  volume  of  the  '  Flora  Capensis '  (1905).  Yet  another 
publication  has  to  be  mentioned,  namely,  'A  List  of  Flowering 
Plants  and  Ferns  of  the  Cape  Peninsula,'  which  he  elaborated  in 
•conjunction  with  Capt.  (now  Major)  A.  IT.  Wolley  Dod.     It  is' 


44  phoceedikgs  of  the 

the  fruit  of  bis  labours  in  the  district  wbere  he  resided  for  so 
long  a  part  of  his  life,  and  vas  published  in  the  Ti-ansactions  of 
the  South  African  Philosophical  Society  in  19U3. 

Allusion  has  been  made  to  the  stimulating  influence  he 
exercised  over  South  Africa,  thereby  reviving  the  interest  in 
the  botany  of  the  country.  It  was  done  mainly  through  his 
example  and  an  extensive  and  sustained  correspondence.  This 
naturally  ceased  with  his  death.  ]iut  in  founding  the  Harry 
Bolus  Chair  of  Botany  in  the  South  African  College  in  1902,  he 
has  secured  for  botany  a  permanent  footiug  in  the  centre  of  one 
of  the  most  remarkable  floras  of  the  world.  It  was  a  fine 
expression  of  public  spirit,  worthy  of  the  man  who  was  ever 
mindful  of  the  common  good  and  u  staunch  believer  in  education 
in  the  widest  sense.  He  also  provided  in  his  will  for  the 
maintenance  and  extension  of  his  herbarium  and  botanical  library, 
which  are  now  in  the  charge  of  the  South  African  College. 
Although  he  was  averse  to  coming  to  the  front  in  public  life,  the 
integrity  of  his  character  and  his  ripe  experience  made  him  a 
desirable  member  of  public  bodies,  and  so  he  served  on  the  board 
of  the  Colonial  Orphan  Chamber  (since  18S2),  on  that  of  the 
South  African  Public  Library  (since  1897),  as  a  Trustee  of 
the  South  African  Museum  (since  1006),  and  on  the  Council  of 
the  South  African  College  (1908-1910).  He  was  President  of  the 
South  African  Philosophical  Society  for  the  Session  1886-87,  and 
an  Original  Pellow  and  Member  of  the  Council  of  the  Royal 
Society  of  South  Africa.  In  1903  the  Cape  University  recognized 
his  scientific  merits  by  giving  him  the  honorary  degree  of  D.Sc, 
whilst  in  1909  the  South  African  Association  for  the  Advance- 
ment of  Science  awarded  him  the  South  Africa  Medal  and  Grant 
for  Scientific  Research.  The  Linnean  Society  numbered  him 
among  its  Fellows  since  1873. 

Harry  Bolus  was  a  self-m.ade  man.  Prom  modest  beginnings 
he  rose  by  force  of  character  to  the  position  of  a  man  of  public 
standing  and  scientific  recognition.  Taken  away  from  his 
Nottingham  school  when  still  in  his  boyhood,  he  educated  himself 
up  to  the  level  not  only  of  a  superior  student  of  science,  but 
also  a  man  of  refined  and  liberal  tastes.  The  independence  and 
freshness  of  his  mind  made  his  company  always  enjoyable  and 
stimulating,  whilst  the  stern  mettle  ol'  his  manly  character  attached 
bin)  and  his  memory  permanently  to  those  who  had  the  good 
fortune  of  his  friendship.  Death  has  gently  dealt  with  him  and 
given  him  back  to  his  old  home  when  his  work  was  done. 

[O.  Staff.] 

Jean  Baptiste  Edouaed  Boenet,  M.D.,  Membre  de  I'lnstitut, 
the  well-known  algologist,  was  born  at  Gudrigny  (Nievre)  on 
2nd  September,  1828.  He  studied  under  Tulasne  and  Leveille, 
and  early  in  his  career  turned  his  attention  to  lichens  and  alga?, 
groups  which  he  continued  to  investigate  throughout  his  life. 
His  death  took  place  at  Paris,  on  December  18th,  1911. 


IINNEAN    SOCIETy    OF    LOXDON".  45 

The  researches  carried  out  by  Bornefc  with  regard  to  the  life- 
history  of  lichens  were  especially  importaut.  He  isolated  and 
specifically  determined  the  algoe  which  entered  into  the  composi- 
tion of  a  large  number  of  species,  and  described  the  method  by 
which  the  hyphoe  env'elop  the  algte,  coming  to  the  conclusion  that 
the  gonidia  of  lichens  can  always  ha  referred  to  a  species  of  alga. 
The  strong  support  which  he  gave  Schwendeuer,  materially  helped 
in  securing  the  early  recognition  of  the  theory  of  the  dual  nature 
of  lichens. 

His  work  on  marine  algoe  was  no  less  noteworthy.  The  magni- 
ficent drawings  in  'Notes  Algologiques '  and  'Etudes  Phycolo- 
giques '  testify  to  his  skill  and  to  the  careful  manner  in  which 
he  investigated  the  structure  and  development  of  these  plants. 
Amongst  systematic  works  his  joint  monograph  with  Flahault  on 
the  Nostocaceae  is  perhaps  the  best  known,  being  a  masterly 
revision  of  a  group  that  was  previously  in  the  greatest  confusion. 

Dr.  Bornet  was  elected  a  Foreign  Member  of  this  Society  on 
1st  May,  1870,  and  awarded  the  Linnean  Medal  in  1891 ;  he 
was  also  a  Foreign  Member  of  the  Royal  Society,  "  Membre 
Foudateur"  aud  Past  President  of  the  Societe  botanique  de 
France,  and  "officier"  of  the  Legion  of  Honour.  His  interest 
in  marine  algse  continued  to  the  end.  On  the  most  friendly  terms 
with  British  algologists,  he  never  spared  time  or  trouble  in  giving 
them  the  benefit  of  his  opinion  and  advice.  [A.  D.  Cotton.] 

The  removal  by  the  hand  of  death,  on  the  20th  xipril,  1912, 
at  Nice,  of  Mrs.  OoiLVTE-FAUQunAKSON,  of  Haughton,  takes  fi-om 
us  a  woman  who  exercised  a  notable  influence  on  the  affairs  of 
this  Society  in  the  matter  of  the  full  admission  of  women  to  all  the 
activities  of  the  Society. 

Mauian  Sarah  Eidley  was  born  at  Privet,  NTorthamptonshire, 
on  the  2nd  July,  1846,  the  eldest  daughter  of  the  Eev.  J.  Nicholas 
Ridley,  of  HoUington,  Hants.  In  1881  she  published  a  little 
Yolume,  '  A  Pocket  Guide  to  British  Ferns,'  aud  a  paper  at  the 
British  Association  at  Aberdeen  in  1885,  on  the  distinctive 
characters  of  British  Mosses ;  these  seem  to  be  her  only  contri- 
butions to  scientific  literature.  In  1883  she  was  married  to 
Mr.  R.  F.  Ogilvie-Fai-quharson,  of  Haughton,  aud  at  Tillydrine, 
Kincardine  O'Neil,  the  remainder  of  her  days  were  spent,  save 
when  the  calls  of  health  or  the  cause  she  had  most  at  heart,  drew 
her  from  her  home. 

In  June  1900  an  application  from  Mrs.  Farquharson  respecting 
the  admission  of  women  as  Fellows  was  laid  before  the  Council, 
and  received  attention  at  several  subsequent  Councils.  In  view 
of  the  doubt  expressed  as  to  whether  the  Charter  permitted  the 
admission  of  women  to  the  Fellowship,  counsels'  opinion  was 
taken,  to  the  effect  that  the  Charter  did  not  empower  the  Society 
to  admit  women.  Upon  this  a  memorial,  set  on  foot  and 
supported  by  a  considerable  number  of  Fellows  favourable  to  the 


46  phoceedings  or  the 

admission  of  women,  was  presented  to  the  Council  early  in  1902^ 
and  a  circular  inviting  the  oi)inions  of  tlie  Fellows  was  issued  in 
March  oi"  that  year  ;  the  return  of  the  papers  in  response  to  this 
enquiry  showed  a  lar^e  majority  in  favour  of  applying  for  powers 
to  admit  women  (301  in  favour,  12(5  against,  with  313  absten- 
tions). The  meeting  of  the  loth  .January,  1903,  was  made 
special,  and  the  motion  to  proceed  for  enlarged  powers  was 
carried  by  a  large  majority.  Upon  this  the  Treasurer,  the  present 
Sir  Frank  Crisp,  nndertook  to  procure  an  additional  Charter, 
granting  wider  powers  in  certain  other  directions  as  well,  which 
w  as  done  at  the  sole  cost  of  the  Ti'easurer.  The  new  Charter  was 
granted  in  April  1904, and  the  Bye-laws  were  amended  in  accor- 
dance with  it ;  the  first  election  of  women  as  Fellow  s  took  place 
on  the  15th  December,  1904,  and  their  formal  admission  on  the 
19th  January,  1905.  In  this  first  election  Mrs.  Furquharson  did 
not  succeed  at  the  ballot,  but  subsequently,  on  the  5th  March, 
1908,  she  was  elected  Fellow,  and  the  effort  of  many  years 
crowned  with  success. 

By  this  time  Mrs.  Farquharson  was  suffering  from  heart 
trouble,  and  the  probable  bad  effect  of  excitement  on  a  weakened 
organ,  prevented  her  con)ing  forward  for  formal  admission.  She 
died,  as  stated  above,  at  Nice,  and  was  buried  by  the  side  of  her 
husband,  at  Alford,  in  the  county  of  Aberdeen.  [B.  D.  J.] 

Alfred  Fkyer  (1826-1912). — To  those  to  whom  he  was  known 
the  death  of  Alfred  Fryer  came  as  a  shock,  for  notwithstanding 
his  age,  he  was  very  active  up  to  the  last. 

Born  of  an  old  Cambridgeshire  family  of  the  fenland,  he  was  a 
typical  type  of  the  fenman.  He  often  said  "  Ah  !  I  knew  him 
by  the  scowl  of  his  broA\-,"  meaning  he  could  identify  a  fenman 
anywhere. 

He  was  a  good  letter- writer ;  froni  the  time  I  first  knew  him 
till  his  death,  his  letters  make  1480  pages,  mostly  referring  to  the 
genus  Potamogeton ;  for  which  he  was  undoubtedly  our  best 
authority  on  the  British  species.  He  had  a  wonderful  memory 
for  the  various  forms  all  around  Cliatteris  ;  at  every  dyke  or  ditch 
he  took  one  to,  he  could  point  out  each  plant ;  these  he  had 
studied  for  years,  both  at  home  and  in  nature. 

His  '  Monograph  of  the  British  Potamogetons,'  unfortunately 
unfinished  at  his  death,  with  the  plates  by  Eobert  Morgan,  will 
ever  remain  as  a  monument  to  his  memory.  The  nine  quarto 
published  parts  appeared  from  1898  to  1900. 

He  had  an  enormous  collection  of  dried  specimens  of  the  genus, 
and  was  very  liberal  witli  them  ;  he  w-as  also  very  well  read  in 
ornithology,  entomology,  and  conchology. 

It  was  very  pleasant  to  see  the  estimation  he  was  held  in  all. 
around  Chatteris;  he  never  confined  himself  to  roads  or  footpaths, 
but  went  where   inclination  led  him,  and   everywhere   he   was 
received  as  though  he  was  on  his  own  ground. 


LINXEAiy    SOCIETY   OF    LOXBOIS'.  47 

He  \vas  elected  an  Associate  of  the  Society  on  the  IGtli  Decem- 
ber, 1897,  and  died  at  Chatteris,  2Gth  February,  1912,  where  he  had 
carried  on  the  business  of  nurseryman.  His  pi'inted  contributions 
to  Science,  besides  the  unfinished  monograph  referred  to  above,, 
consisted  in  papers  to  the  'Journal  of  Botany'  for  a  series  of 
years,  from  1883  onwards,  on  his  special  genus  Potamoc/eton,  and 
bear  witness  to  the  careful  and  valuable  results  he  evolved  from 
these  studies.  [Arthur  Bennett.] 

Albert  Harrison  was  born  in  1860  at  the  JVew  Pale  Farm, 
Frodsham,  Cheshire,  and  received  his  education  at  the  Liverpool 
Institute,  leaving  at  the  age  of  15  to  enter  the  sugar  refinery  of 
Henry  Tate  &  Sons  in  Liverpool,  and  three  years  later  was  trans- 
ferred to  the  London  branch,  where  he  obtained  rapid  promotion,. 
and  finally  was  made  manager. 

The  home  of  his  boyhood  being  close  to  Delamere  Forest,  he 
early  imbibed  a  liking  for  Natural  History,  and  he  usually  spent 
part  of  his  annual  holiday  in  that  forest.  It  was  not  till  1888' 
that  he  took  up  the  study  of  the  Lepidoptera  in  a  serious  way. 
Then  he  joined  forces  Avith  his  brother-in-law,  Mr.  Hugh  Main, 
and  the  two  experimented  on  forms  oi  Aj^lecta  nehulosd  and  Pieris 
oiapi,  and  latterly  on  Boarmia  repandata.  Mendelian  results 
greatly  interested  him.  He  was  a  member  of  many  biological 
associations,  and  in  1899  was  President  of  the  Entomological 
Society.  He  was  elected  Fellow  of  the  Liunean  Society 
3rd  November,  1898 ;  he  was  also  Fellow  of  the  Zoological, 
Eoyal  Microscopical,  and  Chemical  Societies.  He  died  suddenly 
of  apoplexy  at  his  house  at  South  Woodford,  on  28th  August,  1911, 
and  was  buried  at  Alvanley,  in  Cheshire.  [B.  D.  J.] 

JosEPn  Dalton  Hooker. — By  the  death  of  ?ir  Joseph  Hooker 
on  Sunday,  December  10th,  1911,  in  his  95th  year,  the  Linnean 
Society  has  lost  at  once  the  most  renowned  of  all  its  Fellows  and 
one  of  the  most  remarkable  men  VAho  ever  devoted  his  life  to  the 
advancement  of  Science.  Hooker's  ancestry  and  parentage  do  not 
require  to  be  set  forth  here  in  detail.  The  son  of  Sir  William 
Hooker,  the  Founder  of  Kew,  he  hailed  from  East  Angiia — a  part 
of  England  which  can  hold  its  own  with  any  other  region  in  the 
cumber  and  eminence  of  the  Naturalists  which  it  has  cradled. 
Had  Hooker  lived  another  six  months  it  would  have  been  exactly 
70  years  since  he  was  elected  into  the  Linnean  Society  (June  7th, 
1842).  Nor  does  this  lapse  of  time  represent  the  full  working 
life  of  this  great  man,  for  already  on  his  election  he  had  won 
his  spurs  as  a  botanical  traveller  in  the  Antarctic.  His  life- 
long friend,  Asa  Gray,  in  a  letter  written  about  this  time  to 
Sir  William  Hooker,  says  *  :  — 

"  1  heard  within  a  few  days  that  Eoss's  expedition  had  beea 
*  '  Letters  of  Asa  Grray,'  p.  307. 


48  PllOCEEDINGS    OF    THE 

heard  of  from  Rio.  Doubtless  Joseph  will  liave  reached  home 
before  this  letter  arrives,  and  1  may  congratulate  him — and 
yourself — upon  his  most  gratifying  success,  which  has  laid  a 
broad  and  sure  foundation  for  his  scientific  eminence.  His 
'Flora  Antarctica'  must  be  of  the  very  highest  interest  and 
im])ortance." 

To  young  Hooker  after  his  return  Gray  also  wrote*:  "  Tou  now 
stand    in  a  perfectly    unrivalled    position  as    a  botanist,  as  to 

advantages,  &c and  if  you  do  not  accomplish  something 

worth  the  while,  you  ought  not  to  bear  tlie  name  of  Hooker." 
The  sequel  showed  how  well  placed  was  Gray's  high  encourage- 
ment. Xo  father  can  ever  have  had  more  just  reason  for  pride 
than  Sir  AVilliam  in  the  achievements  of  his  son. 

Hooker,  though  born  in  Suffolk,  was  taken  to  Glasgow  at  the 
age  of  four  ^hen  his  father  was  appointed  to  the  Professorship 
of  Botany  in  the  University.  Here  he  received  his  education  so 
far  as  school  and  college  are  concerned.  He  graduated  in 
Medicine  in  1839,  being  then  22  years  of  age.  With  the  world  to 
conquer  he  seized  the  first  big  thing  that  chance  afforded. 

As  Hooker  has  told  us,  his  father's  house  "  was  the  resort  of 

voyagers  and  travellers  from  all  parts  of  the  world On 

the  occasion  of  a  visit  from  Koss,  he  told  my  father  of  his  hopes 
of  obtaining  the  equipment  of  an  expedition  to  discover  the  South 
Magnetic  Pole  ;  whereupon  my  father  brought  me  to  him  as  a 
youth  who  would  be  delighted  to  accompany  him  as  Xaturalist. 
E.OSS  received  me  very  kindly,  and  told  me  that  if  I  could  prepare 
myself  for  such  a  duty,  he  would  take  me.  The  Antarctic 
E.xpedition  saw  my  debut  in  a  scientific  career  "t.  To  travel  had 
always  been  Hooker's  dream  as  a  child,  and  he  relates  how  he  used 
to  look  at  the  pictures  in  Cook's  voyages  sitting  on  his  grand- 
father's knee  (Dawson  Turner).  The  one  that  took  his  fancy 
most  was  the  plate  of  Christmas  Harboui',  Kergueleu's  Land,  with 
the  arched  rock  standing  out  to  sea,  and  the  sailors  killing 
penguins.  He  was  consumed  with  the  desire  to  see  that  rock  and 
knock  penguins  on  the  head.  By  an  odd  coincidence  this  was  one 
of  the  first  places  he  visited  with  the  Antarctic  Expedition. 

The  fascination  and  interest  of  this  desolate  island,  the  flora  of 
which  he  fully  described,  appears  to  have  remained  throughout  his 
life.  In  a  letter  to  my  father,  written  during  a  visit  to  the 
Scottish  Highlands  t,  Hooker  says  : — 

"  Skye  Geology,  too,  impressed  me  much.  The  island  re- 
sembled some  of  the  Antarctic  ones  in  many  particulars  ;  and 
though  volcanic  on  the  whole,  it  contains  beds  representative  of 
most  or  all  the  British  Formations  from  the  Laurentian  upwards  ! 
and  I  could   not    help   wondering  if  future  discoveries,  say  in 

*  '  Letters  of  Asa  Gray,'  p.  317. 

t  Anniversary  Dinner  of  the  Royal  Soeiety,  Nov.  30,  1887.     Sir  Joseph 
Hooker's  replv  to  the  toast  of  "The  Medallists,"  p.  13. 
+  Dated  Aviemore,  Sept.  25,  1876. 


LINNEAX    SOCIETY    OF    LONDOiJf.  49 

Kerguelen's  Land,  ina}''  not  throw  as  much  hglit  on  the  Greology  of 
the  Antarctic  regions  as  8kye  alone  would  have  done  in  respect  of 
Northern  Europe.  Perhaps  the  fossil  wood  of  Kerguelen's  Land 
may  be  the  nucleus  of  a  great  liglit." 

On  his  return  from  the  Antarctic,  Hooker  at  once  took  in  hand 
the  description  of  his  rich  collections  and  the  elucidation  of  the 
Southern  Floras.  This  task  culminated  in  tlie  publication  of  the 
first  instalment  of  the  '  Flora  Antarctica  '  in  1847.  It  is  interesting 
to  note  at  this  period  the  influence  of  the  atmosphere  of  Bryology 
in  which  the  son  of  so  famous  a  Bryologist  as  Sir  William  Hooker 
had  been  brought  up.  His  earliest  published  papers  all  dealt  with 
Mosses,  and  on  his  return  from  the  Antarctic  it  was  the  Mosses, 
Liverworts,  Lichens  and  Algte  of  the  voyage  which  he  lirst  worked 
out  in  detail. 

In  a  letter  to  my  fatlier,  written  in  his  91st  year,  Hooker  states 
that  the  first  plant  he  ever  dissected  was  a  Moss*,  and  though 
throughout  the  middle  period  of  his  life  he  concerned  himself 
mainly  with  the  flowering  plants,  the  intention  was  always 
cherished  and  sometimes  referred  to,  so  my  father  tells  me,  of 
returning  to  the  group  once  more  when  the  burden  of  official  duties 
■should  fall  from  his  shoulders.  This  intention,  as  is  well  known, 
was  never  realised  ;  the  remarkable  and  difficult  genus  Imiiatiens 
absorbing  him  during  the  last  ten  years  of  his  life. 

In  the  course  of  his  travels  Hooker  had  come  into  frequent 
contact  with  fossil  plants,  and  in  1846  he  was  appointed  Botanist 
to  the  Geological  Survey  of  Great  Britain.  This  field  evidently 
was  a  congenial  one,  and  he  pursued  it  for  a  while  with  marked 
success.  It  is  not  necessary,  however,  here  to  record  in  detail 
Hooker's  work  as  a  Palseobotanist,  for  it  has  formed  the  main 
subject  matter  of  the  Presidential  Address  to  the  Fellows  of  this 
Society  delivered  last  May  by  our  retiring  President,  Dr.  D. 
H.  Scott.  This,  at  any  i-ate,  is  certain.  Had  Hooker  devoted  his 
life  to  this  branch,  the  history  of  fossil  botany  in  this  country 
must  have  been  profoundly  changed.  The  post  of  Botanist  to 
the  Geological  Survey  would  appear  to  have  been  long  obsolete, 
and,  so  far  as  the  State  is  concerned,  paheobotany  has  not  received 
the  encouragement  which  it  deserves,  having  regard  to  the  magni- 
tude of  the  coal  industry  of  Great  Britain  and  to  the  intrinsic 
importance  of  the  subject. 

Though  his  energies  were  directed  into  other  fields,  Hooker 
always  maintained  an  ardent  interest  in  the  progress  of  fossil 
botany  right  up  to  the  end  of  his  life.  It  is  stated  of  his  con- 
temporai-y,  Lindley,  that  he  abandoned  the  pursuit  of  fossil  botany 
lest  it  should  beguile  him  from  the  straight  path  of  systematics  ; 
in  the  case  of  Hooker  no  doubt  the  superior  attractions  of  travel 
and  phytogeography  proved  too  strong. 

*  "  Happily  my  eyes  are  as  good  and  my  fingers  as  nimble  at  dissecting 
under  the  microscope  as  when  I  coinmenceci  at  10  years  of  age — I  think  with 
a  Polytrichiim,"  from  letter  dated  Jan.  22nd,  1908. 

LINK.  SOC.  PROCEEDINGS. — SESSION  1911-1912.  e, 


5©  PROCEEDINGS   OF    THE 

Be  this  as  it  may,  towards  the  close  of  1847  Hooker  was  on  his 
way  10  India,  and  thus  on  tlie  threshold  of  perhaps  the  largest 
of  the  interests  that  entered  into  his  very  full  life.  This  journey 
came  as  a  natural  sequel  to  the  Antarctic ;  he  was  anxious  to  be- 
come acquainted  with  the  Tropics,  and  chose  India  in  preference 
to  South  America  because  so  much  of  its  geography  as  well  as  the 
botany  was  "involved  in  a  mystery  equally  attractive  to  the 
traveller  and  the  naturalist." 

The  immediate  outcome  of  this  journey,  which  extended  over 
three  years,  was  the  '  Himalayan  Journals,'  a  book  which  fittingly 
takes  its  place  beside  '  The  Voyage  of  the  lieagle  ' — from  the  un- 
published proof-sheets  of  which  Hooker  had  drawn  inspiration 
before  his  departure  with  lioss  to  the  Antarctic.  The  perusal  of 
these  '  Journals'  shows  how  incomparably  well  fitted  was  Hooker 
for  the  role  of  traveller  in  a  strange  country  full  of  difhculties. 
Though  circumstances  ultimately  determined  that  the  botanical 
results  should  prove  the  richest,  because  pursued  and  analysed 
farthest,  Hooker  was  no  mere  botanist.  These  notes  appeal  equally 
to  the  ethnologist,  the  zoologist,  the  geologist,  the  meteorologist, 
and  the  geographer.  In  several  of  these  fields,  especially  ludian 
topography,  Hooker  left  an  enduring  mark  ;  had  he  chosen  he 
could  have  attained  to  the  highest  eminence  in  any. 

Here  are  a  few  extracts,  taken  at  random  from  the  '  Journals, 
which  illustrate  some  of  his  many  sides  : — ■ 

"During  my  ten  days'  stay  at  Zemu  Sanidong,  I  formed  a 
large  collection  of  insects,  which  was  in  great  part  destroyed 
by  damp ;  many  were  new,  beautiful,  and  particularly  interesting, 
from  belonging  to  types  whose  geographical  distribution  is 
analogous  to  that  of  the  vegetation.  The  caterpillar  of  the 
swallow-tail  butterfly  was  common,  feeding  on  umbelliferous 
plants,  as  in  England ;  that  of  a  Sphynx  was  devouring  the 
euphorbias ;  the  English  '  painted-lady '  was  common,  as  were 
'  sulphurs,'  '  marbles,'  '  whites,'  '  blues,'  and  Thecla,  of  British 
aspect  but  foreign  species." 

"  As  the  rains  advanced,  insects  seemed  to  be  called  into 
existence  in  countless  swarms ;  moths,  cockchafers,  glow-worms,, 
and  cockroaches  made  my  tent  a  Noah's  Ark  by  niglit,  when  the 
candle  was  burning  ;  together  with  winged  ants,  may-flies,  flying 
earwigs,  and  many  beetles,  while  a  very  large  species  of  daddy- 
long-legs  swept  across  my  face  as  I  wrote  my  journal,  or  plotted 
off"  my  map." 

"  Bhomtso  [in  Tibet]  is  18,590  feet  above  the  sea  ;  it  presented' 
an   infinitely   more  extensive   prospect  than   I    had  ventured   to 

anticipate No  village  or  house  is  seen  throughout  the 

extensive  area  over  which  the  eye  roams  from  Bhomtso,  and  the 
general  character  of  the  desolate  landscape  was  similar  to  that 
which  I  have  described  as  seen  from  Donkia  pass.  The  wild  ass 
grazing  with  its  foal  on  the  sloping  downs,  the  hare  bounding 


LIXN^EAN    SOCIETY   OF    LONDON.  5 1 

over  the  stony  soil,  the  antelope  scouring  the  sandy  flats,  and  the 
fox  stealing  along  to  his  burrow,  are  all  desert  and  Tartarian 
types  of  the  animal  creation.  The  shrill  whistle  of  the  marmot 
alone  breaks  the  silence  of  the  scene,  recalling  the  snows  of  Lap- 
land to  the  mind ;  whilst  the  kite  and  raven  wheel  through  the 
air,  with  as  steady  a  pinion  as  if  that  atmosphere  possessed  the 
same  power  of  resistance  that  it  does  at  the  level  of  the  sea. 
Still  higher  in  the  heavens,  long  black   V-shaped  trains  of  wild 

geese  cleave  the  air One  plant  alone,  a  yellow  lichen 

(Borrera)  is  found  at  this  lieight,  and  that  only  as  a  visitor ;  for 
Tartar-like,  it  migrates  over  these  lofty  slopes  and  ridges,  blown 
about  by  the  violent  winds." 

"  The  Khasias  are  superstitious,  but  have  no  religion ;  like  the 
Lepchas,  they  believe  in  a  supreme  being,  and  in  deities  of  the 
grove,  cave,  and  stream.  Altercations  are  often  decided  by 
holding  the  disputants'  heads  under  water,  when  the  longest 
winded  carries  his  point.  Pining  is  a  common  punishment,  and 
death  for  grave  offences.  The  changes  of  the  moon  are  accounted 
for  by  the  theory  that  this  orb,  who  is  a  man,  monthly  falls  in 

love  with  his  wife's  motlier,  who  throws  ashes  in  his  face 

they  have  names  for  the  twelve  months  ;  they  do  not  divide  their 
time  by  weeks,  but  hold  a  market  every  fourth  day.  These  people 
are  industrious,  and  good  cultivators  of  rice,  millet,  and  legumes 
of  many  kinds  .  .  .  They  keep  bees  in  rude  hives  of  logs  of  wood," 

The  'Himalayan  Journals'  were  followed  in  1855  by  the  first 
volume  of  the  '  Flora  ludica '  in  conjunction  with  his  old  college 
friend,  Thomas  Thomson.  Though  the  work  was  never  continued 
in  the  form  then  planned,  this  volume  is  famous  for  its  Intro- 
ductory Essay  extending  over  260  pages.  This  essay,  besides 
presenting  a  masterly  analysis  of  the  vegetation  and  physical 
features  of  India,  gives  us  the  foundations  of  the  study  of  syste- 
matic botany  set  forth  as  only  Hooker  could  set  them  forth.  It 
also  shows  Hooker  as  the  fearless  critic  of  current  methods  in 
systematic  botany  by  which  that  branch  had  become  encumbered 
to  its  serious  disadvantage. 

The  Indian  flora  \Aas  taken  up  again  later  in  what  is  Hooker's 
greatest  floristic  work, '  The  Flora  of  British  India,'  which  appeared 
in  seven  volumes  between  the  years  1872  and  1897.  In  addition 
to  this  Hooker  completed  the  '  Ceylon  Flora'  of  Henry  Trimen,  and 
concluded  his  labours  in  this  field  with  'A  Sketch  of  the  Vegetation 
of  the  Indian  Empire  '  (1904).  Nor  can  it  be  said  that  Hooker 
ever  laid  aside  his  studies  on  the  Indian  Flora,  for  the  closing  years 
of  his  life  were  devoted  to  a  monograph  of  the  genus  Impatiens. 
In  this  connection  the  following  extract  from  a  letter  to  my 
father,  describing  his  method  of  ^^ork  (dated  Jan.  22,  ]908)  is  of 
interest : — 

"  I  have  been  at  work  ever  since  I  retired  on  Impatiens,  and 
have  m.onographed  all  the  Indian  and    Malayan    Species — well 

e2 


52  PBOOEUmNGS   OF    THE 

on  to  200 — and  am  now  at  China  proper,  from  wlience  I  have 
140  species,  of  wliich  not  a  dozen  are  natives  of  India  !  1  do 
not  know  which  is  the  more  diflicult  task — to  remove  and 
dissect  a  flower,  or  to  dassify  the  species,  or  to  describe  their 
variable  and  grotesque  organs  for  many  points  in  which  there  is 
no  teclnilcal  terminolog)\  Many  single  ilowers  of  these  curious 
species  especially  took  2  and  even  3  hours  to  lay  out  the  parts  for 
drawing  and  description — and  after  all  is  done  I  doubt  whether 
what  I  see,  draw,  and  describe  will  fit  in  with  the  living  flower  !  As 
it  is,  I  defy  the  acutest  botanist  to  tell  me  fron)  the  best  dried 
specimens  whether  there  are  2  or  4  lateral  sepals,  whether  the 
anthers  are  acute  or  didymous,  or — even  approximately — the  true 
form  of  a  single  floral  envelope.  To  get  at  these  you  must  remove 
and  moisten  the  flowers  and  spread  out  every  organ  flat  under 
water.  This  done,  I  secure  them  all  on  slips  of  gummed  paper  as 
evidences  of  the  fidelity  ?  of  my  sketches  that  go  w  ith  the  analyses 
into  the  Herbarium  ;  no  reagent  has  helped  me. 

"  I  have  the  loan  of  the  Paris  Chinese  Balsams,  70  species,  two- 
thirds  different  from  the  80-90  species  of  the  Herb.  Kew.  I  find 
the  bracts  (as  to  situation)  a  prime  character.  Indeed,  you  may 
divide  the  genus  into  two  groups,  one  with  the  lower  pedicel  of 
the  raceme  bracteate  at  the  base,  as  in  most,  or  ebracteate,  as  in 
Noli-me-tangere — the  latter  are  few  in  India  but  abound  in  China. 
Of  course  the  1-flowered  species  puzzle  you,  but  that  is  a  detail  ! 

"  After  the  bracts  I  think  the  anthers  come  next,  but  these  are 
so  small  and  so  crushed  in  dried  flowers  that  the  getting  at  their 
form  is  often  a  long  affair.  Lastly,  the  sectional  character  of  one 
region  won't  do  for  another ;  which  is  no  A^onder  when  you  con- 
sider that  of  some  64  species  of  India  AV^.  of  the  Bay  of  Bengal 
not  5  are  found  in  Burma  and  countries  E.  of  the  Bay,  and  only 
2  or  3  in  China. 

"I  will  bore  you  no  further — my  head  is  as  twisted  as  a  balsam 
flower  and  as  upside  down." 

Almost  everything  Hooker  undertook  was  conceived  on  the 
grand  scale  and  carried  through  with  a  tenacity  and  continuity  of 
driving  power  that  was  simply  marvellous.  AVhat  was  true  of 
the  Indian  Flora  applied  also  to  the  Antarctic.  Though  interrupted, 
this  was  brought  to  a  triumphant  conclusion  in  the  '  Introductory 
Essay  to  tlie  Flora  of  Australia,'  published  in  1859.  This,  no 
doubt,  was  Hooker's  most  brilliant  effort,  and  it  appeared  just  at 
the  right  moment.  In  it  are  discussed  the  general  phenomena 
of  variation  in  plants  and  the  distribution  of  plants  in  space  and 
time.  Then  follows  the  detailed  handling  of  a  special  case — that 
of  the  Australian  Flora.  The  headings  of  the  sections  in  a  single 
chapter  will  serve  to  illustrate  the  topics  considered  : — Circum- 
scription of  area  of  species,  and  causes  of  it;  lielative  distribution 
of  natural  groups  of  plants  ;  Insular  floras,  and  analogies  between 
them   and   mountain  floras,   and   between   the    geological   ages   of 


LINjS'EAN   society   of   LONDON.  53 

insular  and  other  floras ;  Existing  conditions  iv ill  not  account  for 
existing  distribution  ;  Effects  of  humidity  in  modifying  distribu- 
tion ;  Effects  of  the  Glacial  Epoch,  and  Darivin's  views  thereon. 
Coming  just  when  it  did,  this  essay  was  of  enormous  service  to  the 
cause  ol:  Darwinism.  Hooker  had  always  been  Darwiu's  right 
hand  man,  and  it  was  due  to  liis  well-judged  intervention  in  con- 
junction with  Lyell,  that  the  famous  Darwin-Wallace  joint  note 
on  Natural  Selection  was  presented  to  the  Linnean  Society  on 
July  1st,  1858.  The  matter,  however,  need  not  be  pursued  here, 
as  it  has  been  recently  embodied  in  extenso  in  a  special  volume 
issued  by  the  Society  on  the  occasion  of  the  Jubilee  celebration  on 
July  1st,  1908.  jtlooker's  friendship  and  scientific  connection 
with  Darwin  was  undoubtedly  the  most  important  experience  of 
his  lifetime,  and  was  frequently  alluded  to  by  him  M-itli  gratitude. 

Hooker,  now  40  years  of  age,  had  reached  the  plenitude  of  his 
powers,  and  must  have  been  a  great  figure  in  those  days.  He  had 
undertaken  two  great  journeys  in  regions  hitherto  veiled  in 
obscurity,  and  by  his  masterly  handling  of  the  enormous  masses 
of  data  he  had  accumulated,  he  became  the  virtual  founder  of 
phytogeography  as  a  science.  In  1855  he  was  appointed 
Assistant  Director  of  Kew  under  his  father ;  and  all  this  time 
he  was  behind  the  scenes  with  Darwin,  doing  yeoman  service  in 
the  cause  of  evolution  with  his  great  stores  of  knowledge,  good 
judgment,  and  fine  critical  powers. 

At  the  present  day  we  often  incline  to  be  envious  of  the 
apparent  ease  with  which  average  men  belonging  to  a  former 
genex'ation  took  their  place  as  recognised  authorities  whilst  still 
quite  young  ;  w^e  conceive  the  world  to  have  been  less  crowded 
then  and  the  public  less  satiated  with  the  results  of  modern 
science.  Whatever  substratum  of  justice  there  may  be  in  such 
jaundiced  reflections,  they  do  not  apply  to  the  case  of  Hooker. 
This  philosophically-minded  and  robust  man  of  action,  quick  in 
observation  and  sound  of  judgment,  always  ready  to  help  Avith 
acute  criticism,  such  a  man  was  bound  in  any  age  and  in  any  field 
to  tower  above  his  contemporaries.  The  best  material  brought  up 
in  the  best  of  schools,  the  early  Victorian  days  threw  into  fitting 
relief  this  vivid  and  indomitable  personality  which  really  belongs 
to  the  heroic  age.  A  hero  indeed  he  was  to  the  younger  men 
of  his  time,  as  I  gather  from  what  my  father  tells  me  of  his  own 
feeling  towards  Hooker  before  he  came  to  Kew. 

Tor  ten  years  (1855-1865)  Hooker  served  under  Sir  "William 
Hooker,  and  on  the  death  of  the  latter  naturally  succeeded  to  the 
Directorship  of  Kew,  a  position  which  he  held  till  1885. 

His  official  connection  with  Kew  was  marked  by  the  continued 
active  development  of  the  Gardens  along  the  lines  laid  down  by 
his  father.  It  was  under  the  Hookers  that  Kew  rose  into  fame, 
and  I  agree  with  Prof.  E.  O.  Bower  *  that  it  would  serve  no  useful 

*  An  Oration  on  Sir  Joseph  Dalton  Hooker.     Glasgow,  1912,  p.  15. 


54  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE 

purpose  to  attempt  to  disentangle  the  respective  shares  of  father 
:md  son  in  its  advancing  fortunes.  So  far  as  Kew  is  concerned 
the  appearance  of  the  Hookers  may  hest  be  regarded  as  a  single 
phenomenon.  Sir  William's  policy  had  been  large  and  en- 
lightened, and  it  was  not  likely  that  the  son  would  modify  its 
main  outlines.  Apart  from  material  expansion — and  many  new 
features  were  introduced — the  ollicial  duties  of  the  Director 
increased  continually.  Administration,  together  with  correspon- 
dence with  Government  departments  and  Colonial  gardens,  would 
have  overwhelmed  a  weaker  man,  but  Hooker  never  jiermitted  them 
to  interrupt  or  seriously  abate  his  scientitic  work.  In  Hooker,  the 
man  and  botanist  never  relapsed  into  the  official.  At  the  same 
time  he  kept  in  the  closest  touch  with  the  detailed  administrative 
work  of  Kew.  In  my  childhood  Hooker  was  a  familiar  figure  in 
tlie  Gardens,  going  his  daily  round  between  eleven  and  one 
o'clock,  commonly  in  company  with  Smith  the  Curator,  or  with  the 
appropriate  head  of  a  department.  These  encounters  were  much 
appreciated  by  us  children,  for  "  Dr.  Hooker"  always  had  a  cheery 
greeting  and  took  an  interest  in  our  pursuits.  I  remember 
one  day  his  challenging  me  to  swarm  up  one  of  the  wire  stays  of 
the  great  flagstaff,  and,  when  my  feet  dangled  over  his  head,  his 
peremptory  request  that  I  should  descend.  I  don't  know  whether 
Hooker  was  what  would  be  called  a  "children's  man,"  but  we  were 
all  immensely  devoted  to  him  ;  perhaps  because  he  kept  our  indi- 
vidualities distinct  and  identified  himself  with  our  intei'ests.  In 
his  own  house  on  the  occasion  of  children's  parties,  and  my  recol- 
lection of  the  Christmas  parties  with  "  tree  "  and  magic  lantern- 
slides  is  vivid,  Hooker,  although  he  didn't  hang  about,  always  came 
in  to  welcome  us  on  arrival,  and  to  say  good  bye.  I  have  also  seen 
him  emerge  as  a  roaring  lion  from  under  the  drawing-room  table, 
and  a  very  good  lion,  too  I 

As  Director,  Hooker  never  let  a  chance  slip  of  picking  up  a 
good  man.  The  following  reference  to  Mr.  Baker,  afterwards 
Keeper  of  the  Herbarium,  occurs  in  a  letter  to  my  father  in  1865. 
"  I  wonder  whether  Baker  would  ever  care  to  come  and  work  at 
Kew  for  a  few  weeks  at  a  time  if  we  paid  his  expenses  and  offered 
£1  a  week  ;  it  might  be  the  means  of  getting  him  on  the  staff 
eventually  ?" 

He  also  looked  after  his  subordinates,  as  is  well  illustrated  by 
the  following  extract  from  the  same  letter  : — 

"  I  had  a  talk  with .     He  corresponds  with  the  '  Cottage 

Gardener,'  but  offered  to  discontinue  it.  I  told  him  that  I  had 
no  objection,  but  that  no  part  of  his  time  between  8.30  and  5 
should  be  devoted  to  it.  1  also  spoke  of  smoking,  and  of  the 
necessity  of  resting  after  meals — which  you  siiould  be  told  of, 
too !      He   suffers    from    dyspepsia  (no    wonder)   and    promises 

reform."     To  what  extent  may  have  changed   his  ways  I 

cannot  say,  but  I  well  remember  that  my  father  always  used  to 
rest  on  the  sofa  for  a  quarter  of  an  hour  after  luncheon,  a  habit 


LIXNBAX    SOCIETY    OF    LOXDON.  55 

probably  attributable  to  advice  from  Hooker,  for  I  don't  think 
such  an  idea  would  ever  have  occurred  to  him  spontaneously  I 
And  also  by  this  (1871): — 

"  1  am  poauding  the  Board  to  get  an  Assistant  for  Smith,  who 
can  hardly  stagger  along  under  his  loads  of  duties  of  all  sorts," 

In  those  days  Kew  was  under  the  lioard  of  Works,  and  later 
Hooker  had  a  good  deal  of  trouble  with  one  of  the  ParUamentary 
heads.  It  is  no  use  raking  over  this  old  controversy  ;  suffice  to 
say  that  Hooker  more  than  held  his  own  and  was  victorious  in  the 
end.  I  imagine  no  man  was  less  toleraut  of  dictation  and  unin- 
teUigent  interference  than  Hooker.  Daring  the  seventies  of  last 
century  there  was  a  local  agitation — doubtless  promoted  by  the 
owners  of  houses  along  the  Richmond  Road — to  have  the  brick 
wall  which  enclosed  the  Grardens  on  this  .side  replaced  by  iron 
railings.  Hooker's  reply  was  to  add  another  five  or  six  feet  to  the 
height  of  this  wall  for  a  considerable  part  of  its  length,  and  so  it 
remains  to  the  present  day. 

I  iiave  heard  the  term  "hasty"  applied  to  Hooker,  but  cannot 
say  how  far  it  is  justified.  It  may  have  been  the  "  defect"  of  his 
x^uality  for  sound  and  rapid  generalisation.  Darwin  in  one  of  his 
letters  reproaches  Hooker  for  being  "  down  "  on  second-rate  men, 
and  there  is  no  doubt  that  Hooker  used  to  express  himself  em- 
phatically as  to  bad  craftsmanship  or  waste  of  time. 

C is  not  doing  any  good.     He  is  putting  out  for  Mueller 

bad  specimens  of  the  commonest  garden  things  and  putting  them 
up  in  clumsy  parcels  that  I  am  ashamed  to  send  out"  *. 

It  will  be  realised  how  annoyed  Hooker  must  have  been  with 

the  wretched  C ,   for  lie   himself  not   infrequently  sent  out 

plants  with  his  own  hands — a  habit  acquired  on  his  travels.  My 
father  tells  me  that  the  very  first  time  he  ever  met  Hooker,  on  the 
occasion  of  his  arrival  at  Kew  in  1858,  he  found  him  making  up 
such  parcels  to  send  av.ay  in  the  little  room  on  the  i-ight  of  the 
Herbarium  door. 

The  period  of  Hooker's  Directorship  included  numerous  publica- 
tions of  value  to  systematic  botany,  of  which  the  'Genera  Plantarum' 
was  in  many  ways  the  most  important  and  indispensable.  In  this 
great  work,  undertaken  in  conjunction  with  George  Bentham,  the 
whole  of  the  genera  of  flowering  plants  were  diagnosed  and 
delimited;  its  publication  extending  from  1863  to  1882.  To 
Hooker,  of  course,  systematic  botany  was  not  an  end  in  itself  but 
an  essential  instrument  in  the  solution  of  the  higher  problems,  the 
laws  that  control  evolution  and  dispersal  of  species,  and  the  rela- 
tion of  physical  changes  and  geology  to  these  laws. 

Hooker  never  lost  his  taste  for  travel  nor  failed  to  make  oppor- 
tunity for  it.  Among  his  minor  and  later  journeys  may  be 
mentioned  his  trip  to  the  Atlas  Mountains  of  Morocco  in  1871. 
His  travelling  companions  were  John  Ball,  the  famous  alpinist,  and 
'George  Maw,  well-known  for  his  elaborate  monograph  on  the  genus 

*  Letter  dated  1871. 


5<5  PllOCEEDlNGS   OF   THE 

Crocus.  The  following  extract  from  a  letter  written  from  Tetuan 
gives  us  a  glimpse  of  this  trio  in  the  field: — 

"  I  say  that  ViwW  finds  this  or  that  because  he  beats  me  Jtolloiv  in 
botanisii]g  and  is  making  a  splendid  herbarium.  1  find  my  eye- 
sight quite  fails  me  as  a  collector;  indeed,  1  have  been  remarking 
for  two  years  now  that  1  cannot  read  the  garden  labels  with  my 
spectacles  even,  except  I  stoop  down  *.  Mr.  Maw  has  a  marvellous 
eye  also,  especially  for  bulbs.  The  aggregate  knowledge  of  liall  and 
Maw  as  to  European  plants  is  simply  astounding.  Ball  knows  the 
smallest  flowerless  scrap  of  hundreds  of  obscure  things  (e.g.  Medi- 
cago,  Care.v,  and  such  like),  and  Maw  recognises  the  bulbs  by  leaf, 
however  like  the  long  grass  they  grow  amongst." 

In  the  summer  of  1877  Hooker  in  company  with  Asa  Gray,  the 
great  American  botanist,  undertook  a  journey  of  three  months' 
duration  in  California  and  elsewhere  in  the  United  States  of 
America.     Of  this  journey  Asa  Gray  wrote  t : — 

"  Never  were  such  busy  people  as  Hooker  and  I  the  whole  time. 
In  fact,  I  was  bound  to  make  Hooker  see  just  as  much  as  possible 
within  our  limited  time,  and  it  seemed  on  the  Avbole  best  for  us  to 
see  very  much  in  glimpses  and  snatches  rather  than  far  less  more 
leisurely  and  thoroughly.     He  will  have  told  you  of  our  over  nine 

thousand  miles  of  travel  together,  and  of  how  he  hked  it 

"We  should  like  to  do  it  all  over,  and  more.  But  especially  we 
should  like  to  see  California  in  green  attire.  JVot  that  we  are  not 
interested  and  taken  with  the  sere  aspect  of  these  western  regions 
in  summer,  which  we  fancy  more  than  Hooker  does.  In  fact,  the 
greenness  of  England  is  so  congenial  to  him  that  he  took  more 
delight  in  our  eastern  States,  which  he  had  mere  glimpses  of, than 
in  all  the  wide  western  region,  though,  of  course,  there  was  more 
to  learn  in  these." 

The  rambling  spirit  in  Hooker  enabled  him  fully  to  enjoy  more 
modest  excursions.  The  following  is  a  typical  extract  from  a 
holiday  letter  written  from  the  High  Force,  Teesdale,  in  ]865. 
As  indicated  in  the  previous  extract  from  A?a  Gray,  bleak  mono- 
tonous landscape  was  little  to  his  liking. 

"  I  call  the  country  here  Mdeotis  aw  ay  from  the  ri^  er  banks, 
which  are  charming.  We  are  vastly  pleased  with  the  place,  for 
even  the  hideous  moors  make  capital  hale  walking  ground  and  the 

moraines  are  most  interesting AVe  enjoy  this  place  very 

much  ;  it  is  just  the  sort  of  climate  for  my  wife,  and  I  am  rapidly 
getting  into  that  condition  when  after  breakfast  dinner  is  the  only 
subject  worth  a  thought.  I  have  botanised  Cronkley  pretty  well 
and  got  most  of  the  good  plants — nothing  new  as  yet,  but  a  little 
Juncns  of  which  I  send  specimen  enclosed,  it  is  most  abundant 

*  Tlicre  was  notbing  seriously  amiss  with  his  eycsigbt,  as  the  footnote  at 
p.  49  shows. 

t  '  Letters  of  Asa  Gray,'  1893,  p.  671. 


LIXNEAN    SOCIETY   OF    LONDOK.  57 

hereabouts,  growing  with  snjyinns,  but  always  quite  different.  The 
roots  feel  knotted ;  it  swarms  from  the  Torce  up  to  the  top  of 
Cronkley  and  never  varies.  If  you  can't  make  it  into  a  new 
species  I  must  send  it  to  Eabington  !    Bentham  is  puzzled  with  it." 

The  following  account  of  a  visit  to  Backhouse's  nursery  at  York 
was  written  at  the  same  time,  and  is  of  interest  for  its  defence  of 
the  system  of  cultivation  under  glass  that  is  usually  followed  in 
botanic  gardens. 

"  We  were  delighted  with  Backhouse's  nursery.  The  collection 
of  Alpines  is  wonderful  and  entirely  successful,  and  we  ought  to 
have  something  of  the  kind  at  Kew  *. 

"The  underground  fernery  rather  disappointed  me,  though  very 
wonderful  in  its  way.  Many  of  the  tilings  do  better  than  in  pots, 
many  worse.  But  I  am  beginning  to  think  that  my  dislike  to 
Ward's  case  cultivation  and  these  devices  of  Backhouse  and 
Bewley,  &c.,  arises  from  the  fact  that  though  nearer  imitations 
of  nature  than  our  house-aud-pot  system,  they  are  failures  by 
direct  comparison  with  nature.  No  one  compares  the  house-and- 
pot  system  with  nature  and  no  comparison  is  suggested  :  with 
these  systems  it  is  the  contrary — lam  taken  to  a  muggy,  close, 
damp,  slimy  hole,  the  contrast  of  which  to  the  fresh  air  ot 
heaven  in  the  plants'  native  habitat  is  too  violent,  and  the  fact 
of  the  plant  growing  as  well  in  the  one  case  as  the  other,  rather 
shocks  than  gratifies." 

The  occasional  addresses  and  lectures  delivered  by  Hooker  at 
meetings  of  the  British  Association,  of  which  he  was  President 
at  Norwicli  in  18G9,  reach  a  very  high  standard  indeed.  Those 
dealing  with  Geographical  Botany  were  especially  remarkable. 

Hooker's  eminence  marked  him  out  for  the  Presidential  chair  of 
the  Eoyal  Society  (1873-77),  and  it  is  a  tribute  to  his  marvellous 
vigour  that  he  was  able  successfully  to  grapple  with  the  onerous 
duties  of  this  post  during  his  period  of  full  work  at  Kew.  As  a 
rule  the  presidentship  is  held  by  a  veteran  already  in  the  enjoy- 
ment of  some  leisure  from  the  active  pursuits  of  his  life. 

Unlike  his  father.  Hooker  had  little  direct  experience  as  a 
teacher  of  botany  in  academic  institutions,  though  he  held  an 
assistantship  in  the  botanical  department  of  the  University  of 
Edinburgh  for  a  brief  period  on  his  return  from  the  Antarctic, 
None  the  less  the  educational  side  of  botany  always  interested 
him  deeply,  and  was  often  the  subject  of  comment  in  his  letters  to 
my  father.  The  following,  written  in  1862,  merits  repetition  at 
the  present  day  : — 

"  I  do  not  approve  of  working  a  professoriate  like  a  school  or 
a  college  coacJi ;    it  is  a  mistake  depend  upon  it.      Good  free 

*  Eealised  in  1882. 


58  PnOCEEDIXGS    or    THE 

lecturing,  attention  to  fundamentals,  and  working  with  schedules* 
is  more  than  enough  for  -^  of  the  men,  and  quite  enough  for 
3  months  work  with  men  who  have  other  things  to  attend  to. 
With  such  coaching  the  men  hecome  absolutely  helpless  when 
turned  out — all  self-reliance  is  gone." 

IJis  views  on  the  scope  and  importance  of  botanical  training  are 
given  at  some  length  in  the  Introduction  to  the  *  Flora  ludica.' 
1  am  indebted  to  Mr.  Alfred  Mihies,of  the  Univei'sity  of  Loudon, 
for  the  information  that  Hooker  acted  as  Examiner  m  J3otany  to 
the  University  during  two  periods  of  ilve  years  each.  Those  of  his 
writings  best  known  to  students  are  Hookers  '  students'  Flora 
of  the  British  Islands  '  (1870),  the  most  scholarly  of  all  our  floras, 
the  English  edition  of  Le  Maout  and  JJecaisne's  '  General  System 
of  Botany,' translated  by  Mrs.  Hooker  (1873),  a  Primer  on  Botany 
(187G),  and  Bentham  &  Hooker's  'Handbook  of  the  British 
Flora'  (1887). 

To  the  publications  of  our  Society  Hooker  was  a  copious 
contributor.  Tlie  best  known  of  his  papers  are  perhaps  his 
"Outlines  of  the  Distribution  of  Arctic  Plants"  (18Gl),and  the  very- 
important  monograph  "On  Wehvitschia"  (ISd'S).  The  discovery 
of  this  plant  had  ax-oused  a  very  lively  interest  at  the  time,  and 
Hooker's  Memoir  was  a  detailed,  intensive  study  of  its  morphology, 
development,  and  histology,  in  recent  years,  at  the  initiative  of 
Prof.  Pearson,  of  the  South  African  College,  Wehvitsclda  has 
been  the  subject  of  a  fine  series  of  additional  papers  extending 
our  knowledge  in  many  ways.  It  is,  however,  safe  to  say  that, 
subject  to  the  methods  of  investigation  and  amount  of  material 
available  half  a  century  ago,  the  original  account  still  holds  its 
place.  This  and  a  few  other  papers  in  the  same  field  show 
Hooker's  capacity  to  work  successfully  along  lines  which  were 
not  generally  pursued,  at  any  rate  in  this  country,  for  another 
fifteen  or  t\\'enty  years. 

In  addition  to  a  fine  incisive  literary  style.  Hooker  had  artistic 
gifts  of  a  high  order  which  were  freyly  employed  in  connection 
with  his  pursuits.  None  but  an  artist  could  have  knocked  off  the 
panoramic  views  reproduced  in  the  first  edition  of  the  'Himalayan 
Journals,'  whilst  his  drawings  of  pints,  tissues  and  the  like  were 
exc(;llent.  The  sheets  of  dried  plants  which  passed  through  his 
hands  for  description  gained  much  in  value  from  the  sketches  of 
analyses  with  which  it  was  his  practice  to  embellish  them. 

In  the  conduct  of  tlie  affairs  of  our  Society  Hooker  always 
showed  the  greatest  activity  ;  and  he  served  on  the  Council  for 
periods  aggregating  twenty  years.  It  was  largely  at  his  instigation 
that  the  'Journal '  of  the  Society  was  founded;  the  circumstances 
are  given  in  the  following  passage  t : — 

*  The  reference  i.s  doubtless  to  the  schedules  introduced  by  J.  S.  Henslow, 
by  means  of  which  students  could  exhibit  the  salient  external  features 
of  a  plant. 

t  Extracted  from  Jackson's  Life  of  George  Bentham,  1906,  pp.  169-170. 


LINNEAN   SOCIETY   OF   LONDON".  59 

"  A  small  dinner-party  in  their  rooms  (at  91  Victoria  Street)  on 
2nd  March  (1855)  was  arranged  with  Professor  T.  Bell,  President 
of  the  Linnean  Society,  and  Dr.  Hooker,  to  discuss  starting  an 
octavo  journal  on  behalf  of  the  Society.  This  was  ultimately 
achieved,  but  with  great  opposition  from  J.  J.  Bennett,  the 
Secretary,  and  Eobert  Brown,  opposition  which  made  Bentham 
almost  hopeless  of  success.  The  custom  then  was  to  issue  one 
part  of  the  Transactions  annually,  and  the  idea  of  a  quarterly 
journal  to  those  trained  in  the  leisureliness  of  Kobert  Brown,  was 
novel  and  distasteful." 

In  this  connection  the  following  letter  to  Dr.  Daydon  Jackson, 
the  last  which  Hooker  wrote  to  the  Society,  though  it  refers  to  a 
trivial  matter,  will  be  read  with  interest.  It  is  dated  July  13, 
1911. 

"  I  have  just  received  from  Linn.  Soc.  a  most  interesting 
number  for  me.  I  had  no  idea  that  70  years  ago  I  had  gutted  the 
Falkland  Islands  botanically  so  thoroughly. 

"But  my  chief  object  in  writing  is  to  ask  whether  it  might  not  be 
expedient  to  have  the  edges  of  the  leaves  of  the  Journal  cut  before 
issue  ?  The  time  and  temper  it  costs  me  to  cut  the  leaves  of  the 
many  books  I  have  to  read  is  I  fear  registered  against  me  aloft, 
and,  in  these  days  of  innumerable  books  that  one  must  read, 
it  would  be  a  mercy  to  have  the  leaves  cut,  of  which  the 
(Geographical,  Koyal,  and  Statistical  Societies'  Journals  set  good 
examples." 

The  suggestion  as  to  the  cutting  of  the  leaves  of  the  Journal 
was  at  once  adopted  by  the  Council. 

As  we  have  seen,  Hooker  in  retirement  maintained  his  activity 
to  the  last,  and  the  output  of  this  period  alone  would  have  been  a 
creditable  record  for  an  ordinary  man.  His  interest  in  the 
progress  of  botany  was  unabated  and  the  men  of  younger  genera- 
tions derived  much  encouragement  from  his  kindly  sympathy  and 
frank  criticism.  Although  ni.  retirement,  no  one  ever  dreamt  of 
thinking  of  Hooker  as  on  the  shelf ;  he  was  always  consulted 
when  anything  important  was  afoot,  and  he  remained  to  the  last 
by  universal  acclaim  the  greatest  of  living  botanists. 

Of  public  honours  a  goodly  share  was  showered  upon  Hooker, 
the  most  notable  perhaps  being  the  Copley  Medal  of  the  Eoyal 
Society  (1887),  and  the  Order  of  Merit  (1907).  From  this 
Society  he  received  one  of  the  first  two  Liunean  Medals  in 
1888 — the  other  going  to  Owen — and  in  1897  a  Medal  struck 
to  commemorate  his  80th  birthday.  He  was  also  the  recipient 
of  one  of  our  Darwin- AVallace  Medals  on  the  occasion  of  the 
celebration  held  by  this  Society  in  1908 — at  which  celebration  he 
was  present  and  played  a  leading  part. 

For  the  list  of  papers  contributed  by  Sir  Joseph  Hooker  to  the 
publications  of  this  Society,  herewith  appended,  I  am  indebted  to 
the  courtesy  of  Dr.  Daydon  Jackson.     I  have  to  thank  my  father. 


Oo  PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE 

who  was  Hooker's  colleague  at  Kew  for  nearly  30  years,  for  much 
iuforniation  and  for  access  to  the  correspondence  from  which 
numerous  extracts  have  been  drawn. 

The  portrait  which  accompanies  this  notice  is  reproduced  from 
the  photograph  taken  by  Mrs.  Cameron  in  1868.  It  has  always 
been  counted  an  admirable  likeness  of  Sir  Joseph  Hooker  in 
middle  life.  [F.  "W.  Oliter.] 

List  of  Papers  bi/  Sir  J.  D.  Hooker  in  the  issues  of 
the  Linneun  Society. 

1.  In  the  Transactions. 

1847.  An  enumevation  of  the  Plants  of  the  Galapagos  Archipelago, 
with  descriptions  of  those  that  are  new.    Trans,  xx.  pp.  lb"3-233. 

1847.  On  tlie  Vegetation  of  the  Galajjagos  Archipelago,  as  compared 
with  that  of  some  other  tropical  islands  and  of  the  Continent 
of  America.     Trans,  xx.  pp.  :^3o-262. 

1856.  On  the  structure  and  affinities  of  Balanophorete.      Trans,  xxii. 

pp.  1-68;  ])ls.  1-16. 

1857.  On  the  growth  and  composition  of  the  Ovarium  of  Siphotiodon 

celastrineus,  Griffith,  especially  with  reference  to  the  subject  of 
its  placentation.     Trans,  xxii.  pp.  133-139,  pi.  26. 
1859.  On  the  origin  and  development  of  the  Pitchers  of  Nepenthes,  with 
an  account  of  some  new  Bornean  plants  of  that  genus.     Trans, 
xxii.  pp.  415-424,  pis.  69-74. 

1859.  On  a  new  genus  of  Balanophoreae  from  New  Zealand,  and  two 

new  species  of  BuUmophora.     Trans,  xxii.  pp.  425-427,  pi.  75. 

1860.  Illustrations  of  the  Floras  of  the  Malayan   Archipelago  and  of 

Tropical  Africa.     Trans,  xxiii.  ])p.  155-172,  pis.  20-28. 

1861.  Outlines  of  the  Distribution  of  Arctic  Plants.    Trans,  xxiii.  pp.  251- 

348.  pi.  32  (map). 

1861.  On  three  Oaks  of  Palestine.     Trans,  xxiii.  pp.  381-387,  pis.  36-38. 

1863.  On  Wehcitschia,  a  new  ffenus  of  Gnetacese.  Trans,  xxiv.  pp.  1-48, 
pis.  1-14. 

1865.  Description  of  some  new  and  remarkable  species  of  An'stolochia 
from  "Western  Tropical  Africa.   Trans,  xxv,  pp.  185-187,  pi.  14. 

1886.  On  the  Castillca  elastica  of  Cervantes,  ai.d  some  allied  rubber- 
yielding  plants.  Trans.  2nd  Ser.  Bot.  ii.  pp.  209-215,. 
pis.  27,  28. 

2.  In  the  Journal  (Botany). 

1856.  On  some  collections  of  Arctic  plants,  chicHy  made  by  Dr.  Lyall, 
Dr.  Anderson,  Ilerr  Miert selling,  and  31r.  Pae,  during  the 
Expeditions  in  search  of  Sir  John  Franklin,  under  Sir  John 
Richardson,  Sir  I'Mward  Belcher,  and  Sir  Robert  McClure^ 
Joiirn..  Bot.  i.  pp.  114-124. 

1856.  On  the  Botany  of  Raoul  Inland,  one  of  the  Kermadec  group  in  the 
South  Pacific  Ocean.     Journ.  i.  pp.  125-129. 

1860.  On  Fropiora,  a  ni>w  Mauritian  genus  of  Calycifloral  Exogens,  of 
doubtful  affinity.     Journ.  v.  pp.  1-2, 

1860.  On  Barter  id,  a  new  genus  of  Passiflorese  from  the  Niger  River. 
Journ,  V.  pp.  14-15. 


LINNEAN    SOCIETY    OF    LOXDO^f.  6 1 

1861.  On  the  Vegetation  of  Clarence  Peak,  Fernando  Po;  with  de- 
scriptions of  the  Phmts  collected  by  Mr.  Gustav  Maun  on  tlie 
higher  parts  of  that  ^lountain.     Journ.  vi.  pp.  1-23. 

1864.  On  a  new  Helicunia  with  the  habit  of  a  Musa,  sent  from  New 
Granada  by  Dr.  A.  Authoine  to  the  Ptoyal  Gardens,  Kew. 
Journ.  vii.  pp.  68-69. 

1864.  On  the  Plants  of  the  Temperate  Regions  of  the  Cameroons 
Mountains  and  Islands  in  the  Bight  of  Benin,  collectedjiy 
Mr.  Gustav  Mann,  Government  Botanist.  Journ.  vii.  pp.  171- 
240,  pi.  1. 

I860.  On  the  Identity  of  P'miis  Pence,  Griseb.  of  Macedonia,  with 
the  P.  excelsa  of  the  Himalaya  Mountains.  Journ.  viii. 
pp.  14.5-147. 

1869.  On  the  true  Fuchsia  coccinea  of  Aiton.     Journ.  x.  pp.  450-461. 

1874.  On  the  Subalpine  Vegetation  of  KiHma  Njaro,  E.  Africa.  Journ. 
xiv.  pp.  141-146. 

1874.  On  Hi/dnora  americana,  R.  Br.     Journ.  xiv.  pp.  182-188. 

1875.  On  the  discovery  of  PhijUca  arborea,  Thouars,  a  tree  of  Tristan 

d'Acunha,  in  Amsterdam  Island,  in  the  S.  Indian  Ocean,  with 

an  enumeration  of  the  Phanerogams  and  Vascular  Cryptogams 

of  that  Island  and  of  St.  Paul.     Journ.  xiv.  pp.  474-480. 
1875.  Observations  on  some  Indian  species  of  Garcinia.     Journ.  xiv. 

pp.  484-486. 
1882.  On  Dyera,  a  new  genus  of  rubber-producing  plants  belonging  to 

the  Natural  Order  Apocynaceae,  from  the  Malayan  Archipelago. 

Journ.  xix.  pp.  291-293. 
1882.  Preliminary  Note   to   Prof.  Watt's  Indian   species  of  Primula. 

Journ.  XX.  p.  1. 

1884.  Introductory  Note  to  Mr.  C.  B.  Clarke's  Notes  on  the  Flora  of 

Parasnatii,  a  mountain  of  North-western  Bengal.     Journ.  xxi. 
p.  252. 

1885.  List  of  the  Plants  collected  by  Mr.  Thomson,  F.R.G.S.,  on  the 

Mountains  of  Eastern  Equatorial  Africa,  by  Prof.  Daniel 
Oliver,  F.R.S. ;  with  observations  on  their  distribution  by 
Sir  J.  D.Hooker,  F.R.S.  Journ.  xxi.  pp.  392-406.  [Sir  Joseph 
Hooker's  Obs.  are  on  pp.  392-396.] 
1904.  On  the  species  of  Impatiens  in  the  W^allichian  Herbarium  of  the 
Linnean  Society.     Journ.  xxxvii.  pp.  22-32. 

With  T.  Thomson. 

1857.  Praecursores  ad  Floram  Indicam :  being  Sketches  of  the  Natural 
Families  of  Indian  Plants,  with  Remarks  on  their  Distribution, 
Structure,  and  Affinities.  Journ.  Bot.  ii.  pp.  1-29  [Cam- 
panulaceaj]. 

1857.  [SaxifrageiB,  etc.].     Journ.  ii.  pp,  54-96,  pis.  1,  2. 

1858.  „  „       „    „     97-103. 

1858.  [Caprifoliacese].  „       „    „     16.3-180. 

1859.  Balsaminese.  „      iv.  „     106-157. 

1S61.  Cruciferaj.  „       v.   „     128-181. 

1864.  On  the  genus  JEuptelea,  Sieb.  &  Zucc.     Journ.  vii.  pp.  240-244, 

pi.  2. 
1864.  Description  of  a  new  genus  of  Scrophularineai  from  Martaban 

{Brandisi(t].     Journ.  viii.  pp.  11-12,  pi.  4. 


62  PnOCEEDIXtiS   OF   THE 

The  l'ollo\\ing  dates  may  be  used  to  supplement  the  foregoijig 
vivid  sketch  of  a  remarkable  personality. 

The  late  Sir  Joseph  Hooker  was  born  on  the  30th  June,  1817, 
at  Halesworth,  Suffolk,  ^\  here  his  parents  were  settled  for  a  short 
time,  on  property  belonging  to  Dawson  Turner,  his  maternal 
grandfather.  He  received  his  early  education  at  the  High  School, 
and  in  the  faculty  of  Arts  and  the  Medical  Faculty  in  the 
University  of  Glasgow.  Having  taken  his  degree  in  1839,  he 
was  appointed  Assistant  Surgeon  to  the  Eoyal  Kavy,  and  as  such 
he  accompanied  Sir  James  Ross  on  his  Antarctic  Expedition  oE 
1839-1843.  After  his  return  he  was  Assistant  to  Professor 
Graham  in  the  University  of  Edinburgh,  and  from  1845-1847 
Botanist  to  the  Geological  Survey.  His  famous  travels  in  India 
cover  the  four  years  from  1847  to  1851.  In  1855,  he  became 
Assistant  Director  to  his  father  at  Kew,  on  whose  death,  in  18G5, 
he  succeeded  to  the  Directorship,  which  he  held  until  his  retire- 
ment in  1885.  It  was  during  this  period  that  he  travelled  in 
Palestine  ( 1 8G0),  in  Morocco  (1871),  and  in  the  United  States  (1877). 

He  was  twice  married,  first  to  a  daughter  of  Prof.  J.  S. 
Henslow  in  1851,  who  died  in  1874,  and  second,  the  widow  of 
the  late  Sir  AV.  Jardine  in  1876,  who  survives  him.  He  died  at 
"The  Camp,"  Sunningdale,  10th  December,  1911,  and  was  buried 
five  days  later  at  Kew,  beside  his  father,  amidst  a  large  gathering 
of  his  friends  and  colleagues. 

By  will  lie  left  £100  free  of  duty  to  the  Linnean  Society,  and 
the  reversion  of  his  large  collection  of  medals,  which  are  now 
shown  on  loan  by  Lady  Hooker  in  the  rooms  of  the  Society. 

[0.  S.  &  B.  D.  J.] 

Geouge  Maw  was  born  in  London  on  December  lOtb,  1832. 
His  father  was  John  Hornby  Maw,  then  partner  of  a  firm  of 
surgical  instrument  makers  in  London.  George  received  his  early 
education  at  home,  mainly  at  Hastings,  where  his  father  had 
removed  in  1839.  At  the  age  of  16  or  17  he  went  to  the  Agri- 
cultural College  at  Cirencester  with  the  idea  of  becoming  a  farmer. 
Although  he  was  very  successful  there,  gaining  five  certificates  of 
honour  and  a  certificate  of  merit,  he  gave  up  the  agricultural 
career  and  joined  his  younger  brother,  Arthur,  in  establishing  in 
1850  a  factory  of  encaustic  tiles  at  Worcester,  which  two  years 
later  was  removed  to  Benthall,  Broseley,  Shropshire.  His  father 
had  been  a  man  of  much  knowledge  and  culture  and  especially 
artistic  gifts,  and  so  was  his  son  George. 

His  reputation  as  a  chemist  was  considerable.  As  geologist  he 
was  a  fertile  and  many-sided  writer  and  successful  worker. 
Among  many  papers  his  account  of  the  structure  of  the  Great 
Atlas,  with  his  demonstration  of  the  former  extension  of  glaciers 
in  that  chain  of  mountains  down  to  5800  feet,  and  his  treatise  on 
the  disposition  of  iron  in  variegated  strata  may  be  mentioned 
especially.     ^Nevertheless,  geologists  seem  to  be  inclined  to  count 


LINNEATf   SOCIETY   OF   LONDON.  6;^ 

him  rather  as  a  botanist  than  one  of  their  own  brotherhood.  This 
may  be  on  account  of  his  early  inchnations  towards  botany  and  his 
love  for  collecting  plants  wherever  he  Avent,  be  it  for  his  herbarium 
or  for  his  beautiful  garden  at  Bentliall  Hall,  whence  not  a  feW'- 
novelties  found  their  way  into  other  English  gardens.  His  merits 
in  this  respect  were  summed  up  by  8ir  J.  D.  Hooker  in  these 
words  :  "  No  one  of  late  years,  or  perhaps  ever,  has  collected  with 
his  own  hands  so  many  of  these  (i.  e.,  hardy  herbaceous  plants)  for 
transmission  to  England,  cultivated  them  with  more  success,  or 
distributed  them  with  more  liberality."  But  his  claim  to  recogni- 
tion as  a  scientific  botanist  rests  almost  entirely  on  a  very  narrow 
field,  which,  however,  he  exploited  to  the  utmost  with  the  keen 
eye  of  the  trained  observer  and  the  love  of  the  enthusiast.  It  is 
circumscribed  by  the  limits  of  tlie  genus  Crocus,  which  he  studied 
with  rare  thoroughness  in  the  field  and  in  his  garden,  where  he 
succeeded  in  forming  an  almost  complete  living  collection  of  the 
67  species  recognised  by  him.  The  result  of  his  labours,  which 
extended  over  more  than  10  years,  was  a  monograph  which  was 
published  in  1S8G.  It  is  the  more  valuable  as  it  is  beautifully 
illustrated  from  his  own  drawings,  which  also  shov\-  him  as  an 
artist  of  no  common  powers.  A  long  series  of  articles  in 
'The  Gardeners'  Chronicle'  and  a  paper  on  "Notes  on  the 
life-history  of  a  Crocus,  and  the  classification  and  geographical 
distribution  of  the  genus,"  in  the  Journal  of  this  Society  (vol.  xix. 
1882),  preceded  the  publication  of  the  monograph.  Extensive 
journeys  in  Europe  and  travels  in  North  Africa  (1871)  and  Asia 
Minor  (1877)  contributed  as  much  to  his  botanical  education,  as 
they  went  to  enrich  his  collection  of  living  plants  and  especially 
of  Crocuses.  Best  known  of  them  is  his  visit  to  the  Great  Atlas 
of  Morocco,  which  he  undertook  in  company  of  Sir  Joseph  D. 
Hooker  and  Mr.  John  Ball  in  1871. 

He  joined  the  Linnean  Society  in  1860.  The  dedication  of  a 
volume  (1874)  of  the  '  Botanical  Magazine'  by  Sir  Joseph  Hooker 
and  of  a  volume  of  'The  Garden'  (1878)  by  Mr.  William  Robinson, 
"were  fitting  tokens  of  recognition  of  his  enthusiastic  love  of 
plants.  Unfortunately  the  latter  part  of  his  life  v\as  clouded  by 
ill-health  which  obliged  him  to  seek  seclusion.  He  left  Broseley 
in  1886,  and  died  in  retirement  at  Kenley,  Surrey,  on  February  7th 
of  the  present  year.  A  portrait  of  him  was  published  in  'The 
Garden,'  vol.  xiv.  No.  371,  and  a  review  of  Benthall  Hall,  his  home, 
in  'The  Gardeners'  Chronicle'  of  February  12th,  1881.  The 
number  of  'The  Garden'  quoted  also  contains  an  enumeration  of 
the  journeys  undertaken  by  Mr.  Maw  up  to  1878.         [0.  Staff.] 

OcTAVius  Albert  Satce  was  born  in  1862,  educaled  at  the  Scotch 
College,  Melbourne,  and  entered  business,  becoming  a  commercial 
traveller.  During  this  period  he  made  constant  use  of  the  micro- 
scope, and  succeeded  in  securing  a  position  on  the  stafi:  of 
Melbourne  University. 


64  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE 

A  good  field  naturalist,  especially  in  the  Coleoptera,  he  passed 
through  a  course  of  practical  biology,  where  his  previous  acquain- 
tance with  chemical  manipulation  stood  him  in  good  stead.  His 
first  important  ])apor  on  GniUotalpa  when  printed  was  sent  to  our 
late  colleague,  Prof.  tr.  J3.  Howes,  who  sent  a  postcard  simply 
inscribed  "Good.  Go  on. — G.  B.  H.,"  which  encouraged  Sayce 
to  persevere. 

About  tlie  year  1902  he  turned  his  attention  to  the  Crustacea, 
and  in  190(5  was  appointed  Demonstrator  and  Assistant  Lecturer 
ou  Bacteriology  in  the  University  ;  it  was  shortly  after  this  that 
his  paper  on  Kootiumja  cursor  was  published  in  our  Transactions 
(Zool.  xi.  pt.  1,  1908) ;  on  the  2nd  December,  1909,  he  was 
<}lected  A.L.S.,  a  distinction  greatly  valued  by  him. 

In  April  1911,  he  was  appointed  the  first  Director  of  the 
J^acteriological  Institute  of  South  Australia,  but  did  not  live  to 
take  up  his  new  position.  He  died  of  pneumonia  after  a  few- 
days'  illness,  on  the  29th  April,  1911,  and  was  buried  on  the 
1st  May  following.  The  day  of  his  death  had  been  fixed  for  his 
entrance  on  his  new  duties.  His  widow  passed  aw  ay  eight  weeks 
later,  on  the  24th  June,  largely  due  to  the  shock  of  her  husband's 
•death. 

A  full  bibliography  will  be  found  in  'The  Yictoriau  Naturalist' 
for  June  1911,  p.  27,  appended  to  a  sympathetic  notice  of  Mr. 
Sayce,  from  which  the  foregoing  notice  has  been  derived,  supple- 
mented by  a  letter  from  Mr.  F.  Chapman,  A.L.S.  [B.  D.  J.] 

Eduakd  Strasburger. — The  intelligence  of  the  unexpected  and 
sudden  death  of  Eduard  Strasburger  on  the  19th  May,  1912, 
was  received  on  the  eve  of  our  last  Anniversary  Meeting,  and 
saddened  the  many  amongst  our  Fellows  who  knew  and  honoured 
our  distinguished  Foreign  Member. 

He  was  born  in  Warsaw,  on  1st  February,  1844,  and  received 
his  first  botanical  training  at  the  University  of  Bonn,  under 
Hermann  Schacht,  and  where  Julius  Sachs  was  then  a  teacher  in 
the  Poppelsdorf  Agricultural  Academy.  Schacht  died  suddenly 
in  1864,  and  Strasburger,  thus  deprived  of  his  professor,  decided 
to  migrate  to  Jena,  to  benefit  by  the  lectures  of  Nathan  Prings- 
heira,  whom  he  had  already  met  at  Bonn.  In  after  years  he 
owned  the  impetus  derived  from  Pringsheim,  and  his  association 
with  Ernst  Haeckel.  It  was  due  to  the  latter  that,  upon  the 
retirement  of  Pringsheim  in  1869,  Strasburger  was  called  to  the 
chair,  at  the  age  of  25  years.  It  was  in  this  very  year  that  the 
first  production  of  Strasburger's  pen  saw  the  light:  "Die 
Befruchtung  bei  den  Coniferen,"  which  happened  to  offend 
Hofmeister,  because  the  author  sought  to  prove  that  the  "  cor- 
puscula  "  do  not  corresponds  to  the  embryo-sacs  of  Angiosperins, 
but  are  archegonia. 

Three   years    later    he   issued   his   "  Die   Coniferen   und   die 


LIXNEAN    SOCIETY    OF    LONDOX.  65 

G-netaceeii'  in  octavo,  with  a  quarto  atlas  of  plates,  and  in  1873, 
his  briefly  entitled  "  Ueber  Azolla." 

In  1S75  came  out  his  "  Ueber  Zellbildung  und  Zelltheilung,'' 
which  reached  the  second  edition  the  next  year,  and  the  third 
in  1S80,  besides  versions  in  other  languages.  From  this  time 
onward,  Strasburger  was  the  foremost  worker  in  botanic  cytology, 
and  his  labours,  extending  over  35  }'ears,  have  proved  extra- 
ordinarily fruitful.  'Ueber  Befruchtung  und  Zelltheilung' 
came  before  the  world  in  1876,  as  did  his  '  Studien  iiber  Proto- 
plasma.'  His  next  important  work  was  '  Die  Angiospermen  und 
die  Gymnospermeii,'  in  1879. 

Prof.  Johannes  von  Hanstein,  who  had  succeeded  to  Schacht's 
chair  at  Bonn,  after  Strasburger  had  settled  at  Jena,  died  on  the 
27th  August,  1880,  and  the  latter  was  called  upon  to  succeed  him 
early  in  the  following  year,  after  12  years'  labour  at  Jena.  In 
April  of  1882  he  produced  '  Ueber  den  Ban  und  das  Wachsthum 
der  Zellhaute,'  which  work  he  described  as  in  part  three  years 
old,  thus  in  some  measure  the  result  of  his  work  in  Jena. 

JSoon  afterwards  he  addressed  himself  to  a  wider  circle  and  to 
younger  students,  by  issuing  '  Das  botanische  Practicum '  early 
in  1884,  a  work  which  attained  its  4th  edition  in  1902  (of  which 
a  sunnnary  has  gone  through  many  editions),  and  was  translated 
by  Prof.  Hillhouse  as  '  Handbook  to  Practical  Botany '  in  1886. 
Later  in  the  same  year,  he  brought  out  his  '  Neue  Untersuchungen 
Uber  den  Befruchtungsvorgang  bei  den  Phanerogamen  als  Grrund- 
lage  fiir  eine  Theorie  der  Zeugung.' 

In  1889  began  his  important  series  of  researches,  published 
under  the  name  of  '  Histologische  Beitriige,'  of  which  seven  parts 
came  out  under  these  titles  : — 

1.  Ueber  Kern-  und  Zelltheilung  im  Pflanzenreiche,  nebst  einem 

Anhang  iiber  Befruchtung.     1888. 

2.  Ueber  das  Wachsthum  vegetabilischer  Zellhaute.     1889. 

3.  Ueber  den  Bau  und  die  Verrichtungen  der  Leitungsbahneu  in 

den  Pflanzen.  1891.  (He  was  accustomed  to  speak  of  this 
volume  of  1000  pages  as  "  mein  grosses  Buch.") 

4.  Ueber  das  Verhalten   des  Pollens  und  die  Befruchtungsvor- 

giinge  bei  den  Gymnospermen — Schwarrasporen,  Gameteu, 
pflanzlichen  Spermatozoiden  und  das  Wesen  der  Be- 
fruchtung.    1892. 

5.  Ueber    das     Saftsteigen. — Ueber     die     Wirkungssphare    der 

Kerne  und  die  Zellgrusse.     1893. 

6.  Ueber   Reduktiontheilung,  Spindelbildung,  Centrosomen  und 

Cilienbildner  im  PHanzenreich.     1900. 

7.  Zeitpunkt  der  Bestimmung  des   Geschlechts,  Apogamie,  Par- 

thenogenesis und  Reduktionstheilung.     1909. 

On  the  occasion  of  his  assuming  office  as  Rector  of  Bonn 
University,  in  October,  1891,  he  delivered  an  address,  which  was 
issued  as  '  Das  Protoplasma  und  die  Keizbarkeit.' 

LIXN.  SOC.  PROCEEDINGS. —  SESSION  1911-1912.  / 


66  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE 

The  work  wliicb  has  attained  the  widest  circulation  and 
popularity  is  that  entitled : — *  Lehrbuch  der  Botanik  fiir  lloch- 
sclmlen,'  written  with  the  assistance  of  Drs.  F.  Xoll,  H.  Schenck, 
and  A.  F.  W.  Schiinper,  appearit)g  in  18!i4;  it  has  since  reached 
its  tenth  edition  (1910).  It  has  been  translated  in  many  other 
lan?:uai?es,  and  is  now  in  its  fourth  edition  in  English. 

In  a  more  popular  manner  we  have  his  '  .Streifziige  an  der 
Eiviera,'  the  second  edition  of  which  came  out  in  1904,  and  in 
English  as  '  Rambles  on  the  Hiviera,"  London,  1906,  with  87 
coloured  plates.  AV^e  cannot  here  catalogue  his  many  shorter 
papers  on  various  topics  of  botanic  interest,  but  one  in  particular 
deserves  mention,  if  only  for  the  adverse  criticism  it  called  forth, 
which  gave  him  much  pain,  though  he  maintained  his  position 
stoutly.  It  was  "  Meiue  Stellungnahme  zur  Fra2;e  der  Pfrop- 
bastarde,"  in  Ber.  deutsch.  hot.  Ges.  xxvii.  (1909)  611-528. 

Strasburger  was  no  mere  conventional  professor.  In  his 
pleasant  quarters  at  Poppelsdorfer  Schloss,  formerly  the  palace  of 
the  Electors  of  Cologne,  he  was  easily  accessible,  and  delighted  to 
be  the  sympathetic  friend  of  his  students ;  the  many  pupils 
attracted  by  his  reputation  to  study  under  him,  will  gladly  bear 
witness  to  the  regard  in  which  he  was  universally  held.  Supreme 
in  his  chosen  department,  he  interested  himself  in  many  other 
directions,  of  which  ecology  may  be  adduced  as  an  instance.  This 
notice  is  not  the  place  for  a  critical  estimate  of  8trasburger's 
work,  but  the  frequency  with  which  lie  changed  his  opinions 
regarding  the  interpretation  of  certain  cytological  phenomena, 
proved  disquieting  to  some;  in  this  he  was  only  searching  further, 
and  w'as  ever  ready  to  submit  his  former  opinions  to  the  test  of 
later  work  or  new  discoveries. 

Few  botanists  were  more  appeciated  in  our  own  country ;  he 
was  a  Foreign  Member  of  the  Linnean  Society  from  6tli  May, 
1880,  of  the  Royal  Society  from  1891 ;  further,  he  was  the  reci- 
pient of  the  Linnean  Medal  in  1905,  when  it  was  received  for 
him  by  Sir  Dietrich  Brandis,  and  acknowledged  by  a  letter  then 
read,  which  explained  that  oflScial  duties  hindered  him  from 
attending  personally.  He  was  present  at  the  Darwin-Wallace 
Celebration  on  the  1st  July,  1908,  and  received  a  silver  copy  of 
the  speciiil  medal  then  struck.  In  his  native  country  he  enjoyed 
the  title  of  "  Geheimer  Regierungsratb." 

He  died  from  heart-failure  on  the  date  above-mentioned,  his 
wife  having  predeceased  him  by  several  years.  A  Festschrift  was 
in  preparation  for  his  70th  birthday,  which  it  is  hoped  may  yet 
see  the  light,  though  as  a  memorial  volume  in  place  of  the  con- 
gratulatory work  intended.  [B.  D.  J.] 

Feancis  Tagart,  whose  legacy  of  £500  free  of  legacy  duty 
has  recently  been  received  by  the  Society,  was  the  son  of  Mr. 
William  Tagart,  was  born  in  1839  and  died  on  the  25th  November, 
1911,  at  his  house.  Old  Sneed  Park,  Stoke  Bishop.     His  business 


LTNNEAN    SOCIETY    OP    LONDON.  67 

life  was  passed  in  the  City  of  London  as  a  merchant,  and  amongst 
other  subsidiary  diities,  he  \\as  a  Director  of  the  Surrey  Commercial 
Dock  Company,  and  at  the  time  of  his  death,  was  one  of  H.M. 
Lieutenants  for  the  City  of  London.  He  was  proposed  as  a 
Fellow  of  this  Society  on  the  6th  March,  1855,  by  his  brother,  the 
Eev.  Edward  Tagart,  who  died  a  few  years  later,  Edward  Newman, 
and  Ji.  Wakefield,  the  election  taking  place  on  1st  May  of  that 
year.  On  retiring  from  business  he  resided  on  his  estate  near 
Bristol,  and  his  last  visit  to  the  rooms  of  the  Society  was  about 
two  years  before  his  death,  when  he  expressed  his  intention  of 
making  a  bequest  in  favour  of  the  Society. 

The  sum  thus  bequeathed  has  been  invested  as  a  separate  fund 
bearing  the  donor's  name,  the  income  to  be  applied  to  the  purposes 
of  the  Society  as  the  Council  may  determine  from  time  to  time. 

[B.  D.  J.] 

June  6th,  1912. 

Prof.  E.  B.  PouLTON,  r.E.S.,  President,  in  the  Chair. 

The  Minutes  of  the  Anniversary  Meeting  of  the  24th  May,  1912, 
were  read  and  confirmed. 

Dr.  William  John  Dakin,  Dr.  Annie  Porter,  Prof.  Alexander 
Meek,  and  Mr.  William  Edward  Balston  were  admitted  Fellows. 

Mr.  William  Henry  Daun,  M.  A.  (Cantab.),  the  Eev.  John  Stewart 
Muller,  M.A.  (Cantab.),  Mr.  Edwin  Percy  Phillips,  M.A.  (Cape), 
and  Mrs.  Eleanor  Mary  Eeid,  B.Sc.  (Lond.),  were  severally  balloted 
for  and  elected  Fellows. 

The  President  read  the  proposed  alterations  of  Chap.  II.  Sect.  2 
and  3  of  the  Bye-Laws  for  the  second  time. 

The  President  announced  that  he  had  appointed  the  following 
to  be  Vice-Presidents  for  the  ensuing  year : — Prof.  J.  Stanley 
Oabdineb,  Mr.  Horace  W.  Monckton,  Miss  Edith  E.  Saunders, 
and  Dr.  Dukiufield  H.  Scott. 

Prof.  A.  Meek  read  his  paper,  "  On  the  Development  of  the 
Cod,  Gadus  inorrhua" 

Mr.  Charles  Hedley  read  his  paper  entitled  "  Paiseogeographical 
relations  of  Antarctica."     (See  p.  So.) 

A  discussion  ensued  in  which  the  foUowing  took  part  : — Dr. 
Otto  Stapf,  Sec.L.S.,  Dr.  Gr.  B.  Longstaff  (visitor),  Mr.  Clement 
Eeid,  Mr.  T.  A.  Sprague,  Prof.  C.  Chilton,  Dr.  Marie  Stopes,  and 
Dr.  A.  Smith  Woodward,  the  author  briefly  replying. 

f2 


68  PROCEEDIXGS   OF   THE 

Mr.  EuPEiiT  Vallextin  showed  a  series  of  slides  from  photo- 
graphs taken  by  himself  during  a  recent  visit  to  the  Falkland 
Islands,  extending  over  many  months.  He  divided  them  into 
views  of  the  scenery,  the  native  plants  and  the  fauna,  alluding  to 
the  changes  iu  progress,  and  the  loss  of  endemic  types. 

Miss  May  Eatubone  showed  a  portion  of  an  unusually  thick 
stem  of  Iledet-a  Helix,  stating  that  this  specimen  was  taken  from 
a  plant  of  ivy  grow  ing  on  a  tree  in  Cheshire.  The  stem,  which 
was  somewhat  triangular,  measured  18^  inches  in  circumference 
and  54  inches  in  diameter  at  its  widest  part.  The  phloem,  which 
was  very  well  marked,  measured  about  ^  of  an  inch  in  its  thickest 
part.  The  rings  in  the  wood  were  not  very  distinct  but  about 
46  could  be  counted.  The  a\ ood  \\as  very  heavy.  The  sj)ecimen, 
which  was  18;j  inches  long,  Aveighed  14  lbs.,  and  the  specific 
gravity  \\as  0-91,  but,  as  it  A\as  weighed  \\ithout  removing  the 
bark,  this  is  only  an  approximation. 

13r.  Mahie  Stopes  exhibited  a  plant  of  Cardamine  pratensis,  on 
behalf  of  Mr.  A.  D.  Lang,  showing  bulbils  in  abundance  from  the 
blade  of  the  leaf  as  well  as  the  axil  of  the  flowers. 

Dr.  Stapf  remarked  on  the  interest  of  the  exhibit,  and  hoped  by 
cultivation,  that  the  causes  of  this  phenomenon  would  be  ascer- 
tained. 

Mr.  Chables  Sillem  placed  on  the  table  specimens  of  the 
flowering  branches  of  a  rambler  rose,  all  the  flo\\'ers  shoMiug 
median  prolilication  of  an  unusual  character. 

Mrs.  Loxgstaff  showed  a  specimen  of  Lycaste  Barringtonice^ 
Lindl.,  brought  from  Jamaica  four  years  ago,  but  flowering  now^ 
for  the  first  time.  Mr.  W.  Fa^cett  remarked  that  the  type  of 
this  plant  is  in  Smith's  Herbarium,  possessed  by  the  Society,  under 
the  name  of  Epidendrum  Barrinytonioe. 


June  20th,  1912. 

Prof.  E.  B.  PouLxoN,  F.E.S.,  President,  in  the  Chair. 

The  Minutes  of  the  General  Meeting  of  the  6th  June,  1912^ 
were  read  and  confirmed. 

Mrs.  Eleanor  Mary  Eeid,  B.Sc,  Miss  Maud  Samuel,  B.Sc, 
Mr.  William  Henry  IJaun,  M.A.,  and  Mr.  John  Coney  Moulton, 
M.A.,  were  admitted  Fellows. 

Mr,  Ernest  John  Bickford,  Mr.  Thomas  Ford  Chipp,  B.Sc. 
(Loud.),  Mr.  Alfred  Eugene  Craven,  Mr.  Xevin  Henry  Foster, 
M.E.I.A.,  M.B.O.U.,  Mr.  AVilliam  Norman  Sands,  and  Mr. 
Francis  James  Stayner,  were  proposed  as  Fellow  s. 


LINNEAX    SOCIETY    OF    LONDON.  69 

Miss  Ethel  Mary  Doidge,  M.A.,  Mr.  Thomas  Bainhrigge 
rietcher,  and  Mr.  John  Gervaise  Turnbull,  were  elected  Fellows. 

The  proposed  alterations  in  the  Bye-Laws,  Chap.  II.  Sect.  2  and 
'3,  \\hich  had  been  read  from  the  Chair  on  the  2nd  May  and  6th 
June,  \\ere  submitted  to  a  ballot  and  approved  by  the  Pellows. 

The  President  announced  that  it  was  proposed  to  liave  a  dinner 
of  the  Society  on  Thursday,  31st  October,  to  be  followed  by  a 
reception  in  the  rooms  of  the  Society.  Further  notice  to  be  given 
in  due  course. 

Mr.  Hugh  Scott  briefly  introduced  the  following  papers, 
relating  to  the  fauna  of  the  Seychelles  and  other  islands,  the 
first  three  and  the  fifth  being  communicated  bv  Prof.  J.  Stanley 
Gardineu,  F.E.S.,  F.L.S. 

1.  Mr.  C.  G.  Lamb  on  the  Lonchreidse,  Sapromyzidse,  Ephy- 

dridse,  Chloropidae,  and  Agromyzidae. 

2.  Dr.  Ignacio  Bolivar  on  the  Saltatorial  Orthoptera. 

3.  Dr.  A.  SiCARD  on  the  Coccinellidae. 

4.  Mr.  Hugh  Scott  on  the  Coleoptera  Lamellicornia  and  Ade- 

phaga. 

5.  The  late  Dr.  Budde-Lund  on  the  Terrestrial  Isopoda  of  the 

Percy  Sladen  Expedition,  which  was  introduced  by  the 
Eev.  T.  E.  E.  Stebbing,  F.E.S. 

Mr.  H.  Stuart  Thompson  exhibited  33  coloured  drawings  of 
Alpine  flowers  by  Mr.  George  Flemwell,  with  some  proofs  of  plates 
taken  from  them. 

Prof.  Arthur  Dendy,  F.E.S. ,  introduced  an  exhibition  of  four 
white  canaries,  of  a  race  bred  by  Mrs.  John  Martin,  of  Martin- 
borough,  New  Zealand,  and  brought  home  by  Dr.  A.  E.  A.  Palmer, 
of  the  same  Dominion,  who  was  present,  and  explained  that  they 
were  shown  in  this  country  for  the  first  time.  Miss  Florence 
Durham  (visitor)  also  spoke. 

Prof.  Dendy  then  showed  the  disc-like  cocoons  constructed  by 
the  larva)  of  a  Saw-fly,  PJn/llotoma  aceris,  which  had  been  fouudin 
large  numbers  at  Maiden  Station,  in  Surrey,  and  were  cha- 
racterised by  jumping  movements  like  those  of  the  well-known 
Mexican  "  jumping  bean."  AVith  them  he  showed  specimens  of 
sycamore  leaves  from  which  portions  of  the  mesophyll  had  been 
eaten  by  the  larvfe,  while  circles  cut  out  of  the  upper  cuticle  had 
been  utilised  to  form  one  side  of  the  cocoon,  the  other  side  being 
spun  by  the  larva. 


70  PEOCEBDINGS   OF   THE 

Mr.  E.  TV.  H.  Row  related  his  experiments  with  these  insects, 
and  stated  tliat  tlu'  jiiniping  began  when  the  cocoons  were  exposed 
to  sunshine,  and  appeared  to  be  caused  by  an  instinct  to  escape 
the  light. 

Mr.  J.  C.  MouLTON  had  brought  with  him  from  ]5orneo,  living 
exain])les — now  seen  for  the  first  time  in  this  country — of  the 
remarkable  Trilobite-like  coleopterous  larva),  well  known  in  the 
Oriental  tropics.  Mr.  C.  J.  Gahan  (visitor)  referred  to  the 
previous  knowledge  of  these  larvae,  which  belonged,  he  considered, 
to  the  Lycidse,  and  spoke  of  the  probability  of  their  never  passing 
into  an  imago  stage.  The  discussion  was  continued  by  Mr.  H. 
N.  Eidley,  Mr.  S.  G.  Paine,  Mr.  J.  C.  Moultou,  and  the 
President. 

Mr.  S.  T.  DuKN  introduced  his  paper  on  the  revision  of  the 
genus  Millettia. 

Dr.  Otto  Staff,  Sec.L.S.,  read  a  paper  by  Mr.  Carl 
Christensei^^,  communicated  by  Prof.  J.  Statelet  (Gtaediner,  on 
the  Ferns  of  the  Seychelles  and  Aldabra.  The  lantern- slides  to 
illustrate  this  paper  had  not  arrived,  and  their  exhibition  was 
postponed. 

Prof.  Gardiner  also  communicated  Mr.  C.  Warburton's  paper 
on  the  Acarina  of  the  Percy  Sladen  Expedition,  which  Mas  read  in 
title,  as  was  also  Canon  Norman's  investigation  of  Synagoga 
mira. 

Capt.  C.  F.  U.  Meek's  paper  entitled  "  Correlation  of  Somatic 
Characters,"  was  placed  before  the  meeting,  with  the  Author's 
own  statement  of  his  conclusions. 


LINNEAN    SOCIETY    OF    LOXDOX.  7  I 

ABSTRACTS. 
I. 

The  Distribution  of  Elodea  canadensis,  Michaux,  in  the  British 
Isles  in  1909.     By  A.  O.  Walkek,  F.L.S. 

[Read  2nd  November,  1911.] 

The  history  of  this  plant,  so  far  as  our  islands  are  concerned,  is 
fairly  well  known.  The  first  locality  in  which  it  appears  to  have 
been  recoi'ded,  by  Mr.  John  Dew  in  1836,  was  at  Waringstown, 
County  Down,  Ireland.  In  1843  it  was  reported  by  Dr.  G. 
Johnston, of  Berwick-on-Tweed,  in  Duuse  Loch,  Berwickshire.  By 
1850  it  had  spread  to  many  rivers  and  reservoirs  in  Great  Britain 
and  become  a  serious  nuisance  to  navigation  and  drainage — so 
much  so  in  Lincohishire,  that  in  1852  Mr.  Eawlinson  was  sent 
by  the  Government  to  advise  as  to  clearing  the  dykes  in  the  fens. 
Attempts  to  eradicate  it  by  dredging  failed,  and  it  was  found  that 
the  only  way  of  dealing  with  it  successfully  was  to  leave  it  alone, 
when  it  appears  to  gradually  diminish  or  die  out  altogether. 

In  1884  Mr.  J.  D.  Siddall,  of  Chester,  published  a  valuable 
paper  on  the  structure  and  history  of  this  plant  (Proc.  Chester 
Soc.  Nat.  Sci.,  Part  iii.  1884,  p.  125),  from  which  most  of  the 
above  information  is  derived.  He  states  that  experience  shows, 
"  that  if  left  alone,  its  habit  is,  upon  first  introduction  into  a  new 
locality,  to  spread  with  alarming  rapidity ;  so  much  so  as  literally 
to  choke  other  water  plants  out  of  existence.  But  this  active 
phase  reaches  a  maximum  in  from  five  to  seven  years  and  then 
gradually  declines,  until  at  last  the  Anacliaris  ceases  to  be  a  pest 
and  becomes  an  ordinary  denizen  of  the  pond,  river,  or  canal  as 
the  case  may  be."  This  maximum  period  in  the  neighbourhood  of 
Chester  seems  to  have  been  between  the  years  1867  and  1873  ;  in 
1884  Mr.  Siddall  says  it  is  "  far  less  abundant  than  formerly,"  and 
in  April  1909,  he  wrote  that  he  had  some  difficulty  in  finding  a 
piece  in  a  locality  where  in  1873  all  other  vegetation  was  choked 
out  by  it.  He  also  says  that  the  circulation  of  the  protoplasm 
in  the  leaf-cells  was  very  feeble  compared  to  what  it  was  iu 
1873 — an  important  fact,  possibly  indicating  diminishing  vitality 
in  the  species.  The  recollection  of  the  writer,  who  resided  in 
Chester  from  1856  to  1889  and  remembers  the  canal  there  so 
choked  with  the  weed  as  to  greatly  impede  the  boat  traffic,  quite 
bears  out  Mr.  Siddall's  statements  as  to  its  abundance  in  1867  to 
1873  (l.  c.  p.  131). 

In  1909  it  appeared  to  the  writer  that  sufficient  time  had 
elapsed  to  enable  an  opinion  to  be  formed  as  to  the  probability  of 
the  plant  becoming  a  permanent  denizen  in  the  British  Isles,  and 
with  this  view  a  circular  was  sent  to  most  of  the  corresponding 


72  PBOCEEDIKGS    OF   THE 

Societies  of  Natural  Science  of  the  British  Association  asking  for 
iiitormation  on  the  subject. 

To  this,  as  may  be  seen,  numerous  replies  were  received  and 
much  valuable  iiitormation  obtained,  for  which  the  writer  now 
heartily  thanks  all  hi.s  correspondents.  One  unavoidable  defect 
in  the  scheme  consists  in  the  fact  that  the  period  of  maximum 
abundance  having  begun  about  1852  (in  the  Lincolnshire  Fens, 
the  river  Cam,  &c.),  there  would  be  iew  botanists  whose  memories 
Avould  extend  iar  enough  back  to  be  able  to  compare  the  present 
M  ith  the  past.  But,  with  due  allowance  for  this,  the  indications 
are  that  on  the  whole  the  plant  is  not  now  so  abundant  as  to  be 
a  nuisance  but  has  generally  established  itself  as  a  denizen  It  is 
however,  i)robable  that  there  are  waters  to  which  it  has  not  vet 
penetrated  and  in  which  it  may  still  flourish  as  in  previous  years 
Such  may  be  the  case  with  the  artificial  water  of  Monlton 
Grange,  Northants,  where  Mr.  H.  N.  Dixon,  Hon.  Sec.  Xorthants 
JNat.  iiist.  boc,  describes  it  as  "a  great  pest."  It  would  be 
interesting  to  know  whether  it  has  ever  re-appeared  in  water 
where  it  has  flourished  and  died  out,  as  might  conceivably  happen 
after  a  lapse  of  time  sufficient  for  the  bottom  to  recuperate  If 
It  has  not  done  so  anywhere,  it  would  not  be  unreasonable  to 
attribute  it  to  a  diminution  of  the  vitality  of  the  species  as 
suggested  above. 

The  following  reports  from  different  Counties  from  the  south 
of  England  to  Banffshire  are  probably  sufficiently  representative 
of  the  whole  of  Great  Britain. 

Devoxshire. 

Mr.  J.L.  Sager,  M.A.,  on  behalf  of  the  Exeter  University 
College  Field  Club,  writes:  "It  occurs  in  more  or  less 
abundance  in  the  Rivers  Exe,  Culm,  and  the  Exeter  Canal  It 
has  been  known  to  flower  occasionally,  but  fruits  have  not  been 
seen," 

Mr.  H.  J.  Morgan,  a  member  of  the  above  Society,  says  that  for 
some  time  before  1878,  "the  right  bank  of  the  Exe  from  the 
Bridge  to  the  Gas  Works  (over  200  yds.)  was  one  thick  mass  of 
Elodea.  Since  that  date  this  plant  has  become  by  no  means 
plentiful  in  this  place.  Many  ditches  on  Exminster  Marshes  were 
almost  filled  with  Elodea  about  seven  vears  ago.  There  is  certainly 
not  so  much  there  now."  ' 

Dorsetshire. 

Mr.  N.  M.  Eichardson,  President  Dorset  Field  Club,  reports  • 
"  Mr.  Filleul  says  he  sees  it  in  every  stream  he  fishes,  but  our 
own  native  weeds  far  more  than  hold  their  own  against  it  " 

Mansell-Pleydell,  'Flora  of  Dorset,'  1874  :  "  Str^'eams  anil  ponds 
common  ;  thoroughly  established,  becoming  a  most  troublesome 
plant." 


LIKNEA.X    SOClEXr    OF    LONDON.  73 

Hampshire  and  Isle  of  Wight. 

From  the  Flora  of  tlie  above  bv  F.  Townsend,  1904  :  "  Abundant 
in  Hants  and  Isle  of  Wight.  Too  common  in  many  localities. 
Introduced  to  lake  in  Leigh  Park  in  1847  with  American  aquatics 
and  discovered  in  Leicestershire  the  same  year." 

Not  recorded  in  Bromfield's  '  Flora  of  Isle  of  Wight,'  edited  by 
Sir  W.  J.  Hooker  &  T.  B.  Salter,  1856. 

Sussex. 

Rev.  E.  Elmau,  per  Mr.  T.  Hilton :  "  About  Lewes  and  the 
•Cuckmere  Valley  and  in  man}'-  other  places  in  Sussex — cannot  say 
if  less  abundant  than  formerlv  "  (Brighton  and  Hove  Nat.  Hist. 
Soc). 

Mrs.  T.  R.  E.  Stebbing,  F.L.S.,  writes  :  "  It  used  to  be  found  in 
Cold  Bath  Ponds  at  Rusthall,  Tunbridge  Wells,  and  the  Lake  at 
Warberry  House." 

'Flora  of  Sussex,'  F.  H.  Arnold,  1887:  "Ditches,  pools, 
rivers,  common."  By  F.  C.  S.  Roper,  Eastbourne,  1875  :  "Ditches, 
locally  abundant." 

Surrey. 

Mr.  J.  G.  Baker,  F.R.S.,  writes  in  1909  :  "  In  a  pond  in  the 
garden  at  Kevv  it  was  once  very  plentiful  and  has  now  quite  died 
•down,  its  place  being  taken  by  Nitella." 

Holmesdale  Nat.  Hist.  Club,  Reigate :  "  River  Mole  and 
various  ponds  and  ditches  in  the  district.  Not  quite  so  plentiful 
as  it  used  to  be." 

Kent. 

"  Now  (1899)  quite  common  in  ponds,  ditches,  and  slow  streams 
throughout  the  county."  First  record  1855  ('Flora  of  Kent,' 
Haiibury  &  Marshall). 

River  Beult,  near  Headcorn  (A.  O.  W.,  1910).  Not  seen  at 
Ulcombe.  Lenworth  Mill  Pond,  Maidstone,  "grows  alarmingly" 
<not  signed).  ["  Still  abundant  there."  A.  O.  W.,  24th  Sept., 
1912.] 

The  Stour,  "  less  abundant  than  formerly,"  Rev.  C.  H.Fielding. 

Middlesex. 

"  Very  common  here  in  ponds  and  streams  :  rivers  Brent,  Colne, 
and  Paddington  Canal "  (Ealing  Scientific  and  Microsc.  Soc.  per 
Mr.  Offord). 

"  About  the  same  in  last  10  years,  not  increasing  "  (ditto). 

Herefordshire. 

"  Very  abundant  in  River  Wye,  canals,  streams,  and  pools,  1865 
to  1889.  Since  that  date  becoming  more  scarce.  First  observed 
in  Herefordshire  about  the  year  1855  "  (Rev.  Augustin  Ley). 

R.  Lugg,  by  Mill  Street ;  marsh,  Leominster  ;  pool  at  Sellark, 
iloss  ;  mill  sluice  (Rev.  A.  L.). 


74  PEOCEEDINGS   OF   THE 

WoKCESTEEsninE  Naturalists'  Club. 

"In  nearly  every  piece  of  water  in  the  County  of  Worcester."' 
"  Showing  signs  of  decrease  "  (Amphlett  &  Eea). 

'Botany  of  A\''orcestershire,'  E.  Lees,  1867:  Avon  division, 
several  places  ;  Severn  division,  many  places. 

Staffordskire. 

Rivers  Trent,  Sow,  Penk,  Weaver,  Dove,  and  most  of  the  canals 
and  watercourses  in  the  County. 

"  Not  nearly  so  plentiful  as  20  years  ago,  has  disappeared  from 
one  or  two  spots  where  it  used  to  occur  plentifully,  but  is  still 
to  be  found  in  most  of  the  rivers  and  canals  "  (not  signed). 

Mr.  J.  E.  Nowei"s,  Burton-on-Trent,  says  it  is  very  abundant 
there.  "I  think  it  is  about  the  same  quantity  as  it  was  30  vears 
ago."  Mr.  G.  E.  Jebb,  C.E.  (Dec.  1910),  says:  '' El  odea  has 
practically  but  not  entirely  disappeared  from  most  of  the  ditches 
or  canals  in  Shropshire  and  Staffordshire  which  used  to  be  choked 
with  it." 

Shropshire. 

E.  W.  Bowers,  Wem  :  Shropshire  Union  Canal  and  R.  Roden  ; 
a  friend  "  seems  to  think  this  weed  on  the  decrease." 

Rev.  J.  B.  Meredith,  Kinnerley  Vicarage:  "As  to  American 
Weed,  a  mill  pond  near  here  was  dredged  clean,  well  mudded  out, 
some  four  years  ago,  and  is  fuller  than  ever  now.'' 

Dr.  W.  P.  Hamilton,  Botanical  Referee  Caradoc  and  Severn 
Field  Club  :  "  The  Severn,  S.  U.  Canal,  meres  and  pools  every- 
where."    Mr.  H.  E.  Forrest,  Shrewsbury,  confirms  the  above. 

Suffolk. 

Mr.  P.  G.  Boswell,  Hon.  Sec.  Ipswich  Field-Club:  " Elodea  is 
now  very  common  in  all  our  ponds  and  streams  round  here  and  in 
the  11.  Gippiug.     It  appears  to  be  getting  more  plentiful." 

Norfolk. 

Mr.  E.  T.  Daubeny  ('  Nature  Notes,'  vol.  xviii.  1907,  p.  212),  says 
that  Elodea  has  disappeared  from  Narford  Lake,  near  Swaffham, 
where  it  was  formerly  abundant,  "  leaving  nothing  in  the  shape 
of  vegetable  growth  in  its  place." 

Cheshire. 

Mr.  J.  D.  Siddall  :  "  In  most  of  the  ponds,  canals  and  streams 
of  the  district"  (Chester  Soc.  of  Nat.  Science,  &c.)  "Much  less 
abundant  than  25  years  ago  and  decidedly  less  robust." 

Mr.  C.  Madeley,  Warrington  Museum  :  "  Occurs  in  the  Old  Quay 
Canal  near  AVarrington,  and  in  many  of  the  numerous  ponds  and 
ditches ;  perhaps  a  little  less  abundant  than  formerly." 


LINNEAN    SOCIETY    OF    LONDON.  75 

NOTTINGHAMSHIKE. 

"  Common  iu  rivers,  brooks,  canals,  and  ponds  throughout  the 
County." 

"  My  own  experience  of  20  years  is  that  it  is  not  increasing, 
but  that  if  there  is  any  change  at  all  it  is  in  the  direction  of  a 
slow  decrease  in  abundance."     Prof.  J.  W.  Carr. 

Northamptonshire. 

"  It  occurs  in  rivers  and  ponds  in  all  the  districts  of 
Northants  "  (Druce  in  Journ.  Northants  Nat.  Hist.  Soc,  vol.  iv. 
p.  121,  1886). 

Mr.  Druce  writes  to  Mr.  H.  N".  Dixon  :  "  My  own  impression 
is  that  although  Elodea  was  common  in  the  Grand  Junction  Canal, 
and  I  can  remember  it  in  1860  both  in  Northants  and  Bucks,  it 
■was  never  a  pest.  In  the  sixties  it  was,  however,  a  great  pest  in 
artificial  pieces  of  water  such  as  the  Wakefield  [Laun]  Ponds, 
where  it  had  to  be  frequently  cut.  It  is  certainly  less  common 
now." 

First  record  1841,  Watford  Locks,  G,  J.  Canal. 

Mr.  H.  N.  Dixon,  Hon.  Sec.  Northants  Nat.  Hist.  Soc,  says: 
"  It  is  just  now  a  great  pest  iu  the  artificial  water  of  Moulton 
Grange,  the  residence  of  Mr.  H.  Maufield,  M.P." 

Lancashire. 

Mr.  W.  H.  Heathcote,  Hon.  Sec.  Preston  Scientific  Soc. : 
"  Very  abundant  in  the  Preston  and  Lancaster  Canal ;  Leeds  and 
Liverpool  Canal  ;  Eivers  Eibble  and  AVyre  ;  numerous  ponds,  &c. 
I  should  say  more  abundant"  (tlian  formerly). 

"  Ponds  and  ditches,  common  "  (Flora  of  Preston  and  neigh- 
bourhood by  members  of  the  Preston  Scientific  Soc,  1903). 

'  Flora  of  Liverpool  District,'  C.  T.  Green,  1902  :  "  Frequent  in 
canals,  ditches,  and  old  ponds,"  Liverpool  and  Wirral. 

Yorkshire. 

Mr.  F.  Jowett,  Hon.  Sec.  Bradford  Nat.  Hist.  Soc. :  "  Aire 
about  Skipton ;  Leeds  and  Liverpool  Canal ;  mill  dams  all  over 
the  district ;  common  in  wet  ditches.  The  plant  is  holding  its 
own  in  all  places  except  in  the  canal,  where  it  is  probably  cut  uj) 
by  the  screws  of  the  boats." 

Mr.  F.  Barker,  Hon.  Sec.  Halifax  Scientific  Society  :  "  Very 
common  Calder  and  Hebble  Canal  between  Halifax  and  Salter- 
hebble.  Several  mill  dams  in  the  neighbourhood  ;  very  firmly 
established.  Opinions  differ"  (as  to  its  being  more  or  less 
abundant  than  fornierlv). 

'  Flora  of  N.  Yorkshire,'  J.  G.  Baker,  1863  :  "The  Wiske  and 
ponds  at  Kirby  Wiske.  Clifton  Ings  ditch;  Foss  Islands  near 
York."  In  1909  J.  G.  B.,  writes  :  "  It  has  never  been  abundant 
in  the  North  Riding." 

'  Flora  of  E.  Eiding,'  J.  F.  Eobinson,  1902.  "  Common  in  dykes 
and  drains,  but  scarcely  so  conspicuous  as  it  was  12  years  ago." 


76  rnocEEDixGS  of  tke 

Dr.  AV.  B.  Kussell  writes  :  "  It  used  to  be  so  abundant  in  the 
Derwent  at  Maltou,  30  or  40  years  ago,  as  almost  to  block  the  river. 
It  is  now  almost  extinct,  being  replaced  by  Potamogeton  j)ectinatus.^' 

Mr.  Fox  Lea :  "  In  canals,  Dewsbury  and  other  still  waters, 
pouds,  &c.  liiver  Wbarl'e  at  llkley,  1909.  ]S'ot  so  abundant  as 
formerly." 

Lincolnshire. 

Mr.  Douglas  AVitty  (llydal  Mount,  Colwyn  Bay),  writes  that 
"  it  is  generally  spread  over  all  North  Lincolnshire.  In  the 
Aucholine  valley  it  is  met  with  practically  everywhere.  In  the 
Upper  Ings  Drain  (near  Barton-on-lluraber)  it  has  increased 
very  considerably  in  the  last  decade,  and  has  with  other  water- 
growths  seriously  obstructed  tlie  flow  of  the  stream  at  times. 

NORTllU.MBERLAND  and  DUEHAM. 

C.  E.  Eobson,  Hon.  Sec,  Nat.  Hist.  Soc,  Northumberland, 
Durham,  &c.,  writes  :  "  There  are  no  canals  in  the  district,  and 
the  rivers  being  swift-flowing  and  not  wide  the  plant  is  practically 
unknown." 

N.  AVales. 

Merioneth. — Mr.  D.  A.  Jones,  Eock  House,  Harlech,  writes : 
'•  I  found  it  three  years  ago  in  Llyn  Gwernen,  2  miles  from 
Dolgelly.  It  is  the  only  record  I  have  for  the  County."  (Mr.  H.  E. 
Forrest  says  D.  A.  J.  is  the  authority  on  the  Flora  of  Merioneth.) 

Montuomery. — Mr.  D.  A.  J.  says  it  grows  at  Llanymynech. 

Denbighshire. — Same  authority  says  it  grows  at  Gresford. 
Mr.  T.  K.,  per  Mr.  H.  E.  Forrest,  says  it  is  found  in  the  canal 
2  to  ;3  miles  from  Llangollen  as  "  an  ordinary  humble  weed,"  not 
choking  any  part  of  the  canal.  A.  0.  Walker  remembers  it  about 
30  years  ago  completely  filling  up  the  canal  there. 


Scotland. 

Glasgow  District. — Mr.  J.  E.  Lees  (Glasgow  Nat.  Hist.  Soc.) 
M-rites  :  "  Occurs  in  the  Forth  and  Clyde  Canal  and  in  a  number 
of  the  small  streams,  ponds,  and  lakes  near  Glasgow.     Not  nearly 

so  abundant  as  about  20  years  ago Seems  to  be  rapidly 

disappearing  in  most  parts  of  the  district." 

BiiRWiCKSHiRE. — First  record  for  Gt.  Britain  in  Dunse  Loch 
bv  Dr.  G.  Johnston  in  1842. 

"  ]SLE  OF  BuTi;. — "  Stream  at  Eothesay,"  W.  H.  Heathcote,  Sec. 
Preston  Scientilic  Society;  also 

Inverness,  mill  stream  near,  AV.  II.  H. 

Perthshire. — Mr.  E.  Barclay  reports  {D:  "In  Tay,  Earn, 
Isla,  Towns  Lade,  Moncreiffe  Pond,  and  very  many  other  ponds 
throughout   the  County.      (2)  Occurs  in  more  localities "  (than 


LINNEAX    SOCIETY    OF    LOXDOX.  77 

formerly)  "  and  on  the  whole   more  abundant,  though   less  so  iu 
some  stations." 

Elgix. — Rev,  Gr.  Binnie  says  it  occurs  in  the  8pey  near 
Garmouth,  iu  backwaters,  &c.  ;  also  in  Fochabers  Curling  Pond. 
It  has  gi'eatly  increased  in  a  stagnant  pool  in  the  old  course  of  the 
Spey.     Still  water  with  a  muddy  bottom  suits  it. 

Ireland. 

Mr.  S.  A.  Stewart,  A.L.S.,  gives  a  number  of  localities  in  Cos. 
Down,  Antrim,  and  Derry,  and  says  :  "  My  own  experience  has  been 
to  meet  with  this  plant  in  practically  all  suitable  waters,  save  only 
the  lakelets  in  Eathlin  Island,  off  the  Antrim  Coast,  but  only  the 
female  plant.  No  exact  data  have  been  secured  on  the  subject  of 
the  decrease  or  otherwise  of  this  plant,  but  the  general  opinion 
seems  to  be  that  it  is  not  increasing  and  is  on  the  wane." 

In  the  same  district  Mr.  W.  J.  C.  Tomlinsou  gives  several 
localities  and  adds  :  "  In  almost  every  lake  and  lakelet  in  the 
district,"  He  also  says:  "  It  is  believed  to  be  more  abundant  now 
than  ever  before  within  living  memor3^  However,  it  may  be 
that  increased  observation  of  its  existence  may  contribute  to  the 
idea  that  the  plant  is  still  increasing  here." 

Mr.  A.  W.  Stellfox,  Hon.  Sec.  Belfast  Naturalists'  Field  Club, 
considers  that  "  In  the  Logan  Canal  the  plant  is  certainlj^  much 
less  plentiful  than,  say,  12  years  ago.  About  that  time  it  was 
necessary  to  dredge  the  canal  several  times  during  the  summer, 
while  at  present  no  obstruction  is  caused  b  y  the  growth  of  th  e 
plant." 

' Cybele  Hiberuica,' Moore  &  More,  1866:  "Canals,  ponds 
and  streams,  as  yet  rather  local  in  7  districts  out  of  12." 


II. 

Note  on  the  Exhibits  on  16th  November,  1911. 
By  Mr.  Gr.  Claridge  Deuce. 

New  British  Forms. 

Castalia  Candida,  Schinz  &  Thellung.  Loch  near  Duukeld, 
pointed  out  by  C.  H,  Ostenfeld,  and  from  Eoundstone,  Galway 
(Ostenfeld  &  Druce). 

Viola  epipsiln,  Ledeb.     New  to  Ireland  :   Xillarney. 

Stellaria  DiUeniana,  Moench,  Sutton  Broad,  gro^^•ing  with  and 
flowering  at  the  same  time  as  pahistris. 

Sagina  nodosa,  var.  moniliformis,  Lange  ;  pointed  out  by  Prof, 
Massart. 

S.  glabra,  Fenzl.  Ben  Lasers.  Referred  to  as  pi-obably  this 
species. 

Bhamnus  catJiarticiis,  var.  Schroeteri,  Druce. 

Alchemilla  vidqaris,  Linn.,  var.  acuiidens  (Buser).  Ben  La\\ers 
(C.  H.  Ostenfeld). 


78  PROCEEDINGS   OF   Xl[i: 

Cirsinm  jntlustn',  >Scop.,  var.  fero.v,  Druce. 

CaUuna  vuhjaris,  Hull,  var.  Erikcp,  Asclierson.  Shown  to  the 
party  on  Wessenden  Moors,  Yorkshire,  by  Dr.  Graebner.  And 
also  found  on  Ben  Lawers,  at  the  Lizard,  and  near  Clifdeu, 
Gal  way. 

Erica  Tetralix  X  vafjans  =  E.  cinerea  X  vagans.  Davey,  in 
Journ.  Bot,  xlviii.  (1910),  p.  338,  but  identified  by  Druce, 
Schroeter,  and  Graebner  as  the  above  hybrid  when  the  plant  was 
shown  to  them  by  the  discoverer,  Mr.  P.  D.  Williams,  at  Lanarth, 
on  the  St.  Keverne  Moors.  The  glandular  hairs  and  other 
characters  prove  the  presence  of  Tetralix. 

Jiincus  ranarius,  Perr.  &  Song.  Southport,  pointed  out  by 
Dr.  Graebner.  

III. 

Historic  doubts  about  Vaxmthompsonia. 
By  the  Eev.  T.  R.  R.  Stbbbing,  M.A.,  F.R.S.,  F.Z.S. 

[Read  7th  March,  1912.] 

Dr.  Calman  has  pointed  out  to  me  that  my  argument  for  the 
priority  of  this  form  over  its  rival  Vauntompsonia  is  open  to  a 
serious  objection.  The  latter  spelling  of  Bate's  generic  name 
appears  in  the  second  volume  of  the  Royal  Dublin  Society's 
Journal,  published  under  date  of  1860.  But  the  volume  includes 
several  numbers,  and  Number  10,  with  which  we  are  here  con- 
cerned, is  dated  on  p.  G3  (its  first  page)  "  July,  1858."  That  the 
number  was  actually  published  in  that  year,  Dr.  Caiman  says, 
*'is  shown  by  the  fact,  which  I  owe  to  Mr.  Sherborn,  that  the 
part  in  question  was  received  by  the  Library  of  the  Geological 
Society  between  July  1st  and  October  31st,  3  858,  as  recorded  in 
the  Quart.  Journ.  Geol.  Soc.  xv.  p.  149,  1st  Feb.,  1859."  This, 
however,  still  leaves  open  the  cfuestion  whether  the  July  number 
of  the  Journal  was  published  earlier  or  later  than  the  July 
quarterly  number  of  the  Natural  History  Review  of  the  same  year. 
On  this  point  neither  the  publishers  of  the  Review  nor  the 
present  editor  of  the  Journal  have  been  able  to  supply  information. 
But  the  Library  of  the  British  Museum  at  Bloomsbury  gives,  as 
it  seems  to  me,  a  fairly  satisfactory  clue.  The  number  of  the 
'Natui-al  History  Review'  for  July  1858  is  there  on  the  last  page 
of  the  lunuber,  p.  263.  stamped  "  16  J  Y  58."  Now,  Bate's  paper 
in  the  Journal  is  followed  on  p.  105  by  "  Return  of  Donations  to 
the  Royal  Dublin  Society,  to  July,  1858,"  so  that  the  material  for 
the  number  was  not  even  complete  till  the  beginning  of  July,  and 
its  issue  within  a  fortnight  of  that  completion  would  surely  in 
those  days  have  seemed  needless  to  the  editors  and  impossible 
to  the  printers.  Incidentally  it  may  be  observed  that  Kinahan 
refers  to  Bate's  paper  as  appearing  in  the  second  volume  of  the 
Journal  without  giving  any  page  number,  as  he  would  naturally 
have  done,  had  such  a  number  been  already  available.  We  also  Hnd 
that  Kinahan  uses  the  spelling  Vaunthompsonia  in  a  Report  to  the 


LINNEAN    SOCIETY    OP    1,0^1)0^.  79 

British  Association  at  Leeds  in  September,  1858,  on  p.  266  of 
the  General  Report,  which  was  no  doubt  not  effectively  published 
till  the  following  year,  when  he  might  have  corrected  an  un- 
intended error. 

My  thauks  are  due  to  Dr.  Caiman  for  his  having  entrusted  me 
with  the  evidence  that  Bate's  Vanntompsoma  was  published  at 
some  time  in  the  third  quarter  of  1858.  Nevertheless  we  have 
Bate's  own  clear  statement  that  the  genus  was  described  by  him 
in  the  '  Natural  History  Review.'  He  could  just  as  well  have 
referred  to  the  Journal,  if  that  had  priority,  and  it  would  have 
given  him  the  best  possible  opportunity  of  vindicating  his  mode 
of  spelling  the  generic  name  against  Kinahan's.  Kiuahan  was  on 
terms  of  intimacy  with  Spence  Bate,  as  letters  in  my  possession 
show.  He  was  also  interested  in  the  reputation  of  Vaughan 
Thompson.  It  may  well  be  that  he  thought  his  friend  Bate  was 
taking  too  much  of  a  liberty  with  the  deceased  author  in  mis- 
spelling both  his  christian  and  his  surname.  To  remedy  this,  we 
may  suppose,  he  himself  took  the  liberty  of  making  a  change  in 
the  still  unpublished  name  of  Bate's  genus,  against  which  I  cannot 
find  that  Spence  Bate  ever  uttered  or  printed  a  word  of 
expostulation. 

Whatever  may  be  the  result  of  the  particular  controversy,  time 
will  not  have  been  wasted  over  it,  if  it  helps  to  bring  about  a  more 
general  adoption  of  the  practice  in  scientific  literature  of  pi*inting 
on  each  separate  publication  the  exact  date  of  issue. 


ly. 

Phyllody  in  Trifolium.     By  May  Rathbone,  P.L.S. 
[Eead  21st  March,  1912.] 

A  specimen  of  Trifolium  repens  showing  phyllody  of  the  carpels, 
was  gathered  in  a  hayfield,  Cheshii'e,  in  the  summer  of  1912. 

The  flowers  are  of  two  forms,  both  occurring  on  the  same  plant, 
but  in  different  heads.  In  one  form  in  place  of  the  carpel  the  axis 
of  the  flower  is  prolonged  into  a  petiole  with  well-developed 
stipules  and  bearing  only  one  leaflet.  The  other  parts  of  the 
flower  are  normal,  except  that  the  calyx  teeth  are,  I  think,  a  little 
longer  and  broader  than  usual. 

The  other  form  bears  a  trifoliolate  leaf  instead  of  the  carpel 
and,  in  the  flower  of  this  type  which  was  dissected,  no  stipules 
were  found.     The  stamens,  corolla,  and  calyx  were  normal. 

The  season  of  1912  was  a  particularly  dry  one,  and  the  plant 
showed  no  signs  of  disease  or  injury. 

References. 

Dr.  Masters,  "  Vegetable  Teratology,"  pp.  276  &  279,  1869. 
M.  Germain  de   Saint-Pierre,  Bull.  Soc.   Bot.  France,   1856, 
vol.  iii.  p.  477. 

Dr.  Peuzig,  "  Pflanzen-Teratologie,"  vol.  i.  1890. 


8o  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE 


V. 


The  Paheogeograpliical  llelations  of  Antarctica.  By  Charles 
IIedlky,  F.L.8.,  Assistant  Curator  of  the  Australian  Museum, 
Sydney,  New  South  Wales. 

[Eead  6th  June,  1912.] 

1.  Introduction. 

Testimony  in  support  of  alteration  in  temperature  and  contour  of 
Tertiary  Antarctica  is  almost  wholly  based  on  a  comparison  of  tl)e 
living  fauna  and  flora  of  surrounding  countries.  While  biologists 
in  general,  led  by  Wallace,  Sclater,  and  Hutton,  opposed  the  idea 
of  an  extended  and  habitable  Antarctica,  geographers  hesitated  to 
adopt  a  hypothesis  the  arguments  for  which  lay  in  a  foreign  field. 
Hut  of  late  years  most  of  those  engaged  in  its  discussion  have  been 
supporters  of  extension,  so  that  the  theory  has  advanced  from  the 
position  of  a  disparaged  heresy  to  that  ofan  established  view. 

Accustomed  to  rely  on  biological  evidence,  in  the  form  of 
!)al£eontology,  for  important  and  far-reaching  generalisations, 
geology  n lay  now  accept  from  biology  this  theory  of  formei* 
Antarctic  extension.  Thereby  is  acquired  a  correlation  of  climate, 
of  time,  and  of  continental  change,  while  incidentally  a  new  light 
is  thrown  on  the  question  of  the  permanence  of  ocean  basins. 

It  seemed  nothing  unusual  to  find  a  similar  fauna  and  flora, 
even  to  the  extent  of  a  large  proportion  of  identical  species,  on 
the  subantarctic  islands  all  round  the  world.  But  collectors 
working  in  south  temperate  and  even  in  south  tropical  zones  were 
surjn-ised  to  And  related  species  and  genera  in  opposite  hemi- 
spheres. This  correspondence  is  more  pronounced  in  primitive 
groups  and  grow  s  clearer  southwards. 

First,  it  was  realised  when  the  famous  botanist  Sir  J.  D.  Hooker 
pointed  to  the  distribution  of  the  southern  pines  as  indicating 
a  common  origin  (Hooljer,  '  London  Journal  of  Botany,'  iv.  1845, 
p.  137). 

The  relations  of  a  southern  fauna  linking  Australasia  to  South 
America  Mere  sketched  firm  and  clear  by  a  master  hand  iu 
Professor  Huxley's  essay  on  the  classification  and  distribution 
of  the  gallinaceous  birds  (Huxley,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  1868,  p.  294). 

According  to  Ortmann,  first  Eiitimeyer  definitely  proposed 
radiation  from  Antarctica  as  the  solution  of  the  problem  (Eiiti- 
meyer, '  Ueber  d'e  Herkunft  unserer  Thierwelt,'  1807,  p.  15). 

Our  knowledge  of  this  subject  was  nuich  advanced  by  Dr. 
H.  O.  Forbes  (Forbes,  Boy.  Geogr.  Soc.  Sup])l.  Papers,  iii.  1893). 
Starting  from  the  fossil  avifauna  of  the  Chatham  Islands,  he 
reviewed  the  community  of  southern  faunas  and  interpreted  it  by 


LINXEAX    SOCIETY    OF    LO^S^BOK.  8l 


a 


antarctic  distribution.  As  the  means  of  dispersal  he  mapped  „ 
vast  continent  stretching  continuously  from  Madagascar  to  South 
America  and  Fiji  during  the  "  northern  glacial  epoch," 

It  was  suggested  by  the  present- writer  tliat  a  far  smaller  area 
of  continental  land,  of  an  earlier  date  and  of  unstable  form,  was 
indicated  by  its  surviving  refugees  (Hedley,  Proc.  Eoy,  Soc. 
IS",  S.  Wales,  xxix,  1896,  p.  278);  and  that  the  last  Antarctic 
phase  as  reflected  by  these  might  be  expressed  in  arms  reaching 
•on  one  side  to  Tasmania,  on  the  other  to  Cape  Horn,  while 
previous  phases  may  have  been  represented  by  other  rays 
extending  to  ^^ew  Zealand,  Madagascar,  Ceylon,  and  perhaps 
South  Africa, 

A  study  of  terrestrial  and  fluviatile  mollusca  induced  Ancey  to 
subscribe  to  these  suggestions  (C.  F.  Ancey,  Journ,  de  Conch, 
xlix.  1901,  p,  12), 

Dr.  Ortmann,  while  investigating  the  South  American  Tertiary 
Invertebrates,  accepted  my  amendments  to  Forbes's  proposition. 
To  a  clear  exposition  of  the  subject  he  added  a  map  and  biblio- 
graphy ('  Report  Princeton  University-Expedition  to  Patagonia  '  iv. 
pt,  2,  1902,  pp.  310-32-1). 

The  distribution  of  southern  earthworms  was  discussed  by 
Prof.  W.  B.  Benhara  (Proc,  Austr,  Assoc.  Adv.  Sci.  1902, 
pp.  319-343).  In  his  opinion  the  Acanthodrilids,  a  primitive 
group,  originated  in  New  Zealand  and  spread  by  way  of  Ant- 
arctica to  South  America.  He  emphasised  the  fact  that  the 
union  they  indicated  between  Antarctica  and  New  Zealand  was 
not  synchronous  with  the  Australian  connection. 

Examining  the  mammalian   fauna  A.   Gaudry  considered  that 
unless  Tertiary  Patagonia  was  united  to  Antarctica  its  palajonto- 
logical  history  would  be  incomprehensible  (Compt.  Rend,  vol  cxli 
1905,  p.  806). 

From  a  study  of  the  freshwater  Crustacea  of  Tasmania,  Mr. 
Geoffrey  Smith  concludes  that  certain  elements  of  this  fauna 
"  reached  their  present  range  by  means  of  an  Antarctic  connection 
bet\\-een  the  southernmost  projections  of  Australia,  South  America, 
and  New  Zealand  "  (Trans.  Linn.  Soc.  Lond.  Ser,  2.  Zool,  ix.  1909' 
p.  67).  His  analysis  revealed  the  presence  in  Tasmania  of  another 
element  which  he  derived  from  the  northern  hemisphere  and 
which  he  supposed  to  have  travelled  down  the  Andean  chain  and 
crossed  to  Australasia  by  the  Antarctic  route. 

Summing  up  a  biological  examination  of  the  southern  islands 
of  New  Zealand,  Prof.  C.  Chilton  concludes :  "  The  evidence 
pointing  to  former  extensions  of  land  from  the  Antarctic 
continent  northward,  and  to  the  warm  climate  that  was  enjoyed 
by  this  continent  in  early  Tertiary  times,  seems  to  offer  a  fairly 
satisfactory  explanation  of  the  facts  before  us  "(' Subanf  arctic 
Islands  of  New  Zealand,'  ii.  1909,  p.  467).  A  full  bibhography  is 
included  in  this  article, 

LINN,  soc,  PROCEEDINGS, — SESSION  1911-1912.  // 


52  PROCEEDIXGS    OF    TllK 

Finallv,  Osborn  describes  the  hypothetical  reconstruction  of 
Antarctica  as  "  one  oF  the  greatest  triumphs  of  recent  biological 
investigation  "  ('The  Age  of  Mammals,'  1910,  p.  75).  * 

2 .  Argument. 

The  distribution  records  of  recent  antl  fossil  species  upon  which 
the  generalisations  of  the  foregoing  authors  depend  have  never 
been  denied.  Indeed,  they  continue  to  increase  with  the  progress- 
of  science. 

To  other,  and  usually  earlier,  authors  these  views  presented 
two  insuperable  diflSculties.  One  is  the  extreme  change  in  climate 
which  formerly  permitted  temperate  and  subtropical  animals  and 
plants  to  exist  where  cold  is  now  so  intense.  The  other  is  the 
demand  for  the  existence  of  Tertiary  land  where  an  ocean  no\\- 
extends  so  broad  and  deep  as  that  between  Antarctica  and 
Tasmania  or  New  Zealand. 

To  evade  these  difficulties  and  yet  explain  existing  distribution, 
the  following  three  alternatives  have  been  advanced. 


That  decadent  groups  were  expelled  from  their  original  seats 
by  more  vigorous  competitors  :  retreating  from  a  northern  centre 
to  the  ends  of  the  earth,  such  groups  divided  into  fugitive  parties 
which  converged  as  southern  lands  approached  the  pole.  Or 
discontinuous  distribution  in  southern  continents  were  simply 
considered  remnants  of  a  former  universal  distribution  (Wallace, 
'The  Geographical  Distribution  of  Animals,'  i.  1876,  p.  39S; 
Pfeffer,  Zool.  Jahrb.  Suppl.  viii.  1905,  pp.  407-442). 

But  whereas,  under  the  circumstances  postulated,  the  northern 
wanderers  would  be  expected  to  diminish  and  to  vaiy  as  they 
receded,  the  southern  forms  in  question  became  more  alike  and 
more  numerous  proceeding  south.  Thus  radiation  rather  than 
convergence  is  indicated. 

II. 

That  birds,  winds,  or  circumpolar  currents,  by  a  process  of 
picking  up  and  setting  down  passengers  from   the  continents  or 

*  Wliile  this  article  was  in  the  press,  there  reached  rue  an  imporUmt 
memoir  by  Dr.  Pilsbry  on  "  The  Non-Marine  Molhisca  of  Patagonia  "  (Rep. 
Princeton  Univ.  Exped.  Patagonia,  iii.  1912,  pt.  v.  pp.  ol3-633).  My  friend 
considers  Antarctica  rather  as  a  road  for  migration,  especially  an  American 
exit,  than  as  a  centre  of  evolution.  Ho  t^akes  exception  to  my  deriva- 
tion of  Australian  Acavida^  from  Antarctica,  and  suggests  that  the  group 
arose  in  Gondwana  Land.  On  reconsideration  I  would  still  maintain  tliat  the 
south-eastwardly  increasing  distribution  of  Australian  Acavida^  indicates  their 
immediate  Antarctic  origin.  But  previous  to  an  Antarctic  sojourn  the  group 
may  have  been  Gondwana  bred.  This  memoir  heightens  the  resemblance 
between  ea.st  and  west.  Gundlachia,  Liphdon,  and  Radiodiscus  are  common, 
Pettcrdia7m  scarcely  differs  from  Littoridina,  and  I'ofamolithis  appears  to  have 
Tasmanian  relatives. 


LINXEAN    SOCIETY    OF    LONDON.  83 

islands  by  the  way,  established  a  uniformity  of  fauna  and  flora. 
Thus  Dr.  Michaelson  writes  (Journ.  West.  Aust.  Nat.  Hist.  Soc. 
v.,  July  1908,  p.  13):  "  There  is  no  need  for  the  supposition  of  an 
ancient  great  Antarctic  continent  \Ahich  connected  Australia  and 
South  America  as  some  scientific  men  still  suppose.  Certain 
littoral  Oligochajta  consisting  of  euryhaline  forms,  for  which  the 
salt  sea  is  no  barrier,  can  be  transported  by  the  west  wind  drift 
over  the  stations  on  the  different  islands  lying  between  one 
continent  and  another." 

The  flora  of  the  circum antarctic  islands,  as  instanced  by 
Kerguelen,  was  thought  by  W.  Schimper  to  have  been  conveyed 
by  sea  birds  and  ocean  drift  (Schimper,  AVissenschaft.  Ergebn. 
Valdivia,  ii.  1905,  p.  75).  Although  this  niiglit  apply  to  species 
which  recur  through  several  archipelagoes,  such  would  not  explain 
the  presence  of  endemic  plants  and  on  Kerguelen  the  occurrence 
of  an  endemic  snail,  Ampliidoxa  JiooJceri. 

Such  transport  accounts  only  for  a  wide  range  of  individual 
species  capable  of  air  or  water  carriage.  It  has  doubtless  been  a 
small  but  real  factor  in  distribution.  Eut  it  does  not  account 
for  the  existence  of  related  and  representative  species,  for  the 
subtropical  element,  or  for  the  species  incapable  of  such  convey- 
ance. Px'of.  W.  B.  Benham  raises  the  objection  that  a  species 
might  drift  yet  never  land  : — "  When  I  stood  at  the  top  of  the 
sheer  cliffs,  some  500  ft.  to  1000  ft.  in  height,  which  form  the 
whole  of  the  west  coast  of  Auckland  Island,  and  saw  the 
tremendous  breakers  which  even  in  moderately  calm  weather  dash 
with  incredible  force  against  the  rocks,  I  was  more  than  ever 
convinced  that  the  '  west- wind  drift ,'  cannot  account  for  the 
transference  of  Oligochieta  from  the  various  land  surfaces  of  this 
subantarctic  region "  (Benham,  '  Subantarctic  Islands  of  New 
Zealand,'  i.  1909,  p.  254). 

III. 

That  a  trans-Pacific  continent  conveyed  to  New  Zealand, 
Australia,  and  South  America  a  common  stock  otherwise  recognised 
as  the  Antarctic  element  (ITutton,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.  S.  Wales, 
xxi.  1896,  p.  36  ;  Baur, '  American  Naturalist,'  xxxi.  1897,  p.  661). 

This  alternative  seems  the  weakest.  Had  a  trans-Pacific  bridge 
really  disseminated  the  species  under  discussion,  then  they  should 
be  best  developed  in  the  central  remaining  portion  (for  instance,  in 
Tahiti  or  Samoa)  and  least  at  the  extremity  (as  in  Chili  or 
Tasmania).  Actually  the  reverse  is  the  case  :  Soutli  America  is 
the  most  closely  associated  with  Tasmania,  then  New  Zealand  is 
less  so,  and  the  Mid-Pacific  islands  not  at  all. 

Those  who  consider  the  demand  for  land  between  Tasmania  and 
Antarctica  as  exorbitant  are  not  consistent  in  asking  so  much 
larger  a  grant  in  the  Pacific. 

Another  difficulty  is  why  that  South  American  contingent 
which  flooded  Tertiary  Antarctica,  and  then  Australia,  failed  to 
include  such  characteristic  South  American  fauna  as  the  humming- 

9^ 


84  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE 

hirtls,  platyrhine  monkeys,  hystricomorph  rodents,  edentates,  or 
notoiinguliites.  Dr.  von  Jheritig  explains  (Trans.  N.Z.  Inst.  xxiv. 
1891,  J).  VM  ;  and  X.  Jalirb.  f.  iMineralogio,  &c.  Beil.-Bd.  xxxii. 
1911,  p.  170,  pi.  V.)  that  two  former  subcontinents,  of  late 
niesozoic  or  early  tertiary  age,  are  now  fused  in  the  present  South 
America.  Before  the  rise  of  the  Andes  these  were  separated 
from  each  other  by  a  broad  sea  and  maintained  distinct  fauna  and 
flora.  The  southern  tract,  which  he  calls  "  Archiplata,"  comprised 
what  is  now  Chili,  Argentina,  and  Southern  Brazil.  The 
northern  area,  called  "  Archiguyana,"  embraced  Xorthern  Brazil, 
Venezuela,  and  Guiana. 

It  was  from  Archiplata  that  the  last  phase  of  Antarctica  had 
its  American  derivatives,  and  that  at  a  time  when  many  forrcs 
now  regarded  as  typically  South  American  had  not  yet  reached 
Archiplata.  Not  until  after  Antarctica  was  i-eh^ased  from 
Archi|)lata  did  the  latter  join  Archiguyana,  and  then  the  southern 
fauna  sufft^red  the  usual  fate  from  the  incursion  of  the  more 
highly  organised  northern  types. 

3.  The  Austeal  Fauna  and  Flora. 

More  space  than  is  here  available  would  be  required  to 
enumerate  the  Antarctic  refugees  in  austral  lands.  A  few  of  the 
more  striking  instances  are  now  selected. 

Recent  marsupials  are  restricted  to  Australasia  and  to  the 
Americas,  the  monotremes  to  the  former.  It  seems  to  have  been 
assumed  generally  that  marsupials  necessarily  had  a  Eui'opean 
origin  and  travelled  across  Siberia  to  North  America.  A  shorter 
connection  between  Western  Europe  and  South  America  by  way 
of  Archhelenis  is  at  any  rate  worth  debate.  Had  the  entry  to 
Australia  been  by  the  Malay  Archipelago,  as  opponents  of  the 
Antarctic  hypothesis  advance,  then  stragglers  by  the  way  should 
have  lingered  in  the  East  Indies.  In  Australasia  marsupials  and 
monotremes  are  least  developed  in  the  north  ;  proceeding  south- 
wards more  groups  successively  appear  till  ultimately  Tasmania 
has,  as  Professor  Spencer  expressed  it,  "  a  condensation  of  most 
that  is  noteworthy  in  the  Australian  region"  (Spencer,  Proc.  Austr. 
Assoc.  Adv.  Sci.  1892,  p.  106).  Indeed,  the  most  convincing 
proof  of  the  Antarctic  theory  is  the  fact  that  in  Australasia  the 
South  American  affiuities  regularly  increase  as  Tasmania  is 
approached  and  there  attain  their  maximum.  Those  who 
deny  marsupial  migration  across  Antarctica  are  obhged  to 
assume  that  the  Thylacinida?  were  independently  evolved  in  each 
hemisphere.  That  Tasmania  was  the  point  of  entry  is  supported 
by  the  discovery  in  Tasmania  of  the  earliest  fossil  Australian 
marsupial.  This,  Wi/nyufdia  bassiana,  is  apparently  one  of  the 
Phalangeridae,  but  the  unique  example  is  too  imperfect  for 
positive  identification  (Spencer,  Proc.  Zool.   Soc.  1900,  p.  776). 


LINNEA>f    SOCIETY    OF    LOXDOX.  85 

Local  geologists  class  the  stratum  in  which  it  occurred  as  Eocene, 
but  English  and  American  geologists  are  less  disposed  to  grant 
these  beds  such  antiquity. 

If  marsupials  had  not  been  available,  the  case  could  have  been 
made  as  clear  from  herpetological  evidence.  And,  indeed,  were 
the  vertebrata  disregarded,  the  liypothesis  could  still  be  as  well 
established  from  the  invertebrata  or  the  plants. 

Among  the  reptiles,  fifty  genera  of  the  Iguanidse  are  known,  all 
of  which  are  confined  to  the  New  World,  chiefly  South  America, 
except  one  genus  in  Eiji  and  two  in  Madagascar.  Australian 
snakes  are  divisible  into  the  venomous  and  the  non-venomous 
groups.  All  the  venomous  are  of  the  family  Elapidae,  related  to 
South  American  types ;  they  focus  in  Tasmania,  where  non- 
venomous  snakes  are  absent.  The  non-venomous  snakes  are  of 
Asiatic  or  Papuan  alHnity,  and  focus  in  North  Queensland.  The 
majority  of  Austx'alian  frogs  are  also  akin  to  South  American 
forms. 

A  family  of  large  snails,  conspicuous  for  the  size  and  beauty  of 
the  shell  and  distinct  in  structural  features,  called  by  Dr.  Pilsbry 
the  Ilacroogona,  has  the  following  distribution  : — In  South 
America,  chiefly  tropical,  Macrocyclis  1  species,  Strophochilus 
51  species,  and  Goni/ostomiis  5  species  ;  in  Madagascar,  Ampelita  54 
species  and  Helicophanta  16  species  ;  in  the  Seychelles,  Stijlodonta 
2  species ;  in  Ceylon,  Acavus  7  species ;  in  the  Moluccas,  Pyro- 
chihis  4  species  ;  in  Tasmania,  Anogh/pta  1  species  and  Cart/odes 
1  species ;  in  Eastern  Australia,  Pedinogyra  1  species  and  Panda 
4  species.  The  Chilian  Macrocyclis  and  the  Queensland  Pedinogyra 
by  shell  characters  pair  together,  while  Helicophanta  is  a  match 
for  Panda.  The  absence  of  this  family  from  New  Zealand,  its 
preponderance  of  species  in  Madagascar,  of  genera  in  Tasmania 
with  Australia,  and  its  development  in  the  tropics  are  remarkable 
characters  of  this  old  austral  group. 

The  snail  family  Bulimulida^  is  chai'acteristic  of  South  America, 
beyond  which  two  genera  stray  into  the  West  Indies  and  North 
America,  and  two  others,  Botliriemhryon  and  Placostylus,  occur  in 
Australasia.  The  first  ranges  from  Tasmania  to  AVest  iVustralia, 
and  forms  an  exception  to  Antarctic  rule  by  liaving  its  distri- 
bution centre  in  the  latter.  Indeed,  Botliriemhryon  and  the 
fluviatile  crustacean  Gha'raps  raise  a  suspicion  that  West 
Australia  had  direct  relations  with  Antarctica,  prior  to  and 
independent  of  the  Tasmanian  Istlimus.  Placostylus  extends  from 
New  Zealand  to  Fiji  and  New  Guinea,  "giving  testimony,"  as 
Pilsbry  remarks,  "to  the  foi'mer  existence  of  an  Antarctic  land 
connecting  the  austral  continents  of  the  two  hemispheres  "  (Man. 
Couch.,  Index,  vols.  x,-xiv.  1902,  p.  ix). 

The  Buprestidaj,  a  family  of  large  and  handsome  beetles,  exhibit 
a  striking  affinity  between   Australia  and    South    America.      So 


86  PnOCliEDIXGS    OF    TJIB 

much  so  that,  opposed  as  AVallat-e  was  to  the  Antarctic  connection, 
lie  here  conceded  that  some  exchanj^e  between  the  two  areas  was 
required.  Jle  thought  that  it  took  the  form  of  larvjc  in  floating 
limber  drifting  round  the  antarctic  seas  in  a  warm  period. 

Among  early  Tertiary  vej^'etation  brought  from  Seymour  Island 
in  the  Antarctic  by  Dr.  NordenskjilUrs  expedition,  Dusen  has 
recognised  a  s{)ecies  of  Fagus  and  an  Aranc((na  like  A.  hrasiliensis 
(8ch\vedisclie  ISudpolar.  Exp.,  Jkl.  iii.  Lief  3,  1908).  In  the  light 
of  this  discovery  the  range  of  the  living  species  of  these  genera 
acquires  an  importance  for  the  student  of  the  Antarctic  hypothesis. 
The  distribution  of  the  beech  trees  is  a  particularly  interesting  one, 
for  on  the  principle  of  Antarctic  extension  it  is  simple  and  intelli- 
gible, but  without  it  is  complicated  and  inexplicable. 

This  geiuis  Far/us,  sensu  latu,  has  tAvo  representatives  in 
Europe,  one  in  North  America,  and  several  in  China  and  Japan.  But 
in  South  America  there  are  eleven,  in  New  Zealand  seven,  and  in 
Tasmania  with  Australia  three.  The  northern  forms  are  deciduous, 
but  with  one  or  two  exceptions  the  southern  ai'e  evergreen.  The 
genus  being  a  natural  one  is  certainly  not  of  polyphyletic  origin, 
and  the  question  before  us  is,  from  what  centre  of  migration  has 
it  spread  ?  Did  the  southern  species  radiate  from  the  south  or 
converge  from  the  north  ?  It  is  a  strong  argument  for  a  southern 
origin  that  the  bulk  of  the  species  are  southern.  Again,  the  ever- 
green state  is  primitive,  the  deciduous  derived,  and  this  indicates 
that  the  northerners  are  offshoots  from  an  evergreen  stock. 
Thirdly,  the  southern  species  more  closely  resemble  each  other 
than  any  northern  does  any  southern  fox-m.  Even,  as  Mr. 
llodway  (Proc.  Austr.  Assoc.  Adv.  Sci.  1912)  points  out,  the  same 
parasite  atHicts  Tasmanian  and  South  American  trees.  This 
agrees  better  with  radiation  fi*om  the  south  than  with  convergence 
from  the  north. 

Another  aspect  of  Antarctic  distribution  is  presented  by  the 
genus  Araucaria.  None  of  the  fifteen  existing  species  reach  the 
northern  hemisphere,  so  the  complication  of  a  boreal  factor  is 
absent.  It  is  chiefly  subtropical  and  characterises  a  zone  external 
to  that  of  Faijus.  In  South  America  there  are  three  species,  in 
New  Caledonia  eight,  in  Norfolk  Island  one,  in  New  Gruinea  one, 
and  in  Australia  two.  The  latter  pair  are  unlike  each  other,  but 
<me,  A.  biihvilli,  from  Queensland,  stands  very  close  to  the 
Chilian  A.  imhricata.  This  indicates  that  the  genus  had  already 
differentiated  almost  to  its  present  extreme  before  the  migration 
route  between  Australia  and  South  Amei'ica  had  closed.  The 
large  and  heavy  seeds  of  these  trees  possess  no  floating  power  and 
are  unfitted  for  dispersal  by  birds.  As  Dr.  Guppy  remarks  of  the 
Fijian  Kauri  pine,  "  they  may  well  be  cited  in  support  of  any 
continental  hypothesis"  (Guppv,  '  Naturalist  in  the  Pacific,' ii. 
1906,  p.  301). 

The  preponderance  of  Araucaria  in  tlie  Pacific  is  enforced  by  a 


LINNEAN    SOCIETY    OF    LONDON.  87 

related  genus  Agathis.  If  statistics  carry  a  meaning,  Fagus  would 
seem  to  have  come  to  Australasia  from  America,  while  Ai'aucaria 
•made  the  reverse  journey. 

The  remarkable  and  well  known  genus  Fuchsia  includes  sixty- 
nine  species.  Four  of  these  are  natives  of  New  Zealand,  the  rest 
inhabit  South  America,  Mexico,  and  the  AVest  Indies.  These 
figures  are  almost  exactly  reversed  for  the  shrubby  evergreen 
Veronicas,  plants  conspicuous  in  auy  New  Zealand  landscape, 
totally  absent  from  Australia  or  Tasmania,  and  represented  by  a 
few  stragglers  in  South  America  and  Fuegia. 

4.  Deductions. 

If  it  be  resolved  that  the  community  of  austral  life  is  explicable 
•only  by  former  radiation  along  land-routes  from  the  south  polar 
regions,  we  reach  a  position  to  probe  deeper  into  the  intricacies 
of  the  problem. 

In  the  scheme  propounded  by  Dr.  H.  0.  Forbes,  the  austral 
forms  inhabited  one  vast  continent,  nearly  a  third  of  the  southern 
hemisphere,  at  the  same  (?  Pleistocene)  time.  But  an  analysis  of 
the  fauna  in  question  shows  that  some  groups  avoid  Tasmania  and 
others  avoid  New  Zealand.  Clearly  the  Antarctica  that  supplied 
Australia  with  an  abundant  fauna  of  marsupials,  monotremes, 
snakes,  frogs,  and  so  on,  was  not  in  touch  with  New  Zealand, 
where  these  animals  are  conspicuously  absent.  Benhara  has 
emphasised  the  fact  that  the  Acanthrodrilids,  Antarctic  earth- 
worms, failed  to  reach  Tasmania.  When  they,  the  fuschias  and 
other  associates,  spread  backwards  and  forwards  from  New  Zealand 
to  South  America,  it  is  equally  clear  that  the  road  to  Tasmania 
was  barred  to  them.  Iredale  remarks  (Proc.  Malac.  Soc.  ix.  1910, 
p.  160)  that  the  Antarctic  element  in  the  New  Zealand  Polyplaco 
phora,  a  marine  moUuscan  group,  is  distinct  from  that  which 
reached  Tasmania  from  the  south.  The  differences  are  both 
positive  and  negative,  and  are  not  due  merely  to  the  more  southern 
latitude  of  New  Zealand  preserving  a  larger  proportion  of  cold 
types.  When  circumstances  allowed  Iguanidae  to  wander  from 
South  America  in  two  genera  to  Madagascar  and  in  another  to 
Fiji,  the  Australian  road  was  apparently  closed  to  them. 

It  becomes  increasingly  apparent  that  the  Antarctic  source  of 
austral  life  was  not  simjile  but  compound.  This  complexity  hai^ 
probably  beeu  the  chief  hindrance  to  its  recognition.  The  problem 
before  us  is  : — Was  the  complexity  that  of  time  or  space,  or  botli  ? 
Shall  we  suppose,  for  instance,  that  at  the  close  of  a  glacial 
period  an  Antarctic  continent  bare  of  life  received  a  fauna  and 
flora  from  one  neighbour,  then  developed  and  transmitted  it  to 
another?  That  a  subsequent  glaciation  swept  all  life  away  from 
tlie  polar  area?  That  a  warm  interglacial  period  succeeded  when 
another  transfer,  but  between  different  neighbours,  took  place? 


88  PBOCEEDINOS   OF   THE 

80  tliat  the  fauna  of  New  Zealand  might  represent  tlie  life  of  one 
iuterglacial  antarctic  phase  and  that  of  Australia  another. 

Or  f^liall  we  consider  that  Tertiary  Antarctica  was  an  archipelago, 
the  islands  of  which  carried  such  different  fauna  and  flora  that 
emigrants  from  one  quarter  differed  from  those  of  another.  It  is 
not  yet  known  whether  the  area  between  Xing  Edward  VII.  Laud 
and  (Jraham  Land  is  a  lobe  of  the  continent  or  an  archipelago,  or  an 
independent  island  (Darwin,  Proc.  Eoy.  J^oc.  A,  vol.  Ixxxiv,  1910, 
p.  420;  and  Maw  son,  Geogr.  Journ.  xxxvii.  1!)11,  map,  p.  6L*J). 
In  the  latter  ease  it  is  possible  that  King  Edward  YIl.  Land  may 
havejoimd  New  Zealand,  while  Tasmania  was  separately  linked 
to  8outh  Victoria  Land.  Under  these  circumstances  New  Zealand 
and  Tasmania  may  have  simultaneously  imported  an  Antarctic  and 
yet  a  different  fauna  and  flora. 

Or  both  conditions  of  iuterglacial  succession  and  insularity  may 
have  combined  in  the  past  to  produce  present  effects. 

Prof.  11.  Pilsbry  has  shown  (Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Philad.  1900, 
p.  5G8)  that  the  land  molluscan  faunas  of  the  Marquesas,  Hawaii, 
and  Society  Islands  are  closely  related,  and  that  though  of  primitive 
type  they  are  harmonic  such  as  befits  continental  laud,  not  a  drift 
selection  such  as  oceanic  islands  have.  He  proposes  them  as 
witness  to  the  existence  of  a  Palaeozoic  or  early  Mesozoic  land 
mass.  The  tree-lobelias  also  testify  to  the  antiquity  and  associ- 
ation of  these  distant  Pacific  archipelagoes  (Guppy,  '  A  Naturalist 
in  the  Pacific,'  ii.  1906,  p.  250).  Their  rehirious  are  with  the 
alpine  floras  of  South  America  and  Equatorial  Africa.  A  third 
of  the  mountain  flora  of  Hawaii  is  derived  from  high  southern 
latitudes.  It  is  now  suggested  that  these  primitive  continental 
plants  and  animals  reflect  a  meridional  Pacific  land-ray,  the  first 
visible  vestige  of  Antarctic  extension,  as  Tasmania  was  the  last. 
To  carry  a  cold  flora  across  the  Equator  the  land  must  have  been 
lofty  and  continuous.  In  such  a  range  some  might  see  the  rib  of 
a  fornier  tetrahedral  world. 

As  the  Eocene  w as  both  a  warm  period  and  a  time  when  land 
was  largely  developed  in  the  Patagonian  area,  it  is  likely  that  the 
Archiplatan  fauna  then  or  earlier  entered  Antarctica.  If  the 
Tasmanian  fossil  Wynyardia  is  rightly  dated  Eocene,  then  during 
that  age  some  at  least  of  the  American  migrants  reached  Australia. 

Whereas  New  Zealand  in  its  relation  with  South  America,  via 
Antarctica,  appears  both  as  a  giver  and  a  receiver,  Australia,  on 
the  contrary,  seems  to  have  made  no  return  to  South  America,  but 
to  have  i-eceived  all  and  given  nothing.*  No  Eucalypts,  for 
instance,  crossed  from  Tasmania  to  Patagonia.     One  explanation 

*  Ortniann  (Proc.  Am.  Pliilos.  Soc.  xli.  1902,  p.  340)  considers  that  the 
freshwater  Crustacea  Parastacid.T  spread  from  Australia  into  Antarctica  and 
tbence  into  Chili.  But  the  distribution  of  this  group  in  Australia  as  detailed 
by  G.  Smith  (Pnoc.  Zool.  Soc.  1012,  p.  149)  appears  to  uie  to  be  that  of 
immigrants  from  an  east  and  wc>t  base  respectively. 


LIXNEAN    SOCIETY    OF    lONDOX.  89 

may  be  that  Australia  was  then  too  poor  to  afford  emigrants. 
Another  and  more  probable  explanation  is  that  Antarctica  having 
received  a  fauna  and  flora  from  Arcbiplata  was  severed  fi-om  it 
before  joining  Australia.  Thus  a  stream  of  migration  would  be 
forced  forward  and  checked  backwards. 

The  austral  fauna  and  flora  appears  extending  m  successive 
zones  from  the  far  south  to  the  tropics.  In  New  Zealand  the 
warmth-loving  plants  and  animals,  such  as  the  Kauri  pine  (a 
relation  of  Araucaria)  and  Placostylus  snail,  have  been  thrust  to  a 
northern  refuge,  while  diminished  temperature  has  probably  exter- 
minated others.  The  Araucaria  and  iguanas,  the  freshwater  fish 
Osteof/lossum ,  are  examples  of  tropical  austral  forms  of  which  a 
long  list  could  be  compiled. 

It  is  unhkely  that  the  Antarctica  that  bore  this  tropical  and 
subtropical  assembly  reached  much  more  broadly  to  the  tropics 
than  does  the  present  continent.  Had  it  done  so,  more  traces 
would  have  been  left  of  such  extension  in  the  South  Sea  Islands  on 
the  one  side  or  in  South  Africa  on  the  other. 

But  if  the  subtropical  flora  and  fauna  had  in  the  Tertiary 
extended  unbroken  across  the  pole  from  Fuegia  to  Tasmania,  what 
then  became  of  tlie  ancestors  of  the  present  subantarctic  and  south 
alpine  life  ?  Why  were  not  these  frigid  forms  driven  from  off  the 
face  of  the  earth  when  the  heart  of  the  Antarctic  itself  enjoyed  a 
genial  climate  ? 

The  discovery  by  Sir  E,  Shackleton  of  a  plateau  10,000  feet  high 
near  the  south  pole,  suggests  a  solution  of  the  difficulty.  If  such 
a  plateau  existed  ^hen  the  climate  was  at  its  warmest,  then  the 
tropical  migrants  could  have  found  a  congenial  climate  on  the 
coast,  while  the  ancestors  of  the  Kosciusko  and  Kerguelen  plants 
and  animals  took  refuge  on  the  plateau  heights.  The  inference  is 
that  such  a  plateau  did  then  exist. 

If  the  land-connection  between  the  Antarctic  and  Tasmania  had 
broken  down  during  the  warmest  period  of  the  interglacial  phase, 
it  would  have  isolated  the  flora  and  fauna  at  a  time  when  the  cold 
elements  were  gathered  together  on  the  central  plateau  heights, 
while  the  temperate  and  subtropical  elements  possessed  the 
Antarctic  periphery.  In  that  case  the  cold  forms  would  have  had 
no  opportunity  to  escape  to  the  alpine  stations  of  New  Zealand  or 
Australia,  or  to  occupy  the  subantarctic  islands. 

The  conclusion  is  therefore  drawn  that  the  land  link  was  main- 
tained during  the  period  of  refrigeration,  and  that  from  the 
Antarctic  focus  first  the  subtropical,  then  the  temperate,  lastly  the 
alpine  forms  were  expelled,  each  to  gain  a  fresh  footing  in  lower 
latitudes. 

Possibly  associated  with  the  formation  of  great  ice  masses,  a 
paroxysm  of  diastrophic  energy  ensued.  This,  which  perhaps  has 
not  yet  subsided,  effected  the  destruction  of  the  antarctic  bridge, 
and  to  it  may  be  due  the  recent  disarticulation  of  the  Dominion 


90  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   LINNEAN    SOCIETY. 

of  New  Zealand  aud  the  severance  of  Tasmania  from  its  parent 
continent. 

In  the  lon<i[  perspective  of  past  time  Antarctica  appears  to  fade 
and  form  lilie  a  sumn)er  cloud,  now  extondinf^  a  limb,  now  shedding 
it,  now  resolving  into  a  continent,  now  dissolving  into  an  archi- 
pelago. At  present  it  lies  dead  and  cold  under  its  white  winding- 
sheet  of  snow.  By  the  light  of  the  magician's  lamp  we  watch  the 
summer  of  the  cycles  dawn.  The  glow  of  life  returns,  the  ice 
mask  melts,  green  spreads  a  mantle.  At  last  a  vision  comes  of 
rippling  brooks,  of  singing  birds,  of  blossoming  flowers,  and  of 
forest  glades  in  the  heart  of  Antarctica. 


ADDITIONS    AND   DONATIONS 

TO    THE 

LlBKAliY. 

1911-1912. 


Agulhon  (Henri).  Eecherches  sur  la  presence  et  le  role  du  bore 
chez  les  vegetaux.     Theses,  pp.  158.  8vo.  Laval,  1910. 

Alder  {the  late  Joshua)  aud  Hancock  {the  late  Albany).  The 
British  Tunicata.  An  unfinished  Monograpli.  Edited  by 
JoH2s-  HoPKiNSON.  With  Lives  of  the  Authors  by  Canon 
A.  M.  NoEMAN  aud  by  the  late  Dennis  Embleton.  Vol.  I. 
Pp.  xii,  146 ;  plates  20".  8vo.  London,  1905. 

Vol.11.     Pp.  xxviii,  164;  plates  21-50. 

8vo.  London,  1907. 

Vol.111.     Pp.  xii,  112;  plates  51-66. 

8vo.  London,  1912. 

Andersen  (Knud).  ^See  British  Museum  (Nat.  Hist.) :  Mammals. 
Catalogue  of  the  Chiroptera,  Vol.  I.  :  Megachiroptera.  Pp.  ci, 
854;  hgs.  79.  8vo.  1912. 

Andersson  (Lars  Gabriel).  Uutersuchungeu  iiber  die  Entstehuug 
der  tiusseren  Genitalorgane  und  des  Afters  bei  den  Nagetieren. 
Inaugural-Dissertation.  Pp.230;  mit  142  Eiguren  im  Text. 
(Arkiv  Zool.  v.  no.  4.)  8vo.   Uppsala,  1909.     Author. 

Argotti  Botanical  Gardens,  Floriana. 

«eed  Catalogues  for  1893-94,  1894-95,  1896,  1898-99,  1904. 
8vo.,  4to.  iSc  fol.     Malta,  1893-1904. 
Rev.  G.  Henslow. 

Baur  (Erwin).  Einf  iihrung  in  die  experimentelle  Vererbungslehre. 
Pp.  [vi]  293  ;  mit  80  Textfiguren  und  9  farbogeu  Tafeln. 

Eoy.  8vo.  Berlin,  1911. 

Beaufort  (L.  P.  de).  See  Weber  (Max).  The  Eishes  of  the 
Indo-Australiau  Archipelago.  8vo.  London,  1901. 

Beckmann  (Johann).     Schwedische  Eeise  in  den  Jahren  1765- 

1766.    Tagebuch,  mit  Einleilung  und  Anmerkuugeu  im  Auftrage 

der  Kgl.   Universitiit   Upsala.      llerausgegeben  aou  Theobor 

Magnus  Ekies.    Pp.  iv,  174.    With  Poi'trait  and  Testimonium. 

8vo.     Upsala,  I'd!!.     Univ.  of  Upsala. 

Beitrage  zur  Kryptogamenflora  der  Schweiz.  liiinde  I-IV. 
Heft  1.  8vo.  Bern,  1898-1912. 

Band  IV.  Ileft  1.     Mbister  (Friediiicii).     Die  Kieselalgen  der  Scliweiz. 
Pp.  vi,  254  ;  mit  48  Taf.     1912. 


9 2  PUOCKE DINGS    OF    THK 

Berg  (Lev  Semenovic).  See  Fauna  de  la  Russie  et  des  Pays 
Limitrophes.    A'ol.  I.     Poissons  (Miusipobranchii  ct  Pisces). 

1911. 

Berger  ( Alwin).  Hortus  Mortolensis  ;  enumeratio  plantarum  in 
llortu  Morlolensi  cuitarum.  Pp.  xxiv,  407  ;  with  6  plates  and 
2  portraits.  bvo.  Zo/u/on,  J912.     Zrt(/v/ Hanbury. 

Berlin. 

Das  Tierreich.  Begriindet  von  der  Deutsclien  Zoologischen 
Gesellsc.haft.  Ini  Auftrage  der  Konigl.  Preuss.  Akademie 
der  VVissenscliaiten  ku  Berlin,  herausgegeben  von  Feanz 
EiLHARD  ScnuLZE.     Liefg.  30-33.  8vo.  Berlin,  1912. 

30.  Hyinenoptera — Iclineuinoiiidea  :     Evaniidoc.       Von    Prof.    Dr. 

Jan  Jaques   Kiepfeu.      Tp.  xix,  431 ;    iiiit  76  Abbildungen. 

1912. 

31.  Crustacea— Ostracoda.      Von  G.  W.  Muller.     Pp.  xxxiii,  434 ; 

mit  92  Abbildungen.     Svo.  1912. 

32.  Tunicata— Salpaj    1.       Desniotnyaria.       Von    J.   E.   W.   Ihle. 

Pp.  X,  G6  ;  mit  68  Abbildungen.     1912. 

33.  Reptilia — Lacertilia:    Eublepharidte,  Uroplatida?,    Pygopodidae. 

Von  FuANz  Weuner.     Pp.  ix,  33  ;  mit  6  Abbildungen.     1912. 
Bews  (John  William).     The  Vegetation  of  Natal.     Pp.  79 ;  with 
10  |)]ates  and  Map.     (Ann.  Natal  Mus.  vol.  ii.  part  3.) 

Svo.  Pietermaritzburr/,  1912.      Author. 
Bianchi  (Valentin  Lwowitsch).    See  Fauna  da  la  Russie  et  das 
Pays  Limitrophes.     Vol.  1.     Oiseaux  (Aves).  1911. 

Bibliotheca  Botanica  {continued). 

Heft  74.  BiTTEK  (Geoug).     Die  Guttung  Acaeiia.     Vorstudien  zu  einer 
Moiiographie.     Pp.  336 ;  mit  37  Tafeln  und  98  Textiiguren, 
1911-12. 
,,     75.  HEYijiucii(FRA^z).    Lithophylhimincrnsfans'PhW.    Miteineui 
Niichtrag  liber  Paraspora  frutiadosa  (Ktz.)  Heydr.    Pp.  24 ; 
mit  2  Tafeln.     1911. 
,,     76.   Futii.i  (Josff).     Ueber  die  Bezicbungen  von  Agaricineen  und 
anderen  iuimu8bewohnenden  Pilzen  zur  Myeorliizenbildung 
der  Waldbilume.     Pp.  32  ;  mit  4  Tafeln.    'l911. 
„     77.  Gi'NTiiAUT    (August).      Beitrag   zu   einer   bliitenbiologischen 
Monograpbie  der  Gattung  Arab'is.     Pp.  36;  mit  2  Tafelu 
und  44  Textabbildungen.     1912. 

Bitter  (Georg).  Die  Gattung  Acaena.  Vorstudien  zu  einer 
Monographie.  Pp.  330 ;  mit  37  Tafeln  und  98  Textfigureu. 
(Bibl.  Eot.  xvii.  Heft  74.)  4to.  Stuttgart,  1911-12. 

Blanford  (William  Thomas).  Tiie  Fauna  of  British  India,  in- 
cluding Ceyloii  and  Burma  ....  Edited  by  W.  T.  Blanford 
(and  Lieut.-Col.  C.  T.  Bingham  and  Aiixiiuii  E.  Shipley). 

Svo.  London,  4'c.,  1888-1912. 

Colenptera. — General    Introduction    and    Cicindelidne   and    Paussida;. 

By  \V.  W.  FowLioii.     Pp.  XX,  529  ;  figs.  240.     1912. 

Borgesen  (Fraderik  C.  E.).     The  Algal  Vegetation  of  the  Lagoons 

in   the  Danish   West  Indies.      Pp.    10 ;    with   9   illustrations. 

(Saertryk  af  Biologiske  Arbejder  tilegnede  Eug.  Warming  den 

3Novr.  1911.)  S\o.  Co2ienhage7i,  Id II.     Author. 


LINNEAN    SDCIETY    OF    LONDON.  93 

Borg  (G.).  Catalogue  of  the  Plants  cultivated  in  the  St.  Antonio 
Gardens.  Revised  and  re-arranged  by  F.  Debono.  Pp.  vii, 
96.  4to.  Malta,  1896.     Rev.  G.  Henslow. 

Bournemouth. 

Bournemouth  Natural  Science  Society.    Proceedings.   Vol.  III. 
8vo.  Bournemouth,  1912.     R.  V.  Sherring. 
British  Museum  {continued). 

National  Antarctic  Expedition  (SS.  'Discovery'),  19U1-1904. 
Natural  History.     Vol.  VI.     Zoology  and  Botany. 

4to.  London,  1912. 

VI.  A  General  Notice  of  the  Biological  Memoirs.     By  F.  Jeffrey 

Bell. 
Synopsis  of  the  Contents  of  tiie  several  Volumes  of  Memoirs. 
Classified  Summary  of  the  Contents  of  Vols.  I.-VI. 
Echinoderma.  —  On    a    Collection    of    Young    Holothurioids, 

By  E.  W.  MAcBRinE.     1912. 
Polychajta.     By  E.  Eiilers.     1912. 
Freshwater  Alga.     By  F.  E.  Fritsch.     1912. 

Mammalia. 

Catalogue  of  the  Chiroptera.  Second  Edition.  By  Knud 
Andersen.    Vol.  I.     Megachiroptera.     Pp.  ci,  854  ;  figs.  79. 

8vo.  London,  1912. 

Birds. 

General  Index  to  A  Hand-List  of  the  Genera  and  Species  of 
Birds.  [Nomenclator  Avium  tum  Fossilium  turn  Viventium.] 
Vols.  I.-V.     Edited  by  "W.  E.  Ogiltie- Grant.     Pp.  v,  199. 

8vo.  London,  1912. 

Insects. 
Hymenopterous  Lnsects. 

ICHNEUMONIDiE. 

A  Revision  of  the  Ichneumonida?  based  on  the  Collection  in  the 
British  Museum  (Natural  History).  With  Descriptions  of 
New  Genera  and  Species.  Part  I.  Tribes  Ophionides  and 
Metopiides.  By  Claude  Morley.  Pp.  xi,  88 ;  and  1  col. 
plate.  8vo.  London,  1912. 

Lepidopterous  Insects. 

Catalogue  of  the  Lepidoptera  Phalaense.  Vol.  XI.  Catalogue 
of  the  Noctuidse  in  the  Collection  of  the  British  Museum. 
By  Sir  George  P.  Hampson,  Bart.  Pp.  xvii,  689  ;  figs.  275, 
plates  174-191.  8vo.  London,  1912] 


94  PBOCEKDINGS   OF   THE 

British  Museum  (con.). 

Plaxts. 

A  Monograpli  of  the  jNIycetozoa  :  a  Descriptive  Catalogue  of 
the  Species  in  the  Herbarium  of  the  British  Museum.  By 
Aetiiuii  Lister.  Second  Edition,  Revised  by  Gulielma 
Lister.     Pp.  [iii],  302 ;  with  201  plates  and  5(5  woodcuts. 

8vo.  London,  1912. 

GuiDE-BoOKS. 

Special  Guide  No.  5. 

Guide  to  the  Exhibition  of  Animals,  Plants,  and  Minerals 
mentioned  in  the  Bible.  Second  Edition.  Pp.  vii,  78  ;  with 
7  figs.  Svo.  London,  1911. 

Brooks  (F.  T.).  /S'«e  Evans  (A,  H.).  A  Short  Flora  of  Cam- 
l)ridgeshire.  Svo.  1911. 

Brussels. 

Congres  (III™")  International  de  Botanique,  1910. 

Actes.     2  vols.  4to.  Bruxelles,  1912. 

Congres  (I""')  International  d'Entomologie.     1-6  Aout,  1910. 

2  vols.  4to.  Bruxelles,  1911-12. 

I.  Historique  et  Proces  Ycrbaux.     1911. 
IT.  Memoires.     1912. 

Bullen  (Robert  Ashington).     Geology  of  the  Bermuda  Islands. 

Pp.  22 ;  with  6  plates  and  5  figs,  in  the  text. 

Svo.  London,  1911. 
■ Harlyn  Bay  and  its  Discoveries  of  its  Prehistoric  Remains. 

Third  Edition.     Pp.  173 ;  with  25  plates  and  22  figs,  in  the 

text.  Svo.  Harhjn  Bay,  1912.     Author. 

Burtt-Davy  (Joseph)  and  Tott-Leendertz  (Mrs.  Reno).     A  First 

Check-List  of  the  Flowering  Plants  and  Ferns  of  the  Transvaal 

and  Swaziland.     Pp.  64.     (Ann.  Mededel.  Transv.  Mus.  iii.) 

Svo.  Pretoria,  1912.     Authors. 
Busuttil  (Giuseppe  Ruggero).     Cenni  Biografici  de  Prof.  Gavixo 

GuLiA.     Pp.  12.  4to,  Malta  [n.  d.].     Rev.  G.  Henslow. 

Caccia  (A.  M.  F.)-     ^ee  D'Arcy  (W.  E.).     Preparation  of  Forest 

Working-Plans  in  India.  Svo.  1910. 

Caruana-Gatto  (Contino  Alfredo).  Prima  Contribuzione  alia 
Fauna  Lepidotterologica  dell'  Isola  di  Malta.  Pp.  8.  (Rivista 
Ital.  Sci.  Nat.  &c.  xi.  fasc.  5.)  4to.  Siena,  1891. 

Dello  stato  presente  delle  nostre  cognizioni  sulla  vegetazioiie 

Maltese.     Pp.  9.     (Congr.  Bot.  Intern.  1892.) 

Svo.   Geneva,  1892. 

The  Slugs  of  the  Maltese  Islands.     Pp.  12;  with  1  plate. 

8vo.  Malta  [1893]. 

Common-beetles  of  the  Maltese  Islands.     Pp.  14. 

Svo.  Malta,  1894.     Bev.  G.  Henslow. 


LINNEAN  SOCIETY  OF  LONDON.  95 

Chapman  (Frederick).  New  or  Little-known  Victorian  Fossils 
in  the  National  Museum. — XIII.  Some  Silurian  Species  of 
the  Genus  LinrjuJa ;  with  Notes  on  its  Shell-Structure  and  a 
Parasitic  Plant.  Pp.  8  ;  with  1  plate.  (Proc.  Eoy.  Soc.  Victoria, 
n.  s.,  xxiv.  p.  179.)  8vo.  Melbourne,  1911.     Author. 

Chittenden  (Frederick).  Contributions  from  the  Wisley 
Laboratory. 

IX.  Calcium  Cyanainitle  and  Nitrate  of  Lime.     Pp.8;  with  1  fig. 

(Jourii.  iloy.  Hortic.  Soe.  xxxvi.  p.  610.)     8vo.  London,  1911. 

On  Potato  '■  Leaf  Blotch  "  and  "  Leaf  Curl."     By  A.  S.  Horne. 

Pp.  6;  with  2  figs.     (Joiirn.  Roy.  Hortic.  Soc.  xxxvi.  p.  018.) 

8vo.  London,  1911. 

X.  Leaf-Spot  of   Celery.      Pp.   8;    with    2  illustr.     (Joiirn.  Roy. 

Hortic.  Soc.  vol.  xxxvii.  part  1.)  8vo.  London,  1912, 

XI.  Note    on    Habits    of    Narcissus   Fly.       Pp.    12 ;    with    3   figs. 

(Journ.  Roy.  Hortic.  Soc.  xxxvii.)  8vo.  London,  1912. 

XII.  Pollination  in   Orchards. — I.     Pp.  13.     (Journ.  Roy.  Hortic. 

Soc.  xxxvii.)  8vo.  London,  1912. 

XIII.  On  Tinnour  and  Canker  in  Potato,     By  A.  S.  Horne.     Pp.  29  ; 

with  10  figs.     (Journ.  Roy.  Hortic.  Soc.  xxxvii.  p.  362.) 

8vo.  London,  1911. 

XIV.  On  some  Plant  Diseases   new   to   or   little-kuown  in  Britain, 

Pp.  9.     (Journ.  Roy.  Hortic.  Soc.  xxxvii.  part  3.) 

8vo  London,  1912. 

Author. 

Christy  (Robert   Miller).      More  about   Dr.  Benj.^^min   Allen 

(1666-1738),  of  Braintree,  Naturalist.     Pp.  14;  with  1  plate. 

8vo.  Bucl'hnrst  Hill,  1912.     Author. 

Cleland  (J.  Burton)  and  Johnston  (T.  Harvey).     With  Notes  on 

Worm  Nests  in  Australian   Cattle  due  to  Filaria  (OncJiocerm 

Gibsoni),  and  on  similar  Structures  in  Camels.     Pp.  23 ;  with 

1  plate.     (Extracts   from  Eeport  of  (jovt.  Bureau  of  Micro- 
biology of  N.  S.  W.  for  1909.)  8vo.  Si/dnei/,  1911. 

Authors. 
Conder  (Josiah).     Tiie  Flower  of  Japan  and  the  Art  of  Floral 

Arrangement.     Pp.  xii,  130  ;  with  54  plates. 

fol.  ToHo,  1891.     Eev.  G.  Henslow. 
Congresses. 

Internat.  de  Botan.     See  Brussels.  4to.  1012. 

Internat.  (I")  d'Entomologie.     -See  Brussels.  4to.  1912. 

Cooke  (John   H.).      "  The  Har  Dalam    Cavern,  Malta,  and   its 

Fossiliferous    Contents."      With    a    Report    on    the    Organic 

Eemains,    by    Authur  Smith   Woodwaed.      Pp.    10;    with 

2  figs.     (Proc.  Roy.  Soc.  vol.  54.)  8vo.  London,  1893. 

Second  Edition.     Pp.  36  ;  witli  8  figs. 

8vo.  Malta  [1893J.  Rev.  G.  Henslow. 
Correns  (Carl  Erich).     Die  neuen  Vererbungsgesetze.     Pp.  viii, 

75  ;  mit  12  zum  Toil  farbigen  Abbildungen.  8vo.  Berlin,  1912. 
Coulter  (John  M.).      The   Endosperm  of  Angiosperms.     Pp.  7. 

(Bot.  Gaz.  vol.  52.)  8vo.   C7«c«r/o,  1911. 

The  History  of  Gymnosperms.     Pp.  7.     (Science,  February 

1912.)  4to.  Neiv  Fori;  1912.     Author. 


96  PllOCEEUlNGS    OF    THE 

Coulter  (John  Merle)  and  Land  (William  Jesse  Goad).  An 
American  Lepidostrobus,  Pp.  5  ;  wiMi  2  plates  aud  3  fi^s.  in 
the  text.    (Bot.  (laz.  vol.  51.)     8vo.   Chicuc^o,  1911.     Authors, 

Critien  (L.).     Guide  to  Malta  aud  its  Dependencies. 

8vo.  Malta,  1888.     Rev.  G.  Henslow. 

Dakin  (William  John).  Buccinum  (The  AVHielk).  Pp.  viii,  115  ; 
plates  8,  figs,  7.  See  Liverpool  Marine  Biology  Committee^ 
Memoir  XX.  8vo.  IOI2' 

Dallman  (Arthur  A.).  A  Contribution  towards  a  Flora  of  Flint- 
shire.    (Jouni.  Bot.  vols,  45,  40,  48,  49.) 

8vo,  London,  1907-1911. 

Notes  on  the  Flora  of  Denbighshire,     Pp.    50,     (Journ. 

Bot.  vol,  49,  8uppl.)  8vo.  London.  191l! 

and   Wood   (Margaret    H.).      A    Biographical    List    of 

deceased  Lancashire  Botanists.     Pp.  59.     (Trans.  Liverp   Bot 
Soc.  i.)  8vo,  Yorl;  1909.     H.  Drinkwater'. 

Dannevig  (H.  C).     See  Fisheries,  Commonwealth  of  Australia. 

8vo! 
D  Arcy  (W.  E.).     Preparation  of  Forest  Working-Plans  in  India. 
Fourth  Edition.     Eevised  by  A,  M.  F.  Caccia.     Pp.  vi,  165. 

8vo.  Calcutta,  1910.     Author. 

Davey  (Frederick  Hamilton).    Charles  William  Peach,  A.L.S. 

Pp.  ;i3;  with  2  plates.     (Eept.  Roy.  Cornw.  Polyt.  Soc.',  1910.) 

8vo.  Penryn,  1911.     Author, 
de  Beaufort.     See  Beaufort  (L.  F.  de). 

Debono  (F.).  Eeport  on  the  Vine  and  Potato  Diseases  in  Malta 
ahd  Treatment  thereof.     Pp.  16.  fol.   Malta,  1898. 

See  Borg  (G.).     Catalogue  of  the  Plants  cultivated   in  the 

St.  Antonio  Gardens.  4to.  Malta,  1896.     Rev.  G.  Henslow. 

Delicata  (Giovanni  Carlo  Grech),     See  Grech  Delicata  (G.  C). 

Dendy  (Arthur).     Outlines  of  Evolutionary  Biology.     Pp.  xvi, 

454  ;   with  188  figs,  in  the  text.     8vo.  London,  19l'2,     Author,' 
Dogiel  (V.).     Catenata.     Pp.  142 ;  with  6  plates. 

8vo.  St.  Petersburg,  1910, 
Drinkwater  (Harry),     Account   of  a   Family   showing   Minor- 

JJrachydactyly,     Pp.   20  ;   with   15  figs,   in   the  text.^  (Journ. 

Genetics,  vol.  ii.  no.  1.)  4to.  Cambridr/e,  1912.     Author. 

Duthie  (John  Firminger).    On  the  Botany  of  the  Maltese  Islands 

in  1874.     Pp.  7,     (Journ.  Bot.  xiii.  p,  36), 

8vo,  London,  1875.     Rev.  G.  Henslow. 

Flora  of  the  Upper  Gangetic  Plain,  and  of  the  adjacent 

Siwalik  and  Sub-Himalayan  Tracts.    2  vols. 

8vo.  Calcutta,  1903-1911.     Author. 
Vol.    I.  Pp.  xvii,  500;   Index,  pp.  y. 
Vol.  II.  Pp.  266. 

Earland  (Arthur).  See  Heron-Allen  (Edward).  The  Recent 
and  Fossil  Foraminifera  of  the  Shore-Sands  at  Selsey  Bill, 
Sussex.  8vo.  1908-1911,' 


LINNEAN    SOCIETY    OF    LO>'DON.  97 

Edinburgh. 
Royal  Botanic  Garden. 

Notes.     Nos.  25,  31.  8vo.  Edinhun/h,  1012. 

I.  Bay  ley  Balfour. 

Engler   (Heinrich   Gustav  Adolf).      Das  Pflauzeiu-eich.     iiegui 

Vegetabilis  conspectus  ....  Ilerausgegeben  von  A.  Englee. 

Hefte  48-55.  8vo.  Leipzig,  191 1-1912. 

Heft  48.     E.NGLER  (H.  G.  A.).     Aracete — Lasioidese.     Pp.   130;  mifc  41.3 

Einzelbildern  in  44  Figureu.     1911. 
„     49.     Perkins   (Janet).     Moniniiacere   (Naclitriige).     Pp.    07 ;    niit 

112  Einzelbildern  in  15  Figuren.     1911. 
„     50.     Kuanzlein  (Fuitz).        OrchidacesB — MonandraB — Dendrobiina?. 

Pars  II.     Pp.  182;  mit   240   Einzelbildern  in  35  Figuren. 

1911. 
Orcbidaeeffi  —  Monandry  —  Thelasina;.     Pp.    46;      mit     103 

Einzelbildern  in  5  Figuren.     1911. 
„     51.     Warnstorf  (Oakl).     Spbagnales — Spbagnacea;  (Spbagnologia 

universalis).     Pp.   iv,   546 ;  mit   1442     Einzelbildern  in    85 

Figuren.     1911. 
„     52.     Pax    (F.).       Euphorbiaceas— Gelonie.-e.       Pp.    41 ;     mit    40 

Einzelbildern  in  11  Figuren.    1912. 
Eupborbiacese  —  llip])0manefe.        Unter      Mitwirkung 

von  Katiie   Hoi'fmann.     Pp.  319  ;   mit   252  Einzelbildern 

in  58  Figuren.     1912. 
,,    53.     Knutii  (Reinhard).     Geraniacea\     Pp.    640 ;  mit  427  Einzel- 
bildern in  80  Figuren.     1912. 
„     54.     Krause   (Kurt).      Goodeniace.'B.    Pp.  207  ;    mit  263  Einzel- 
bildern in   34  Figuren.    Und  Brunoniaceae.     Pp.  6 ;    mit  3 

Einzelbildern   in   1  Figur.     1912. 
„     55.     Engler   (A.)  und  Khause  (K.).     Aracea; — Philodendroidege — 

Philodendrese. 
Engler  (A.).  Allgemeiuer  Teil :  Homalomeninte  undSchismato- 

glottidinse.     Pp.  134  ;   mit  678  Einzelbildern  in  77  Figuren. 

1912. 

Engler  (H.  G.  A.).     See  Engler  (H.  G.  A.).     Das  Pflanzenreich. 
Heft  48.  Araceae — Lasioideae.     1911. 

Heft  55.  Aracese — Philodendroidese — Philodendrea>. 


Allgemeiner  Teil,  Homaloineninae  und  Schismatoglottidiuse. 

8vo.  1912. 
Evans  (Arthur  Humble).  A  short  Plora  of  Cambridgeshire, 
chiefly  from  an  Ecological  Standpoint,  with  a  History  of  its 
chief  Botanists.  The  Lower  Cryptogams  by  the  Eev.  P.  Gr.  M. 
Ehodes,  G.  S.  "West,  and  F.  T.  Brooks.  Pp.  92.  (Proc. 
Cambr.  Phil.  Soc.  xvi,  part  3,  p.  197.)      8vo.   Cambridge,  1911. 

Faune  de  la  Russie  et  des  Pays  Limotrophes.  Eondee  principalc- 
ment  sur  les  Collections  du  Musee  Zoologique  de  1' Academic; 
Imperiale  des  Sciences  de  St.  Petersbourg.  Eedigee  par  le 
Directeur  du  Musee,  N.  V.  Nasoxov. 

Vol.  I.  8vo.  St.  Petersburg,  1911. 

I.  Oiseaux  (Aves).     Par  V.  L.  Bianciii.     1911. 

Poissona  (Marsipobrancliii  et  Pisces).     Par  L.  S.  Berg. 
Hydraires  (Hydroidea).     Par  A.  K.  Linko.     1911. 

LINN.  SOC.  PROCEEDINGS. — SESSION  1911-1912.  7t 


CfS  PnOCUEDINGS    OF    THE 

Fisheries. 

Commouwealth   of  Australia.      Department    of    Trade    and 
Customs.      Fisheries  : — 

Zoological    Results   of   the   Fishing   Experiments  carried 

out  by  F.I.S.  '  Endeavour,'  1!)09-10.   (il.  C.  Daxnevig.) 

Parts  1,  II.    8vo.  S>fdne>/,  191 1, 1912.  J/on.  F.  G.  Tudor. 

Fowler  (William  Weekes).  '  6V<? " Blanford  (W.   T.).     The  Fauna 

of    iiritisli    India,  includinc;  Ceylon   and  Burma.     Coleoptera : 

Cieindelidic  and  Paussida).  8vo.  1912. 

Fries    (Theodor    Magnus).      Bref    och   skrifvelser   af   och   till 

Carl   von    Linne,  med  understod  af   Svenska   Staten   utgifna 

af  Upsala  Universitet.     Forsta  Afdelninj^en.     Del  vi.     Pp.  ii, 

445.  ^\o.  Stocl-7iolm,1912.     Univ.  of  Uppsala. 
See  Beckmann  ( Johann).     Schwedische  Reise  in  den  Jahren 

1765-17GG.     Pp.  iv,  174;  with  portrait.        8vo.  Uj)sala,  1911. 
Fuchs  (Josef).     Ueber  die    Beziehungen   von   Agaricineen   und 

andcrn  humusbewohnenden  Pilzen  zur  Mycorhizenbildung  der 

Waldbiiume.     Pp.  32  ;  mit  4  Tafelu.    (Bibl.  Bot.  Heft  70.) 

4to.  Stuttrjart,  1911, 
Garden  (The).     Vol.  75.  4to.  London,  1911.     Editor. 

Gardeners"  Chronicle.     3  Ser.  Vols.  49,  50.        fol.  London,  1911. 

Editor. 
Gibbs  (Lilian  Suzette).     On   the   Development   of   the   Female 

iStrobilus  in  Podocarpus.     Pp.  57  ;  with  5  plates.     (Ann.  Bot. 

xxvi.  no.  cii.).  8vo.  London,  1912.     Author. 

Gilruth  (J.  A.)   and   Sweet    (Georgina).      Onchocerca    Gibsoni : 

the  cause  of  "Worm  Xodules  in  Australian  Cattle.     Pp.  34 ; 

plates  17.  Svo.  Si/dtiei/,  1911. 

Godwin  (G.  N.).     The  Geology,  Botany,  and  Natural  History  of 

the  Maltese  Islands.     Pp.  SO.  '  Svo.  Malta,  1S80. 
A  Guide  to  the  Maltese  Islands.     Second  Edition.     Pp.  iv, 

224.  8vo.  Malta,  1890.     Eev.  G.  Henslow. 

Grant  (William  Robert  Ogilvie).     See  British  Museum    (Nat. 

Hist.)     Birds.     General  Index  to  a  Haud-List  of  the   Genera 

and  Species  of  Birds.     Vols.  I-Y.     Pp.  v,  199.  Svo.  1912. 

Grech   Delicata   (Giovanni   Carlo).       Flora   Melitensis,    sistens 

Stirpes     Phanerogamas    in    Melita     Insulisque     adjacentibus 

hucusque  detectas,  &c.     Pp.  xvi,  49.  4to.  Melito',  1853. 

liev.  G.  Henslow. 
Gregorio  (Marquis)  (Antonio  de).      Su   Talune  specie  e  forme 

nuove  degli  strati  terziari  di  Malta  e  de  Sud-est  de  Sicilia. 

Conchiglie.     Pp.  8.     (Natural.  Sciciliano,  i.  n.  10.) 

4to.  Palermo,  1882. 
Contribuzione  ai  coralli  giuresi  di  Sicilia.    Pp.  2.     (Natural. 

Siciliano,  i.  n.  8.)  4to.  Palermo,  1882.     liev.  G.  Henslow. 

Gregory  (William  K.).    See  Osborn  (Henry  Fairfield).   Evolution 

of  Mammalian  Teeth,  &c.  Svo.  JS'ew  Vorl;  1907. 

Glinthart  (August).     Beitrag  zu  einer  bliitcnbiologischen  Mono- 

graphie  der  Gattung  Arahis.     Pp.  36  ;  mit  2  Tafeln  und  44 

Textabbildungen.     (Bibl.  Bot.,  Heft  77.)    4to.  Stuttgart,  1912 


linnea:n  society  of  london^.  99 

Giinther  (Robert  William  Theodore).  Oxford  Gardens  based 
upon  Daubeny's  Popular  Guide  to  the  Pbysick  Garden  o£ 
Oxford  ;  with  Notes  on  the  Gardens  of  the  Colleges  and  on 
the  University  Park.     Pp.  xiv,  280  ;  with  33  illustratious. 

8vo.  Oxford  Sf  London,  1912.     Author. 

Gulia  (Carmelo).     Compendio  di  elettroterapia  pratica  ad  uso  dei 

giovani  esercenti.     Pp.  QS.  4to.  Malta,  1877. 

Gulia  (Gavino).     Eepertorio  botanica  maltese,  &c.     Pp.  [viii]  68, 

Indice  TviiiJ.  4to.  Malta,  1855-56. 

Eeport  on  the  Fruits  of  Malta.     Pp.  10.     (Bull.  Miscell. 

Inf.  Eoy.  Gardens,  Kew,  no.  22,  Oct.  1888.) 

8vo.  London,  1888.    Bf,v.  G.  Henslow. 

Biography  of.     See  Busuttil  (Giuseppe  Euggero).  4to. 

Gulia  (Giovanni).  Flora  Medica  Maltese.  (Crepuscoli,  iv.  n.  23/ 
24,  26.)  4to.  Malta,  1889. 

Prontuario  di  Storia  Naturale  coutenente  la  nomenclatura 

scientifica  coi  corrispondenti  vocaboli  italiani  ed  inglesi  degli 
animali  e  delle  piante  die  sono  conosciuti  sotto  usa  denomina- 
zione  maltese.     Pp.  70.  4to.  Malta,  1889-90. 

Rev.  G.  Henslow. 
See  Naturalista  Maltese.  4to. 


Hampson  {Sir  George  Francis,  Bt.).  See  British  Museum  (Nat. 
Hist.).  Lepidopterous  Insects.  Catalogue  of  the  Lepidoptera 
Phalsenffi.     Vol.  XI.     Pp.  xvii,  689 ;  figs.  275,  plates  174-191. 

8vo.  1912. 
Hastings  and  East  Sussex  Naturalist,  being  the  Journal  of  the 
Hastings  and  St.  Leonards  Natural  History  Society. 

Vol.  I.^  8vo.  Hastings,  1906-1911.     Thos.  Parkin. 

Hayata  (Bunzo).  Materials  for  a  Flora  of  Formosa,  Supple- 
mentary Notes  to  the  Enumeratio  Plantar um  Formosanarum 
and  Flora  Montana  Formosse.  Pp.  471.  (Journ.  Coll.  Sci. 
Imp.  Univ.  Tokyo,  xxx.  Art.  I.)  4to.  Tohjo,  1911. 

Hayek  (August  von).  Entwurf  eines  Cruciferen  Systems  auf 
phylogenetischer  Grundlage.  Pp.  210;  Taf.  5.  (Beih.  Bot. 
Centralbl.  Abt.  I.  xxvii.  Heft  2,  pp.  127-335 ;     Taf.  8-12.) 

8vo.  Dresden,  1911. 
Henslow  (George).     Flora  of  Malta,  1889-1890.     MS.  4to. 

Author. 
Herdman  (William  Abbott).     The  Marine  Biological  Station  at 
Port  Erin  (Isle  of  Man),  being  the  25th  Annual  Eeport  of  the 
Liverpool  Marine  Biology  Committee.     Pp.  59  ;  ligs.  28. 

8vo.  Liverpool,  1911.     Author. 
Heron-Allen  (Edward)   and   Earland   (Arthur).      The    Eecent 
and  Fossil  Foraminifera  of   the   Shore-Sands  at  Selsey  Bill, 
Sussex.     (Eeprinted  from  Journ.  Eoy.  Microscop.  Soc.) 

8vo.  London,  1908-1911.     Authors. 

Hett  (Charles  Louis).     A  Dictionary  of  Bird  Notes,  to  which  is 

appended   a   Glossary    of    Popular    Local   and   Old-fashioned 

Synonyms  of  British  Birds.     Pp.  136.  8vo.  Brigg,  1898. 

*  Author. 
7*2 


lOO  PEOCBEDINGS    OF   THE 

Heydrich  (Franz).  Lithopliyllum  iacmstans  Phil,,  mit  einem 
5»':ichtrag  iibcr  Paraspora  frutlcuJosa  (Ktz.)  Heydr.  Pp.  24  ; 
init  li  Tat'eln.     (Bibl.  Bot.,  Heft  75.)  4to.  StuWjart,  1911. 

HiU  (Wiiliam).  Eocks  containing  Kadiolaria.  Pp.  30.  (Proc. 
Geol.  Assoc,  xxiii.  part  2.)  8vo.  Lomlon,  1912. 

H.  W.  Monckton. 

Hise  (Charles  Richard  van)  and  Leith  (Charles  Kenneth).  Th(! 
(neology  of  the  Lake  Superior  Kegion.  Pp.  G-il  ;  with  4!) 
plates,  and  76  figs,  in  the  text.     (U.S.  Geol.  Surv,  Monog.  52.) 

4to.    Washinrjton,  191]. 

Hoflfmann  (Kathe).  See  Engler  (H.  G.  A.).  Das  Pflanzenreich. 
Heft  52.     Euphorbiaceae — Hipponianese.  1912. 

Hortus  Mortolensis.    See  Berger  (Alwin). 

Howe,  Jr.  (Reginald  Herber).  Classification  de  la  Famille  des 
Usneaceae  dans  I'AmtTique  du  Xord,  avec  diagnoses  et  distribu- 
tion des  Genres  ;  Usnea,  Letharia  et  Aledoria.  Theses.  Pp.  31  ; 
avec  10  planches.  8vo.  Paris,  1912.     Author. 

Hewlett  (Frank  M.).     See  Maxwell-Lefroy  (H.).     Progress   of 

Economic  Entomology  in  India.  4to.  1911. 

Ihle  (J.  E.  W.).  See  Berlin.    Das  Tierreich.   Liefg.  32.  Tunicata. 

Salpoe  I.  Desmomyaria.  8vo.  1912. 

Javillier  (Maurice).     Eecherches  sur  la  presence  et  le  role  du 

zinc  chez  les  plantes.     Theses.     Pp.  118. 

8vo.  Lons  le  Saunier,  1908. 
Johnston  (T.  Harvey).     See  Cleland  (J.  Burton).     With  Notes 

on  AVorm  Nests  in  Australian  Cattle  and  in  Camels. 

8vo.  1911. 
Jones  (Henry  Testing).     Charles  Dabwin  and  Samuel  Butlek, 

a  Step  towards  Keconciliation.     Pp.28.         8vo.  London ,  1%\1 . 

Francis  Darwin. 
Journal  of  Botany.  Yol.  49.  8vo.  London,  1911.  Jas.  Britten. 
Journal  (The)  of  Experimental  Zoology.     Vols.  VI-X. 

Koy.  Svo,  PMladeljyhia,  1909-1911. 
Kanjilal   (Upendranath).     Forest    Flora   of    the    Siwalik    and 

Jaunsar  Forest  Divisions  of  the  United  Provinces  of  Agra  and 

Oudh.     Pp.  xxix,  457.  8vo.   Calcutta,  1911.     Author. 

Kennard   (Alfred  Santer)  and  Woodward  (Bernard  Barham). 

On  some  Freshwater  MoUusca  from  the  Pliocene  Deposits  of 

East  Anglia.     Pp.  3  ;  with  1  fig.      (Geol,  Mag.  dec.  5,  vol.  viii. 

n,  567.)  Svo.  London,  1911.     Author. 

Kieffer  (Jean  Jaques).     See  Berlin.     Das  Tierreich.  Liefg.  30. 

Hymenoptera.     Ichneumonidae.     Evaniidae.  1912. 

Knipe  (Henry  Robert).     Evolution  in  the  Past.     Pp.  xiii,  242  ; 

with  56  plates,  and  4  figs,  in  the  text.  4to.  London,  1912. 

Author. 
Knuth  (Reinhard).     See  Engler  (H.  G.  A.).     Das  Pflanzenreich. 

Heft  53.  Geraniaceae.  1912. 


LINNEAN   SOCIETY    OF   LONDON.  lOI 

Koch  (Wilhelm  Friedrich  Gottlieb).      Ueber  die  voii  Ilerrn  Prof. 

Dr.  GrREEFE  im  Golt  von  Guinea  gesammelten  Authozoen.     In- 

aug.-Diss.     Pp.  30  ;  Taf.  5.  8vo.  Bonn,  1886. 

Koidzumi   (G.)     Kevisio   Aceracearmn   Japonicarium.      Pp.   75 ; 

willi  o3  plates.     (Journ.  Coll.   Sci.   Imp.   Univ.   Tokyo,   xxxii. 

Art.  1.)  4to.   Tolcjo,  1911. 

Kolderup  (Carl  Fred.)  and  Monckton  (Horace  Woollaston).     The 

Geology    of   the   Bergen   District,    Norway.       Pp.    61 ;    with 

14  plates.     (Proc.  Geol.  Assoc,  xxiii.  part  1.) 

8vo    London,  lyl2.     H.  W.  Monckton. 
Kranzlein  (Fritz).     See  Engler  (H.  G.  A.).     Das  Ptlanzenreich. 

Heft  50. 

OrcliidacetB — Monandroe — Dendrobiinoe.     Pars  II.     1911. 
Orchiclacea; — Monaiidra;^Thelasiua;.     1911. 

Krause  (Kurt).  See  Engler  (H.  G.  A.),  Das  Pllanzenreich. 
Heft  54.     Goodeniaceae  und  Erimoniacete.  1912. 

See  Engler  (H.  G.  A.).      Das   Pllanzenreich.      Heft   55. 

AraceaB — Philodeudroidese — Philodendreae.  8vo.     1912. 

Lacaita  (Charles  Carmichael).  Piante  Italiane  critiche  o  rare. 
JN'os.  1-6.  (Bull.  Soc.  bot.  ital.  1910-12,  nos.  1-5.  Nuov. 
Giorn.  bot.  ital.  n.  s.  xvii.-xix.)  8vo.  Firenze,  1910-12. 

Author. 
Land  (William  Jesse  Goad).     An  electrical  constant  temperature 
Apparatus.     Pp.  9  ;   with  4  figs.     (Bot.  Gaz.  lii.) 

Svo.  Chicago,  1911, 

A  protocorm  of  0];)liioglossum.     Pp.  2  ;  with  1  fig.     (Bot. 

Gaz.  lii.)  Svo.  Cldcayo,  1911.     Author. 

See  Coulter  (John  M.)     An  American  Lejndostrobus. 

8vo.  1911. 
Lansing. 

Michigan  Academy  of  Science. 

Keport  13.  Svo.  Lansing  (Michigan),  1911. 

Leith  (Charles  Kenneth).    See  Hise  (Charles  Richard  van).     The 

Geology    of   the    Lake    Superior   Eegion.     (U.S.    Geol.    Surv. 

Monogr.  52.)  '  4to.  1911. 

Linko  (Alexander  K.).     See  Faune  de  la  Russie  et  des  Pays 

Limitrophes.     Vol.  I.  Hydraires  (Hydroidea).  1911. 

Lister  (Gulielma).     See  British  Museum  (Nat.  Hist.).    Plants  : 

A  Monograph  of  the  Mycetozoa.      Second  Edition.      Pp.  [iii] 

302  :  with  201  plates  and  50  woodcuts,  Svo.  1911. 

Liverpool. 

Liverpool  Marine  Biology  Committee. 

Memoirs   on   Typical   British   Marine   Plants    and  Animals. 
Edited  by  W.  A.  Herdman.     I.-XX. 

Svo.  Liverpool  ^-  London,  1899-1912, 

XX.  Buccinum  (The  Wlielk).     By  William  John  Daicin.     Pp.  viii, 
115;  plates  8,  figs.  7.     1912. 


I02  PEOCEEDINGS    OF   THE 

London. 

Royal  Society  of  London. 

liecord.     Third  Edition.     Pp.  viii,  483  ;  with  20  plates. 

4to.  London,  1912. 
Tlie  Signatures  in  the  First  Journal-Book  and  the  Charter- 
Book  of  the  Eoval  Society,  &c.      Pp.  x  [viii],  94,  Index 
42.  '  Fol.  London,  1912. 

University  College  London,  Library. 

Catalogue  of  the  Periodical  Publications,     Bv  L.  NEwco^rBE. 

Pp.  vii,  269.  Aio.  Oxford,  VdVI.     Librarian. 

Longstaff  (George  Blundell).     Butterfly-Iluuting  in  many  Lands; 

Notes  of  a  Field  Naturalist.     Pp.  xviii,  728 ;  with  16  plates. 

7  col.  8vo.  London,  1912.     Anther. 

Magdeburg. 

Museum   fur   Natur-   und    Heimatknnde,    und    Xaturwisseu- 
schaftlicher  Yerein  in  Magdeburg. 

Band  II.  llefte  1,  2,  3.  4to.  Magdehurrj,  1909-1912. 

Maiden  (Joseph  Henry).      A  Critical  Eevision   of  the   G-enus 
EucaJ)/i>tiis.    Parts  12-15.       4to.  /Sy?//^^;/,  1910-1912.    Author. 
Man  (Johannes  Govertus  de).     See  Siboga-Expeditie.     Livr.  60. 
The  Decapoda  of  the  Siboga  Expedition.      Part  11.     Family 
Alpheidae.  4to.  1911. 

Mark  (Edward  Laurence),  Mark  Anniversary  Volume.  To 
E.  L.  Mark  ....  in  celebration  of  twenty-five  years  of  success- 
ful work  for  the  advancement  of  Zoologv,  from  his  former 
Students,  1877-1902,     See  Parker  (G.  H,),  ' 

4to.  New  Tori;  1903. 
Marseilles. 

Institut   Colonial.      [1892?    Founded   as   Institut  Botanico- 
Geologique  Colonial.     1895.  Institut  Colonial.] 

Annales  de  I'Institut. . . .  publiees  sous  la  direction  de  . . . . 
E.  Heckel.     Vols.  II.-Y.-»-       8vo.  Paris,  &c.,  1895-98. 
Maxwell-Lefroy  (H.).     The  Training  of  an  Economic  Entomo- 
logist.    Pp.  9.     (Journ.  Econ.  Biol,  vi.)         4to.  I^ondon,  1911. 

Nomenclature   of   Economic   Insects.      Pp.    6.       (Journ. 

Econ.  Biol,  vi.)  4to.  London,  1911.     Author, 

and  Howlett  (Frank  M.).     Progress  of  Economic  Ento- 


mology   in    India.        Pp.    IS.       (Ire    Congr.    Intern.    Ent., 
Bruxeiles,  aout  1910.)  4to.  i??-».rf?Z<,s,  1911.     Authors. 

Mayfield  (A.).  See  Woodward  (Bernard  Barham).  Molluscs 
(Non-I\Iarine).  4to.  1912. 

Meister  (Friedrich).  Die  Kieselagen  der  Schweiz.  Pp.  vi,  254  ; 
mit  48  Taf.     (Beitr.  Kryptog.  Flora  der  Schweiz.  iv.  Heft  1.) 

8vo.  Bern,  1912. 

Meyer  (Arthur).  Das  Chlorophyllkorn  in  chemischer,  morpho- 
logischer  und  biologischer  Beziehung.  Ein  Beitrag  zur  Ivent- 
niss  des  Chlorophyllkernes  der  Angiospermen  und  seiner 
Metamorphosen.     Pp.  [viii]  91 ;  mit  3  col.  Taf. 

4to.  Leipzig,  1883. 


LINNExVN   SOCIETY    OF   LONDON.  IO3 

Mivart  (St.  George  Jackson).     A  Monograph  of  the  Lories,  or 

Brush-tonged  Parrots,  comprising  the  Pamily  Loriidte,    Pp.  Uii, 

193  ;  with  61  col.  plates.     4to.  London,  1896.    Sir  Frank  Crisp. 
Monckton  (Horace  WooUaston).    See  Kolderup  (Carl  Fred.).   The 

Geology  of  the  Bergen  District.  8vo.  1912. 

Morley  (Claude).      See  British  Museum  (Nat.  Hist.).     Insects. 

HymeuopteroLis   Insects :    A  Eevision  of   the    Ichneuinonidse. 

Part  I.     Pp.  xi,  88  ;  with  1  col.  plate.  8vo.  1912. 

Mueller    (Gustave    Wilhelm).       See    Berlin.       Das    Tierreich. 

Liefg.  31.     Crustacea  :  Ostracoda.  8vo.   1912. 

Mycologisches   Centralblatt.       Zeitschrift   fiir   allgemeine    und 

angewandte  Mycologie.     Herausgegeben  vou  Kakl  Wehmer. 

Vol.  I.  no.  1-8.  8vo.  Jena,  1912^ 

Nasonov  (Nikolaus  Viktor).    See  Faune  de  la  Russie  et  des 

Pays  Limitrophes.  1911. 

Naturalista  Maltese,  II :  Eevista  di  Scienze  Naturali.     Direttore 

Proprietario,  GtIOVaxni  GtUlia.     Anno  I.  nos.  1-4. 

4to.  Malta,  1890.     Rev.  G.  Henslow. 

(Containing  papers  on  the  Fauna  and  Flora  of  Malta.) 

Newcombe    (L.).       See    London,    University    College,    Library. 

Catalogue  of  the  Periodical  Publications.  4to.  1912. 

Newstead  (E,obert).     Monograph  of  the  Coccidse  of  the  British 

Isles.     (Eay  Society.)  2  vols.  8vo.  London,  1901-1903. 

I.  Pp.  xii,  220 ;  plates  A-E,  1-34. 
II.  Pp.  viii,  270  ;  plates  F,  35-75. 

Noel    (Emilia    Frances).     Some    "Wild    Flowers    of    Kashmir. 

Pp.  viii,  35 ;  with  89  col.  plates.  8vo.  London,  1903.  Author. 
Osborn  (Henry  Fairfield).     The  Eise  of  the  Mammalia  in  North 

America.     Address,     Pp.  45.     (Studies   Biol.    Lab.    Columbia 

Coll.,  Zool.  i.  no.  2.)  4to.  Boston,  1893. 
Evolution    of   the   Amblypoda.     Part   I.      Taligrada   and 

Pantodonta.     Pp.  50;  figs.  20.     (Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist. 

X.  part  11.)  4to.  New  York,  1898. 

The  Extinct  Ehinoceroses.     Pp.  90  ;  with  9  plates  and  49 


figs,  in  the  text.     (Mem.  Araer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.  i.  part  3.) 

4to.  Neiv  York,  1898. 

—     A  complete  Mosasaur  Skeleton,  Osseous  and  Cartilaginous. 

Pp.  48  ;  with  8  plates  and  14  figs,  in  the  text.     (Mem.  Amer. 

Mus.  Nat.  Hist.  i.  parts  4  &  5.)  4to.  Neiu  Yorl;  1899. 

Phylogeny  of   the  Ehinoceroses  of  Europe.     Pp.  39  ;  tigs. 


16.     (Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.  xix.  Art.  19.) 

8vo.  Neiu  Yorl',  1900. 
—  The  Eeptilian  Subclasses  Diapsida  and  Synapsida,  and  the 
Early  History  of  the  Diaptosauria.  Pp.  57;  with  1  plate  and 
24  figs,  in  the  text.     (Mem.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.  i.  part  8.) 

4to.  New  Yorl',  1902. 
Ten  Tears'  Progress  in  the  Mammalian  Palaeontology  of 


North  America.     Pp.  28  ;  with  15  plates  and  7  fig.     (C.  E. 
6"*^  Congres  Zool.,  Bern,  1904.)  8vo.  Bern,  1905. 


I04  PROCEEDINGS   OF    THE 

Osborn  (H.  F.).  Evolution  of  Mammalian  Molar  Teeth,  &c.  Edited 
bv  AV.  K.  Gregohy.     Pp.  ix,  250 ;  with  250  illustrations. 

8vo.  ^''e^v  YorJc,  1907.     Author. 

Parker  (George  Howard).  To  Edward  L.vurexs  Mark  ....  in 
celebration  of  twenty-five  years  of  successful  work  for  the 
advancement  of  Zoology,  from  his  former  Students.  1877- 
1902.     Pp.  xi,  513  ;  with  36  plates  and  portrait. 

4to.  New  York;  1903.     E.  L.  Mark. 

Pax  (Ferdinand).  See  Engler  (H.  G.  A.).  Das  Pflanzenreich. 
Heft  52. 

Etiphorbiaceoe — Geloniere.     1912. 
Eiipliorbiacea; — Hippoinaneae.     1912. 

Pearson  (Carl).  The  Grammar  of  Science.  Part  I.  Physical. 
Third  Edition,  revised  and  enlarged.     Pp.  xx,  394. 

Svo.  London,  1911. 

Pelseneer  (Paul).  See  Siboga-Expeditie.  Livr.  61.  Les  Lamel- 
libranches  de  TExpcditiou  du  Siboga.     Partie  Anatomique. 

4to.   1911. 

Perkins   (Janet).     See   Engler   (H.  G.  A.).     Das   Pflanzenreich. 

Heft  49.  31ouimiacefB  (Nachtnif^e).  1911. 

Pfeffer   (Georg).    See  Plankton-Expedition  der  Humboldt-Stift- 

ung.     Die  Cephalopoden.     Dd.  11.  E.  a.  4to.  1912. 

Piggott  (F.  T.)     The  Garden  of  Japan.     A  Year's  Diary  of  its 

Elowers.     With  4  pictures  by  Alfred  East.      Second  Edition. 

Pp.  60.  4to.''  London,  1896.     Rev.  G.  Henslow. 

Plankton  Expedition  der  Huniboldt-Stiftung  {continued). 

Ed.  II.  F.  a.  Die  Cephalopoden  der  Plankton-Expedition.  Zugleich  eine 
nionos^raphische  Uebcr.<icbt  der  Oegoi)siden  Cephalopoden.  Von 
Dr.  Georg  Pfeffer.     Pp.  xxi,  815  ;  niit  48  Tafehi.     1912. 

Pott-Leendertz  {Mrs.  Reno).  See  Burtt-Davy  (Joseph).  A  first 
Check-List  of  the  Elowering  Plants  and  Eerns  of  the  Trans- 
vaal and  Swaziland.     Pp.  64.  Svo.  1912- 

Eao  (M.  Eama,  Bao  SaMh).  Notes  on  Sandal  (Germination  and 
Growtli  of  Sandal  Seedlings).  Pp.76;  with  18  plates.  (Indian 
Eorest  Eec.  ii.  parts  3,  4.)  4to.  Calcutta,  1910-1911. 

Author. 

Ray  Society.     Publications  (continued). 

Newstead  (Egbert).    Monograph  of  the  Coccidse  of  the  British 
Isles.     2  vols.  Svo.  London,  1901-1903. 

I.  Pp.  Tii,  220  ;  plates  A-E,  1-34. 
II.  Pp.  viii,  27U  ;  plates  F,  35-75. 

Retzius  (Magnus  Gustaf).     Biologische  Untersuchungen.     ISeue 

Eolge  XVI.     Pp.  100  ;  mit  27  Tafeln. 

4to.  Stoclcliolm  4'  Jena,  1911.     Author. 
Rhodes  {Her.  P.  G.  M.).     See  Evans  (A.  H.)     A  Short  Elora  of 

Cambridgeshire.  Svo.  1911. 


LINNEAN    SOCIETY    OP    LONDON.  IO5 

Ridley  (Harry  Nicholas).  Tlie  Flora  of  Lower  Siam.  Pp.  234  ; 
with  Map.    (Jouni.  Straits  Branch  Roy.  As.  Soc.  no.  59,  1911.) 

8vo.  Singapore,  1911.     Author. 

Rignano  (Eugenic).  Inheritance  of  Acquired  Cliaracters :  a 
Hj'pothesis  of  Heredity,  Development,  and  Assimilation,  with 
an  Appendix  upon  the  Mnemonic  Origin  and  Nature  of  the 
Affective  or  Natural  Tendencies.     Pp.  413. 

8vo.   Chicago,  1911. 

Russell  (Thomas  Hawkes).  Mosses  and  Liverworts,  an  intro- 
duction to  their  Study,  with  Hints  as  to  their  Collection  and 
Preservation.  New  and  Revised  Edition.  Pp.  xvi,  211  ;  with 
14  plates.  8vo.  London,  1910. 

Scharfetter  (Rudolf).  Vorarbeiten  zu  einer  Ptlauzengeo- 
graphisclien  Karte  Oesterreichs.  VII.  Die  Vegetations  vei'- 
lialtnisse  von  Villach  in  Karnteu,  Pp.  97  ;  mit  10  Abbildungen 
uud  1  Karte  in  Farbeudi'uck.  (Abh.  k.-k.  zool.-bot.  Ges.  Wien, 
VI.  Heft  2.)  4to.   Wien,  1911. 

Scharfif  (Rohert  Francis).  Distribution  and  Origin  of  Life  in 
America.     Pp.  xvi,  497;  with  21  Maps.         8vo.  London,  1911. 

Author. 

Schepman  (M.  M.).  See  Siboga-Expeditie.  Livr.  58.  The 
Prosobranchia  of  the  Siboga  Expedition.    Part  IV.  Rachiglossa. 

4to.  1911. 

Schirmer   (Wolfgang).     BeitrJige  zur  chemischen  Kenntnis  der 
Gummi-  und  Schleimarten.     Inaugural-Dissertation.     Pp.  66. 
8vo.  Strasshurg  i./E.,  1911.     Prof.  E.  Schiir. 

Siboga-Expeditie.     Livr.  57-61.  4to.  Leiden,  1911-12. 

Dr.  Max  Weber. 

Smith  (Erwin  F.).  Bacteria  in  Relation  to  Plant  Diseases. 
Pp.  viii,  368 ;  with  20  plates  and  148  figs,  in  the  text. 
(Carnegie  Inst.  Public.  No.  27.)  4to.    Washington,  1911. 

Solacolu  (Theodore).  Influence  de  quelques  aliments  mindraux 
sur  les  fonctions  et  la  structure  des  Vegetaux.  Theses.  Pp.  72  ; 
avec  4  planches.  8vo.  Paris,  1905. 

Sommerstorff  (Hermann).  Ein  Tiere  faugender  Pilz  {Zoophagus 
insidians,  nov.  gen.,  ]iov.  spec).  Pp.  13 ;  mit  2  Tafelu. 
(Oester.  hot.  Zeitschr.,  .lahrg.  61,  p.  361.)       8vo.    Wien,  1911. 

Author, 
South  Eastern  Union  of  Scientific  Societies  {continued). 

The  South  Eastern  Naturalist ;  being  the  Transactions  of  the 
South  Eastern  Union  of  Scientific  Societies,  for  1910,  1911. 

8vo.  London,  1910,  1911. 
Stead  (David  George).     On  the  Need  for  more  Uniformity  in  the 
Vernacular  Names  of  Australian  Edible  Fishes.     Pp.  12. 

8vo.  Sydney,  1911. 

The  Future  of  Commercial  Marine  Fishing  in  New  South 

Wales.     Pp.  18  ;  with  3  plates,  and  5  illustrations  in  the  text. 

8vo.  Sydney,  1911.     Author. 


I06  PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE 

Stopes  (Marie  Charlotte  Carmichael).  Petrifactions  of  the  earliest 
European  Angiosperms.  Pp.  26 ;  with  3  plates,  and  6  figs,  in 
the  text.     (Pliil.  Trans.  B.  vol.  203.)  4to.  London,  1912. 

Author. 

Sweet  (Georgina).  See  Gilruth  (J.  A.).  Onclwcerca  Gihsoni :  the 
cause  of  Worm  Nodules  in  Australian  Cattle.  8vo.   1911. 

Tagliaferro  (N.).  Fuk  id-dubbiena  tal  larking.  Pp.  8.  (Soc. 
Econouiico — Agraria  !Malta).  8vo.  Malta,  1893. 

Itev.  Or.  Henslow. 

Talbot  (William  Alexander).  Forest  Flora  of  the  Bombay  Presi- 
dency and  Sind.     Vol.  II.     Pp.  xxxvii,  574: ;  figs.  289-541. 

4to.  Poona,  1911.    Author. 

Thompson  (Arthur  R ).  See  Westell  (William  Percival).  A 
List  of  British  Birds.  Svo.     1911. 

Thompson  (Harold  Stuart).  Alpine  Plants  of  Europe,  together 
with  Cultural  Hints.  Pp.  xv,  287  ;  with  64  col.  plates 
(311  Figures)  and  Map.  Svo.  London,  1911.     Author. 

United  States  Geological  Survey  {continued). 

Monographs.     Vol.  52.  4to.    Washington,  1911. 

Vol.  52.  The  Geology  of  the  Lake  Superior  Region.  By  Charles 
Richard  van  Hise  and  Charles  Kenneth  Leith.  Pp.  641 ; 
with  49  plates,  and  76  figs,  in  the  text.     1911. 

van  Hise.    See  Hise  (Charles  Richard  van). 

Venth  (Ernst).  L'eber  emulsinartige  Enzyme.  Inaugural-Dis- 
sertation.    Pp.  53.  8vo.  Strasshurg  i./E.,  1912. 

Prof.  E.  Schar. 

Voeltzkow  (Alfred).  Eeise  in  Ostafrika  in  den  Jahren  1903- 
1905. 

Band     I.  Heft  1.     1911. 
„      II.      „     1-5.     1907-10. 
„    III.      „     1,  2.     1908-10. 
„     IV.      „     1,2,3.     1906-11. 

4to.  Stuttgart,  190G-19U: 

Vosmaer  (G.  C.  J.)      See  Siboga-Expeditie.      Livr.   59.      The 

Porifera  of  the  Siboga  Expedition. — II.  The  Genus  Sjnrastrella. 

4to.  1911. 
Warming  (Johannes  Eugenius  Blilow).    Froplanterne  (Sperniato- 
fyter).     Pp.  467;  uied  591  Figur-gruppes. 

Svo.   Kjohenhavn  og  Xristiania,  1912.     Author. 

Warnstorf  (Carl).     See  Engler  (H.  G.  A.).     Das  Pflanzenreich. 

Heft  51.     Sphagnales — 8phagnaceae.  1911. 

Warthiadi  (Demeter).      Veriinderungen  der  Pflanze  unter  dem 

Einfluss    von    Kalk    und    Magnesia.      Inaugural-Dissertation. 

Pp.  vi,  154;  mit  49  Abbildungen.  8vo.  Miinchen,  1911. 

Washington. 

Washington  Academy  of  Sciences. 

Journal.     Vol.  1.  nos.  1-3.  Svo.    Washington,  1911->- 

Watson  Botanical  Exchange  Club. 

A'ol.  11.  no.  7.  8v.o.  Cambridge,  1911.     G.  Goode. 


LINMEAN   SOCIETY   OF   LONDON.  I07 

Weber  (Max)  cand  Beaufort  (L,  F.  de).  The  Fishes  of  the  Iiido- 
Australiau  Archipelago.  I.  Index  of  the  Ichthyological  Papers 
of  P.  Eleeker.     Pp.  xi,  410.  8vo.     London,  1901. 

Prof.  Max  Weber. 

Wehiner  (Karl),     ^ee  Mycologisches  Centralblatt.  8vo. 

Werner  (Franz).  See  Berlin — Das  Tierreich.  Liefg.  33.  Eeptilia  : 
Lacertiha,  Eublepharida3,  Uroplatida;,  P3^gopodidaD.     8vo.  1912. 

West  (G.  S.).  See  Evans  (A.  H.)-  A  Short  Flora  of  Cambridge- 
shire. Svo.  1911. 

West  (William)  and  West  (George  Stephen).  Monograph  of  tlie 
Bi'itish  Desmidiacese  (Ea}^  Society). 

Vol.  III.  Pp.  XV,  274  ;  plates  f>5-95. 
„     IV.  Pp.  xiv,  194 ;  plates  96-128. 

Svo.  London,  1908-1912. 

Westell  (William  Percival)  and  Thompson  (Arthur  R.).     A  List 

of   British    Birds    compiled    by    a    Committee    of    the    British 

Ornithologists'  Union  in  1883,  brought  up  to  Date,  to  include- 

the  latest  Eecord.     Pp.  21.  8vo.   Guildford,  1911. 

W.  P.  Westell. 
White  (Jean).     Bitter  Pit  in  Apples.     Pp.   19  ;  with.  9  plates.. 
(Journ.  Eoy.  Soc.  Victoria,  N.  S.  AV.,  xxiv.  pt.  1.) 

Svo.  Melbourne,  1911.     Author.. 

Wiesner    (Julius).       Natur-Geist-Technik.      Pp.   vi,   428;    niit 

7  Textfiguren.  8vo.  Leipzig,  1910. 

Wildeman  (Emile  de).     See  Brussels.     Cougres  (III°'^)  Internat. 

de  Botanique.  4to,  1912. 

Willey  (Arthur).     See  Zoological  Results  based  on  Material  from 

New  ]3ritain,  New  Guinea,  &c.,  collected  during  the  Years  1895, 

1896  and  1897.  4to.   Cambridge,  1898-1902. 

Williston   Samuel   Wendall).     American   Permian  Vertebrates. 

Pp.  145  ;  plates  38,  and  32  figs,  in  the  text. 

Svo.  Chicago,  1911.    Cambridge  Univ.  Press. 
Wood  (John  Medley).     Natal  Plants.     Vol.  VI.,  part  6. 

4to.  Durban,  1912.     Author. 

Wood  (Margaret  H.).    See  Dallman  (Arthur  A.).    A  Biograptiical 

List  of  deceased  Lancashire  Botanists.  Svo.  1909. 

Woodward  (Arthur  Smith).     See  Cooke  (John  H.).     The  Har 

Dalam  Cavern,  Malta,  and  its  Possiliferous  Contents,  &c. 

Svo.  1893. 

Woodward  (Bernard  Barham).     See  Kennard  (Alfred  Santer). 

On  some  Preshwater  Mollusca  from  the  Pliocene  Deposits  of 

East  Anglia.  Svo.  1911. 

Woodward   (Bernard    Barham)   and   Mayfield  (A.).      Molluscs 

(Non-Marine)  of  Suffolk.     Pp.  5.  4to.  London,  1912. 

Author. 
York,  &c. 

Watson  Botanical  Exchange  Club.     Annual  Eeport,  27th. 

Svo.   Cambridge,  1911.     G.  Goode. 
Zoological  Record.     Vol.  47.  (1910.)  Svo.  iomZon,  1912. 


!08  PllOCEEDlXGS    OF    XnE 

Zoological  Results,  based  on  Material  from  New  Britain,  New 
(Tiiinea,  Loyalty  Islands,  and  elsewhere,  collected  during  the 
Years  1S95,  18U0,  and  1897,  by  Autuub  AV'illey.     6  parts. 

•Ito.   Cambridge,  1898-1902. 

Part  I. 

1.  WiLLEY  (A.).      Anatomy    and    Development    of    Pcripatnn    novce- 

britannice.      Pp.  1-53;    with  4  plates  and  7  figures  in  the  text. 

1898. 

2.  Mayer    (Paul).      Metaprotella    sandalensis,    n.    sp.    [Caprellidije]. 

Pp.  53-57  ;  with  6  figures  in  the  text.     1898. 

3.  BouLENGEK  (Gr.  A.).     Little-known  Sea-Suake  from  tlie  South  Pacific. 

Pp.  57-59;  with  Plate  5.     1898. 

4.  Pocof  K  (R.  I.).      Centipedes   and  Millipedes.      Pp.  59-75 ;    with 

Plate  6.     1898. 

5.  Sharp  (D.).      Phasmidse  witli   notes   on   tlie  Eggs.      Pp.   75-95 ; 

Plates  7-9.     1898. 
C.  PococK  (R.  I.).     Scorpions,  Pedipalpi  and  Spiders.     Pp.  95-120; 
Plates  10,  11.     1898. 

Part  II. 

7.  HicKSON   (Sydney   H.).     Millepora.     Pp.  121-133 ;    Plates  12-16. 

1899. 

8.  Bell    (F.    Jeffrey).       Echinoderms    (other    than    Ilolothurians). 

Pp.  133-141 ;  witli  figs,  on  Plate  17  and  one  figure  in  the  text. 
1899. 

9.  Bedford    (F.   P.).      Ilolothurians.      Pp.    141-150;    with   figs,    on 

Plate  17.     1899. 

10.  Shipley     (Arthur     E.).        Sipunculoidea.       Pp.    151-160 ;     with 

Plate  18.     1899. 

11.  Gardiner   (J.   Stanley).      Solitary  Corals.      Pp.    lGl-170;    Plates 

19,  20.     1899. 

12.  Gardiner  (J.  Stanley).     Cycloseris.    Pp.  171-180;  Plates  19,  20. 

1899. 

13.  Bkddard    (Frank    E.).      Earthworms.      Pp.   181-194 ;    Plate  21. 

1899. 

14.  HiLES  (Isa  L.).    Gorgonacea.     Pp.  195-206 ;  Plates  22,  23.     1899. 

Part  III. 

15.  Gadow   (Hans).      Orthogenetic    variation   in    shells    of    Chelonia. 

Pp.  207-222 ;  Plates  24,  25,  and  one  text-figure.     1899. 

16.  WiLLEY  (Arthur).     Enteropneusta.      Pp.  223-334;   Plates  26-32, 

and  .seven  text-figures.     1899. 

17.  Shipley   (Arthur   E.).      Collection   of  Echiurids.      Pp.  335-350  ; 

Plate  33.     1899. 

Part  IV. 

18.  Gardiner  (J.  Stanley).    On  the  Anatomy  of  a  supposed  new  species 

of  Cannpsammia  from  Lifu.     Pp.  357-380  ;  Plate  34.     1900. 

19.  Sharp  (D.).      On   the   Insects  from  New  Britain,     Pp.  381-394; 

Plate  35.     1900. 

20.  Borradaile  (L,  A.).     On  the  Stomatopoda  and  Macrura  brought  bv 

Dr.  Willcy  from  the  South  Seas.      Pp.  395-428;    Plaies  36-39. 
1900. 

21.  CoLLiNGE   (Walter  E.).      Report    on   the   Slugs.      Pp.   429-438; 

Plates  40,  41.     1900. 


LINNEA^'    SOCIETY    OF    LO>'DOX.  IO9 

22.  Pniupps   (E.   G.).      Eeport  on   tlie   Polyzoa,   &c.      Pp.   439-450; 

Plates  42  43.     1900. 

23.  TnoRNELY  (Laura  Roscoe).    The  Ilydroicl  Zoophytes.    Pp.  451-458  ; 

Plate  44.     1900. 

24.  Lister  (J.  J.)-     Astroclera  willeyana,  the  type  of  a  new  Family  of 

Sponges.     Pp.  459-482 ;  Plates  45^8.     1900. 

25.  Pycraft  (W.  p.).     Pterylography  o(  the  Megapodii.     Pp.  483-492 ; 

Plate  49.     1900. 
20.  HiCKSoN  (Sydney  J.)  and  Hiles  (Isa  L.).     Stolonifera  and  Alcyo- 
nacoa.     Pp.  493-508  ;  Plates  50,  51.     1900. 

27.  Ashwortu  (J.  H.).     Eepoi't  on  the  XeniidsE.     Pp.  509-528 ;  Plates 

52,  53.     1900. 

Part  V. 

28.  Shipley    (Arthur   E.).      Entozoa.      Pp.   531-568;    Plates  54-56. 

1900. 

29.  PuNNETT  (R.  C).     South  Pacific  Nemertines.     Pp.  569-584;  Plates 

67-61.     1900. 

30.  BoRRADAiLE  (L.  A.).     Young  of  the  Robber  Crab.     Pp.  585-590  ; 

with  figures  in  the  text.     1900. 

31.  Pratt   (Edith    M.).      Anatomy   of    Xeohelia    porccllana,   Moseley. 

Pp.  591-602  ;  Plates  62,  63.     1900. 

32.  BouLENGER  (Gr.  A.).     New  Blind  Snake  from  Lifu,  Loyalty  Islands.. 

Pp.  603-604 ;  with  figures  in  the  text.     1900. 

33.  Stebbing  (Rev.  T.  R.  R.).    Crustacea  from  the  South  Seas.    Pp.  605- 

690  ;  Plates  64-74.     1900. 

Part  VI. 

34.  WiLLEY    (Arthur).       Natural    History    of    the    Pearly    Nautilus. 

Pp.  691-830. 

I.  Personal  Narrative.     With  1 1  test-figures. 
II.  Special   Contribution.      Plates   75-83,    a   map,   and  fifteen 
text-figures.     1902. 


no  phoceedings  of  the 


BENEFACTIONS. 


List  in  accordance  with  Bue-Laivs,  Chap.  XVII.  Sect.  1,  of  all 
Donations  of  the  amount  or  value  of  Twenty-five  pounds  and 
upiuards. 

1790. 
The  Et.  Hon.  Sir  Joseph  ]3canks,  Bt. 

Cost  of  Copper  ;ind  engraving  ot  the  plates  of  the  first  volume 
of  Transactions,  "20  in  number. 
The  same :  Medallion  of  C.  von  Linne,  by  C.  F.  Inlander. 

1796. 

The  same :  a  large  collection  of  books. 

1800. 

Subscription  towards  the  Charter,  .£295  4s.  6d. 

Claudius  Stephen  Hunter,  Esq.,  F.L.S.  (Gratuitous  professional 
services  in  securing  the  Charter). 

1802. 
Dr.  Eichard  Pulteney. 

His  collections,  and  £200  Stock. 
Aylmer  Boui'ke  Lambert,  Esq. 

Portrait  of  Henry  Seymer. 

1804. 

The  Kt.  Hon.  Sir  Joseph  Banks,  Bt. 
His  collection  of  Insects. 

1807. 

Ilichard  Anthony  Salisbury,  Esq. 

Portrait  of  Daniel  Solander,  by  J.  Zoffany. 

1811. 

The  Et.  Hon.  Sir  Joseph  Banks,  Bt. 

His  collection  of  Shells. 
Mrs.  Pulteney. 

Portrait  of  Dr.  E.  Pulteney,  by  S.  Beach. 

1814. 

Joseph  Sabine,  Esq. 

Portrait  of  C.  von  Linne,  after  A.  Eoslin,  reversed. 
Dr.  John  Sims. 

Portrait  of  Dr.  Trew. 

1818. 
Subscription  of  £215  6s.  for  Caley's  Zoological  Collection. 

1819. 

The  Medical  Society  of  Stockholm. 

A  medallion  of  Liuna!us  in  alabaster. 


LINNEAN    SOClETr   OF    LONDON.  Ill 

1822. 

Bust  of  Sir  Joseph  Banks,  Bfc.,  by  Sir  F.  Chantrey,  E.A. 
Subscription  of  the  Fellows. 

1825. 

The  late  Natural  History  Society. 

£190,  3|  Stock. 
Bust  of  Sir  James  Edward  Smith,  P.L.S.,  by  Sir  F.  Chantrey, 
E.A.,  by  Subscribers. 

1829. 
Subscriptiou   for    the   purchase   of   the    Linnean   and    Smithian 
Collections,  £1593  8s. 

1830. 
Sir  Thomas  Grey  Cullum,  Bt. 
£100  Bond  given  np. 

1832. 
The  Honourable  East  India  Company. 

East  Indian  Herbarium  (Wallichian  Collection). 

1833. 

Subscription  for  Cabinets  and  mounting  the  East  Indian  Herbarium, 
£315  14s. 

1835. 
Subscription  portrait  of  Eobert  Brown,  byH.  W.  Pickersgill,  E.A. 

1836. 

Subscription  portrait  of  Edward  Forster,  by  Eden  Upton  Eddis. 
Subscription  portrait  of  Archibald  Menzies,  by  E.  U.  Eddis. 

1837. 

Subscription   portrait   of   Alexander   MacLeay,   by   Sir   Thomas 
Lawrence,  P.E.A, 

1838. 
Collections  and  Correspondence  of  Nathaniel  John  Winch. 
Portrait  of  Dr.  Nathaniel  Wallich,  by  John  Lucas,  presented  bv 
Mrs.  Smith,  of  Hull. 

1839. 
Subscription  portrait  of  "William  Tarrell,  by  Mrs.  Carpenter. 

1842. 

David  Don :  herbarium  of  woods  and  fruits. 

Archibald  Menzies :  bequest  of  £100,  subject  to  legacy  duty. 

Portrait  of  John  Ebenezer  Bicheno,  by  E.  U.  Eddis,  presented  by 

Mr.  Bicheno. 

1843. 
Subscription  in  aid  of  the  funds  of  the  Society,  £994  3s. 
Subscription  portrait  of  Sir  William  Jackson  Hooker,  by  S.  Gam- 

bardella. 


112  PROCKEDIXGS    OF    THE 

1845. 

Microscope  presented  by  Subscribers. 

1846. 
Joseph  Janson :  .£100  legacy,  free  of  duty,  and  two  cabinets. 

1847. 

[Bequest  of  .£200  in  trust,  by  Edward  Rudge  ;  declined  for  reasons 
set  forth  in  Proceedings,  i.  pp.  .315-317.] 

1849. 
Portrait  of  Sir  J.  Banks,  Bt.,  bv  T.  Phillips,  E.A.,  presented  by 
Capt.  Sir  E.  Home,  Bt.,  K.N. 

1850. 
Subscription  portrait   of   the    lit.   Rev.   Edward  Stanley,  D.D., 
Bishop  of  Norwich,  by  J.  H.  Maguire. 

1853. 

Portrait  of  Carl  von  Li nne,  after  A.  Roslin,  by  L.  Pasch,  pre- 
sented by  Robert  Brown. 

Pastel  portrait  of  A.  B.  Lambert,  by  John  Russell,  presented  by 
Robert  Brown. 

1854. 

Professor  Thomas  Bell,  £105. 

1857. 
Subscription  portrait  of  Prof.  T.Bell,  P.L.S.,  by  H.  W.  Pickersgill, 

R.A. 
Thomas  Corbyn  Janson  :  two  cabinets  to  hold  the  collection  of 

fruits  and  seeds. 
Pleasance,  Lady  Smith  :  Correspondence  of  Sir  J.  E.  Smith,  in 

19  volumes. 

1858. 
Subscription    portrait  of   Nathaniel   Bagshaw    Ward,    by   J.    P. 

Knight. 
Richard  Horsman  Solly,  .£90  after  payment  of  Legacy  Duty. 
Subscription  for  removal  to  Burlington  House,  £1108  15s. 
Biograjjhy  of  Carl  von  Linuc,  and  letters  to  Bishop  Menander, 

presented  by  Miss  Wray. 
Dr.  Horsfield's  Javan  plants,  presented  by  the  Court  of  Directors 

of  the  Hon.  East  India  Company. 
Dr.  Ferdinand  vou  jMueller's  Australian  and  Tasmanian  plants, 

including  many  types. 

1859. 
Books   from  the  library  of  Robert  Brown,  presented  by  J.   J. 

Bennett,  Sec.L.S. 
Robert  Brown  :  bequest  of  two  bonds  given  up,  £200. 

1861. 

Subscription  bust  of  Robert  Brown,  by  Peter  Slater. 

Collection  of  birds'  eggs,  bequeathed  by  John  Drew  Salmon,  F.L.S. 


LINNEAN    SOCIETY    OF    LONDON".  II3 

1862. 

The    Limiean    Club  :    presentation    bust    of     Prof.    T.    Bell,    by 
P.  Slater. 

1863. 

Subscription  portrait  of  John  .Joseph  Bennett,  by  E.  U.  Eddis. 

1864. 

Beriah  Botfield,  Esq. :  Legacy,  =£40  less  Duty. 

1865. 

Executors  of  Sir  J.  AV^.  Hooker,  £100. 

George  Benthaui,  Esq. :  cost  of  10  plates  for  his  "  Tropical  Legunii- 
nosse,"  Trans,  vol.  xxv. 

1866. 

Dr.  Friedrich  Welwitscli  :  Illustrations  of  his  '  Sertum  Angolense,' 
£130. 

1867. 

George  Bentham,  Esq. :  General  Index  to  Transactions,  vols,  i.-xxv. 

Eoyal  Society  :  Grant  in  aid  of  G.  S.  Brady  on  British  Ostraeoda, 
£S0. 

1869. 

Carved  rhinoceros  horn  from  Lady  Smith,  formerly  in  the  posses- 
sion of  Carl  von  Liuue. 

1874. 

Subscription  portrait  of  George  Bentham,  by  Lowes  Dickinson. 
George  Bentham,  Esq.,  for  expenditure  on  Library,  £'50. 

1875. 

Legac}'  from  James  Tates,  £50  free  of  Duty. 
„         „      Daniel  Haubury,  £100  less  Duty. 

1876. 

Legacy  of  the  late  Thomas  Corbyn  Janson,  £200. 

,,  ,,         ,,     Charles  Lambert.  £500. 

George   Bentham,  Esq. :    General  Index    to    Transactions,    vols. 
xxvi.-xxx. 

1878. 
Subscription  portrait  of  John  Claudius  Loudon,  by  J.  Linnell. 
Subscription  portrait  of    Eev.  JNJiles  Joseph  jjerkeley,  by  Jfunes 
Peel. 

1879. 
Eev.   George  Henslow   and  Sir  J.  D.  Hooker:    Contribution  to 
illustrations,  £35. 

1880. 

The  Secretary  of  State  for  India  in  Council :  cost  of  setting  up 
Dr.  Aitchi son's  paper,  £36. 

LINN,  SOC.  PROCEEDINGS. SESSION  1911-1912.  i 


114  I'ROCEKDINOS    OF    THE 

1881. 

George  Benlhain,  Esq.,  special  donation,  £25. 
The  same:  towards  Jiichard  Kippist's  pension,  =£50. 
Portrait  of  Dr.  St.  George  Jackson   Mivart,   by   Miss  Solomon; 
presented  by  'Mva.  INIivart. 

1882. 
Executors  of  the  late  Frederick  Currey  :  a  large  selection  of  books. 
lSubscri|)tion  portrait  of  Charles  Kobert   J)ar\\in,  by  lion.  John 

Collier. 
The  Secretary  of  State  for  India  in  Council :  Grant  for  publication 

of  Dr.  Aitchison's  second  paper  on  the  Flora  of  the  Kurruin 

Valley,  £00. 

1883. 
Sir  John  Lubbock,  Bt,  (afterwards  Lord  Avebury). 

Portrait  of  Carl  von  Linnc,  ascribed  to  M.  llallman. 
Philip  Henrv  Gosse,  Esq.:  towards  cost  of  illustrating  his  paper, 

£25. 
Royal  Society  :  Grant  in  aid  of  iMr.  P.  II.  (xosse's  paper,  £5(1. 
Sophia  (irover,  Harriet  G rover,  Emily  Grover,  and  Charles  Ehret 

Grover :   11  letters  from  Carl  von  Linne  to  G.  D.  Ehret. 

1885. 

Executors  of  the  late  George  Beiitham,  £507  lis.  2d. 
Subscription  portrait  of  George  Busk,  by  his  daughter  Marian 

Busk. 

1886. 
A  large  selection  of  books  from  the  library  of  the  late  Dr.  Spencer 

Thomas  Cobbold  (a  bequest  for  a  medal  \Aas  declined). 
Sir  George  MacLeay,    Bt. :    JNISS.    of    Alexander    MacLeay    and 

])ortrait  of  liev.  William  Kirby. 

1887. 
AVilliam  Davidson,  Esq.:  ]st  and  2nd  instalments  of  grant  in  aid 

of  publication,  £50. 
Francis  Blackwell  F'orbes,  Esfj.,  in  aid  of  Chinese  F'lora,  £25. 

1888. 
The    Secretary  of  State  for   India   in    Council:    Grant  in  aid  of 

l)ublication  of   results  of  the  Afghan  Boundary  Delimitation 

Expedition,  £150. 
Dr.  J.  E.  T.  Aitchison,  towards  the  same,  £25. 
Trustees  of  the  Indi.m  Museum  :  Mergui  Archipelago  report,  for 

publication  in  Journal,  £135. 
Dr.  John  Anderson,  for  the  same,  £00. 
Wm.  Davidson,  Esq. :  3rd  and  last  instalment,  £25. 
Sir  Joseph  Hooker:  (1)  Series  of  medals  formerly  in  possession 

of   George   Benthain  ;    (2)  (^lold   watch,  key,  and   two   seals 

belonging  to  liobert  Brown.  I 


LlNJfEAN    SOCIETY    OF    LOXDON.  II5 

1889. 

Bronze  copy  oF  model  for  Statue  of  C.  vou  Liuuc,  by  J.  F.  Kjellberg  ; 
presented  by  Frank  Crisp,  Esq. 

1890. 

The  Secretary  of  State  for  India  in  Council :  Grant  for  Delimitation 

Expedition  report,  =£200. 
Oak  table  for  Meeting  Koom,  presented  by  Frank  Crisp,  Esq. 
Subscription  portrait  of  Sir  Josepb  Dalton  Hooker,  K.C.S.I.,  by 

Hubert  Herkomer,  R.A. 
Executors  of  the  late  John  Ball,  Esq. :  a  large  selection  of  books. 
An  anonymous  donor,  ^30. 
Colonel  Sir  Henry  Collett,  K.C.B.,  towards  the  publication  of  his 

Shan  States  collections,  <£50. 

1891. 

Subscription  portrait  of  Sir  John  Lubbock,  Bt.  [Lord  Avebury] 

by  Leslie  Ward. 
George  Frederick  Scott  Elliot,  Esq.,  towards  cost  of  his  Madagascar 

paper,  .£60. 

1892. 
Dr.  llichard  Charles  Ali'xander  Prior:  for  [)rojection  lantern,  .£50. 

1893. 

The  Executors  of  Lord  Arthur  iius.sell :   his  collection  of  portraits 

of  naturalists. 
Electric  light  installation :  cost  borne  by  Frank  Crisp,  Esq. 

1894. 

Algernon  Peckover,  Escj. :  Legacy,  £100  free  of  Duty. 
Miss  Emma  Swan:  "  Westvvood  Fund,"  =£250. 

1896. 

Clock  and  supports  in  Meeting  Roou),  presented  by  Frank  Crisp, 
Esq. 

1897. 
William  Carrutbers,  Esq. :  Collection  of  engravings  and   pboto- 

grapiis  of  portraits  of  Carl  von  Linne. 
Eoyal  Society  :   Grant   towards   publication  of  paper  by  the  late 

John  Ball,  =£60. 
Subscription   portrait   of   Professor    George   James    AUman,   by 
Marian  Busk. 

1898. 
Sir   John    Lubbock,    Bt. :    Contribution    to\\  ards    his    paper   on 

Stipules,  =£43  14;.-.  9d. 
Eoyal  Society  :  Contribution  towards  F.  J.  Cole's  paper,  £5i). 
,,         ,,  .,  ,.         Murray  &Blackm:in*s  paper, 

=£80! 
.,         ..  ,,  ,,         Elliot  Smith's  paper,  ^50. 

.,   •  ,,  ,,         Forsyth  Major's  paper,  =£50. 


Il6  PROCEEDINGS    OP    THE 

1899. 

A.  C.  Ihinnsworth,  Esq.  [Lord  Nortlieliffe]  :  Contribution  towards 

cost  of  plates,  £43. 
Roj'al  Society :  Contribution  towards  Mr.  U.  T.  Giintlier's  paper 
ou  Lake  Urnii,  i'oO. 

1901. 
lion.  Charles  Ellis,   J  Ion.  Walter   Kuthscliild,   and   the  Benthaiu 

Trustees:  The  Correspondence  of  William  8waiiison. 
Royal  Society:  Contribution  towards  Mr.  F.  Chapman's  paper  ou 

Funafuti  Foraminifei-a,  £50. 
Prof.  E.  Eav  Lankester :  Contribution  towards  illustration,  £30  5s. 
Portrait  of  Dr.  St.  G.  J.  Mivart,  presented  by  Mrs.  Mivart. 

1903. 
Royal  Society :  Contribution  towai'd  Dr.  Elliot  Smith's  ])aper,  £50. 
Legacy  from  the  late  Dr.  R.  C.  A.  Prior,  £100  free  of  duty. 
Mrs.    Sladeu :   Posthumous  Portrait   of   the   late   AYalter   Percy 
Sladen,  by  H.  T.  Wells,  R.A. 

B.  Arthur  Beusley,  Esq. :  Contribution  to  his  paper,  £44. 

1904. 

Royal  Society  :  Grant  in  aid  uf  third  volume  of  the  Chinese  Flora, 

£120. 
Supplementary  Ro}al  Charter  :  cost  borne  by  Frank  Crisp,  Esq. 

(afterwards  Sir  Frank  Crisp). 

1905. 

Royal  Society  :  First  grant  in  aid  of  Dr.  G.  H.  Fowler's  '  Biscayan 

Plankton,'  £50. 
Executors   of  the   late  G.   B.   Buckton,   Esq. :   Contribution  for 

colouring  plates  of  his  paper,  £26. 

1906. 

Royal  Society  :  »Second  grant  towards  'Biscayan  Plankton,'  £50. 
Subscription  portrait  of  Prof.  S.  H.  Vines,  by  Hon.  John  Collier. 
Royal  Swedish  Academy  of  Science  :   Copies  of  portraits  of  C.von 

Linne,  after  Per  Krafft  the   elder,  and  A.  Roslin,  both  by 

Jean  Haagen. 

1907. 

Royal  University  of  Uppsala  :  Copy  bv  Jean  Haagen  of  portrait  of 

C.  V.  Linne.  by  J.  H.  Scheffer(  1739). 
Royal  Society  :  Third  and  final  gmnt  towards  'Biscayan  Plankton,' 

£50. 
The  Trustees  of  the  Percy  Sladen  ^Memorial  Fund :  First  grant 

towards  publication   of  Mr.    Stanley  Gardiner's  Researches 

in  the  Indian  Ocean  in  H.M.S.  '  Sealark,'  £200. 


LI>'NEAN    SOCIETY    OF    LONDON.  1  I  J 

1908. 

Prof.  Gustaf  Eetzius  :  Plaster  cast  of  Lust  of  Carl  von  Liinie, 
modelled  by  "Waltlier  Piineberg  from  the  portrait  by  Scheffel 
(1739)  at  Linuc's  Hammarby  ;  the  bronze  original  is  for  the 
facade  of  the  new  building  for  the  Royal  Academy  of 
Science,  Stockholm. 

Miss  Sarah  Marianne  Silver,  F.L.S.  :  Cabinet  formerly  belonging 
to  Mr.  S.  W.  Silver,  F.L.S. 

1909. 

The  Trustees  of  the  Percy  Sladen  Memorial  Fund  :  Second  grant 
to\\ards  publication  of  Mr.  Stanley  Gardiner's  Researches  in 
the  Indian  Ocean  in  H.M.S.  '  Sealark,'  i;20U. 

Prof.  James  William  Helenus  Trail,  F.li.S.,  F.L.S.  :  Gift  of  =£100 
in  Trust,  to  encourage  Research  on  the  Nature  of  Proto- 
plasm. 

1910. 

Royal    Society  :     Grant   towards   Dr.    G.   H.   Fowler's   paper   on 

Biscayan  Ostracoda,  £50. 
Sir  Joseph  Hooker  :  Gold  watch-chain  worn   by  Robert   Brown, 

and  seal  with  portrait  of  Carl  von  Linne  by  Tassie. 
Prof.  J.  S.  Gardiner  :  Payment  in  aid  of  illustrations,  £35  0«.  in/. 
Sir  Frank  Crisp  :  Donation  in  Trust  for  Microscopical  Research, 

£200. 
The  Trustees  of  the  Percy  Sladen  Memorial  Fund :  Third  grant 

towards  publication  of  Prof.  Stanley  Gardiner's  Researches 

in  the  Indian  Ocean,  £200.     (For  third  volume.) 

1911. 

The  Trustees  of  the  Percy  Sladen  Memorial  Fund:  Second 
Donatio)!  towards  the  publication  of  the  third  volume  on 
the  Indian  Ocean  Reseai'ches,  £70. 

The  same  :  First  Donation  towards  the  fourth  volume,  £i;)0. 

1912. 

The  Indian  Government:  Contribution  towards  the  illustration 
of  Mr.  E.  P.  Stebbing's  jiaper  on  Himalayan  Chermes, 
£46  15*.  2d. 

The  late  Mr.  Francis  Tagart,  £500  free  of  Legacy  Duty. 

The  late  Sir  Joseph  Dalton  Hooker.  O.M.,  G.C.S.I.,  £100  free  of 
Legacy  Duty. 


INDEX    TO    THE    PROCEEDINGS. 


SESSION  1911-1912. 


Xu/e. — Tlie  f'ullowiiigareiiot  indexed  :— The  name  of  tJieCliairnian  at  each  meeting; 
sijeakers  whose  remarks  are  not  reported  ;  and  passing  alhisions. 


Abnormal    On-liia  exhibited   (Salmon), 

'3- 
Abstracts  of  Papers,  71-90. 
Acarina  of  tlie  Percy  Sladen   Exhil)i- 

tion  (Warbnrton),  70. 
Accounts,    22-23;    ^"'^^    before   .V^nui- 

versar^'  Meetinir.  21. 
Actinian  LarA"a'  (Pamford).  2. 
Additions  to  tlie  Library,  91-109. 
Address,  Presidential,  26-39. 
Agromyzid;e.  sec  Lamb,  C.  G. 
Aldabra.  sec  Scyciielles. 
Allium  (jluilnosd,  variations  in  its  foliage 

exhibited  (Henderson),  6. 
Alpine  flowers,  drawings  by  G.  Flem- 

well,  exhibited   (Thompson).   69  ; 

flora  of  Canada,  lantern  denionstra- 

tion  (llenshaw),  19. 
Anderson,   Dr.  T.,  elected  Councillor, 

Anderson,  Rev.  W.  J.  W.,  withdrawn, 

24. 
Annelids  of  the  Thames  Vallev  (Friend), 

8. 
Anniversary  Meeting,  21-41. 
Antarctica,  sec  Hedley,  C. 
Arber,  Dr.  E.  A.  N.,  Vsii(inuti)htilluia 

ma  jus,  ep.  no  v.,  19. 
Associates   deceased,   21;   elected,   2}: 

vacancies  in  List  announced,  8. 
Audas.  J.  W.,  elected,  6  ;  jjroposed,  i. 
Auditors  elected,  18. 
Australia,    Additions    to    the   flora   of 

(Domin),  20. 

Pagnall,  R.  S.,  admitted,  i  :  Biplopora, 
I'auropoda,  and  Proturri,  spp.  new 
to  Britain,  3. 

Balance  Sheet,  wr  Cash  Statement. 

Balston,  W.  E.,  admitted,  67. 


Bamford,  Miss  E.  E.,  Pelagic  .\ctinian 

LarvjB,  2. 
Bancroft,  C  K.,  elected,  6  ;  proposed,  i. 
Barbados,  see  Phillips,  Miss  E.  M. 
Henefaclions.  i  10-1 17. 
Biokford,  E.  J.,  projiosed.  68. 
BickncU,  A.  S.,  deceased,  21  ;  f>bituary, 

42- 
Bittern  discovered  in  Norfolk,  huilern- 

slides  shown  (Turner),  9. 
Blackman,    Prof.    V.    H.,     Councillor 

retired,  25. 
Bolivar,  Dr.  I.,  SaUatorial  Orthoptera 

of  the  Seychelles,  69. 
and     C.      Ferricre.     Orthoptera- 

Phasmidse  of  the  Seychelles,  17. 
Bolus,  Dr.  n.,  deceased,  21  ;  obituary, 

42-44. 
Borneo,  see  Monlton,  J,  C. 
Bornet.   Dr.  J.  B.  E.,   deceased,  8,  21  ; 

obituary,  44. 
Botanical     Secretary    (Dr.    O.     Stapf) 

elected,  25. 
Botrychioxj/lon  jxiradoxinn,    a    Palaeo- 
zoic   Fei-n     with     Secondary    Wood 

(Scott),  19. 
Bourne,  Prof.  G.  C,  elected  Councillor 

and    Secretarv,   25  ;    conununicatii^n 

by  (Liddcll),  "i-. 
Bowman,  Dr.  F.  H.,  withdrawn.  24. 
Brougiiton,  IL,  withdrawn,  24. 
Budde-Luud,  Dr.,  Terreslri^il  Isopoda 

of  the  Percy  Sladen  Expedition,  69. 
Button,  Rev.  .T.,  deceased,  21. 
BuUen,    Rev.  R.   A.,   exhibited  hybrid 

snail,  10;  — engravings  of ////^r((/«/rt 

mo)ifivai/ct,  Westerlund,  1 1 ;  —  cochi- 
neal insects,  20. 
Burne,  R.   H.,  admitted,    18;  elected, 

16  ;  proposed,  13. 


119 


Bury,  H.,  Councillor  retired,  25. 
Bye-Laws     concerning      Composition, 

alterations  read,  19,  6",  and  approved, 

69. 


Cactoid  Euphorbias,  sec  Euphorbias. 
Calamites,  Internodes  (Groom),  15. 
Calder,   C.    C,   elected,    15;  proposer!, 

10. 
Caiman,  Dr.  W.  T.,  nominated  Scruti- 
neer, 15. 
Canadian  Alpine  Flora,  lantern  dennm- 

stration  (Henshaw),  19. 
Canaries,    white,    exhibited   (Palmerl, 

69. 
Cardamine  prafcnsis    with   bulbils,  ex- 

liibited  (Slopes),  68. 
Cardew,   Miss    E.    M.,    admitted,    8  ; 

elected,  6;  proposed,  i. 
Cash  Statement  received  and  ado]5ted, 

21  ;  as  audited,  22-23. 
Chip|i,  T.  F.,  proposed.  68. 
Ciiloro]iida',  i^re  Lamb.  C.  (1. 
Ciirist-Socin,   Dr.  H.,   elected   Foreign 

Member,  19;  proposed,  15. 
Christensen,  C,  Ferns  of  tiie  Seychelles 

and  Aldabra,  70. 
Clcfodoidron   trichofomum,   Thunb.,  in 

fruit,  exhibited  (Walker),  3. 
CoceinellidiK  of  the  Seychelles  (Sicard), 

Cochineal  insects  exhibited  (Bidlen), 
20;  on  those  sent  to  Carl  von  Linne 
(Jackson),  20. 

CocUmria  Armoracia,  dissected  leaf- 
form  of,  exhibited  (Reudle),  8. 

Cod,  its  development  (Meek),  67. 

CofTm,  W.  H.,  name  ordered  to  be 
removed  from  List,  24. 

Coleoptera  of  the  Seychelles  (Scott), 
69. 

Couiposition,  Bye-Laws  concerning, 
alterations  read,  19,  67,  and  ap- 
proved, 69. 

Cinnpton,  E.  H.,  Seedling  Structure  in 
the  Lcguminosa',  i  3. 

Correlation  of  Somatic  Characters 
(Meek),  70. 

Councillors  elected,  and  retired,  25. 

Craven,  A.  E.,  proposed,  68. 

Crcpidula  foraicida,  exhibited  (Muric), 
2. 

Crisp  Award  and  Medal  presented  to 
Capt.  Meek,  39. 

Crisp,  Sir  F.,  Councillor  retired, 
25- 


Dakin,  Dr.  W.  J.,  admitted,  67  ;  elected, 
6  ;  proposed,  i. 


Daun,   W.  II.,  admitted,    68  ;    elected, 

67 ;  proposed,  19. 
Deaths  recorded,  21. 
Dendy,    Prof.    A.,    elected    Councillor, 

25 ;        resignation       of      Zoological 

Secretaryship,  25  ;  on  Glass-sponges, 

15;  exhibited  living  PhasmidiE,    17; 

-~-  cocoons    of    larva;    of   a    Saw-fly, 

Phyllutoma  accrls,  69. 
Dinner      and       proposed        reception, 

announced,  69. 
Diplopora,     Tauropoda,    and     Proiura 

spp.     new     to      Britain     (Bagnall), 

.3-  .       . 
Distribution     of     Elodea    canadensis, 

Michx.,  in  the  British  Isles  (Walker), 

2,  71-77. 
Dixon,    H.    N.,    exhibited  plants  from 

Portugal,    some   mounted    on    black 

paper,     17 ;     some    Mosses    of   New 

Zealand,  6. 
Doidge,  Miss  E.  M.,  elected,  69  ;  pro- 
posed, 21. 
Domin,  Dr.  X.,  Additions  to  Flora  of 

Australia,  20. 
Donations   to  Librarj'  91-109  ;    —  to 

the      Society      (1790-  1912),     iio- 

1 17. 
Douie.  Sir  J.  M.,  elected,  8  ;  jjroposed, 

3- 
Druce,  G.  C,  International  Phytogeo- 

graphieal  Excursion,   1911,   4;  note 

on  the  exhibits,  77. 
Druce,  H.  H.,  elected  Auditor,  18. 
Dunn,    S.    T.,    Eevision    of    the   genus 

Millettia,  70. 
Dyuies,  T.  A.,  admitted,    19;   elected, 

15  ;  proposed,  10. 


Edwards,  F.  W.,  Tipulidte  of  the  Sey- 
chelles, 10. 

I'Jlections,  number  of,  24. 

Klodea  canadciit<is,  Michx.,  distribution 
in  the  British  Isles  (Walker).  2,  71- 
77- 

Enderlein,  Dr.  G.,  Sciarid;t  of  the  Sey- 
chelles, 10. 

Ephydridffi,  see  Lamb,  C.  G. 

Escombe,  F.,  withdrawn,  24. 

Euphorbias,  Cactoid,  from  S.  Africa, 
exhibited  (Stapf),  16. 

luistace.  Dr.  G.  W.,  withdrawn,  24. 

Evans,  F.,  elected,  9  ;  proposed,  6. 

Exhibitions  at  the  Meetings,  Mr.  F.  N. 
Williams  on,  10;  resolution  con- 
cerning, 13. 


Falkland  Islands,   lantern-slides   illus- 
trating the  (VoUentin),  68, 


INDEX. 


Farqiiliarson,  Mrs.   Ogilvie-,  deceused, 

21  ;  obituary,  45. 
Fellows    dei-i'iised,    21;    elected,     24; 

willidnvwii,  24. 
Ferns  of  the  Seychelles  and   Aldabra 

(Cln-istensen),  70. 
Ferriere,  C,  -"ee  Bolivar,  Dr.  I. 
"  Field "    newspaper,    letter    IVoni   Sir 

Ray  L'lnkester  read,  concerning,  12. 
Financial   Statement,   see   Cash    State- 

nient. 
Findon,   H.,   exhibited    Glass-sponges 

from  Japan,  14. 
Fishes,   new,    from    Aldabra    (Regan), 

10. 
Fitch,   T.    M.,   elected,    15;  proposed, 

10. 
Flemwell,  G.,  sec  Thompson,  H.  S. 
Fletcher,  T.  B.,  elected,  69  ;  proposed, 

21.  ^ 

Foreign  Members,  deceased,  21;  elected, 

24.;  vacancy  in  List  announced,  8. 

Forel.  AI.  A.,  Fourmis  des  Seychelles 
et  des  AUlabras,  10. 

Foster,  N.  H.,  proposed,  68. 

Fourmis  des  Seychelles  et  des  Aldabras 
(Forel),  10. 

Foxglove  plants,  Mutations  in  (Mac- 
namara),  4-6. 

Friend,  Rev.  H.,  admitted,  8;  with- 
drawn, 24  ;  on  some  Annelids  of  the 
Thames  Valley,  8. 

Fryer,  A.,  deceased,  15,  21  ;  obituary, 

Fungi,  abnormal,  lantern-slides  shown 
(W(.rsdell),  8. 

GatJus  morrhna.  its  developinent(Meek), 
Gahan,  C  -T.,  ""   liH'^'^  <'™n'   Borneo, 

Gimiiner,  Prof.  J.  S.,  appointed  V.-P.. 
67-  elected  Councillor,  25:  commiini- 
calions  bv  (Forel  and  others),  10  ; 
(H(,li\;ir  and  Ferriere;.  17  ;  (Lamb 
and  others^  69;  (Christcnseii  and 
Warburton).  7°-  ,  , 

Gates,  Ttr  R.  R.,  jMulation  problem  m 
Oeiio/hera,  3. 

General  Meetings,  Resolution  con- 
cerning the  order  of  business  at.  1  3 

Genenil  'Secretary,  AiiiuimI  Report  of. 
21  ;  election  of  (Dr.  15.  D.  Jackson), 

Glass-sponges   from     Japan    exhibited 

(Findon),  14.  .  ,  .     ^ 

Goodrich,    E.    S.,  Councillor    retired, 

25. 
Groom,  Prof.  P.,  Tnternodes  of  Ccda- 
mi/cs,  15  ;  elected  Councillor,  25. 


Groves,  H.,  elected  Councillor,  25. 

Hales,  W..  elected  Associate,  19;  pro- 

])Osed.  16. 
Hainlyn-Harris.    Dr.    R.,  elected,    19; 

])ropospd,  16. 
Harris,  .see  Ilamlyn-Harris. 
Harrison,   A.,  deceased,  21;    obituary, 

47- 
Her/era  Helix,  thick  stem  of,  exhibited 

(Rathbone),  68. 

Hedley,  C  admitted,  19  ;  Palaeo- 
geo<;raphical  relations  of  Antarctica, 
67,  80-90. 

Heinig.  R.  L.,  withdrawn,  24. 

Henderson,  Dr.  G.,  showed  lantern- 
slides  illustrating  Kashmir,  etc.,  6  ; 
exhibited  variations  in  foliage  of 
Alnus  qlutiiioM,  6 ;  sent  seeds  of 
Kaniion-hopa  Bifrhiana.  H.  Wendl., 
for  distribution,  9. 

Henshaw,  Mrs.,  lantern  demonstration 
on  Canadian  Alpine  Flora,  19. 

Herbarium  specimens  mounted  on  black 
paper  c-xhibited  (Dixon),  17;  ^c 
Linnean  Herbarium. 

Herdman,  Prof.  W.  A.,  elected  Coun- 
cillor, 25. 

Hill.  A.  W.,  elected  Auditor,  18;  — 
Councillor  25;  showed  drawings  of 
viviparous  Juticus  hiifaiiius,  4. 

Hockcn,  Dr.  T.  M.,  deceased,  21. 

Hooker,  Sir  Joseph,  letter  of  thanks  for 
congratulations.!;  deceased,  21: 
obituary,  47-62  ;  resolution  passed 
upon  his  decease,  7  ;  his  work  on 
Fossil  Botany  (Presidential  Address), 

Howes,  G.  W.,  elected,  9;  proposed,  6. 
Hughes,  J.,  elected,  6;  proposed,  i. 
Hybrid  snail  exhibited  (BuUen),  10. 
Hiijironiia  iiionfimga,  Wcsterlund.  eii- 
'grivings  exhibited  (Bullen).  n. 

Irhneumonidie  of  the  Seychelles 
(M(irlev),  10. 

Imms.  Prof.  A.  D.,  elected.  16;  pro- 
jioseil,  13. 

Index  to  the  Linnean  Herbarium 
(Jackson).  Supplement,  1-152. 

International  Pliytogeographical  Ex- 
cursion, HUl  (.Druce),  4  ;  not«  on  the 
exliibits,  77. 

Tnternodes  of  Calamilrs  (Groom),  15. 

Isopoda,  Terrestrial,  of  the  Percy  Sladen 
Expedition  (Budde-Lund),  69. 

Jackson,  Dr.  B.  D.,  additional  in- 
formation concerning  Linne's  Lap- 
land Drum,  12;   elected   Councillor 


iNUi;x. 


and  Secretary,  25 ;  Index  to  tlie 
Linnean  Herbariiiu),  Supplement, 
I-I5Z;  on  Liuiie's  coehi'-ieal  insects, 
20  ;  on  recent  investii;ation  of  the 
Linnean  Herbarium,  20. 

Japan,  see  Fiiulou.  H. 

Johnson,  J.  W.  II.,  elected,  8  ;  proposed, 

3- 

Johnston,  ])r.  T.  II.,  elected,  6  ;  pro- 
posed. I. 

Jones,  W.  N.,  admiltcd.  i. 

Jiuicus  hiifuniiis,  drawings  of  a  vivi- 
parous specimen  exhibited  (Hill),  4. 


Kashmir,  Little  Tibet,  and  Turkestan, 
lantern -slides  illustral  ing,  shown 
(Henderson),  6. 

Keeble,    Prof.    F.,    electi'd     Councillor, 

Kent,  Prof.  A.  F.  S.,  withdrawn,  24. 


Lagenosfoma  ovoides,  Will.,  its  struct ui-e 

(Prankerd),  20. 
Lamb,   C.  Gr.,    Loncha^ida-,     Sapromy- 

zida),   Ephydridaj,    Chloropidae,    and 

Agromvzidis,      of      the     8evchelles, 

69. 
Lankester.    Sir   E.    Ray,    letter    from, 

concerning  'The  Field,''  read,  12. 
Lapland  Drum,  sec  Jackson,  D>-.  B.  D. 
Larter,     Miss    C.    E.,    admitted,    21; 

elected,  15;  proposed,  10. 
Larvae       from        IBorneo         exhibited 

(Moulton).  70. 
Laurie,  E.,  elected,  6  ;    ))roposed,  i. 
Lawson,  Dr.  A.  A.,  Marine  flora  of  St. 

Andrews,  9. 
Leechmau,  A.,   elected,    18;    proposed, 

Leguminosa\  seedling  structure  in  the 

(Compton),  1  3. 
Librarian's  report,  24. 
I;ibrary  Additions,  91-109. 
Liddell,  J.  A.,   Nitoci-ameira    JxlcllurcB, 

a  new  genus,  17. 
Lindsay,  Miss  B.,  elected  8  ;    proposed, 

3- 

Linne,  Carl  yon,  his  Lapland  Drum, 
additional  information  concerning 
(Jackson),  12  ;  on  his  cochineal  in- 
sects (Jackson),  20. 

Linnean  Herbarium,  Recent  investi- 
gation of  the  (Jackson),  20  ;  Index 
to  the  (Jackson).  Sup|ilemeut,  1-152. 

Linnean  Medal,  recipient  nominated, 
1 9  ;  presented  to  Dr.  R.  C.  L.  Perkin.s, 
40. 

Lock,  R.  H.,  elected,  19;  proposed, 
16. 

UN.  SOC.   PROCEEDINGS. SESSION 


LonchaMdiv,  SapromyzidiB,  Ephydridte, 

ChloropicUv,  and  Agromyzida;  of  the 

Seychelles  (Lamb).  69, 
Longstnff,       Mrs.,      showed       Li/caste 

BrrrriiigtcDiice  in  flower,  68. 
L//rasic  liarriiKifouueiw flower, exhibited 

'(Longstaff).'68. 
Lycjidiuiii  hi/p)ioruiu,  exhibited  (Wel>b), 

20. 


Macnaniara,  N.  C,  Mutations  in  Fox- 
glove plants,  4-6. 

McRae,  W.,  elected,  6  :  proposed,  i. 

Marine  flora  of  St.  Andrews  (Lawson), 
9- 

Mastin,  Dr.  J.,  exhibited  microscope- 
slides,  of  Polycistina,  18. 

Maw,  G.,  deceased,  21  ;  obituai-y,  62. 

Medal,  Crisp,  presented  to  Capt.  Meek, 

39- 
,  Linnean,   presented  to  Dr.  R.  C. 

L.  Perkins,  40. 
Meek,  Prof.   A.,  admitted.   67;  on  the 

Development    of    the    Cod,     Gudtis 

iiiun-hua,  67. 
Meek,  Capt.  C.  F.  U.,  Crisp  Award  and 

Medal  presented  to,  39  :  Correlation 

of  Somatic  Characters,  70. 
Michael,  A.  D.,  nominated   Scrutineer, 

'  V 
Millcftia,  Revision  of  the  genus  (Dunn), 

70. 
Monckton,    H.    W.,  appointed   V.-P., 

67  ;  elected  Councillur  and  Treasurer, 

Moore,    Sir    F.     W.,    admitted,     21; 

elected,  6;  proposed,  i. 
Morley,     C,     Ichneumonidaj     of     the 

Seychelles,  10. 
Moss,  Dr.  C.  E.,  elected,  18  ;  proposed, 

15- 

Mosses  of  New  Zealand  (Dixon),  6. 

Moulton.  J.  C,  admitted,  68;  exhibited 
Trilobite-like  larva;  from  Borneo, 
70. 

Miiller,  Rev.  J.  S.,  elected,  67  ;  pro- 
posed, 19. 

Murie,  Dr.  J.,  e.xhibited  Crcpldida 
for/i/cf/fa,  2. 

Mutation  problem  in  Oenothera 
(dates),  3. 

Nannorrhops     Jiitchiann,    H.    Wendl., 

seeds  received  from  Dr.  Henderson, 

distributed,  9. 
TS'ew  Zealaiul,  some  nmsses  of  (Dixon), 

6;  sec  Palmer,  Dr.  A.  E.  A. 
Ki/nctrnneira     hdcllurce,   a    new    genus 

(Liddell),  17. 
Norfolk,  see  Turner,  Miss  E.  L. 

1911-1912.  /.• 


IXDKX. 


Nonimn,  Ciinon  A.  M.,  Si/nnc/of/a  mira. 


Obituary  Notices,  42-67. 

Oenothera,  imitation  jiroblein  in  (Gntes), 

3- 
Ogilvie-FaniuliarHon.     t-er     Farqiilmr- 

sou. 
Oke,  A.  W.,  iioniinated  Senilineer,  25, 
Oldham,     C,    on     tlie    diminution    of 

])iiieoiis  ill  Loiuioii,  11. 
Oliver,  Prof.  F.  W.,  comimmication  by 

(Praiikerd),  20  ;    elected  Ouuneillor, 

25- 
Oman.  J.  C,  deceased,  21. 

Orc//i.<,;\n  ahiiormal,  cxliibited  (Salmon), 

13- 
Ortlioptera.    Saltatorial,  i>{     tlie    Sey- 
chelles (Bolivar).  69  ;  see  Phasmidii.'. 


Pala'ogC(iyra))lii('al  relations  of  Ant- 
arctica (lledley  I,  67,  80-90. 

PaliKozoic  Ferns,  sec  Scott,  l)r.  D.  H. 

Palmer,  Dr.  A.  E.  A.,  exhibited  white 
canaries  from  New  Zealand,  69. 

Patterson.  A.,  ]iro]-)i»sed  Associate.  10. 

Pauropoda,  fee  D/p/opora. 

Pearse,  Miss  E.,  exhibited  living 
PhasniidiV,  17. 

Pegler,  Miss  A.,  elected  Associate,  13; 
proposed,  9. 

Pelagic  Actinian  Larvje  (Baniford),  2. 

Percy  Shulen  Expedition,  Acarina  of 
the  (Warbnrton),  70;  Terrestrial 
Isopoda  of  the  (liiidde-Liind),  69. 

Perkins,  Dr.  R.  C  L.,  to  receive 
Linnean  Medal,  19  :  Liniiean  Medal 
presented  to,  40. 

riiasniida-,  living,  exhibited  (Dendy, 
Pearse),  17;  Orthoptera-Phasmidte 
of  the  Seychelles  (Bolivar  .and 
Fcrriere).  17. 

Phillips,  Miss  E.  M.,  exiiibited  water- 
colour   drawings  of  Barbados  flora, 

15. 
Phillips,  E.  P.,  elected,  67  ;    proposed, 

•9-  ,,     . 

Pbyllody  in  7'rifolit(i/i  ?T/)e».s-,  exhibited 
(liathbone),  17  ;   note  on  the  exliibit, 

79- 
Phyllotonia  aceris,  see  Dendy,  Prof.  A. 
Phytogeographical        Excursion,       see 

Druce,  G.  ('. 
I'iiyloplanktfni     periodicity   (W.   &  G. 

S.  West),  17. 
Pigeons,     P.     Schei'dlin       on        llieir 

diminution  in  Sirassbiirg,  11. 
Port    frii'iulis,    a   vivii)arons,   exiiibited 

(Eendle).  7. 


Polycistina,  microscojie-slides  exhibiterl 
(Mast  in),  18. 

Porter,  Dr.  Annie,  admitted,  67  ; 
elected,  6  ;  proposed,  1. 

I'ortugal,  ■•"'>'  Dixon.  II.  N. 

Poulton.  I'roi.  K.  B.,  appointed  Vice- 
Presidents,  67;  elected  Presidentand 
Councillor,  25;  read  alterations  in 
Bye-Laws,  67  ;  received  Linnean 
.Medal  on  behalf  of  Dr.  Perkins,  40. 

Prankerd,  Miss  T.  L.,  Structure  of 
LaffciiosfdiiKi  oriiitfes,  Will.,  20. 

President  t-lccted,  25, 

Presidential  Address,  26-39. 

Prolification  in  rambler  rose,  exhibited 
(Sillem),  68. 

Profura,  see  Diplopnra. 

Psi/iimophylliim  iixijus,  sp.  nov.  (Arber), 
'19. 


Rambler  rose,  prolification  in,  exhibited 

(Siliem),  68. 
Eathbone,  Miss  M.,  exhibited  pbyllody 

in    TrifoIiKiii  repents.   17.  —  note  on 

the  exiiibit,  79  ;  exliil>ited  thick  stem 

of  Hedem  Helix,  68. 
Reception,  see  Dinner. 
Regan,  C.  T.,  New  Fishes  from  Aldabra, 

10. 
Reid,  C,  Vote  of  thanks  lor  Address, 

seconded  by,  39. 
Reid,  Mrs.  E.  M., admitted,  68  ;  elected, 

67 ;   proposed,  18. 
Rendle,  Dr.  \.  B.,  Councillor  retired. 

25;  elected  Auditor,  18  ;  exhibited  a 

viviparous    Poa    trivialis,    Linn.,    7; 

dissected    leaf-form      of     Cocklearia 

Armoracia,  8. 
Rhizopoda,  F^resliwater,  of  U.S.A.  and 

Seychelles  (Wailes),  20. 
Ridewood,  Dr.  W.  G.,  elected  Council- 
lor, 25. 
Ridley.  II.  N.,  elected  Councillor,  25. 
Rose,  .--w  Rambler  rose. 
Rotlischild.  Hon.  N.  C, elected  Auditor, 

18. 
Row,  R.  \V.  H.,  on  larvte  of  a  Saw-fly, 

70. 


St.  Andrews,  its  marine  flora  (Lawson^, 

9- 
Salmon,    C.  E.,  exhibited   an   abnormal 

Orchis,  1  3. 
Samuel,  Miss  M., admitted,  68;  elected, 

15 ;  proposed,  10. 
Sands.  VV.  N.,  )iro]30sed,  68. 
Sai)romyzidae,  see  Laml;,  C.  G. 
Saunders,  Miss  E.  R.,  appointed  V.-l'., 

67  ;  elected  Councillor,  25. 


INDKX. 


123 


Saw-fly,  cocoons  of  larvas  of  a,  exhibited 

(Dendy  and  Bow),  69. 
Sayce,  O.  A.,  deceased,  8,  21  ;  obituary, 

63. 
Scherdlin,    P.,     letter    from,     on    the 
pigeons  of  Strassburg  Cathedral,  11. 
Sciarida3  of  the  Seychelles  (Enderlein), 

10. 
Scott,  Dr.  D.  H.,  appointed  V.-P..  67  ; 
on  Botrychioxi/lonpamdoxiiin,  a  Pale- 
ozoic Fern  with  Secondary  Wood, 
19;  elected  Councillor,  25  ;  on  death 
of  Sir  Joseph  Hooker,  7  ;  on  death  of 
Prof.  Strasburger,  24;  on  variations 
in  foliage,  6  ;  on  resignation  of 
Zoological  Secretary  (Prof.  A.  Dendy), 
25 ;  on  the  Paleozoic  Fern  Zygo- 
pteris  Grayi,  Will.,  2 ;  Presidential 
Address,  26-39  ;  nominated  Scruti- 
neers, 15,  25  ;  read  alterations  in  the 
Bye-Laws,  19. 

Scott,  Hugh,  Coleoptera  of  the  Sey- 
chelles, 69. 

Scrutineers  appointed,  15,  25. 

Secretaries  elected,  25. 

Seedling  Structure  h\  the  Leguminosre 
(Coinpton),  13. 

Seychelles,  Alda.bra,  etc.  : —  Coc- 
cinellidtc  (Sicard),  69 ;  Coleoptera 
(Scott),  69  ;  Ferns  (Christensen),  70; 
Fourniis  (Forel),  10;  Freshwater 
Rhizopoda  (Wailes),  20 ;  Ichnen- 
monidiu  (Morley),  10;  Lonchanda?, 
SaproniyzidiE,  Ephydridse,  Chloro- 
pida>.  and  Agromyzidfe  (Lamb),  69  ; 
new  Fishes  (Regan),  10;  Orthoptera- 
Phasmida^  (Bolivar  &  Ferriere),  17; 
Saltatorial  Orthoptera  (Bolivar),  69  ; 
Sciarida;  (Enderlein),  10;  Tipulidaj 
(Edwards),  10. 

Shelford,  E.  W.  C,  withdrawn.  24. 

Sherborn,  C.  D.,  elected  Associate,  15  ; 
proposed,  10. 

Sicard,  Dr.  A.,  Cocciuellidie  des  Sey- 
chelles, 69. 

Sillem,  C,  exhibited  prolification  in 
rambler  rose,  68. 

Sim,  T.  R.,  withdrawn,  24. 

Sladen  Expedition,  see  Pei-cy  Sladen 
Expedition. 

Slater,  M.  B.,  withdrawn,  24. 

'"Slipper  Limpet"  exhibited  (]\[uric), 
2. 

Smith,  A.  M.,  admitted,  13;  elected,  6; 
proposed,  i. 

Snail,  hybrid,  exhibited  (Bullen),  10. 

Socin,  see  Christ-Socin. 

Somatic  characters,  correlation  of 
(Meek),  70. 

South  Africa,  see  Stapf,  Dr.  0. 

Sponges,  sec  Glass-sponges. 


Stapf,  Dr.  O.,  connnunication  by 
(Doniin),  20  ;  elected  Councillor  and 
Secretary,  25 ;  exhibited  Cactoid 
Euphorbias  from  S.  Africa,  16. 

Stayner,  F.  J.,  proposed,  68. 

Stead,  D.  G.,  elected,  15  ;  ]jroposed,  10. 

Stelibing,  Rev.  T.  R.  R.,  Historic  doubts 
about  I'aunthoiiipsonia,  16.  78; 
nominated  Scrutineer,  21;  ;  Vote  of 
thanks  for  Address  moved  by,  39. 

Stephens,  Miss  £.  L.,  elected,  6  ;  pro- 
posed, I. 

Stone,  H.,  withdrawn,  24. 

Stopes,  Dr.  Mtirie,  exhibited  Cardamiiie 
pratensis  with  bulbils,  6<S. 

Strasburger,  Prof.  E.,  deceased,  21.  24  ; 
obituary,  64-66. 

Strassburg,  see  Scherdlin,  P. 

Synagoga  mira  (Norman),  70. 


Tagart,  F.,  deceased,  21  ;  obituary.  66. 
Thames  Valley,  see  Friend,  Rev.  H. 
Thomas,  D.,  withdrawn,  34. 
Thomas,  Miss  E.  N.,  elected  Councillor, 

Thompson,  H.  S.,  exhibited  drawings 
of  Alpine  tlovvers  by  G.  Fleniwell, 
69. 

Tibet,  Little,  see  Kashmir. 

Tipulidifi  of  the  Seychelles  (Edwards), 
10. 

Treasurer  elected  (H.   W.  Monckton), 

TrifvUum  rcpens.  Phyllody  in  (Rath- 
bone),  17;  note  on  the  exhibit,  79, 

Trilobite-like  larvfe  from  Borneo,  ex- 
hibited (Moulton),  70. 

Turkestan,  see  Kashmir. 

Turnbull,  J.  G.,  elected,  69  ;  proposed, 
21. 

Turner,  Miss  E.  L.,  showed  lantern- 
slides  of  Bittern  discovered  in  Nor- 
folk, 9. 


United  States  of  America,  see  Wailes 
G.  H. 


Vallentin,  R.,  lantern-slides  illustrating 

the  Falkland  Islands,  68. 
Vaunfhompsonkt,  Historic  doubts  about 

(Stebbing),  16,  78. 
Vice-Pi'esideuts  appointed,  67. 
Vincent,  Dr.  R.,  admitted,  10  ;  elected,. 

9  ;  proposed,  6. 
Viviparous  Jioicus  hiifonius,   drawings 

exhibited  (Hill),  4;  — Foa  irivicdis,. 

Linn.,  exhibited  (Rendle),  7. 


124 


INDEX. 


Wiiiles,  G.  II.,  Fresliwater  Rhizopoda 

of  U.S.A.  jiiid  Seyc'lielles,  20. 
Wukelield.    Miss  E.   .\l.,  admitted,    8  ; 

elert^d,  6;   proposed,  i. 
Walker.  A.  O.,  Distribution  of  Eludea 

canadensis,   Miclix.,    in    tlie    Britisii 

Isles,  2,  71-77;  exhibited   ClerodiH- 

droii  trichotoinuiu,  Tliunb.,in  fruit,  3. 
Wiirburfou,    C.  Acarina  of  the  Percy 

Shideii  Kxpcfliiiun,  70. 
W'liter-colonr    drawings    of    Barbados 

rti)ra.  exhibited  (Pliillips),  15. 
VVatertiill,  C,  admitted,  1. 
Webb,  VV.  M.,  exhibited  Ly(/idium  hyp- 

noruui,  20. 
West,  W.  &  G.  S.,  Periodicity  of  Phyto- 

])liinkt<)n,  17. 
Wliite  canaries  exliibited  (Palmer),  69. 
Whitwell,  W.,  withdrawn,  24. 
Williams,  F.  JJ.    on  exhibitions  at  the 

Meetings,  10. 


Williams,   J.   31..  name  ordered  to  be 

removed  from  List,  24. 
Wilmoit,  A.  J.,  elected,  6  ;  proposed, 

r. 
Wit.lulrawals.  24. 
Woo'hvard,  Dr.  A.  S.,  elected  Councillor, 

Worsdell,  A\  .  C,  showed  lanti-rn-slides 
of  abnormal  Fungi,  8. 


Young,  Dr.  A.  P.,  nominated  Scrutineer, 
'5.  25- 

Zoological     Secretary     (Prof.     G.    0. 

Bourne)  elected,  21;. 
Zyyopteris   Graiji,    Will.,  a   Paltcozoic 

fern  (Scott),  2. 


ntiNTED  i!V  tayi.ok  anu  fuancis,  heo  i.ion  court,  fleet  street. 


INDEX 

TO  THE 

LINNEAN    HERBARIUM, 

WITH 

INDICATION  OF  THE  TYPES  OF  SPECIES  MARKED 
BY  CARL  VON  LINNE. 

BY 

BENJAMIN   DAYDON   JACKSON, 

Knight  of  the  Royal  Swedish  Order  of  the  Polar  Star, 

PIoN.  Ph.D.,  &  A.M.,  Upsal.  ; 
•General  Secretary  of  the  Linnean  Society  of  London. 


Forming-  a  Supplement  to  the  Proceedings  of  the 
Society  for  the  124th  Session,  1911-12. 


LONDON: 
PRINTED     FOR     THE     LINNEAN     SOCIETY, 

BURLINGTON   HOUSE,    PICCADILLY,    W., 

BY  TAYLOR  AND  FRANCIS,  RED  LION  COURT,  FLEET  STREET. 

1912 


CONTENTS. 


Page 

lutroduction 5 

The  Linnean  Herbarium 7 

Plan  of  Present  Index      8 

Earlier  Enumerations,  1753-1767   8 

List  of  Contributors  to  the  Herbarium 9 

Linne  as  a  Collector 18 

Signs  used  in  the  Herbarium 19 

Numbers  employed   20 

Damage  to  Herbarium  before  1783      21 

Collateral  Type-collections   ...  21 

Bibliography     22 

Abbreviations  and  Signs  used  in  Index 2-5 

Index  of  specimens  in  the  Linnean  Herbarium ....  27 


INTEODUCTION. 


In  the  autumn  of  1906  a  suggestion  was  made  to  the  Council  of 
the  Linnean  Society  of  London,  that  a  Catalogue  of  the  contents5 
of  the  Linnean  Herbarium,  together  with  a  series  of  photographic 
illustrations  of  selected  types  from  it,  would  be  an  appropriate 
publication  for  the  celebration  of  the  200th  anniversary  of  the 
birth  of  Carl  von  Linne. 

Experiments  showed  that  a  fairly  complete  Catalogue  of  the 
sheets  in  the  herbarium  in  question,  would  extend  to  about  three 
volumes  of  the  Society's  Journal,  and  that  its  compilation  would 
require  from  fifteen  to  eighteen  months  ;  the  suggestion  was 
therefore  found  to  be  impossible  of  fulfilment,  quite  apart  from 
its  cost.  The  second  proposal  was  entertained  by  the  Council  so 
far  as  preparing  estimates  of  the  cost  of  issuing  a  series  of  100 
collotype  plates,  the  actual  size  of  the  specimens,  provided  one 
hundred  subscribers  at  a  given  rate  were  forthcoming,  but  as 
only  seventeen  subscribers  offered,  that  project  also  fell  through. 

In  order  in  some  measure  to  meet  the  wishes  expressed,  the 
Council  sanctioned  the  printing  of  a  catalogue  of  generic  names 
in  the  Linnean  Herbarium  in  the  original  sequence,  with  the 
number  of  the  sheets  under  each,  followed  by  an  alphabetical 
index,  and  preceded  by  an  account  of  an  enumeration  by  Linne 
himself  of  the  plants  possessed  by  him  in  1755 ;  advance  copies 
were  printed  and  distributed  before  the  23rd  May,  1907,  and 
reissued  in  the  '  Proceedings '  in  October  of  that  year. 


6  INTEODUCTION. 

Though  the  original  project  could  not  be  carried  out,  it  was 
not  forgotten,  and  last  autumn  it  occurred  to  the  compiler,  that 
an  index  on  a  modest  scale,  showing  bj  special  type  ever}'  plant 
authenticated  by  the  author  himself,  or  at  his  dictation,  would  be 
acceptable ;  the  following  pages  are  the  result. 

The  Linnean  sequence  has  been  preserved  in  the  herbarium  as 
far  as  possible,  and  more  than  one  hundred  specimens  which  had 
been  transferred  by  Smith  to  other  genera  have  been  replaced, 
so  that  the  Linnean  material  is  again  brought  together.  As  an 
instance.  Smith  removed  4  species  from  OJdenlandia  to  Hedyotis, 
thereby  obscuring  Linne's  conception  of  the  former  genus.  A  few 
slight  slips  of  the  pen  have  been  disregarded,  but  important 
variations  of  name  have  been  noted.  The  zoological  genera  in 
the  herbarium,  such  as  Flustra,  have  not  been  catalogued 
specifically. 

B.  DATDOX  JACKSON. 
Octobar,  1912. 


THE    LINNEAN    HERBARIUM. 

The  Linneau  herbarium  itself  is  known  at  home  aud  abroad 
to  many  botanists,  who  liave  consulted  it,  but  to  the  modern 
systematist,  accustomed  to  good  specimens  accompanied  by  full 
information  on  the  collector's  tickets,  it  may  be  disappointing. 
The  paper  is  small,  12|  by  8  inches  (32  cm.  x  20-5  cm.),  and  the 
information  afforded  is  often  meagre,  and  usually  absent.  Linne 
evidently  trusted  to  a  strong  and  retentive  memory,  so  that  his 
notes  are  very  brief,  or  little  more  than  arbitrary  signs  to  remind 
him  of  the  source  of  the  specimen.  The  specimens  are  usually 
authenticated  by  a  number,  namely,  that  prefixed  to  the  species 
in  the  first  edition  of  the  '  Species  Plantarum  '  in  1753,  followed 
by  the  specific  or  "  trivial "  name ;  the  species  added  to  his 
collection  up  to  the  10th  edition  of  his  '  Systema  Natura?,'  vol.  ii. 
1759,  are  shown  by  capital  letters,  in  the  case  of  Hedysarum 
extending  from  A  to  L.  With  the  second  edition  of  the  '  Species 
Plantarum  '  in  1762-3,  an  entirely  new  series  of  numbering  was 
■used,  and  in  the  latest  (12th)  edition  of  the  'Systema  Naturae'  in 
1767,  additional  of  the  forms  were  numbered  on,  but  put  nearest 
to  their  allies,  disregarding  their  numerical  order;  this  enlarged 
numbering  is  not  employed  in  the  Herbarium. 

In  small  or  moderately  large  genera,  one  cover  suffices  ;  at 
the  bottom  left-hand  corner  is  the  generic  name  written  by  Linne, 
but  in  the  case  of  mouotypic  genera,  the  number  "  1  "  is  often  the 
only  authentication  on  the  species-sheets.  I  have  in  such  cases 
printed  the  name  as  being  non-existent,  but  have  put  (pi.)  after 
it,  to  show  that  the  type  is  there,  though  not  verified  under  the 
hand  of  the  author.  Similarly,  all  names  in  italic  type  are  names 
either  not  vouched  for  by  Linne,  or  are  absent  from  the  collection  ; 
the  names  written  by  him  are  printed  in  ordinary  Eoman  type  ; 
where  the  name  has  been  written  by  an  amanuensis,  I  have  added 
(m.  Sol.)=manu  Solandri,  or  other  assistant  as  the  case  may  be. 
It  is  only  where  I  am  convinced  by  the  special  circumstances  of 
each  case,  that  I  have  allowed  myself  this  licence.  Thus,  we  have 
the  distinct  assurance  from  Sir  J.  E.  Smith,  that  Solander  wrote 
all  the  specific  names  to  Patrick  Browne's  specimens  (Linn.  Corr. 
i.  43),  and  if  corroboration  be  wanted,  iu  the  Linneau  library  there 
is  a  copy  of  Browne's  '  History  of  Jamaica '  with  the  liinnean 
trivial  names  written  in  the  margin  by  Linne  himself.  Other 
amanuenses  were  Olof  Sciderberg,  Gabriel  Elmgren,  J.  P.Ealk,  Pehr 
L6fling,Erik  Gustaf  Lidbeck,  Anders  Dahl,  and  the  younger  Linne. 
As  to  the  first  and  second,  I  am  unable  to  assert  that  their  writing 
is  in  the  herbarium  ;  but  when  the  writer  is,  so  far  as  I  am 
concerned,  uncertain,  I  have  shown  it  by  adding  (m.  am.)  =  manu 
amanuensis.     The  handwriting  of  the  others  is  known,  from  some 


8  INDEX   TO   THE 

of  whom,  t.  (J.  Lofling,  many  letters  are  preserved  in  Linne's 
correspondence,  and  this  valuable  body  of  letters  has  been, 
constantly  appealed  to  for  information  or  confirmation. 


Plan  of  Index. 

The  method  of  framing  the  index  was  as  follows.  A  list  of 
all  names  of  genera  and  species  issued  by  Linne  was  drawn  up, 
chiefly  from  Petermann's  Index  to  Richter's  '  Codex  Linnseanus,'^ 
with  some  additions  and  corrections.  The  herbarium  was  then 
examined  sheet  by  sheet,  and  the  Linnean  names  marked  against 
the  list.  Many  manuscript  and  unpublished  names  have  been 
found,  and  are  distinguished  by  the  affix  (MS.) ;  further,  a  fair 
number  of  species  which  were  published  in  the  'tSupplementum'  of 
the  younger  Linne  in  1781,  have  been  marked  as  in  (Suppl.). 
These  last  are  of  interest  as  making  certain  which  species  were 
described  by  the  elder  Linne,  about  185  in  all,  for  the  book  itself 
gives  no  clue  as  to  authorship.  I  may  remark  parenthetically,  that 
the  manuscript  of  the  '  Supplementum  '  sheds  but  little  light  upon 
this  question,  as  the  earlier  part  has  been  copied  by  another  hand, 
and  practically  none  of  it  remains  in  the  handwriting  of  Linne. 


EA.BLIER    EnTJMEEATIONS. 

The  next  step  was  to  collate  certain  enumerations  existing  in 
Linne's  writing. 

1.  An  interleaved  copy  of  'Species  Plantarum '  ed.  1,1753, 
in  which  the  number  before  each  species  then  possessed  by  Linne 
is  underscored.  This  was  copied  by  Jonas  Dryander  in  or  about 
1785,  when  the  Linnean  and  P»anksian  herbaria  were  collated 
(Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  1887-88,  p.  28  ;  Smith  in  Linn.  Lachesis,  pref. 
p.  ix.).  A  transcript  of  this  copy  is  also  at  Kew  (Proc.  1906-7, 
p.  91).  I  found  in  the  Linnean  copy  that  the  printed  pages  849- 
856  inclusive  had  been  cut  out,  the  interleaves  alone  remaining ; 
as  the  Banksian  copy  has  no  marks  on  the  corresponding  pages,  it 
is  clear  that  these  pages  were  already  missing  when  the  Linnean 
books  came  into  the  possession  of  Smith. 

2.  A  manuscript  list  described  in  the  *  Proceedings '  1906-7, 
pp.  90-95  :  it  was  brought  down  to  the  spring  of  1755,  most  of 
the  marking  being  by  dots  prefixed. 

3.  A  copy  of  the  second  volume  of  the  twelfth  edition  of  the 
'  Systema  Naturae,'  1767,  the  numbers  of  the  species  represented 
in  the  Linnean  herbarium  being  underscored  as  in  No.  1. 

The  collation  of  these  three  Linnean  lists,  with  the  actu  a 
noting  from  the  herbarium  as  it  now  exists,  permits  of  a  few 
observations  being  made.  Each  of  these  lists  is  faulty  ;  the  third 
especially  so,  for  such  genera  as  AWia'ci,  Phlomis,  and  Pulmonaria 


LINXEAX   IIERBAllIUM.  9" 

have  escaped  marking  altogether  ;  pages  408  and  409  have  been 
turned  over  together,  so  that  three  small  genera  and  the  first 
third  of  AntirrMnum  have  been  missed,  though  the  remainder 
of  the  latter  has  been  duly  marked  :  such  omissions  show  that 
the  marking  was  done  from  memory.  Trifolium  comosnm  is  not 
in  the  herbarium  now,  and  was  not  noted  in  1753  nor  1767,  but 
was  so  in  1755;  in  all  probability  the  dot  in  the  manuscript 
catalogue  is  an  error,  and  the  plant  was  at  no  time  in  Linne's 
possession. 

CONTKIBUTORS    TO    THE    HERBARIUM. 

At  the  hundredth  anniversary  of  this  Society  on  24th  May, 
1888,  I  gave  an  account  so  far  as  then  ascertainable  of  the  con- 
tributors to  the  Linnean  herbarium  (Proc.  1887-8,  pp.  18-22). 
Since  then  fresh  information  has  been  obtained  from  Prof.  T.  M. 
Fries's  'Linne,'  1903,  the  early  volumes  (i.-vi.)  of  the  corre- 
spondence of  C.  V.  Linne  (Bref  och  skrifvelser)  and  my  exami- 
nation of  the  entire  collection.  The  last  word  cannot  be  given  as 
yet,  but  when  the  whole  of  the  letters  are  printed,  it  will  be  easier 
to  add  to  the  present  account,  than  it  is  now  to  give  a  complete 
presentation.  The  following  may  be  considered  as  the  chief 
contributors  to  the  herbarium. 

Ahlelof,  Jonas  Joachimson  (1717-1783),  a  pupil  of  Linne, 
afterwards  rector  of  Erilleaas. 

Allamand,  i'REDEEiQUE  (fl.  1770-86),  born  at  Lausanne,  gra- 
duated at  Leyden  in  1749,  and  communicated  Surinam 
specimens  from  1756  to  1771  and  later. 

Allioni,  Carlo  (1725-1804).     Italian  alpine  plants. 

AlstruUER,  Baron  Clas  (1736-1794).  Prof.  T.  M.  Fries  states 
that  during  his  travels  in  Spain  and  the  South  of  Europe,, 
from  1760  to  1764,  the  Baron  sent  to  Linne  no  fewer  than 
1550  dried  plants,  250  sorts  of  seeds,  202  shells,  60  corals,. 
and  94  fishes,  with  many  living  plants,  bulbs  and  roots. 
These  numbers  rest  upon  the  correspondence,  as  I  do  not 
find  tickets  or  memoranda  from  him  in  the  herbarium. 
Linne  speaks  of  receiving  "  several  packets,  which  he  had 
partly  collected  himself  and  partly  received  from  others";, 
possibly  many  were  exchanged  or  given  away. 

Ammanx,  joHATs-N  (1707-1741),  born  at  Schaffhausen,  died  as 
Professor  of  Botany  at  St.  Petersburg  ;  during  his  short  life, 
he  corresponded  and  sent  dried  plants. 

Ankarcrona,  Admiral  Theodor  Christopher,  afterwards  en- 
nobled (1687-1750).  "With  other  plants  communicated 
Phaseohis  radkitus  about  the  year  1742. 

Abduino,  Pietro  (1728-1805);  sent  many  plants,  which  are- 
usually  marked  "  Ard."  close  to  the  base  of  the  stem. 

Abgillander,  Abraham  (1722-1800) ;  communicated  Swedish 
and  Finnish  plants. 


10  INDEX    TO    THE 

AscANius,  Pedeu  (1723-1803),  a  pupil  of  Linne,  wlio  devoted 
himself  to  zoology  and  mineralogy  ;  bis  name  is  mentioned 
as  a  contributor  to  the  Centuria  secunda  (Am.  Acad.  iv.  330). 

Back,  Abuaham  (1713-1795),  Liinu''8  most  intimate  friend,  from 
whom  he  received  occasional  gifts  of  plants. 

B.ELTER,  SvKX  (1713-1760),  Chaplain  to  a  liussian  embassy  ;  sent 
a  few  plants  from  Russia. 

Banks,  Sir  Joseph  (1743-1820) ;  sent  specimens  of  Banlcsia. 

Baunedes,  Miguel  (d.  1771).  Spanish  plants.  Alstriimer,  Hall- 
man,  and  Ltifling  were  personally  acquainted  with  him. 

BARnkRE,  PiEBiiE  (1711-1755).  European  plants,  cliietiy  from 
France. 

Bartram,  John  (1699-1777),  "  King's  botanist  in  America";  a 
few  plants  from  the  North  United  States ;  some  through 
Dr.  Alex.  Garden. 

Bassi,  FEEmNANDO(1710?-1774),  Prefect  of  the  Bologna  garden, 
whence  he  sent  plants. 

Bastee,  Job  (1711-1775).  A  collection  of  plants  from  Java, 
more  than  300  in  all. 

Bergen,  Carl  August  ton  (1704-1759),  professor  at  Frankfurt- 
on-the-Oder. 

Bergius,  Peter  Jonas  (1730-1790),  a  pupil  of  Linne,  settled  at 
Stockholm  as  an  eminent  physician  ;  collected  plants  in  Got- 
land ;  best  known  for  his  volume  '  Descriptioues  plantarum 
ex  Capite  Bona?  Spei,'  1767. 

Berlin,  Anders  (1746-1773).  European  plants,  and  some  from 
Guinea,  where  be  died. 

Bjelke,  Baron  Stex  Carl  (1709-1753).  Visited  Eussia  in  1744, 
whence  he  sent  MS.  catalogues  of  plants  from  Eussian 
collectors,  and  plants  also. 

Bi-Aun,  Peiir  Johan  (1746-1816).  Eesident  for  some  years  at 
Canton ;  some  Chinese  and  Cape  plants  in  the  herbarium 
possibly  came  tlu'ough  Tliunberg. 

Braad,  Christopher  Henrik  (1721-17S1);  supercargo  in  the 
Swedish  East  India  Company's  service,  who  brought  home 
plants  from  Surat  and  other  Asiatic  ports. 

Brander  (afterwards  Skjuldebrand),  Erik  (1720-1814). 
Swedish  consul  at  Algiers  from  1753  to  1765;  sent  insects 
and  a  few  plants  from  North  Africa. 

Breyne,  Johann  Phillipp  (1680-1764).  His  contributions  are 
mentioned  in  the  '  Hortus  Upsaliensis.' 

Browne,  Patrick  (1720-1790).  Born  in  Ireland,  he  practised 
as  a  doctor  in  the  AVest  Indies,  and  published  in  1756  a  folio 
volume  on  the  Natural  History  of  Jamaica ;  his  herbarium 
was  bought  by  Linne  through  CoUinsoii  in  1758  for  £S  Ss. ; 
the  purchaser  marvelled  that  the  English  should  let  so  fine  a 
collection  slip  through  their  hands  for  "  100  platar,"  that  is, 
double  what  it  cost  Linne.  The  specimens  are  denoted  by 
"  Br."   in   Linne's  baud,   but  the  names    were    written  by 


LINNEAN    HEUBAEIUM.  11 

Solander  at  the  extreme  bottom  o£  each  sheet ;  cf.  Smith, 
Linn.  Corr.  i.  pp.  42-44. 

Burgess,  Itev.  Dr.  John  (fl.  1771-1805),  licheuologist  at  Kirk- 
michael,  Dumfries. 

BuBMAN,  Jan  (1706-1779),  eminent  Dutch  botanist;  contributed 
Cape  and  Javau  plants  :  father  of 

BuRMAN,  NicoLAUs  Laurent  (1734-1793).  Visited  Uppsala  in 
1760,  and  afterwards  was  a  frequent  correspondent. 

Catesby,  Mark  (1680-1749),  author  of  the  '  Natural  History  of 
Carolina,'  etc. 

Celsius,  Olof,  the  elder  (1070-1756).  Linne's  early  benefactor 
in  his  Uppsala  student  period.  He  returned  to  the  garden, 
plants  he  had  taken  thence  when  the  place  lay  in  neglect. 

Clayton,  John  (1686  or  1693?-1773).  Born  in  Middlesex, 
collected  in  Virginia,  sent  plants  to  Gronovius,  who  published 
his  '  Flora  Virginica  '  in  1739-43.  Linne  says  : — "  When 
I  assisted  Dr.  Gronovius  in  examining  plants  from  Virginia, 
I  got  duplicates  of  most  of  them."  The  labels  to  these  are 
in  the  haudwrithig  of  Gronovius. 

Clifford,  George  (1685-1760).  Linne's  patron  at  Hartecamp, 
near  Haarlem,  who  "  had  an  excellent  herbarium  from  which 
he  gave  me  all  the  duplicates";  (see  also  'Sp.  PL'  ed.  2. 
praef.).  These  are  recognisable  by  their  thick  good  paper, 
which  has  been  cut  dovi^n  from  the  original  size,  18"  x  11" 
(45*5  cm.x28  cm.)  to  the  small  size  noted  on  p.  7.  They 
amount  to  about  100  sheets,  most  of  them  still  further 
marked,  by  portions  of  the  printed  vase  at  the  base  of  the 
stem  of  the  specimen,  or  the  ticket  at  the  left  hand  at 
the  bottom,  mai'ks  well  known  to  those  who  have  referred  to 
the  Herb.  Clifforl.  at  the  British  Museum. 

CoLLiNSON,  Peter  (1694-1768).  Contributed  plants  from  his 
garden  ;  bought  Browne's  herbarium  on  behalf  of  Linne  in 
1758. 

Cronstedt,  Count  Carl  Johan  (1709-1779)  [not  "Jakob  "J. 

Dahl,  Anders  (1751-1789).  The  records  in  the  herbarium  are 
probably  only  as  an  amanuensis  ;  his  names  are  on  the  back 
of  each  sheet,  close  to  the  bottom. 

Dahlberg,  Colonel  CarlGustaf  (fl.  1754-75).  A  Swede  residing 
in  Surinam  ;  during  a  visit  to  his  native  country  in  1754, 
he  invited  Eolander,  then  a  promising  pupil  at  Uppsala,  to 
return  with  him.  Plants  were  sent  to  Linne  from  Dahlberg, 
including  those  which  came  through  the  King  (Gustaf  III.), 
which  were  the  last  upon  which  Linne  was  able  to  do  any 
botanic  work  ;  manv  were  published  in  the  '  Supplementum.' 

Dalberg,  Nils  (1736-1820),  a  brother  of  the  last,  though  he 
spelled  his  name  differently ;  a  student  at  Uppsala,  became 
eminent  as  a  medical  man,  and  enthusiastic  naturalist. 

Dalman,  Johan  Fredrik  (1726-1.809).  Sent  some  plants  from 
India,  the  result  of  a  voyage  thither  in  1748. 


12  IKDEX    1"0   THE 

Di5  Geer,  CoMn<  Charles  (1720-1778).  Eminent  entomologist ; 
having  assisted  1-iolander  with  funds  tor  his  South  American 
journey,  the  latter  on  his  return,  gave  all  his  plants  to 
De  Geer,  "  who  made  me  a  present  ot"  every  one  of  them." 
Not  a  single  plant  seems  to  have  been  given  direct  to  Linne. 

DfiMiDorr,  Prhice  Grkgohey  (d.  1750-60).  In  a  letter  dated 
loth  May,  1750,  he  spoke  of  his  collection  of  more  than  80O 
plants  sent  to  Linne  for  naming,  with  permission  to  retain 
duplicates.  Amongst  these  came  Steller's  from  Karatschatka, 
Gerber' s  from  Astrachau  and  the  Eiver  Don,  and  Lerche's 
from  Persia.  The  following  March  he  thanked  Linne  for  his 
work,  and  said  that  the  Moscow  plants  were  of  his  own 
gathering.  Ivaramyschew  regretted  that  all  \\ere  not  allowed 
to  remain  in  Linne's  possession  (Am.  Acad.  vii.  447). 

Dick.  This  name  is  attached  to  a  few  plants  in  the  herbarium,, 
sent  by  Gessuer  in  1763,  as  collected  by  Dick  and  I'uslin  in 
the  Khjetian  xVlps. 

DiLLENius,  JoKANN  Jakob  (l(i87-1747).  "  Manv  from  the  garden 
at  Oxford." 

Duchesne,  Axtoine  jS'icholas  (1747-1827).  Specimens  of 
FrcKjaria,  named. 

Ehrhart,  Friedhich  (1736-1795).  Many  specimens  named  by 
him,  especially  amongst  the  ci'vptogams. 

Ekeberg,  Carl  Gustaf  (1716-1784);  Captain  of  an  Indiaman,. 
who  brought  plants  to  Linne  from  tropical  Asia. 

Ellis,  John  (1711-1776),  a  London  merchant  and  friend  of 
Peter  CoUinson ;  these  two  were  Linne's  most  constant 
English  correspondents ;  Ellis  sent  American  plants  and 
specimens  of  CorcdUna. 

EscALLOX,  — .  (H.  1777).     Plants  sent  through  Mutis. 

Eabricius,  Johan  Christiax  (1745-1808).  After  studying  two 
years  at  L^ppsala,  became  Professor  at  Copenhagen  and  after- 
wards at  Kiel ;  eminent  as  an  entomologist,  see  Linne's- 
remark  quoted  under  Zoega.     A  few  plants  sent  to  Linne. 

Fagraeus,  Jonas  Theodor  (1729-1797).  Studied  at  Lund  and 
Uppsala ;  afters  ards  custodian  of  ■  Baron  C.  Alstromer'a 
collections  at  Alingsas. 

Ealck  (or  Talk),  Johan  Pehr  (1733-1774).  Sent  plants  from 
Russia,  also  from  Gotland. 

Eerbek,  Johan  Jakob  (1743-1790).  Specimens  sent  during  his 
travels  in  the  South  of  Europe. 

ForsskXhl,  Johan  Christian  (1725-1750),  brother  of  the 
following,  in  spite  of  the  varied  spelling ;  sent  plants  from 
Finland. 

FoRSSKAL,  Pehr  (1736-1768).  Plants  from  Germany;  after- 
wards made  collections  of  plants  and  animals  in  Egypt  and 
Arabia,  published  by  C.  Niebuhr,  the  sole  survivor  of  the 
expedition.  Zoega  wrote  the  text  of  '  Flora  a^gyptiaco-arabica,'' 
Havnia),  1775. 


LINNEAK   HBRBAHIUM.  13 

EoKSTEB,  JoHANX  GrEORG  Adam  (1754-1794),  SOU  of  the  next 
named ;  accompanied  liis  father  on  Cook's  second  circum- 
navigation ;   afterwards  Professor  at  Wilna. 

FoESTER,  JoHAXN  Eeinuold  (1729-1798).  Naturalist  on  board 
the  '  Resolution,'  with  George  Forster  and  A.  Sparrman. 
Sundry  plants  were  supplied  to  Linne  from  the  Southern 
hemisphere. 

FoTHERGiLL,  JoHX  (1712-1780).  Corresponded  with  Linne,  and 
sent  him  both  plants  and  animals. 

■Gabriel,  Frater  [Baron  be  Latourdaigxes  ?]  (fl.  1757-1768). 
Plants  sent  from  Aix  in  Provence ;  the  collector  was  a 
Capuchin  monk. 

Gahx,  Henrik  (1747-1816).  Specimens  sent  from  England, 
where  he  was  offered  the  chance  of  taking  part  in  a  voyage 
of  exploration  ;  his  decision  to  decline  the  proposition  seems 
to  have  annoyed  Linne. 

Garden,  Alexa>'^der  (1730-1791).  Plants,  etc.  from  Carolina, 
principally  through  Collinson  and  John  Ellis. 

Gerard,  Louis  (1733-1819).     Provencal  plants. 

Gerber,  Traugott  (fl.  1739-1741),  Prefect  of  the  Moscow 
Medical  Garden  ;  drew  up  lists  of  plants  observed  by  the  rivers 
Volga  and  Don,  which  lists  were  sent  by  Baron  Bjelke  to 
Linne,  and  some  of  the  plants  by  Prince  Demidoff. 

Gessner,  JoHANN  (1709-1790),  of  Ziirich,  where  he  was  professor 
of  mathematics  and  physics,  at  the  same  time  the  friend  and 
correspondent  of  Haller  and  Linne  ;  Gessuer  communicated 
Dick's  plants. 

Gleditsch,  JohaNjS^  Gottlieb  (1714-1786),  professor  in  Berlin. 

Gmelin,  Johann  Georg  (1709-1755).  Spent  1733-1743  in 
Siberian  exploration  for  the  Eussian  Government ;  from 
1749  professor  in  Tiibingen.  Linne's  statement  is:  — 
"  On  Gmelin's  return  from  Siberia,  ...  he  gave  me  a 
specimen  of  every  plant  he  had  collected,  in  order  to  learn 
my  opinion  of  each."    Steller  was  one  of  Gmelin's  assistants. 

Gordon,  James  (d.  1783),  Nurseryman  at  Mile  End,  1750-1776; 
sent  plants  to  Linne. 

Gorter,  David  yan  (1717-1783).  Became  physician  in  the 
Eussian  service  ;  sent  plants  from  Eussia. 

Gouan,  Antoixe  (1733-1821).  Constant  correspondent,  sending 
material  from  Montpellier  and  its  neighbourhood.  His  labels 
are  extremely  neat. 

Gronovius,  Jan  Eredeik  (1690-1762).  An  early  friend  and 
supporter  of  Linne  when  in  Leyden  ;  sent  Clayton's  dupli- 
cates from  Virginia. 

Gunner,  Johan  Ernst  (1718-1773),  bishop  of  Trondhjem,  and 
author  of  '  Elora  norvegica ' ;  a  few  marine  algse  sent  to 
Linne. 

Hagstrom,  Johan  Otto  (1716-1792).  One  of  Linne's  cleverest 
pupils  ;  he  wrote  on  bee-flowers. 


14  INDEX    TO   THE 

Halleb,  Albkecut  tox  (1708-1777).  Seems  to  liave  supplied  a 
few  specimens  only. 

IIallmann,  Damkl  Zacuaki.i:  (1722-1782).  Specimens  from 
Spain. 

Harselquist,  FiiEDniK  (1722-1752).  Sent  to  Egypt  and  Pales- 
tine; died  at  Smyrna.  Queen  Lovisa  Ulrika  redeemed  his 
collections,  and  Linne  received  specimens  of  each  when  there 
were  three.  Linne  says : — "  1  have  a  specimen  of  every  one 
of  the  plants  found  by  Hasselquist  in  Anatolia,  Egypt,  and 
Palestine."  This  seems  to  be  exaggerated,  as  the  list  I  have 
taken  out  of  the  plants  marked  as  collected  by  Hasselquist, 
falls  far  short  of  the  number  cited  by  Linne  as  observed  by 
the  traveller  in  '  Flora  Palrestina '  (Am.  Acad.  iv.  449-467). 

Hebenstreit,  Joiiann  Ernst  (1702-1757).  Plants  from  the  East. 

Heinzelmaivn,  Johann  Gottfried  (ti.  1732).  Historiographer 
to  the  llussian  government ;  recorded  plants  from  Astrachan. 

HousTox,  AViLLiAM  (1695-1733).  American  plants  received 
through  P.  Miller. 

Hudson,  William  (1730-1793).     Author  of  the  '  Flora  anglica.' 

Jacquin,  Baron  Nicolaus  Joseph  von  (1727-1817).  A  valued 
correspondent  ;  most  of  his  tickets  were  pasted  down  by 
Linne.  Plants  from  America,  Austria,  and  many  from 
gardens. 

JussiEU,  Bernard  de  (1699-1776).  Seeds  to  Linne  in  large 
quantity  for  the  Uppsala  garden  during  many  years  ;  many 
plants  reared  from  them,  no  doubt,  are  concealed  under  the 
initials  H.  U.  =  Hortu8  Upsalieusis :  "he  also  gave  me  a 
great  many  dried  specimens." 

Kahlbb,  Martin  (1728-1773).  Chiefly  plants  from  Italy;  many 
are  marked  "  Kh." 

Kalm,  Pehr  (1715-1779).  This  pupil  of  Linne  travelled  froin 
1747  to  1749  in  North  America  and  Canada  ;  he  "  collected 
a  vast  number  .  .  .  and  gave  me  one  of  each."  These  speci- 
mens are  marked  "K." 

Kleynhof,  Christiaen  (fl.  1761-65),  "  who  formed  the  largest 
botanical  garden  in  Java,  and  there  raised  a  great  many  East 
Indian  plants,  on  his  return  home  to  Holland,  sent  us  a  lai'ge 
trunk  full."  Some  Japanese  plants  are  also  recorded  from 
him. 

KoNiG,  JoHAisT  Gerarb  (1728-1785).  Several  hundreds  of  plants 
from  Iceland  and  Southern  India  ;  the  latter  are  labelled  with 
the  collector's  own  tickets,  and  sometimes  annotated  by  the 
younger  Linn*. 

Kbascheninnikow,  Stephan  Peteovic  (1713-1755).  Siberian 
plants. 

Lagbrstrom,  Magnus  (d.  1759).  Engaged  in  the  East  Indian 
trade  ;  communicated  some  Asiatic  rarities  to  Linne. 

Latourette,  Marc  Antoine  Louis  Claret  be  (1729-1793).  A 
few  specimens  noted  as  contributed  by  him. 


LINNEAX    HERBAEIUM.  15 

Lawsox,  Isaac  (fl.  1734-1759).  A  Scottish  graduate  of  Leyden, 
and  a  generous  friend  to  Linne'.  D.  Z.  Hall  man  met  him  iu 
London  in  1759. 

Laxmanx,  Ekic  (1737-1796).  A  correspondent  of  Linne  who 
sent  Siberian  plants. 

Leche,  Jon  an  (1704-1764).  A  few  sheets  from  his  herbarium 
written  up  by  him. 

Lebche,  Johax  Jakob  (1703-1780).  Pei'sian  plants  ;  some  from 
Astrachan  were  received  in  1735. 

Letser,  Friedekich  Wilhelm  vox  (1731-1815).  Sent  a  few 
plants  from  Central  Europe. 

LiNXE,  Carl  von  (1707-17  78).  See  separate  account  on 
p.  17. 

Linne,  Carl  von  (1741-1783),  son  of  the  foregoing.  Chiefly  as 
amanuensis,  and  editor  of  the  '  Supplementum.'  Most  of  his 
own  collections  are  incorporated  with  Smith's  herbarium ;  an 
account  of  these  must  be  reserved  for  a  future  occasion. 

Lofling,  Pehr  (1729-1756).  Amanuensis  and  favourite  pupil ; 
sent  Spanish  and  Spanish  American  plants  to  Uppsala,  most 
of  which  are  marked  "  Hispan.  LoJJ." 

Loureiro,  Juan  (1715-1796).  Plants  from  Cochinchina;  after- 
wards brought  out  his  '  Flora  cochinchinensis,'  1790. 

Ludwig,  Christian  Gottlieb  (1709-1773),  professor  in  Leipzig. 

Magnol,  Pierre  (1638-1715).  His  herbarium  was  bought  by 
Sauvages,  and  presented  to  Linne  ;  most  of  the  specimens 
are  marked  "  M  "  close  to  the  base  of  the  plant,  sometimes 
also  "  Jlonsp."  Linne's  statement  is,  "  Professor  Sauvages 
had  received  from  Magnol  (the  great  botanist)  his  entire 
herbarium,  which  Sauvages  made  me  a  present  of." 

Martin,  Anton  Eolandsson  (1729-1786).     Spitsbergen. 

Masson,  Francis  (1741-1805).     A  few  plants  from  the  Cape. 

Miller,  Philip  (1691-1771).  "  Miller  of  Chelsea  permitted  me 
to  collect  many  in  the  garden,  and  gave  me  several  dried 
specimens,  collected  by  Houston  in  South  America." 

Minuart,  Juan  (1673-1768).  Spanish  plants  ;  he  was  a  friend 
of  Lofling. 

Mitchell,  John  (d.  1768),  resident  in  Virginia  from  1700  to 
1748,  when  he  returned  to  England. 

Monti,  Giuseppe  (1682-1760),  professor  of  botany  at  Bologna. 

MoNTiN,  Lars  (1723-1785),  pupil  of  Linne  ;  travelled  in  1749  in 
Lule  Lappmark  for  plants. 

MiJNCHHAUSEN,  Otto,  Freiherr  voN  (1716-1774).  North  German 
plants. 

Murray,  i^DOLF  (1751-1803),  a  favourite  pupil  of  Linne,  though 
amongst  the  younger  students  ;  sent  plants  from  Padua  to 
Linne. 

MuTis,  Jose  Celestino  (1732-1808),  resident  in  New  Grenada 
(Colombia) ;  his  second  collection  arrived  when  Linne  was 
too  ill  to  examine  them,  so  that  the  younger  Linne  described 


16  INDEX    TO    THE 

tbem  in  the  '  Supplementuin '  and  placed  them  in  the  her- 
barium with  his  written  names.  Escallon's  plants  were  sent 
by  Mutis.     [See  Smith,  Corr.  Linn.  ii.  pp.  5132,  537. 

]\Iygixi),  Fkanus,  afterwards  Fkantz  vox  (1710-1789).  Many 
Austrian  plants  are  marked  as  from  him. 

KoRUHEUu,  — .  The  name  occurs  in  the  'Supplementum,'  p.  265, 
as  the  sender  of  specimens  of  the  nutmeg  tree  from  Banda. 

Okdeh,  Geoug  Chbistiax  (1728-1791),  the  first  editor  of  the 

•  Flora  danica.' 
OiiDEXLANi),  Henrik  J3eunakd  (d.  17G1),      Cape  plants  collected 
about  1760  ;  given  to  Linne  by  J.  Burman. 

Outega,  Jose  (d.  1761).  Spanish  plants;  a  friend  of  Liifling 
during  his  two  years'  stay  in  Spain. 

•Osbeck,  Peiir  (1723-1805).  Travelled  to  Canton  as  ship's 
chaplain  ;  his  plants  are  marked  in  the  herbarium  with  O,  or 
more  frequently  on  the  back  with  the  name  in  full,  as 
"  Habitat  in  China.    Osbeck  "  ;  about  600  plants  from  China. 

Pallas,  Peteii  Simox  (1741-1811).  The  distinguished  traveller 
in  Eussia,  who  was  born  and  died  in  Berlin. 

PoxTiN,  Dayiu  Davidson  (1733-1809).  A  cousin  of  Hasselquist ; 
transmitted  plants  from  Malabar. 

Rathgeb,  Joseph  ton  (fl.  1744)  of  A^enice,  who  sent  Italian  plants 
to  Linne. 

lliCHABD,  Loujs  Claude  Marie  (1754-1821),  Mentioned  in  the 
'Mantissa'  as  a  contributor. 

KoLANDER,  Daniel  (1725-1793).  One  of  Linne's  pupils,  who 
went  to  Surinam,  but  on  his  return  to  Sweden  gave  all  his 
plants  to  Count  De  Geer,  to  Linne's  great  disgust  at  the 
"  ungrateful  Kolander." 

EosKN  (afterwards  Rosexblad),  Ebbrhard  (1714-1790);  pro- 
fessor at  Lund,  and  younger  brother  of  Linne's  colleague 
Nils  Rosen  (von  Rosenstein).     Plants  from  Skane. 

RoYEN,  Adriaan  van  (1705-1779).  "  On  my  assisting  Yau 
Royen  to  arrange  the  garden  belonging  to  the  University  of 
Leyden,  I  obtained  not  only  a  large  number  of  recent  plants, 
but  also  many  dried  ones." 

RoYEN,  David  van  (d.  1799),  professor  in  Leyden. 

:Sahlberg,  Joil\.n  (1741-1810).     A  few  Swedish  plants. 

Sauvages,  Francois  Boissier  de  la  Croix  db  (1706-1767). 
Linne's  most  valued  correspondent  abroad  ;  he  contributed 
plants  from  the  south  of  France,  and  also  Magnol's  herbarium; 
many  specimens  are  labelled  by  him. 

SciiREBER,  JoHANN  CHRISTIAN  Daniel  (1739-1810),  an  eminent 
pupil  of  Linne. 

ScHMiDEL,  Casimir  Christoph  (1718-1792). 

ScopoLi,  JoHANN  Anton  (1723-1788).  Author  of '  Flora  Carnio- 
lica,'  etc. ;  plants  from  south-eastern  Europe. 

4SEGUIER,  Jean  Francois  (1703-1784).  Chiefly  alpine  plants 
from  Monte  Baldo  near  Verona. 


LIXNEAN    HERBARIUM.  It 

SiBTHORP,  Humphrey  (1713  ?-1797),  professor  of  botany  at 
Oxford, 

Sola:ni)Er,  Daniel  (1736-1782).  Xext  to  Lofling,  esteemed 
by  Linne  as  his  favourite  pupil ;  plants  from  Pite  Lappmark 
and  England ;  wrote  up  Browne's  Jamaica  plants  in  the 
herbarium  in  1759,  and  shortly  afterwards  lett  Sweden  for 
London;  never  returned  to  his  native  land.  See  Biography 
in  Banks's  '  Journal,'  edited  by  Sir  Joseph  Hooker,  London, 
1896,  pp.  xxxviii-xlii,  with  poi-trait  by  John  ZofFany. 

SoNNERAT,  Pierre  (1749-1814),  celebrated  traveller  in  Tropical 
Asia. 

Sparrman,Anders(1748-1820).  Another  of  Linne's  noted  pupils. 
He  travelled  to  China  (Canton),  and  published  his  travels, 
first  as  a  thesis,  and  afterwards  in  a  volume.  Whilst  staying 
at  the  Cape  he  was  induced  to  join  the  Eorsters  in  Cook's 
second  voyage,  on  board  the  '  Kesolution  '  in  1772,  returning 
with  them  to  the  Cape  in  1775  and  coming  home  later. 
Numerous  specimens  in  the  herbarium,  marked  "  Sp." 

Steller,  Georg  AV'ilhelm  (1709-1746).  Assistant  to  Gmelin  in 
the  Siberian  investigations;  travelled  to  Kamtschatka,  and 
crossed  to  North  America  ;  he  died  at  Tinmen  on  his  return 
homewards.  His  collections  were  bought  by  Demidoff  and 
some  were  given  to  Linne ;  about  thirty  of  his  plants  are  in 
the  herbarium. 

SwARTZ,  Olof  (1760-1818).  The  specimens  are  chiefly  lichens, 
ticketed  with  extreme  care,  nnd  usually  marked  "  Sz."  or 
"  O.  S."  ;  probably  incorporated  by  the  younger  Linne. 

TernstroM,  Christopher  (1703-1746).  Travelled  to  India  for 
natural  history  purposes,  and  died  at  Pulo-Condor. 

Thouin,  Andre  (1747-1824),  a  munificent  donor  of  dried  speci- 
mens, chiefly  to  the  younger  Linne  when  in  Paris. 

Thunberg,  Carl  Peter  (1743-1828).  Traveller  to  the  Cape„ 
Ceylon  and  Japan  ;  successor  to  the  younger  Linne  in  the 
Chair  at  Uppsala.  His  plants  are  marked  "  T "  with  a. 
number  referring  to  some  MS.  catalogue. 

Torek,  Olof  (d.  1753).  A  ship's  chaplain,  and  contemporary  of 
Osbeck  ;  visited  Surat  and  Malabar. 

Tulbagh,  C.  Rijk  (d.  1771).  Governor  of  the  Cape  possessions, 
who  made  Linne  "  a  present  of  above  200  of  the  rarest 
plants  that  gro\A'  there,  all  put  up  with  great  care,  besides  a 
number  of  roots  and  bulbs  alive,  for  the  purpose  of  being 
planted  in  the  garden." 

Turra,  Antonio  (1730-1796),  professor  at  Vicenza.  Sent  Italian 
plants. 

TuVEN,  Eriic  (fl.  1754).  Sent  Orchis  samhucina  to  Lrnnc  from 
near  Stockholm,  the  first  record  in  Sweden. 

Vandelli,  Domingos  (fi.  1768-1789),  professor  in  Lisbon.  Sent 
Portuguese  plants,  and  some  from  the  Colonies. 

Velez,  Cristobal  (d.  1753),  a  friend  of  Lofling.  Sent  Spanish 
plants  to  Linne  ;  his  collection  passed  into  the  hands  of  Quer. 

b* 


18  INDEX   TO    THE 

Wachendobf,  EvERHARi)  Jacob  VAX  (1702-1758),  of  Utrecht, 

where  he  was  Professor. 
Waonek,  Johannes  Geuiiaiii)  (1700-1759).     His  contributions 

are  noted  in  the  '  Hortus  UpsaUensis.' 
Wanstuo.m  (or  Wenstho.nl),  S.  M.     Named  iu  connection  with 

two  North  African  i)laiits. 
WiLCKE,  Samuel  Gustav  [?|  (11.  1760-17G5;  d.  1791). 
ZiNN,  JoiiANN  Gottfuied  (1727-1759).     Named  as  a  contributor 

of  plants,  in  the  preface  to  the  second  edition  of  the  '  Species 

Plant  arum.' 
ZoEGA,  JoiiAN  (1742-1797).     A  Danish  pupil  highly  esteemed  by 

Linne  :  "  If  Fabricius  brings  me  an  insect,  or  Zoega  a  moss, 

I  take  off  my   hat  and  say,  '  Be  ye  my  teachers,' "  Fries, 

"  Linne,"  ii.  ii\\.  xviii.  9. 

The  citations  in  the  foregoing  are  mainly  from  Linne's  own 
autobiography  in  the  'Egenhiindigaanteckningar,'  edited  by  Adam 
Afzelius  in  1823;  in  the  words  of  a  translation  from  the  manu- 
script printed  in  Maton's  edition  of  Pulteney's  '  Linnaeus '  in 
1805,  pp.  543-547,  and  condensed  in  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  1887-88, 
pp.  20-22 ;  see  the  Bibliography  appended  (p.  22). 

Linne  as  a  Collector. 

'Thus  far  we  have  considered  the  contributors  to  the  herbarium  ; 
the  next  question  is,  how  far  did  Linne  himself  collect  specimens  ? 
His  own  statements  are  these  : — "  I   have  collected,   from   my 
infancy,  all  the   plants  of   Sweden,  together   with   those   of  the 
Swedish  gardens  "'  (Maton's  ed.  of  Pulteney's  '  Linnaeus,'  p.  574), 
'but  the  following,  copied  from  p.  515  of  the  same  work,  is  some- 
what discrepant ;  it  describes  him  becoming  acquainted  with  dried 
plants  only,  while  living  with  Dr.  K.  Stobaeus  at  Lund  in  1727. 
""  He  was  highly  delighted  with  the  mode  of  making  a  hortus  siccus, 
and  immediately  began  to  collect  all  the  plants  that  grew  in  the 
neighbourhood   ot"  Lund,  and  to  glue  them   on  paper."      After 
deserting  Lund  for  Uppsala,  in  the  autumn  of  1729,  he  told  Prof. 
Olof  Celsius  that  he  "  had  above  000  indigenous  plants  preserved 
in  his  cabinet."     From  hints  in  his  works,  and  from  indications  in 
his  herbarium,  he  seems  to  have  collected  at  various  times,  such  as 
his  Lapland  journey:  when  at  Tuggenforsen  in  Lycksele  Lappmark 
he  gathered  and  named  for  the  first  time  the  Linmea  borealis,  on 
29th  May,  1732,  though  the  genus  is  stated  to  be  of  Gronovius  upon 
a  scrap  which  he  gave  his  friend  in  1735.     His  three  journeys  to 
Oland  and  Gotland,  West  Gotland,  and  Skane,  produced  additions  ; 
but  many  plants  are  those  gathered  in  the  L'ppsala  Garden,  the 
produce  of  those  innumerable  packets  of  seeds,  sent  year  after 
year  to  him,  from  a  more  genial  climate,  and  now  recognisable  in 
the  herbarium  under  the  initials  H.  U.,  /.  e.  Hortus  L'psaliensis. 
The  younger  llartman   mentions  with   evident  surprise  that  so 
many  Swedish  plants  should  be  absent  from  the  collection,  and  in 


I-IXXEAX    HERBARIUM.  19 

some  cases,  the  native  plant  is  represented  only  by  a  specimen  from 
a  foreign  coiintry. 

It  can  never  be  too  emphatically  stated,  that  it  would  be 
unjust  to  judge  Linne's  methods  by  modern  ones,  to  condemn 
the  pioueer  because  he  could  not  foresee  the  latest  developments, 
and  to  liold  his  collections  cheap  because  the  specimens  are  small 
and  too  often  imperfect.  The  difficulties  of  travelling  and  sending 
specimens  in  those  daj's  quite  sufficiently  account  for  these 
imperfections. 

Signs  employed. 

The  herbarium  itself  has  been  so  often  described  in  the  memoia's 
mentioned  in  the  bibliography,  that  a  detailed  account  is  not 
wanted  here.  Besides  the  small  size,  both  of  paper  and  tlie  actual 
specimens,  a  modern  observer  is  struck  with  the  want  of  informa- 
tion as  to  the  collector,  place,  and  time  of  receipt.  Linne,  it  is 
certain,  trusted  to  his  memory,  using  abbreviations  and  arbitrary 
signs  to  remind  him,  should  occasion  require,  of  the  circumstances 
under  which  he  acquired  the  specimens.  Some  of  these  signs  offer 
no  difficulty,  such  as  K  for  Kalm  ;  others  have  been  held  as  more 
doubtful,  as  Sp.  for  Sparrman,  which  is  correct.  The  younger 
llartman  was  puzzled  by  the  use  of  the  sign  \J,  the  Greek  capital 
delta  reversed,  but  Linne  was  accustomed  to  use  many  of  these, 
which  were  usual  among  medical  men  of  his  time.  This  particular 
sign  means  aqua,  easily  guessed  from  Ar/i-ostis  stolonifera  \/  :  tica 
(llartman,  p.  28)  or  Veronica  Anagall.  V  (Sp.  PI.  ed.  1,  p.  12), 
the  latter  when  written  out  being  Veronica  AuagaUis-aqiiatica, 
this  pre-Linnean  name  appearing  in  the  synonymy.  Scandiv 
Pecten  5  (Sp.  PI.  ed.  1,  p.  256)  is  now  invariably  written  in  full 
us  Scandiv  Pecten- Veneris,  the  5  being  the  astronomical  sign  used 
for  the  planet  Venus,  as  well  as  by  the  mineralogist  for  copper. 
A  long  catalogue  might  be  compiled  of  Linne's  signs  in  his  various 
works,  but  as  he  used  the  same  sign  at  times  with  different 
meanings,  it  need  not  be  pursued  further. 

But  ever  since  the  herbarium  came  into  the  possession  of  the 
Society,  three  signs  stand  out  as  especially  enigmatic,  they  are 
numbers  1,  2  and  4  in  the  following : — 

J.       2.  'S.  4.       5.      G.        7.      8.       9.     10.     H. 

llartman  iu  his  preface  says  : — "  One  of  these  signs  very  often 
occurs,  either  with  a  specific  name  or  alone,  what  their  meaning  is, 
has  not  yet  been  made  out ;  by  comparison  they  seem  neither  to 
indicate  localities,  person's  names,  the  duration  of  the  plants, 
annual,  biennial,  perennial  or  the  like,"  but  he  also  points  out 
that  No.  2  above  is  confined  to  Siberian  plants.  My  own  first 
reference   to   the    herbarium,   in   August    1874,    made    me   ask 

b*2 


20  INDEX    TO    THE 

Mr.  Kippist,  tlie  then  Librarian,  what  the  sign  (Xo.  4)  meant» 
and  he  owned  that  he  did  not  know,  nor  did  anyone  else. 

The  latest  guess  was  that  made  a  few  years  ago  by  Pastor 
Enander  ;  his  view  is: — that  they  are  certainly  Russian  letters, 
and  thus  may  be  regarded  as  pointing  to  J.  P.  Palck,  born  in 
Westgotland  in  the  year  17^52  or  1733,  professor  at  the  Medical 
College  in  St.  Petersburg,  with  whom  Linne  stood  in  close  relation 
(Salices,  p.  11).  Now  although  the  sign  No.  4  may  be  taken  as  the 
(xreek  9,  it  cannot  stand  for  ^,  and  No.  1  resembles  no  current 
Russian  letter  whatever.   Thisspeculation  therefore  does  not  help  us. 

This  tantalizing  uncertainty  therefore  was  a  subsidiary  point 
that  1  set  myself  on  beginning  my  investigation  of  the  herbarium 
to  iind  out,  where  possible,  what  these  puzzling  memoi*anda 
meant.  I  therefore  copied  them  each  time  they  occurred,  and 
at  the  end,  I  had  lists  of  plants  bearing  the  cryptic  signs.  By 
comparison  of  the  whole  material  thus  obtained,  I  was  able  to  set 
out  the  meaning  of  most  of  the  signs  occurring,  thus : — 

No.  1.  Collected  by  Gerber,  principally  in  the  district  of  the 
river  Don  or  Astrachan. 

No.  2.  Prom  Siberia,  communicated  by  Gmelin. 

No.  3.  From  Kamtschatka,  collected  by  Steller. 

No.  4.  Hasselquist's  plants,  as  also  No.  G. 

No.  5.  Almost  certainly  Osbeck  ;  see  No.  9. 

No.  6.  Hasselquist,  the  sign  appears  to  be  derived  from  "  Habitat 
iu  Oriente."  I  have  tried  to  discover  if  there  was  any 
reason  why  two  signs  for  one  collector  were  employed, 
but  so  far  fruitlessly. 

No.  7.  Unknown  ;  applied  to  Bellis  annua  and  an  unnamed 
specimen  of  Conferva. 

No.  8  is  used  as  meaning  "  aristate,"  and 

No.  9  for  "  muticous,"  but  the  terms  seem  sometimes  loosely 
applied,  and  in  one  case  misapplied ;  the  latter  sign  is 
also  confused  with  Osbeck,  and  with  ©  for  annual. 

No.  10.  May  be  a  long  S,  and  stand  for  "suecia";  a  cross- 
stroke  is  sometimes  present  ;  Linnc  often  used  a  small 
initial,  as  Stockholm. 

No.  11.  Occurs  in  relation  to  Anthericum  calyculatum,  Ornitho- 
(jalum  minimum,  Salix  rosmarinifoUa,  and  Sisi/mhrium 
altissiimim.  With  regard  to  the  third,  Enander  prints 
the  sign  as  ]) ,  which  means  silver  to  the  mineralogist, 
and  may  refer  to  a  silvery  appearance  of  the  specimen. 

Numbers  employed. 

The  system  of  numbering  adopted  by  Linne  must  be  mentioned. 
The  numbers  found  in  the  herbarium,  either  alone,  or  in  asso- 
ciation with  a  specific  name,  refer  to  the  numbers  given  in  the 
original  edition  of  the  '  Species  Piantarum '  in  1 753  ;  additional 
species  were  lettered  in  capitals  and  intercalated  in  their  appropriate 


LIlSTNEAy    HERBARIUM.  21 

place:  thus  Hedysarum  in  the  10th  edition  of  tlie  '  Systema  '  has 
no  fewer  than  twelve,  A  to  l  inclusive.  In  the  second  edition  of  the 
'Species'  1762-3,  an  entirely  new  numbering  was  carried  through, 
and  in  the  12th  edition  of  the  '  fSystema '  1767,  additions  were 
numbered  in  sequence  with  the  '  Species'  numbers,  but  put  into 
their  athnity,  regardless  of  numerical  order,  but  this  emended  set 
was  not  applied  to  the  herbarium.  After  this  date,  such  numbers 
were  abandoned.  Numbers  are  also  found  I'eferring  to  lists  sent 
with  plants. 

Damage  to  Herbarium  before  1783. 

The  herbarium  suffered  risks  and  actual  damage  before  it  came 
into  the  hands  of  Smith  in  1784.  We  have  an  account  by 
Beckmann,  the  author  of  the  '  Century  of  Inventions,'  that  on 
30th  April,  1766,  a  fire  broke  out  in  Uppsala  during  a  fierce 
gale  and  destroyed  a  large  part  of  the  town.  Linne  had  his 
herbarium  and  library  removed  to  a  barn  outside  the  town,  but 
the  risk  to  which  it  was  exposed  led  him  to  build  his  little 
museum  at  Hammarby,  some  distance  from  the  house,  and 
Avithout  a  fireplace.  This  in  its  turn  pi'oduced  the  opposite  evils 
of  damp  and  mould ;  the  younger  Linne  complained  of  the 
terrible  damage  done  by  mice,  mould  and  insects,  and  at  the  first 
opportunit}^,  he  removed  the  collections  once  more  into  the  town. 
Linne  left  a  memorandum  begging  that  the  herbariiun  should  be 
kept  from  harm  by  mice  or  moths,  that  no  naturalist  should  have 
a  single  specimen — valuable  by  itself,  it  would  acquire  added 
value  by  age,  and  he  then  gave  the  probable  value  of  the  various 
parts  of  his  collections.  But  a  loss  had  already  taken  place 
before  the  death  of  its  possessor  ;  the  son  in  a  letter  of  1779  to 
Archiater  Back,  says : — "  My  late  father  weeded  out  his  herba- 
rium, while  he  was  able  to  work,  and  seems  to  have  burned  all  the 
duplicates,  why,  no  one  knows"  (Fries,  Linne,  ii.  p.  416,  note). 
The  terrible  damage  by  mice  is  not  now  perceptible,  for  I  only 
noticed  tx^o  sheets  which  had  been  gnawed ;  the  son  must  have 
withdrawn  the  damaged  sheets,  and  amongst  these  may  have 
been  those  I  have  had  to  note  as  missing,  such  as  Cupania  and 
Sarracen'ui. 

Collateral  Type-collections. 

There  are  other  collections  which  may  be  looked  upon  as 
containing  types  of  Linne's  species,  especially  when  his  own 
herbarium  is  wanting  in  them,  or  they  were  acquired  after  the 
descriptions  were  published.  The  Martin-Burser  herbarium  at 
Uppsala  is  a  casein  point ;  in  the  Am.  Acad.  i.pp.  141-171  will  be 
found  descriptions  of  250  plants,  with  Linnean  names  to  fit 
those  according  to  Caspar  Bauhin's  '  Pinax,'  and  several  of  them 
seem  never  to  have  been  represented  in  Linne's  herbarium  at  any 
time,  such  as  Poa  Eraijrostis,  Antho,vanthum  patiiculaium,  Allium 


--  INDEX    TO    TlIK 

xpJicerocephaliim,  Senecio  ijicanus  and  (Fnanthe  crocata.  Clifford's 
herbarium  i«  now  at  the  JJritish  Museum,  having  been  l)ought  by 
Banks,  and  is  valued,  as  showing  the  originals  of  Linne's  descrip- 
tions in  his  '  Hortus  Cliffortianus.'  Then,  too,  it  is  certain  that 
he  described  many  species  of  Lichen  in  the  broad  sense,  from  the 
Dillenian  herbarium  at  Oxford.  In  the  preface  to  the  'Species 
Plantarum,'  ed.  2,  we  find  him  specifying  the  gardens  which  he 
has  gone  through  :  Paris,  Oxford,  Chelsea,  llartecamp,  Leyden, 
Utrecht,  Amsterdam,  Upsala  and  others.  From  these  he  may 
have  had  a  good  sup])ly  of  specimens,  but  very  few  of  the  list 
of  herbaria  following  could  have  afforded  so  liberal  a  sup|)ly  : 
Burser,  Herman,  Clifford,  Burman,  Oldenland  (in  ]>urman's 
possession),  Gronovius,  Royen,  Sloane,  Sherard,  Bobart,  Miller, 
Tournefort,  Vaillant,  Jussieu,  Surian  (!St.  Domingo  plants  in 
Jussieu's  herbarium),  Biick,  and  lirowne.  Anything  in  these 
of  special  note  must  almost  certainly  have  been  described  from 
those  specimens. 

In  the  year  1760  the  younger  Burman  visited  Linne  at  Uppsala, 
bringing  with  him  his  father's  large  collection  of  Cape  plants,  in 
which  department  the  Dutch  were  supreme  ;  many  amongst  these 
were  new  to  science,  and  formed  the  types  of  such  as  were 
described  by  Linne  on  this  occasion. 

BiBLlOGEAPHY. 

In  the  following  bibliography  I  have  given  my  authorities  for 
the  statements  made  above  with  regard  to  the  Linnean  herbarium  ; 
its  growth,  and  subsequent  history.  Although  I  have  arranged 
the  titles  of  the  various  theses  according  to  the  dates  when  they 
were  sustained,  yet  for  the  sake  of  conAenience  in  citation  I  have 
confined  my  references  to  Schreber's  edition  of  the  'Amocnitafes 
Academics;,'  Erlanpae,  17^7-00,  10  vols.  8vo.  I  have  not  cited  tlie 
'  Flora  Suecica,'  ed.  2,  Stockholm  1755.  throughout,  for  although 
I  extracted  nearly  30  additional  names,  I  cannot  assert  that  plants 
w'ere  sent  to  Linne  as  vouchers,  or  to  add  to  his  collection. 

1745.  Plantae  Martino-Burserianae  ;  res}^.  R.  Martin.    (Am.  Acad. 

i.  141-171.) 
Hortus   Upsalieusis,    resp.    S.    Naucler.      (Am.    Acad.    i. 

197,  198.) 
1748.  Hortus  Upsaliensis,  tom.  i.  (et  nnic.)  pra^f.  p.  [2]. 

1750.  Plants;  Camtscl)atcensenses  rariores,  resp.  J.  P.  Halenius. 

(Am.  Acad.  ii.  33(3-363.) 

1751.  Novfe  Plantarum  genera,  resp.  L.  J.  Chenon.     (Am.  Acad 

iii.  8-25.) 
1753.  Species  Plantarum,  prasf.  p.  4  [-5]. 
1755.  Centuria  prima  plantarum,  resp.  A.  J.  Juslenius.     (Am. 

Acad.  iv.  263-296.) 


LIjSTNEAN    UERBAEIUAf.  2S- 

1756.  Centuria  secuuda  plantarum,  resp.  E.  Torner.     (Am.  Acad. 

iv.  298-332.) 

Flora  palaestina,  resj}'  B.  J.  Strand.     (Am.  Acad.  iv.  447- 

467.) 

1757.  Buxbaiimia.     Hesj).  A.  R.  Martin.     (Am.  Acad.  v.  79-84.) 
1758    Systenia  Naturae.     Ed.  X.  Vol.  i.  praef.  p.  [2]. 

1759.  Flora  capeusis.     Jiesp.  C.  H.  AViinnman.     (Am.   Acad,   v^ 

357,  358.) 
Flora  jamaicensis.     Resjy.  C.  G.  landmark.     (Am.  Acad.  v. 

375-388.) 
—    Pngillus   jamaicensium    plantarum.       Resp.     G.    Elmgren.. 

(Am.  Acad.  v.  389-413.) 
1702.  Species  Plantarum.     Ed.  2,  praef.  f.  4  verso,  5. 

1766.  Necessitas  historiae  naturalis  Jiossiae.     Resp.  A.  de  Kara- 

mjschew.     (Am.   Acad.  vii.  445-460;    Fl.  sibirica,   ib^ 
460-465.) 

1767.  Systema  Nature.     Ed.  XII.  Vol.  i.  pnef.  p.  [2]. 
Mantissa  plantarum  ....      1-142  (2). 

1768.  Iter  in   Chinam.      Resj).  A.  Sparrman.      (Am.   Acad.   vii. 

497-506.) 
1771.  Mantissa  plantarum  altera  ....     (4)  14.3-588. 

1774.  Planta  Cimicifuga.     Resj).  J.  llornborg.     (Am.  Acad.  viii. 

193-204.) 

1775.  Plantae  surinamenses.      Resp).  J.  Aim.      (Am.  Acad,   viii 

249-267.) 

1781.  Supplementum  plantarum  ....  editum  a  C.  a  Linne. 
Bruusvigse.  [The  species  of  tlie  elder  Linne  are  now 
ascertainable,  being  marked  in  the  following  Index.] 

1805.  [Autobiography.]  English  version  in  E.  Pulteney  :  A 
General  View  of  the  Writings  of  Linnaeus,  second 
edition  ....  by  W.  G.  Maton,  to  which  is  annexed 
the  Diary  of  Linnaeus,  written  by  himself,  and  now 
translated  into  English,  from  the  Swedish  manuscript 
in  the  possession  of  the  editor.  London,  18U5.  4to. 
Pp.  507-578,  and  genealogical  table. 

[The  Swedish  original  was  printed  in  '  Egenhandiga 
afteckningar  af  Carl  Linnaeus  om  sig  sjelf,'  printed  by 
A.  Afzelius  at  Stockholm,  1823.     4to.] 

1821.  A  selection  of  the  Correspondence  of  Linnaeus,  and  other 
naturalists,  from  the  original  manuscripts.  By  Sir  James 
Edwai'd  Smith.     London,  1821.     2  vols.,  8vo. 

1885.  Ahrling,  Ewald.  On  Kai4  von  Linne,  Linne  d.y., 
Liunean  Society  of  London,  Linneska  Institutet,  Lin- 
ueska  Samfundet,  och  Linneska  Samlingarna.  (Aftryck 
ur  Nordisk  Familjebok.)  l^it.np.liholm,  1885.  13  pp. 
8vo. 


24  IN"DEX    TO   THE 

•[1903J.  LiNNK.     Lefnadsteckning  af  Tli.  M.  Pries.     Stockliolm 
[1903].     2  vols.,  Svo. 

The  special  portion  referring  to  tlie  Collections  and 
their  disposal  will  be  found  in  Vol.  ii.  pp.  413-429. 
1007.  Bref  oeh  skrifvelseraf  och  till  Carl  von  Linne  ;  med  under- 
stcid  af  Svenska  staten,  utgifna  af  U]).sala  universitet 
och  med  up])ly.sande  noter  forsedda  af  Th.  M.  Fries, 
ytockhohn,  1907  (-J  912). 

In  progress  ;  six  volumes  have  appeared  to  now.  The 
letters  are  printed  in  the  original  language  in  which 
they  were  written  ;  the  explanatory  notes  are  invaluable. 


1825.  Fortsetzung   des  Ausziiges  aus  einem   Schreiben  ....  von 

J.  A.  Schiiltes.     Flora,  viii.  (1825),  ler  Beil.  3-8. 
Trausl.    as    '  Schultes's    Botanical  visit  to  England.' 

Hooker's    Botanical   Miscellany,   i.    (1830)    [1829-30], 

48-53  ;  reprinted  as  *  On  the  cultivation  of  Botany  in 

England,'  Phil.  Mag.  vi.  (Xov.  1829),  351-355. 

[Contains  an  account  of  a  visit  to   Sir  J.  E.  Smith, 

and  of  the  Linnean  lierbarium  in  1824.] 
1832.  Memoir  and  Correspondence  of  the  late  Sir  James  Edward 

Smith  ....  edited  by  [Pleasauce]  Lady  Smitli.     Loudon, 

1832.     2  vols.,  8vo. 

[The  letters   which   passed   on  the  purchase  of   the 

Linnean  herbarium  in  ]  783-4  will  be  found  in  Vol.  i. 

pp.  91-134.] 
1840.  Gray,  Asa.     Notices  of  European  Herbaria,  particularly 

those  most  interesting  to  the  JN^orth  American  botanist. 

Am.  Journ.  Sc.  xl.  (1840)  1-9. 
1850-53.  Hartman,  Carl.     Anteckningar  vid  de  Skandinaxiska 

vjixterua  i  Linnes  Herbarium.     Handl.  K.  Sv.  Vet.-Akad. 

Stockholm,    1849    (1850)     145-193;    ih.    1851    (1853) 

211-426. 
1861.  MuNRO,  William.     On  the  identification  of  the  Grasses 

of   Linnajus's    Herbarium,    now    in    possession    of    the 

Linnean  Society  of  London.     Journ.  Linn.  Soc,  Bot.  vi. 

(1861)  33-55. 
1863.  Anderson,  TnojsrAS.     On  the  identification  of  the  Acan- 

thacere  of  the  Linnean  Herbarium,  in  the  possession  of 

the  Linnean   Society  of  London.      Journ.  Linn.   Soc, 

Bot.  vii.  (1863)  111-118. 
1869.  ScHiMPER,   WiLiiELM    PiiiLiPP.      Synouyuiia    Muscorum 

Herbarii  Linneani  apud  Societatem  Liunneanam  Londi- 

nensem  asservati.      Journ.  Linn.  Soc,  Bot.  xi.  (1869) 

246-252. 


LINNEAN   nERBARlUM.  25 

1888.  Jacksox,  Bexjamin  Daydon.  History  of  the  Linneau 
Collections,  pi'epared  for  the  Centenary  Anniversary 
of  the  Linneau  Society.  (Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  1887-88. 
pp.  18-34.) 

1903.  On    Linuean    specimens    presented   to   Sir   Joseph 

Banks  in  1785.     (Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  1902-3,  p.  10.) 

1907.  On  a  Manuscript  list  of  the  Linuean  Herharium  in 

the  handwriting  of  Carl  von  Linne,  presumably  compiled 
in  the  year  1755  ....  to  which  is  appended  a  Catalogue 
of  the  Genera  in  the  Herbarium,  with  the  numbers  of 
the  sheets  of  specimens.  Prepared  for  the  Anniversary 
Meeting  of  the  Liunean  Society  of  London,  24th  May, 
1907,  in  celebration  of  the  200th  Anniversary  of  the  birth 
of  Carl  von  Linnc.     (Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  1906-7,  89-126.) 

1888.  Wainio,  Eutard  August.  Eevisio  lichenum  in  herbario 
Linnsei  asservatorum.  Medd.  Soc.  Fauna  et  Flora 
feunica,  xiv.  1886  (1888)  1-10. 

1894.  Clarke,  Charles  Baron.  On  certain  authentic  Cyperacese 
of  Linnaeus.  Journ.  Linn.  Soc,  Bot.  xxx.  (1894) 
299-315. 

1907.  Enaxdeu,  Syek  Johan.  Studier  ofver  Salices  i  Linnes 
herbarium.  {In:  Inbjudning  till  Theologie  Doktors 
Promotionen  ....  den  24  Maj,  1907.)  L^^ppsala,  1907, 
1-138,  t.  2. 

1907.  LiNDMAX,  C[arl]  A[xel]  M[agnus].  a  Linna\an  Her- 
barium in  the  jVatural  History  Museum  in  Stockholm. 
I.     Arkiv  for  botanik,  vii.  1908.     No.  3,  57  pp. 

1910. II.     lb.  ix.  1910.     No.  6,  50  pp. 

Note  the  introductory  portion,  pp.  1-18,  of  the  first 
part,  where  the  respective  herbaria  of  the  younger 
Linne,  Alstromer  and  Montiu  are  set  forth. 

1911.  Beckmanx,  Johannes. 

J,  B.'s    Schwedische  Eeise  in  den  Jahren  1765-1766. 

Tagebuch herausgegeben    von    Th.    M.    Fries. 

Upsala,  1911.     8vo.     (Pp.  96-98.) 

1912.  Howe,  Eeginald  Hkber,  Junior. 

The  Lichens  of  the  Linuean  Herbarium  \\ith  remai'ks 
on  Acharian  material.  Bull.  Torrey  Bot.  Club,  xxxix. 
(1912)  199-203. 

Explanation  of  the  Abbreyiations  and  Signs 
used  in  the  following  pages. 

tSpecific  names  printed  in  Roman  type,  as  "  fastuosa,"  show  that  a 
plant  is  so  termed  in  the  herbarium  by  Linne  himself;  if  by 
an  amanuensis  and  clearly  ui:der  Linne's  direction,  that  is 
indicated  by  the  addition  in  parentheses  of  the  name  of  the 


26  INDEX   TO   THE    LINNEAN    IIEEBAniUM. 

amanuensis,  as,  for  instance,  under  Acalypha  virgata 
(m.  Sol.)  =  inaiiu  Solandri,  or  the  name  on  the  sheet  being 
in  the  hanilw  ritinjj;  of  D.  C.  Solaiuler,  or  (m.  L.  f.)  where  the 
handw  riting  is  that  oL  the  younger  Linnt-. 
Specific  names  in  italic  type  show  that  there  is  no  specimen  so 
named  by  Liniie,  but  in  cases  where  there  can  be  no  doubt 
as  to  the  actual  plant,  I  have  added  (pi.)-  Thus  Abrus 
j^recatoritis  is  the  only  species,  and  is  represented  by  a 
specimen,  but  does  not  show  the  name  as  written  by  Linne  ; 
sometimes  the  number  from  the  'Species  Plantarum,'  ed.  I. 
is  put,  but  although  there  can  be,  in  monotypic  genera 
especially,  jio  doubt  as  to  the  authenticity  of  such  specimen, 
I  have  kept  to  my  rule  of  not  printing  in  lioman  type,  unless 
the  name  is  written  in  full  by  Linne. 

The  numbers  following  the  genera  refer  to  the  running  numbers 
of  the  Catalogue  of  the  Herbarium,  as  printed  in  Proc.  Linn.  Soc 
1906-7,  pp.  90-112. 

The  numbers  (1,  2,  or  3)  following  the  species  refer  to  the 
enumeration  in  wliich  they  first  occur,  thus  : — 

In  1753  by  the  figure  1. 
„   1755      „  „     2. 

„   1767      „  „     3, 

These  lists  are  fully  explained  on  pp.  8-9.  "Where  no  figure 
follows,  tlie  specimen  was  obtained  after  1767,  or  Mas  by  some 
accident  not  recorded  by  Linne. 

The  same  specimen  was  frequently  shifted  by  Linne,  as  his 
views  of  atlinity  changed.  I  have  tried  to  ]ioint  out  where  a 
specimen  may  now  be  found,  by  adding  the  later  name,  as  under 
AcHYRAXTHES  vepcns  =  lllecebrum  Achyrantha,  which  means 
that  the  specimen  is  now  in  Illecebrum.  MS.  names  are  shown 
by  tliat  abbreviation  ;  when  they  were  published  in  the  '  Supple- 
mentum  '  which  bears  the  name  of  the  yoiuiger  Linne  as  author, 
the  abbreviation  of  "  Suppl."  has  been  aflixed;  this  has  the  further 
interest  of  pointing  out  which  species  in  that  work  are  really  due 
to  the  father  and  not  to  the  son. 

The  types  of  the  younger  Linne  in  the  herbarium  are  not  as  a 
rule  indicated ;  they  are  left  for  another  ojiportunity,  as  are  also 
the  zoological  lists  which  were  brought  to  light  during  the  pre- 
paration of  this  Index.  The  numbers  following  the  generic  name 
in  Clarendon  type,  refer  to  the  Catalogue  drawn  up  by  David  Don 
and  Richard  Kip])ist,  when  the  Linnean  Collections  were  acquired 
in  1830,  after  the  death  of  Sir  James  Edward  Smith  ;  they  are  still 
used  when  consulting  the  Herbarium. 


INDEX 


LINNEAN    HERBARIUM, 


INDICATION  OF  THE  LINNEAN  TYPES. 


Abeoma,  Jacq.     935. 

fastuosa. 
Abuus.     885. 

precatorius  (pL).     I. 

ACAEXA.        

elongnta. 

ACALIPHA.       1139. 

australis. 

indiea.     1. 

virgata  (in.  Solandri) 

virginica.  1. 
Acaxthus.     816. 

capeusis,  Suppl. 

Dioscoridis.      8. 

ilicifolius.     1. 

maderaspatensis.     3 

mollis.     3. 

spinosus.  3. 
Acer.     1225. 

cam  pest  re.     1. 

creticum. 

monspessulanum.     \ 

NegiiTido.     1. 

orientaJe. 

pensylvanicum.     1. 

platanoides.     1. 


3. 


Acer  : — 

Pseudo-platanus. 

rubrum.     1. 

saccharinum.     1, 

sempervirens. 

tataricum.     1. 
Achillea.     1017. 

ahrotani  folia. 

aegyptiaca.     1, 

Ageratum.     1. 

alpina.     1. 

atntta. 

bipinnata. 

Clavennae.     1. 

cretica. 

f ale  at  a. 

impatiens.     1. 

inodofa. 

macrophylla.     1. 

magna.     3. 

Millefolium.     1. 

nana.     3. 

nobilis.     1. 

odorata.     3. 

jiallescens. 

Ptarraica.      1. 


28 


IXDEX   TO   THE 


ACU1LI.K\:  — 

jnihescens. 

8antoIina.     3. 
tomentosa.     1. 
Acuhas.    450. 

viammosa. 

saJicifoIia. 

fSapota.     3. 

Zajyota  =  praec. 
ACUTIIANTHES.       287. 

cd  tern')  folia.     3. 

aspera.     ] . 

\ar.  indica.     2. 

var.  sicida. 

brachiafd  =  Illecebruni 
bracliiatiiin. 

corviubosa.     3. 

dic'hotoraa.     3. 

lappacea.     1 . 

Janata  =  lllecebrum 
lanatum. 

miiricata.      3. 

prostrata.     3. 

rejiens  =  lllecebrum 
Achyrantlia. 

sangidnolenta  =  lllece- 
briim  sanguinolentuin. 

fticida. 
AciPUTLLA  [Forst.].     351  a. 
ACNIDA.      1176. 

cannabina.     1. 
AcoxiTUM.     695. 

Anthora.     1 . 

Cammarum. 

Lvcoctonuin.     1. 

Napellus.     1. 

pyreuaicuni,     1. 

squarrosuni  MS.  = 
pyrenaicum. 

unciiiatuin.     3. 

variegatuin.     1. 
AcoRUS.     447. 

Calamus.     3. 

var.  veras. 

var.  vtdf/aris. 

AcROSTicnuM.     1245. 

aculeatum. 

arcolutnni. 


ACROSTRHLM: — 

aureum.     3. 
barbatuin.     (m.  L.  f.) 
calomelauos.     1. 
citrifolium. 
criniium. 
n'^iciatum. 
dichotomum. 
digitatum.     1. 
ebeiieuni.      1. 
ferrvfjineam. 
ferruf/inosum. 
furcatum.     3. 
Jietero/thijlhcm. 
ilvense.     1. 

laiiccolatuni.    (m.  L.  f.) 
Marantae.     1. 
mavf/inatum. 
nodosum. 
pectinatuin.     1. 
2dattjneur()n. 
polypodioides.     3. 
punctatum. 
rufuin.     3. 
sanctum.     3. 
septcntt'iunale. 
silifiuostim. 
sorbifoliiim.     3. 
thalictroides. 
Thehjpteris     =  Poly- 
podium  Thelypteris, 
trifoliatum.     3. 

ACTAEA.       665. 

Cimicifwja    =  Cimi  - 
cii'uga  foetida. 

raceniosa.     3. 

spicata.     1. 

var.  alha. 

var.  nifjra. 

Adaxsoxia.     862. 

Bahohah  =■  seq. 

digitata.     3. 
Adelia.     1201. 

Acidotou.     3. 

Bernardia.     3. 
■   Kicinella.     .3. 
Adexaxtiiera.     540. 

falcata. 


IiT^^fBAN   HERBARIUM, 


29 


Abenan^thera  : — 

Falcataria  =  praec. 

pavonina  (pi.)-     3. 
Adiantum.     1252. 

aculeatum.     3. 

aethiopicum.     3. 

Capill  us- Veneris.     3. 

caudatum. 

chusamim. 

clavatum. 

cristatum.     3. 

flabellulatuni. 

hastatum.     Suppl. 

liexagonum. 

lancea. 

pedatum.     3. 

pliilij)pense. 

pteroides.     3. 

jndchi-um. 

jndvenilentum. 

radiatmn.     3. 

reniforme. 

serrulatum. 

trapeziforme.     1. 

trifoUatum. 

tr'dohum. 

truncatam. 

villosum.     3. 
Adonis.     714. 

aestivalis.     3. 

annua  ^=  autuinnalis. 

var.  att'oruhens. 

var.  jJ^ioenicea. 

apennina.     1. 

autumnalis.     3. 

capensis.     1. 

vernalis.     1. 
Adoxa.     516. 

Moschatellina.     1. 
Aegilops.     1218. 

caudata.     1. 

e.vaUata  =  Eottboellia 
corymbosa. 

incurvata.     3. 

ovata.     1. 

squarrosa. 

triuncialis.     3. 
Aeginetia.     — 


Aeginetia  : — 

indica  =  Orobanche 
Aeginetia. 
Aegiphila.     — 

martinicensis. 
Aegopodium.     375. 

Podagraria.     2. 
AEGOPjacuM.     1091. 

novum  (cf.  Suppl.). 
AESCiixyoMENE.     922. 

auiericana.   3.    (m.  Sol.) 

arhorea. 

aspera.     1 . 

grandiflora.     1. 

indica.     3. 

pumila. 

Sesban.     1. 
Aesculus.     476. 

Hippocastanuin.     3. 

Pavia.     1. 
Aethtjlia,  vide  Etiiulia. 
Aethusa.     362. 

Bunius. 

Cynapium.     1. 

Meum. 
Agaricus.     1279. 

alneas. 

androsaceus.   (m.Ehrh.) 

hetidinus. 

campanulatus. 

campestris. 

p  Georgii, 

Cantlmrellus. 

cinnamorneus. 

Clavus. 

clypeatus. 

crinitus. 

deliciosus. 

dentatus. 

equestris. 

extinctorius. 

Jimetarius. 

fragilis. 

Georgii  =  camiyestris   /? 
Georgii. 

integer. 

lactifluus. 

mammosus. 


30 


INDEX    TO   THE 


Agabicus  : — 

mtiscarius. 

2npei'ati(s. 

qu^rcinus, 

quiiiqitepartitus. 

se2^aratus. 

umbelUfenis. 

violaceiis. 

visctdus. 
Agave.    443. 

americana,     1. 

foetuht. 

virginiea.     1. 

vivipara. 
Ageratum.     979. 

aliisshniuii  =  Eupato  - 
rium  altissimum. 

cilia  re. 

Conyzoides.     1. 
Agrimoxia.     628. 

Agrimonoides.     3. 

Eupatoria.     3. 

repens.     3. 
Agrostemma.     601. 

Coeli-rosa.     1. 

Coronaria.      1. 

Flos-Jovis. 

Githago.     1. 
Agrostis.     84. 

alba.     3. 

aquatica.     MS.  (c/.  sto- 
lonit'era.) 

anindiuacea.     1. 

australis,     3. 

bromoides.     3. 

Calamagrostis. 

canina.     3. 

capillaris.     2. 

cruciata.     3. 

indica.     (m.  Sol.) 

interrxipta. 

maritiina.     MS. 

Matrella. 

mexicana.     3. 

miliacea.     3. 

miuima.     2. 

pamdo.va  =  Milium 
paradoxum. 


Agrostis  : — 

pumila.     3. 

radiata.     3. 

rubra.     3. 

sepiuin. 

sei'otiiia.     3. 

Spica-veiiti.     1. 

stolonit'era.     2. 

aquatica  [vtica]. 

sylvaticd. 

tenaeissiiiia.     Suppl. 

virginica.     2. 
Agixeia.     1145. 

impubes. 

pubera, 
AiRA.     85. 

alpina. 

aquatica.     1. 

arundinacea . 

caerulea.     1. 

caespitosa.     i . 

canes ceus.     1. 

capensis.     Suppl. 

caryophyllea.     1 . 

O'istata. 

Jlexilis  =  seq. 

flexuosa.     1. 

indica.     3. 

minuta,     1. 

montana.     1. 

priBCOx.      1. 

spicata. 

subspicata  =  praec. 
Aizoox.     650. 

cauariense. 

hispanicum. 

lanceolatum. 

panicidatuin. 

sarinentosum.     Suppl. 
Ajuga.     721. 

alpiua.     2. 

genevensis.     1 . 

orieutalis.     1. 

pyramidalis.      1. 

reptans.     1. 
AL13UCA.     426. 

major.     3. 

minor. 


LIXKEAN    HERBAKIUM. 


31 


Alcea.     869. 

Allium  :  — 

ficifolia. 

lineare.     1 . 

palmata,     MS. 

magi  cum.     1. 

rosea.     1. 

Moly.     1. 

Alchemilla.     166. 

moscliatum. 

alpiua.     1. 

nigrum.     3. 

/3  hybrida. 

nutans.     1. 

aphanoides.     8uppl. 

obliquum.     1. 

pentaphyllea.     1. 

odorum. 

vulgaris.     1. 

oleraceum.     1. 

Aldrovanda.     397. 

orieutale.     MS. 

vesiculosa.     1. 

pallens.     3. 

A.LEXE1S.      440. 

paniculatum.     3. 

capensis.     3. 

parviflorum.     3. 

farinosa.     1. 

Forrum. 

frag  ran  s.     (m.  L.  f.) 

ramosum.     1. 

hijacintlioides. 

roseum.     3. 

var.  guineensis. 

rotitndum. 

yrt^jt      ^/j/if/jy  }}'}(*/'/ 

sativum. 
Schoenoprasum,     1. 

orchioides    [Maut.    367J 

=:  Jujacinthoides  ? 

Scorodoprasum.     1. 

Uvaria. 

senescens.     1. 

Alisma.     473. 

sibiricum  =  Schoeno- 

cordif'olia.   3.    (m.  Sol.) 

prasum. 

Damasonium.     1. 

sphan-oceplicdon  =  des- 

Jfava. 

cendeus. 

natans.     1. 

subhirsutuin.     3. 

pariiassifolia. 

tenuissimum.     1. 

Plautago-aquatica.       1. 

triquetrum.     3. 

ranunculoides.     1. 

ursinum.     1. 

subidata. 

veronense  =  pallens. 

Allamanda.     298. 

Victorialis.     1. 

cathariica  (pi.). 

vineale. 

Allionia.     122. 

Allophylus.     — 

incamata. 

zeylaniciis. 

violacea. 

Alois  .     442. 

Allium.     419. 

disticha. 

Ampeloj^rasum . 

TOM  ■    nr\l-\i»rt-tn  7-i  at 

V  £lil  •     iJVV\/lAVtH/0» 

angulosum.     1. 

hyacintJioides  =  Aleiris 

arenarium.     1. 

ln/acinthoides. 

ascalonicum,     3. 

pert'oliata.     1. 

canadense. 

var.  humilis. 

carinatum.  ■ 

TTO  11        -Jl/J/liy-. 

Vtii .  t/ty  tt. 

Cepa. 

immila. 

Chamaemoly.   ', 

var.  ayadmoidea. 

descendeus.     1. 

var.  margaritifera 

Jtstidosum. 

retusa. 

flavum.     3, 

spiralis. 

32 


INDEX   TO   THE 


AlOe  : — 

t/vrtnrt  =  Aletri3  Uvaria. 

varie(/(Ua. 

*  vera  =  perfoliata 

var.  vera. 

viscosa, 
Alopecduus.     82. 

ai:;restis.     3. 

hultosus. 

geniculatus.     1. 

liordeii'orinis.     1. 

indiciis  =  Panicum   alo- 
pecuroideum. 

monspeliensis.     1. 

paniceus.     3. 

pratensis.     1. 
Alpinia.     — 

racemosa. 
Alsine.     388. 

media.     1. 

mucroiiata.     3. 

segetalis.     1. 
Alstonta,  Miitis.     663. 
Alstroemeuia.     444. 

Lu/tK. 

Peleiji'ina.     3. 

SaJsilla. 
Althaea.     868. 

eannabina.     1. 

birsuta.     1. 

Ludwigii. 

officinalis.     1. 
Altssum.     828. 

al2Jestre. 

Alyssoidi'S. 

calycinum.     3. 

campestre.     3. 

clypeatum.     3. 

creticuin.     1. 

deltoideum.     3. 

gemonense.     3. 

hnliniifolium. 

hyperboreuui.     1. 

incanura.     2. 

minimum.     3. 
montanum.     1. 
saxatile.     1. 

serpyllifolium.     MS. 


Alyssum  : — 

sinuatum.     3. 

spinosuni.     2. 

utriculatum.     3. 

Vesicaria. 
Amaraxthus.     1117. 

albus.     3. 

Blitum.     2. 

caudatiis.     1. 

criieiitus.     3. 

dejlexus. 

flavus.     3. 

r/u)ir/eticus, 

graecizans,     1 . 

b3'bridiis.     1. 

hypocbondriacu,s.     1. 

lividns. 

mangostanus.     3. 

melancbolicus.     1. 

oleraceus.     3. 

paniculatus.     3. 

polygamiis.     3. 

polygonoides.     3. 

retroflexus.     1. 

sanguineus.     3. 

scandeus.     Suppl. 

spinosus.     3. 

tricolor.     1. 

tristis. 

viridis.     3. 
Amaryllis.    416. 

Atamasca  =  seq. 

Atamasco. 

Belladonna. 

capensis. 

ciliaris. 

duhia. 

forraosissima.     1 . 

guttata. 

longifolia. 

lutea.     3. 

orientalis. 

regiiiae.     3. 

sarniensis.     (in.  L.  f.) 

tenella.     MS. 

undiilata.     3. 

zeijlanica  =  Crinum  zey 
lanicum. 


LIXNEA.N    HERBAniU^r. 


33 


Ambkosia.     1114. 

arfemisifolia.     1. 

elatior.     1. 

vian'thna. 

triHda.     1. 
Ambrosinia.     1078. 

Bassii  (pi.). 
Amellus.     1023. 

fruticosus.     MS. 

Lychnitis.     3. 

umbellatus.     3. 
Ametuysxea.     37. 

caerulea.     1. 
Ammannia.     156. 

baccifera.     ] . 

lati  folia.     1. 

octandra.     Siippl. 

rainosior.      1. 
Ammi.     341. 

copticuni.     3. 

glaucifolium. 

majus.     ]. 
Amomum.     3. 

Cardamomiuii.     1. 

Granwn-Paradin. 

Zerurabet.     1. 

Zingiber.      1. 
Amokpha.     894. 

iiutieosa.      1. 
Amygdalus.     639. 

c'omiminis.     2. 

jiana.     1. 

Persica.     1. 

puniila.     3. 
Amykis.     490. 

balsaniifera.  3.  (in.Sol. 

Eleinifera.     3. 

(jileadensis. 

maritima. 

Ojtohalsamiim . 

I'rotium. 

sylvaticci. 

toxifera. 
Anabasis.     316. 

aphylla.     1, 

foliosa.     1. 

spinosissima.     Sup])l. 

tainariscifolia.     3. 


AXACAUDIUM.      534. 

occideiitale.     3. 
AXACYCLUS.      1015 

aureus. 

creticus.     ] . 

nobilis.   MS.  (  =  aureus, 
fide  ,%,.) 

orientcdis. 

valentinus.     1 . 

A^'AGALLIS.       208. 

arvensis.     1. 

capensls. 

latifolia.     1. 

liiiifolia.     3. 

Monelli.     1. 

tenella. 
Anagyris.     523. 

foetida.      1. 
Anastatica.     821. 

heiroehmitica.     2. 

syriaoa. 
AxciiusA.     182. 

angustifolia.     1. 

lanata.     3. 

officinalis,     1. 

on'entalis  =  Lithosper- 
mum  orientale. 

sempervirens.     1. 

tinctoria. 

undulata.     1. 

virginiana. 

virginica  =  praec. 
Andeachne.     1155. 

fruticosa.      1. 

Telepliioide.s.      1 . 
Andhomeda.     563. 

arhorea. 

anastoinosans.     Siippl. 

hri/aiifJta. 

caerulea.     1 . 

calyeulata.     1. 

Daboecia.     3. 

droseroides. 

hypnoides.      1. 

niariaiia.     1. 

paiiiculat;i.      1, 

Polifolia.      1. 

racemosa.     1. 


34 


INDEX   TO    THE 


Andromeda  : — 

tetragoDa.      1 . 
Andropooon.     1211. 

alopei'iiroitles.      I. 

barbatuni. 

bicoriie.       1 . 

airicosKni. 

contortum. 

cym  barium. 

(listacbyon.      1. 

(livaricatum.      1. 

t'asciculatuiii.      1. 

(Irvlliis.      13. 

hirtnni.      1. 

insiilare.     '^. 

Ischaemum.     1. 

imiticum. 

Nardus. 

nutaus.     1. 

pertiisum  =  Holcus  per- 
tusiis. 

polydactj'^lon.     3. 

prostratum. 

quath'i  valve. 

liaveniiae. 

SchoenanUius.     1. 

squarrosiDii. 

virginicuiu.      1. 
Androsace.     197. 

carnea.     iJ. 

elongata.     3. 

ILdleri  =  carnea. 

lactea.     3. 

maxima.     1. 

sepfcentrionalis.     ] . 

villosa.     ] . 

AXDRYALA.       956. 

conyzoidi's.     MS. 
integrifol'u( . 
lanata.     3. 
ragusina.     3. 
simiata.     1.     [=  inte- 
gri  folia.] 
AXEMONE.      710. 

apeuniua.     3. 
alpiua.     3. 
haldensis. 
canadensis. 


Anemone : — 

capensis  =  Atragene 
capensis. 

coroiiaria.     1. 

decapetala.     3. 

dicliotoniu.      1. 

fasciculald. 

JJepatica.     1. 

hortensis. 

malvifoUa  =  palmata. 

iiarcissillora.      1. 

iiemorosa.      1. 

palmata.     3. 

patens.     1. 

jtensi/lvanica. 

pliiladelpbus.     MS. 

pratensis,     1. 

Pulsatilla.     1. 

qninqnefolia. 

raiiuuculoides.     1. 

sibiriea.      1. 

sulphurea . 

S3'lvestris.     J . 

tlialictroides.     ]. 

trifolia.     3. 

vernalis.     1. 

virgiiiiaua.     1. 
Anethum.     371. 

Foeniculuui.     1. 

graveolens.     1. 

pat  ul  urn.     MS. 

sei/iiam. 
Angelica.     354. 

Arcliangelioa.     3. 

atropurpurea.     3. 

h(cida. 

sylvestris.      1. 

verlicillari-;.     (m.  Dalil). 
Anouria.     1092. 

lobata. 

pedata. 

irifoliata. 

trilohatd. 
A  NONA.      708. 

africana. 

a.siatica. 

di.screta. 

glabra. 


LINNEAN   HEBBAEIUM. 


35 


Ajs'ona  : — 

liexapetala.     Suppl. 

iimricata. 

ohsciifa. 

2)(dustris. 

reticulata. 

squamosa. 

triloba.     '6. 
Anthemis.     1016. 

afra. 

alpina.     -'3. 

altissiuia.      1. 

ninericann.     (m.  L.  f.) 

arabica.     1. 

arveusis.     1. 

BelVuUastrum  =  Osiuites 
Bellidiastrum. 

cilia. 

Cota.     1. 

Cotula.     1. 

cretica, 

fruiicosa. 

italica. 

leucantlia=.Os\mieii  leu- 
cantha. 

niaritima.     1. 

miUefolia  =  Chrysanthe- 
inum  millefoliatum. 

mxta. 

tnontana. 

nobilis.     1. 

peregriua. 

Pyrethruni.     1. 

repanda. 

tiiictoria.     1. 

var.  Triumfetti. 

tomentosa.     3. 

valentina.     1. 
Anthericum.     432. 

alooides. 

annuum. 

asphodeloides.     3. 

calyculatum.     1. 

frutescens. 

graecum.     3. 

Jiispidum. 

Liliago.     3. 

Liliastrum.     3. 


Anthehicum  : — 

ossifragum.     1. 

plauifoliuui. 

raiuosum.     1. 

revoIut^lm. 

serotimim.     3. 

spirale. 

undulatum  [Jacq.'\. 
A>^TiiiSTiiiiA.     74.     [=  Pom- 
]iiereulla,i/inH. /".] 

equitans.     [  =  P.  C'ornu- 
coinae,  Linn.  f.fide/S  in. '\ 
Ais'thoceros.     1272. 

laevis. 

multifidus. 

punctatus. 
Antholyza.     60. 

aetluopica.     3. 

cepacea. 

Cunouia.     3. 

maura. 

Meriana.     3. 

Merianella. 

Meriania  =  Meriana. 

ringens. 
Anthospermum.     1233. 

aethiopicum.     ]. 

ciliare.     3. 

dioicum.     (m.  L.  f.) 
=  berbaceuin,  Linn.f. 
Anthoxanxiium.     46. 

iihdicum. 

odoratuin.     1. 

panicidatum. 
Anthtllis.     897. 

aspalatlioides. 

Barba-Jovis.     1. 

capensis.     MS. 

cornicina.     1. 

cytisoides.     2. 

Erinacea.     1. 

Gcrardi. 

JJerma}mia  =  seq. 

Herinanniae.     1 . 

Iieterophylla.     3. 

involucrata. 

VinlfoJia. 

lotoides.     1. 
d* 


36 


INDEX   TO    THE 


Anthyllis  : — 

montana.     ;5. 

quinqueflom.     Suppl. 

tetraphylla.     1 . 

visciHora.     Suppl, 

Vulneraria.     1 . 
AxTicnoRUs.    487. 

depressiis  (pi.). 
Antidesma.     1173. 

alexiteri;i.     1. 
AyTiRRiiiNUM.     767. 

aegyptiacuin. 

alpiuuin.     3. 

arvense.     1. 

Asarina.     1 . 

bellidifoliuiu.     1 

bicorne. 

bipunctatum.     1. 

canadense.     1. 

chalepense.     1. 

cij'rhosum. 

Cymbalaria.     1. 

dalmaticuni.     1. 

Elatine.     ]. 

genistaetolium.     1. 

glastifoliiim.     MS. 

glaucum.     3. 

hastatiim.     MS. 

hirtum.     2. 

iunceuin.     3. 

Linaria.     1 . 

var.  Peloria. 

linarioides. 

linifolium.     3. 

maju8.     ]. 

minus.     1. 

molle.     1.     =  glaucum. 

inonspessiilanuin.     1. 

multicaule.     1. 

origan  itoli  11  ni.     1. 

Orontium.     1. 

papUionnceum . 

pedunculatuiii.     3. 

Pelisserianuiii.      1. 

pilosum. 

pinnatuin.     Suppl. 

purpureuui.     1. 

reflexum.     3. 


Antiruiiinum  : — 

repens.     3. 

sahuJosum.  MS.  [cf. 
Heniinieris  sabulosa, 
Suppl.] 

saxatile.     3. 

spai'teuiu.  1.  =  jun- 
ceum. 

spuriuin.     1. 

supinum.     3. 

ti'iornithopIioiMiin.     1. 

tripbyllum.      1. 

tri.ste.     3. 

viUosum. 

viscosuin.     3. 
Aphanes.     167. 

arvensis.     1. 
Aphyllanthes.     418. 

monspeliensis.     1. 
Apium.    374. 

graveoleus.     1. 

Petroselinum.     3. 
Apluda.     1213. 

aristata.     3. 

mtitica.      1. 

Zeugites.    3. 
Apocynum.     309. 

androsaemit'oliuin.     1. 

cannabinum.     1. 

frutescens.     3. 

niinutum.     Suppl. 

reticulatum. 

veuetum.     3. 
APO[SiO]GETON.      479. 

distachyon.     (m.  L.  f.) 

monostacbyou.     (m. 
L.  f.) 
Aquartia  [Jaeq.].     — 

acuhata  [Jacq.]. 
Aquilegia.     699. 

alpina. 

canadensis.     1. 

viscosa. 

vulgaris.     1. 
Aquilicia.     279. 

samhicina  (pi.). 
Arams.     842. 

ali)i!)a.     1. 


LINNEAK    HERBARIUM. 


37 


Aeabis  : — 

bellidifolia  [Jacq.'\. 

canadensis.     1. 

cajicnsis  =  Heliopbila 
integrifolia. 

grandiHora.     1. 

HaJley'i. 

hispida, 

lyrata.     3. 

peuduhi.     1. 

Thaliaiia.    1. 

Tarritii.     1. 
Arachis.     909. 

hypogaea.     2. 
Aralia.    394. 

arborea.     3. 

chineusis.     1. 

nudicaulis.     1. 

raceinosa.     1. 

spinosa.     1. 
Arbutus.     566. 

acadiensis. 

alpina.     1. 

Andrachne. 

TJiiedo.     1. 

Uva-ursi.      1 . 
Arctium.     964. 

Carduelis.     3. 

Lappa.     1. 

Personata.     (m.  L.  f.) 
Arctopus.     1235. 

ecldnntui<  (pi.). 
Arctotis.     1036. 

accudis. 

aiigiisti  folia. 

autheuioides.     3. 

aspera.     3. 

Calendula  =  seq. 

calendulacea.     3. 

var.  coriiscans. 

var.       ^lypo- 

chondrlaca. 

var.    superha     = 

A.  superba. 

var.       iristis    = 

A.  tristis. 
deiitata.  3. 
paleacea.     3. 


Arctotis  : — 

parado-Va.     3. 

2>lanta(jinea. 

radicans. 

superba. 

tenuifolia. 

tristis. 
Arduina.     265. 

bispinosa.     3. 
Areca.     — 

Catliecu. 

oleracea, 
Arexaria.     585. 

balearica. 

bavarica.     3. 

biHora.     3. 

ciliata.     3. 

fasciculata. 

granditiora.     3. 

gypsophiloides.     3. 

hispida.     2. 

jimiperina.     3. 

laricifolia.     1. 

lateriflora.     1. 

liniflora. 

lucida.     MS. 

media.     3. 

moiitana.     3. 

muc7-onata. 

mnlticaidis. 

peploides.     1. 

rubra.     1. 

var.  caiiipestris. 

var.  niarina. 

saxatilis.     1. 

serpyllifolia.     1. 

striata.     3. 

teuui  folia.     1. 

teretifolia.     MS. 

tetraquetra.     2. 

triflora. 

trinervia.     1. 

verua.     3. 
Arethusa.     1059. 

bulbosa.     1. 

Burinanni.  MS.  [=cili- 
aris.] 

cajyensis. 

d*2 


;38 


INDEX   TO   XUE 


Aeethusa  : — 

eiliaris.     Sup  pi. 

(livaricalu.     1. 

ophioglo.s.soides.     2. 
Aketia,     196. 

alpina.     3. 

JJaUeri  ■=■  Androsace 
carnea. 

helvetica. 

Vitaliana. 
Argemone.     670. 

anneniaca. 

mexicana.     1. 

pijreniuca. 
Aristida.     98. 

Adscensiouis.     1 . 

americana.    3.    (m.  Sol.) 

aruudinacea. 

capensis.     MS. 

plumom.     3. 
Aristolochia.     1071. 

anf/uicida. 

arhorescens. 

baetica.     3, 

hilahiata. 

hilooata. 

caudata. 

Cleraatitis.     1. 

erecta. 

hirsuta  =  seq. 

hirta. 

iiidiea.     1.     (m.  Sol.) 

longa.     1. 

maurorum. 

maxima. 

odoratissima. 

jieltata. 

pentandra. 

Pistolochia.     1. 

rotunda.     ] . 

sempervirens.     1. 

Sprpentaria.     1. 

trilobata.     3. 
Arnica.     1001. 

caffra. 

coronopifolia. 

crocea.     3. 

Gerbera.     3. 


\  Arnica  : — 

maritnud. 

montana.     3. 

var.  cdpinn. 

piloselloides.    (m.  L.  1.) 

scorpioides.     3. 
Artedia.     339. 

mur'uatu  =  Daucus  muri- 
catus. 

squainata.     '2. 
Artemisia.     988. 

Abrotanum.     3. 

Absinthium.     1. 

aethiopica.     1. 

ambigua. 

annua.     1. 

arborescens.     .3. 

caei'idescens. 

campestris.     1. 

chinensis.     2. 

Contra. 

crithniifolia.     2. 

Dracunculus.    2. 

dubia.     MS. 

glacialis.     .3. 

integrifolia.     ] . 

judaica.     3. 

maderaspataiia,     2. 

maritima.     1. 

minima.     2. 

nilotica  =  Cotula  anthe- 
moides. 

palsaetiua. 

palustris.     1. 

pontica.     1. 

rupestris.     1. 

Santonicum.     1. 

tanacetifolia.     1. 

vermiculata. 

vulgaris.     1. 
Artocarpus.     1087. 

lobatu8.    (m.  L.  f.) 
Arum.     1079. 

arborescens. 

Arisarum.     1 . 

auritum.     3.     (m.  Sol.) 

can  ui  folium. 

Colocasia.     1. 


LIiNNEAN^    UEllBAKlUM. 


3i) 


A  KIM  : — 

divaricatum.     3. 

Draeontiuni.     3. 

DracwH-ulus. 

esculentuni. 

hederaeeuni.     3. 

lingulatum.     3. 

oncierorr/iizo)). 

maculatuui.     1. 

novum  [  =  cannifoliiim]. 

ovatiini.     1. 

jyentaphijUum. 

2^erer/ri)iinn. 

prohoscideiun. 

sarjittae  folium. 

Segiiinii))!. 

tenuijolmm. 

trilohatum. 

triphyllum.     1. 

viiyhiicjon. 
Arunuo.     97. 

avenaria.     1. 

Bam  bos.     1. 

Calamagrostis.     1. 

Donax.     1. 

epigeios.     1. 

Phragmites.     1. 

scrijHoria  =  A.  Donax. 
ASARUM.      608. 

canadense.     1. 

europaeum.    1. 

Hiipocistis  =  Cytiniis 
Hypocistis. 

virginicioji. 
ASC'LKPIAS.      310. 

amoena. 

arhorescens. 

barbata.     MS.  {cf.  un- 
dulata). 

carnosa.     Suppl. 

crispa. 

curassavica.     4. 

decumbens. 

dilatata.     MS. 

exaltata-=s>yr\&cdL. 

fruticosa.     1. 

gigantea.     1. 

Gutta. 


ASCLEPIAS  :  — 

incaruata.     1. 
lactifera. 
nigra.     1. 
nivea.     1. 
pubescens. 
purpurascens.     3. 

sibirica.     1. 

syriaca.     1.     (in.  L.  f.) 

A'ar.  e.valttita. 

tuberosa.     1. 

undulata. 

varie(/ata. 

A-ertieillata.     1. 

villosa,    sphalm.  =  pub- 
escens. 

Vincetoxicuni.     1. 
AscTiiUM.     944. 

Crux-Andreae. 

Hypericoides  ["angusti- 
folium  "], 

villosum. 
ASPALATUUS.      893. 

albeus. 

anthylloides.     3. 

araneosa.     3. 

argentea. 

asparagoides.     Suppl. 

astroites. 

callosa. 

canescens. 

capitata. 

carnosa,  Berg.  =  thyini- 
folia. 

carnesa. 

chenopoda.     3. 

ciliaris. 

cretica. 

Ebenus. 

ericit'olia.     3. 

galioides,   Berg.  =  levi- 
gata. 

galioides. 

genistoides. 

indica.    ■ 

laxata. 

laevigata.     MS. 


40 


INDEX   TO   THE 


ASPALATIILS  : — 

lotojdes.     M.S. 

mucronata.     Suppl. 

nigra. 

oriental  is. 

jnlosa. 

pinna  ta. 

quinquefoUa. 

retrojlexa. 

spinosa.     3. 

thymifolia. 

tridentaia. 

iiniflora. 

verrucosa.     3. 
Asparagus.     434. 

acutifolius.     1. 

aethiopicus. 

albus.     1. 

aphyllus.     1. 

osiaticus. 

capeusis.     3. 

declinatus. 

Draco  =  Dracaena 
Dmco. 

falcatus.     3, 

graminifolius  =  Dra- 
caena graminifolia. 

horridus. 

officinalis.     1. 

var.  altilis. 

var.  maritimtis. 

retrofractus.     1. 

sarmentosus. 

tenuissiimts. 

terminalis. 

vertieillatus. 
ASPEEITGO.      189. 

aegyptiaca.     3. 
prociinibens. 
ASPEIIULA.      127. 

arvensis.     1. 
crassifolia.     3. 
cynanchica.     1. 
laevigata.     3. 
odorata.     1. 
pyrenaiea.     3. 
roiundi  folia . 
tauriiia.     1. 
tinctoria.     1. 


AspnonELU.3.     431. 
capensiK. 

fistulosus.     1.     (pi.) 
luteus.     3. 
ramosus.     1 . 

ASPLKNIUM.       1250. 

Adiantuni-nigrum.     3. 

bifolium. 

capense. 

Ceterach.     3. 

culirifoliu7n. 

dentatum  ^=  A.     Tricho- 
nianes-deiitatuni. 

erosum.     3. 

Hemionitis.     1. 

niarginatuni. 

marinum.     3. 

nionantliemum.     3. 

taonantJies  ^  praee. 

Nidus.     1. 

7iodostiiii. 

obiiisifoliuiii. 

Onopieris  =  A.    Adian- 
tum-nigrum. 

filaniai/iiieum.     3. 

2>l(intaginifoUu)n  =  'pixc. 

pygmaeum.     3. 

radicans. 

rhizophorum.     .3. 

rhizophylluui.     2. 

Rliiizopliiilla  ^  prjec. 

Euta-mnraria.     1. 

salicifoliuui.     1. 

Scolopeudrium.     1. 

serratuin.     3. 

squaniosura. 

striatum.     3. 

Triehomanes.     1. 

Trichomanes-dentatum. 

Trichomanes-ramosmn. 

tricho)uaiwidc's=A.  Tri- 
ehomanes. 
Aster.     997. 

acris.     3. 

alpinus.     3. 

Amellus.    1. 

annuus.     1. 

aurantias. 

chinensis.     ]. 


LIX>'EAN   HBRBARlUAr. 


41 


ASTEB  : — 

eoucolor.     1. 

cordifolius,      I. 

crinitus.     3. 

divaricatus.     1. 

dumosus.     1. 

ericoides.     3. 

fruticosus.     1. 

fruticidosus  =  praec.  ? 

grandirioriLs.     3. 

hyssopifoiius.     3. 

iudicLis.     3. 

laevis.     3. 

linariifolius.     1. 

linifolius.     1. 

macrophyllus.     3. 

miser. 

viutabilis.      1. 

Novae-Angliae.     1. 

Novi-Belgii.      1. 

odoratus.     MS. 

oppositifolius. 

polifolius.     3. 

puniceus.     1. 

reflexus.     3. 

rigidus. 

sedifolms  =  acris. 

sibiricus.     1. 

tardiflorus.     3. 

tataricus.     Suppl. 

taxifolius. 

teiiellus.     3. 

teuuifolius.     1. 

Tradescanti.     1. 

Tripolium.     1. 

undulatus.     1. 

vernus. 

zejiliyrhius  =  poli  - 
folius. 
Astragalus.     926. 

alopecux'oides.     1. 

alpinus.     1. 

arenarius.     ] . 

austriacus.     3. 

baeticus.     1. 

hijiovus  =  Crotalaria 
biflora. 

campestns.     1. 

canadensis.     1. 


Astragalus  : — 
capitatus. 
mprinus. 
carolinianus. 
C'liinensis.     3. 
Christianas.     1. 
Cicer.     1. 

contortuplicatus.     1. 
depressus.     3. 
epiglottis.     1. 
e.vsccqnis. 
galegifurmis.     2. 
Glaux.     1. 
glycyphyllos.     1. 
fjrandijlorus  =  Hedy- 

sariini  argenteum. 
hamosus.     1. 
liedysaroides  =  Hedy- 

sarum  obscuruiu. 
hlipoylottis. 
incauus.     3. 
melilotoides.     MS. 
microphylius.     1. 
monspessLilanus.     1. 
moatanus. 
Onobrycbis.     1. 
peniaglottis. 
jihysodes. 
pilosus.     1. 
sesameus.     J . 
siuicus.     3. 
Stella  =  seq. 
stellatus  [Goucm']. 
sulcatus.     1. 
syriacus.     1. 
tenuifolius.     3. 
Tragacantha.     1. 
tragacautboides.     1. 
tniyoides. 
triiiiestris.     1. 
uliginosus.     1. 
uncatus.     3. 
uralensis.     1. 
verticillaris.     (m.  L.  f.) 
vesuarias. 

ASTRANTIA.       334. 

ciUaris.     Suppl. 
major.     2. 
minor. 


42 


INDEX    TO   THK 


AsTRONlUM  [Jacq.]. 

(jraveoJens  [Jacq.]. 
Athamama.     345. 

annim. 

Cervaria.     3. 

chinensis.     1. 

conden.sata.     3. 

creteiisis.     .'5. 

Libanolis.     1 . 

Jl/<;«in=Aethusa  Meiim. 

Oreoselinuni.     1. 

sibirica.      1 . 

sicula.     3. 
Athanasia.     986. 

annua.     3. 

canescens  =  pubescens. 

capitata. 

crenata. 

crithmifolia. 

dentata. 

genistifolia.     3. 

laevujata  =  dentata. 

niaritinia.     3. 

parviflora. 

pubescens.     3. 

squarrosa.     3. 

triiui'cata.     3. 
AXEACTYLIS.      971. 

cancellata.     1. 

ciliaris. 

fruticosu. 

gumniifera.     1. 

humilis.     1. 

opjjositi folia. 

spinosissiina.     MS. 
Atragene.     711. 

alpina.     1. 

capensis.     3. 

sibirica  cf.  alpina. 

zeyJanica. 
Atraphaxis.     462. 

Polygonum.     MS. 

spinosa.     1. 

undulata.     1. 
Atriplex.     1221. 

fflauca. 

Halimus.     1. 

hastata.     1. 


Atrip r.EX  : — 

hortensis.    1. 

laciniata.     1. 

littoral  is.      1. 

marimt. 

patula.     1. 

peduncuiata.     2, 

portulacoides.    J. 

rosea. 

sibirica.     3. 

tatarica.     1. 
Atropa.     246. 

ai'horesceiis. 

Belladonna.     1- 

frutescens.     1. 

guineense.     MS. 

Mandragora.     3. 

physalodes.     1. 

soJaiiacea  =  guineense. 
Ay  EN  A.     95. 

broinoides.     3. 

elatior.     1. 

f  atua.     1 . 

flavescens.     3. 

fragilis.     1. 

liispida.     Suppl. 

Loetiingiana.     1. 

nitens.     MS.    (an  m. 
Sol.  ?) 

nodosa. 

nuda.     2. 

pennsylvaniea.     1. 

ponderosa.     MS. 

pratensis.     1. 

pubescens.     3. 

sativa.     ] . 

sesrjvitertiei.      3. 

sibirica.     1. 

spicata.     1. 

sterilis.     3. 

stipiformis. 
Aterrhoa.     592. 

acida. 

Bilimhi.     3. 

Ceramhola. 

AVICENNIA.       813. 

nitida  [J«<'f/.]. 
officinalis  (pi.). 


LIXNKAN   HEBBAKIUM. 


43 


AviCEXXiA  :  — 

tomentosa  [Jacq.]  =  offi- 
cinalis. 

AXYRIS.       1101. 

Ainaranthoides.     1. 

Ceratoide.s.     1. 

Iiybrida.     1. 

prostrata.     1. 
Atenia,     1069. 

magna.     3. 

pusilla.     3. 

tomentosa. 
Azalea.     215. 

indica.     8. 

lapponica.     1. 

lutea  =  nuditlora. 

nudiflora.     3. 

pon  tica = Rhododendron 
ponticum. 

procumbens.     1. 

viscosa.     1. 


Baccharis.     992. 

arborea. 

hyasUlana. 

Dioscoridis.     3. 

foctida. 

halirni  folia.     ]. 

indica.     1. 

ivaefolia.     1. 

ueriifolia.     1. 

tenuifolia  =  Chiysocoma 
scabra. 
Baeckea.     505. 

t'rutescens.     1. 
Ballota.     737. 

alba.     3. 

disticba.     3. 

lanata.     1. 

nigra.     1 . 

suaveolens.     3. 
Baltimoea.     — 

recta. 
Banisteria.     589. 

am/ulosa. 

benghalensis.     3. 

hrachiata. 


Banisteria  : — 

dichotoma. 

fiilgens.     3.     (ni.  Sol.) 

laurifolia. 

liqndoides  =  Gouania 
domingensis. 

jyiirjnn-ea. 
Barleria.     805. 

huxifolia . 

coccinea. 

cristata.     1 . 

Hystrix.     3. 

longifolia.    3.     (m.L.f.) 

Prionitis.     1. 

sericea.     MS. 

solanifolia. 
Barnabesia    [Mutis,    1778]. 
972. 

spinosa,  Linn,  f. 
Barringtonia  [Forst.].    864. 

speciosa  [Foi-st.J. 
Barreria.     — 

capensis   =  Diosma 
capensis. 
Bartramia.     — 

i7idica  =  Trmmietta  Bar- 
tramia. 
Bartsia.     756. 

alpina.     1. 

coccinea.     1. 

pallida.     3. 

Trixago  =  Ehiuauthus 
Trixago. 

viscosa. 
Baseila.     390. 

cdha. 

lucida. 

ridn'a. 
Bassia.     610. 

lUipe.     MS. 

longifolia. 
Batis.     — 

americana,    sphalni.  = 
Trophis  americana. 

maritima. 
Batthinia.     525. 

aculeata.     1. 

acuminata.     1. 


44 


IXDEX   TO   THE 


Bauhinia  : — 

d'lvarlcatit. 
purpurea,     3. 
SCdiidens. 
loinentosa. 
iiiH/uIata. 
variegata.     1. 

JiEFAHIA.       613. 

aestuans  (pi.). 
Begonia.     1125. 

cctj/oisis      Suppl. 

ferruginea.     Suppl. 

oblUjHd.     3. 
Bellis.     1006. 

annua.     1. 

pereunis.     1. 

var.  hortensis. 

Bellium.     1007. 

bellidioides. 

niinutum  =  Pedis 
minuta. 
Bellonia.     — 

aspera. 
Bekueris.     453. 

cretica.     3. 

vulgaris.     2. 
J3KRGERA.      548. 

A'oenif/ii  (pi.). 
Bergia.     597. 

capensis. 
Berlinia  [Sol.].     530  a. 

guiueensis. 
Besleria.     771. 

cristata  =  Drupina  cris- 
tata. 

httea. 

melittifolia.     (ni.  L.  f.) 
Beta.     314. 

Cicht. 

uiaritiina. 

I'ulf/aris. 

var.  Cida. 

var.  perennis. 

var.  rubra. 


Betomca.     735. 

Alopecuros.     1. 
annua.     ]. 

var.    f/lahra  = 

Stacbys  annua. 


Bbtoxica  : — 

annua    var.    lursuta  = 
praee. 

heraclea.     3. 

hirsata. 

liirta. 

officinalis.     3. 

orientalis. 
Betdla.     1109. 

alba.     3. 

Alnus.     3. 

var.  f/lutinosa. 

var.  incana. 

excelsa.    (m.Dahl)  MS. 

leuta.     1. 

nana.     1. 

nigra.     1. 

pumila.     3. 

pvrit'olia.      (m.    Dahl) 
MS. 
BiDENS.     975. 

apilfolia  =  Autbemis 
ainericaua. 

atri/jlicifulia  =  Spilan- 
thes  atriplicifolius. 

bipinnata.     3. 

bullata.     1. 

cernua.     1. 

frondosa.     1. 

fruticosa. 

minima. 

uivea.     1. 

noditlora.     3. 

pilosa.     1. 

var.  chinensis. 

scandens. 

tenella.     3. 

tripartita.     1. 

verticdlata. 
BiGNONIA.      776. 

aequinoctiaJis. 

caeruka. 

capreolata.     1. 

Catalpa.     3. 

crucigcra. 

duhia. 

indica.     3. 

Leucoxylou.     1. 

2iaiiiculata. 


LINNBAN    HERBARIUM. 


45 


BiGXOXIA : — 

pentaphijlla. 

peruviana. 

pubescens. 

radiata. 

radicaus.     1. 

sempervirens. 

stalls. 

triph)/Ua. 

Uiir/tiis-cati. 

BiSCDTBLIiA.       831. 

aptda  =  didyma,. 

aui'iculata.     1. 

coronopitolia. 

didyma.     1. 

laevigata. 

lyrata. 

sempervirens. 
BiSERRULA.      927. 

Peleeinus.     1. 
BixA.     674. 

OreUana  (pi.). 
Blaeeia.     141. 

articulata. 

ciliaris.     Suppl. 

ericoides. 

pusilla.     3. 
Blakea.     612. 

trinervia.     3. 

triplinervia. 
Blasia.     1270. 

pusilla.     1. 
Blechnum.     1247. 

australe.     3. 

occidentale.     3. 

or'ientale. 

radicaus. 

vir'jinicum. 
Blitum.     14. 

capitatum.     1. 

chenopodioides. 

tataricuni.     MS. 

virgatum.     1. 

BOBAETIA.      

indica. 
BoccoxiA.     609. 

frutescens.     1. 

BOERHAVIA.       9. 

augustifolia.     3. 


BOERHAVIA  : 

diandra.     3. 
diffusa.     1, 
erecta. 
hirsuta, 

pubescens  =  diffusa. 
repens.     3. 
scandeiis.     3. 
Boletus.     1280. 
bovinus. 
Favus. 
fometitarius. 
gramdatus. 
igniaruts. 
luteus. 

perennis.     (m.  Ehrli.) 
sanguineus, 
suaveolens. 
suberosus. 
subsquamosus. 
suhtomentosus. 
versicolor, 
viscidus. 

BOMBAX.      

aculeatum  =  B.  Ceiba. 
Ceiba. 

gossypinum. 
hepta2>liyllum. 
inerine:=  seq^. 
pentandrum. 
religiosurn=gossypinum. 
BONTIA.      812. 

daphnoides.     2. 
germinans  =  Avicennia 
officinalis. 

BORAGO.       188. 

at'ricana.     3. 
indica.     1. 
officinalis.     1. 
orientalis.     3. 
zeglanica. 

BORASSUS.       

Jiabellifer. 
BORBONIA.      890. 
cordata.     3. 
crenata. 
ericifolia. 
laevigata.     3. 
lanceolata.     (m.  L.  f.) 


46 


INDEX   TO   THE 


JJORBONIA  : — 

tomentosa.     3. 
trinervia. 
BORRAGO  V.  BORAGO. 

BosEA.     320. 

Yervamoni.     .3. 
Brabejum.     1223. 

stelhitifoJiniii  (pi.). 

stdlulifolium  =  praec. 
Brajjtl.v.     — 

capensis  =  Brabejum 
stellatifolium. 
Brassica.     844. 

alpina.     3. 

arvensis.     3. 

canipestris.     3. 

chiuensis.     3. 

Eruca.     1. 

Erucastrum.     1. 

Napus.     3. 

olerefcea. 

var.  botri/tis. 

var.  ccqntata. 

vav.  r/onr/i/lodes. 

var.  Jaciniata. 

var.  Napohrassica . 

var.  rubra. 

A  ar.  sdhauda. 

var.  sahellica, 

var.  selenisict. 

var.  si/lvef<tris. 

var.  viridis. 

orientalis.     1. 

licvpa. 

vesicaria.     1. 

violacoa.     3. 
Brathts,     702. 

jiiniperina. 
Bretnia.     — 

indica  =■  Capparis 
Breynia. 
Briza.     88.' 

anceps.     MIS. 

hipinnata. 

Eragrostis.     1. 

maxima.     1. 

media.     1. 

minor.     2. 


Briza  : — 

virens.     3. 
Bromelia.     — 

Acanfja. 

Ananas. 

Jiumilis. 

Karatas. 

lif/ulata. 

nudicnulis. 

Pinrpiin. 

Bromus.    93. 

arvensis.     1. 
ciliatus. 
cristatus.     1. 
(listachyos.     3. 
geniculatus.     3. 
giganteus.     1. 
Jiordeaceits. 
inermis. 

madritensis.     3. 
mollis.     3. 
pinnatus.      1. 
purgans.     1. 
racernost(S. 
ram  OS  us. 
rigens.     3. 
rubens.     2. 


scopanus. 
secaliniis. 


squarrosus.     1. 

sterilis.     3. 

stipoides. 

teetorum.     1. 

trijlorus. 
Beossaea  [Plum.]. 

coccinea. 
Browallia,     791. 

alienata. 

fn»<'r/crt«rt=demi8sa. 

demissa.     3. 

elata.     .3. 
Browxea.     859. 

coccinea  (pi.). 
Bruxfelsia  [Plum.].     257. 

americana.     3. 
Brttnia.     271. 

ahrotanoides. 

cillata. 


LINNEAN   HERBABIUM. 


47 


BiirNiA : — 

cupressina  =  Diosma 
cupressina. 

glutinosa.     (m.  L.  f.) 

lanuginosa.     1. 

Zei;«sa?ms= Protea  Levi- 
sanus. 

nodiflora.     1. 

paleacea. 

radiata. 

unijloya  =  Diosiua    cu- 
pressina. 
Brcnsfelsia,    vide    BE.c^'- 

FELSIA. 

Bryonia.     1153. 

africana.     1. 

alba.     1. 

cordifolia.     1. 

cretica. 

grandis.     3. 

laciniosa.     1. 

Ijalmata. 

scabrelia.     Siippl. 
Bryum,     1265. 

aciculare.     (in.  am.  ?) 

aestivum. 

albidum. 

alpimnn. 

apocarpum. 

argeuteum. 

caespiticium.     1. 

capillar  e. 

carneum. 

Celsii. 

cirrhatum.     MS.     (ap. 
Hypuum.) 

extinciorium. 

■flexuosum. 

glaucuni. 

heteroraalluni. 

hypnoides.     1. 

irnberbe. 

nuirale. 

paludosum. 

palustre. 

pellucidum. 

poiniforme. 

pulvinatum.    (m,  Ehrh.) 


Bryum  : — 

pyritorme.     (m.  Ehrh.) 

rubrmn. 

rurale.     1. 

scoparium. 

simp>lex. 

squaiTOSum.      (m.  Ij.  f. 
&  Ehrh.) 

striatum. 

subulatum.     (in.  L.  f.) 

tortuosum.      (ap.   Hyp- 
uum.) 

trichodes. 

truncatulum.     1. 
.uudulatum.     (m.  Ehrh.) 

uiiguicidatam. 

verticillatum. 

viridulum.     2. 
BuBON.     357. 

Galbanum,     3. 

(jummiferum. 

macedonicum.     1. 

rigidivs. 

BuCEPIIA],OIf.       

racemosum  =  Tropins 
americana. 

BUCHNERA,       790. 

aethiopica.(cf .  Manulea.) 

africana  =  Khiuanthus 
capensis. 

americana.     1. 

nsiatica.     1. 

canadensis.     3. 

capensis.     3. 

cernua. 

divaricata.     (m.  L.  f.) 

lacin/ata. 

linifolia.     MS. 
BuciDA.     556. 

Bueeras.     3. 
BUDDLEJA.      142. 

americana.     3. 

occidentalis. 

virgata.     Suppl. 
BUEONIA.      168. 

tenuit'olia.     1. 
BULBOCODIUM.      417. 

serotiiwm. 


48 


INDEX   TO   THE 


UULBOCODIUM  :  — 

vernuni.     1. 
BuNiAS,     847. 

aep;yptiaoa. 

baleai-ica.     '3. 

Cakile.     1. 

cornuta.     1. 

Erucago.     1 . 

niyagroides. 

orieiitalis.     1. 

sibirica. 

spiiiosa, 
Bdnium.    342. 

aroinaticum. 

Bulbocastaninn.     1. 
BcjpnTUALMUir.     1022. 

aqiiaticum.     1. 

arborescens.     .i. 

capense  =  Oedera     pro- 
life  ra. 

durum. 

frutesceiis.     1. 

grandiflorimi.     1. 

helianthoides.     1. 

mariiimiim.     1. 

salicifolium. 

speeiosissiimini.     3. 

spinosum.     1. 
BUPLEURUM,      335. 

angulosum.     1 

dift'orme.     3. 

faleatuni.     3. 

fruticescens.     2. 

fruticosum.     1. 

junceum.     3. 

longifolium.     1. 

Odontites.     1. 

petraemn. 

ramincidoides.     3. 

rigidum.     1. 

rot  u  1  id  i  folium.     1. 

seniidecomposituin.     2. 

stellatum.     1. 

tenuissiimini.      1. 

viUosurn, 
BunMA^^'IA,     404. 

hiflorct. 

disticha.     1. 
BuRSEEA  [Jacq.]. 


BunSEKA : — 

gumnufera.     3. 
BUTOML'S.      521. 

umhellattts.     1.  (j)!.). 

BUTTXERIA,  vide   HyTTNEUIA. 

BuxiiAUMiA.     1259. 

apliylla.     3. 
Buxus.    1110. 

sempervirens,     1. 

var.  arborescens. 

var.  siiff'ruiieosu. 

Byssus.     1278. 

antiquitutii,. 

aurea.     (ni.  L.  f.) 

botryoides.     (m.  Ehrh.) 

canceUata. 

caudelaris.     (m.  L.  f.) 

cryptarum. 

Elos-aquae. 

incaiia.     (in.  Ehrh.) 

loUthus. 

lactea.     (m.  L.  f.) 

phosphorea.  1.  (m.L.f.?) 

saxatilis.     2. 

sepiica. 

velutina. 
Bittneria.     266. 

mu-ropluiUa.    (m.  Jacq.) 

scabra. 

Cacalia.     976. 

adsceudeiis.     MS. 

alpiua.     (ill.  L.  f.) 

AnteiipJtoruittm. 

atriplicifolia.     1. 

ciincifolia. 

Ficoides. 

fruticosa.  MS.  [v.  infra.] 

hastata.     1. 

iiicana. 

Kleinia.     1. 

lyrata.     MS. 

papiUaris. 

pinnata  [  =  piuuatiKda]. 

Porophylluiii.     1. 

repeus. 

sarraceiiica.     3. 

sonchifolia.     1. 

suaveolens.     1. 


LINNEAN   HEEBAEIUM. 


49 


Cacalia  : — 

suffruticosa.    3.    [fruti- 
cosa.] 
Cache  Ys.     349. 

Liho.notis. 

sicula.     o. 
Cactus.     633. 

coclieniUifer. 

curassavicus. 

Eindendrum, 

Ficus-indica. 

flagelliforniis.     1. 

grandifloriis.     1. 

lieptagonus. 

Jiexagonns. 

laniKjinosus. 

inammilhiris. 

MelocacUis. 

moniUforinls. 

tiohUis. 

Opuntia.     3. 

parasiticus.     3. 

2yentacionus. 

Peres  kia. 

peruvianus, 

Phjllanthus.     3. 

Pitaiaija. 

portidacifolius. 

repandus. 

Royeni. 

tetragomis. 

trianc/ularis. 

Tuna. 
Caesalpinia.     530. 

brasiliensis. 

Crista. 

Saj'ipan. 

vesicaria.     2. 
Calamus.    — 

Eotan/j. 
Calceolaria.     32. 

integrifoUa. 

pinnatd, 
Calea.     984. 

Amellus.     3.  (m.  Sol.) 

jaiuaicensis.  3.  (m.  Sol.) 

oppositit'olia.  3.  (ra.Sol.) 

Scoparia.    (lu.  Sol.) 
Calendula.     1035. 


Calendula  : — • 

arvensis.     3. 

fruticosa.     3. 

graminifolia.     1. 

hybrida.     1. 

nudicaulis. 

oflicinalis.     1. 

pluvialis.     1. 

sancta.     3. 
Calla.     1081. 

aetliiopica.     3. 

orientalis. 

palustris.     3. 
Callicarpa.     136. 

aniericana.     1. 

cana. 

integri folia. 

lanata. 

tomentosa. 
Calligonum.     — 

Polggonoides . 
Callisia.     66. 

repeals  (pi.). 
Callitriche.     13. 

androgyna=^\evn?i. 

autumnalis. 

liermaphroditka   = 
autumnali.s. 

palustris.     i. 

var.  bifida  = 

autumnalis. 

— var.  minima   - 

verna. 

var.  natans   = 


verna. 

verna. 
Calophillum.     676. 

Calaba.     3. 

Inophyllum.     1. 
Caltha.     719. 

palustris.     2. 
Calycanthus.     660. 

Jloridus.     3. 

praecox. 
Cambogia.     671. 

Gutta  =  Asclepias 
Gutta. 
Camellia.     878. 

japouica.     1. 


50 


IXBEX   TO   THE 


Cami:kauia.     303. 

(tlKJUst'lfolhl. 

liitifolia.     3. 
Campanl'la.     221. 
alpiiia.     I}. 
Alpiui. 

uiiiei'icaiia.     13. 
barbata.     3. 
bononiensif. 
canarieasis  =   Cauari 

Campanula, 
capensis. 
carpatica  {Jacj.^. 
cenisia.     3. 
Cervicaria.     1. 
ciiievea.     Suppl. 
decio'rens  =  ])atula. 
clichotoina.     3. 
Elatines.     3. 
erinoides.     3. 
Erin  us.     1. 
fruticosa. 
glomerata.     ] . 
gramiiiifolia.     3. 
liederacea.     1. 
hcterophylla. 
lii.<pi(lula.     Suppl. 
liybrida.     1. 
laciniata.     3. 
latifolia.     1. 
lilifolia.     1. 
liinonld  =  seq. 
liinouit'olia. 
lobelioides.     Suppl. 
lusitanica. 
Medium.     1. 
mollis.     3. 
patula. 
j)eUatHS. 
Pentofjonia. 
peregrina. 
pert'oliata.     1. 
persici  folia.     ]. 
petraea.     3. 
porosa.     Suppl. 
portensis. 
pulla.     3. 
pyraiuidalis.     1. 


Campanula  : — 

rapunculoides.     3. 

]{apunculus.     1. 

rlioiiiboidalis.     2. 

rlionihoidea  ^  praec. 

rotuiiditolia.     1. 

sa.cdtU'is. 

sibii'ica.     1. 

Speculum-  $  .     1. 

spicata. 

stricta.     3. 

thi/)'soidea  =  seq. 

tJu/rsoidcu. 

Tracheliuni.      1. 

tridentata.     3. 

uuitlora.     1. 

uiididata.     Suppl. 

unideiitata.     Suj)pl.  (an 
m.  L.  f.  ?). 
Camphorosma.     165. 

acuta.     1. 

glabra.     3. 

inonspeliaca.     1. 

monspeliensis  =  praec. 
Canakina.     456. 

Campanula. 
Caxabium.     1172. 

commune.     3.     (pi.) 
Canxa.     1. 

angustifolia.     3. 

glauca.     1. 

indica.     1. 

lalifoUa. 
Cannabis.     1177. 

sativa.     1. 
Capparis.     664. 

Baducca.     3. 

Breynia. 

Cynophallopliora. 

ferruginea.     3. 

flexuosa.     3. 

fromlosa. 

hastata. 

line<(ris. 

jnilcJierrima . 

sepiaria.     3. 

siliquosa.     3. 

spinosa.     1. 


LINNEAX    HEIIBA.EIUM. 


51 


Capparis  : — 

zeylanica. 
Capbaeia.     785. 

biflona      1. 

Crustacea. 

durantifolia.     3. 

r/nitio]oides  =  Lindernia 
pyxidaria. 
Capsicum.     249. 

annuum.     1. 

baccatuiii.     3. 
frutesoeiis.     1. 
grossum. 
Capura.     454. 

purpnrata  (pL). 
Caedamine.     835. 
africana. 
aniara.     1. 
asarifolia.     3. 
bellidit'olia.     1. 
Chelidonia.     1. 
graeca.     3. 
hirsuta.      J . 
impatiens.     1. 
Lunaria. 
nudicaulis.     1. 
parvitlora.     3. 
petraea.     1 . 
pratensis.     1. 
resedifolia.     3. 
trifolia.     1. 
virginica.     1. 
Cardiospermum.     513. 

Corindum. 

Halicacabum.    (in.  Sol.) 
Carduus.     966. 

acauthoides.     3. 
Acarna  =  Cnicus 

Acarna. 
acaulis.     3. 
aUissimus. 
argentatus. 
cauus.     3. 
Casabouae.     3. 
centauroides  =  Cnicus 

centauroides. 
crispus.     1. 
cyanoides.     3. 


Carduus  : — 

cyauoides  var.  monoclonos. 

Aar,  poli/cIo7ios. 

deHoratus.     3. 

eriophorus.     2. 

var.  spurius. 

flavescens.     3. 

helenioides.     1. 

heterophyllus.     3. 

lanceolatus.     1. 

leucographaa. 

Mariaiius.     3. 

mollis.     3. 

m  onspessu  lanus. 

nutans.     1, 

palustris.     1. 

parviflorus. 

pectiuatus. 

poly  an  them  us.     3. 

pycnocepbalus.     3. 

serratuloides.     1. 

stellatus.     3. 

syriacus.     1. 

tataricus.     1. 

tuberosus.     1. 

virginianus. 
Carex.     1100. 

acuta.     1. 


var.  nigra. 

var.  rufa. 

arenaria.     1 . 
atrata.     1. 
axiUaris. 
baldensis.     3. 
brizoides.     2. 
caespitosa.     1. 
canescens.     1. 
capillaris.     1. 
capitata.     3. 
Caricis.     MS. 
cyperoides. 
digitata.     1. 
dioica.     1. 
distaus. 
eloiigata.     1. 
illiformis.     3. 
flava.     1. 
foUiculata.     1. 


52 

INDEX    TO   THE 

Carex : — 

Caethamus.     973. 

globularis.     1.    (" 

globu- 

arhoresceits. 

lifera  "j. 

caeruleus.     3. 

Jiirta. 

Carduncellns. 

indica. 

cori/iiiho.sus. 

leporina.     li. 

creticus.     3, 

limosa.      1. 

lanatus.     1. 

litho-sperina.     3. 

mitisslmi'.s. 

loliacea.     1. 

tinctorius.     1. 

inontana.     1 . 

tingitanus.     3. 

inuricata.     1. 

Caeum.     372. 

pallesceiis.     1. 

Bunius  =  Aetlmsa 

panicea.     1. 

Bimius. 

pauiculata.     2. 

Carvi.     2. 

pedata. 

pereyrhium. 

pilulifera.     3. 

Caetocar.    — 

Pseiulocyperus. 

1. 

miciferum. 

pulicaris.     1. 

Caeyophyllus.     686. 

remota.     2. 

aroraaticus.     3. 

saxatilis.     1. 

Caryota.     — 

squarrosa.     1. 

urena. 

tomeniosa. 

Cassia.     528. 

ulififinosa.     1. 

Absus.     3. 

vesicaria.     1. 

alata.     3. 

vulpina.     1. 

atoinaria. 

Cabica.     1190. 

(luriculata. 

Papaya.      1 . 

bieapsularis.     1. 

Posoposa. 

biflora.     3. 

Cabissa.     295. 

Chaniaecrista.     1. 

Carandas.     3. 

diphylla.     1. 

spinarum. 

etnarcjinata. 

Caelixa.     970. 

falcata.     3. 

acaulis.     1. 

Fistula.     3. 

atractyloides. 

Jiea'uosa. 

corymbosa.     1. 

galer/ifolici. 

lanata.     2. 

glandulosa.    3.   (m.  Sol.) 

pyrenaica. 

Jiirstita. 

raceraosa.     1. 

javanica. 

vulgaris.     1. 

ligustriua.     1. 

Caeolinea.     865.     Si 

ppl. 

luarilaudica.     1. 

Lovisa-Carolina, 

MS. 

mimosoides. 

[  =  C.  priiiceps 

,/;./.] 

nictitans.     1. 

Caepesium.     991. 

obtusifolia.     3. 

abrotaiioides.     1 

. 

occideutalis.      3.      (m. 

cernuuin.     1. 

Sol.) 

Carpinus.     1131. 

pilosa.     3.     (ni.  Sol.) 

Betuliis.     1. 

plauisiliqua.     1. 

Ostrya.     1. 

procumbens.     3 

LINNBAN    HERBARIUM. 


53 


Cassia  : — 

Senna.     3. 

serpens.     3.     (m.  Sol.) 

Sophera.     1. 

Tagera.     3. 

tenuissima. 

Tora.     1.     (m.  Sol.) 

viminea.     3.     (m.  Sol.) 
Cassine.     380. 

harha  =  seq. 

barbara. 

capensis. 

Maurocenia.     1. 

Peragua.     1. 
Cassytha.     519. 

cornicidata. 

filiformis    (pi.). 
Castilleja.     757. 

Mntisii.     MS. 
Casiarina.     1090. 

equisetil'olia. 
Catananche.     961. 

caerulea.     3. 

firaeca. 

lutea.     1. 
Catbsbaea.     — 

spinosa  (pi.). 
Caturus.     1163. 

ramijiorus. 

spicifloriis.     3. 
Caucalis.    338. 

daucoides.     1. 

grandiflora.     1. 

latiFolia.     3. 

leptopliylla. 

maritiiua  \_Gouan  ?j 

maaritanica. 

orientalis.     3. 

platycarpos.     1. 

pumila. 

tenuifolia.    MS. 
Ceanothus.     264. 

africanus.     1. 

americauus.     1. 

asiaticus. 
Ceckopia.     1159. 

peltata  (pi.). 
Cedrela.     274. 


Cedrela  : — 

Mahagoni  =  Swietenia 
Mahagoni. 

odorata.     3. 
Celastrus.     268. 

barharus    [sphalm.     = 
Cassine  barbara?] 

buUatus.     2.     (m.  L.  f.) 

buxifolius.     1. 

lucidus.     3. 

niyrtifolius.     3. 

pyracauthus.     1. 

scandens.     1. 
Celosia.     288. 

argentea.     1. 

castrensis.     3. 

cocciuea.     3. 

cristata.     1. 

lanata.     3. 

raargaritacea.     3. 

nodiflora. 

panieulata.     1. 

racemosa.    MS. 

tricpina. 
Celsia.     774. 

Arcturus. 

cretica. 

orientalis.     1. 
Celtis.     1209. 

australis.     I. 

occidentalis.     1. 

orientalis. 
Cexchrus.     1217. 

capitatiis.     1. 

ciliaris. 

ecbinatus.     3. 

frutescens. 

granulans. 

lappaceus. 

muricatus.      (in.  L.  f.) 

pubescens.     MS. 

racemosus.     1. 

tribuloides.     1. 

tripsacoides.     MS. 
Centaurea.     1030. 

acmdis. 

aegyptiaca.     3. 

alba.     1 . 

e*2 


54 


INDEX    TO    TUK 


Cbxtauhka  : — 
alpina. 
amara. 
argentea.     2. 
aspera.     2. 
attica.     MS. 
babyloiiica. 
benedict  a.     3. 
Behen. 

Calcitrapa.     3. 
calcitrapoides.     3. 
capillata.     1. 
Cenlauriuin.     1. 
centauroides.     1. 
cicJioraceci. 
ciliaris.     MS. 
Cineraria.     1. 
collina.     3. 
conifera.      1. 
Crocodilium.     3. 
Criipina.     1. 
Cyaiius.     1. 
eriophora.     1. 
enici/olia. 
fruticosa. 
galactites.     3. 
glastifolia.     1. 
Isnardi. 
Jacea.     1. 
linifolia.     3. 
Lippii.     3. 
raelitensis.     1. 
montana.     1. 
moschata.     1. 

var.  Amhevhoi. 

imiricata. 
uapiFolia.     1. 
nigra.     3. 
niidicaulis.     3. 
orientalis.     1. 
paniculata.     1. 
pectiiiuta.     3. 
pereqrina. 
phrygia.     1. 
pullata.     1. 
puniila.     3. 
Piimilio  =  praec. 
radiata.     3. 


Cexx.vurea  : — 

ragusiiia.     1. 

repens.     3. 

rhapontica. 

ronuina. 

rupestris. 

salmantica.     1. 

Scabiosa.     1. 

semi)ervirens.     1. 

Seridis. 

sessUijlora. 

sibiriea.     1. 

sicula.     3. 

solstitialis.      1. 

sonchifolia.     3. 

sphaerocepliala.     1. 

spinosa.     1. 

splendeos.     1. 

Stoehe. 

tinr/itaiia. 

v)iif!ora. 

A^erutum.     3. 
Cextella.     — 

glabra  t((. 

villosa. 
Cbntunculus.     147. 

minimus.     1. 
Cephalanthus.     118. 

occideutalis.     1. 

orientalis  =  Xauclea 
orientalis. 
Cekastiuisi.     603. 

alpiuum.     1. 

aquaticum.     1. 

arvense.     1. 

dichotomum.     1. 

latitoliuni.     1. 

manticum.     3. 

maximum.      1. 

pentandrum.     1. 

perfoliatum.     1. 

repena. 

semidecandrum.     1, 

strictum.     3. 

siiffriiticosum. 

toiiientosum. 

viscosum.     ] . 

vulgatum.     3. 


LINNEAN    HEUBAUIUM. 


55 


Ceeasus  v.  Pkl'ms. 
Ceratocarpus.     1086. 

arenarius.     ] . 
Ceratoxia.     1239. 

Siliqua.     1. 
Ceratophyllum.     1122. 

demersuni.       '3. 
(m.   Sol.) 

submersum.     3. 
Cerbera.     296. 

Ahovaj.     ] . 

Manghas.     1. 

Thevetia.     2. 
Cercis.     524. 

canadensis.     1. 

Siliquastrum.     3. 
Cereus  v.  Cactus. 
Cerixthe.     186. 

Echioides  =  Onosma 
Echioides. 

maculata. 

major.     1. 

minor.     1. 

orientalis   =  Ouosma 
orientalis. 
Ceropegia.     305, 

bifora. 

Candelabrum. 

sagittata. 

tenuifolia. 
Cestrum.     258. 

diurnum.     1. 

nocturiium.     1. 

vespertinum. 
Chaeropiiyllum.     365. 

arborescens.     3. 

aromaticum.     3. 

aureiim. 

bulbosum.     1. 

coloratuu).     3. 

liirsutum.     1. 

sylvestre.     1. 

temulentum  =  seq. 

temuluni.     1. 
Chalcas.     — 

■panimlata. 
Chamaerops.  (c/.1291.  No.l,) 

liumilis  (pi.). 


Chamira.     838. 

cormiia  (pi.). 
Chara.     1088. 

flexilifs.     3. 

hispida.     1. 

toinentosa.     1. 

vulgaris.     1, 
Cheieaxtuus.     839. 

africanus  =  Heliophila 
integrifolia. 

alpinus.     3. 

aunuus.     1. 

Cheiri.     1. 

cliius.     1. 

erysimoides.     1, 

Tarsetia.     3. 

fenestralis. 

fruticulosus.     1. 

incanus.     1. 

lacerus  =  Hesperis 
lacera. 

littoreus.     3. 

inaritimus, 

sallnus. 

sinuatus.     3. 

tricuspidatus.     J. 

trilobus.     1. 

tristis.     3. 

virens.     MS. 
Chelidoxium.     668. 

corniculatum.      1. 

Glaueium.     1. 

hybrid  um.     1. 

majus.     1. 
Ckeloxe.     765. 

glabra.     1. 

var.  /3  =  obliqua. 

hirsuta. 

obliqua. 

Pentstemon.     1. 
Chexolea.     289. 

diffusa. 
Chexopodiu.m.     313. 

album.     1. 

altissimum. 

ambrosioides.      1. 

antlielminticiim.     1. 

aristatum.     1. 


56 


INDEX   TO    THE 


Chlnopodilm  : 

Atriplicis.    Suppl. 

Bonus-IIeiiricus.     2. 

Botrjs.     1. 

fruiicosum . 

glaucum.     1. 

JiivsntiDit. 

hybricluin.      1. 

niaritiiuuin.     1. 

multitidum.     1. 

murale.     1. 

polyspeniuini.     1. 

rubra m.     1. 

ruderale  =  murale. 

salstim. 

Scoparia.     1. 

serotiuuu).     3. 

urbiciim.     1 . 

virginiciim.     1. 

viride.     1. 

Vulvar  ia.      1. 
Cheeleria.     586. 

sedoides.     3. 
Chiococca.     233. 

alternifolia  —  Cestruin 
vespertiiium. 

nocturna  =  Cestrum 
nocturnum. 

racemosa.     3. 
Chioxakthus.     21. 

virginica.     1. 

zeylonicd  [sic]. 
CniBoxiA.     252. 

angularis.     1. 

baccifera.     1. 

campanulata.     1. 

cari/o^ihi/Uoides. 

dodecandva. 

frutescens.     3. 

jasniiiioides.    (m.  Dahl) 

liuoides.     3. 

lychnoides. 

trinervia.     1. 
Chlora.     494. 

dodecandra. 

perfoliata.     3. 

quadrifolia.     3, 
CnOXDBILLA.      951. 


Chonduilla  : — 

a'epoides. 

juucea.     1. 

nudicaulis. 

simplex,     M8. 
Chrysanthemum.     1012. 

AcJiilleae. 

alpinuDi.     1. 

arcticuni.     1. 

atratum.     3. 

Balsamita.     3. 

bipinuatinn.     1. 

coronariuiu.     1. 

corymbiferum. 

corymbosum.     1. 

flosculosum.     3. 

frutescens.     3. 

graminifolium.     3. 

grande.     MS. 

indicum.     1. 

inodorum.     3. 

italicuir..     3. 

Leucantheniuni.     1. 

millefoliatutn.     3. 

monsjieliense. 

inontauum. 

Mycouis.     3. 

pectinatuiu.     3. 

segetum.  1.  (m.  Leche) 

serotinuin.     1. 
Chrysitbix.     1238. 

cajye^isia  (pi.). 
Chrtsobalaxus.     641. 

Icaco.     3. 
Chrysocoma.     982. 

bitlora.     1. 

cernua.    1. 

ciliata.     1. 

Coina-'aurea.     1. 

duriuscula.     M.S. 

gramitiifolid  =  8olidago 
lanceolata. 

Linosyris.     1 . 

oppositifolia.     3. 

patida. 

scabra.     3. 

scoparia  =  Calea 
scoparia, 


LINNEAN    HERBAEIL'M. 


57 


Cheysocoma  : — 

tomeutosa.     3. 

villosa.     1. 
Chrtsogoxum.     — 

peruvianvm  =  Zinnia 
pauciflora. 

virgiiiiamim . 
Chrtsophtllum.     260. 

Burbasco. 

Cainito.     3. 

glahriim. 

maliforme  =  C.  Cainito. 

oliviforme  =  C.  Cainito. 
Cheysosplenium.     574. 

alternifolium.     1. 

oppositit'oliiun.     1, 
CiccA.     1108. 

disticJia  (pL). 
CiCEE.    908. 

arietinuin.     1. 
ClCHOEIUM.      962. 

Endivia.     1. 

Intybus.     1. 

spiuosum.     1. 
CiCUTA.      361. 

bulbifei-a.     1. 

maculata.     1. 

virosa.     1. 

CiMICIFOGA.      698. 

foetida  (pi. J. 

CiNOHOXA.       230. 

caribaeo. 

Jierbacea,    sphalm.    = 

praec. 
officinalis.     1. 

CiNERABIA.       1000. 

alpina.     3. 

var.  (data. 

var.  helenitis. 

var.  integrifoVia. 

amelloides.     3. 
asterokles,  sphalm.  = 

praec. 
aurea.     3. 
canadensis.     3. 
cymbalarifolia.     (m. 

Dahl) 
geifolia.     3. 


CiNEEAEIA  : — 

glaiica.     3. 

linifolia. 

lobata.      (m.  Dahl)  = 
geifolia. 

luaritima.     3. 

othonnhes  =  Otlionna 
frutescens. 

paliistris.     3. 

purpurafa. 

sibiriea.     3. 

so  ixchi  folia. 
CixxA.     15. 

arundinacea.     1. 
ClECAEA.      25. 

alpina.     1. 

lutetiana.     1. 

var.  canadensis. 

CiSSAMPBlOS.      1202. 

Caajyeba. 

Pareira,     3. 

smilacina. 
Cissus.    149. 

acidn.     3. 

cordifolia. 

laciniata  =  Sicyos 
laciuiata. 

quadrangularis.     3. 

Sicyoides. 

trifoliata. 

vitiginea. 
CisTus.     689. 

aegyptiacns.     1. 

aegyptius,  lapsu  =  praec. 

albidiis.     1. 

anglicus. 

apenninus.     3. 

arabicus.     3. 

calyciiuis. 

canadensis.     1. 

can  us.     3. 

capi-nsis. 

creticus. 

crispus.     1. 

Fumana.     1. 

gJutinosus . 

guttatus.      1. 

halitnifolius.      1. 


58 


INDEX    TO    THE 


Cist  IS :  — 

Helianthemum.     'A. 
hpteroclitus.     M.S. 
liirtus.     3. 
iiicanus. 

iitdicus,  liipsu  =  seq. 
italicus. 

ladaniferus.     32. 
laevipes.     3. 
laurifolius.     3. 
ledifoliiis.     3. 
Libaiiotis.     3. 
LtppU. 

niarit'oliiis.     1. 
nionspelien.«is.     1. 
nilotlcus. 

numraularius.     1 . 
oelandiciis.     1. 
pilosus.     3. 
polifoliiis. 
populifolius.     3. 
racemosus.     3. 
saliciFolius.     3. 
salviFoiius.     1. 
serpillifolius. 
squamatus.     2. 
surrejanvji . 
thymifolius. 
Tuberaria.     1. 
unibellatus.     1. 
villosus.     3. 

CiTHAREXTLON .       777. 

caudatum.     3. 
cinereum. 

fruticosum  =  praec. 
quadranrpddre. 
spinosnm  (pi.). 

Citrus.    937. 

Aurantinm. 

^■ar.      decuniana 

=  decumana. 
var.      (jrandis 

=  decuinana. 


var.  sinensis. 


decumana. 
Medica. 

var.  Limon. 

trifoliaia. 


Clathbus.     1283. 

rancellfifus. 

demidatus. 

nudus. 

recutitux. 
Clataria,     1286. 

CoraUoides. 

digitata. 

fasiiffiata. 

llypoxylon. 

militaris. 

imiscoides. 

ophioglossoides.      (m. 
Ehrh.) 

pistillaris.     (m.  L.  f.) 
Clotonia.     285. 

Portulacaria. 

sibirica.     1. 

virginica.      1 . 
Clematis.     712. 

cirrhosa.     3. 

crispa.     3, 

dioica.     3. 

erect a. 

Flamnmla.     1. 

integrifolia.     1. 

maritima. 

orientalis.     3. 

recta  =  ereeta. 

Yiorna.     1. 

Virginian  a.     2. 

A'italba.     1. 

Yiticella.     1. 
Cleome.     850. 

aculeata. 

arabica.     3. 

capensis. 

dodecandra.     1. 

fruticosa.     1. 

gifjantei. 

(jtpiandnt  =  penta- 
phylla. 

heptaphylht. 

icosandra.     1 

monoplnilla. 

ornitbopodioides.     1. 

pentapliylla.     3. 

polygania.     3. 


LINNEAN    HERBARIUM. 


59 


Cleomk  : — 

j^rocumbens. 

serrata. 

spinoso. 

tr'qjJiijUa. 

violacea.     1. 

viscosa.     3. 
Clbonia.     753. 

lusitanica.     3. 
Clebodendruji.     810. 

calaiijitosum.     3. 

fortunatuin.     3. 

infortunatum.     1. 

panieulatum.     3, 

scandens.     MS. 
Clethra.     567. 

alnifolia.     1. 
Clibadium.     — 

surinamense. 
Cliffohtia.     1197. 

ilicifoUa  (pi.). 

odora.        Suppl.    (odo- 
rata). 

polygoiiifolid. 

ruscifoJia. 

sarmentosa. 

stroh'difera. 

trifoliata. 
Clinopodium.     742. 

aegyptium.     MS. 

incanum.     1. 

ruf/osum. 

vulgare.     1 . 
Clitoria^     902. 

hrasiliana  =  Glycine 
Galactiii. 

Galactia  =  Glycine 
Galactia. 

lactescejis='pv&ec. 

Mariana. 

Ternatea.     1 . 

Virginian  a. 

Zoophthalmum  =  Doli- 
chos  urens  ? 
Cltjsia.     1224. 

rt?5fl  =  inaior. 

flava. 

major.     1. 


Clusia  : — 

minor  =  venosa. 

rosea. 

venosa. 
Cluytia.     1206. 

alaternoides.     1. 

androgyna.     3. 

Gascanlla  =  Croton 
Cascarilla. 

Eluteria. 

polygonoides. 

pulchella.     1. 

retusa. 

stipnlaris.     3. 

tomentosa. 
Clypeola.     830. 

Alyssoides  =  Alyssum 
calcyciuum. 

campestris  =  Alyssum 
campestre. 

Jonthlas]n.     2. 

maritima.     3. 

tomentosa.     3. 
Cneorum.     50. 

tricoccon.     1. 
Cnicus.     967. 

Acarna.     2. 

benedictas=CentvMrea, 
benedicta. 

centanroides.     2. 

cernuiis.     1. 

Erisithales.     3. 

fero.T. 

oleraceus.     1. 

piigmaeus. 

spinosissimus.   (m.  L.  f.) 

rmiJJorus. 
COCCOLOBA.      511. 

harhadensis. 

€mar</iiuita. 

excoriata.     3. 

jnibescens. 

punctata. 

tenuifolia.     3. 

TJvifera.     3. 

venosa. 

COCHLEARIA.       826. 

anelica.     3. 


00                                                 INDEX   TO   THE 

COCHLEAKIA : — 

COMMELINA  :  — 

Arnioracui.     3. 

axillaris. 

Coroiiopus.     'd. 

bewjhalensis. 

datiica.     1. 

conununi.s.     1. 

Draba.     3. 

cristata. 

glastifolia.     1. 

cucullata. 

(/rocnlaiidica  (pi.)- 

erecta.     J . 

officinalis.     1. 

muliflora.     1. 

saxatilis  =  Myagruiu 

spirata. 

saxatile. 

tuberosa.     1. 

Cocos.     — 

vaginata. 

nuclfera. 

virgiuica.     3. 

CoDARiA  vide  Lerciiea. 

Zauonia.     3.     (ni.  Sol.) 

CoDON.     535. 

COMOCLADIA.      — 

Roijeni. 

dentata. 

COFFEA.      232. 

inteijri  folia. 

arabica.     1. 

pinnatifolia  =  inter/ri- 

occtdenlalis. 

folia. 

Coix.     1098. 

Conferva.     1277. 

dactyJoidts  =  Tripsacum 

aegagrojtila. 

daft3'loides. 

aeruginosa. 

Lacryina-Jobi.     1. 

amphibia,    (an  m.  L.  f.?) 

COLCHICUM.      470. 

hidlosa. 

autuuinale.     i. 

canalicidaris. 

montamun.     1. 

cancellata. 

varie(/afum. 

capillaris. 

COLDENIA.       174. 

catenata. 

jjroeiimhens. 

corallina. 

COLLINSONIA.      43. 

corallinoides. 

canadensis.      1.      (pi.) 

dichotoma. 

Column  i:  A.     814. 

fluviatilis.     (m.  Elirh.) 

lougil'olia.     3. 

foniinalis. 

sea  11  dens. 

gelatinosa. 

COHJTEA,      914. 

gloinerata. 

arborescens.     1. 

littoral  is. 

frutescenp.     1. 

jioh/morjiha. 

herbacea.     3. 

reticulata,     (m.  Ehrh.) 

Coma  RUM.     659. 

rivularis.     (in.  Ehrh.) 

palustre.     1. 

rupestris. 

COMBEETUM.      — 

scojxtria. 

laxuni. 

vagahunda. 

occidentale. 

CoNiuM.'    343. 

secvnduiii. 

africamiiii.     3. 

COMBTES.       159. 

inaeulatum.      1. 

ulttrnijlora. 

rigens.     3. 

surattensis. 

lioiieni. 

COMMELINA.      65. 

CONNARUS.      856. 

africana.     1 . 

monocarpos  (pi.). 

LINNBAN  HEEBAEIUM. 


61 


CONOCARPUS.      237. 

erecta.     3.     (m.  So'.) 

jprocnmhens. 

racemosa. 

CONVALLARIA.      436. 

bifolia.     1. 
friiticosa  =  Dracsena 

ferrea. 
majalis.     1. 
niultiflora.     1. 
Polygonatum.     3. 
racemosa.     1. 
stellata. 
trifolia.     1. 
verticillata.     1. 

CONVOLTTXLUS.       218. 

aculeatu-^. 

aegyptius. 

cdsinoides. 

althaeifolius. 

althaeoides.     1. 

anccj^s. 

angularis. 

arvensis.     1. 

Batatas.     1. 

hiflorus. 

hrasiliensis. 

cairiciis.     3. 

canariensis. 

cantabrica.     1. 

caroliims. 

Cneoi-um.     1. 

copticus. 

corymhosus. 

disse.civs. 

Dorycnium      3. 

farinosus. 

gangeticus. 

hedei'aceus.     1. 

birtus.     1.- 

Jalap  a. 

lineatus.     3. 

linifolms. 

littoralis. 

macrocarpos.     3. 

macrorhizos. 

malaharicus. 

martinicensis. 


CONTOLYULUS  : — 

Medium.     1. 
muricatus. 
Nil.     3. 
numnndarivs. 
ohscurius. 
oleraceus.     M8. 
panduratus. 
paniculatus. 
jyeltatus, 
pentapetaloides. 
peiitaphyllus.     3. 

var.  serpens. 

persicus.     3. 
Pes-caprae.      1. 
piirpui-eiis.     3. 
quinquefolius.     3. 
repens. 
reptans.     1. 
Scammonia.     1. 
sepium.     1. 
sericeus.     3. 
serpens. 
sibiricus. 
siculus.     2. 
Soldanella.     1. 
spithamaeus.     1. 
terrestrif>. 
tomentosus. 
tricolor.     1 . 
trldentatus. 
Tiirpethum. 
umhellatus. 
verticillatus.     3. 
vitifoliifS. 
CONTZA.      993. 

antbelmiutica.     3. 
arborescens.     3. 
Asteroides.     3. 
aiirita.     Suppl. 
bal8amifera. 
hifollata. 
bih'ons. 

\ar.  JJoscidosa. 

A'ar.  radiata. 

Candida.     1. 
cbinensis.     1. 
cinerea.     1. 


62 


INDEX    TO    THE 


CONYZA : — 

decurreiis.     .'}. 
frutUvsd. 
hirsuta.     1. 
linifolia. 
lohuta. 
odorata.     3. 
pubigera. 
rupesti'is.     3. 
saxatilis.     3. 
scabra, 
sordida. 
equarrosa.     1. 
torhiosu. 
virgata.     3. 

COPAIFEEA.      557. 

ollicinalis.     (m.  L.  f.) 

CORALLINA.       1293. 

coriiiculata. 

fragilissiina. 

inediterranea. 

officinalis. 

Opuutia. 

Peiiicillns. 

rubens. 
CORCHOJIUS.      691. 

aestuaus.     3. 

ca])sularis.     3.     {Of. 
trilocularis  in  hb.) 

caryophiflloides  ^  sili- 
quosus  ? 

Coreta  =  siliquosus. 

Tiirsutus. 

hirtus. 

olitorius.     1. 

siliquosus.      1.       (m. 
Sol.) 

tridens. 

trilocularis.     3, 
COEDIA.      253 

Boil  ireria. 

Callococca.     3. 

CoUocecca  =  praec. 

Gerascantlms.     3. 

glabra.      1 . 

inacTophylla.     3. 

Myxa.     1 , 

Sebesteua.     3. 


CoBDiv  : — 

spinescens. 
Cohkoi'sis.     1026. 
alha. 

alternifolia.     1. 
anfjuxti  folia, 
anriculata. 
baccata. 
Bidens.     1. 
chrysaatlia. 
coronata.     3. 
lanceolata. 
lexicantlut  =  seq. 
leucanthema.     3, 
pliiladelpbica.     MS. 
reptans.     3.     (lu,  Sol.) 
tripteris.     1. 
verticil  lata.     1. 

CORIANDRUM.       363. 

sativum.     1. 
testiculatuin.     3. 

COKIARIA.       1192. 

myrtifolia.     1. 
rvscifolia. 
Corns.     241. 

monspeliensis.     ]. 

CORISPEIIMIM.       12. 

hyssopitoliuin.     1. 
squarrosum.     1. 

CORNUCOPIAE.      76. 

alopecuroides. 

cucuUatuui.     1. 
CORNUS.      151. 

alba.     3. 

alternifolia.     Suppl. 

canadensis.     2. 

florida.     1 . 

Mas.     1. 

mascula  =  praec. 

sanguinea.     1 . 

sericea. 

suecica.     1. 
CoRNniA.     784. 

pyraniidata.     1. 
CORONILLA.      917. 

ai'i/entea. 

coronata.     3, 

cretica.     1. 


LINNEAK   HEEBARICM. 


63 


COEONILLA : — 

COTULA : — 

Emei'us.      I. 

tanacetifolia.     3. 

glauea.     2. 

turbinata.     3. 

juncea.     1. 

Verbesina.     3. 

uiininia. 

viscosa. 

monilis. 

COXTLEBON.       594. 

sca)idenx. 

Jiemisphaerica. 

Securiclaea.     1. 

hispanica.     3. 

valeiitina.     1. 

laciniata.     1 . 

varia.     1. 

orbiculata.     1. 

CORRIGIOLA.      386. 

serratd. 

litoralis.      1. 

sjnnosa  =  Crassula 

CORTUSA.      199. 

spinosa. 

Ginelhii.     1. 

spuria. 

Matthioli.     1. 

ITiubilicus.     1 . 

CORYLUS.       1132. 

\  ai .  i  cjjctis. 

Avellaiia.     1. 
Colunia.     ;j. 

>  On.  .    ttlUtt  Ootl  . 

Cracca.    — 

CORYMBIUM.      

maxima  =  Galega 

afrkanum. 

maxima. 

glabrurii. 

purimrea  —  Galega  pur 

scahrum. 

^                 purea. 

CORTPHA.       

s69i<icosa= Galega  senti 

gidneensis. 

cosa. 

thehaica. 

tinctoria  =  Galega   tiuc 

umbraadifera. 

toria. 

COSTUS.      4. 

villosa   =   Galega    vil- 

arabicus.     1. 

losa. 

COTULA.       1014. 

virginiana  =  Galega  vir 

cdba  =  Eclipta  erecta. 

giniana. 

antliemoities.     3. 

Crambe.     849. 

aurea.     3. 

bispanica.     1. 

capeiisis. 

maritima.     1 . 

coronopifolia.     1. 

orientalis.     1. 

rjrand'is  =  Clirysanthe- 

Craniolak[a.     — 

miim  flosculosum. 

annua  =  Martynia 

Lidbeckia.     MS. 

annua. 

nilotica.     MS. 

fruticos((. 

^>»-os;rrtfrt  =  Eclipta  pro- 

Crassula.     400. 

strata. 

aUemifolia. 

jyyretlu-aria. 

barbata.     Suppl. 

quinqueloba.     Suppl. 

caffra  =  fruiiculosa. 

radiata. 

centauroides. 

sericea.     Suppl. 

ciliata. 

Sjtilanthus  =  Spilanthes 

coccinea.     1. 

urens. 

cordata.     MS. 

strict  a. 

cultrata.     (ni.  L.  f.) 

suffruticosa.     MS. 

cymosa. 

o4                                                   INDEX 

TO   THE 

Ceassula  :  — 

Crepis  : — 

(licliotoma. 

biennis.      1. 

Jlava. 

barsifolia. 

fruticulosa. 

Dioscoridis.     3. 

Glaux.     MS. 

foetida.     3. 

gloinerata.     3. 

hirta.     1. 

iiKicropetala.     MS. 

neglecta.     3. 

inuscosa. 

nHdicaulis^Ijeontodon 

nudicaulis. 

hirtuni. 

obvullata. 

pulclira.     3. 

orbicularis,     (m.  L.  f.) 

pygiuaea.     1. 

pellucida.     (in,  L.  f.) 

rhagadiolokles. 

perfoliata. 

rubra.     1. 

Portalacarla  =  Clay  tonia 

sibirica.     3. 

Portulacana. 

tectoruin.     1. 

pruinosa.     3. 

vesicaria.     3. 

2niactata. 

virens.     3. 

rubens.     3. 

CfiESCEXTIA.      779. 

scabra. 

cucurbitbid. 

spinosa. 

Cujete.     3. 

strigosa. 

Cressa.     317. 

subulata. 

cretica.     1. 

tetragona.     3. 

Crinum.     415. 

vertic'dlaris. 

africanum.     1. 

Crataegus.     643. 

americanum. 

Aria.     1. 

asiaticuin.     3. 

VO  f      T /*17  >7  7  i*ff 

barbafcum.     MS. 
latifolium.     1. 

var.  suecica. 

Azarolus.     1. 

zeylanicuni.     3. 

var.  Aronia. 

Crithmum.     347. 

coccinea.     1. 

maritimum.     3. 

Criis-galli.     1. 

pyrenaicuiu.     3. 

hi/bridus. 

Crocus!     56. 

indica.     1. 

Balbocodium. 

Oxyacautha.     1. 

sativus.     1. 

lomentosa.     1. 

•    ^{//*'(-'''''*t  to. 

torminalis.     1. 

1  f  rt  »»     ,.,,«..,.- 

viridis.     1. 

Crotalaria.     895. 

Ceataeva.     619. 

alba. 

gynandra. 

ainplexicaulis.     3. 

inennis  =  C.  Tapia. 

biflora. 

Marmelos. 

chinensis.     3. 

spinosa.     (m.  Sol.) 

cordit'olia. 

Tapia.     1. 

heterophylla.     Suppl. 

CnEi'is.     955. 

Imbricata. 

aipina.     1. 

incana.     1. 

aspera.     3. 

incaiiescens.     Suppl. 

barbata.     1 . 

juncea.     1. 

LINNEAN    HEBBAEITJM. 


65 


Crotalaria  : — 

laburnifolia.     3. 

latifolia. 

lunaris. 

perfoliata. 

perforata. 

quinquefolia.     3, 

retusa.     1. 

sas;ittalis.     1. 

sessUiftora. 

sessilifolia,      sphalm.  := 
pi'aec. 

trirtora. 

verrucosa. 

villosa. 
CROTOIf.      1140. 

argenteum.     1. 
aroinatieum.     3. 
balsamiferum.     3. 
Botzoe  ^  seq. 
Bentzoe. 
Cascarilla.     3, 
castaneifolium. 
flavens.     3.     (m.  Sol.) 
glabellum.     3. 
glauclulosuni.     3. 
Imstatam. 

huniile.     3.     (m.  Sol.) 
laccit'erum.     3. 
lohatum. 
lucidiim.     3. 
luoluccanum.     3. 
palustre.     1. 
ricinocarjjos . 
sebiferum.     1. 
spinosum. 
sabtomeniosum. 
Tiglium.     3. 
tiuctorium.     3. 
urens  =  Tragia    iuvolu- 

crata. 
variegcttum. 
Ceucianella.     130, 
aegyptiaca. 
angustifolia.     1. 
latifolia.     3. 
maritima.     3. 
monspeliaca.     1. 


CRUCIA]!fELLA  : 

patula.     2. 
Crucita.     — 

hispanica. 
CUCUBALUS.      582. 

acaulis  =  Silene 

acaulis. 
aegi/ptiacus. 
baccifer.     1. 
Beheii.     1. 

var.  feminea. 

Catbolicus.     1. 
fabarius. 
giganteus=:Si\ene  gigan- 

teus. 
italicus.     3. 
mollissimus. 
Otites.     1. 
pumilio.     3. 
quadrifidiis  =  Silene 

qiiadrilida. 
reflexus.     1. 
saxifragus. 
sibiricus.     3. 
stellatus.     1. 
tataricus. 
viscosLis.     1. 
CucuMis.     1152. 

acutangulus.     1. 
angidnus. 
Angaria.     1. 
Chate.     3. 
Colocynthis.     1. 
Dudaim.     1. 
Jlexnosiis. 
maderaspatanus. 
Melo.     1. 
pedatus  =  Anguria 

pedata. 
prophetarum. 
sativus. 
trifoliatus  =  Anguria 

trifoliata. 
trilobatus  =  Anguria 

trilobata. 

CUCTJRBITA.      1151. 

CitruUus, 
Lagenaria.     2. 


66 


INDKX    TO    THE 


CUCURBITA  : — 

Melopepo. 

novel. 

ovifera.     .'?. 

Pepo.     2. 

verrucosa. 
CUMINUM.      358. 

Cyiiiiiiini).     1. 
CUNILA.      38. 

niariaiia.     '.i. 

pulegioides.     3. 

thyiiioides.     3. 
CUNONIA.      571. 

capensis.     3. 
CuPANiA.     —  (genus    deest 
jam  anno  1767?). 

ainericati'i. 
CurBEssis.     1137. 

disticha.     1 . 

juniperoides. 

senipervirens.     1. 

thyoides.     1. 

CURATELLA.       

americana. 
CUHCCMA.       7. 

longa.     3. 

nova. 

rotunda. 
CUSCUTA.      170. 

americana.     1. 

Epitlujmum.     2. 

europaea.     1. 

var.  Epithymum. 

filiformis.     MS. 
CussoNiA.     376. 

thyrsiflora. 

CrANELLA.       430. 

capensis.     3. 
Ctcas.     1292. 

circinalia  (pi.). 
Cyclamex.     202. 

puropaeuni.     1. 

indicum. 
Cymbaria.     768. 

daurica  (pi.). 
Cynanchum.     308. 

acutum.     1. 

apJiyllum. 

capense.     Siippl. 


Cynanchum  : — 

erect  uni.     1. 
hirUtiu. 
maritiiiium. 
iiionspeliacuin.     1. 
planiflovuui  =  seq. 
■phruifoliuni. 
race)iioSH)ii . 
suberosuin.     1. 
undulatum. 
viminale. 

CSNAKA.      969. 

acaidis. 

Carduncxdus  (pi.). 

hiiinilis.     1. 

Scolymus.     3. 
Cyxoglossum.     183. 

apeninnuin.     1. 

cheirit'oliiun.    1. 

laeviyatum. 

linifoiiuin.     1. 

lusitanicum.     3. 

montanum. 

officinale  =  vulgare. 

Oniphalodes.     1. 

omphaluides  =  praec. 

virginianum.     1. 

virginicuin  =  praec. 

vulgare.     MS. 
Cynometra.     533. 

caulitlora.     3. 

ramijlora. 
Cynomorium.     1084. 

coccineum. 
Cynosurus.     91. 

aegyptius.     1 . 

aureus.     1. 

caeruleus.     1. 

coi'acanus.     3. 

cristatus.     1. 

creticus.    MS.   (=pro- 
cumbeus.) 

durus.     1. 

echinatus.     1. 

indicus.     1.     (in.  Sol.) 

Lima.     1. 
jyaniceus. 

procumbens.     MS. 

virgatus.     3. 


LINXEAN  HEKBAIHUM. 


67 


CypERus.    70. 

alternifoliiis,     3. 

aunuus.     MS. 

articulatus.     3. 

arundinaceus  ^=.  spatha- 
ceus. 

compressus.     1. 

difformis.     3. 

distaus.     Suppl. 

elatus.     3. 

elegaus.     3. 

csculeiitus. 

f(e>'/-H^ineMS=spathaceus. 

riavescens.     1. 

fiiscus. 

f/laher. 

glomeratus.     3. 

Haspan.     1. 

hexastacliyos. 

Iria.    (of.  C  Haspan  in 
hb.)   ' 

laevigatus. 

ligularis.     3. 

longus.     1. 

minimus. 

inonostachj'os. 

viucronatus. 

odoratus.     3. 

Papyrus.     3. 

pumilus.     3. 

rotundas.     3. 

spatJiaceus. 

squarrosus.     3. 

strigosus.     1. 

tenellus.     Suppl. 

triflorus. 

vaginatus.     MS. 
Cypeipedium.     1061. 

bulbosum.     1. 

Calceolus.     1. 
Cyrilla.     272. 

racemi  flora.     3. 
Cytixus.     1075. 

Hypocistis.     3. 
Cyxisus!     912. 

aethiopicus. 

argenleus.     1. 

austriacus.    3.   (m.  Jacq. 
et  L.  f.) 


Cytisus  : — 

Cajaii.     1. 

graecus. 

hirsutus.    1.    (in.L.  f.?) 

Laburnum.     3. 

monspessulanus. 

nigricans.     1. 

patens. 

innnatus  =  Robinia 

mitis. 
jisoral  aides  =  Indigofera 

psoraloides. 
sessilifolius,     1. 
supiuus.     1.     (m.  L.  f.) 

Dactylis.     90. 

ciliaris. 

cynosuroides.     1. 

glomerata.     1. 

lagopodoides.     1. 

paleacea. 
Dais.     554. 

cotinifolia.     3. 

octandra.     3. 
Dalbergia.     886.     (Suppl.) 

Amerimnon.     MS. 
Dalechampia.     1138. 

scandens. 
Dalibarda.     — 

repens  =  Rubus  Dali- 
barda. 
Daphxe.     500. 

alpina.     3. 

Cneorum.     1. 

Gnidium.     1. 

indica.     2. 

Laureola.     3. 

Mezereum.     1. 

oleoides. 

pontica. 

pubescens.     3. 

Tarton-raira.     1. 

Thymelaea.     1. 

villosa.     3. 
Datisca.     1196. 

Cannabina.     1. 

hirta.     1. 
Datura.     243. 

arborea. 

/* 


68 


I>'DEX  TO  TUE 


Datuka  — 

fastuosa.     ^1 

t'eroa-. 

Metel.     2. 

Stramoiiiuii).     1, 

Tatula.     :3. 
Daucus.    340. 

Carota.     1. 

Giugidiuin.     1. 

mauritauicus.     3. 

muric-atus.     3. 

var.  mantimifs. 

Visnaga.     1 . 
Decumaria.     617. 

barbara. 
Delima.    683. 

sarmentosa  (pi.). 
Delphinium.     694. 

Aconiti.     3. 

Ajacis.     1. 

ambigiuiin.     3. 

Consolida.     1. 

elatuin.     1. 

grandirioruui.     1. 

hybridum. 

7nonsfruosuin. 

peregrin  am.     1. 

Staphisagria.     1. 
Dentaria.     834. 

bulbit'era.     2. 

enueaphyllos.     1. 

pentapliyllos.     2. 

DiALIUM.      23. 

indum  (pL). 
DiAXinERA.     29. 

americana.     1 . 
comata.     3.     (m.  L.  f.) 

DiANTHUS.      581. 

alpiuus. 
arboreus. 
areuarius.     1. 
Ariiiena.     1. 
barbatus.     1. 
carthusianorum.     1. 
Caryopbyllus.     1. 

var.  coronarius. 

var.  imhricatus. 

var.  ino(lon(s. 

chinensis.     1. 


DiANTHUS: — 

deltoides.     1. 

ifimimitns. 

ferriigineus. 

ffUticOSKS. 

glaucus.     1. 

Ju/ssoplfolius^  euperbus. 

monsj)eliaci(s=  seq. 

moiispeliensis. 

p]uniariii,s.     1. 

ponieridiaiius.     3. 

prolifer.     1 . 

pungens. 

saxifragns. 

superbus.     3. 

virgineus.     3. 
Diapensia.     195. 

helvetica. 

lapponica.     1 . 
DiASPERUS  =  Phyllanthus. 
Diastema.     Linn.  f.  MS.  = 

Dalbergia. 
Dicta  Mxus.     536. 

alhvs  (pi.). 
Digitalis.     775. 

ambhjua. 

canariensis.     1. 

ferruginea.     1.     {cf. 
lutea.) 

Intea.     1 . 

minor. 

obscura. 

ochroleuca  [an  ni.  L.  f .  ? 
=  ambigua'^?] 

purpurea.     1. 

Thapsi. 
DiLAXEIS.      63. 

corvmbosa.     (m.  L.  f.) 
vis30sa.     (m.  L.  f.) 

DiLLENIA.       

indica. 
DiODiA  —  (deest). 

virrjhiiana. 

virginlca  ^=  praec. 
DioxAEA.     555. 

Muscipula.     ('■  Miisci- 
capa.") 
DioscoREA.     1184. 

acideata. 


LINXEAN  HERBAKIUM. 


69 


DiOSCOREA  :  — 

alata.     1 . 

biilbifora.     1. 

oppositifolia. 

■pentaphylJa. 

sativa.     1 . 

trip7i)/lla. 

villosa. 
DiosMA.     270. 

barbigera.     Suppl. 

capeusis. 

capitata.     (m.  L.  f.) 

ciliata.     1. 

crenata,     3. 

crenulata  =  praec. 

cupressina. 

ericoides.     3. 

hirsLita.     1, 

imhrlcata. 

lanceolata. 

latifolia.     Suppl. 

marginata.     Suppl. 

oppositifolia.     1. 

pulcliella. 

rubra.     1. 

uniflora.     1. 
DiosPYROs.     1231. 

australis.     MS. 

Lotus.     1. 

virginiana.     1 . 
DiPSAcus.     119. 

fullonum.     1. 

laciniatus.    1. 

pilosus.     1. 
DiRCA.      501. 

palustris.     1. 
DisA.     1060. 

uniflora  (pi.). 

DiSANDRA.       475. 

prostrata  (pi.). 

DODAKTIA.       860. 

indica.     1. 
orientalis.     1. 
DoDECAS.     623.     Suppl. 
surinamensis  (pi.). 

DODECATHEOX.       201. 

Meadia.     2. 

DODONAEA.       495. 

viscosa  (pi.). 


DoLiciios.     900. 
altissimus. 
an'status. 
hijlorus. 
bulbosus.     3. 
capeusis. 
Catiang. 
ensifonnis. 
erosus  =  bulbosus. 
filif oralis.     3.    (in.  Sol.) 
Lablab.     1. 
lir/nosus. 
miuinius.     3. 
polj^stachios.     3. 
pruriens.     3. 
pubescens.     3. 
purpureus.     3. 
regularis. 
repens,  (m.  Sol.)  = 

uncinatus. 
scarabaeoides.     1. 
sesqiiipedalis. 
sinensis. 
Soja.     3. 

tetragouolobus.     3. 
trilohatus  =  Glyciue 

triloba, 
trilobus.     1. 
uuciuatus. 
unguiculahtfi. 
urens. 

DORONICUM.       1002. 

Bellidiastrum.     1. 
incanum. 
pardalianclies.     1. 

(m.  L.  f.) 
plautagiueum.     1. 

DORSTENIA.       

alexiteria. 
caulescens. 
Gontrajerva. 

var.  IJoHStoni  = 

Iloustoni. 
Dralcena. 
Houstoni. 
Draba.     823. 

aizoides.     .3. 
alpiua.     1. 
ciliaris,     3. 

/*2 


ro 


INDEX  TO  THE 


Dbaba  : — 

hirta.     3. 

incana.     1 . 

murali-s.     1. 

uemorosa.     1. 

pyrenaica.     1 . 

verna.     1. 
Dracaexa,     435. 

Draco. 

ensifolia.    3. 

ferrea.     3. 

graniinifolia.     3. 

terminalis. 

volubilis.     JSuppl. 
Dkacocepiialum.     746. 

altajfnse. 

austriacum.     1. 

canariense.     1. 

canescens.     1. 

grandifloriiiri.     1. 

Moldavica.     1. 

uutaus.     1. 

peltatum.     1. 

peregriuum.     3. 

pinuatum.     1. 

Ruyschiana.     1, 

sibii'icum.     3. 

thymifloi'um.     1. 

virginiauuin.'    1. 
Deacontium.     1080. 

camtscJiatcense. 

foetidum.     1. 

pertusiim. 

polyphyllura.     (m.  L.  f.) 

sphiosum. 
Drimys  [Forst.]     696. 

"AVintera"  Sm.  MS. 

axillaris  [Forst.]. 

granadensis  [Forst.]. 

Winterana  (m.  L.  £.):= 
Winteri  [Forsl.]. 
Deosera.     398. 

capensis.     3, 

cisti  flora.     3. 

cuneifolia.     MS. 

indica. 

longifolia.     1. 

lusitanica.     3. 

rotundifolia.     1. 


Deosera  : — 

verticillata. 
Drdpina,     — 

cristata. 
Dryas.     658. 

octopetala.     1. 

pentapetala.     1. 
Deypis.     389. 

spinosa.     3. 

DUEANTA.       806. 

Ellisia.     3.     (m.  Sol.) 
erecta. 

Plumieri.     3. 
repens. 
Durio.     940. 

zihethinus. 


Ebenus.  929. 
capensis. 
cretica.     1 . 

ECHINOPHORA.      336. 

spinosa.     1. 

tenuifolia.     3. 
EcHiNOPs.     1045. 

coryn^hosus. 

fruticosus. 

Eitro.     1. 

sphaerocephalus.     1. 

spinosus.     3. 

strigosus.     1. 
ECHITES.     302. 

ayr/lutinata. 

annularis. 

hiflora. 

caudata.     3. 

corijmhosa. 

•nova  =  syphilitica. 

quinquangidaris. 

scholaris.     3. 

spticata. 

suherecta. 

syphilitica.     Suppl. 

torulosa. 

trifida. 

umhellata. 
ECHIUM.      191. 

argeuteum. 

capitatum.     3. 


LIXXEAX    HEEBAEItrM. 


71 


EcHiUM  : — 

creticum.     1. 

fruticosum.     1. 

f/lahrum. 

italicum.     1. 

laevigatum.     3. 

lusitanicum.  3.  (m.L,  f.) 

onentale. 

plantagineum. 

pyrenaicum. 

spicatum,     MS. 

violaceum.     3. 

vulgare.     1. 
ECLIPTA.      1020. 

alba.     MS.     [=  seq.?] 

ereeta. 

latifolia.     Siippl. 

prostrata.     (m,  Sol.) 

punctata  =  ereeta  ? 
Eheetia.     254. 

Bourreria.    3.    (m.  Sol.) 

exsucca. 

spinosa  [Jacq.]. 

tinifolia.     3. 
Elaeagnus.     160. 

angustifolia.     1. 

latifolia.     1. 

orientalis.     3. 
3. 
681. 

serrata  (pi.). 
Elais.     — 

guineensis. 
Elate.     — 

sylvestris. 
Elaterium.     — 

carthnr/inevse. 

trifoliatum. 
Elatine.     517. 

Alsinastrum.     1. 

Hydropij^er  (pL). 
Elegia.     1164  a. 

juncea.     (m.  Dahl) 
Elepiiantopus.    1043. 

scaber.     1. 

tomentoaus.     1. 
Ellisia.     206. 

acuta. 

Nyctelea. 


spmosa. 
Elaeocarpus 


Elymis.     100. 

arenarius.     3. 
canadensis. 
cauinus.     3. 
Caput-Medusiie.     3. 
europaeus.     3. 
Hystrix.     3. 
monococcos. 
pbiladelphiciis,     3. 
sibiricus.     3, 
virgiuicus.     3. 

EMPETRUil.       1160. 

album.     1. 

nigrum.  1. 
Ephedra.     1200. 

distacbya.     1. 

monostacliya. 
Epidendrum.     1062. 

nloifolium. 

amabile.     1. 

carinatum. 

caudatum. 

ciliare. 

coccineum. 

cochleatum.     3. 

cucullatum. 

domesticum. 

ensifolium.     3. 

Flos-aeris.     3. 

furvum. 

graminifolium. 

guttatuvi. 

jancifolium. 

lineare.     [Jacq.] 

moniliforme. 

nocturnum. 

nodosum. 

opliiog  lossoides . 

ovation. 

pxinctatum. 

pusillum.     3. 

retusum. 

ruscifolium. 

scriptum. 

secundum. 

spatulatum . 

tenuifolium. 

terrestre. 

tuherosum. 


72 


INDEX    TO    TUE 


EriDEXDRUM  : — 

Vanilla.     3. 
Epigaea.     564. 

re pens.     1. 
Epilobium.    486. 

alpinum.     'A. 

angustifoliuju.     1. 

hirsutuin.      1. 

latiColiiun.     J. 

montanuiii.     1. 

palustre.     1. 

tetragonuni.     J. 
Epimkdium.     150. 

alpinuui.     1. 
Equisetum.     1241. 

arvense.     '3. 

fluviatile.     1. 

(/i(janteiim. 

hyeraale.     3. 

Kmosum. 

palustre.     1. 

sylvaticum.     1. 
Erantiikmum.     24. 

angustatmn. 

angustifolium  =  praec. 

capense. 

parvifolinm. 
Erkja.     498. 

abietina.     3. 

absinthoides. 

albens. 

urborea.     3. 

articularis.      3.     (m. 
L.f.) 

australis. 

baccans. 

Bergiana. 

himniades  =  capitata. 

caffra. 

calycina. 

capitata. 

carnea. 

caudata.     MS. 

cerinthoides. 

ciliaris,     3. 

cinerea.     1. 

cocci  nea. 

comosa. 

corifolia 

cubica. 


Erica  : — 

cuhilalis  =  viscaria  ? 
curviflora.     3. 
Duhoi'cii  ^  Andromeda 

Dabocciu. 
denticnlata. 
depressa. 
empetrit'olia.     3. 
fastigiata.     3. 
giutpltahdes. 
granulata. 
balicacaba.    3. 
herbacea.      2. 
hispidula.      .3. 
imbricata.     3. 
lutea. 
mamiuosa. 
mauritanica. 
mediterranea. 
melaiitliera. 
mucosa, 
multiflora.     3. 
nigrita.     3. 
nudiflora. 
jialUde-imrpurea. 
paniculata.    3. 
parviflora.     3. 
Passeriuae.     Suppl. 
pentapbylla. 
persoluta. 
Petiveri. 
2:)h>/sodes. 
pilulifera.      3. 
planifolia.      3. 
Plukenetii.    3. 
pubesceus.     3. 
pulcberrima.     MS. 
piirjnirasce'ns. 
raceniosa.     MS. 
rainentacea. 
regerminans. 
retorta.     Suppl. 
scoparia.     1. 
spicata.     MS. 
spumosa.     3. 
tenuifolia.     3. 
Tetralix.     1. 
triflora.     3. 
tubiflora      3. 
umbellata.     1, 


LINNEAN    nERBARIUM. 


73 


Erica  : — 

vagaus. 

vegetula.     MS. 

viride-purpurea.     3. 

viscaria. 

vulgaris.     1. 
Erigerox.     994. 

acre.     1. 

aegyptiacum.     3. 

alpinum.     3. 

bonariense.     1. 

camphot'atum. 

canadense.     3. 

carol'uilanum. 

foetidum. 

glutinosum.     3. 

Grouani. 

gramineum.     I. 

graveolens.     3. 

jamaiceiise.   3.   (m.  Sol.) 

obliquuin. 

philadelphicum.     1. 

])iniiatum.     Suppl. 

siculum.     3. 

tricuiieatum.   3.    Suppl. 

tuberosum.     3. 

unifiorum.     1. 

viscosum.     1. 
Erinus.     789. 

africanus.     1. 

alpiuus.     1. 

americanus.     MS. 

capensis.     (m.  L.  f.) 

laciniatus. 

peruvianiis.     3. 
EriocauI;0>'.     105. 

decangulare.     1. 

(juinquangulare. 

setaceum. 

sexangulare.     1. 

triangulare. 
Eriocephalds.     1040. 

africanus.     1. 

pectinifollus  =  Hippia 
frutescens. 

racemosus. 
Eeiophorum.     72. 

alpinum.     1. 

cyperiaum. 


Eriopiioruai  : — 

polystachion.     1 . 

vaginatum.     1. 

virgiuicuiii.     1. 
Erithaeis.     — ■ 

fruticosa. 
Ervum.     907. 

Ervilia.     ] . 

hirsutuni.     1. 

liOUS.        1. 

monanthos.     1. 

soloni(!nse. 

tetraspermum,     i. 
Ertngium.     331. 

alpinum. 

amethystinum.     1. 

aquatic  urn.     1. 

campestre.     1. 

foetidum.     1. 

maritiuium.     1. 

planum.     1. 

■pusdlum. 

tricuspidatum.     2. 

trifidum. 
Erysimum.     837. 

AUiaria.     1. 

Barbarea.     2. 

cheiranthoides.     1 . 

hieracifolium.     2. 

incanum.     MS. 

officinale.     1. 

repandum.     3. 
Erythrixa.     888. 

Corallodendrum.     3. 

var.  occidentalis. 

var.  orienicdis. 

Crista-galli. 

herbacea.     3. 

2^icta. 

Pisciptda. 

plaiiisiliqua. 

varief/aia. 
ERYTHuoxiuir.     424. 

Dens-cauis.     1. 
Erythroxylox,.     591. 

areolatum.     3. 

Jiavanense. 
Escallonia.     275. 

myrtilloides.     (m.  L.  f.) 


74 


INDEX   TO   TUB 


Ethulia.     977. 

Bidentis. 

conyzoides.    3. 

divaricata.     Jl 

sparrfanophora. 

tomentosa.     3. 
ErcLEA.     1194. 

racemoxd  (])!.)• 
Ettgbnia.     636. 

acxitan<iHla. 

cotinifolla  [Jacq.]. 

Jambos  [basin  versus]. 

mcdaccensis. 

Pseudo-Ps'uUum  [Jacq.]. 

racemosd. 

uuiHora.     1. 
EUONYMUS.      269. 

americanus.     1. 

Colpoon  =  Cassine 
capensis. 

europaeus^.     1. 

— —  var.  latifoliuf!. 

var.  tenuifolius, 

japonicus.     Suppl. 

verrucosus.     jNIS. 
EUPATORIUM.      978. 

album.     3. 

altissimuiii.       1 . 

aroinatiouin.      1. 

caunabinum.     1, 

chinense. 

coelestiaum.     2. 

Dalea.     3. 

fmticosum. 

hastatuin,     3. 

Boustoniannm. 

HoKstonis  =  praec. 

Tiyssopifolmm. 

ivaefoliuni.     3. 

macropJii/Uum. 

luaculatuin.     2. 

odoratum.     3. 

perfoliatum.     1. 

purpurea  111.      ]. 

rotundit'oliuni.     1. 

scandens.     1. 

sessilifoliuni.     1. 

sophiaefoUuin. 

trifoliatum.     1. 


EUPATORIUM  : — 

zeylanicnm. 
Euphorbia.     630. 
aleppica.     1. 
am  ygdaloides.     1 . 
antiquoi'um. 
Apios.     3. 
canariensis. 
canesoen.s.     3. 
Capnt-Medusae. 
cerelfonnis. 
Chamaesyce.     1 . 
Characias,     1. 
coralloides.     1. 
corollata.     1. 
cotitiifolia. 
Cyparissias.     1 . 
dendroides. 
dulcis.     1. 
epithvnioides.     1. 
Esula.     1. 
exigua.     1. 

var.  acuta. 

var.  retiisa. 

falcata.     1. 
(jenistoides. 
f/ermanica. 
f/raminea. 
helioscopia.     1 . 
heptarjona. 
lieterophyUa. 
hirta.      1 . 
liyberna.     1. 
hypericifolia.      1 . 
hyssopifolia.     3. 
Ipecacuanhae.      1 . 
Lathyris.     1. 
maculata.     1. 
mamviillaris. 
mmiritanica. 
Myrsinites.     1 . 
myrtifolia  =  seq. 
myrtillifolia.  3.  (m.Sol.) 
neriifolia.     1. 
ocymoidea. 
officinariim. 
orientalis.     1. 
origanoides.     1. 
palustris.     1. 


LIXNEAK   HERBARIUM. 


75 


Euphorbia  : — 

Paralijis.     1. 

parvijiora. 

pedicellata.     M8. 

Peplis.     1. 

Peplus.    1. 

pilosa.      1. 

pilulifera.     1. 

pinea. 

Pithyusa,     1. 

platyphyllos.     1. 

polygonifolia.    1. 

portlandica.     o. 

portiilacoides.     1. 

segetalis.     1. 

serrata.      1 . 

spinosa.     1. 

stricta. 

sylvatica.     1. 

Terracina.     3. 

thymifolia.     1. 

TirucaJli. 

Tithymaloides. 

var.  myrtifolia. 

var.  ixidifolia. 

tiiherosa. 

verrucosa.     1. 

vimincdis. 
Euphrasia.     759. 

latifolia.     3. 

linifolia.     3. 

var.  viscosa=^Jj\xc\\- 

nera  linifolia. 

lutea,     1. 

Odontites.     1. 

ofticinalis.     1. 

tricuspidata.     3. 

viscosa  =  JJuchnera  lini- 
folia. 
EvoLVULUs.     393. 

alsinoides.     3. 

emargiuatus.     M8. 

f/avf/eticus. 

linifolius.     3. 

uuniinularius.     3. 

tridentatus. 
Etonymus  v.  Euonymus. 
ExACUM.     143. 

albens.     Suppl. 


Exacum  : — 

aureum.    Suppl. 

cordatum,    sphalm.  = 
sessile. 

peduncidatxm. 

sessile. 
EXCOECARIA.      1162. 

Agallocha  (^pl.). 


Eagara.     152. 

octandra. 

piperita. 

Pterota.     3. 

tragodes  fJaeq.]. 
Eagoxia.     546. 

arahica  =  cretica. 

cretica.     1. 

liispanica  =  cretica. 

indica    [Jjurm.    f.]  = 
cretica. 
Fagus.     1130. 

Castanea.     1. 

puraila.     1. 

sylvatica.     2. 
Falckia  [sen  Ealkia].     461. 

repens  (pi.)-     ISuppl. 
Eerraria.     1065. 

undtdata  (pi.). 
Ferula.     350. 

Assa-foetida. 

canadensis. 

communis.     3. 

FernJago. 

glauca. 

meoides. 

nodiflora . 

orientalis. 

tingitana.     1. 
Fesxuca.     92. 

amethystina. 

barbata. 

bromoides.     1. 

calycina.    3. 

cristata.     1. 

decumbens.     1. 

dumetorum.    3. 

dariuscula.      3. 

elatior.     1. 


'(j 


INDEX   TO    TILE 


Festcca  : — 

elatior  var.  sihiiica. 

fluitans. 

fusca.     .3. 

maritima. 

Myurus.     1. 

oviua.     1. 

var.  vivijHiru. 

jyhoenicoides. 

reptatrix.     3. 

rubra.     1. 

serotinn= Agrostis  sero- 
tina. 

sjiadicea. 
Fevillea.     1180. 

cordifolia. 

scandens. 

trilobata  (in.  Sol.)  [ap. 
Zaxoniam,  1179]. 
Ficus.     1240. 

hemjhalensis. 

Benjarahia. 

Carica.     1. 

indica.     3. 

lactea.     MS. 

macidata. 

nymphaeifolia. 

perforata. 

puraila.     3. 

religiosa.     3. 
retusa.     3. 
serruta. 

Sycomoriis.     1. 
toxicarla. 
trjgonata. 

FiLAGO.      1041. 

acaM?<s= pygmaea. 
ai'vensis.     2. 
gallica.     2. 
gernianica.     3. 
Leontopodium.     3. 
maritima  =  Athanasia 

maritima. 
montana.     2. 
pygmaea.     1 . 
jii/  ramidata  =  gevma,mca . 
Flagellaria.     463. 
indica.     1. 


Flistiia.     1296. 
fontixalis.     1261. 

antipyretiea.     (in.  Sol.) 

capillacea. 

iidnor. 

'pennata. 

squamosa.     3. 

FOESKOIIhEA.      605. 

tenacissiiiKi  (pi.)- 

FOTHEEGILhA.       693. 

Gardeni  (pi. J. 
FllAGARIA.      654. 

chilensis.     MS. 
monophylla.       3.       [m. 

Duchesne]. 
muncaia. 
sterilis.     3. 
vesca.     1. 
var.  clnloensis :  cf. 

F.  chilensis. 
var.  muricata  :    cf. 


F.  muricata. 

—  var.  2)i'atensis. 

—  var.  sativa. 

—  var,  svlvestris. 


Feaxkexia.    457. 

hirsuta.     1. 

laevis.     1. 

pulverulenta.     1. 
Feaxixus.     1230. 

americana.     1. 

excelsior. 

Ormis. 
Fritillakia.     421. 

imperialis.     ] . 

Meleagris.     1. 

nana. 

persica. 

pyrenaica.     1. 

reifia. 
Fuchsia.     — 

yiudtijlora. 

trijihi/Ua. 
Fucus.     1274. 

abrotanifolius.     1. 

acinarius.     3. 

aculeatus.     3. 

alatus. 
j  barbatus. 


LINNEAN    HEEBAKIUM. 


77 


PUCUS  : — 

biiccinalis.     (m.  L.  f.) 
caualiculatus.     3. 
cartilagineus.     1. 
ceranoides.     3. 
ciliatus,     3. 
concateiiatus.    3. 
coufenoides. 
crispatus.     3. 
crispiis.     3. 
dentatus. 
digitatus.     3. 
discors.     3. 
disticbus.     3. 
divaricatus.     1. 
eloDgatus.     1, 
ericoide^. 
esculentus.     3. 
excisus. 

fastigiatus.     1. 
riluiii, 

foeniculaceus.     3. 
furcellatus.     3. 
gigartiuus.     3. 
granulatus.     3. 
hirsutus.     3. 
inflatus.     3. 
lacerus. 
lanosus.     3. 
leudigerus.     1. 
loreus.     3. 
lycoperdioides.     3. 
muscoides. 
natans.     1, 
nodosus.     1. 
ornatus. 
ovarius,  spbalm.    = 

uvarius. 
pahnatus. 
pavonius. 
pluniosLis. 

P3'riferus.     (m.  L.  f.) 
ramentaceus.     3. 
rubens.     3. 
saccbarinus.     1. 
sanguineus.     3. 
selaginoides.     3. 
serratus.     3. 
siliculosus.     3. 
siliquosus.     3. 


Eucus  : — 

spermophorus.     3. 

spinosus. 

spiralis.     3. 

Tendo. 

triqueter   (Iriquebrac- 

tus  ?). 
turbinatus.     3. 
iwanns. 
usneoides. 
uvarius.     3. 
veuosus. 
vesicLilosus.     3. 
vittatus.     3. 
volubilis.     3. 

FUMAllIA.       881. 

Anianni.     MS. 
bulbosa.     1. 

•  var.  cana. 

var.  intermedia. 

var.  solida. 

Capnoides.     1. 
Qapreolata  =  officinalis, 

var. 
claviculata.     3. 
Cueullaria.     2. 
enneaphylla.     3. 
lutea. 

nobilis.     3. 
officinalis.     1. 
semper  vi  reus.     1. 
spectabilis.     1. 
spicata.     3. 
vesicaria.     1 . 

FUSANUS.      — 

compressiis. 


Gahnia.     459. 

pyocera  [Forst.]. 
Galanthus.     409. 

nivalis.     1. 
Galax.     — 

aphylla. 
Galaxia.     851. 

august  ifolia.     MS. 

latifolia.     MS. 

monadelpba.     MS, 
Galega.     924. 
caribaea. 


78 


INDEX   TO   THE 


Galega  : — 

cinerea.     3. 

fruticosa. 

littoral  is.     3. 

mci.vima. 

officinalis.     1 . 

purpurea.     3. 

seiiticosa. 

tinctorid. 

villosa. 

virginiana.     3. 
Galenia.     507. 

africaua.     1. 

procumbens.     Suppl. 
Galeopsis.     734. 

Galeobdolon.     1. 

hi)'suta  =  iitachys  hirta. 

Ladanum.     1. 

Tetrahit.     1. 

var.  cannahina. 

var.  grancliflora . 

Galium.     129. 

Aparine.     1. 

aristatum.     3. 

bermudense. 

hermudiamnn  =  praec. 

boreale.     3. 

glaucum.     1. 

graec'Uiii.     3. 

hierosolymitanum.     3. 

laevirjatnin. 

maritimum.     3. 

minutuui.     1. 

Mollugo.     1. 

montanum.     3. 

palustre.     1. 

parisiensR.     1. 

purpureuin.     1. 

pusilluni.     3. 

rotundifoliuni.     1. 

rubioides.     1. 

Tnibrum. 

saxatile.     1. 

scabrum.     1. 

spurium. 

8ylvaticum.     3. 

tinctoriuin.     1. 

trifidum.     1. 

uliginosuni.     1. 


Galium  : — 

verurn.     1. 
Gaecixia.     615. 

celebica. 

cornea. 

Mangostana. 
Gaedenia.    297. 

Jlorida. 

Mussaenda.     Suppl. 

Thunbergia.     Suppl. 
Gabidella.     587. 

Nigellastruiu.     1. 
Gaultheria.     565. 

procumbens.     1. 
Gauea.     485. 

biennis.     1 . 

fruticosa. 
Genipa.     — 

americana. 
Genista.     892. 

anglica.     1. 

canariensis.     1. 

candicans.     3. 

florida.     3. 

germanica.     2. 

hispanica.     1. 

humifusa.     3. 

Hnifolia.     3. 

lusitanica.     3. 

pilosa.     1. 

purgans. 

sagittalis.     1. 

sibirica . 

tinctoria.     1. 

tridentata.     1. 
Ges^tiana.    328. 

acaulis.     1 . 

Amarella.     1. 

ajyhi/lla. 

aquatica.     1. 

asclepiadea.     1. 

aurea.     3. 

bavarica.     1. 

campestris.     1. 

Centaurium.     1. 

ciliata.     1. 

Cruciata.     1. 

decumbena.     Suppl. 

exacoides. 


LINNEAN   HERBARIUM. 


79 


GrENTIANA  :  — 

exaltata  =  bavarica? 

filiformis.     1. 

heteroclita. 

]utea. 

uiaritima.     3. 

nivalis.     1. 

perfoliata.     1. 

Pneumonanthe.     1. 

pulcheUa  [Sw.]. 

jmmila. 

punctata.     1. 

2nirpurea. 

pyrenaica.     3. 

quadrifolia. 

quinquejJora. 

quinquefolia.     1. 

Saponaria.     1. 

sessilis. 

spicata.     2. 

utriculosa.     3. 

verna.     1. 

verticillata. 

villosa. 
Geoffraea.     — 

spinosa. 
Gerakium.     858, 

abrotanifolium.     Suppl. 

acaule. 

acetosum.     3. 

aionium.     MS. 

alceoides.     3. 

alchetnilloides.     1. 

althaeoides.     3. 

At'duinum. 

argenteum.     3. 

auriLum. 

betulinum.     1. 

bohemicum.     3. 

capitatum.     1. 

carnosum. 

carolinianum.     1. 

chium.     3. 

ciconium.     3, 

cicutariuni.     1. 

var.  moschatum  = 

moschatum. 

columbinum.     1, 

coriandrifolium.     3. 


Geranium  : — 

cotyledonis. 

crispum. 

cucuUatum.     1. 

dissectum,     2. 

flavimi. 

foetidum.     MS. 

fulgiduni.     3. 

fuscum. 

gibbosuui. 

glaucophylloii.     1. 

(jrandiflorum  =  Grielum 

tenuifolium. 
grossularioides.     1. 
gruinum.     1. 
liermannifoUum. 
hispid  um.     Suppl. 
hybridum.    3.    (m.  L.f.) 
incaman. 

incarnatuni.     (m.  L.  f.) 
inquinans.     1. 
lobatum. 

var.  Jiirsutum. 

var.  pinnatijidum. 

lucidum.     1. 
macrori'hizum.     2. 
maculatum.     1. 
Malacoides.     1. 
inaritimum.     3. 
moUe.     1. 
moschatum.     3. 
myrrhifolium.     1. 
nodosum.     1. 
odoratissimum.     1. 
palustre.     3, 
papiliouaceum.     3. 
peltatum.     3. 
phaeum.     1. 
jjinnatum. 
pratense.     1 . 
prolificum,     3. 

var.  auritum. 

var.  longifolinm. 

var.  oxcdoides. 

var.  pinnatum. 

var.  proliferum, 

pusillum.     3. 
2}j/renaicum  [JBurin.  f.]. 
rapaceum. 


80 


IXDEX    TO    TnE 


Geeanium  : — 

reflexuin. 

Robertianuni.      I. 

roinamim. 

rotuiulifoliuiu.     1. 

sanguiiieum. 

scabrinu.     iJ. 

sibiricum.     1. 

spinosum. 

striatum.     .'}. 

sylvaticiim.     1. 

tabulai'c.     3. 

triste.     ] . 

tuberosum.     1. 

versicolor  =  striatum. 

vitifolium.     '>. 

zonale,     1. 
Geraedia.     764. 

delphinifolia. 

flava.     1. 

glutiuosa.     1, 

pedicularia.     1. 

purpurea.     1. 

tuherosa. 
Gebopogon.     945. 

calyculatum. 

glabrum.     3. 

Jiirsutum. 
Gesnehia.     766. 

acaulis. 

Jiumilis. 

nigrina.     MS. 

tomentosa.     (m. 
Sol.). 
Gbthyllis.     445. 

afra.     2. 
Geum.     657. 

raqntanum.     3. 

rejjtans. 

rivale.     1. 

urbanum.     1. 

virginianum.     1. 

GiNGKO.      — 

hUoha  (pi.). 

GiNOIlA.      — 

amerkana. 
GisEKiA.    399. 

■pluirnacioides  (pL). 
Glabbaria.     938. 


Glabraria  ; — 

tersa  (pi.). 
Gladiolus.     59. 

(datus  =  labialis. 

alopecuroides.     3. 

augiistus.     1. 

capital  K'i. 

carneus  [Burm.  f.]. 

communis.     1. 

decurrens,     MS. 

imbricatus.     1. 

involutus  [Burm.  £.]. 

labialis.     MS. 

moutanus.     Suppl. 

palmaris.     MS. 

permeahilis  [Burm.  £,]. 

phalangioides,    MS.    = 
moutanus. 

plicatus.     3. 

ramosus. 

recurvus,  cP.  trigyna. 

scorpius,   MS.  =  mon- 
tanus. 

spieatus.     1. 

trigyna.     MS. 

tristis.     3. 

uudulatus.     3. 
Glaux.     291. 

mai'itima.     1. 
Gleohoma.     732. 

arvensis.    1.  (  =  StachYs 
arveusis). 

helgica  =  praec. 

hederacea.     1 . 
Gleditsia.     1229. 

inermis. 

triacanthos.     1 . 
Glinus.     631. 

dictamnoides. 

lotoides,     1. 
Globba.     45. 

marantina. 

nutans. 

uviformis. 
Globclaria.     117. 

Alj'pum.     ]. 

bisno(/arica. 

cordit'olia.     1, 

nudicaulis.     3. 


LIXXEAX   HEBBAEIUM. 


81 


Globulaeia  : — 

oriental  is.     1. 
spinosa. 
vulgaris.     1. 
Gloeiosa.     423. 

sintjdex. 

superba.     1. 
Glut  a,     1068. 

Benghas  (pi.). 
Glycine.     901. 

Abnts  =  Abrus  precato- 
rius. 

Apios.     1. 

bituuiinosa.     3. 

hracteata  =  monoica. 

comosa.     3. 

frutescens. 

Gcdactia. 

javauica.     1. 

labiata.     (m.  Dahl  ?) 

monoica.     ,'3. 

monopliylla.     3. 

numinularia. 

subterranea.     3. 

tomentosa.     1. 

triloba. 
Glycyerhiza.     916. 

echinata.     1. 

glabra.     1 . 

Iiirsuta. 
Gmelina.     780. 

asiatica.     3. 
Gnaphalium.     989. 

alpinura.     2. 

arhorescens. 

arboreum  =  praec. 

areiiarium.     2. 

arvense  =  V}lago  arvensis. 

coronatum.     3. 

crassifoliutn.     3. 

C7-ispi(m. 

cylindricum. 

ciflindrijlorum  =  praec. 

cymosimi. 

declinatum.     Suppl. 

decurrens. 

dentahim. 

dioicum.     1 . 

var.  mas. 


Gnaphalium  : — 

dioimm  var.  femina. 

discoloi'uni. 

ericoides. 

exiiniuiu. 

foetid  uni.     3. 

fruticans. 

gallu-um  =  Yi\t\,go  gallica. 

r/ermaniciim  :=  Pilago 

germanica. 
glomeratum.     (m.  L.  f.) 
graudifloruni.     3. 
helianthemifolium.     3. 
ignesceus.     2. 
imbricatum  =  panicu- 

latum. 
indicum.     3. 
laiifoUum. 
Leontopodmm  =  Filago 

Leontopodiuin. 
luteo-albuui.     3. 
margaritaceum.     2. 
maritimuiH. 
montamim    =  Eilajro 

o 

montana. 
mucronatum. 
muricatum.     2. 
niveiim. 
nudiflorum. 
obtusifolium.     2. 
Oculus-cati.     Suppl. 
odoratissimuin.     3. 
orientale.     2. 
patulum.     2. 
paniculatum,    MS.    [an 

Berg.  ?] 
pedunculare. 
petiolatum. 
pilosellum.     Suppl. 
plantaginev.m  =  seq. 
plantaginifolium. 
procuinbens.     MS. 
purpureum.     2. 
repeus. 
rutilans.     2. 
sanguineuni.     3. 
saxatile  =  Couj-za  saxa- 

tile. 
scabrum  =  squarrosum. 


82 


INUEX    TO    THE 


Gnaphalium  : — 

serratum. 

sordidum   =    Conyza 
sordida. 

squarrosum. 

stellatiDii. 

Stoechas.     2. 

stuposum. 

suplnum. 

sylvaticum.     2. 

teretifolium. 

uliginoyum.     2. 

undulatura.     '6. 

vei-ticillatum.     Suppl. 

virf/atum. 
Gnetum.     1148. 

Gnemon  (pi.). 
Gnidia.    502. 

oppositifolia. 

pinifolia.     (m.  L.  f.) 

radiata.     3. 

sericea.     3. 

simplex.     3, 

tomentosa.     3. 
GoMOziA.     172. 

r/ramidensis  (pL). 
Suppl. 

GCMPHEENA.      319. 

hmsiliana. 
hrasilie)isis  =  praec. 
ficoklea  =  Illecebruiu 

ficoideum. 
Jlava. 

fruticosa.     MS. 
globosa.     1. 
Mspida. 
interriijita. 
■perennis. 
poly(jonoides  =  Illece- 

brum  polygonoides. 
serrata. 
sessllis  =  Illecebruin 

sessile. 
verniicularis  =  lUece- 

brum  vermiculatum. 
GORDONIA.      877. 
Lasianthus. 
Gouteuia.     1027. 

asteroidea,  MS.  =  seq. 


GOETEIIIA  : — 

asteroides.     Suppl. 

barbata.     Suppl. 

ciliaris.     3. 

fruticosa.     3.     [cf.  bar- 
bata.] 

herbacea.     Suppl. 

persoiiata.     3. 

rigens.     3. 

setosa. 

squarrosa. 
GossYPiuM.     874. 

arboreuui.     1. 

barbadeiise.     1. 

herbaceum.     1. 

birsutum.     3. 

praestantissiinum.    MS. 

religiosura.     3. 
GouANiA.     1226. 

domingensis  (pi.). 
Gratiola.     30. 

c?(t6m=Lindernia  Pyxi- 
daria. 

liyssopioides.       (in. 
Sparrm.) 

Mounieri.    3.     (m.  Sol.) 

officinalis.     1. 

peruviana. 

rotundifolia. 

virginiana.     1. 
Grewia.     1076. 

asiatica  (pi.)     3. 

Microcos.     3. 

occidentalis.     1. 

orientalis. 
Grias.     — 

caulijlora. 
Grielum.     599. 

temufolium  (pi.). 
Grislea.     — 

secundd. 
Gronovia.     — 

scandens. 
GuAiACUM.     532. 

afrum.     1. 

officinale.     1. 

sanctum.     3. 
Guarea.     489. 

tricliUloides  (pi.). 


LliVNEAN    lIEnBAllirM. 


83 


GuEUiA,  splialni.  =  QuEiiiA. 

GUETTARDA.       1121. 

speeiosa.     _?. 

GUILAXDIXA.       531. 

Bouduc.     1. 
Bondiicellu. 
dioica. 
Moringa.     1. 

GUNDELIA.       . 

Tournefortil. 
GuKIfERA.       1063. 

perpensa. 

GUSTAYIA.       863. 

Augusta. 
Gypsophila.     579. 

agfjn'iiata   =^   Areiiaria 

tetraqiietra. 
altissiivia.      1. 
fastigiata.     1. 
luuralis.     1. 
paniculata.     1. 
pertoliata.     1. 
prosti'ata.     2. 
repeus.      1. 
rigid  a.     1 . 
Saxit'raga.     3. 
8truthiuni. 
tomeulosa.     3. 

Haemats'thus.     408. 

earinaias. 

ciliaris.     3. 

coccineus. 

puniceus.     1. 
Haematoxylum.     538. 

cainpechiamuii.     1 . 
Halesia,     616. 

Carolina  =  tetraptera. 

diptera.     3. 

tetraptera.     3. 
Hallekia.     778. 

lucida.     1. 
Hamamelts.     169. 

virgiuiaiui.      1. 

var.    Carolina  = 

Fothergilla  Gardeni. 

virf/iuica  =  praec. 


Hamellia.     234. 

paiens. 
Haetogia.     — 

caj^ensis   =  Diosma 
capensis. 

ciliaris  =  Diosuia 
ciliata. 

imhricata   =  Diosma 
iiubricata. 

Ic'.nceolata  =   Diosma 
lanceolata. 

pulchelJa   =   Diosma 
puk-heila. 
Hasselc^uistja.     348. 

aegyptiaca.     3. 

cordata  [^>Jacq,'\. 

orieiitalis    splialm.  ^ 
aegyptiaca. 
Hebewstretia.     788. 

capitata.     M8. 

ciliata  [iJ^jv/.]. 

cordata.     3. 

deutata.     3. 

intrjjri  folia. 
Hedera.  *  280. 

Helix.     1. 

quiuquefolia. 
Hediosma.     MS. 

Xepeta.] 
Hedyotis.     123. 

Auricularia. 

fruticosa.      1. 

gramiiiifolia.     Suppl. 

lierhacea. 

mai'itima.     Suppl. 
IIedysarum.     921. 

Albagi.      1. 

alpinum.      1. 

argeiiteum.     (m.  L.  i.) 

barbatura.    3.    (m.Sol.) 

biarticulatum.     3. 

bupleurit'oliuiii. 

cauadense.      1 . 

canescens.    1.    (m.  Sol.) 

Ca])ut-galli.     1. 

cornutum. 

coroiiarium.     1. 

crinitiim.     3. 

Crista-galli. 


1. 
728. 


3. 


84                                                       INDEX    TO    THE 

Hedysabum  : —                          ! 

Hedysauum  : — 

dipliylluin.      1. 

viridifloriim. 

Ecastaphyllu'.u.     '4. 

viscidum. 

flexuosum.     1. 

voJahile. 

frntescens. 

Hbisteuia.     — 

gaugeticum.     i . 

coccinea. 

grandiflorum,    MS.  = 

Helexium.     1005. 

argentatuin. 

autuiuiiule.      1. 

liaiuatum.    3,    (in.  Sol.) 

IIelianthus.     1024. 

heterocarpoii.     1. 

altissimus.     3. 

hirtiiin.      1. 

angustifolius.      1. 

huiuile. 

annuus.     1. 

iinbricatum.     Suppl. 

atrondiens. 

iunceum. 

decapetalus.     1. 

lagopodioides.     3. 

divaricatus.     1 . 

latebrosuin. 

frondosus.     i'. 

lineatum.     3. 

giganteus.     "l. 

linifolium.     Suppl. 

indicus. 

maciilatuin.     1. 

laevis.     3. 

marilandicum.     1. 

multiflorus.     1. 

moiiiUferum. 

strumosus.     1. 

nndijioram. 

tuberosus.     1. 

nummularifoUum. 

Helicoxia.     286. 

obscurum.     3. 

Bihai. 

Onobrycbis.     1. 

nova  [  =  H.  psittacorum, 

paniculatum.     3. 

2/i/i/t. /.]. 

prostrainm. 

pumila  =  praec. 

palclielliini.     1. 

Helicteres.     1074. 

pumilum. 

angustitolia. 

renifoJium  —  seq. 

apetala. 

reniforme.     3. 

haruensis. 

repens.     2. 

carth(t(ji/ie)isis. 

retroflexum.     3. 

Isora.     1. 

retrofractum,   sphalin.  = 

pentandr((. 

praec. 

Heliocabpus.     627. 

saxatile.     3. 

amerimna. 

sororiurn. 

Heliophila.     840. 

Spartium. 

corouopi  folia. 

spinosisiinium.     1. 

flava.     Suppl. 

spinosnm  =  cornutiim. 

integrifolia.     3. 

strobiliferura.     3. 

pinnata.     Su])pl. 

stvracifolium.     3.     (in. 

Heliotkopium.     179. 

■l.  f.) 

arhorescens. 

trilloruin.     1. 

barbadense.     MS. 

tri(iuefrum.      1. 

curassavicuLu.     1.     (m. 

umbellatum.     1. 

Sol.) 

vaginale.     3. 

europaeuin.     1. 

viminaceum.     MS. 

fruticosum.     3. 

violaceum.     1. 

gnapbalodes.     3.     (ra. 

virginicum. 

Sol.) 

LINNEAN    IIERBAHIUM. 


85 


HiiLIOTltOPlLM  : — ■ 

indicuni.      1.     (ni.  Sol.) 

orientale.     1. 

purviflorum. 

penivianuin.     3. 

supinum.     1. 
Hej.leborus.     718. 

foetidus.     ]. 

hyemalis.     1. 

niger.     1. 

trifolius.     1. 

viritlls.     1. 
Heloxias.     471. 

aspliodeloides.     3. 

bullata.     1. 

minuta. 
Helvella.     1284. 

3Iitra.     (m.  Ehrh.) 

pineti. 
Hemehocallis.     446. 

Hava.     3. 

fulva.     3. 

Liliastrnm  =  Antheri- 
cum  Liliastrum. 

Lllioaspliodelus  ^  fulva. 

var.Jlavas. 

var.  fulvus. 

Hemimebis.     772. 

diffusa.     Suppl. 

montaua.     Suppl. 

sabulosa.     Suppl. 
Hbmioxitis.     1248. 

lanceolata.    ;>.    (m.  Sol.) 

palmata.     3. 

parasitica.    3.    (m.  Sol.) 
Heeacleum.     352. 

alpinum. 

angustifolium. 

austriacuiu. 

eleijans. 

longij'olium. 

Panaces.     1. 

sibiricLim.      1. 

Sphondyliuni.     3. 
HEinrANXiA.     854. 

alnit'olia.     1. 

althaeif  olia.     1 . 

denudata.     Suppl. 

srrossularifolia. 


]Ibrmannia  : — 

liyssopifolia.     1. 

luvanduUfolia. 

linifoUa  [Burm.  f.]. 

pinnata  =  Maheraia 
pinnata. 

trit'oliata. 

triphylla. 

trit'urcata.     3. 
Hekmas.     1227. 

capitata.     Suppl. 

depauperata.     (in.  L.  f.) 

gigautea.     Suppl. 
Heenaxdia.     1104. 

ovigera. 

Sonera.     1. 
Herniahia.     312. 

fruticosa.     2. 

glabra.     1. 

hirsuta.     1. 

lenticulata.     3. 

ParoaycMa  =  Illecebrum 
Paronychia. 
Hesperis.     841. 

africana.     1, 

dentata  ^  Sisymbrium 
bursifolium. 

inodora.     3. 

Jacera.    (cf.  Cheiranthus 
lacerus.) 

jiiatromdis. 

var.    sUdi'lca  = 

sibirica. 

provincialis. 

sibirica.     1. 

tristis.     1. 

verna.     1. 
Heucheea.     325. 

americana.     1.     (pi.) 
Hibiscus.     875. 

AbelmoscJias. 

aethiopicus. 

hrasiliensis. 

cancellatus.     Cf.  Suppl. 

cannabinus. 

elypcatus. 

erecra.     MS. 

esculentus.     2. 

ficulneus.     1. 
0*2 


86 


INDKX   TO   Tllli 


HiHiscus  : — 

iruternus. 
hirsutissimiis.      M8. 

[  =  UIt'llS.    A/»H./,] 

hirtiis.     1. 
Malvavisfiis.     1. 
Maniliot.     1 . 
Moscbeutos.     1. 

]iiifi\intliu.s.     Sup|)l, 
mutabilis. 
pahistfis. 
lientacarpos. 
populiieiis.     l.' 
Rosa-jiineiisi.s.     1 . 
8abclariffa.      1. 
salicifoliiis. 
simplex'. 
soror'iHS. 
spiiiitex. 
surattensis.      I. 
syriacii!-.       1 . 
tiliacpiis.       1 . 
Trioimui.      1. 
virginicus. 

vitit'oliiis.     (in.  L.  f.) 
zejlaniciis.     (in.  L.  f.) 
HlEBAClUM.      954. 
alpimim.     1. 
aniplexioaule. 
aurantiat'inn.     1. 
Aui'iculn.      1. 
blattarioicU's. 
cape  use. 

cerinllioides.     1. 
chondr  ill  0  ides. 
ci/mos((iu. 
dubiuiu.     3. 
gluliiiosiim. 
Gnielini.       I. 
Gronovii.      I. 
liedijpuoules. 
hybrid  um. 
iiicauuhi. 
Kabnii.     h 
Leontodontis. 
lyratum.     1. 
nuiroriun.      1. 

vai".  miiopliorurn. 

var.  jiilusissinunn. 


HiERACIlM  : — 

muroniin    \ai'.    sj/lvoli- 

vinn. 
paluclosuin.        1. 
panieulatuni.     1. 
rilosella.      1. 
porrit'oiiuin.      y>. 
pracinorsuin.     1. 
puniiliini. 
j)t/i'e)tnicitm. 

var.  ((usiiiamm. 

var.  bl(i/t(irii)id<'s. 

var.  Judreticuii). 

var.  i>ilt>sum. 

sabauduni.     .'>. 
sanctum.     .3. 
JSprengerianuM".     1. 
Taraxaci.     '.'>. 
tomentosiim  ^=  Andnala 

lanata. 
iinibellatiini.     3. 
venosioii. 
villosuin. 

lIlLLIA.      

'parasitica  [Jaoc].]. 
HiPPiA.     1039. 

absintlioicles.     318. 
anierk-ana.     M8. 
frutescens. 
pectinit'oliu*-     3IS. 

HiPPOCHATICA.       

volid)ilis. 
HiPPOciJEPis.     919. 

comosii.      1. 

nuiltisiliquusa.     1. 

unisiliquosa. 
HiPPOMAXK.      1146. 

bii/landuloS((. 

fjlandidosa. 

Z\lancinella.     '.'y. 

spinosa. 

Zeocca.     31 S. 
HiPPOPHAi:.     1168. 

canadensis.     J. 

Khanmoides.     ]. 
Hippunis.     11. 

vulf/aris.      1.      (pi.) 
lllRAEA.      — 

reclinata  [Jacq.J. 


LINXEAX    HBUBARIUM, 


]Tirtj:ll.v.     

atiicrli'diia. 
HoLCLs.     1212. 

fitcolor. 

luilepensis.      1. 
lauatus.     1. 
lappaeeus.     MS. 
Jatifolii's. 
laxus.        1. 
mollis.      -i. 
iiiger.     MS. 
odoratus.      1. 
])ertusus. 
S(tcch((r(itas. 
serratiis.     Siippl. 
Sorghum.     3. 
spicatus.     .'3. 
.striatus.      1. 

H(JLOSTEUM.       109. 

cordatum.     1. 
hirsittiii)!. 
succiileatiiin. 
umbel  latum.      1, 
HoPEA.     942. 
tinctoria. 

IIORDEUM.       103. 

bulbosum.     3. 
distichon. 
Jw.vasticJioii. 
jubatiim.       1. 
murinum.     1. 
nodosum.     3. 
vulgare.     1. 
Zeocriton.     1. 
H(JRMINUM.      747. 

pyrenaiciim.     3. 
vii-ijiiiicutn.      (ef.   Salvia 
purpurea.) 

IIOTTOXIA.       204. 

iudica.     3. 
2>((li(stris  (pi.). 

HOUSTONIA.       128. 

caerulea.     3. 
purpurea.     3. 

IIUDSONIA.       622. 

ericoidcs  (pi.). 
HuGoxiA.     857. 

Mi/stax  (pi.). 
HuMULi's.     1178. 

Lupulus.     1. 


HuitA.     1144. 

crepitau.s.     3. 
IIyacinthus.     438. 

ametliystinus.     -. 

botryoides.      1. 

cernuus.     J. 

comosus.     J. 

C'orymbosus.     (m.  L.  f.) 

lanatus. 

monstruosu^.     1. 

Muscari.      1. 

uon-scriptus.      1. 

orcliioides. 

orientalis.     3. 

pnsillus.     MS. 

racemosus.     3. 

romauus. 

serotinus.     1. 

viridis.     3. 
HiDXUM.     1281. 

aurisealpium.  (m.  Ehrli.) 

imhricattnu. 

parasiticuin. 

rcpandum. 

tomeiitostniK 
Hydrangea.     573. 

arborescens. 
Hydrastis.     720. 

cauadeusis.     •>. 
Hydrociiaris.     1189. 

Morsus-ranae.     1. 
IIydrocotyle.     332. 

americaua.     1 . 

asiatica.     1. 

ehinensis.     1. 

cordifolia.     MS. 

ei'ecta.     Sup])l. 

ranuuculoides.      Suppl. 

tlielygoiioides.     MS. 

uinbellata.     1. 

villosa.     Suppl. 

vulgnris.      1. 
Hydrolea.     — 

sjnnosa. 
Hydrophyllum.     205. 

cauadense.     3. 

virginianum  =■  seq. 

virgiuicum.     3. 
Hymenaea.     526. 
Courbaril.     3. 


88 


lM)i;X    TO    TUK 


llYOBAJfCHE.       799. 

sf(}i</tti))e(t  (pi.). 

llVOSCYAMUS.       244. 

albus.     J . 

aureus.     .3. 

Belladonnae. 

miiticKs. 

niger.     1 , 

physaloides.     1. 

pusillus.     1. 

reticidatits. 

tScopolia  (|)1.). 
Hyoseris.     967. 

cretica.     1. 

foeiida. 

Hedypiiois.     1. 

lucida.     li. 

minima.     3. 

radiata.     1. 

Ehagadioloides.     1. 

scabra.     3. 

virginica.     1. 
Hl'PECOUM.      171. 

erectum. 

pendulum.     1. 

pi'ocunibens.     1. 
Htpeeicuji.     943. 

aegypticum. 

Androsfcmuni.     1. 

Ascyi'on.     1. 

haccifemm. 

balearicum.     1. 

harhatum. 

calycinum.     3. 

canadeiise.     3. 

canariense.     1. 

cayanensf. 

chinense. 

Coris. 

crispiiin.     3. 

elodes.     3. 

ericoides. 

gvineense. 

hircinuni.      1. 

hirsutum.     1. 

humifusum.     1. 

Kalmianum.     1. 

Lasinnfhus  =  Gordouia 
Lasiantlius. 


Hypericum  : — 

nicxicaiium.     fin.  L.  f.) 
monogymiin.     '■>. 
montanum.     3. 
mutihihi. 
nuriiiindarivm. 
olympicum.     1. 
orieutale.     3. 
perfoliatum. 
perforatum.     1. 
petiulatitm. 
prolifiouin.     3. 
pidchrvhi. 
quadranguluni.      I. 
repen.s.     3. 
sanguineuiii.     M8. 
scabrum.     3. 
setos\i)rt. 

tomentosum.     3. 
virginicum.     J). 
IItpxum.     1266. 

abietinum.     1. 
acacioiden. 
adiantoides.     1. 
aduncum. 
alopeamim. 
br>/oidcs. 
clavatum.    MS. 
(■laveUatum. 
complanatum.     1. 
compressum. 
crispum.     1. 
cupressiforme. 
Crista-castrensis. 
curtipcnduluni.     1. 
cuspidatum.      1. 
deUcafidiiiii. 
deudroides. 
denticulatuni. 
JUicifoUum  =  fili  Folium, 
filiciiium. 
filifolium. 

fluitans.     (m.  I^.  f.) 
fp'acih'. 
illecehriim. 
jidaceuin . 
lorevrn. 
lucens. 
niyosuroides. 


XINNEAN    HERBAKIUM. 


89 


HiPNUM  : — 

ornitJiojood  hides. 

2>(dustre. 

parietinum.     1. 

plumosum . 

praeionguni. 

proliferuni. 

puruni.     (m.  ISol.) 

ripariuin. 

mgosnm. 

ruscifolium.     MS. 

rvtahuhim. 

sciuroides. 

scorpioides.     1 . 

sericeum,     2. 

serpens. 

spinifonne. 

squaiTosum.      1. 

siilvaticum. 

taxii'olium.     1, 

triqiaetrum. 

undulatuiii.     1. 

velutinum.      1. 

viticulosuin. 
Hypochaeris.     959. 

Aclnirophorvs  ^  Seriola 
aetlinensis. 

glabra.      1. 

maculata.     1. 

jjontana. 

radicata.     1. 

urens. 
Htpoxis.     427. 

alba.     kSuppl. 

decumbens.     3. 

erecta.     3. 

fascicularls. 

miuiita.     Suppl. 

plicatilis.     Suppl. 
(plicata). 

serrata.     Suppl. 

sessilis. 

striata.    MS. 
Htssopus.     725. 

Lophantbus.     1 . 

nepetoides.     1. 

officinalis.     1. 

Iberis.     827. 


Iberis  : — 

arabica.     3. 

cretiva. 

(jibraltaricK . 

liuifolia.     3. 

nudicaulis.     1. 

odorata. 

pinriata.     3. 

rotundifolia.     1. 

saxatilis.     3. 

semperfloreiis.     3. 

sempervirens. 

unibellata.     1. 
Ignatia.     251. 

>io*'rt  =  aiiiara,  Linn,  f. 
Ilex.     173. 

Aqui  folium.      1. 

asiatica. 

Cassine.     1. 

cnneifolia. 

Dodonaeu. 
Illecebrum.     290. 

Achyrantba.     3. 

arabicuin.     3. 

alsinefoliiiin.     3. 

bengbalense. 

bracbiatum. 

capitatura.     1. 

cymosum.     1. 

ficoideuui.     (ni.  Sol.) 

javauicuin. 

lanatuui. 

Monsouiae.     Suppl. 

Paronycbia.     1. 

polygonoides. 

sanguinolentum. 

sessile.     3. 

suffruticosum.     1. 

vermicnlatuiii.     3. 

vertieillatum.     1. 
Illicium.     704. 

aeudentata.    MS. 

anisatinn. 
JJoridammi. 
Impatiens.     1053. 

Balsamina.     1. 

chinensis.     1. 

cornuta. 

lati  folia.     3. 

Noli-tangoi'e.     1. 


90 


IMiK.V    TO    THK 


Impatikns: — 

Opjxisitif'jlid. 
trijloiii. 

Impkratouia.     366. 

Ostnitliiimi.     2. 
Jndjgofkka.     923. 

angiistifolia. 
Anil. 
<tr(/entea. 
cytisoides.     3. 
dispenna. 
enneaphylla, 
f/lahni. 
liirsiila. 

inexicana.     Siippl. 
pentajiliylla. 
procutnbeiis. 
psoraloides.     .'i. 
racemosa  =  pfaec. 
sericea. 
tinctoria.     1. 
tometiiosa.    MS. 
trifoliata.     -3. 
1m  LA.     999. 
aestuaas. 
arabica.     3. 
aroiiiatica.     3. 
bifrO)is=iCony7.a  bifrons. 
Britamiica.     2. 
caerulea  =  Aster     poli- 

foliiis. 
eritJnnifoHa  =  seq. 
crithmoifles.     1. 
dysenterica.     1. 
eiisifolia.     3. 
foetida.     3. 
geniiaiiica.     1. 
lleleiiiuin.      1. 
hirta.     ]. 
iiidit-a.     3. 
iiiariaiia.     3. 
monian((. 
iii)/r(ifoIifi. 
Oculus-Christi.     1. 
odora.      1 . 
])itiitolia. 
provuicialia. 
Pidicaria.     1. 
saliciiia.      1, 


Inlla  : — 

sinraeifolia.     3. 

squarrosa.     3. 

'Tri.ris. 

undiilata.     3. 

vUlosa. 
Ipomoka,     219. 

aefjiiptia  =  Convolvulus 
peiitapliyllus. 

((11)11. 

Jioiia-nox.     3. 

cainpanulata.     1. 

caniea. 

earohna. 

cocciiiea.     1. 

digitata. 

i/lancifolid. 

bastata. 

hederi  folia. 

he  pa  ilea  e  folia. 

lacunosa. 

muricata  [JaapX 

JSycielna  =:  Ellisia 
Xyctelea. 

Pes-tigridis.      1. 

Qiianioclit.     1. 

qiiinqnefi>lia  =  Convol- 
vulus quinquetolius. 

repaada. 

rubra. 

serpens.     MS. 

solanifoUa. 

tamnifolia. 

triloba.     1. 

tuberosa.     1. 

untheUata. 

verticiUata. 

violacea. 
Ibesine.     1175. 

Celosia  =  seq. 

celosioides. 
Iris.     61. 

(tjihi/lla. 

bi  flora.     1. 

jlorcntina. 

foetidissiina.     1. 

^ermanica.     (tu.  L.  f.) 

graniinea.     3. 

niartmicensis. 


LIXXEAN    HE  KHAR  I  I'M. 


91 


]urs  :  — 

ocliroleuca.     (m.  L.  f.) 

persica.     3. 

Tseud-acorus.      1. 

pumila.     1. 

2>i/re)iaica. 

sfimbucina. 

sibirica.     1. 

iSisi/rincJihun. 

spuria.     3. 

si^tudeiis. 

susiana.     3. 

tenuifolia  \_Pall.]. 

tuherosa. 

variegata.     (in.  L.  f.) 

verna.     3. 

versicolor. 

-virginica.     3. 

Xiphium. 
IsATis.     848. 

nrmeaa. 

lusitanica.     1. 

tinctoria.     1 . 
IsciiAEMUxr.     1214. 

aristatuui.     1. 

muriiiuin  \^Foyst.']. 

inuticuiii.     1. 
ISNARDIA.      157. 

palustris.     1. 

rauiosior.     M8. 
IsoiiTES.     1256. 

lacustris.     1. 

ISOPYRU.M.       717. 

n<jii'de(jiindes. 
fumarioides.     1. 
thctlldrioides. 
Itea.     273. 

virginica.     1. 

IVA.       1116. 

absinthoides  =  Jlippia 

absiiithoide.s. 
annua.      1. 
frutescens.      1. 
IxiA.     58. 

africana. 
alia. 

l)ulbifera.     3. 
Buibocodium.     3. 


IxiA  :  — 

cluuensis.     3. 

corymbosa.     3. 

croeata.     3. 

discolora.     MS. 
jiexaosa. 

hirsula  =  Wacbeudorfia 
umbellata. 

lacera.     31 8. 

niaculata.     3. 

pendula.     MS. 

plkala  =  Gladiolus  pli- 
catus. 

paniculata.     MS. 

polystacbya.      3. 

rosea. 

scillaris.     3. 

ti'iniaculata.    MS. 

umbellata  =  Wacbeu- 
dorfia umbellata. 

uniflora.     3. 
IXOBA.      132. 

alba. 

americana.     3. 

cocciuea.     2. 

occidentalis. 


Jacquinia.     — 

armillaris. 

linearis. 

ruscifolia. 
Jambolifera.     — 

peduncidata. 
Jasione.     1050. 

montana.     3. 
Jasminum.     17. 

azoricuui.     1. 

f  ruticans.     1 . 

grandiflorum.     .3. 

hutnile.      1 . 

odoratissimum.     1. 

officinale.      1. 
Jatropiia.     1141. 

C ureas.      1. 

elastica.     Suppl. 

gossy  pi  Folia.     1. 

herbncea. 

Janipha. 


92                                                         INDliX 

TO    THE 

Jatuopiia  : — 

Jl'NGEUMAN.VIA  :  — 

Miuiibot.     li. 

julacea. 

luoliiccana.     3. 

lanceohtta. 

uuiltitida.     J5. 

muhijida. 

ureiiH.     1 . 

laulti  flora. 

JUGI-ANS.      1129. 

nemorea  ^  seq. 

alba. 

nemorosa. 

bacccitu. 

piiigiiis.     (ill.  Elirli.)' 

ciii  erect. 

platyphylla.     (in.  L.  f.) 

nigra.     1. 

pohiaatho)^. 

regia.     1. 

pusilla.     (ill.  Ehrb.) 

JuNCUS.     449. 

rjuinqi(edenl(t(((. 

acutiis.     1. 

reptans. 

articulatius.     1. 

lesupiuata. 

— - —  Tar.  aqn(itici(S. 

rupestris. 

var.  sylvaticus. 

Tamarisci  =  seq. 

bigluiiiis.     1. 

taniariscifoli;i. 

but'onius.     1. 

tricbopbylla.   (in.  Ebrli.) 

bulbosus.     1. 

trilobata. 

cauipestris.     1. 

unduiatu  [ap.  llypnuin]. 

conglomeratus.     1 . 

varia. 

effusus.     1. 

viticuJosa. 

filiformis.     1. 

JUNGIA.       1046. 

(jJomeratus,   MS.     (2)  = 

femu/inea. 

conglomeratus. 

JUIS^IPERUS.       1198. 

gloiiieratus,  MS.  (15)  = 

barbadensis. 

spicatus. 

bennudiana. 

Jacquini. 

cbinensis.     3. 

ivjicA-us. 

communis.     3. 

niveus.     \^. 

hjcia. 

uodosus.     3. 

Oxycedrus.     1 . 

pilosiis.     1. 

phoenicea.     3. 

punctarius.     8uppl. 

Sabinn.     1. 

spicatus. 

tJnirifera. 

squarrosus.     3. 

virgiuiana.     1. 

stygius.     3. 

JussiEUA.     552. 

trilidus.     1. 

adsce^idens. 

trigluiiiis.     1. 

erecta.     2. 

JUNGEIIMANNIA.       1267. 

peruviana. 

albicans. 

pubescens. 

alpina.     (m.  L.  f.) 

repens. 

asplenioicle.s.     '2. 

sifffrutieosu  =  pi'aec. 

hicus2)i<l(if((. 

tenclld. 

bidentata.     (ni.  L.  f.) 

JUSTICIA.      28. 

ciliaris. 

Adhatoda.     1 . 

coniplanata.     (ra.  L.  f.) 

assurgens.     3. 

dilatata. 

Beto)iie(i. 

epipliylla. 

bivalvis.     3. 

furcata. 

cartJuir/inensis. 

LINNEAK   HERBARIUM, 


93 


JUSTICIA  : — 

chinensis.     1. 

Ecbolium.     3. 

echiokles. 

fastuo.sa. 

gangetica.     15. 

hyssopi  Folia.     1. 

iufuiulibulit'ormis.     3. 

nasuta.     1.     (in.  L.  f.) 

pauieulata.     M8. 

pectinata.     3. 

picta.     3. 

procumbens.     1. 

purpurea.     1. 

repeiis.     3.     (m.  L,  f.) 

scoiyioides. 

sessilis. 

sexangularis.     1. 

spinosa. 


Kaempferia.     8. 

Galanga.     1. 

rotunda. 
Kalmia.     560. 

angiistit'olia.     1. 
latifolia.     1. 

KiGGELAllIA.       1191. 

africana.  1. 
Kleinhovia.     1073. 

liospita  (pL). 
Knautia.     121. 

orientalis.     1 . 
palat'stiua. 
pluuiosa. 
propontica.     3. 

KiSOXIA.       

sciindens  =  Cleroden- 

drum  scandens. 
zeylanica. 

KOENIGIA.       110. 

islandica.  3. 
Krameria.     — 

lochia. 
KuHNiA.    238. 

evpatorioides  (pi.). 
Kyllinga.     69. 

moiwcephala  =  Schoenus 
coloratus. 


Kyllinga  : — 

triceps  =  Schoenus 
uiveus. 


Lachenalia.     405. 

tricolor  [Jacq.J. 
Lachnaea.     — 

cotujlomerata. 

eriocephahi. 
Lactuca.     950. 

canadensis.     1. 

indica. 

perennis.     1, 

quercina.     1. 

saligna.     1. 

sativa.     1. 

var.  capitata. 

A'ar.  crispa. 

Scariola.     3. 

(SV?T?oZrt =praec. 

virosa.     1. 
Laetia.     680. 

americana, 

ap/etala. 

oouipletn.     3. 

Thamnia. 
Lagerstroemia  .     684. 

indica.     3. 
Lagoecia.     282. 

cuminoides.     1. 
Lagurus.     96. 

cylindricus. 

ovatus.     1, 
Lamium.     733. 

album.     1. 

amplexicaule.     ]. 

r/arganicwn  =  L.  Orvala. 

laevigatum.     3. 

maculatum.     3. 

nndtijidum. 

Orvala.     3. 

purpureuin.     1. 
Lantana,     783. 

aculeata.     1. 

africana.     1. 

annua.     1. 

hxdJata  =  Varronia   bul- 
lata. 


94 


INDEX    TO    TilK 


Jy  VNTAV.V  : 

LvTHVUUS  : — 

Camarji.     1. 

latit'olius.      1. 

cori/iu/iosti  =  Varroiiia 

Xi^solia.       1. 

liiieata. 

odorat  us.      J . 

iiivoliR-rata.     ;{. 

palustris.      1 . 

iitistd. 

pisiformis.    ]. 

otlorata.     3. 

pniteusis.     1. 

salvifolia.     3. 

sativus.     1. 

trifolia.      (trifoliata 

m. 

.setit'olius.       ] , 

L.  f.) 

sylvestris.      1. 

Lai'sana.     960. 

tiugitanus.     1. 

ca/nllaris. 

tuberosus.      1. 

c-iondrilloides. 

Lau 

GEKIA.       256. 

communis.     1. 

odorata.     3. 

Khagadiolus.     1. 

Laurus.     518. 

stellata.     1. 

aestivalis.     1. 

Zaciiitha.     1. 

Jjenzoin.     2. 

JvASEKPITIUM.       351. 

Borbonia.     3. 

aiKjiistifolinm. 

CaiDpliora.     1. 

a  q  ad  eg  i folium  [Jacq 

.]. 

Cassia.     1. 

Chironinm. 

Ciiinamomum.     3. 

fei-ulaceum.     3. 

Cliloroxylou.     3. 

galliciim.     3. 

Cidilahan. 

latifolium.     3. 

indica.       1. 

nanum.     M8. 

iiobilis.     1. 

peucedauoides.     3. 

(m. 

Persea. 

L.f.) 

Sassafras.     1. 

pruteniciiiu.     3. 

Tn»iera«rt=Winteraiiia 

Siler.     2. 

Caiiella. 

xihij)!^'. 

Lav 

ANDULA.      727. 

trilobum.     3. 

dentata.     1 . 

Latkraka.     761. 

multifida.     1. 

Anhlatum. 

Spiea.      1. 

Claiideslina.     1. 

Stoechas.     1. 

Pliehjpaea. 

Lavateua.     871. 

Srjuamaria.     2. 

americana.     3. 

Lathyhus.     905. 

arborea.     1. 

amphicarpus.     1 . 

cretica.     1. 

angulatu.s.     1. 

lusitanica. 

anmiu.s.      3. 

micans. 

Apliaca.     3. 

olbia.     3. 

articulatns.     1. 

thuringiaca.     1. 

I>ithi/nicas:=\\c\a  bithy- 

triloba.     1. 

niea. 

tnmestris.     1. 

Cicera.     1 . 

Lawsonia.     496. 

Clymenum.      1. 

inermis.     3. 

lieterophyllus.     ]. 

spiiiosa.     1. 

liirsutus.     1. 

Lechia.     115. 

incoiispicuiis.     1. 

major.      1. 

LINNEAN    HEBBARIUM. 


1)5 


Lechia  : — 

minor.     1 . 
Lectthis,     682. 

ininor. 

OUar'ta. 
Ledum.     561. 

palustre.      ] . 
Leea.     1118. 

aequata.     3. 

crispa.     3, 
Lemxa.     1093. 

arrliiza. 

f/ibba. 

minor.      1. 

pohirliiza. 

trisulca.      \ . 
Leontice.     433. 

CJu'l/sor/ornnji. 

Leo)itopetaIoi<b's. 

Leontopetaluiii.     1. 

thalictroides.     1. 
Leots^todon.     953. 

aureum.     3. 

autiinmale.     1. 

bulJ)Osi()u. 

Dandelion. 

dentatum. 

liastile. 

inrrum.     3. 

hispiduiu.     1. 

lanatum. 

Taraxacum.     1. 

toineiitosum.     Suppl 

tuberosum.     3. 
Leonurus.     739. 

Cardiaca.     1. 

indicus. 

Marrubiastrum     1. 

sibiricus. 

tataricus. 
Lepidium.     824. 

alpinum. 

boiianense. 

Cardamines.     3. 

chalepeuse. 

didymum.     3. 

i>r«  Art  ^  Cochleaii;! 
Draba. 

eTamiui  folia.     3. 


Lepidiim  : — 

Iberis.      ] . 
latifolium.     1. 
li/rati(iii. 

Nasturtium.     MS. 
nudicaule.     1. 
perfoliatuni.      1. 
petnieum.     1. 
procuuibt'iis.     '2. 
ruderale.      1. 
sativum.      1. 
spinosum. 
subulatum.      1. 
siiffriitieostuii. 
vesicaritnn. 
virgiuicuiu.      1, 
Leechea,     851  a. 

longicavJa. 
Leucabexdeon.     — 
acavlon. 
cnncellaiion. 
Conocarpodcndron. 
cucidlatum  =^  Protea  cu- 

cuUatum. 
cyanoides  =  Protea  cya- 

noides. 
cynaroides  =  Protea 

cynaroides. 
(jlomeratum  =  Protea 

glomerata. 
Jiirtum  ^=  Protea  birla. 
HypojilniUoca  r  podcnd  run 

=  Protea   liypophyl- 

locarpodeudron. 
Lejndoca  rjHiilcnd  ron  = 

Protea     Lepidocarpo- 

dendrum. 
jyinifoJium  ^Vrotra  piiii- 

folia. 
2)roteoides=Vvo\:eii    pur- 
purea. 
r«c6?»ost«»  =  Protea  raie- 

mosum. 
r(?2)<'Hi-= Protea  repeus. 
ScoIymoce/tJuditm. 
Sei^rai'ia  =  Protea    Ser- 

raria. 
sjieciosKin  =  Protea  spe- 

ciosa. 


96 


INDEX    TO    THE 


Leucojuxi.     410. 

aestivmu.     :>. 

autuninalc.     1. 

vermiin.     1. 
Leysera.     1008. 

Callicornia. 

gnaphalodes.     3, 

paleacea..     3. 
Lichen.     1273. 

ampullaccHS. 

aphthosus.     1. 

aquatilis. 

ai'Cticus.     1. 

articidatus. 

atro-alhus. 

atro-vlrens. 

btirbatus.     3. 

Hurgessii.     (in.  L.  f.) 

byssoides.     (in.  Elirh.) 

calcarens. 

calicaris.     1. 

candelarius. 

caninus.     1. 

cape rat us. 

carpiiieus.     ] . 

centrifugus.     1. 

chalybeiForniis.     1. 

chry  sophthal  m  us. 

ciliaris. 

linereus. 

cocci  ferns.     1. 

coralJinux. 

cornucopioides. 

coruutus.     1. 

iM'ispns. 

o'istatus. 

crocatus. 

croceus.     1. 

ci/lindricus. 

deformis.     3. 

ih'iisius,  sphalni.^seq, 

<lenstus.     1. 

vav.  aquoticus. 

digitatus.     (m.  Sol.) 

divaricatus.     3. 

ericetorum.     1. 

faginelis. 

t'ahlunensis.      1 . 

farinaceus.       1. 


Lichen  : — 

fascicularis.     (m,  L.  f.) 
Jinihridtas. 
Moridus.     1. 
I'ragilis.       1. 
fraxiiieus.     1. 
fufiforinls. 
t'urt'uraceus.     1. 
fusco-ater. 
(jelidus. 
geograpliicus. 
glaucus.     1. 
globiferus.     3. 
gracilis.     1. 
liirtus.     1. 
liorizoutalis. 
islandicus.     1. 

var.  tenu'tssimus. 

jubatus.     1. 
jadaicus. 
juniperinus.     1. 
lacteus. 
lanatus.     1. 
lentiginosus.     MS. 
leueoinelos.     3. 
raimatus. 
nivalis.     1. 
olivaceus.     1. 
oinphalodes.     2. 
pallescens.     (m.  L.  f.) 
PareUus. 
parietiuus.     1. 
pasehalis.     1. 
perlatus. 
pertusus.     3. 
physodes.     (ni.  L.  f.) 
pJicatns. 
j)olypliyllus. 
polvrrbizos.       (m, 

Ehrh.) 
proboscideus.     1. 
Prunastri.     ] . 
])ubescens. 
])ulinonarius.     1. 
])ustulatns.     1. 
])yxidatus.     3. 
rangiferinus.     1. 

var.  alptcstris. 

var.  sylvaticics. 


LIXNEAN    HEBBAMUM. 


97 


Lichen  : — 

resupiuatus.     1 . 

Eoccella.     1. 

riigosus. 

yxpicola. 

saceatus.     3. 

sanguinariiis.     1. 

saxatilis.     1. 

scriptus.     (m.  L.  f.) 

stellaris.     3. 

stygius.     3. 

subhiseus.     3, 

subulatus.     3. 

sylvaticus. 

tartareus.     (in.  L.  f.) 

imcialis.     i. 

upsaliensis.     1. 

Usnea.     3. 

velleus.     1. 

venosus.     1. 

ventosus. 

vevnalis. 

verrucosus.     Suppl. 

vulpinus.     1. 
LlGUSTICUM.      353. 

austriacum. 

halearicum. 

cornubiense. 

Levisticum. 

pelopennesiaciim.     1. 

peregrin  urn. 

scoticiim.     1. 

LlGUSTBUM.       18. 

vulgare.     1. 
LiLiuM.     420. 

bulbit'erum,     1. 

camtschatcense. 

canadense.     1. 

eaudidmn.     1. 

chalcedouicum.     1, 

Martagon. 

persicum. 

philadelphicum.     3. 

pomponium.     1. 

superhum. 
LiMEUM.    477. 

africauum.  3.  (m.  L.  f.) 
LiMOuoituM.     1058. 

altuui.     3. 


LnioDOitUM  : — 

tuberosum.     3. 
LiMONiA.     550. 

acklisshna.       (cf.    tri- 
I'oliata.) 

monoji7i)jlla. 

trifoliata. 
LiMOSELLA,      794. 

aquatica.     1. 

dlandra. 
LiNcoxiA.     323. 

alopecuroidea  (pi.). 

LiNDERNIA.       796. 

gratioloides.     MS. 

Pyxidaria. 
LiNNAEA.     792. 

borealis.      1. 
LiNUM.     396. 

africauum. 

alpinum.     3. 

arbor  eum. 

austriacum.     1. 

cainpanulatura.     3. 

catharticum.     1. 

Havum.     1. 

gallicum. 

liirsutum.     1. 

maritimum.     2. 

narbonense. 

nodiflorum.     3. 

perenne.     1. 

procumbens.     MS. 

(]uadrifolium.     1. 

liadiola.     1. 

strictum.     1. 

suffniticosum. 

tenuifolium.     1. 

trigynum  =  galli- 
cum. 

usitatissimum.     1. 

verticillatum. 

virginianum.      1. 

viscosum. 
LlPAHIA.      910. 

graminit'olia. 

opjjositd. 

sericea. 

sphaerica. 

umbellata. 


I 


98 


INDK.V    TO    THE 


Jill'AUl  A  : 

villosa  =   Borboiiia    to- 
isientosa. 
F.ii'iMA.     801. 

ainericaiia.  1. 
hemisphuerica. 
ovata.     3. 

LlQUIDAJIHAU.      1134. 

aspleiiifolia  =  se([. 

peregriiia.     3. 

fStyracifliia.      1. 
LlIJIODENDnON.      705. 

lUiifeva. 

Tulipifera.      1. 
lilSIANTlll  .s.      213. 

corditolius.     .">. 

lot)i/ifoUi(s. 
LirnosrEUMiM.     181. 

aegyptiacuiu.    (in.  L.  f.  ? 
=  tenuifl()ruiii.  Siippl.) 

arvense.      1 .  i 

dispernuini.     3. 

fruticosuin.      1. 

officinale,     1. 

orientale.     3. 

purpurocaerulcuin,     1. 
[purpureuin.] 

tincfor  i  urn  =  Av.vhu^ii 
tinctoria. 

virgiiiiamiMi.      1. 

?•//•(/*/(/(•!')/*  =  ])raec. 
LlTTOEELLA.       1107.  I 

lacvslris.  | 

uuiHora.     MS. 
LoASA.     688.  j 

hispicla. 
Lobelia.     1051. 

assurgeiis.     3. 

bellidifolia,  IMS.    [=bel-  ' 
lidiflora,  Siippl.]  \ 

ludhosa.     3. 

C'ardiiialis.      1. 

Cheiraiithns  =  Manidea 
Cheiraiitliiis. 

Clift'ortiana.      ]. 

comosa  =  triquet  la. 

cornuta. 

ooronopifolia. 

debilis.     Sup|)l. 


LoliKLIA  :— 

Uortiiianiia.     1. 

elongata.     MS. 

eriiioide.s.     3. 

Eriiius.     3. 

hirsutd. 

hirt((. 

iuflata.      1. 

Kahnii.      1. 

Laiirt'iitia.     3. 

longiilora.    3.    (m.  Sol.) 

liitea.     3. 

iniiiiiiia.     MS. 

mimita. 

ohscHVd. 

Oederia.     ^IS. 

paniculata. 

Phyteuina. 

pinifolia.     3. 

Fhnnieri  =  Scaevola 

Lobelia, 
simplex. 
surinuiiiensls. 
sypbilitica.     1. 
tenella.     3. 
Trapa =Jj.  Tupa. 
tritpietra.     3. 
2\(pa. 
urens.     3. 
zeylanica.     3. 
LOEFLINGIA.      54. 

bispanica.     L 

LOESELIA.      — 

ciliata. 
LoLiuM.     99. 

distachyon. 

perenne.     1. 

temulentiini.     I. 

teiiiie.     .3. 
Lo>-cniTis.     1249. 

aurita. 

Jiir.s^dd. 

pedata.     3.     (ni.  Sol.) 

rej^ens. 
LoxiCERA.     235. 

rt?6rt=C'liiococca    race- 
mosa. 

alpigena.     L 

caeruiea,     1. 


LIXXEAN    HERBAEIU.M. 


99 


LONICERA  : 

Caprifoliuni.     1. 

corymhosa. 

Diervilla.      1. 

dioica.     Jl 

marUandica  =:  Spigelia 
niarilandica, 

nigra. 

parasitica. 

Periclymenum.     1. 

pyreuaiea.     1. 

sempervirens.     1. 

Symphoi'icarpos.     1. 

tatarica.     2. 

Xylosteuin. 
LOEANTHUS.      455. 

amencauiis. 

europaeus.     3. 

lonicerioides. 

occidentalis. 

pentandrus.     3. 

Scurrula.     3. 

spicatns  [Jacq.]. 

Stelis. 

niiifloriis  [Jacq.]. 
Lotus.     931. 

aiigustissimus.     1. 

arabicus.     3. 

conjugatus.     1. 

corniculatus.     1. 

var.  tenuifoliiis. 

creticiis.     1 . 

cytisoides.     1. 

Dorycnium.     1, 

edulis.     3. 

grgcto=siliquosus. 

fruticosus  =  Boi'bonia 
tomeutosa. 

graecus.     3. 

hirsutus.     1. 

Jacobaeus.     1. 

maritimus.     1. 

mauritanicas.     3. 

ornithopodioides.     ]. 
peregriiius. 

prostratus.     3. 

rectus.     1. 

siliquosMs. 

Tetragoaolobus.     1. 


Lotus  : — 

fetrapJiT/lIas. 
LUDWIGIA.      154. 

alternifolia.     1. 

erigata. 

op])ositifolia. 

perennis. 
LuxARiA.     832. 

annua.     3. 

rediviva.     1. 
LupiNus.     898. 

albus.     1. 

angustifolius.     1. 

hirsutus.      1. 

intc'grifoJius. 

luteus.      1. 

perennis.     ]. 

pilosiis. 

sfohmlferus=h\vsutiis. 

varius.     1. 
Lychms.     602. 

alpestria,     (m.  L.  f.) 

alpina.     1 

apetala.     I. 

clialcedonica.     1. 

dioioa.     1 . 

Flos-cucidi. 

inaperta. 

quadridentdta  =  Silene 
quadrifida. 

sibirica.     1. 

Viscaria.     1. 
Lycium.     259. 

at'rum.     1. 

album. 

barbaruiii.     1. 

capsulare.     3. 

europaeum.     3. 
Lycoperdon.     1287. 

awantium. 

Bovista. 

cancelJatum. 

carcinomatis.     Suppl. 

Carpoholus. 

cervinum. 

Epidendrum. 

epiphyllum. 

parasiticum.     MIS. 
peduncidatum . 


100 


INDEX    TO   THE 


Lycoperdox  : — 

pisifornn'. 

pistillare. 

radiatiDn. 

stellatuin.     (in.  Ehrh.) 

truncattmi. 

Tuber. 

variolosum, 
LycoponiuM.     1257. 

iilopecurioides.     1. 

alpinum.      1. 

annotinum. 

apodum.     1. 

Brt/opteris. 

canaliculatum . 

caroUnianunt. 

cernuum.     1. 

circinale. 

clavatum.     3. 

complaiiatum.     1. 

denticulatum.     1. 

flabellatura.     1. 

helveticum. 

inundatum.     1. 

linifolium. 

nudum.     1. 

obscurum.     1. 

ornitliopodioides.     3. 

Plilegmaria. 

plumosum.     3. 

rupestre.     3. 

sanguinolentum.     1. 

selaginoides.     1. 

Selago.     1 . 

var.  minor. 

Ltcopsis.     190. 

aegyptiaca  =  Asperugo 
aegyptiaca. 

arvensis.     1. 

Echioides. 

onentalis. 

puUa.     3. 
variegata.     1 . 
vesicaria.     1. 

virginica. 
Lycopus.     36. 

europaeus.     1. 
exaltatus.     Suppl. 
italicus.     MS. 


Lycopus  : — 

virginicns. 
Lygeum.     75. 

Spartuin.     2. 
Lysimachia.     207. 

atropurpurea.     1. 

ciliata.     ] . 

Epheinerum.     1. 

Linum-stellatuiu.     1. 

nemorum.     1. 

Nummularia.     1- 

punctata.     3. 

quadrifolia.     1. 

tenella  =  Anagallis 
tenella. 

thyrsi  flora.     1. 

vulgaris.     1. 
Lythrum.     626. 

carcbagineiise  [JVec^.]. 

Cuphea.     Suppl. 

fruticosum.     3. 

Hyssopit'olia.     1. 

lineare.     2. 

Melanium. 

Parsonsia.     3. 

jjeiiolatum. 

Salicaria.     1. 

Thymifolia.     1. 

verticillatum.     1. 

virgatuni.     1. 

Macrocnemum.     227. 

jaraaicense.  3.    (m.  Sol.) 
Madrepora.     — 

Acetabulum,      [=  Ace- 
tabularia         mediter- 
ranea,  Lamour.~\ 
Magnolia.     706. 
acuniitiata. 
glauca.     3. 
grandijiora. 
tripetala. 
virginiana. 

var.  acuminata  = 

acuminata. 

var.    fcetida  = 

graudiflora. 

var.   glauca  =: 


glauca. 


LIX>fEAN    HERBARIUM. 


101 


Magnolia 


virguiiaiin  var.  grisea-= 
c!:lauca  ? 

var.  tripetahi  = 


tripetala. 
Mahernia.     — 

jihinata. 
verticiUata. 
Malachra.     867. 

capitata.     3. 

radiata. 
Mallococca  [Forst.]. 

crenata     [Forst.']  =  Gre- 
Avia  jMallococca. 
Malope.     872. 

Malacoides.     1. 
Malpiqhia.     588. 

aiigustifolia.     3. 

aquifolia.     3. 

banisteroides. 

(Occigera. 

crassifolia.     1. 

glabra.     1. 

iiitida.     3. 

ohscura. 

punicifolia. 

iirens.     1. 

verbascifolia.     1. 
Malya.     870. 

abutiloides. 

aegyptia.     1. 

Alcea.     1. 

amerienaa. 

bryonifolia.     1. 

capeiisis.     1. 

var.  scabrosa. 

caroliniana.     1. 

coromaudeliana.     1. 

crispa. 

gangetica. 

hispanica.     1. 

liuiensis.     3. 

mauritiana.     1. 

moschata.     3. 

parviflora.     2. 

peruviana.     1. 

rotuudifolia.     1. 

scabrosa  =  capensis. 

scariosa.     MS. 


Malya  : — 

Sherardiaua.     3. 
spicata.     3.     (in.  L.  f.) 
sylvestris.     1. 
tomentosa.     1. 
Tournefortiana.     3. 
verticiUata.     1. 

var.  c/'is2:)rt  =  erispa. 

Mammba.     675. 

americaua.     1 . 
asiatica.     3. 
Maxdr  agora.     — 

officinarum. 
Manettia.     — 
recllnata. 
Mangifera.     276. 

iudica.     1. 
Manisuris.     1215. 

myui'us. 
Manulea.     787. 

Cheiranthus.     3. 
tomentosa. 
Maranta.     6. 

arundinacea.     1. 
Galanga. 
Marcgrayia.     661. 
ttmbeUata  (pL). 
Marchantia.     1269. 
androgyua.     1. 
chenopoda.     (ni.  Sol.) 
conica.     (m.  L.  f.) 
cruciata.      (an  m. 

Suartz  ?) 
hemisphaerica.     1. 
polymorplia.    1.  ["polv- 

phylla."] 
tenella. 
Margaritaria.     1187. 
alternifolia.     MS. 
oppositifolia.     MS. 
Marrubium.     738. 

aeetabulosum.     3. 
africanum.     2. 
Alysson.     1. 
candidissimuin.     1. 
crispum.     3. 
hiypaniciim.     1. 
peregrinum.     1. 
Pseudo-dictamnus.     1. 
h*  2 


102 


IXDEX    TO    TUE 


JMAltRUHIl'M  : 

supiiium.     3. 

vuJgare.     1 . 
Mabsilea.     1254. 

miniita. 

nataiis.     3. 

quadrifolia.     1. 

qvacb-ifo/iata  =  praec. 
Waktyma.     769. 

annua.     3. 

longijlora. 

pereunis.     1 
JM.vssoxiA.     414. 

latifolia.     (iioiii.  sp. 
m.  L.  f.)  Siippl. 
Matricakia.     1013. 

arf/eniea. 

asteroides.     3. 

capensis.     3. 

Chamomilla.     3. 

inodora. 

maritima.     1. 

Parthenium.     1. 

reaitita. 

suaveoleus.     3. 
Mattiiiola.     — 

scahra. 
Maubitia.     1290. 

flexuosa.     (^m.L.f.) 
8uppl. 
Medeola.     468. 

oculeata. 

aspararjoides. 

virgiuiana.     1. 
Medicago.     933. 

arborea.     1 . 

circinuata.     1 . 

I'alcata.     1. 

lupulina.     1. 

marina.     ]. 

polynioi'pha. 

var.  arabica.     2. 

var.  ciluiris. 

var.  coroiiata.     2. 

var.  hirsuta.     2. 

var.  intertexta.    2. 

var.  vtiniina. 

var.  niuricala.     2. 

var.  ni(/y((. 

var.  orbicularis.  2. 


Medicauo  : — 

polyinorpba. 

var.  rigidula.     2. 

var.  scutella^a.     2. 

var.  tornata.     2. 

var.  turhinata. 

radiata.     1. 

sativa.     1. 

vircpnlca. 
Melaleuca.     941. 

Lnicadendroa  (pi.). 
Melampodium.     1034. 

americanum. 

australe.    (m.L.  f.) 

MELAiirTBUM.      760. 

arvenst'.     1 . 

ci'istatum.     1. 

nemorosuni.     1. 

pratense.     1. 

sylvaticum.     1. 
Melanthium.     467. 

capense.     3.     (ni.  L.  f.) 

ciliatuiii.    MJS. 

indicum. 

malabai'ieum.     MS. 

sibiricum.     1. 

virgiuicuin.     1. 

viride.     Siippl. 
Melastoma,     559. 

Acinodendrum. 

aspera.     3. 

crispata. 

discolor.     3. 

fjrossularioides. 

grossa.     Suppl. 

hirta.     3. 

bolosericea.     3. 

laevigata.     3. 

incdxdxithrica. 

nova  [  =  fragilis, 
Siippl.]. 

octandra.     1. 

scabrosa.     3. 

strigosa.     Suppl. 

sessilifolia.     3. 
M-ELiA.     543. 

Azadiiavhta. 

Azedaracb.     1. 

var.  semper- 


LINNEAN   IIEEBAEIUM, 


103 


Meliajjxhus.     818. 

major.     1 . 

minor.     1.     (m.  L.  f.) 
Mblica.     86. 

altissima.     1. 

ciliaris  =  seq. 

ciKata.     1. 

caendea  =  Aira 
caerulea. 

falx.     Suppl. 

miuuta.     3. 

nutans.     1. 

papilionacea.     3. 

spectahilis. 
Melicocca.     488. 

bijuga.     3. 
Melissa.     745. 

Calamintha.     1 . 

cretica.     3. 

fruticosa.     1. 

graudiflora.     1. 

jN'epeta.     1 . 

officinalis.     1. 

pulegioides  =  Cunila 
pulegioides. 
Melittis.     748. 

MeUssophijUnm  (pi.). 
Melochia.     855. 

concatenata. 

corchorifolia.     1.     (m. 
Sol.) 

depressa.     3,     (m.  Sol.) 

pyramidata.     1. 

supina. 

tomentosa.     3. 

Irigyna.     MS. 
MEI.OTnBIA.      51. 

pendula.     1. 
Memecylon.     493. 

capitellatum  (pi.). 
Menais.     — 

topiaria. 
Mbnispermum.     1195. 

canadense.     1. 

carolinum. 

Coccidus. 

crispum, 

Jlavum. 

Idrsutum. 

Myosotis=8e(\. 


Menispebmum  : — 

iiiyosotoldes. 

orbicidatiim. 

virginicuni.      1. 
Mentha.     730. 

aquatica.     1 . 

arvensis.     ]. 

Atirictdaru! . 

canadensis.     ]. 

canariensis.     I. 

cervina.     1 . 

crispa.      1. 

exigua.     3. 

frutescens.     MS. 

gentilis.     1 . 

hirsuta.     3. 

perilloides  =  Perilla 
ocymoides. 

piperita.     3. 

Pulegium.    3. 

rotuudifolia.     3. 

sativa.     3. 

spicata. 

var.  longifolla  = 

sylvestris. 

var.  rotund  if olia-. 


rotundifolia. 

—  var,  sijlvestrls  = 
sylvestris. 

var.    viridis  = 


viridis. 

sylvestris.     3. 

verticdlata. 

viridis.     3. 
Mentzelia.     687. 

aspera.     3.     (n-,.  Sol.) 
Menyanthes.     203. 

indica.     3. 

Nymphoides.     1. 

trit'oliata.     2. 
Meroukialis.     1188. 

afra. 

ambigua.     3. 

annua.     1. 

perennis.     1. 

procu7nhens. 

tomentosa.     i. 

MeSBMDRY  ANTHEM  CJM.       649. 

acaxde. 
acinariforme. 


104 


INDEX   TO  Tin; 


^Iksemuuyam'iilmlm  : — 

MESKMnYAXTlIEMUM  :  — 

acinaciforme. 

tuberosum. 

umbellatum. 
uncinatmn. 
veritctdafum. 

albidum. 

aureum. 

villosum. 

barhatitin. 

Mespilus.     646. 

heUidiJloru))!. 

Amelanc'liier.     1. 

heUidae folium  :=  praec.  ? 

arbuti  folia.      1. 

bicolomm. 

canadensis.     1 . 

calamifonne. 

Chamaemespihis. 

copticum.     3. 

Cotoneaster.     1. 

C07'»knlatu)ii. 

germanica.     1. 

crassifoliniii. 

Pvracantha.     1. 

cn/stallimun. 

MESSERSMiniA.      192. 

deltoides. 

j'lr^»r<rt=sibirica. 

difforme. 

sibirica. 

dolahriforme. 

Mesua.     879. 

edxde. 

ferrea  (pi.). 

emarginatum. 

Michelia.     707. 

expansutu . 

Champaca.     3. 

falcatum. 

l^siampacca. 

JtJainentoswn, 

Miceocos.     Cf.  Geewia. 

forficatiiin. 

lateriJloni=(jr.  asiatica. 

fulgicluu).     MS. 

paniculata=G.Mic-rocos 

yenindijlorum. 

MiCEOPUs.     1042. 

fflaucum. 

erectus.     2. 

ylomeratum. 

supinus.     1. 

hispidum. 

Milium.     83. 

linguiforme. 

cape»sc. 

loreiim. 

ciliare. 

micaiis. 

cimicinum. 

noctiflorum. 

confertum.     3. 

nodiHorum.     2. 

effusum.     1. 

piiinatiim.     MS. 

lendigerum. 

pomerklianiiin. 

paradoxum.     3. 

pugionifoDne. 

])unctatuiii.     3. 

ringens. 

MiLLEPOKA.      1294. 

MiLLEEIA.       1031. 

biflora.     3. 

ViH,    Cit/ll/llClll, 

-     ■    \  ill .  /oVtlttOill, 

rostration. 

(]iiin(iueflora.      1. 

scahi'um. 

MiLLINGTONIA.       808. 

sei'ratum. 

hortensls.  Linn.  f.  (pi.). 

spinosum. 

Mimosa.     1228. 

splendetis. 

arborea.     3. 

stijndacexim. 

asperata.     3.     (ni.  Sol.) 

tenui  folium. 

bigemina. 

tortuosum. 

caesia. 

Tripolium. 

casta. 

LINNEAN   HERBABIUM. 


105 


Mimosa  : — 

Ceratonia. 

Cineraria. 

cinerea. 

circinalis. 

coriiigera.     3. 

Entada. 

fayifolia, 

Farnesiana. 

f/lauca. 

horrida, 

Inga. 

Intsia.     (m.  L.  f.) 

latifolia. 

latisiliqua. 

Lebbeek.     3. 

muricata. 

nilotica.     3. 

nodosa. 

pennata. 

j^eregrina. 

2^ernamhucana. 

Xnrjra. 

plena.     1. 

pdlystachya. 

pudica.     3. 

punctata.     3. 

purpurea. 

qtiadrivaJvis. 

reticulata. 

scandens. 

scorpioides^=\'\iXoi\cs,. 

semispinosa . 

Senegal,     (senegalensis) 

sensitiva. 

tamarindifolia. 

tenuifolia. 

iergemina. 

tortuosa.     3. 

TJnguis-cati.  3.  (m.  L.  f.) 

vaga. 

virgata.     1. 

viva.     3. 
MiMULUs.     803. 

Juteus. 

ringens.     1. 
MiMUSOPs.     492. 

Elengi.     3. 

Kauki. 


MlKUARTIA,      113. 

campestris.     1. 

diehotoma.     1. 

nioiitana.     1. 
MiRABILIS.      240. 

diehotoma.     3. 
Jalapa.     1. 
long]  flora.     3. 
0(:Zorrt^rt  =  diehotoma. 

MiTCHELLA.       135. 

repens.     1. 
MiTELLA.      577. 

diphylla.     1. 

nuda.     1 . 
Mnium.     1264. 

audrogynum.  (m.  Ehrh.) 

auDOtinum. 

eapillare. 

cirrJiatum. 

crudum. 

fissum. 

fontanum. 

hornum.     (m.  Ehrh.) 

hygrometrieum. 

Jungermannia. 

palustre. 

jjelhicidum. 

polytrichoides.  (m.  L.  f.) 

purpureura. 

pyriforme.     (m.  Ehrh.) 

ramos^im. 

serpyllifolium. 

var.  cusjndatum . 

\a,v,  punclattim. 

var.  proliferum. 

var.  uiulidatmn. 

setaceum.     1. 

Triehomanis.  (m.  Ehrh.) 

triquetrum.     1. 
MOEIIRINGIA.      509. 

muscosa.     1. 

MOLLUGO.      112. 

oppositifolia. 
pentaphylla.     3. 
Spergula.     3. 
strieta.     3. 
tetraphylla  (=  Polycar- 

pon  tetrapbyllon). 
vertifiillata.     3. 


lOtj 


INDEX    TO   THE 


MOLUCCELLA.       741 . 

friitescens.     1. 
laevis.     1. 
jiersica. 
spinosa.     1. 

MOMOHDICA.       1150. 

Hnlsaiiiina.  2. 

Charaiitia.  2. 

oylindrica.  2. 

Elateriiui).  1. 
indica. 
Luffa.     3. 
operculata.     3. 

trifoHa  =  seq. 
trifoliatd. 
Moxahda.    40. 
ciliata. 

Clinopodia.     1. 
clinopodifolia.     MS. 
(lidyuia.     1. 
iistulosa.     1. 
)noZ?i.s=fistulosa. 
punctata.     1. 

MONNIERIA.       

trifolia. 
MOXOTBOPA.      551. 

Hypopithys.     1. 

uuiflora.     1. 
MoxsoNiA.     936. 

Filia.     Suppl. 

speciosa. 
MONTIA.      106. 

fontana.     1. 

MONTINIA.       1167. 

acris,  Linn.  f.  (pi.). 

MOBAEA.       62. 

iiidioides. 
juncea. 
vegeta.     3. 

MOEINA.      44. 

persica. 
MoEiNDA.     236. 

citrifolia.     ] . 
Royoc.     1. 

umhellata. 

MOKISONIA.       

amei-icana. 
flexuosa. 


McRUS.     1112. 

alba.     I. 

indica. 

nigra.     2. 

papyrifera.     3. 

rubra.      1. 

tatarica.     3. 

tinctoria.     3. 

ZantJioxi/lon. 
MucoR.    1289. 

cesjntosits. 

crustaceus. 

Emholus. 

Eriisiphe. 

fulvus. 

furfuraceus. 

(jlaaciis. 

leprosus. 

lichenoides,     (m.  Ehrh.) 

mepbiticus.   MS. 

Mucedo. 

septicus. 

siJuierocepJialus. 

unctuosus. 

viridescens. 
Mueller  A.     911. 
I  moniUfonnis,  Linn.  f. 

]    MUXCFAUSIA.      939. 
I  spedosa  (pi.). 

MUXTINGIA.       672. 

Bartramia. 
I  Calabiira.     1. 

MURBAEA.     539. 

exotica  (pi.). 
MusA.     1207. 

J5(7irt/=Heliconia  Bibai. 

paradisiaca.     1. 

sapientum. 

ti'Of/Jodiftanim  = 
sapientum. 
MUSSAENJDA.      239. 

formosa. 

frondosa. 

fruticosa. 

spinosa. 
MuTisiA.     1004. 

Clematis  (pi.). 
Myagrum.     819. 

aegyptium.     1. 


LINNEAN    IIERBARIUM. 


107 


MlAGRUM  :  — 

hispaniciim.     1. 

orieutfile.     1. 

panic  ulatum.     1. 

])ereuiie.     1 . 

perfoliatuni.     1. 

rugosuin.     1. 

sativum.     1. 

saxatile.     3. 
Mtginda.     — 

Uragoga  [Jacq.]. 
Mtosotis.     180. 

apiila.     1. 

fruticosa. 

Lappula.     1. 

scorpioides,     3. 

var.  (U'vensis. 

var.  iHihistris. 

virginiaua.     1.     (vii- 
ginica). 
MYOSunrs.     402. 

minimus.     2, 
Mtrica.    1169. 

aethiopic-a. 

asplen  i  folia  =  Li  quid  - 
ambar  peregrina. 

cerifera.     1. 

cordifoiia.     1. 

Gale.     1. 

quercifolia.     1. 

trifoliata. 
Mteiophyllum.     1123. 

minus. 

spieatum.     1. 

verticillatum.     1. 
Myrisma.     5.    [  =  Myrosma, 
Linn,  f.] 

cannae folium,  Linn.  f. 
Myristica.     1204. 

officinalis,  Linn.  f. 
Myrsini:.     267. 

afrieana.     1. 
Myrtus.     637. 

androsaemoides. 

angusti  Folia.     3. 

bitlora.     3. 

brasiliana.     3. 

caryophyllata.     3. 

Chytraculia.     3. 


Myrxus  : — 

communis.     1. 

vai'.  acutifoUa. 

var.  angustifolia. 

var.  baetica. 

var.  helgica. 

var.  italica. 

var.  lusitanica. 

var.  mucronata. 

A'ar.  romana. 

var.  tarentina. 

Cumini.     3. 
dioica.     3. 
Leucadendron. 
lucida.     3. 
Pimenta. 
Syzygium.     3. 
zeylauica.     3.     (va.  Sol.) 
Zuzygium.    {cf.  M.  Syzy- 
gium.) 

Najas.     1156. 

marina.     ] . 
ISTama.     322. 

jamaiceusis.     (m.  Sol.) 

zeylauica. 
Napaea.    1203. 

dioica.     1 . 

hermaplirodita.     1. 

IcBvis. 

scabra. 
Xarcissus.     412. 

bicolor.     3. 

Bulbocodium.     1. 

calatliinus. 

Jonquilla.     1. 

minor.     3. 

moschatus.     3. 

odorus.     3. 

orientalis. 

poiiticus.      1. 

Pseudo-Narcissus.     1. 

serotinus.     1. 

Tazetta.     1. 

triandrus.     3. 

trilobus.     3. 
Nardus.     73. 

aristata. 

articulata. 


10b                                                INUKX    TO    TUE 

Nabdus  : — 

NlGELLA  : — 

ciliaris.     1. 

hiflpanlca.     2. 

gangitis.     1.     (ni.  L.  f.) 

ori(;iitalis.     1. 

indica. 

sativa.     1. 

stricta.     1. 

NiGEINA.      — 

thoiiiaea.    .Siippl. 

vesicaria=8eci. 

Nauclea.     226. 

viscosa. 

orientalis. 

NissoLiA.     884. 

Nepenthes.     —  (deest). 

arborea. 

destillatoria. 

fruticosa. 

Nepeta.     726. 

NiTRAlUA.       624. 

Cataria.     1. 

Scbobt-ri. 

hirsnta. 

NOLAXA.      194. 

indica.     1. 

jirostrata. 

italica.     ] . 

Nyctaxthes.     16. 

malabarica. 

angustifolia. 

mult  iK  da.     2. 

Arbor-tristis, 

Nepetella.     3. 

hirsnta.     3. 

nuda.     2. 

Sanibac.     3. 

parinonica.     1. 

uudulata.     1, 

pectinata.     3. 

Nymphaea.     673. 

iScordotis.     3. 

alba.     1. 

sibirica.     1. 

Lotus.     ]. 

tuberosa.     1. 

lutea.     1. 

Til'     r»'pr*oto     ^1^ 

Neluinbo.     1. 
Nyssa.     1232. 

Vili.  electa^  i.>-1.0. 

ucraiiica.     1. 

violacea.     1. 

aquatica.     1, 

virginica.     3. 

Nephelium.     1112  a. 

Jappaanim  [Linn.  t".]. 

Obolaria.     — 

NEEiuii.     300. 

vhyinica. 

antidysentericum.     1. 

OCHKA.       

clivaricatu)ii. 

Jahuiapita. 

Oleander  (pi.). 

squarrosa. 

zeylanicum.     3. 

OCYMUM.      749. 

Neurada.     606. 

album.     3. 

prociinihens  (pL). 

americanum. 

2, 

NiCOTIANA.      245. 

Basilica  ni.     1. 

fruticosa.     3. 

frutesceyis = Perilla 

glutinosa.     1. 

frutesceus. 

onilitaris. 

gratissiniuni. 

3. 

paiiiculata.     1. 

menthoides. 

pusilla. 

minimum.     1. 

(minus.) 

rustica.     1. 

monachorum. 

Tabacum.     1, 

polystacbyon. 

(m.  L.f.) 

tirens. 

prostratum. 

NiGELLA.       700. 

purpurascens. 

MS. 

arvensis.     3. 

sanctum.     3. 

damascena.     J . 

scutellarioides. 

3. 

LIXNEA>'  HEEBAEir.M. 


109 


OCYMUM  : 

Onoclea  : — 

tenuiflorum.     1. 

sensifii'((  =  ])YS(ic. 

thyrsi  tlonini.     '3. 

trilocularis.    MS. 

Oedera.     1047. 

Ononis.     896. 

capense  [=seq.]. 

alopecui'oides.     1 . 

£)roUfem. 

antiquorum.     3. 

Oenanthe.     359. 

arvensis.     3. 

crocaUi. 

caj)ensis. 

fistulosa.      1. 

ceuisia. 

globulosa.     3. 

cernua. 

pimpinelloicles.     3. 

Cherleri.     3. 

prolifera.     1. 

crispa.     3. 

OE^OTHERA.      484. 

filiformis. 

biennis.     1. 

fruticosa.     I. 

fruticosa.     1. 

mauritauica     (m.  L.  f.). 

hirta. 

Cf.  Lotus  mauritaui- 

longiflora. 

cus. 

mollissima.     1. 

niicrophylla.     Suppl. 

muricata.     3. 

minutissima.     1. 

octovalvis. 

mitissima.     1. 

Ona(jra = bienu  is . 

natrix.     1. 

parviflora.     3. 

ornitliopodioides,     1. 

perennis. 

pinguis.     3. 

pumila.     3. 

prostrata.      {Cf.   Lotus 

sinuata.     3. 

prostratus.) 

Olax.     — 

pvhescew>. 

zeylanica. 

pusilla. 

Oldestlandia.     155. 

redinata. 

biflora.     3. 

repens.     3. 

capense.    Suppl. 

rotundifolia.     3. 

corymbosa.     3. 

spinosa. 

pauiculata.     3. 

' . " 

Vtll .     nl'lZtS 

repens.     3. 

=arvensis. 

stricta. 

iridentata. 

umbellata.     1. 

trifoliata. 

uniflora.     1. 

umbellata. 

verticillata. 

variegatn .     3. 

Olea.     20. 

villosa. 

americana. 

viscosa.     1. 

capensis.     1 . 

Onopoedum.     968. 

europaea.     1. 

Acanthium.     3. 

Olyea.     1099. 

acaidon. 

latifolia.     3. 

arabicum. 

Omphalea.     1102. 

iUijrintm . 

dianilra. 

OnosmaI!     187. 

triandra.     3. 

Ecbioides.     3. 

Onoclea.     1242. 

oriental  is. 

2>ol)/podioides. 

simplicissima.     3. 

sensibilis.     1. 

Ophioqlossum.     1243. 

110 


INDEX  TO  THE 


OpniOGLOSSUM  :  — 

flexuosuin.     ;5. 

li'sitanicnui. 

midicaule.    Suppl. 

pahnatum. 

pendulum. 

rctlculatum. 

scandens.      1. 

vulgatum.     3. 
Ophiorriiiza.     211. 

M'ttreola. 

Mungos. 
Ophioxylox.     1208. 

colubriuuin.    MS. 

serpeatinnra. 
Ophira.     499. 

stncta  (pi.). 
Ophrys.     1056. 

alaris,     8uppl. 

alpiua.     1. 

aiithropophora.     1. 

atrata.     'A. 

bivalvata.    Suppl. 

bracteata.    Suppl. 

caffra. 

caratscbatea.     1. 

catholica. 

cernua.     1. 

circumflexa. 

Corallorbiza.     1. 

cordata.     1. 

insectifera. 

var.  arachnites. 

var.  niyodes. 

hit  i folia. 

lilifolia.     1. 

Loeselii.     1. 

monopbyllo>;.     1. 

Mouorchis.     3. 

Nidus-avis.     3. 

ovata.     1. 

paludosa.     1. 

patens.    Suppl. 

spiralis.     3. 

volucris.     Suppl. 
Orchis.     1054. 

abortiva.     3. 

barbata.     Suppl. 

bicornis. 


Orchis  : — 

hiffora. 
bit'olia.     3. 
Burrnanniand. 
ciliaris.     1. 
conopsea.     1. 
coriophora.     3. 
cornuta. 
cubitalis. 
cucuVata. 
Draconis.    Suppl. 
filicornis.    Suppl. 
flava.     1. 
flexuosa. 
fuscescens. 
globosa.     3. 
llabenaria.     3. 
hispidula.     Suppl. 
byperborea.     3. 
ineai-nata.     3. 
latifolia.     1. 
inaculata.     1. 
mascula.     3. 
niilitaris.     1. 
Morio.     1. 

var.  anrjustifoUus. 

var.    masculus  = 

mascula. 
odoratissima.     3. 
jtalJens. 

papiliouacea.     3, 
psychodes.     1. 
pyramidalis.     3. 
sagittalis.    Suppl. 
sambucina.     3. 
sancta.     3. 
satyrioides. 
spathulata.     Suppl. 
spectabilis.     1. 
strateumatica. 
Susannae. 
tenella.     Suppl. 
tipuloides.    Suppl. 
tripetaloides.    Suppl. 
ustulata.     1. 
Origanum.     743. 
aefjiiptiacum. 
creticuni.     1. 
Dictamnus.     1. 


LIXXEAX    HERBAKIUM. 


]11 


Origanum  : — 

heracleoticvm . 
Majorana.     1. 
Maru.     3. 
Onites.     1. 
sipyleuin.     1. 
smtjrnaeum. 
si/riacum. 
vulgare.     1 . 
Obnithogalum.     428. 
arabicum.     3. 
bivalve. 
bulbiferum.    MS. 

(m.  L.  f.). 
canad  ense = Alhuca 

major. 
capense. 
comosum. 

Jiirsiitum=:lLy  ^oxis 
erecta. 

latifolium.     1. 

luteum. 

minus,  sphaltii=seq. 

minimum.     1. 

narbouense.     3. 

nutans.     1. 
piiramidcde. 

pyrenaicuni.     1. 

umbellatum,     3. 

uniflorum.     3. 
Oenithopus.     918. 

compressus.     1. 

perpusillus.      1. 

scorpioides.      1. 

tetraphyllus.    (m.  Sol.) 
Oeobanche.     798. 

Aeginetia. 

americana.     3. 

capensis.    MS. 

cernua.     3. 

laevis.     1. 

major.     1. 

ramosa.     1. 

unijlora. 

virgin!  an  a.     1. 
Obobus.     904. 

angustifolius.     1 . 

liirsidus, 

Lathyroides.     1. 


Orobtjs  : — 

luteus.     1. 

iiiger.      1. 

pijrenaicus. 

si/lvaticns. 

tuberosus.     1 . 

vernus.     3. 
Oroxtium.     448. 

aquaticum.     1. 
Ortega.     53. 

dicJiotoma. 

hispanica.     2. 
Orvala.     733  a. 

gargauica  =  Lamiuin 
Orvala. 
Ortza.     460. 

sativa.     1. 
Osbeckia.    482. 

chinensis.     1. 

OSMITES.       1029. 

astericoides. 
Bellidiastrum.     3. 
calycina.    Suppl. 
camphorina. 
leucantha.     MS. 

OSMUNDA.       1244. 

adiantifoJia. 

bipiunata.     1. 

capensis. 

cervina. 

cinnamomea.     1. 

Clayton  iana.      1. 

crispa. 

filiculifolia.     1. 

hirsuta. 

hirta. 

Luuaria. 

■ var.  Baeckeaua. 

Ph)/IJitidis. 
regalis.     3. 
Spicant.     1. 
Striithiopteris.     1. 
verticillata. 
virginiana.      1, 
zeylanica. 

OSTEOSPERMUM.       1037. 

ciliatum. 
corymbosum. 
ilicifolium.     3. 


112                                                INDEX 

ro  TUB 

OSTEOSPKRMUM  : — 

OXALIS.      600. 

imbricatum. 

Acetosella.     1. 

junceuin. 

Banrlien. 

iiioniliferiim. 

corniculata.     1. 

pisiferiiin.      3,     ("  pisi- 

flava. 

foruie.'') 

frnUscens. 

polygaloides. 

liirta. 

spiiiosum.     3. 

incarnata.     3. 

triquetrum.     Suppl. 

lanata.    Suppl. 

Uvedalia  ^Pohimua 

longiflora.     1.    ("  longi 

Uvediilia. 

folia.'") 

OSYRIS.      1161. 

monophylla. 

alba.     2. 

uatans.    Suppl. 

Othonna.     1038. 

Pes-caprae. 

abrotani  folia.     3. 

punctata.     Suppl. 

arhorescens. 

purpurea. 

hulbosn. 

sensitiva.     3. 

capilhiris.     Siippl. 

sessilifolia. 

cheirifolia.     1. 

stricta. 

ciliata.    Suppl. 

tomentosa.     Suppl. 

Cinera  ria = Cineraria 

versicolor. 

caiiadeusis. 

violacea.     1. 

corono])ifolia.     3. 

crassifolia.     (Au  cheiri- 

folia?) 

Paedeuia.     294. 

dentati  (  =  c\\inta. 

foetida.     3. 

ericoides.    Suppl. 

Paederota.     27. 

frutescens.      (Of.  Sene- 

Af/eria. 

cio  rigens). 

Bonae-Spei. 

f/eifoUa. 

Bonarota. 

Jielenitis=CmevaY\a 

Paeoxia.     692. 

alpina. 

anomala. 

inte[/rifolia  =  Ciu.  alpiua. 

oflicinalis.     3. 

maritima  =  C\n.  mari- 

tiina. 
2>ahistris=C'm.  palus- 

-v-diV.  feminea. 

tenui  folia.     3. 

tris. 

PA^-Ax.     1237. 

par  vi  flora. 

fruticosum.     3. 

pectinata. 

quinquefolium.     1. 

sibirica=Cineraria   sibi- 

trifolinm  (pi.). 

rica. 

Pancratium.     413. 

sonchifolia. 

amboinense. 

Tagetes.     3. 

carolinianum. 

tenuissima. 

caribaeuni.     1. 

trifida.    Suppl. 

illyricum.     3. 

virginea.    Suppl, 

maritimum. 

OVIEDA.      807. 

mexlcanum. 

mitis.     3. 

zeylanicum.     3. 

sjnnosa. 

Panicum.     80. 

LIXNEAN   HERBARIUM. 


113 


Paxicum  : — 

adhaerens. 
alopecuroides.     1. 
Alopecuriis.    MS. 
alopecuroideum. 
americanum  =  Holcus 

spicatus. 
arboresceus.     ]. 
brevifolium.     1. 
hrizoides. 
capillare.     1 . 
clandestiuum.     1. 
colonum.     3. 
coloratum. 
compositum. 
conglomeratam. 
Crus-corvi.     8. 
Crus-galli.     1. 
curvatum. 
fynosuroides. 
Dactylon.     1. 
dicliotomuiii.     1. 
dimidiatum.     1 
dissectum  =  Paspalum 

dissectum. 
distachyon. 
divaricatum.     3. 
filiforme.     1. 
germanicum. 
glaucum.     1. 
grossariuin.     3. 
hirtelluni.     3. 
incur  vuni.    MS. 
indicum. 
italicum.     1, 
latifolium.     1. 
linear  e. 

miliaceum.     1. 
ort/zoides,  Ard. 
patens.     1. 
polystachyon.     3. 
ramosum.     3. 
repens.     3. 
reptans  =  praec. 
sanguinale.     1. 
verticil  latum.     3. 
virgatuni.     1. 
viride.     3.     (ni.  Sol.) 


Papavee.     669. 

alpiuum.     3. 

Argemone.      1. 

cambricum.     1. 

dubium.     3. 

Iiybriduiu.     1. 

nudicaule.      1. 

orientale.       1. 

Khoeas.     3. 

somniferuni.     1, 
Parietaeia.     1220. 

ci'etica.     3. 

iadica.     3. 

judaica.     3. 

lusitanica.     3. 

microphylla.     3. 

officinalis.     3. 

zeylanica. 
Paris.     515. 

quadrifolia.     1. 
Parkixsoxia.     527. 

aculeata.     1.     (in.  Sol.) 
Paexassia.     392. 

palustris.     1. 
Parthenium.     1115. 

Hysterophorus.     1. 

integrifolium.     1. 
Paspalum.     79. 

dimidiatura. 

dissectum.     3, 

distichum.     3. 

paniculatum.     3. 

scrobiculatum.     3. 

virgatum.     3. 
Passerixa.     504. 

capitata,     3. 

ciliata. 

dodecandra. 

ericoides. 

filiforiiiis.     1. 

hirsuta.     3. 

laevigata,   (ef.    Gnidia 
oppositifolia.) 

sericea.  (<•/.  Gn.  sericea.) 

uniflora.     3. 
Passiflora.     1070. 

caerulea.     1, 

cajisiddris. 


114 


IXDEX    TO    TUB 


Passiflora  : — 

cupiaea.     3. 

dujitata. 

divaricata. 

duhia. 

foetidii.     1 . 

hirsiita. 

holosericea.  3.  (iii.L.f.) 

in  earn  at  a.     1. 

laurifoVia. 

lutoa.     1. 

maliformis. 

minima.     3. 

multijlora. 

Murucuja.     3. 

normalis.     8.     (in.  Sol.) 

pallida.     3. 

2yedata. 

perfoliata.     3. 

polyniorpha.    MS. 
(m.L.f.?) 

punctata.     3. 

quadrangularis.     3. 

rotunditolia.     3. 

rubra.     3.     (m.  Sol.) 

serrata. 

serratifolia. 

serrato-dAgitata. 

suberosa.     1. 

tUiaefoJia. 

vespertilio.     1. 
Pastinaca.    369. 

costina  =  P.  Opopanax. 

lucida.     3. 

Opopanax. 

sativa. 
Patagonula.     — 

americana. 
Paullinia.     512. 

asiatica.     1. 

hnrhadensis. 

carihaea. 

cartliaginensis. 

curassavica.     1. 

CtirxirK. 

diversifolia. 

mexicana.     1. 

nodosa. 

pinnata.     3.     (in.  Sol.) 


Paullixia  : — 

])olypliylla.     3. 

Scriana. 

tomentosa. 

Pat  ETTA.     133. 

indica.     1 . 
Pectis.     1011. 

ciliari.H.     3. 

linit'olia. 

minuta  =  Belliura 
miuutum. 

2:>unctata. 
Pedalium.     817. 

Murex.     3. 
Pediculahis.     763. 

canadensis. 

comosa.     1. 

tlammea.     1. 

foliosa. 

hirsuta.     1. 

incarnata.     1 . 

Inpponica.     1. 

palustris.     1. 

recutita.     3. 

resupinata.     2. 

rostrata.     3. 

Sceptrum-Carolinum.  1. 

sylvatica.     3. 

tristis.     1. 

tuberosa.     1. 

verticillata.     1. 
Peganum.     621. 

danricinn. 

Harmala.     1. 
Peltaria.     829. 

alliacea  [Jacq.]. 
Penaea.     140. 

fruticulosa.     Suppl. 

fucata. 

fnrcata,  sphalin.  =  praec. 

lateriflora.     Suppl. 

mai'ginata. 

mucronata. 

myrtoidos.     Suppl. 

SarcocoUa.     3. 

squamosa.     3. 
Pknstemon.     313  a. 

chelonoides. 


Pentapetes.     860. 

KcerifoUa, 
plioenicea.     1, 
suherifoUa. 
Pextiioritm.     596. 
sedoides.     1. 
Peplis.     458. 

PortuJa.     1. 
tetrandra.     3. 
Pebdicium.     1003. 
brasiliense.     3. 
radiale.     3. 

seiiiiiiosculare.     i 
(m.L.f.) 

-fERGULAEIA.       306. 

glabra.     3. 
romeiitosa.     3. 
Pjekilla.     731. 

fruteseens.     MS. 
ocjnioides.     3. 
Periploca.     307. 
africana.     1. 
graeca.     1.     ^Qf.   Cero 

pegia  temiifoiia) 
uidica. 
Secamone. 
temdfoUa  =  Ceropegia 
tenuifolia. 

P-ETESIA.       134, 

Lygistum.     3. 
•stipularis.     3. 
tomentosa. 
Petiveria.     472, 
alliacea.     1. 
octaudra.     3. 
Petrea.     781. 

volubilis.     1. 
Peucebaj^um.     346. 
alpestre.     3. 
alsaticLun.     3. 
minus  =  PinipiuelJa 

piimila. 
nodosum. 
officinale.     1. 
Silaus.     3. 
Peziza.     1285. 
Acetahuhim. 
Auricula.         (m 
Ehrh.) 


EINNEAN    HERBARIUM. 


115 


(m.  Ehrh.) 


'5.     (in.  L.  f.) 


1. 


1. 


Peziza  : — 

coclileata. 

conwcopioldes, 

cupidaris. 

cyathoides. 

^entifera. 

punctata. 
scutellata. 
Phaca.     925. 

alpiua.     1. 
ausfralis. 
haetica. 
ffigida. 

sibirica.     (m.  L.  f.) 
sidcata. 
trifoliata. 
vesicaria.     3. 

PUALARIS.       78. 

aquatica.     3. 
ariindinacea.     1. 
bulbosa.     3. 
canariensis. 
erueaeformis. 
nodosa, 
orijzoides. 
paradoxa. 
plileoides. 
tuberosa. 
utnculaia. 
zizanioides. 
Phallus.     1282. 
esculentus. 
im^mdicns. 
Pharnaceum.     387. 
Cerviana.     2. 
cordifoliuiii. 
depress  urn. 
disHcJiinn. 
incanuin. 
Mollugo.     3. 
pennatuin.     MS. 
Spercnda  =  p.  MoUugo? 
Pharis.     1120. 

latifolius.     3. 
Phascu:.!.     1260. 
ncaidon, 

cmdescens.  (ni.  Moiitiu  ?) 
IJedancidatum.     (m. 
Montin  ?) 


1. 
3. 
1. 


(m.  Ehrh.) 


3. 


IIG 


INDEX   TO   TllJi 


Phascum  : — 

re  pens. 

subulaluin.     '^. 
Pii.vsEOLUS.     899. 
(flatus. 
Caracal!  a. 
coccinens  =  vulgaris  var. 

coccineus. 
fariiiosKs. 
helvolus. 
inamoemif. 
luthyroides. 
hinatus. 
Max.     ] . 
MunrjO. 
nanus. 

radiatus.     1. 
semi-erectus.     3. 
sj^liaeros^^ermxs. 
trilobatus.   U6.  =  Gly- 
cine triloba. 
vexillatus. 
vulgaris.     1. 

var.  coccineus. 

Phella>drium.     360. 
aquaticuni.     1. 
Mutellina.     1. 
Philadelphus.     634. 
coronai'ius.     1. 
inodorus. 
Phillykea.     19. 

angustifolia.     1. 
cliinensis.     MS. 
latifolia.    3. 
media.     3. 
Phleum.     81. 

alpinuni.     1. 
arenarium.     1. 
nodosum.     3. 
pnitense.     1. 
schoenoides.     1. 
Phlomis.     740. 

fruticosa.     1. 

Herba-venti. 

indica.     1. 

italica. 

laciniata. 

Leonotis. 

Leonurus.     1. 


1. 


I    PULOMIS: — 

lyclinitis. 
nepeti  folia.     2. 
Nissolii. 
purpurea.     1. 
suiida. 

tuberosa.     1 . 
zeylauica. 
Phlox.     217. 

Carolina.     3. 
divaricata.     1 . 
glaberrima.     1. 
inaculata.     1. 
ovata.     1. 
paniculata.     3. 
inlosa. 
setacta. 
sibirica.     3. 
subulata.     1 . 
Phoenix.     1291. 

dactijlifera  (pi.). 
Phobmium  [Forst.j.     439. 

orcludioides. 
Phryma.     755. 

hians.    MS. 
Leptostachya.     1 . 
Phylica.     263. 
bicolor. 
busifolia.     3. 
dioioa.     3. 
ericoides.     1. 
imherhls. 
parviflora. 
plumosa.     1. 
racemosa. 
radiata  =  Brunia 

radiata. 
stipularis. 
viscosa. 
Phyllachxe.     1089. 

idiginosa  [Porst.]. 
Phyllanthus.    1105. 
bacciformis. 
Emhlka. 
epipbyllanthu?.     1. 

(m.  Sol.) 
(/rand  i folia. 
iiiadoraspatensis. 
(m.  L.  f.) 


LINNEAN    HERBARIUM. 


117 


Phtllanthus  : — 

Niruri.     1. 

Urinaria.     1. 
Phyllis.     330. 

indica. 

Nobla.     1 . 
Physalis.     247. 

Alkekengi.     1. 

angiilata.     2. 

arboresceiis. 

campechiana. 

curassaviea. 

flexuosa.     1. 

ininima. 

peusylvauica.     3. 

pei'uviann. 

pruinosa. 

pubescens.     2. 

somnifera.     1. 

viscosa.     3. 
Phyteuma.     223. 

comosa.     3. 

hemisphaericn.     3. 

orbicularis.     1. 

pauci  flora.     3. 

j)inn((ta. 

spicata.     3. 
Phytolacca.     607. 

americana  :=  de- 
candra. 

(matica. 

decandra.     3. 

dioica,     3. 

icosaiidra.     3, 

octaiidra.     3. 
PiCRis.     948. 

asphnioides. 

Echioides.     1. 

Hieracioides.     1. 

2^1/renaica. 
Piltjlauia.     1255. 

globulifera.     1 . 
Pimpisella.     373. 

Anisuni.     1. 

dicliotoma. 

dioica. 

glauca.     1. 

magna. 

major.     MS. 

peregrina.     1. 


PlMPI]!fELLA  : 

jnimila  [Jacq.]. 
Saxit'raga.     3. 
var.  hircina. 


var.  major. 

PiNGUICULA.       33. 

alpina.     1. 

lusiianica. 

villosa.     1. 

vulgaris.     1. 
Pixus.     1135. 

Ahies. 

balsaiiiea.     3. 

canadensis. 

Cedrus. 

Cembra.     1. 

Larix.     2. 

orientalis. 

Picea. 

Pinea.     1. 

Strobus.     1. 

sylvestris.     1. 

Taeda.     1. 
Piper.     47. 

acuminatum. 

adunruim.     3. 

Amalago.     3. 

Beth. 

decumanum. 

distachyon. 

longum. . 

macidosum. 

Malamh-is. 

obtusi  folium.     1. 

nigrum.     1. 

pellucidum. 

peltatum. 

quadrifolium. 

reticulatum. 

rotuudifolium.     3. 

Sinl)oa. 

trifolium. 

umbellatum. 

verticillat.uui.     3. 
PisciDiA.     889. 

carthagineMsis. 

Erythrina. 
PisoNiA,     1236. 

aculeata.     1. 

mills. 


118 


INDEX    TO    THi; 


PiSTACIA.       1170. 

Lentiscus.     1 . 
iiarboncnsis.     3. 
Shnaruhd  =  Bursera 

gmninil'era. 
Terebinthus.     3. 
irifolin. 

vera  (pi.). 
PiSTIA.      1072. 

Stratiotes.     1. 
PisuM.     903. 

arvense. 

maritimum.     1 . 

Ochrus.     1. 

sativum.     1. 

var.  (juadratum. 

var.  umhellatum. 

Plagianthus  [Forst.].     861. 

cUvaricatus  [Forst.]. 
Plantago.     144. 

afra.     3. 

albicans.     1. 

alpina.     3. 

altissima.     3. 

asiatica.     1. 

coronop'ifolia  =  seq. 

Coronopus.     3. 

cretica.     1. 

Cynops.     1. 

duhia. 

indica.     3. 

Lagopus.     1 . 

lanceolata. 

Loeflingii.     1. 

lusitanica. 

major.     1. 

maritima.     1. 

media.     1. 

Psyllium.     1. 

recnrvata. 

Serraria.     3. 

subulata.     3. 

unijlora  =  Littorella 
iiniflora. 

virginica.     1. 
Platanus.     1133. 

occidentalis.     1 . 

orientalis.     1. 
Plectro'ia.    277. 


Plectroxia  : — 

ventosa.     (m.  L.  f.) 
Plinia.     642. 

crocea. 
pentapetala. 
petiolata. 
jtinnata. 

rubra. 

tetrapetala. 
Plukenetia.     — 

vohibilia. 
Plumbago.     216. 

europaea.     1 . 

rosea.     3. 

scan' fens, 

zevlauica.     1. 
Plumeuia.     301. 

alba. 

oJ)iiisa. 

pudica. 

rubra.     3. 
PoA.     87. 

alpina.     1. 

amabilis. 

amboinehsls  =  seq . 

amboiiiica. 

angustifolia.     1. 

annua.      1. 

aquatica.     1. 

bulbosa.      1. 

capillaris,     1. 

cliinensis,     1. 

ciliaris.     3. 

compressa.     1. 

cristata. 

distans. 

Eragrostis.     3. 

flava. 

malabarica.     1. 

maritima  =  Triticiim 
maritimum. 

nemoralis.     1. 

palustris.     3. 

jjilosa. 

pratensis.     1. 

rigida.     3. 

S2ncata. 

teuella.      1. 

trivialis.    1. 


LIXNEAN    HERBARIUM. 


119 


Podophyllum.     667. 

POLYGALA : — 

diphylluni.     1. 

Senej^a.     ] . 

peltatum.     1. 

sibirica.     1. 

POINCIANA,       529. 

spinosa. 

bijuga. 

sqiiarrosa.    Suppl. 

elata.     3. 

stipulacea.     (m.  L.  f.) 

pulcherrima.     1. 

theezans. 

POLEMOXIUM.       220. 

trichosperma. 

caeriileuin.     1. 

triflora. 

dubium.     2. 

umbellata. 

Nyctelea  =  EUisia 

verticillata.     1. 

Nyctelea. 

vii'idescens.     1. 

reptaiis.     y. 

vulgaris.     1. 

n(bn(7n. 

Polygonum.     510. 

POLIANTHES.       437. 

amphibiuin.      1. 

tuberosa.     3. 

arifolium.     1. 

PoLTCARPA  =  seq. 

articulatura.     1. 

PoLrCARPOX.      111. 

aviculare.       1. 

tetrapbyllum.     3. 

barbatum.      1. 

POLYCNEMUM.       55. 

Bistorta.     1. 

arvense.     1. 

chiuense.     1. 

POLTGALA.       882. 

Convolvulus.     1. 

acuiifoUa. 

divaricatum.      1. 

aestuans.     Siippl. 

dumetoruni.     3. 

alopecuroides. 

erectum. 

amara  [in.  ?] 

Fagopyrum.     1. 

aspalatlia.     3. 

frutescens.       1. 

bicornis.     MS. 

Ilydropiper.     1. 

bracteolata.     1. 

lapatbifolium.     3. 

brasiliensis.     3. 

hntictdatum. 

Chamaebiixus.     1. 

maritimum.     3. 

chiiiensis.      1. 

ocreatum.     1. 

ciliata.      1. 

orientale.      1. 

cordifolia.    MS. 

pensylvanicum.     1. 

cruciata. 

perfoliatum.     3. 

diversifolia.     3. 

Persicaria.     1. 

(jlaucoides. 

sagittatum.    1. 

Heisteria.     1. 

scandeijs.      1. 

incarnata.     1. 

serration. 

lutea.     1. 

tataricum.     1. 

luicrophylla.     3. 

Uvifera  =  Coccoloba 

mixta.     Siippl. 

IJvifera. 

monspeliaca.     1. 

virginiannm.     1. 

my  rti  folia.     1. 

vivipanim.      1. 

oppositifolia. 

POLYMXIA.       1083. 

paniculata.    3.    (m.  Sol.) 

bidentis.     MS. 

Penaea. 

canadensis.      1. 

saiiguiuea.     1. 

Tetragonotlieca.     3, 

scabra.                                  1 

Uvedalia.     1. 

120 


INDEX    TO    THE 


POIAMMA.  : 

Weilelia. 
POLYPODllM.      1251. 
aculeiituiu.     1. 
alatuni. 
arhoreiun. 
asperum. 
asplenifoUum. 
aureuiu.     1. 
auriculaluni.     3, 
Barometz. 
bulbiferum.     1. 
caff  roru  til. 
cauibricum.     1. 
capense.     Suppl. 
cicutarium. 
eomosum. 
conlifolmm. 
crassifoliian. 
crispatum. 
cristatum.     1. 
decussatum. 
dissimile.     3. 
Dryoj)teris. 
exaltatum.     3. 
Filix-t'emina.     1. 
Filix-fnujiU  =  fragile, 
niix-mas.      1. 
fontauum.     1. 
fragile.     2. 
fragrans.     1. 
heterophyllum.     3. 
horriduin.     3. 
laiiceolatuiu.     (ni.  L.  f.) 
leptophj/llum  (pi.)- 
Lonchitis.     1. 
loriceum. 
lusifanimm. 
lycopodioides.     1. 
margiuale.     1. 


inuncatnin. 

noveboraceuse. 

Otites. 

parasiticum. 

pectinatuni. 

Phegopleiis 

Phyllitidis. 

pliyinatodes 

piloselloides 

pubescens. 


1. 


3. 

1. 
3. 


3. 


3. 


POLYPODIUM  : — 

pijramidale. 
quercifolium.     3. 
regium.     2. 
reticulatuin.     3. 
retrojfexinn. 
rhaeticum.     1. 
scolopendrioides.     3. 
simile.     3. 
speluncae. 
spinosuin.     3. 
squamatum. 
Strulhionis. 
suspea^um, 
laxifolhim. 
Thelypteris. 
tornatile.     MS, 
irianffidum, 
trifolialum.     3. 
trifarattwn. 
unitum.     3. 
vcnnum. 
villosum. 
virginianum. 
indtjare. 
POLTPltEMUM.      139. 

procumbens.     1. 

POLYTIUCIIUM.      1263. 

alpinum. 

commune.     2. 

urnifienim. 
POMMEBEULLA  [Linii.  f.].     74. 

Cornucojuae  [Linn.  f.]. 

PONTEDERIA.       407. 

ceruua.    MS. 
cordata.     1. 
hastata.     1. 
ovata.     3. 
rotundifolia. 
rayinuJis. 
PopuLUs.     1185. 
alba.     1. 
balsainitera.     1. 
heteropliylla.     1. 
nigra.     1. 
tremula.     1 . 

POIIA-NA.       — 

volubilis. 
POEELLA.      — 

jyinnaia. 


LINNBAlSr   HERBARIUM. 


121 


POBOPHYLLUM  =  PODO- 
PHYLLUM. 
PORTLANDIA.       228. 

f/randifora  (pL). 
hexandra  [Jacq.]. 
POBTULACA.       625, 
Anacampseros. 
fniticosa. 
hidimoidi's. 
oleracea.     3. 
paniculata. 
patens. 
pilosa.     3. 
Portidacastrum. 
quadrlfula. 
racemosa. 
tria,u/idaris. 

POTAMOGETON.       175. 

compressum.     1. 
crispum.     1. 
densiim.     3. 
gramineiiin.     3. 
lucens.     1. 
marinum.     1. 
natans.     1. 
pectinatum. 
perfoliatuin.     1. 
pusillum.     1. 
serratuni.     3. 
setaceum. 

POTENTILLA .       655. 

acmdis  =  subacaulis. 
alba.     1. 
Anserina.     1. 
argentea.     1. 
auvea.     3. 
bit'urca.      1. 
canadensis.     1. 
caiilescens.     3. 
fragarioides.      1. 
fruticosa.     1. 
granditiora.     ]. 
heptaphifUa  =  opaca. 
hirta.     'l. 
intermedia.     3. 
monspeliensis.     ]. 
multitida,     1. 
nitida.     3. 
nivea.     1 . 
norvegica.     1. 


POTBXTILLA  :  — 

opaca. 

pensylvanica.     3. 

pimpinelloides.     1. 

recta.     1. 

reptans.     1, 

rupestris.     1. 

sericea.     1. 

stipularis.     1. 

subacaulis.     3. 

snpina.      1 . 

valderia.     3. 

verna.     1. 
POTERIUM.      1127. 

hybridura.     1. 

Sanguisorba.     1. 

spinosum.      1. 
POTHOS.      1082. 

acaulis  [Jacq.'].     3. 

cordata. 

crenata. 

lanceolata. 

latifolia. 

palmata. 

pinnata. 

scondens. 
Peasium.     754. 

majus.     1. 

minus. 
Pkemna.     782. 

acutif  olia,  MS.  =  i  utegri- 
folia  ■? 

cordi folia,  MS.  =  integri- 
folia. 

integrifolia. 

pinnati  folia,    MS.  =  ser- 
ratifolia  ? 

serratifolia. 
Peexawthes.     952. 

alba.     3. 

altissima.     ["  o  "j  1. 

altissima  ["7"J  = 
repens. 

cliondrilloides.     3. 

japonica.     3. 

niuralis.     3. 

purpurea.     1. 

repens.     2. 

tenuifolia. 

viminea.     1. 


122 


INDKX    TO    THE 


Primula.     198. 

Auricula.     J. 

cortusoides.     1. 

tarinosa.     1. 

glutinosa  [  Wulp],  MS. 

intef;i'it"olia.     1. 

niiniina. 

veris.     1. 

var.  acaulis. 

var.  clatior. 

var.  officinalis. 

Yitaliana. 
Prinos.     452. 

glaber.     1. 

verticil  latus.     1. 
Prockia.     690. 
crucis.     3. 
Pkoseepinaca.     107. 

palustris.     1. 
Pbosopis.     — 

sincigera. 
Protea.     116. 

argeutea.     1. 

bruniades.     JSuppl. 

conifera.     3. 

cuciillata. 

cyanoides. 

cvnaroides. 

divaricata. 

fusca. 

gloraerata. 

Tiirta. 

HypophylJocarpoden- 
drum. 

imbricata.    MS. 

Lepidocarpodendron. 

Levisanus.     {m.  L  f.) 

pallens. 

parviflora. 

phylicoides.    MS. 

pinifolia. 

pubera  ("  pubigera  "). 

purpurea,     (m.  L.  f .) 

racemosji. 

repens. 

rosacea. 

saligna  =  conifera. 

Serraria. 

S2>eciosa. 

splia^rocepliala. 


ProIKA : — 

spicata. 

strobilina. 

totta. 
Prunella.     752. 

hyssopit'olia.     1. 

laciiiiata.     3. 

lusitanica  =  Cleonia 
lusitanica. 

vulgaris.     1. 

var.  r/vandi- 

fiora. 

var.  laciniata.   . 

Prunus.     640. 

Armeniaca.     1. 
avium.     1. 

var.  Bigarella. 

var.  Diiracinu. 

canadensis.     3. 
Cerasus. 

var.  aetiana. 

var.  austera. 

var.     avium  =  P. 

avium. 

var.  Biijarella. 

var.  Capronxana. 

^  ar.  dulcist. 

var.  JJuracina. 

var.  Jxdiana. 

var.  pletia. 

var.  punula. 

var.  rosea. 

domestica. 

var.  acinaria. 

\ar.  amifffdaUna. 

\ar.  Au(/usf((iia, 

var.  Brifjnohi. 

var.  cerea. 

var.  cereohi. 

var.  damascena, 

var.  (lulatensis. 

var.  htiiK/iirica. 

var.  Juliana. 

var.  malifonnis. 

\ar.  Myrohalana. 

var.  Pernir/ona. 

var.  praeco.T. 

insititia. 

Laurocerasus.     1. 
lusitanica.     1. 


LINNEAN   HEEBAEIUM. 


123 


Pbunus  : — 

Mahaleb.     1. 

Padus.     1. 

pensylvauica.     Suppl. 

puinila.     o. 

sibirica.     1, 

sj:>inosa. 

Virginian  a.      1. 
PsiniuM.     635. 

Cujavus. 

Guaja  va = pra^c. 

pomiferum.     3. 

pyriferum.     3. 

PSOEALEA.       928. 

acLileata.     2. 

americana.     3. 

aphylla. 

bituininosa.     1. 

braeteata. 

capitata.     Suppl. 

coiylifolia.     1. 

cytisoldes  =  Indigofera 
cytisoides, 

Dalea.     1. 

enneaj>hylJa  =  Indigo- 
fera enneaphyila. 

glandulosa.     3. 

hirta.     3. 

palaestina. 

'pentajjliylla. 

pinnata.     1. 

prostratd. 

re  pens. 

spicata. 

tenuit'olia.     2. 

tetragon  oloba.     3. 

PSYCHOTEIA.      231. 

asiatica.     3. 

lierbacea.     3. 

serpens. 
Ptelea.     153. 

trit'oliata.     1. 

viscosa  =  Dodona)a 
viscosa. 
Pteeis.     1246. 

aquilina. 

arf>07'ea. 

atropurpurea.     1. 

biaurita.     3. 


Pteeis  : — 

caudata.     1 . 

cretica.     3. 

dicJiotoma. 

furcata. 

grandifolia.     3. 

heterophylla.     3. 

lanceolata. 

lineata. 

longifolia.     3. 

mntilata. 

pedata.     1 . 

2)iloseUoides. 

quadnfoliata. 

rufa. 

semipinnata.     1. 

stipiilaris.     3. 

trichomauoides.     3. 

tricuspidata. 

vittata.     1. 
Pterocarpus.     887. 

Draco. 

Ecastaphylliim. 

lunatus. 

oralis. 
PiERoyiA.     980. 

caniphorata.     3. 

pallens.    Suppl. 

oppositifolia.     3. 

spinosa.    Suppl. 
Pqlmoxaria.     184. 

angustifolia.     1. 

Idrta  =  llyoscyamus 
physalodes. 

maritinia.     ] . 

oHicinalis.     1. 

sibirica.     1. 

siiffrutic'osa. 

A'irginica.     1. 
PuNiCA.     638. 

Granatnm.     1. 

nana. 
Pyeola.     568. 

niaculata.     1. 

minor.      I . 

rotundifolia.     1. 

secunda.     1. 

unibellata.     1. 

unitlora.     1. 


124 


INDEX   TO    TIIR 


Pyrus.     647. 

baccata.     li. 
coramunis.     1. 

var.  falerna. 

\a.i'.  favou la. 

var.  pompcjana. 

var.  1'ifra.ster. 

var.  Volema. 

coroiiaria.      1 . 
Cydoiiia.     1. 
Malus.     1. 

var.  Cavillea. 

• var.  Cestiana. 

• var.  epirotica. 

var.  j)aradisiaca. 

var.  Fnisomila. 

var.  rubelliana. 

var.  si/lvestris. 

Follveria. 

Quassia.     545. 

aniara.     3, 

Simarouba.    Suppl. 
QrERCis.     1128. 

Aegilops.     3. 

alba.     1. 

Cerris.     3. 

coccifera.     3. 

dub  id. 

Esculus.     1. 

grainuntia.     1. 

Ilex.     1. 

molucca. 

nigra.     1. 

Phellos.     1. 

Prinus.     3. 

Robur.     1. 

rubra.     1. 

Smilax  =  Q.  Ilex. 

Suber.     1. 

QUERIA.       114. 

canadensi        1. 
hispanica.     3. 
QUISQUA  LIS.      553 
iiidica.     3. 

Rajauia.     1183. 

cordata. 


Kajaxia  : — 

hastata.     1. 

rjuinfjiiefolici. 
Eandia.     214. 

aculeata.     3. 

m itix. 
Ranunculus.     715. 

abortivus.     1. 

aconitifolius,     1. 

acris.     1 . 

alpestris.     3. 

amplexicaulis,     1. 

aquatilis.     3. 

arveiisis.     1. 

asiaticus.     1. 

auriconuis.     1. 

bulbosus.     1. 

bullatus. 

cassubicus.     1. 

chaeropbyllos.     3. 

creticus.     1. 

falcatus.     1. 

Ficaria.     1. 

Flammula.     1. 

glacialis.     1. 

graniineus.     3. 

fjrandiflorvs. 

liederaceus.     3. 

illyricus.     1 . 

lanuginosus.     3. 

lapponicus.     1. 

Lingua.     1. 

monspeVuicus. 

iiiuricatus.     3. 

nivalis,     1. 

nodiflorus.     1. 

orientalis.     3. 

palustris,  MS.  [cf.  Sm. 
in  Kees,  Cycl.J. 

parnassifolius.     3. 

parviflorus.     3. 

parvidns. 

platanitolius.     3. 

polyantheinos.     1. 

pyrenaeus. 

repens.     1. 

reptans.     1 . 

rutaefolius.     3. 

sceleratus.     1. 


LIXNEAN  HERBAEIUM. 


125 


Eanunculus  : — 
Thora.     1. 
Eaphaxus.     846. 
caudatus.     '3. 
erucoides.     Suppl. 
Kaphauistriiin.     1. 
sativus.     1, 
sibiricus.     1. 
Eautolfia.     293. 
canescens.     ;3. 
nitida.     3. 
siihpuhescens  =  canes- 

cens. 
tetrajjJii/lIa  =  nitida. 
tomentosa  [Jaeq.]. 
Eeaumukia.     701. 

venuiculata.     3. 
Eenealmia.     2. 
disiicha. 
monostachi/a  =  Tillandsia 

monostachya. 
panictdata  =  Ti\\.])anicvi- 

lata. 
2:>olijstacJu/a  =:  Till,  poly- 

stacliyia. 
recurvata  =  Till,    recur- 

vata. 
usneoldes  =  Till,     usne- 

oides. 
Eeseda.     629. 
alba.     1. 
cariescens.     1. 
fruticulosa.     3. 
glauca.     1. 
lutea.     1. 
Luteola.     1. 
mediterranea. 
odorata. 
Phyteuma.     3. 
purpiirascens.     1, 
Sesamoides.     1, 
siiffnitic'itlosa. 
undata.     3. 
Eestio.     1164. 

dichotoiiiiis. 

Eler/ia  =  Elegia  juncea. 

paniculatus. 

simplex. 

triflorxis. 


Eestio  : — 

viiuineiis. 
Eetzia  [Tliunb.].  (m.  L.  patr.) 
209. 

cajjensis. 
Ehacoma.     146. 

Crossopetaliun.     3. 
Ehamnus.     262. 

Alaternus.     1. 

alpinus.     1. 

catharticus.     1. 

circiimseissus.     Suppl. 

colubrinus.     3. 

c'ubensis.     3. 

euinajiCHsis. 

Fran  gala. 

var.  laevifolius. 

iguaneus.     3. 

infectorius. 

Jujuba.     1. 

lineatus. 

Lotus.     1. 

lycioides.     3. 

micrauthus.     3. 

Napeca.     1. 

Oenoplia.     1. 

oleoides.     3. 

Paliurus.     1. 

pentaphyllus. 

2)timihis. 

Sarcomplialus.     3. 

saxatilis.     3. 

siculns. 

ISpina-Christi.     1. 

theezans. 

volubilis.    Suppl. 

Zizyphus.     1 . 
Eheedia.     — 

lateriflora. 
Eheum.     520. 

compactum.     3. 

palmatum.     3. 

llhabarb;u'um.     1, 

Ehaponticuin.     1, 

Ilihes. 

lindulatum. 
Ehbxia.     483. 

Acisanthera.      3.      (m- 
Sol.) 


126 


IKDEX   TO    THE 


lillEXIA  :  — 

glutinosa.     Siippl. 

mai'inna. 

virgin  ioa.      L. 
EuiNANTJirs.     758. 

capensis.     o. 

Crista-galli.     1. 

Eleplias.     3. 

indica. 

orifntalis. 

Trixago.     3. 

virgiuica.     (m.  L.  f.) 
Ehizopiiora.     611. 

Candel. 

caseolaris. 

conjugata.     1 . 

corniciilatn. 

cylindrica. 

gt/mnorhiza. 

Mangle.     3. 
Ehodioj>a.     1186. 

rosea.     1. 
Rhododendron.     562. 

Chamaeeistus.     1. 

dauricmii.     1. 

fernigiiieiun.     1. 

Jiirsutum  (pi.). 

maximum.     1. 

ponticum. 
Khodora.     — 

canadensis. 
Rhus.     378. 

angiistifolia.     1. 

Co/>he. 

Cominia.     3. 

Copalliiium.     1. 

Coriaria.     1. 

Cotinus.     1. 

glabra.     1. 

javaiiica.      1. 

laevigata.     3. 

lucida.      1. 

Metopiiun.     3. 

radicans.     1. 

succedanca. 

tomeiitosa.     1. 

Toxicodeiidriini.      I. 

typliiiia.     3. 

vernix.      1. 


RiBEs.     278. 

alpimini.     1. 

Cynosbati.     1. 

Grossuiaria. 

nigrum.     1. 

o.v>/acanthoides. 

recli  Datum.      1. 

rubrum.     1. 

sibiricum,     MS. 

Uva-crispa. 
Ricoia.    1271. 

crystallina. 

fhiitans. 

glauca. 

minima. 

natarts. 

RiOHARDIA.      451. 

scabra.     1. 
RiciNLs.     1142. 

communis.     3. 

Majyj^a. 

Tanarius. 
RicoTiA.     833. 

aegyptiaca. 
RiviNA.     163. 

canesceiis ,  MS . = humilis 
var. 

humilis. 

var.  canescens. 

var._r/?rt6j'rt=laevis. 

var.  scandens  = 

octandra. 

laevis.     3. 

octandra.     3. 

paniculata.     Cf.    Salva- 
dora  persiea. 

ROBINIA.      913. 

Acacia. 
Caragana.     1. 
frutescens.     3. 
frutecc  =  praec. 
r/rand!flora  ■=  Aeseli  yno- 

mene  graudittora. 
liispida.     3. 
mitis.     3. 
Pseud-acacia.     1. 
pygmaea.     1. 
spinosa. 
violacea  [Jacq.]. 


LlJ<rNEAI^    HBRBABIUM. 


127 


EofiLLA.     222. 
ciliata.     1. 

reticulata. 
KONDELETIA.      — 

americana. 
asiatica. 
ohovata. 

odorata  [Jacq.]. 
repen><. 

tfifoliata     [Jacq.     "  tri- 
"folia  "]. 

EORIDULA.       284. 

dentata  (pi.). 
PtOSA,     652. 
alba.     1. 
alpiiia.     3. 
arvensis  [Huds.]. 
caniiia.     3. 
Carolina.     3. 
centifolia.     1. 
cumaiuoDiea.     1. 
Eglanteria.     1. 
gallica.     3. 

vai\  versicolor. 

indica.     3. 
pendulina.     3. 
pimpinellifolia.     3. 
prolificata.     MS. 
riibiginosa. 
sempervireiis.     3. 
sinica. 

spinosissima. 
villosa.     3. 

EOSMARINUS.       41. 

officinalis.     1. 

EOTALA        52. 

verticillaris. 

EOTTBOELLIA.       101. 

eorymhosa  [L.  f.]. 
dimidiata  [L.  f.]  =  Pani- 

cuin  diinidiatuni. 
exaltata  [L.  f.J. 
incurvata[^L.  f.]  =  Aegi- 

lops  incurvata. 
EOUSSBA,  MS.     — 

capeusis,  MS.=Eusselia 

capensis,  Suppl. 

EOYENA.      570. 

glabra.     1. 


EOYENA : — 

hirsuta.     1. 

lucida.       ] . 

villosa.      3. 
EUBIA.      131. 

awjusti  folia. 

oordi  folia. 

lucida. 

peregrina.     1. 

tinctoruin.     1. 
EuBus.     653. 

arcticus.     1. 

caesius.     1. 

canadensis.      1. 

Cbamaemorus.     1. 

Dalibarda.     3. 

fruticosus.     1. 

hispidus.     1. 

idaeus.     1. 

jamaicensis.     3. 

japonicus. 

moluccanus.     1. 

occideutalis.     1. 

odoratus.     1. 

parvifolius.     1. 

saxatilis.     ] . 
Etjdbeckia.     1025. 

angiistifolia.     3. 

hirta.     1. 

laciniata.     1. 

ojjposrtifolia. 

purpurea,     1. 

triloba.     1. 

EUELLIA.       804. 

antipoda.     1. 
biflora.     3.     (m.  Sol.) 
Blechum.     3. 
clandestina.     1. 
ciliaris. 
crispa.     1. 
paniculata.     3. 
repanda.     3. 
repens.     .3. 
ringens.     1. 
strepens.     1. 
tentaculata.     3. 
tuberosa.     1. 
EuMBX.     464. 
Acetosa. 


128 

1M>EX 

rO   THE 

KuMEX  :— 

EUTA  : — 

Acotojiella.     1. 

graveolens  var.  montana 

aculeatus.     3. 

=  iuontana. 

acutiis.     1. 

linit'olia.     3. 

aegy])tiacus. 

montana  [iUt^/.J 

ae(j;ii>tins  =  praec. 

patavina. 

alpimis.     1. 

tenuifolia  [Gouan  ?]. 

aquaticus.     3. 

Britaniiica. 

Saccharum.     77. 

bucephalophorus. 

1. 

officinaruin.     1. 

capensis,    MS. 

Eaveniiae. 

crispus.     1. 

spieatuni.     1. 

dentatus. 

spontaneum. 

digyuus.     1. 

Sagixa.     177. 

divaricatus  =  pulcher. 

cqutcda. 

Lunaria.     1. 

erecta.      1 . 

luxiirians. 

procunibens.     1. 

maritiiims.     1. 

virgiiiica.     1. 

nmUiJidus.  Cf. li.  Aceto- 

Sagittakia.     1124. 

seila,  etc. 

lancilolia.     3, 

obtusifolius.     3. 

obtusifolia.     1. 

Patientia. 

pugionil'oruiis. 

persicarioides.     J. 

sagittifolia.     1. 

pulcher.     1. 
roseus.     1. 

trtfoha. 

Salacia.     1066. 

sanguineus.     1. 

chinensis  (pl.). 

scutatus.     i. 

Salicobsia.     10. 

spinosus.     1. 

arabica.     2. 
caspica.     1. 

tingitanus.     3. 

tuberosus.     3. 

eiirojyaeri . 

verticillatus.     3. 

»•.»!*                -f  ,.1f/-»/*/^C»/1f         — 

vesicarius.     ] . 

fruticosa. 

EUMPHIA.       — 

amhoinensis. 

herbacea. 

EuppiA.     176. 

foliata.     MS. 

maritinia.     1. 

fruticosa.     3. 

spiralis.     MS. 
Euscrs.     1205. 

herbacea.     3. 

aculeatus.     1. 

strobilacea  IFaU.  ?]. 

androrjijnus.     1 . 

(Pl.) 

viniinica. 

Hypoglosstim.     1 

Salix.     1158. 

Hvpophylluin.     1 

aegyptiaca.     2. 

racemosiis.     o. 

alba. 

EUSSEA,       MS.   =  KOUSSEA, 

ami/f/dalina. 

i.e.  Kusselia,   Suppl. 

nou 

arbuscula.     1. 

al. 

arenaria.     1. 

EuxA.    537. 

aiirita. 

chalepensis.     3. 

babylonica.     1. 

graveolens.     1. 

caprea.     1. 

LIXNEAX   HEEBAKIUM. 


129 


Salix  : — 

cinerea. 

depressa. 

fragilis.     3. 

fusca. 

glaucu.     ] . 

hastata.    1. 

BelLv. 

hermaphroditica.     1. 

herbacea.     ] . 

incubacea. 

]aiiata.     1. 

lapponum.     1. 

Myrsinites.     1. 

myrtilloides.     1. 

pentandra.     1. 

phyJici  folia.     1. 

purpurea.     3. 

repens.     J. 

reticulata.     1. 

retusa.     3. 

rosmarini  Folia.     1. 

triandra.     1. 

viniinalis.     1. 

vitellina.     3. 
Salsola.     315. 

altissima.     3. 

aphylloides,    MS.  := 
aphylla,  Suppl. 

arborescens.     Suppl, 

baccata. 

fruticosa.     3, 

hirsuta.     3 

hyssopifolia  [PaZ?.]. 

Kali.     1. 

muricata.     3. 

oppositifolia.     MS. 

polyclonos.     3. 

prostrata.     1. 

rosacea.     1. 

salsa.     3. 

satira.     3. 

Soda.     3. 

6'ouda  =  praec. 

Tragus.     3. 

vermiculata.     ] . 
Salvador  A.     164. 

persica.     1, 
Salvia.     42. 


Salvia  :— 

acetabulosa.     3. 
aegyptiaca  [No.  1].     3. 
ae[/;fptiaca    [No.   36]  =: 

spinosa. 
Aethiopis.     1. 
africana.     3. 

var.  caendea. 

var.  lutea. 

agrestis. 
argeutea.     3. 
aurea.     3. 
canariensis.     1. 
ceratophylla.     1. 
ceratopbylloides. 
clandestina.     3. 
colorata.     3. 
cretica. 

diserraas.     3. 
dominica.     1. 
Torskohlei.     3. 
glutinosa.     1. 
graveolens.     MS. 
haematodes. 
hispanica.     1. 
Horininuni.     1. 
indica.     3. 
lyrata.     1. 
mexicana.     1. 
napifolia  \_Jacq.']. 
nemorosa.     3. 
nutans.     1. 
officinalis.     1. 
pauiculata.     3. 
parvitlora.     MS. 
pinnata.     3. 
pomifera.     3. 
pratensis.     1. 
pyrenaica. 
Sclarea.     3. 
serotina.     3. 
spinosa. 
sylvestris.     2. 
syriaca.     3. 
urticifolia.     1. 
Verbenaca.     i. 
verticillata. 
virginica.     MS. 
viridis.     1. 


130 


IN'DEX    TO    TUB 


Sa^iara.      137. 

lactu  (pi.). 
Sambuccs.    381. 

canadensis.     2. 

Ebulus.     2. 

nigra.     2. 

var.  laciniata. 

racemosa.     1. 
8AMOLUS.      225. 

Valerandi.     1. 

• var.  (ifricanus. 

Samtda.     558. 

Guidonia. 

uitida.     ;^. 

parviflora.     3. 

puhescens. 

serriilata. 

sjtlnosa. 
Sanguinaria.     666. 

canadensis.     1. 
SA^^GUISORBA.      148. 

canadensis.     1. 

media. 

officinalis.     1. 
Saxicula.     333. 

canadensis.     1. 

europaea.     1 . 

marilandica. 
Santalum.     161. 

album.     3. 
Santoli>a.     985. 

alpina.     3. 

Amelias,  cf.  Galea  Amel- 
lus. 

annua  =  Athanasia   an- 
nua. 

anthemoides.     3. 

Chauiaecyparissus.     1. 

crenata  =  Athanasia 
crenata. 

crilJuiiifolia  =  Atli. 
crithmifolia. 

dentata  =  Alh.    den- 
tata. 

jauiaicensis,  cf.  Galea 
jamaicensis. 

oppositifolia,  cf.  Galea 
oppositifolia. 

pidjcscens  ^=  Ath.  pubes- 
cens. 


Santolina  :-  - 

rosmarinifolia.     .3. 

squavrosd  =  Athanasia 
squarrosa. 

trifurcata  =  Ath.     tri- 
furcata. 
Sapindus.     514. 

cliinensis. 

Saponaria.     1. 

spinosus. 

trifoliatu!^. 
Saponaria.     580. 

cretiea.     .3. 

illyrica.     3. 

liybrida.     MS. 

lutea. 

ocymoides.     1. 

ofticinalis.     1. 

var.    Ivjhrida  = 

bybrida. 

orientalis.     1. 

porrecta.     MS.=seq.  ? 

porrigens. 

Stnitlmun  =  Gypsopbila 
Struthium. 

Vaccaria.     1. 
Saeaca.     880. 

indica  (pi.). 
Saecophyte     [Sparru).?]. 
1112  6. 

sccmjuinea  (pL). 
Sarothra.     391. 

gentianoides.     1. 
Sarracema.     672  a.  (plagulae 
desuut). 

/lava. 

purpurea. 
Satukzja.     723. 

capitata.     1. 

(jrcaea. 

hortensis.     1. 

Juliana.     1. 

Mastichina  =  Thymus 
Mastichina. 

montaua.     1. 

ori<janoides  =  Cunila 
mariana. 

spinosa. 

Thynibra.     1. 

viuiiuea.     3.     (m.  Sol.) 


LINNEAN   HEBBARIUM. 


131 


Supp]. 
3. 


Satureja  : — 

vinjiniana  =  Tliviiius 
virgiiiiaiia. 
Satyrium.     1055. 
albidiini.     1. 
cwpense. 
EinpogiiDii. 
hiaiis.     Siippl. 
hircinuiu.     3. 
nigra  til.     1. 
orobanchioides. 

Suppl. 
pedicellatuni. 
plantagineum, 
repeus.     3. 
viride.     3. 
Saururus.     478. 
cernuus.     1. 
natdns. 
Sauvagesia.     283. 

erecta.     3. 
Saxitraga.     575. 

adscenden.s.     .'}. 

ajugi  folia.     3. 

aizoides.     1. 

androsacea. 

aspera.      1 . 

autumiiaUs. 

hroncldalis . 

bryoides.     3. 

hulhifet-a. 

Burseriana. 

caesia.     3. 

caespitosa. 

ceriiua.     1. 

Cotyledon. 

erassi  folia. 

cunei  folia. 

CjpnbaJaria, 

geranioidea. 

Greum.     1. 

graiiulatn. 

groenlandica. 

heeler  acea. 

Hirciilus. 

hirsnta.   Cf.  rotundifolia, 

No.  12. 
liypnoides.     1. 
nnitara.     3. 


1. 


3. 

]. 

1. 
1. 


1. 


Saxifraga : — 

nivalis.     1. 
oppositifolia.     1 . 
pensylvanica.     2. 
petraea.     3. 
punctata.      1. 
rivularis.     3. 
rotiindifolid,     No.     I'J ; 

cf.  hirsuta. 
rotundifolia,  No.  lU. 
sedoides.     1. 
serpens,     M8. 
sibirica.     3. 
stellaris.     1. 
tridactylites.     1. 

var.  alpiiui. 

•  var.  tectorum. 

umhrosd. 

SCABIOSA.       120. 

africana.     1. 
alpina.     1. 
amplexicaulis. 
argentea.     3. 
arvensis.      1. 
atropurpurea.     3. 
atteiniata.     Suppl. 
Colnmbaria.     3. 
eretica.     1. 
graminifolia.     3. 
gramuntia.     3. 
indurata. 
integrifolia.     1. 
isetensis.     ?). 
leiicantha. 

var.  spuria. 

marina,  lapsu  =  seq.. 
maritima.     3. 
ochroleuca.     :i. 
palaestina.     3. 
papposa.     ',^. 
prolifera.      'A. 
plerocepluiJu. 
pamila. 

3. 

MS. 


rigida. 

scabra. 

sicula. 

stellata. 

Succisa. 

sylvatiea 


1. 


3. 

1-* 


132 


IXDEX   TO   THE 


.tSCAUlOSA  : — 

syriaca.     1. 

tataric-a.     1 . 

transylvanica.     i. 

tnamlra,     splialm.  = 
gramuiitia. 

ucranica. 
SCABHITA.      124. 

scahra  (pi.)- 

trijhrii. 
SCAEVOLA,       229. 

Lobelia  =  seq. 
Pluiiiieri. 
ScAXDix.     364. 

Anthriscus.      1 . 

austyidis. 

Ceret'olium,      1. 

grandijloni. 

iiit'esta. 

nodosa.     1. 

Odorata.     1. 

Pect  en -Veneris.     1. 

procnmhtns. 

tricliospenna, 

SCHEUCIIZKHIA.       465. 

palustris.     1 . 
Scmxus.     1193. 
Areira.     3. 
Far/ara  =  I'agara 

Pterota. 
Liiiionia  =  Liinonia 

aeidissiiiia. 
Molle.     1. 
myricoides  =  Schrebera 

schinoides. 
trar/odes  =  Fagara 

tragodes. 
8cnMiuELiA.     506. 
racemosa  (pi.). 

SCHOENUS.       68 

aculeatus.     1 . 
albus.     1. 
bulbosiis. 
capensis.     3. 
coloratus.     3. 
compai". 
compressus, 
deustus.     MS. 
ferrujrineus.     1. 


ScnoEXUS : — 

fuscus.     3. 
glomeratus.     1. 
IWiosjiennus  :=  Carex 

lilhosperma. 
Mariscus.     1. 
mucronatus.     1. 
nigricans.     1. 
niveus. 

radiatiis.     Suppl. 
secans  =  Carex    litho- 

spenna. 
s]iathaveus  =  Cyperiis 

spatliaceus. 
tJienn(dis. 
iislidatus. 

SCIIREBEIIA.       324. 

schinoides  (pi.  ?). 

SCHWALBEA.       

americana. 

SCHWEKKIA.       31. 

americana  (pi.). 
SCILLA.      429. 

araoena.     1. 

aiitiinmalis.     3. 

bi  folia.     3. 

hyat'inthoides.     3. 

italica.     1. 

Lilio-I/i/dcintJius. 

lusitanica.     3. 

■maritima. 

peruviana.     3. 

tetrapbylla.     iSuppl. 

icnifolia. 
SCIBPUS.      71. 

acicularis.     1. 

antarcticus. 

articulatus.     3. 

mistridis. 

autiiinnalis. 

caespitosus.     1 . 

capillaris.     1. 

capitatus. 

ccpbalotes. 

ciliaris, 

corynibosus.     3. 

cyperoides. 

dichotomus. 

ecbinatus.     1. 


LIITN-EAN  HEEBABIUM. 


i;53 


SciEPUS:  — 

feiTiigineus.  3.  (m.SoI.) 

jinitcDis. 

geuiculatus.     (m.  Sol.). 

glomeralKs  =  Sclioeuus 
glomeratiis. 

Halleri.     MS. 

Holosclioemis.     J. 

hottentottus. 

iiitricatuG. 

lac-US  tris.     1. 

lithospernius  =  Carex 
lithospernia. 

Luzulae.     3. 

inaritimus.     1. 

Michelianus. 

iiiiliaceus.     3. 

nuicronatus.     1. 
iuutatiis.     3. 
palustris.     1. 
retro fractus.     1. 
rouianus.     3. 
setaceus.     1. 
spadiceus.     1. 
squarrosus. 
•supinus.     3. 
sylvaticus.  •    1. 
trigvnus. 
U-iqueter. 

SCLEBAIS-THUS,       578. 

annuiis.     3. 
perennis.     3. 
polycarpos. 
ScoLiMus.     963. 

hispanicus.      I . 
maculatus.     ], 

SCOPARIA.       145. 

arborea.     Suppl 
diilcis.     3. 
procamhens. 
ScoRPiuRus.     920. 
muricata.     1 . 
sulcata.     1. 
vermiculata. 
subvillosa. 

SCORZONERA.   947. 

angustit'olia. 
gramiuifolia. 
hirsuta. 


1, 


SCORZOXERA  ; 

hispaniea.     1. 
luiinilis.     3. 
laciniata.     1. 
orieiitalis.     3. 
picroides.     ] . 
purpurea.     1 . 
resedifolia.     3. 
tiugitaiia.     1, 
tomentosa. 

SCROPHULARIA.       773. 

aquatica.     1. 
aurieulata.     \. 
betoaicifolia. 
caniua.     1. 
chinensis. 
coccinea. 
frutescens. 
lucida.     3. 
marilaudioa.     2. 
meridionalis.     Suppl. 
nodosa.     2. 
orientalis.     1. 
peregrin  a.     1. 
sambuclfolia.     I. 
Scorodouia.     3. 
trifoliata.     3. 
veriialis.     1. 

SctTRRULA.       — 

parasitica  =  Loranthus 
Scurrula. 

SOUTELEARIA.   751. 

albida. 

alpina.     1. 

altissima. 

cretica.     3. 

galerieulata,      J. 

hastit'olia.     1.     ('•  has- 

tata.-"') 
havanensis  [Jacq.] 
byssopi  folia.      1. 
indica.     1. 
integrifolia.     1. 
lateriflora.     1. 
lupulina.     3. 
luinor.     3. 
orientalis.      1. 
peregrina.     1. 
supina  =  lupulina. 
Ic  *  2 


lU 


INDEX   XO   THE 


Secale.     102. 

cere:ile.      1 . 
creticum.     .'?. 

orloitale. 
villosum. 
Secubidaca.     883. 

erecta  [Jacq.j. 

scandens  [Jaeq.]. 

volubilis.     1. 
SioDUM.     595. 

acre. 

Aizoon.     1. 

album. 

Atiacampsevof; . 

annuum.     3. 

atratum.     \^. 

caeruleum. 

Cepaea.     2. 

dasypliyllam. 

(/lobiferum. 

hispcinicum. 

h  i/bridum. 

libanoticuin. 

mivtum. 

reflexum.     3. 

ruhens  =  Crassula 
rubens. 

nipestre.     3. 

sexangulare.     3. 

stellatuin.     1. 

Telepliium. 

var.  (dhurn. 

A'ar.  maxhnnm. 

var.  purjnireum. 

vcrticiUalum. 

vdlosum. 

SlCtit'IERIA.       — 

americana. 
Selago.     786. 
CO  pit  at  a. 
cnccluea. 
corynibosa.     1. 
dubin  =  Erautlieimim 

augiistatiai). 
ericoides  =  .Stilbt;    eri- 

coides. 
fasciculata. 
t'niticosa.     3. 
hjchnidca. 


fSELAGO  : — 

Pinastra  =  Stilbe  Pi- 

nastra. 
])olystacliya. 
Pi'HHCtstri  =  Stilbe    Pi- 
nastra. 
rapunculoides.     3. 
spuria.     3. 
tonientosa.     3.     Cf. 
Manulea  tonientosa. 
Selinum.     344. 

Carvifoiia.     3. 
Cervaria  =  Athamantha 

Cervaria. 
Monnieri.     3. 
2^ali(stre. 

pyrenaeum  [Goitftn?]. 
Segiderli  [Jacq."!. 
silvestre.     1. 
SEMECARrUS.      377. 

Anacardium  [Linn.  f.]. 
Sempervitum.     632. 
arachnoideum. 
arborenm. 
canariense. 
(jlobiferuui  =  seij. 
globuliferum.     1. 
hii'tum. 
luontanum. 
sediforme. 
tectonim. 
Senecio.     996. 

abrotanifolius.     3. 
aegyptius.     1. 
alpinus.     Suppl. 
arabicus.     3. 
aureus.     1, 
byzaiitiuus.     1. 
canadensis.     1. 
cord  it'ol  ins.     Suppl. 
divaricatus.     1, 
l)oria.     3. 
Doronicuiu.     3. 
elegans.     1. 
erucifolius.     ], 
foetidus. 

glastifolius.     Suppl. 
glaucus.     1. 
halimifolius.     1. 


LINNEAN  HEBBARIUM. 


135 


Senecio  : — 

Serapias  : — 

hastatus.     3. 

Jongifolia  =  8.    Helle- 

hastulatus  =  pra3c. 

borine,  var. 

hieracifolius.      ] . 

rubra. 

ilicifolius.     1 . 

.Seriola.     958. 

incaniis. 

aethuensis. 

Jacobaea.      1. 

creie)isis. 

i^Ti"     rt  f  ^f*r\i  ft  i^fi 

laevigata. 

V(ll.   tllbVOtClcll, 

Janatus. 

ureas. 

liuifolius.     3. 

Seriphium.     1049. 

lividus.     1. 

amhigHum. 

longifolins. 

cinereum.     1. 

nebrodensis.     3. 

cori/mbiferuin  =^  Stoebe 

nemorensis.      1. 

guaphaloide.s. 

paludosus.     1. 

fuscuni.     3. 

persicifolius. 

gnaphaloides  =  fuse  lira. 

peucedanifolius.     Suppl. 

plumosuin. 

polifol'ms. 

Serpicula.     1106. 

populifolius,     3. 

serpens  (pi.). 

Pseudo-china . 

Serratula.     965. 

pubigei'us. 

alpina.     1 . 

purpureus.     3.     (m. 

var.  angustifolla. 

Sol.) 

var.  cynrKjlossifolid 

rigeiis.     3. 

•  var.  lajiafifoli't. 

rigidus.     3. 

amara.     1. 

sarracenieus.     1. 

arvensis.     1. 

squalidiis.     1. 

hahijlonica  =  Centaurea 

sylvaticus.    1. 

babylouica. 

trifloriis.     1. 

centauroides.     1. 

trilobus.     2. 

coronata.     3. 

umheUaius, 

Chamaepeuce. 

varicosus.     3. 

glaum. 

vii'gatus.     3. 

multirtora.     1. 

viscosus.     1. 

novehoracensis. 

vulgaris.     1 . 

praealta.     ], 

Septas.     480. 

salicifolia.     J , 

capeiisis      3. 

scariosa.     1. 

Serapias.     1057. 

spicata.     1 . 

capensis. 

squarrosa.     1. 

cordigera.     3. 

tinctoria.     1. 

grandiflora.     3.     (m. 

var.  'praealta  = 

L.  f.)  _ 

praealta. 

Helleboi-ine.     1. 

Sertulaiuj.     1298. 

Sesamum.     802. 

indic'uin.     1. 

\  iXl  *     WlljlLKjilil, 

var.  longifolia. 

orientale.     1 . 
Seseli.     367. 

Vtll.    jtLllitSli  lb* 

latifoUa  =  S.    Helle- 

borine,  var. 

Aramoid(!s.     3. 

Lingua.      1 . 

aniiuuu).     3. 

i;i()                                                    INDEX 

XO   THE 

SkSELI: 

SiDA : — 

Carvifolla. 

occidetitdlis. 

elatiiiii.      '6. 

paniculata.     3.     (m. 

glauciini.     3. 

Sol.) 

Hipi)omarathrum.     3. 

periplocifolia,     1. 

montamiin.     3. 

radiata. 

l)arvuluin.     MS. 

retusa. 

piinpinelloides.     2. 

rhoinbifolia.     1. 

pumihnn  =  Pimpinella 

si)iiiosa.     1. 

puiuila. 

triquetra.     3. 

pijrenannH  =  Selinum 

unibellata.     3.     (m. 

pyrenaemn. 

Sol.) 

sa.vlfraf/um. 

ureiLs.     3. 

torriiosiiin.     2, 

viscosa.     3.     (m.  Sol.) 

Turbitli.     3. 

SiDBRITIS.      729. 

Sesuvium.     645. 

canariensis.     1. 

Portulacantrinn  (pi.). 

cretica.      1 . 

SltERABDIA.       126. 

hirsuta.     1. 

arvensis.     1. 

hyssopifolia.     1. 

fruticosa.     1. 

iiicaiia.     3. 

muralis.     1. 

laiiata.     3. 

SiBBALDIA.      401. 

montaua.     1. 

erecta.     3. 

Ocymasirmn  =  Stachys 

procumbens.     1. 

birta. 

SiBTIIOKPIA,      793. 

j)erfoliata.     3. 

afrieana. 

rem  an  a.     1. 

europaea.     ] . 

scordioides.     3. 

■percr/rina. 

syriaca.     1. 

SicYOs.     1154. 

SiDEKOXTLON.       261. 

angulata.     i . 

decandrum. 

Garcini.     (ni.  L.  f.) 

foetidissimum  [Jacq.]. 

laciniuta. 

inerme.     1. 

trifoliata. 

lycioides.     3. 

SiDA.     866. 

iiielauopbleos.     3. 

Abutilon.     1. 

mite. 

alba.     3. 

Facurero  [Loefl.]. 

alnifolia.     3. 

spinosmn.     1. 

aniericana.     3. 

tenax.     3. 

ampJi.ssima. 

SiGESBECKIA.       1018. 

asiaiica.     3. 

ocrideiitalis.      1. 

caiiitaia  =  JMalachra 

orientalis.     1. 

capitata. 

SiLENE.      583. 

ciliaris.     3. 

acaulis.     3. 

cordifolia.      i. 

alpestris  [Jacq.]. 

cri.-^pa.     1. 

ainoena.     1. 

cristata.     1. 

anglica.     3. 

iiidica.     3. 

antirrhina.     1. 

inflata.     MS. 

Arineria.     1. 

jamaicensis.     3. 

Beheu.     3. 

LIXNEAN  HERBARIUM. 


137 


SiLENE  : 

bupleurioides.      1 . 
cerastoides.     1. 
coniea. 

coiioidea.     ] . 
ci'(iss') folia. 
cretica.     1 . 
fruticosa.     1 . 
gallica.     1. 
gigantea.     1 . 
inaperta.     1. 
lusitanica.      1. 
31asci/)i(la. 
inutabilis.     15. 
uoctiflora.     1. 
nocturna.     1. 
nutans.     1. 
paradoxa.     li. 
pendula.     1. 
polyphijlla. 
porrigeiis  =  Saponaria 

porrigens. 
portensis  =^  ina|ierta. 
quadrifida.     ^. 
quinqiievuliiera.     1. 
rigidida  =  cerastoides. 
rubella.     3. 
rupestris.     1. 
Saxit'raga.     1 . 
stricta.     3. 
vallesia.     3. 
virginica.     1. 
viridiHora.     '.*>. 

SiLPHIUM.       1032. 

Asteriscus.     3. 
connatnin. 
helianthoides. 
laciiiiatum.      I. 
perfoliatum.     3. 
solidaginoides.      1. 
trifoliatum.      I. 
trilobatum.     3). 
Sin  APIS.     845. 
alba.     ] . 
arvensis.     1. 
hrassicdta  =  iuncea. 
chineiisis.     3. 
erucoides.     3. 
hispanica.     3. 


SiXAPis :— ' 

incana.     3. 
juncea.      1 . 
laevigata.     3. 
nigra. 

orientalis.     3. 
pubescens.     3. 
pyrenaica.     3. 
violacea.     MS. 

SiPHONAXTIIUS.       — 

indici-t. 
SlRIUM.      138. 

rinjrti folium  (pi.). 
Sisox.   '356. 

Annni.     1. 

Ammoides  =  Sesell 
Ammoides. 

Amomum.     1. 

cauadense.     ]. 

inundatum.     1. 

ser/etum. 

verticillatum. 
Sisymbrium.     836. 

altissimum.     1. 

amphibium.     3. 

var.  aqaaticum. 

var.  pahi.stre. 

var.  terrestre. 

arenosum.     1. 

asperaii).    (an  in.  L.  f.?) 

Barbareae.     3. 

Barrelieri.      3. 

bursit'oliiim.     5. 

catholicLim. 

indicum.     3, 

integrit'olium.     1, 

Irio.     1. 

Loeselii.       3. 

monense.     2. 

murale.     1. 

^Nasturtium -aquaticiim. 
1. 

orientale.     3. 

Parra. 

polyceratiiim.     3 

Sopliia.     1, 

strietissimum.      1. 

supinuiu.     1, 

sylvestre.     1. 


138 


INDEX   TO   THE 


iSlSYMBKlUM  :  — 

tanaeetit'oliuin.     '.i. 

iennifolhiui, 

valeiitimnu.     li. 

vimineum.     1. 
SiSYiiixciiiuM.     1064. 

Beniiiuli;i!i:i.      'J. 

paliiiit'oliiiiii.     o. 
SiUM.     355. 

angustifolium.     o. 

Falcaria.     2. 

f/roeciim. 

latit'oliuiii.      J. 

Ninsi. 

noditloi'uin.      1. 

rigidius.     1. 

si'ciilnm. 

Sisarum.     1. 
Sloanea.     — 

clentata. 

emarffiiutta. 

8MJLAX.      1182. 

annua.     M8. 
aspera.     ] . 
Bona-nox. 
caduca.     1 . 
China.     1. 
excelsa.     1. 
herbacen.     1. 
lanceoldta. 
laurit'olia.     ] . 
Pseudo-China.     1. 
rotundifolia.      I . 
Sars:i])ariUa.      i. 
taumoides.      1. 
zeylanicd. 
Smyrnium.     370. 

aegyptiacuni.     :}. 
auredin.     1. 
integerriinuni.     1. 
Olusatrum.     1 . 
perfoliatum.      1. 

SOLANDBA.       332  (I. 

caponeis.     3. 
septenidentata.     MS. 
tridftjitata.     MS. 
Solan  UM.     248. 

aethiopieuin.     3. 
balianiense.     1 . 


SoLANUM  : — 

bonariense.     1 . 
carapechiense.     3. 
capeiise. 
carolinense.     1. 
dii)hylliun.      ]. 
Dulcamara.      J . 
ferox. 
fuscatiini. 
guineensc  =  Atropa 

guineense. 
luivanense  [Jacq.]. 
igueum.     3. 
incamthi  =  sanctum, 
indicum.     1. 
insanum.     3. 
lycioides. 

Lycopersicum.     1. 
macrocarpon. 
niammosum.     1. 
Melongena.     1 . 
montaiunn. 
nigrum.     1. 

var.  f/uineense. 

\ar.  Judaicum. 

var.  prt/H/H)». 

var.  viUoswn. 

var.  vir(/inicvm. 

var.  I'uhjare. 

var.  vuliiaUim 

=  praec. 
novum, 
ohscurum. 
■paniculahun . 
peruvianum.     1. 
pimpinellifolium.     2. 
Pseudocapsicum.     1. 
pulveridentHm  :=  tonien- 

tosum. 
quercit'olium.     1. 
racemosavi. 
radicans.     3. 
ruhrum. 
sanctum.     1. 
scandens. 
sodomaeutn.     1. 
suhinerme  [Jacq.]. 
tomentosum.     2. 
trilobatum.     1. 


LINNEAN   HEBBAEIUM. 


139 


80LANUM : — 

tuberosum.     1. 
verbascifolium.     1. 
virginianuii). 
vircfiiiicum  =  praee. 

SOLDANELLA.       200. 

alpina.     .'5. 
Solid  AGO.     998. 

aljpina  =  Cineraria 

alpina. 
allissima.     1. 
bicolor.     3. 
caesia. 

canadensis.     1. 
discolor,  MS.  [an   l)i- 

color  ?] 
Doronictim. 
flexicaulia.     2. 
lanceolata.     3. 
lateriflora.     1. 
latifolia. 
linifolia  =  tSeuecio    lini- 

folius. 
mexicaua.     1. 
niinuta.     3. 
montana  =  Cacalia 

sarracenica. 
noveboracensis.     1. 
rigida.     1. 
senipervirens. 
serotina,     MS. 
Virgaurea.     1 . 
SoNCHus.     949. 

alpinus.     3. 
arveusis.     1. 
canadensis.      1. 
floridauus.     ]. 
maritimus.     3. 
oleraeeus.     3. 

var.  as  per. 

var.  Invis. 


palustris.      1. 
Plumieri.     3. 
sibiricus.     1. 
tataricus. 
tenerrimus.     3. 
tuheroimis. 
Sophia.     — 

Carolina. 


SOPHORA.      522. 

alba. 

alo2)ecuroides. 

anstralis.     3. 

biflora.     3. 

capensis.     3. 

genistoides.     1. 

he/>taj)hjilla. 

japonica.     3. 

lupinoides.      I . 

occidentalis.     3. 

tinctoria.     1 . 

toinentosa.      I . 
Sorb  us.     644. 

ambigua.     MS. 

Aucuparia.     1. 

domestica. 

hybrida.     3. 

sativa.     MS. 
Sparganium.     1095. 

erectuni.     1. 

natans.      1. 
Sparrmania,  MS.     — 

capensis  =  Melanthium 
niouopetiilum. 
Sparrma:s^nia  [Linn.f.].  677. 

afrkuna  [Linn.  f.]. 
Spartium.     891. 

angidatum. 

capense.     3. 

complicatuni.     1. 

contaminatum. 

junceum.     1. 

monospernunn.     1. 

jxitens  =  Cyt\sv\ii  patens. 

purgans  =  Genista 
purgans. 

radiatum.     2. 

scoparium.     1. 

Scorplas. 

sepiariuiu. 

sphaeroca  rpum . 

spinosum.     1. 
Spathelia.     — 

simplex. 
Spergula.     604. 

arvensis.     1. 

laricina.     1.     ("laric-i- 
folia.") 


140 


INDEX   TO    TUE 


SpEBGIjLA  : 

nodosa.     1. 
peiitamlra.      1 . 
sagiuoides.     2. 
Sperm  ACocE.     125. 

articidaris.     Siippl. 
t-apitellala.     MN. 
corijmJiona  =  Jiro- 

cumbeiis. 
liirta. 

hispida.     1. 
prociuubens.      3. 
S])ino.sa.     3. 
stricta.     Suppl. 
strigosa. 

suffiuticosa  [Loefl.]. 
teiiuior.     1.     (m. 

8ol.) 

verticillata. 

Sphaeiia>'tiius.     1044. 

africaims.     3.   ("  afer.") 
chinensis.     3, 
iudiciis.     3. 
Spuaeria  [AV'eigel].     1288. 
anastoniosaus,       bvssea, 
gregaria,        laevigata, 
lichenoides,  Moi'i, 

mucosa,  pertusa, 

rugosa,    tremelloides, 
variolosa. 

(11  species  ad  ean- 
dem    plagulam    gluti- 
natae.) 
.Sphagnum.     1258. 
aljntmm. 
(irboreum. 
paliistre.     3. 
Spigelia.     210. 

Anthelmia.     3. 
marilundica, 
SpiLANTJiES  [Jacq.].     974. 
Acniella. 
atriplicif'olins. 
insipida  [Jacq.]. 
oleracea. 
Fseudo-Acmella  = 

S.  Aciiiella. 
urens  [Jacq.]. 
SPINACIA.      1174. 
fera.     3. 


Spinacia  : — 

oleracea.     1. 
Spinifex.     1216. 

squarrdsiis. 
Spiraea.     651. 

argentea.     Sii])])!. 

Aruncus.     3. 

chainaedrif'olia.     1. 

crenata.      1 . 

I'ilipendula.       1. 

hypericifolia      1. 

laci'igtifd. 

opulit'olia.     3. 

palmata. 

salicit'olia.     1. 

sorbifolia.      1 . 

tonientosa.    ] . 

trit'oliata.       1. 

t,-iloha. 

trilohata  ^  praec. 

Ulniaria.     1 . 
Splachnum.     1262. 

auipullaceuiii.      i. 

k^teunl.     1. 

rubruni.     1. 

subglobosiim.     MS. 

vascidosum. 
Sponuias.     593. 

lutea. 

Monihin  =  purpurea. 

31  i/rohalauHS  =  lutea. 

purpurea. 
Spoagia.     1295. 
Stachts.     736. 

aetliiopica.     3. 

alpina.     1. 

annua.     3. 

ai-vensis.     3. 

bitumino.sa,  MS.  ^ 
glutinosa. 

cretica.     1. 

gernianica.     1. 

glutinosa.     2. 

liirta.     3. 

italica.     [an  Mill.  ?] 

niaritinia.     3.     ("  ma- 
rina.") 

orientalis. 

palaestina.     3. 

paluhtris.     1. 


LINNEAN   HERBARIUM. 


141 


StACIIVS  : — 

recta.     3. 

rigicla,  M8.  =  glutiiiosa. 
rugosa.     MS. 
spinosa. 
sylvatit-a.     1. 
villosa.     MS. 
•Staeuelixa.     981. 

arborescens.     3. 
centaiu'oides = Athauasia 

dentata, 
Chamaepeuce. 
corymbosa.     M8. 
dubia.     2, 
fruticosa.     3. 
guaphaloides.     1. 
imbricata.     [an  Benj.  ?] 

SXAPELIA.       311. 

hirsuta.     1. 

mammillaris. 

variegata.     3. 
Staphylea.    382. 

pinnata.     1 . 

trifolia  ("  ternata  ■").    3. 
Statice.     395. 

Armeria.     1. 

aurea.     1. 

cordata. 

crispa.     M8. 

echioides. 

Echinus.     3. 

ferulacea.     3. 

flexuosa.     1. 

fruticulosa.     MS. 

incaua.     3. 

Liiiioniuni.      1. 

lobata.     Slii)|i1. 

raiauta. 

moiiopetala.     1. 

pruiuosa. 

purpurata.     3. 

reticulata.     1. 

sinuata.     1. 

speciosa.     1. 

sufFruticosa.     1. 

tatarica.     1 . 

virginica.     MS. 
Stella RiA.     584. 

Arenaria.     2. 


Steli.ahia  :  — 

hijlora  =  Arenaria 
striata. 

cerastoides.      1. 

dichotoma.      1. 

gramiiiea.      1 . 

Holostea.      1 . 

nemorum.      1. 

radians.     1. 
Stelleka.     503. 

Cliamaejasme. 

Passerina.     1 . 
Stemodia.     797. 

niaritinia.     3. 
Sterculia.     1143. 

Balangbas.     3. 

foetiila. 
Steris.     318. 

javana  (pi.). 
Stewaktia.     876. 

Malacodendroii.      1. 
Stilago.     1067. 

Bun'ms  (pi.). 
Stilbe.     1234. 

cernua.     Suppl. 

ericoides. 

Piuastra. 
Stillingia.     1147. 

si/Ivatica   (pi.)- 
Stipa."   94. 

arguens.     3. 

Aristella. 

avenacea. 

capillata.     'A. 

juncca.     1. 

inembranacea.     2. 

peunata.     1. 

spicata.     Suppl. 

Sjnnife.v  =  S|)inifex 
squarrosus. 

tenacissiiua.     2, 
Stoebe.     1048. 

aethiopica.     1. 

ericoides. 

gnaphaloides. 

prustrata. 

scabra.     Suppl. 
Stuatiotes.     703. 

alismoides. 


142 


INDEX    TO    TlIK 


Stuatiotks  : — 

Aloides.     1. 
Stuumpfia.     — 

maritima. 
Stuuthiola.     162. 

erect:i.     ."5. 

virgjita.     3. 
SniYcnNos.     250. 

colxhrina. 

Niu'-vomica. 
Styhax.     569. 

latit'olia.  MS.=  lhilesia 
diptera. 

officinale.     1. 
Stuaktia,  vide  Stkwaktia. 

SUBULARIA.       822. 

aquation.     ;i. 

SUKIANA.       598. 

raaritima.     2. 
SwEirriA.     327. 

cofuiciilata.      1. 

dichotoina.     1 . 

difformi.s.     '4. 

])erenuis.     3. 

rotata.     1. 
SWIETENIA.      542. 

Mahagoni  (pi.). 
Sympiionia.     853. 

glohuUfera  (pi.). 

S  Y  M  PH  YTU  M .       185. 

officinale.     1. 

orientale. 

tuberosum.     1. 
Stmplocos.     — 

martinicensis. 
Sybinga.     22. 

persica.     1. 

vulgaris.     1. 


Tapeiixaemontan'a.     304. 

alternifolia  =  citri  Folia. 

Ainsonia. 

citril'olia.     .'1 

cymosa. 

Echites. 

l/rundi flora. 

laurifolia.     3. 

T.VGETES.       1009. 


Tagetes  : — 

erecta.     1 . 

mmiita. 

patula.      1 . 
Tamabixdi  s.     49. 

indica.     1. 
Tamakix.     383. 

gallica.      1. 

gerinauica.      1. 
Tamus.     1181. 

cominunis.      I. 

cretica. 
Tanacetum.     987. 

annuuin.      1. 

Balsaniita.      1. 

chaiiioniilloides.     MS. 

cotidoidi's. 

crithmifidiion  =  Aliiau- 
asia  crithinit'olia. 

frutesvcns     ("  i'rutico- 
sum  ")  =  llippia  fru- 
tescens. 

incanum. 

monantlios.     3. 

sibii'icum.     1. 

suifruticosura. 

vulgare.     1. 

var.  crisjmm. 

Taechonanthus.  983. 

caniphonitus.     1. 

ericoides.     Suppl. 
Targionia.     1268. 

Iiypophylla.     1. 

perversa.     MS. 
Taxus.     1199. 

baccata.     .^. 

nucifera. 
TELEPHiujr.     385. 

Iniperati.     1. 

oppositifoliin)! . 
Teuminalia.     1222. 

Catappa.     3. 

T  JOHN  STRO  E  MIA.       662. 

meridiuii(dis  (pi.). 
Tetracera,     697. 

voliibilis.     1. 
Tetragoma.     648. 

fruticosa.     1. 

hcrbacea. 


LINNEAN    HERBARIUM. 


143 


Tetragonotiieca.     — 

Thalictrum  : — 

heliantJioides  =  To]ymn\ii 

coutortum.     1. 

Tetragonotbeca. 

Cornutl. 

Teucrium.     722. 

dioicuiii.     1. 

alpinum  =  T.  Pseudo- 

flavum.     1. 

chamae[jitys. 

*r.-»  1.       c^»-\           i 

Vill .   SpHClOSlUll. 

Ardiiini.     3. 

foetidurn. 

asiaticum.     3. 

hi/briduin  =  coutortum. 

Botrys.     1. 

lucid^mi. 

campanulatum.     3. 

minus.     1. 

canadense.     1. 

petalodenm. 

capital  mil.      1. 
Chamaedrys.     1. 

purpurascens.     1. 
sibiricum. 

Cliamaepitys.     1. 
creticum.     1. 

simplex.     3. 
tuberosum.     1. 

cuhense  [Jacq.]. 

Thapsia.     368. 

flavum.     1. 

Asclepium. 

fruticaDS.     1 . 

foetida. 

hircanicum.     3. 
Iva.     1. 

garganica. 
trifoliata.     1. 

latifolium. 

villosa.     3. 

La.vmanni. 

Thea.     685. 

lucidum.     3. 

Bobea.     3. 

Marum.     1. 

Hyson.     MS. 

niassilieuse.     3. 

siiiensis=:'\^.  Bohea. 

mauritanum. 

viridis. 

montanuiii.     1. 

Theligoxum.     1126. 

nmcronatum  —  spiuosum. 

Cynocrambe.     2. 

mvltijloriun. 

Tiieobroma.     934. 

Nissoiiaiium.     3. 

augusta. 

orientale. 

Cacao. 

Polium.     1. 

Guazuma.    1.    (m.  Sol.) 

Pseudochaiiiaepitys.     3. 

Theophrasta.   — 

Pseudopitliys  =  praec. 
pumilum.     3. 

americana. 
Thesium.     292. 

])yrenaicLim.      1. 
salicit'olium.     3. 

alpinum.     3. 
ainplexicaide. 

Scordiiim.     1. 

capensis.     MS. 

Scorodoiiia.      1. 

capitaUim. 

sibii'icum.     1. 

euphorbioides.    (m.L.f.) 

spinosLim.      1 . 

Frisia. 

supinum.     3. 

funale.     3. 

virqinicum. 

linopbyllum.     1. 

TllALTA.  '    — 

paniculatum.     3. 

geaicidata. 

scabrum.     3. 

Thalictrum.     713. 

spicatuin.     (m.L.f.) 

alpinum.     1. 

strietum.     (m.L.f.) 

angustifoliuni.     1. 

umbellatum.     1. 

aquilegifolium.     1. 

Thlaspi.     825. 

144 


INDEX    TO    TlIK 


TuLASPi : — 

aUiaceum. 

alpestre.     ;{. 

jirvense.      1. 

JJursa-pastoris.      1. 

campesti-e.      ]. 

Iiit'tuin.      I. 

moiitaiunn. 

pei-eujrimnn.     2. 

perfoliatiini.     1. 

saxatile.    1. 
Thryallis.    — 

brasiliensis. 
Thuya  (Thuja,  Thya).    1136. 

aphylla.     '4. 

cupressoiihs. 

occidentalis,     1. 

orientalis.     1. 
Thunuergia.     815. 

capeiisis  ^lietz.]. 
Thymbra.     724. 

spieata.     1. 

verticillata.      1. 
Thymklaka.    — 

sqiiarrosd. 
Thymus.     744. 

Acinos.     1. 

alpiims.     1. 

cephalotes. 

Mastichiiia. 

Piperella.     ei. 

indeii'ioides-^i'nnW'A 
thymoides. 

8erpylliim.     H. 

2Vrt(/wivV/<^f/i?<i/i=lSatureia 
Thymbra. 

vlllosus. 

virginicus. 

vulgaris.     I. 

Zygis.     1. 
TiAUELLA.      576. 

cord  i  folia.     -. 

trifolidta. 
TiLiA.    '679. 

amtricamf. 

europaea.      '2. 

TlLLAEA.       178. 

aquatica.     1. 
capensis.    Suppl. 


TiLLAEA  :  — 

iiiuscosa.     3, 

»•»///•«  =  (.'rassu]a  rubens. 

TiLLANDSIA.       403. 

liiigulata. 
nionostat-liya.     3. 
pdnicnhita. 
jiohistdchija. 
recurvata.     3. 
scrrata. 
tentdfuliu, 
iisneoides.     3. 
utriculata. 

TiNUS.      — 

occidenialis. 

TOLUIFERA.     

BahuiHH/H. 
TOMEX.       

tomentosa  =  Callicarpri 
tomentosa. 
TORDYLIU.V.      337. 

AntlirisfU;:.      1. 

apuhnn. 

latifoJlum  =  I'aucalis 
lalit'olia. 

maximum.     3. 

nodosum.     1. 

officinale.     1. 

peregrinum.     3. 

syriacum.     1. 
TOREKIA.      770. 

asiatica  (pl.V 

TORMENTILLA.       656. 

I'recta.     1 . 
reptans.     3. 

ToUJtNEFURTIA.       193. 

cymosa.     3. 

foe(idi)<t:'uiK(. 

glabra.     1. 

hirsutissbna. 

humilis  =  Heliotropuim 

fruticosuni. 
serrata. 
sibirica  =  Messersmidia 

sibirica. 
stiff  rut  icosa. 
volubilis.     2. 
TozziA.     762. 
alpina.     1. 


LINNEAN    HERBARIUM. 


145 


Trachelium.     224. 

caeruleuin.      1. 

diffusuin,   Suppl.      (aa 
Linn.  f.  ?) 
Tr.vdesc.v>tia.     406. 

axillaris. 

eristata.     3. 

r/eniculata  [Jacq.]. 

maluharica. 

nervosa. 

papilioiiacea. 

virgiiiiana=seq. 

vii-giuica.     1. 
Tragia.     1103. 

Chamaflea.     (m.L.  f.) 

involiK-rata.     (in.  L.  f.) 

Merciu'ialis.  1.  (m.Sol.) 

.SCrtH(?t';/6-  =  V0lubilis. 

iirens.     (in.  L.  f.,  1778.) 

volubilis.      1. 
Tragopogojv-.     946. 

aspevutii. 

crocifolium.     '6. 

Daleclianipii.      I. 

Dandelion.     3. 

hyhrulinn  =  Greropogon 
glabrum. 

lanatuni.     3. 

orientale.     1. 

piei'oides.      1. 

porrifolium.      1. 

pratense,     1. 

villosum.     3. 

virginicuni.      1. 
Trapa.    l58. 

nat((jis  (pi.). 
Tremella.     1276. 

adniitd. 

Auricula. 

difforiiiis. 

hernia  pi uierica. 

janiperina. 

lichenoides. 

Nostoc.     (m.  L.  f.) 

purpurea,     (m.  L.  f.) 

verrucosa. 
Trewia.     — 

nudi  flora. 
Triantrema.     572. 


Triantiiema  : — 

decandra.     3, 

nionogyna.     3. 

peutaiidra.     3. 

Fortulacastrum  =  mono- 
gyua. 
Tribulus.     547. 

cistoides.     3. 

laniiginosus.     3. 

inaximus.     3. 

terrestris.     1. 
Trichilia.     541. 

glabra.     3. 

G nara=Guarea  triclii- 
lioides. 

hirta. 

trifolia. 

trifoliata  :=  praec. 
Triciiomanes.     1253. 

adiantoides. 

cajnUaceum. 

canariense=Fo]y  podium 
leptophylluui  ? 

cJiinense. 

crispum.     1. 

hirsutiim. 

niembranaceuni.     1, 

poli/podioides. 

pi),vidiferum. 

scaiidens.     3. 

tunbridgense.     3. 
Trichosanthes.     1149. 

amara. 

Anguina.     3. 

cucumerina. 

nervifolia. 

pahnata. 

■punctata  (pi.). 
Tricuostema.     750. 

bracliiatum. 

diebotonuiin.     1 . 
Tridax.     — 

'procuiidiens. 
Trientalis.     474. 

caj^ensis. 

europaea.     1. 
Trifolium.     930. 

agrarium.      1. 

alexandrinuni.     3. 


140 


INDEX    TO    XUE 


Trifoltum  : — 

alpestre.     3. 
alpimiii).      1. 
aiigu.stifoliuMi.     1. 
arvense.     1. 
bifloruin.      1. 
faeriilt'Uin.     MS. 
Clierleri.     2. 
c-liiudestinuni.     M8. 
clypeatuui.     1. 
comosum. 
creticiim.     !MS. 
filit'ornie.      1. 
fragit'erum.     1. 
fndicuns. 
globosura.     2. 
glomeratuui.      1. 
hybridiiin.     ]. 
incarnatum.     1. 
indicum.     MS. 
italiciiin.     MS. 
lappaceum.      1. 
Luj)inaster.     1. 
medium. 

Melilotus  [var.]caerulea : 
cf.  caeruleum. 

\ar.  corniculata. 

var.    cretica ;    cf. 

creticum. 

var.  indica  ;  cf.  in- 


dicum. 

var.  italica:  (/.  ital- 

icum. 

var.  ollicinalis  ;   cf. 


officinale 
—  var.   ornithopo- 
dioides  ;   cf.  oruitho- 
podioides. 

var.  polonica;   cf. 


polonicum. 
messanense. 
montanum  [no.  29,  Sp. 

n.  I.  p.  770]. 
montanum   [no.  37,  1.  c. 

p.  772]=spadiceuni. 
ochroleucum. 
officinale.     MS. 
ornitliopodioides.     ]MS. 
pannoHicum. 


Trifolium  : — 

polonicum.     MS. 

pratense.     1. 

procumbens.     1. 

rfjlexum. 

re  pens.     1. 

resupinatum.      1. 

retiisnm^iinct\\.m. 

rubens.     1. 

scabrum,     ]. 

spadiceum.      1 . 

spumosum.     1. 

squarrosum.     1, 

slellatiim.      1. 

striatum.     1, 

strictum.     2. 

subterraneum.     1. 

S'lffocatuiii. 

tomentosuiii.      1. 

uni  riorum.     1. 
Triglociiin.     466. 

bulbosum.     (m.  L.  f.) 

maritimum.     1. 

palustre. 
TllIGONELLA.      932. 

corniculata.     3. 

Focmtm-c/raecum. 

var.  si/h't'stris. 

baniosa.     3. 

iiidica  (pi.  ?). 

laciniata.     3. 

monspeliaca.     2. 

platycarpos.      I . 

polycerata.     1, 

rutbenica.     1. 

spinosa.      1 . 

striata.     Suppl. 
Trilix.     — 

Jutea. 
Trillium.     469. 

cernuum.     I. 

e  rectum.     3. 

sessile.      1. 
Triopteris.     5r0. 

jamaicensis. 

TniOSTEUM.      — 

an/ii'stifoliion 

perfoliatnm. 
Triplakis.     108. 


LIXNEAN    UERBARIU.M. 


147 


TmPLAEis : — 

americauca.     8. 
Trips  ACUM.     1097. 

dactyloides.     3. 
lierniaphroditiim.     3. 
(111.  8ol.) 
TniTicuM.     104. 
aesiivum. 
caninum  =  Elyimis 

caniiuis. 
coi)tj)ositum. 
hyhernum. 
junceum.     3. 
maritimuni.     3. 
monococcuni.      1. 
polonicum.     3. 
repens.     3. 
SpeJta. 

teuellum.     3. 
tiirf^idum.     3. 
unilaterale. 
Triumfetta.     620. 
annua. 
Bartraniia. 
Lappula.     1. 
semitriJoha. 
Trollius.     716. 

asiaticus.      1 . 
europaeus.     1. 
Tropaeolum,     481. 
hybridum.     3. 
majus.     1. 
minus.     1. 
peregrinum.     3. 
Trophis.     1165. 

anierieana.     3. 
TuBrLARiA.    1297. 
Androsace. 
divarieata  (Alga  ?). 
t'ragdi.s. 

Tl'LBAGHIA.       411. 

capeiisis. 
TuLiPA.     425. 

Breyniaua. 

Gesnei'iana.     1. 

sylvestris.     1. 
Tlrxera.     384. 

cistoides.     3. 

Pumilea.      3.     (m.  Sol.) 


TURNERA : — 

sidoides  ("  sidiformis  '"). 
3. 

ulmifolia.      1. 
TURRAEA.      549. 

vireus  (pi.). 
TuRRiTis.     843. 

alpina.     3. 

glabra.     1 . 

liirsuta.     1. 
TUSSILAGO,      995. 

alba.     1. 

alpina.     (in.  L.  f.) 
Anandi'ia.     1. 
deutata. 
Farfara.     1. 
frigida.     1. 
liybrida.     1. 
japonica.     3. 
nutans.     3. 
Petasites.     1. 
Typha.     1094. 

aiigustifolia.     3. 
J(fti  folia. 


Ulex.     915. 

ca2^en^is, 

enropaeus.     1. 
Ulmus.     321. 

aineritana.      1. 

canipestris.     1. 

puinila.     ]. 
Ulva.     1275. 

co)jij>ressa. 

confervoides. 

rjraimlata. 

intestinalis. 

Idbyrinthifornns. 

Lactuca.     1 .     (m.  L.  f  ) 

lanceolata . 

latissima. 

Linza. 

lumbricalis. 

2>apillosa. 

pavonia  =  Fiicus  pavo- 
nius. 

pruniformis. 

rugosa. 

I* 


148                                                  INDEX 

TO 

THE 

Ulva :- 

U 

VAniA : — 

nvibllicdlis. 

zeiilanica. 

Umola.     89. 

UVULAKIA.       422. 

bipiimatn.     '.i. 

ariiple.vifolin. 

iiiticroiiald. 

pert'oliala.      1. 

paniculata.     .'i. 

sessilifolia. 

fspicala.     1.                          i 

Unona,  Siippl.     709. 

discrela  (pi.).     Suppl. 

V 

\CCINILM.      497. 

Unxia,  tSuppl.     1010. 

album.     1. 

canipborata.     Suppl. 

Arctostapbylos.     3. 

Uhkna.     873. 

corynibosuiii.    1. 

ainericana. 

frond  osum.       1. 

lobata.     1. 

Iiispidulum.     1. 

procumbens.     1. 

lif^ustrinuin.      1. 

sinuata.     1.     (lu.Sol.) 

mucronatiiiii.     1. 

Tijphalaea. 

Mjrtillus.     1. 

"Uhtica,     1111. 

Oxycoccus.   1 . 

aestuans.     3. 

stamineuiii.     1. 

africana.     M8. 

uliginosuni.      1. 

alicnata. 

A'itis-idaea.      1. 

hdcclfera. 

\ 

AiiLiA  [Tliunb.  1     329. 

balearica.     3. 

V 

ALANTIA.       1219. 

canadensis.     1. 

Apariiie.      1. 

cannabina.     1. 

articulata.     1 . 

capitata.     1. 

C rue lata.      1 . 

c'diaris. 

t'ucuUaria.     .3. 

cylindrica.      1 . 

glabra.       3. 

dioica.     1. 

hispida.     3. 

divaricata.     1. 

liypoearpa.     3. 

Uodartii.     3. 

murali.s.      1. 

c;raiidifolia.     3. 

V 

ALERIAXA.      48. 

interrupt  a.     3. 

Calcitrapa.     ] . 

nivea.     1 . 

celtica.     3. 

Parielaria. 

chinensis.     1 . 

pilulit'era.      1. 

Cornueopiae.     1. 

pi!n)ila.     1. 

dioiea.     1 . 

ureus.      1. 

eebinata.     3. 

L'thiculaiiia.     34. 

elongata.     3. 

aljnna. 

Locusta,  Aar.  coronata 

bifida. 

i*M»'     n-oiit'of"0 

\  ill  .    LlT^Il  LllL/il* 

laerulea.      (ni.  L.  1.) 

var.  discoidea. 

foliosa. 

gibba.     1 . 

•  Tmi         ^  1  1  4- ^  111  r> 

minor.     1. 

\ViV.  pitmila. 

subulata.      1. 
vulgaris.     1. 

var.  vadiata. 

UVAKIA.       

mixta. 

japcnica. 

uiontana.     3. 

LlJfNEAX    HERBAKIIM. 


149 


ValeriajS'a  : — 

1   Verba  SCUM  : — 

otticinalis.      1. 

j    ^          phoeniceum.     1 . 

Phu.     1. 

sinuatum.     3. 

pyrenaica.     1 . 

si^nnosvtii. 

rubra.     1. 

Tha2>si=:sei{. 

s<(.i'atilis. 

ihapsoides. 

scandens  [Loefl.]. 

Thapsus.     1. 

sibirifa.     1. 

Verbets'a.     35. 

supiiia.     3. 

bojiariensis.     1. 

triptevis.     3. 

Carolina.     3. 

taheio.-^a. 

ciirassavica. 

Vallea.     678. 

hastata.     1. 

sUpularis  (pi.). 

jamaicensis.    1.  (m.  Sol.) 

Vallisnehia.     1157. 

indica.     3. 

sjiiralis  (pi.). 

lappuJacea.    3.    (m.  Sol.) 

Vandellia.     795. 

mexicana.     1. 

diffusa  (pi.). 

nodiflora.       1.    (m.Sol.) 

Varronia.     255. 

officinalis.     1. 

(dba. 

oi-abica. 

bullata. 

prismatica.    1.    (m.  Sol.) 

cnrassacica^\)VAec. 

spuria. 

(jlohosa. 

staechadi  folia.      3.     (m. 

lineata.     3. 

Sol.) 

martuiicensis. 

supina.      1. 

Vateria.    — 

fetraiidra. 

iiidica. 

urticifolia.     1, 

Vatica.     614. 

Verbesina.     1021. 

chineasis  (pi.). 

Acinelhi  =  Spihiuthes 

Velezia.     326. 

Acmella, 

rigicla.     1. 

alata.     1 . 

A'ella.     820. 

«Z6rt=Eelipta  erecta. 

annua.     1. 

asteroides  =  Amelias 

Pseudocytisus.     1. 

Lycbnitis. 

Vebatrum.     1210. 

biHora.     3. 

album      i. 

Bosvallea.     Sup])l. 

luteuu).     1. 

calendulacea.     1, 

nigrum.      1. 

cbinensis.     1. 

A^ERBASCUM.      242. 

fruticosa.     (m.L.  f.) 

Arcturus  =  Celsia    Arc- 

Lavenia. 

turns. 

linifolia  =  Pectis  lini- 

Blattaria.     1. 

folia. 

Boerbavi.     3. 

ijiutica  =  Antliemis 

///o»f»»i=phoeuiceum. 

americana. 

hybridum.     MS. 

nodiflora.     2. 

Lychnitis.     1. 

prostnita  =  Eclipta  pro- 

Myconi.     1. 

strata. 

nigrum,     1. 

Fseudo-Acmella  =  'iiT^i\sin- 

OsbecLii. 

thes  Pseudo-Acmella. 

^yldomoid.es. 

vinjinica. 

50                                                    INDK.V    T(J    THK 

Veronica.     26. 

Viburnum  : — 

aciiiil'olia.     3. 

Lentago.     1 . 

aprestis.     ]. 

iiiidntii. 

ali)iiia.      ] . 

Opiilus.      1. 

Anagallis-aquatu-a.       1 . 

var.  rosetiin. 

(m.Ehrh.) 

priinit'oliuin.      1. 

aphylla.     li. 

Tinufe.     1. 

nvxensh.     1. 

ViciA.     906. 

austriaca.     ."5. 

benghalensis.      1 . 

Beccabunga.      1.     (m. 

biennis.     1. 

Ehrli.)                             J 

bitliynica.     3. 

Ix'lliclioides.     3.                  1 

cassubica.     1. 

hiloba. 

Cracca.      1 . 

Bonarota  =  Paeclarota 

dunietoruin.      J. 

Boiiarota. 

Faba.     J . 

Cliamaeclrys.     1  • 

liybrida.     1. 

fruliculosa.     Ji. 

Lathyroides,     1 . 

hederae  folia.     1. 

Ill  tea.     1. 

liybrida.     1. 

uarbouen.sis.     1. 

in can a.     1. 

Nis-soliaiia.     1. 

latifolia.     1 . 

onobrycbioides.     1 . 

iongifolia.     1. 

])eregrina      ] . 

inarilandica  =  Polypre- 

pisiformis.     1. 

mmn  procunibens. 

yativa.     1, 

inai'ilima.     1. 
iiioiitana.      2. 

>  ill  .     ftlKJUoltlUltH 

\  ai  •  mo^  (f  • 

multiiida.      .'3. 

sepium.     1. 

officinalis.     1. 

f<vlvatica.     1. 

paniculala.  3. 

ViNCA."    299. 

pectinata.     3. 

hitea. 

])eregrina.     1. 

major.     1. 

pihsaz=\.  Chaniaedrys. 

minor.     1 . 

pinnata.     3.     (iii.L.  f.) 

2'>arviJJora. 

proslrata.     3. 

rosea.     3. 

roiuana.     1 . 

Vioi 

A.     1062. 

scutellata.     1. 

arborea. 

serpyllifolia.     ] . 

arborescens. 

sibirica.     3. 

biflora.     1, 

spicata.     1. 

calcarata. 

spuria.       1.     (ni.  L.  f.) 

Calceolaria. 

TcHCrivin. 

canadensis.     1. 

tripliyllos.     1. 

canina.     3. 

vorna.     J. 

cenlsia. 

virginica.     1. 

cornnta. 

Viburnum.     379. 

diandra. 

accrifoliuin.      1. 

enneasporma. 

cassinoides.     3. 

grandiflora.     3. 

dentatuni.     1. 

hirta.     1. 

Lantana.     1. 

Hyhanthua. 

LIXNEAN    HEUHAllIl'M. 


151 


Viola  : — • 

Ipecaontnlm. 

Itmeeolala.     1. 

niirabilis.     1. 

in  out  an  a.      1. 

odorata.     1 . 

oppositifoJia. 

palmata.      1. 

palustris.     1. 

])edata.      1. 

])inuata.     1. 

priinulit'olia.      J. 

sv/ff^ruticosa. 

tricolor.     1. 

uuiflora.     1. 
VlBECTA.      212. 

vireiis.     [  =  bitlora, 
Linn.f.^ 
ViscuM.     1166. 

albuui.     1. 

capeuse,  (Suppl.  (m.L.  f, 
dese.  verso  a  L.  patr. 

opuntioides.     15. 

purpureum.      3. 

)'i(hra>)>. 

terrestre.     1 . 

verticillalimi.     3. 

VlTEX.       811. 

Aguus-castus.     1. 
Negundo.     1. 
pinnata.     1. 
tri  folia.     1. 
A'lTis.     281. 

arborea.     1. 
corintbiaca.     MS. 
beptapbylla. 
iudica.     J3. 
Labrusca.     ] . 
laciniosa.       1. 
trifolia. 
viuifera.     1. 

var.  ajiiircna. 

vulpina.      1. 

VoLKAMBKIA.       809. 

aculeata.  1. 

inermis.  1. 

scaiidens.  (ni.  L.  f.) 
3 errata. 


VoLVOX.        — 

(/hibator. 


\VACIIE>ri)OIlFlA.       64. 

hirfiuta. 

paniculata. 

thjirsijlora. 

umhellata. 

villosa  =  Gladiolus 
plicatus  ? 
Walthema.     852. 

americnna.     3. 

(ingusti  folia. 

iiidica.     1. 
Wei>'mannia.     508. 

piuuata.     3.     (in.  L.  f.) 
Willichia.     — 

repens. 
WiNTERA.       696.       (manu 
.,  I  tSmitliii).    Cf.  Drimys 

)  [Forst.]  ni.  L.  patris, 

WiNTERANIA.       618. 

Caiiella.     3. 
WiTSENiA  [Tbunb.].     57. 
I  luaara  (pi.). 


Xanthium.     1113. 

fruticosuni.     Suppl. 

orieutale.     3. 

spioosum.     1. 

strunjarium.      1. 
Xeranthemum.     990. 

aniiuum.     3. 

var.  inapertum. 

var.  orientcde. 

cauescens. 

ciliaium. 

erucifoliuni. 

iinbricatum. 

pauiculatuni.     (ui.  L.  i'.) 

proliferum. 

recurvatuni.    Siippl. 

retortiini.     1. 

sesanioides.     3. 

speciosissinnim. 

spinosum. 


]52 


INI)i;X    TO    THE    LINNEAN    II ICIMJ  AllIlAr. 


Xerantiiemum  : — 

Staolielina.     J?. 

variegatuui.     (m.  L.  1. 1 

vcstituin.     1. 
I  viryaUim. 
XiiiENiA.    491. 

ae(jiiptiac(i. 

umericana  (pi.  ?). 

tnennis. 

XlLOrHYLLA.       

laiifoiia  ^  Phyllaiithus 

e])i|)hy]lauthus. 
loiKjifuliu. 
Xylopia.  "  1077. 
(jhihra. 
muricata.     ^i. 

XYLOriCJlUA[.       — 

muricata.     (ni.  fSol.)  := 
Xylopia  muricata. 
Xyhis.     67. 

indica.      i. 

Yucca.    441. 

aluifoUa. 

Dniconis  ;    cf.  aloi folia, 

Draeaeua  Draco. 
Jilamentosa. 
(iloriosa.     3. 

Za.mia.     — 

inunila. 
Zannichellia.     1085. 

palustris.     1. 
ZANOmA.      1179. 

indica  (Jil.). 
Zanxhoxyllm.     1171. 

Clava-Herculis.     J.    (in. 
Sol.) 


Zanthoxylum  : — 

trifoliatiim.     1. 
Zea.     1096. 

May,s.      1 . 
Zinnia.    'l019. 

imiltitiora,     3, 

[)auci  flora.     3. 

pei'uviaua. 
ZlZAMA.      1119. 

aquatica.     1. 
/laliisti-is. 
terrcstris. 
ZlZIPlIORA.      39. 

acinoides.     1. 
capitata.     1. 
liispanica.     3. 
tenuior.     1. 

ZOEGEA.      1028. 

capensis.    Su|)pl. 
Leptaiirea.     i^. 
ZOSTEIIA.       1083. 

marina.     1. 
oceanita. 
Zygophyllum.     544. 

aestuaas. 
album.     3. 
arhoreum  [Jacq.]. 
coccineum. 
Pabago.     1. 
falvam. 

microphyllum.     Siippl. 
Morgsana.     1. 
JMtniria  ^  Xitraria 

iSchoberi  ? 
sessilit'olium.     3. 
simiilex. 
spinosum. 


PRINTED  BY  TAVLOK  AND  FRANCIS,  RED  MON  KURI,  KI.KET  >riiKET. 


JER  1912.] 


[Price  15s. 


PROCEEDINGS 


OP  THE 


LINNEAN  SOCIETY  OF  LONDON. 


124th  session. 


From  November  1911  to  June  1912. 


I 


LONDON : 

PRINTED    FOR   THE   LINNEAN    SOCIETY, 

BURLINGTON  H0U8B,  PICCADILLY,  W., 

BY   TAYLOR    AND    FRANCIS,    RED    HON    COXTRT,   PLHBT    8TBEET. 


PUBLICATIONS  :  Session  July  1911-Jult  1912. 


Journal,  Botany. 

Vol.  XXXIX. 

No. 

273. 

7/- 

274. 

12/- 

Vol.  XL. 

275. 

22/- 

276. 

18/- 

277. 

7/- 

278. 

(Sept.) 

Vol.  XL  I. 

279. 

14/- 

.Tciiirnal,  Zoology. 

Vol.  XXXI. 

No. 

208. 

18/- 

Vol.  XXXII. 

55 

211. 

8/- 

>> 

212. 

5/- 

Transactions,  Botany. 

Vol.  VIL     Part  16. 

3/- 

j> 

17. 

8/- 

5? 

18. 

5/- 

Transactions,  Zoology. 

Vol.  XL      Part 

;    8. 

4/- 

>5 

9. 

2/6 

»» 

10. 

2/6 

Vol.  XIV.       „ 

2. 

20/- 

3. 

28/- 

1) 

4. 

5/- 

Vol.  XV.       „ 

]. 

29/- 

Proceedings,  123r(l  Session,  October  1911. 


List  of  [Fellows,  Associates,  and  Foreign  Members],  Nov.  191] ,